Table of Contents

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 29, 2009
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
     
o   Registration Statement pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
or
     
þ   Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
or
     
o   Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
or
     
o   Shell Company Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Commission File Number 0-30852
 
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
GALICIA FINANCIAL GROUP
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
REPUBLIC OF ARGENTINA
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456
C1038 AAJ-Buenos Aires, Argentina

(Address of principal executive offices)
Pedro Richards, Managing Director
Tel: 54 11 4 343 7528 / Fax: 54 11 4 331 9183, prichards@gfgsa.com
Perón 456, 2° Piso C1038AAJ Buenos Aires ARGENTINA

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Class B Ordinary Shares, Ps. 1.00 par value, each ten shares of which are represented by an American Depositary Share
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:
         
Class A Ordinary Shares, Ps. 1.00 par value
    281,221,650  
Class B Ordinary Shares, Ps. 1.00 par value
    960,185,367  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No þ
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  o  No  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and larger accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
         
Large accelerated filer o
  Accelerated filer þ   Non-accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
         
U.S. GAAP o   International Financial Reporting Standards
As issued by the International Accounting Standards Board o
  Other þ
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 o Item 18 þ
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
 
 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
 
       
    4  
 
       
    4  
 
       
    4  
 
       
    4  
 
       
    7  
 
       
    8  
 
       
    8  
 
       
    8  
 
       
    21  
 
       
    21  
 
       
    21  
 
       
    22  
 
       
    30  
 
       
    42  
 
       
    45  
 
       
    48  
 
       
    49  
 
       
    51  
 
       
    88  
 
       
    95  
 
       
    107  
 
       
    107  
 
       
    110  
 
       
    110  
 
       
    110  
 
       
    110  
 
       
    112  
 
       
    116  
 
       
    117  
 
       
    117  
 
       
    132  
 
       
    138  
 
       
  Exhibit 2.3
  Exhibit 11.1
  Exhibit 11.2
  Exhibit 12.1
  Exhibit 12.2
  Exhibit 13.1
  Exhibit 13.2

 

(i)


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page  
 
       
    143  
 
       
    144  
 
       
    145  
 
       
    145  
 
       
    151  
 
       
    153  
 
       
    154  
 
       
    155  
 
       
    161  
 
       
    162  
 
       
    162  
 
       
    163  
 
       
    168  
 
       
    170  
 
       
    170  
 
       
    171  
 
       
    171  
 
       
    174  
 
       
    175  
 
       
    177  
 
       
    177  
 
       
    178  
 
       
    180  
 
       
    183  
 
       
    185  
 
       
    186  
 
       
    187  
 
       
    188  
 
       
    191  
 
       
    191  
 
       
    191  
 
       
    193  
 
       
    195  
 
       
    195  
 
       
    196  
 
       
    199  
 
       
    200  
 
       
    200  
 
       
    203  
 
       
    204  
 
       

 

(ii)


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page  
 
       
    205  
 
       
    205  
 
       
    214  
 
       
    214  
 
       
    221  
 
       
    222  
 
       
    222  
 
       
    222  
 
       
    223  
 
       
    227  
 
       
    228  
 
       
    230  
 
       
    231  
 
       
    232  
 
       
    232  
 
       
    232  
 
       
    233  
 
       
    233  
 
       
    233  
 
       
    234  
 
       
    235  
 
       
    235  
 
       
    236  
 
       
    236  
 
       
    236  
 
       
    238  
 
       

 

(iii)


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. (“Grupo Financiero Galicia”) is a financial services holding company incorporated in Argentina and is one of Argentina’s largest financial services groups. In this annual report, references to “we”, “our”, and “us” are to Grupo Financiero Galicia and its consolidated subsidiaries, except where otherwise noted. Our consolidated financial statements consolidate the accounts of the following companies:
    Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.;
    Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., our largest subsidiary, its wholly-owned subsidiary Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A., (“Galicia Uruguay”), Galicia Uruguay’s subsidiaries and other subsidiaries and affiliated companies required to be consolidated under Argentine Banking GAAP (collectively “Banco Galicia” or the “Bank” except where otherwise noted);
    Tarjetas Regionales S.A., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, and its operating subsidiaries;
    Sudamericana Holding S.A., and its subsidiaries;
    Galicia Warrants S.A.;
    Net Investment S.A., and its subsidiaries;
    Galval Agente de Valores S.A.; and
    GV Mandataria de Valores S.A. (“GV Mandataria”).
We maintain our financial books and records in Argentine Pesos and prepare our financial statements in conformity with the accounting rules of the Argentine Central Bank, which entity prescribes the generally accepted accounting principles for all financial institutions in Argentina. This annual report refers to those accounting principles as “Argentine Banking GAAP”. Argentine Banking GAAP differs in certain relevant respects from generally accepted accounting principles in Argentina, which we refer to as “Argentine GAAP”. Argentine Banking GAAP also differs in certain significant respects from the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which we refer to as “U.S. GAAP”. See note 33 to our consolidated audited financial statements included in this annual report for a description of the differences between Argentine GAAP and Argentine Banking GAAP, and Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Item 5.A. “Operating Results-U.S. GAAP and Argentine Banking GAAP Reconciliation” and note 35 to our consolidated audited financial statements for a reconciliation of the principal differences between Argentine Banking GAAP and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP of our net income and total shareholders’ equity for the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2008.
In this annual report, references to “US$,” “US Dollars,” and “Dollars” are to United States Dollars and references to “Ps. ” or “Pesos” are to Argentine Pesos. The exchange rate used in translating Pesos into US Dollars and used in calculating the convenience translations included in the following tables is the “Reference Exchange Rate” which is published by the Argentine Central Bank and which was Ps. 3.4537, Ps. 3.1510 and Ps. 3.0695 per US$1.00 as of December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. The exchange rate translations contained in this annual report should not be construed as representations that the stated Peso amounts actually represent or have been or could be converted into US Dollars at the rates indicated or at any other rate.

 

 


Table of Contents

Our fiscal year ends on December 31, and references in this annual report to any specific fiscal year are to the twelve-month period ended December 31 of such year.
References to the Government are to the Argentine Federal Government unless otherwise indicated.
In 2002, Argentina experienced high inflation. As a result, for periods between July 17, 2002, and February 28, 2003, financial information may have been adjusted to account for inflation. However, information included in this annual report as of and for the five fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 does not include any effects of inflation accounting.
Unless otherwise indicated, all information regarding deposit and loan market shares and other financial industry information has been derived from information published by the Argentine Central Bank.
We have expressed all amounts in millions of Pesos, except percentages, ratios, multiples and per-share data.
In this annual report, we refer to the “2001-2002 crisis” as the series of events that unfolded in Argentina between late 2001 and 2002, a period of great political, economic and social instability, with severe consequences for the Argentine economy by any variable used as a measure, including a banking crisis, and a material negative impact on financial institutions operating in Argentina, including us. The 2001-2002 crisis triggered a series of far reaching measures that produced structural changes in the Argentine economy and legal framework.
Also, in this annual report, “asymmetric pesification” refers to the compulsory conversion in January 2002 of most Dollar-denominated assets and certain Dollar-denominated liabilities held by financial institutions operating in Argentina, into Peso-denominated assets and liabilities at different exchange rates. In addition, “Compensatory Bond” and “Hedge Bond” refer to the bonds that the Government issued to the Bank (as well as to other financial institutions), as compensation for the negative effects of the asymmetric pesification on the Bank’s and other financial institutions’ financial condition. This is more fully described in Item 4. “Information on the Company-Government Regulation-Compensation to Financial Institutions.”
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties, including, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies and prospects under the captions Item 4. “Information on the Company- Capital Investments and Divestitures”, Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Principal Trends” and Item 5.B. “Liquidity and Capital Resources”. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this annual report (including statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs and management’s plans and objectives for future operations) are forward-looking statements. In addition, forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of such words as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue” or other similar terminology. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, no assurance can be provided with respect to these statements. Because these statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially and adversely from those contemplated in such forward-looking statements include but are not limited to:
    changes in general political, legal, social or other conditions in Argentina;
    changes in capital markets in general that may affect policies or attitudes toward lending to Argentina or Argentine companies, including expected or unexpected turbulence or volatility in domestic or international financial markets such as the ongoing global economic slowdown;

 

-2-


Table of Contents

    changes in regional, national and international business and economic conditions, including inflation;
    changes in government regulation, including tax regulations and changes in or failures to comply with banking or other regulations;
    increased competition in the banking, financial services, credit card services, insurance, asset management and related industries;
    changes in interest rates which may, among other things, adversely affect margins;
    a loss of market share by any of our main businesses;
    a change in the credit cycle and increased borrowers defaults;
    our inability to sustain or improve our performance;
    our inability to obtain additional debt or equity financing on attractive conditions or at all, which may limit our ability to fund existing operations and to finance new activities;
    technological changes, changes in consumer spending and saving habits, our inability to implement new technologies, and
    other factors discussed under Item 3. “Key Information-Risk Factors” in this annual report.
You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date that they were made. Moreover, you should consider these cautionary statements in connection with any written or oral forward-looking statements that we may issue in the future. We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly any revisions to forward-looking statements after completion of this annual report to reflect later events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
In light of the risks and uncertainties described above, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this annual report might not occur and are not guarantees of future performance.

 

-3-


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
Not applicable.
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
Not applicable.
Item 3. Key Information
Item 3.A. Selected Financial Data
The following table presents summary historical financial and other information about us as of the dates and for the periods indicated.
Our financial statements do not include any effect for inflation accounting.
The selected consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The selected consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this annual report.
You should read this data in conjunction with Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.
                                                 
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions of US Dollars,        
    except as noted) (1)        
    Unaudited     (in millions of Pesos, except as noted) (1)  
Consolidated Income Statement in Accordance with Argentine Banking GAAP
                                               
Financial Income
    741.0       2,559.3       1,997.9       2,229.8       2,398.6       1,391.6  
Financial Expenses
    411.4       1,421.0       1,246.7       1,851.6       1,845.9       1,167.4  
Net Financial Income (2)
    329.6       1,138.3       751.2       378.2       552.7       224.2  
Provision for Losses on Loans and Other Receivables
    114.5       395.4       255.5       110.9       76.7       190.2  
Income / (Loss) before Taxes
    72.6       250.8       117.5       75.3       126.5       (66.1 )
Income Tax
    (21.4 )     (74.0 )     (71.5 )     (94.2 )     (19.3 )     (43.8 )
 
                                   
Net Income / (Loss)
    51.2       176.8       46.0       (18.9 )     107.2       (109.9 )
 
                                   
Earnings / (Loss) per Share (in Pesos)
    0.041       0.142       0.037       (0.015 )     0.086       (0.093 )
Cash Dividends per Share (in Pesos)
                                   
Stock Dividends per Share (in Pesos)
                                   
Book Value per Share (in Pesos)
    0.431       1.487       1.333       1.296       1.310       1.224  

 

-4-


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions of US Dollars,        
    except as noted) (1)        
    Unaudited     (in millions of Pesos, except as noted) (1)  
Amounts in Accordance with U.S. GAAP
                                               
Net Income / (Loss)
    (339.1 )     (1,171.0 )     592.9       3,524.9       731.0       (1.1 )
Basic and Diluted Earnings / (Losses) per Share (in Pesos)
    (0.273 )     (0.943 )     0.478       2.841       0.589       (0.001 )
Book Value / (Deficit) per Share (in Pesos)
    (0.176 )     (0.608 )     0.192       0.117       (1.714 )     (2.574 )
Financial Income
    347.9       1,201.7       2,433.2       5,456.4       2,958.7       1,448.7  
Financial Expenses
    (402.8 )     (1,391.3 )     1,160.1       1,863.6       1,845.9       1,167.4  
Net Financial Income / (Loss)
    (54.9 )     (189.6 )     1,273.1       3,592.8       1,112.8       281.3  
Provision for Losses on Loans and Other Receivables
    (130.3 )     (450.1 )     203.4       160.3       113.5       210.0  
Income Tax
    14.7       50.9       (92.5 )     (277.1 )     19.3       35.4  
Consolidated Balance Sheet in Accordance with Argentine Banking GAAP
                                               
Cash and Due from Banks
    985.9       3,405.1       2,960.0       2,294.8       1,041.2       988.7  
Government Securities, Net
    443.5       1,531.8       1,693.0       3,188.3       5,967.4       5,518.0  
Loans, Net
    3,409.3       11,774.6       11,601.0       10,525.0       10,557.6       8,439.8  
Total Assets
    7,162.1       24,735.8       22,828.7       23,615.4       25,638.1       23,652.2  
Deposits
    4,069.9       14,056.1       13,165.6       10,779.4       8,421.7       6,756.9  
Other Funds (3)
    2,557.8       8,834.0       8,008.6       11,227.5       15,589.6       15,375.8  
Total Shareholders’ Equity
    534.4       1,845.7       1,654.5       1,608.5       1,626.8       1,519.5  
 
                                   
Average Total Assets (4)
    6,779.0       23,412.5       21,332.4       24,614.5       24,238.1       22,725.9  
 
                                   
Percentage of Period-end Balance Sheet Items Denominated in Dollars:
                                               
Loans, Net of Allowances
    16.97       16.97       15.13       16.66       9.84       10.42  
Total Assets
    28.85       28.85       27.60       28.94       26.55       32.92  
Deposits
    16.98       16.98       15.53       14.13       15.55       20.89  
Total Liabilities
    32.47       32.47       32.84       30.41       25.81       29.56  
Amounts in Accordance with U.S. GAAP
                                               
Trading Securities
    286.5       989.6       476.2       208.2       790.0       564.7  
Available-for-Sale Securities
    593.6       2,050.0       3,717.3       5,214.6       5,350.3       3,923.1  
Total Assets
    7,284.9       25,159.7       24,429.1       24,107.0       19,949.3       17,007.3  
Total Liabilities
    7,503.3       25,914.1       24,191.0       23,961.2       22,077.6       20,203.0  
Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
    (218.4 )     (754.4 )     238.1       145.8       (2,128.3 )     (3,195.7 )

 

-5-


Table of Contents

                                         
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions of Pesos, except as noted) (1)  
 
                                       
Selected Ratios in Accordance with Argentine Banking GAAP
                                       
Profitability and Efficiency
                                       
Net Yield on Interest Earning Assets (5)
    5.72 %     4.13 %     1.21 %     2.38 %     1.02 %
Financial Margin (6)
    5.72       4.12       1.74       2.53       1.08  
Return on Average Assets (7)
    0.91       0.37       0.0004       0.59       (0.42 )
Return on Average Shareholders’ Equity (8)
    10.13       2.86       (1.15 )     6.83       (7.32 )
Net Income from Services as a Percentage of Operating Income (9)
    51.07       54.86       63.99       48.65       66.06  
Efficiency ratio (10)
    76.57       77.29       92.80       72.56       94.46  
Capital
                                       
Shareholders’ Equity as a Percentage of Total Assets
    7.46 %     7.25 %     6.81 %     6.35 %     6.42 %
Total Liabilities as a Multiple of Shareholders’ Equity
    12.40 x     12.80 x     13.68 x     14.76 x     14.56 x
Total Capital Ratio
    13.92 %     15.54 %     15.03 %     20.78 %     25.11 %
Liquidity
                                       
Cash and Due from Banks as a Percentage of Total Deposits
    24.23 %     22.48 %     21.29 %     12.36 %     14.63 %
Loans, Net as a Percentage of Total Assets
    47.60       50.82       44.57       41.18       35.68  
Credit Quality
                                       
Past Due Loans (11) as a Percentage of Total Loans
    2.87 %     2.77 %     2.38 %     2.34 %     4.97 %
Non-Accrual Loans (12) as a Percentage of Total Loans
    3.49       3.14       2.58       3.50       7.74  
Allowance for Loan Losses as a Percentage of Non-accrual Loans (12)
    123.11       114.05       117.16       111.90       90.51  
Net Charge-Offs (13) as a Percentage of Average Loans
    1.83       0.65       1.42       1.49       3.77  
Ratios in Accordance with U.S. GAAP
                                       
Capital
                                       
Shareholders’ Equity (deficit) as a Percentage of Total Assets
    (3.00) %     0.97 %     0.60 %     (10.67) %     (18.79) %
Total Liabilities as a Multiple of Total Shareholders’ Equity
    (34.35) x     101.61 x     164.33 x     (10.37) x     (6.32) x
Liquidity
                                       
Loans, Net as a Percentage of Total Assets
    49.59 %     49.36 %     40.10 %     50.15 %     43.91 %
Credit Quality
                                       
Allowance for Loan Losses as a Percentage of Non-Accrual Loans
    141.34       132.13       168.58       139.49       84.75  
Inflation and Exchange Rate
                                       
Wholesale Inflation (14)
    8.82 %     14.56 %     7.14 %     10.69 %     7.87 %
Consumer Inflation (15)
    7.24       8.47       9.84       12.33       6.10  
Exchange Rate Variation (16) (%)
    9.61       2.66       1.25       1.94       1.39  
CER (17)
    7.97       8.50       10.08       11.75       5.48  
CVS (18)
                            5.32  
The ratios disclosed above are considered significant for the Management despite of the fact that they are not a specific requirement of any GAAP.

 

-6-


Table of Contents

     
(1)   The exchange rate used to convert the December 31, 2008 amounts into US Dollars was Ps. 3.4537 per US$1.00. All amounts are stated in millions of Pesos, except inflation and exchange rates, percentages, ratios, multiples and per-share data.
 
(2)   Net financial income primarily represents income from interest on loans and other receivables resulting from financial brokerage plus net income from government and corporate debt securities, including gains and losses, minus interest on deposits and other liabilities from financial intermediation and monetary loss from financial brokerage. It also includes the CER adjustment.
 
(3)   Includes primarily liabilities with other banks and international entities. Until December 31, 2006, debt with the Argentine Central Bank was also included.
 
(4)   The average balances of assets, including the related interest that is due are calculated on a daily basis for Banco Galicia and for Galicia Uruguay, as well as for Tarjetas Regionales S.A consolidated with its operating subsidiaries, and on a monthly basis for Grupo Financiero Galicia and its non-banking subsidiaries.
 
(5)   Net interest earned divided by interest-earning assets. For a description of net interest earned, see Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Interest-Earning Assets-Net Yield on Interest-Earning Assets”.
 
(6)   Financial margin represents net financial income divided by average interest-earning assets.
 
(7)   Net income excluding minority interest as a percentage of average total assets.
 
(8)   Net income as a percentage of average shareholders’ equity.
 
(9)   Operating income is defined as net financial income plus net income from services.
 
(10)   Administrative expenses as a percentage of operating income as defined above.
 
(11)   Past-due loans are defined as the aggregate principal amount of a loan plus any accrued interest that is due and payable for which either the principal or any interest payment is 91 days or more past due.
 
(12)   Non-Accrual loans are defined as those loans in the categories of: (a) Consumer portfolio: “Medium Risk,” “High Risk,” “Uncollectible,” and “Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons;” and (b) Commercial portfolio: “With problems,” “High Risk of Insolvency,” “Uncollectible,” and “Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons”.
 
(13)   Charge-offs plus direct charge-offs minus bad debts recovered.
 
(14)   As measured by the annual change in the end-of-period Wholesale Price Index (“WPI”), published by INDEC.
 
(15)   As measured by the annual change in the end-of-period Consumer Price Index (“CPI”), published by INDEC.
 
(16)   Annual change in the end-of-period exchange rate expressed in Pesos per US Dollar.
 
(17)   The “CER” is the “Coeficiente de Estabilización de Referencia,” an adjustment coefficient based on changes in the Consumer Price Index, which became effective February 3, 2002.
 
(18)   The “CVS” is the “Coeficiente de Variación Salarial,” an adjustment coefficient based on the variation of salaries, which was effective between October 1, 2002 and March 31, 2004. The percentage disclosed for fiscal year 2004 corresponds to the variation between January 1, 2004 and March 31, 2004.
Exchange Rate Information
The following table sets forth the annual high, low, average and period-end exchange rates for US Dollars for the periods indicated, expressed in Pesos per Dollar and not adjusted for inflation.
                                 
    Exchange Rate (1)  
    High     Low     Average (2) (3)     Period-End  
    (in Pesos per US Dollar)  
2004
    3.0718       2.8037       2.9415 (3)     2.9738  
2005
    3.0523       2.8592       2.9233 (3)     3.0315  
2006
    3.1072       3.0305       3.0740 (3)     3.0695  
2007
    3.1797       3.0553       3.1154 (3)     3.1510  
2008
    3.4537       3.0128       3.1623 (3)     3.4537  
 
                               
December 2008
    3.4537       3.3763       3.4226       3.4537  
January 2009
    3.4875       3.4497       3.4640       3.4875  
February 2009
    3.5595       3.4860       3.5115       3.5595  
March 2009
    3.7167       3.5905       3.6540       3.7135  
April 2009
    3.7208       3.6738       3.6934       3.7198  
May 2009
    3.7465       3.6928       3.7245       3.7465  
     
(1)   Using closing reference exchange rates as published by the Argentine Central Bank.
 
(2)   Monthly average of daily closing quotations, unless otherwise noted.
 
(3)   Based on monthly averages.

 

-7-


Table of Contents

As of June 25, 2009, the exchange rate was Ps. 3.7955 for US$1.00.
Item 3.B. Capitalization and Indebtedness
Not applicable.
Item 3.C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
Not applicable.
Item 3.D. Risk Factors
You should carefully consider the risks described below in addition to the other information contained in this annual report. In addition, most, if not all, of the risks described below must be evaluated bearing in mind that our most important asset is our equity interest in Banco Galicia, thus, a material change in Banco Galicia’s shareholders’ equity or income statement would also adversely affect our businesses and results of operations. We may also face risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial, which may impair our business. Our operations, property and customers are located mainly in Argentina. Accordingly, the quality of our customer portfolio, loan portfolio, financial condition and results of operations depend, to a significant extent, on the macroeconomic and political conditions prevailing in Argentina. In general, the risk assumed when investing in the securities of issuers from countries such as Argentina, is higher than when investing in the securities of issuers from developed countries.
Risk Factors Relating to Argentina
A contraction in the domestic economy as well as a deterioration in market conditions could adversely affect the financial system and Grupo Financiero Galicia
Grupo Financiero Galicia’s results of operations may be affected by inflation, fluctuations in the exchange rate, modifications of the interest-rate, changes in the Government’s policies (including, among others, foreign investment or tax policies), social instability and other political, economic or international developments in Argentina or other changes somehow affecting the country. It should be taken into account that the Government has exercised and currently exercises a marked influence on the Argentine economy.
It cannot be assured that any change in the future, including the enacting of regulations by Argentine authorities, will not substantially and adversely affect the financial position or the results of operations of private sector companies, including us, as has happened in the past.
Argentina’s political and economic instability is still high and could continue to affect the economy and our business
During 2001 and 2002, Argentina went through a period of great political, economic and social instability, leading to the early resignation of the President, the default on Argentina’s sovereign debt and the devaluation of the Argentine Peso, after more than 10 years of fixed exchange-rate parity with the US Dollar.
Even though the Government succeeded in stabilizing the main macroeconomic variables, such as the exchange-rate and domestic prices, allowing for the continuous growth of the Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”), some analysts believe that the growth of some indicators of the national economy and the stabilization achieved cannot be sustainable in the mid- and long term.

 

-8-


Table of Contents

Despite the recent economic growth, Argentina may, in the future, experience another economic recession, which could include high inflation and unemployment rates. Consequently, our results of operations as well as the results of operations of our subsidiaries, including Banco Galicia, could be substantially and adversely affected.
Inflation may rise and undermine the economy and our business
In January 2002, following the decision to abandon the fixed exchange-rate regime set forth in the Convertibility Law (pursuant to which, from April 1, 1991 to January 7, 2002, the Peso was freely convertible into U.S. Dollars on a one-to-one basis), the devaluation of the Peso had an effect on the domestic price system and led to inflation in 2002 after several years of price stability.
According to the data provided by the Instituto Nacional de Estadísticas y Censos ( “INDEC,” National Institute for Statistics and Census), in 2008 the inflation rate, measured using the consumer prices index, was 7.2%, in comparison to 8.5% in 2007 and 9.8% in 2006, in each case measured against the consumer prices in the immediately preceding year. Other price indexes, however, such as those reflecting construction prices and producers’ prices, showed an increasing trend in the last two years despite the decrease in consumer inflation as measured by INDEC, which has generated a significant debate over the correct measurement and the possible understatement of the CPI by INDEC.
Inflation may continue to increase or significantly accelerate going forward. Given the current uncertainties, it is not possible to assure you that inflation will not increase. In the past, inflation materially undermined the Argentine economy and the Government’s ability to create conditions that promote economic growth. In addition, high inflation or high volatility in inflation rates would negatively and materially affect the financial system’s volume of operations, making it difficult for Banco Galicia to continue with the development of its financial intermediation activities and possibly negatively impacting Argentina’s level of economic activity and employment.
High inflation would also undermine Argentina’s foreign competitiveness, with the same negative effect on the level of economic activity, employment, real salaries, consumption and interest-rates. High volatility of economic variables and uncertainty would also shorten contractual terms and would erode economic agents’ planning and decision making capacity, affecting the economic activity. All of these factors would adversely affect us, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
A significant devaluation of the Peso may adversely affect the Argentine economy and us
It cannot be assured that in the future, and due to various local and international circumstances, there will not be abrupt fluctuations in the value of the Peso. Since the second half of 2008, due to domestic and foreign factors, the Peso has devaluated versus the US Dollar.
Despite the positive effects of the real depreciation of the Peso in 2002 on the competitiveness of certain sectors of the Argentine economy, such depreciation has had a far-reaching negative impact on the Argentine economy in general, as well as on businesses’ and individuals’ financial condition. The devaluation of the Peso had a negative impact on the ability of Argentine businesses to honor their debt denominated in foreign currency, led to high inflation, strongly reduced real wages and had a negative impact on businesses whose activity was dependent on domestic market demand, such as utilities and the financial industry. The Government’s ability to honor its foreign debt obligations was also negatively affected.
If the Peso were to significantly depreciate again, the related negative effects on the Argentine economy could occur again, with adverse consequences on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

-9-


Table of Contents

Argentina’s economy remains vulnerable to external shocks which could have an adverse effect on the country’s economic growth and on our prospects. In addition, the Argentine economy is vulnerable to the ongoing economic crisis in the United States of America
Financial and securities markets in Argentina are influenced, to varying degrees, by economic and market conditions in other countries. Although said conditions vary from country to country, investor reactions to events occurring in one country may substantially affect capital available to issuers (and the price of the securities of issuers) in other countries, with similar characteristics, including Argentina. Lower capital inflows and declining securities prices negatively affect the real economy of a country through higher interest-rates or exchange-rate volatility.
In the past, Argentina’s economy was adversely affected by developments in other markets, such as, among others, the events that occurred in Mexico at the end of 1994 and the collapse of several Asian economies between 1997 and 1998. There is a risk that similar events may affect the Argentine economy in the future.
Argentina may also be affected by the economic conditions of major trade partners, such as Brazil, or countries such as the United States, that are significant trade partners and/or have influence over world economic cycles. If these countries’ economies entered into a recession, the negative effect on the Argentine economy would stem from a decrease in Argentine exports, which would reduce the country’s economic growth. All of these factors would have a negative impact on us, our business, operations, financial condition and prospects.
In addition, at the end of 2007 and in early 2008, the Unites States’ economy started to show signs of weakness, stemming from the uncertainty provoked by the course of the world economy. The crisis in the subprime mortgage market in the United States spread quickly into other geographical regions, such as Europe, Asia, and even Latin America.
As a consequence of said financial and economic crisis, the world’s major economies have entered into recessions or have shown a marked fall in their economic activities and this crisis could trigger a less favorable or an unfavorable international environment for Argentina, forcing domestic policy adjustments, which could trigger lower growth and adversely affect us, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
A decline in international prices for Argentina’s main commodity exports could have an adverse effect on Argentina’s economic growth and on us
Argentina’s financial recovery from the 2001-2002 crisis has been significantly assisted by the increase in commodity prices, including its main commodity exports, such as soy. High commodity prices have contributed to the increase in the value of Argentine exports since the third quarter of 2002 and to high Government revenues from taxes on exports.
The prices of the commodities that Argentina exports have decreased relative to their 2008 levels, affecting export levels in 2009. If prices continue to fall, the growth of the Argentine economy, as well as its exports, could be adversely affected. Such occurrence would have a negative impact on the levels of Government revenues and the Government’s ability to service its debt, and could either generate recessionary or inflationary pressures, depending on the Government’s reaction. Either of these results would adversely impact us, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Argentina’s ability to obtain financing from international capital markets and foreign direct investment is limited, which could adversely affect the economy and our business
In the first half of 2005, Argentina restructured part of its sovereign foreign debt, which had been in default since late 2001. According to the Government, the swap for the restructuring of said debt was accepted by 76% of creditors. However, holders of approximately US$20 billion of the sovereign debt subject to the restructuring offer, mainly from the United States, Italy and Germany did not accept the swap and initiated litigation against Argentina (“holdouts”). New legal proceedings could be brought in the future.

 

-10-


Table of Contents

In September 2, 2008, Argentina announced through Decree No. 1394/08 its intention to cancel its sovereign debt with the creditor nations of the Paris Club. The Paris Club announced its acceptance of such decision through a note dated September 18, 2008. As of the date of this annual report, the amount of the debt to be cancelled, the terms of such cancellation, and the extent of the representations of the parties are still unknown. Almost 70% of Argentina’s debt with the Paris Club is with Germany, Japan and Spain, but the Paris Club includes creditors such as the United States and other members of the Group of Eight, which are industrially developed countries. A failure to agree with the Paris Club could curb financing from multilateral financial institutions, which could adversely affect Argentina’s economic growth and public finances, and, consequently, adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.
Recently, due to certain modifications made to the pension and retirement system, which was in charge of the Administradora de Fondos de Jubilaciones y Pensiones (“AFJPs,” Retirement and Pension Fund Administrators), some holdouts obtained a favorable decision from the Federal District Court for the District of New York City, which ordered a freeze on the assets held by AFJPs in the United States — currently held by the Administración Nacional de la Seguridad Social (“ANSES,” National Social Security Administration), a decentralized entity of the Government.
During January and early February of 2009, the Government exchanged certain of its debt for Préstamos Garantizados Nacionales (loans issued by the Government or “Secured Loans” to restructure bank loans during and after the 2001-2002 crisis), and as a result, was able to reduce the amount of sovereign debt maturing between 2009 and 2011.
In addition, foreign investors in Argentine public utilities companies filed claims with the Centro Internacional de Arreglo de Disputas de Inversiones (“CIADI,” International Center for Settlement of Investment Disputes), for substantial amounts, due to certain measures taken by the Government to overcome the 2001-2002 crises, and alleging that some measures are inconsistent with certain bilateral treaties signed by Argentina.
The Government’s default on its debt payments, its delay in completing the debt restructuring with holdout creditors and the above-mentioned claims against the country, could hinder Argentina’s and the country’s private sectors access to the capital markets and ability to obtain direct foreign investment. Additionally, in recent years, the CIADI issued certain judgments against Argentina, all of which have been appealed. If such judgments result in court rulings against Argentina, they would involve large amounts of money for the country, as well as injunctions or other provisional remedies related to assets in Argentina that the Government intended to use for other matters. Consequently, the Government could lack sufficient financial resources to promote growth. In addition, private sector investment, which is necessary for the same purpose, may not be available due to the lack of financing.
If Argentina’s ability to access financing from international markets and attract direct foreign investment is restricted, there is a risk that it may lack sufficient capital to sustain an investment cycle and sustain a high-economic growth rate. As a consequence, the country’s fiscal balance could be affected, which could lead to higher inflation and could negatively affect the Government’s ability to implement economic policies that would foster economic growth. If a sustained growth cycle is not achieved, political, social and economic instability could resume. All of these events would have an adverse effect on the Argentine economy and financial system, as well as on us, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The foreign exchange market is subject to controls that restrict our access to foreign currency and our access to foreign funds and more restrictive measures could be implemented in the future that would adversely affect our business operations
At the end of 2001 and in 2002, the Government and the Argentine Central Bank established controls over the foreign exchange market and over capital transfers abroad, substantially limiting the ability of companies operating in Argentina to retain foreign currency or make debt payments abroad. The existence of such controls and the surplus in the country’s trade balance contributed to an appreciation of the Peso and to the increased availability of foreign currency, which in turn resulted in the easing of many of these restrictions. However, certain restrictions are still in force that limit access to the foreign exchange market by residents and non-residents, including us, to certain monthly amounts and their and our ability to make transfers of foreign currency and payments abroad. In addition, the Government issued a decree in June 2005 that established new controls and restrictions in connection with capital inflows, including the requirement that 30% of funds remitted to Argentina remain deposited in a domestic financial institution for one year without earning any interest. This measure increases the cost of obtaining foreign funds and limits access to these funds. For more information, see Item 4. “Information on the Company-Government Regulation-Foreign Exchange Market.”

 

-11-


Table of Contents

In an economic environment where access to local capital is substantially constrained, these controls could have a negative effect on the Argentine economy and on our business, by limiting the ability of economic agents operating in Argentina to obtain foreign financing. Moreover, the Argentine authorities could again establish more severe restrictions on the foreign exchange market and on capital movements from and into Argentina, among others, in the future, in response to significant capital outflows or to a significant depreciation of the Peso. These restrictions may hamper foreign investors’ ability to receive payments in connection with debt or equity securities of Argentine issuers, such as us, or more severely restrict our access to the foreign capital markets, both of which could adversely impact us, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The volatility of the regulatory environment in Argentina could continue to be high and future Argentine governmental policies could adversely affect the Argentine economy as a whole as well as financial institutions such as us and our subsidiaries
The Government has historically exercised significant influence over the country’s economy and financial institutions in particular have operated in a highly regulated environment for extended periods. In addition, Argentina’s regulatory environment has been volatile. The lack of a stable regulatory environment has imposed limitations on the operation of the economy as a whole, including the financial system. During the 2001-2002 crisis, Argentina experienced a deep economic and financial crisis, social unrest and political turmoil. As a result, the Government took a series of far reaching measures that produced radical structural changes in the Argentine economy and legal framework. Laws and regulations currently governing the economy or the financial sector may change in the future. Future Government policies may include nationalization, forced renegotiation or modification of existing contracts and debt obligations, suspension of the enforcement of creditors’ rights, new taxation policies, including royalty and tax increases and retroactive tax claims, and changes in laws and policies affecting international trade and investment. Future changes in the regulatory environment and Government policies may adversely affect the economy and financial institutions in Argentina, including us and our subsidiaries, as well as our and our subsidiaries’ business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. This change could negatively impact our ability to raise funds through the local capital markets in the future, thus possibly negatively impacting our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Foreign judgments may not be able to be normally enforced in Argentina
We and most of our subsidiaries are companies incorporated under the laws of Argentina. Most of our and our subsidiaries shareholders, directors, members of the Supervisory Syndics’ Committee, officers, and some specialists named herein are domiciled in Argentina and the most significant part of our and our subsidiaries assets is located in Argentina.
Under Argentine law, the enforcement of foreign judgments is allowed provided that the requirements set forth in sections 517 to 519 of the National Code of Civil and Commercial Procedures are met or, if it is one of the powers reserved to the provinces, the requirements in the local codes of procedure, and provided that the foreign judgment does not infringe on the concepts of public policy in Argentine law, as determined by the competent courts of Argentina. As such, your ability to enforce a judgment of, among others, a U.S. court against us or our subsidiaries in Argentina may be limited.
The reform of the Integrated Retirement and Pension System may limit our ability to obtain funding
Through the enactment of Law No. 26,425 in November 20, 2008, the Argentine Congress approved the elimination of the capitalization system run by the AFJPs, which was absorbed and replaced by a single government run pension organization called the Sistema Integrado Previsional Argentino (“SIPA,” the Integrated Social Security System). Among other measures, the law establishes that: (i) funds accumulated in the private retirement and pension system during the last fourteen years will be administered by the ANSES and (ii) the retirement and pension system will now be run by the Government and citizens must contribute to this new system.

 

-12-


Table of Contents

The elimination of the existing capitalization system will cause a significant change in Argentina’s local capital markets, as AFJPs have historically been important institutional investors. This change could limit our ability to obtain funding through the local capital markets, thus possibly negatively impacting our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Risk Factors Relating to the Argentine Financial System
The ongoing international financial crisis could intensify and spread, possibly impacting Argentine banks, including Banco Galicia
Although most Argentine banks have not been severely impacted by the ongoing banking crisis in the United States, Europe and Asia, the possibility that Argentine banks could, in the future, be impacted by such crisis cannot be ruled out. Likewise, the high volatility in international assets was also present in local ones. These factors could lead to a lack of confidence by depositors and affect the Argentine financial system, most likely affecting Banco Galicia’s profitability. If Banco Galicia’s profitability decreases, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would most likely be negatively affected as well.
The recovery of the financial system is dependent upon the ability of financial institutions, including Banco Galicia, to maintain and increase the confidence of depositors
The measures implemented by the Argentine government in late 2001 and early 2002, in particular the restrictions imposed on depositors ability to withdraw money freely from banks and the pesification and restructuring of their deposits, were strongly opposed by depositors due to the monetary losses that they sustained and undermined their confidence in the Argentine financial system and in all financial institutions operating in Argentina.
Although the financial system has seen a substantial recovery in deposits (mostly transactional deposits) since 2002, it cannot be assured that this trend will continue or that the deposit base of the Argentine financial system, including Banco Galicia’s, will not be affected in the future by adverse economic, social and political events. If the confidence of depositors in the financial system is affected once again, it will have a direct impact on the manner in which financial institutions, including Banco Galicia, conduct their business by, in general terms, affecting their ability to operate as financial intermediaries. If Banco Galicia’s volume of business or ability to act as a financial intermediary is negatively impacted, its profitability may decrease which, in turn, may adversely impact our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.
The negative consequences of the 2001-2002 crisis on the profile and activities of the financial system, including us, may not be overcome in the short term or at all
Immediately after the 2001 and 2002 crisis, the financial system temporarily practically ceased acting as an intermediary between savings and credit. Even though the financial system’s private sector deposits and loans have increased substantially from the low levels of 2002, financial depth in Argentina (measured by the ratio of the total financial system’s private-sector deposits and loans to GDP), remains low when compared to the levels displayed by comparable countries, such as other Latin American countries, and with past levels recorded in Argentina itself, especially in the case of loans to the private sector. Such loans represented approximately 12% of the Argentine GDP at the end of 2008, as compared to approximately 23% at the end of 1999. The time period necessary for the Argentine financial system’s credit activity to return to pre-crisis relative levels remains uncertain.

 

-13-


Table of Contents

In addition, even though deposits in the financial system have increased significantly since mid 2002, most deposits are either sight or short-term time deposits. The sources of medium and long-term funding for financial institutions are currently limited. Due to these reasons, and to the characteristics of credit demand, the loan expansion recorded since 2004 has been largely based on short-term loans to individuals and companies.
For the financial system to be able to reach an adequate financial depth level and, at the same time, develop a medium and long-term credit business without having to assume excessive risks in terms of maturity gaps, several developments would need to occur, including, principally: (i) growth in deposits and loans would need to continue over time, (ii) the terms of assets and liabilities in the Argentine financial system would need to be extended, (iii) the public’s confidence in the Argentine financial system would need to increase to levels enabling the country’s savings to be channeled to the financial system to a greater extent than at present, and (iv) a process of sustained growth with macroeconomic and legal stability would be needed. These trends may not materialize and, even if they do, financial intermediation activities may not develop to the extent needed or may not reach the necessary volume so as to allow the recurrent income generation capacity of Argentine financial institutions, including us, to improve substantially or the expansion of the credit business beyond short-term lending.
Financial institutions’ asset quality could deteriorate if the economic growth process does not recover, which would have a negative impact on financial institutions’ profitability as well as on ours
After the 2001-2002 crisis, the asset quality ratios of Argentine financial institutions improved and in the last four years the Argentine financial system enjoyed a period of very low credit risk in historical terms. The portfolio quality of financial institutions has improved due to the considerable growth of the country’s economy, the improvement of the economic situation in general and the completion of various debt restructuring processes. However, while certain sectors benefited from the post-crisis relative price system, other sectors were adversely affected. The portfolio quality of the private sector, overall, started to deteriorate during 2008. It cannot be assured that the private sector portfolio will not continue to deteriorate.
The value of a large portion of the assets held by various Argentine financial institutions, as well as those institutions’ income generation capacity, is dependent, to a large extent, on sustained economic growth.
Should growth significantly slow down or if economic activity experiences a downturn, borrowers’ performance could deteriorate, as could employment levels and real wages. Also, even if the Argentine economy continues to grow, if inflation continues to rise it could also affect real wages and employment levels and trigger nominal interest rates increases, all of which would weaken credit demand and borrowers’ repayment capacity. In addition, individuals’ indebtedness has increased significantly in the past years, which could trigger deterioration in their repayment ability, especially if coupled with a tightening financial scenario. Finally, legacy loans from the 2001-2002 crisis have reached a very low level and, therefore, no material further positive effect on credit quality ratios would be derived from further improvement thereof.
Improvement in the credit risk environment after the 2001-2002 crisis and the low credit risk environment of the recent years have had a positive impact on financial institutions’ profitability as they have translated into low loan loss provisions as well as above average income from loan recoveries and the reversal of loan loss provisions in connection with legacy loans. In a tougher credit environment, coupled with the fact that above average income from the recovery of legacy loans and the reversal of loan loss reserves on such loans is reaching an end, credit losses could rise, which may require increases in loan loss reserves, which would most likely have a negative impact on financial institutions’ profitability including on ours.
Judgments against financial institutions in connection with the pesification and restructuring of deposits in 2002 may result in a deterioration of financial institutions’ deposit base and liquidity, including ours
As a consequence of the application by financial institutions of emergency measures implemented by the executive branch of the Government during and in respect of the 2001-2002 crisis, which mandated the pesification of deposits originally denominated in Dollars and the restructuring of such deposits, in 2002 individuals and entities initiated a significant number of legal actions (known as “ amparo ” claims) against financial institutions, including the Bank, on the basis that these measures violated their constitutional and other rights. Most appellate and lower courts have declared the above-mentioned emergency measures unconstitutional and, as a result, financial institutions have been required to reimburse the relevant Dollar-denominated deposits, or their equivalent in Pesos, at the then current free market exchange rate.

 

-14-


Table of Contents

These rulings resulted in a significant withdrawal of deposits from the financial system and the Bank in 2002 and in significant losses for financial institutions to date, including us, as these institutions have had to reimburse the restructured deposits (mostly Dollar-denominated deposits before pesification) at market exchange rates rather than at the rate at which the deposits were pesified and booked in accordance with the applicable regulations. Pursuant to Argentine Central Bank rules, the losses from the above-mentioned court rulings were deferred and began to be amortized over a five-year period. The negative impact of these losses on financial institutions’ capital has been significant. The Government has not provided compensation for these losses and has expressed that it does not intend to do so.
The Argentine Supreme Court of Justice (or the “Argentine Supreme Court”) has issued several rulings in connection with the pesification of deposits, which referred to particular cases, with different implications. Also, under Argentine law, Argentine Supreme Court rulings are not precedent setting for lower courts and, therefore, whether these rulings will be followed in similar cases to be heard by lower courts is uncertain. As a consequence of the foregoing, the final resolution of such cases is uncertain. However, if an increasing number of new adverse judgments against financial institutions such as us should materialize, financial institutions, including us, could incur further significant losses and their and our financial condition could be adversely impacted.
New limitations on creditors’ rights in Argentina and to the ability to foreclose on certain guarantees and collateral may adversely impact financial institutions such as us
In order to protect debtors, who were affected by the 2001-2002 crisis, the Government passed various laws and regulations temporarily suspending the ability of creditors to foreclose on collateral and to exercise their rights pursuant to guarantees and similar instruments. Such regulations have restricted Argentine creditors, such as us, from initiating collection actions or lawsuits to recover on defaulted loans. Even though these rules have ceased to be applicable, under an adverse economic environment or other circumstances, the Government may pass new rules and regulations affecting the ability of creditors to enforce their rights pursuant to debt agreements, guarantees and similar instruments, which may have an adverse effect on the financial system and our business.
Certain administrative proceedings being initiated by Argentine provincial tax authorities against financial institutions could generate losses for such institutions, including us
Certain provincial authorities have initiated administrative proceedings against financial institutions in order to collect certain local taxes levied on financial institutions’ gross income obtained in 2002 and thereafter. The amounts that provincial tax authorities seek to collect in these administrative proceedings in relation to the gross income generated in 2002 by financial institutions are significant, as such authorities are including in the taxable income those gains obtained by financial institutions in connection with the compensatory bonds that the Government made available to them in order to compensate them for the losses that they would otherwise have incurred as a consequence of the policies implemented by the Government to deal with the 2001-2002 crisis, particularly the asymmetric pesification. Although the final outcome of these administrative proceedings is still highly uncertain, as is the number of provincial authorities that will initiate such proceedings and when, these proceedings could generate losses for financial institutions, including us, during fiscal year 2009.

 

-15-


Table of Contents

Consumer protection laws may limit some of the rights afforded to us and our subsidiaries
Law No. 24,240, the Consumer Protection Law, as amended and with supplementary rules, (the “Consumer Protection Law”) sets forth a series of rules and principles to protect consumers. On March 12, 2008, the Argentine Congress approved an amendment to the Consumer Protection Law, enacted by the Executive Branch through Decree No. 565/08 dated April 3, 2008, published in the Official Gazette of the Argentine Republic (the “Official Gazette”) on April 7, 2008.
The Consumer Protection Law was thus amended in various aspects, namely: (i) the universe of people considered as consumers under the Consumer Protection Law was widened, (ii) the maximum fines applicable to suppliers violating this law was increased and the administrative authority charged with enforcing such law was empowered to order any supplier to pay direct damages up to a maximum amount, (iii) the courts were entitled to sentence suppliers to pay “punitive damages” to consumers (such punitive damages cannot exceed Ps. 5 million, depending on the seriousness of the event and other circumstances), and (iv) the ability of consumers’ associations to bring class action law suits on behalf of an indeterminate universe of consumers’ rights was regulated. Also, the Secretary of Domestic Commerce, which is part of the Ministry of Economy and Production, was appointed as the national enforcement authority and the city of Buenos Aires and the provinces are to act as local enforcement authorities.
We cannot assure you that court and administrative rulings arising from the measures adopted by the Secretary of Domestic Commerce and other enforcement authorities will not cause an increase in the degree of protection given to our debtors and other clients, or that such rulings will not favor the claims brought by consumers’ groups or associations. This could prevent us and/or our subsidiaries from collecting payments for services and financing provided, with an adverse effect on our assets, financial condition, business, results of operations and prospects.
Risk Factors Relating to Us
Since we are a holding company, our ability to pay cash dividends depends on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us
We are a holding company and, as such, we conduct all of our operations through our subsidiaries. Thus, dividends or other intercompany transfers of funds from subsidiaries are expected to be our primary source of funds to pay for expenses and dividends. Banco Galicia is our most significant subsidiary. As of December 31, 2008, Banco Galicia’s consolidated assets represented 98.8% of our consolidated assets. While we do not anticipate that we will conduct operations at the level of the holding company, any expenses we incur at such level, will reduce amounts available to be distributed to our shareholders. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other payments to our holding company will depend on their results of operations and financial condition and may be restricted by, among other things, applicable corporate and other laws and regulations and contractual limitations. In addition, our ability to pay dividends will be subject to legal and other requirements.

 

-16-


Table of Contents

We have not received dividends from Banco Galicia since October 2001. In addition, Banco Galicia is restricted from paying dividends as, among other things, under Argentine Central Bank regulations it must reduce its retained earnings available to be distributed as cash dividends by, among others, the difference between the market value and the carrying value of all of its public-sector assets, after netting the legal reserve and other reserves established by Banco Galicia’s bylaws. Also, the loan agreements entered into by Banco Galicia, as part of the restructuring of its debt denominated in foreign currency and subject to foreign law (the Bank’s “foreign debt”), limit its ability to pay dividends. See Item 8. “Financial Information-Dividend Policy and Dividends-Dividend Policy.”
Our ability to repay indebtedness at the holding company level may be impaired due to the lack of liquidity at such level
We conduct our business through our subsidiaries and, therefore, at the holding company level we do not have significant operations or material assets of our own other than the capital stock of our subsidiaries. Excluding such assets, our ability to repay our indebtedness, at the level of the holding company, is dependent on the cash flows generated by our subsidiaries and their ability to make cash distributions. In the absence of such dividend payments, we may need to seek other funding sources in respect of such indebtedness, which may not be available to us at all or on reasonable terms.
Our subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay amounts to us so that our indebtedness at the holding company level can be repaid or to make funds available for that purpose. Each of our subsidiaries is a distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions, as well as our subsidiaries’ financial condition and operating requirements may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. Furthermore, the Bank’s ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany payments is limited by Argentine Central Bank’s rules and certain financial covenants. See “-A breach of any of the covenants under the Bank’s debt agreements and the agreements entered into by the Bank and us as part of the restructuring of the Bank’s foreign debt in 2004 could result in the occurrence of an event of default under these agreements” and Item 8. “Financial Information-Dividend Policy and Dividends.” In the absence of dividend payments, we may not have sufficient liquidity to repay our outstanding indebtedness.
We may operate finance-related businesses that have little or no regulatory supervision
We may operate finance-related businesses outside of Banco Galicia that are not regulated by the Argentine Central Bank. These businesses will be subject only to those regulatory limitations that may be applicable to them. We may enter into businesses that have little or no regulatory supervision or that entail greater risks than our existing businesses, and which may adversely impact our business and financial condition.
We are subject to corporate disclosure and accounting standards that may limit the information available to our shareholders
A principal objective of the securities laws of the United States, Argentina and other countries is to promote full and fair disclosure of all material information of companies issuing securities. However, there may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by or about listed companies in certain countries with more developed capital markets, such as the United States. While we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the United States’ Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act”, the periodic disclosure required of non-United States’ issuers under the Exchange Act is more limited than the periodic disclosure required of United States’ issuers. Furthermore, we are not required to comply with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission’s (or “SEC”) proxy rules in connection with shareholders’ meetings.

 

-17-


Table of Contents

In addition, we maintain our financial books and records in Pesos and prepare our financial statements in conformity with Argentine Banking GAAP, which differs in certain respects from Argentine GAAP and U.S. GAAP. See Item 5.A. “Operating Results-U.S. GAAP and Argentine Banking GAAP Reconciliation” and note 35 to our consolidated audited financial statements included in this annual report for a description of the principal differences between Argentine Banking GAAP and U.S. GAAP.
Also, for a description of the differences between Argentine and Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, see Item 6. “Directors, Senior Management and Employees-Nasdaq Corporate Governance Standards.”
Our shareholders may be subject to liability for certain votes of their securities
Shareholders who have a conflict of interest with us and who do not abstain from voting may be held liable for damages to us. Also, shareholders who willfully or negligently vote in favor of a resolution that is subsequently declared void by a court as contrary to Argentine law or our bylaws may be held liable for damages to us or to other third parties, including other shareholders.
United States’ holders of our class B shares may not be able to exercise preemptive and accretion rights
Under Argentine law, holders of our ordinary (common) Class B shares (including the Class B shares underlying our American depositary shares (the “class B shares” and “ADSs,” respectively) have preemptive and accretion rights with respect to future issuances of class B shares. United States’ holders of our class B shares may not be able to exercise such preemptive and accretion rights unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 is effective with respect to such rights or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available. We are not obligated to file a registration statement with respect to such rights or the shares related thereto. Therefore, if we elect not to file a registration statement with respect to such rights or if an exemption from registration is not otherwise available, a United States’ holder of class B shares (including those underlying our ADSs) may not be able to exercise such rights. In addition, the depositary may not be able to sell such rights and distribute the proceeds thereof to a United States’ holder of class B shares (including those underlying our ADSs) as contemplated in the Depositary agreement, in which case such rights may lapse.

 

-18-


Table of Contents

The concentration of our assets in Argentine public-sector debt instruments is high, which makes our future financial condition dependent on the Government’s credit quality and ability and willingness to comply with its repayment obligations
As of December 31, 2008, our exposure to the Argentine public sector (as shown under Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Exposure to the Argentine Public Sector”), amounted to Ps. 6,054.3 million, representing 24.5% of our total assets. Under U.S. GAAP this amount was Ps. 3,777.2 million. Therefore, the value of our assets, our income and cash flow generation capacity and our future financial condition is strongly dependent on the Government’s ability to comply with its payment obligations in respect of these public-sector assets. In turn, the ability of the Government to comply with its payment obligations with respect to such public-sector assets is dependent on, among other things, its ability to establish an economic policy that is successful in promoting sustainable economic growth in the long run, generating tax revenues and controlling public expenses, all or some of which may not occur.
We carry a significant portion of our public-sector assets at values that do not reflect their market value, which is substantially lower than their respective book value
We carry our public-sector assets under Argentine Banking GAAP, in accordance with Argentine Central Bank valuation rules, as explained under Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Government and Corporate Securities-Valuation,” and Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Critical Accounting Policies- U.S. GAAP — Critical Accounting Policies-Fair Value Estimates.” The book values of our positions in Secured Loans, Boden 2012 Bonds (bonds issued by the Government as compensation for the asymmetric pesification), and Discount Bonds in Pesos and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities (issued by the Government as part of the restructuring of its foreign debt in 2005) are greater than their respective quoted market values.
The difference between the aggregate book value of the above-mentioned assets and their respective aggregate market value as of December 31, 2008, amounted to Ps. 1,827 million, as explained under Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Government and Corporate Securities.” As market conditions change, adjustments to the market value of the above-mentioned assets are not reflected in our financial condition. Future sales or settlements of these assets will reflect the market conditions at the time and may result in losses, representing the difference between the settlement amount and the then carrying value, thereby adversely affecting our financial results.
We hold Argentine securities which might be highly volatile
We have had and we currently have certain investments in Argentine government debt and corporate debt. In particular, we hold a significant amount of Boden Bonds, Discount Bonds and other investments the underlying assets of which are mostly government securities. Investments in such securities involve certain risks, including market volatility and the risk of a loss of principal.
Some of the issuers in which we have invested and may invest, including the Argentine government, have experienced in the past substantial difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, which have led to the restructuring of certain indebtedness. We cannot assure that the issuers in which we have invested or may invest will not be subject to similar or other difficulties in the future which may adversely affect the value of our investments in such issuers. In addition, such issuers and, therefore, such investments, are generally subject to many of the risks that are described in this section with respect to us, and, thus, could have little or no value, thereby adversely impacting our financial results.

 

-19-


Table of Contents

Our net position in CER-adjusted assets exposes us to increases in the real interest rate
The policies implemented by the Government to address the 2001-2002 crisis created mismatches between our assets and liabilities in terms of currency, yield and maturities. Currently, we carry a net position in CER-adjusted assets (the CER is a coefficient based on the variation of consumer prices), which bear fixed interest rates over CER-adjusted principal. This position is funded by Peso-denominated liabilities (with no principal adjustment linked to inflation), bearing market interest rates and repricing, mainly, in the short term. See Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Currency Composition of Our Balance Sheet”. This mismatch exposes us to the fluctuations in real interest rates, with an adverse impact on income resulting from a significant increase in real interest rates paid on our Peso-denominated liabilities, which occurs when nominal interest rates increase more than the consumer inflation rate published by INDEC.
A breach of any of the covenants under the Bank’s debt agreements and the agreement entered into by the Bank and us as part of the restructuring of the Bank’s foreign debt in 2004 could result in the occurrence of an event of default under these agreements
The loan agreements and indenture entered into by the Bank as part of its foreign debt restructuring in May 2004, include certain covenants that, among other things, restrict the Bank’s ability to pay dividends on stock, purchase its stock or the stock of its subsidiaries or use the proceeds of the sale of certain assets or from the issuance of debt or equity securities. Some of these agreements also require that the Bank maintain specified financial ratios. We agreed to maintain certain corporate governance standards and to provide the Bank’s creditors with certain financial information and reports on a quarterly and annual basis. A breach of any of these covenants or the Bank’s inability to maintain the required ratios could result in an event of default under these agreements. In the event of a default, the relevant lenders could elect, among other options, to declare the Bank’s indebtedness, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable. For more information see Item 10. “Additional Information-Material Contracts.”
It may be difficult for us to fully overcome all of the residual negative effects of the 2001-2002 crisis
Our income generation capacity was negatively affected by the 2001-2002 crisis, especially our capacity to generate financial income. It is difficult to predict whether we will be able to increase our level of activity and loan origination to the private sector so as to generate sufficient increased financial revenue and income from services in order for our operating results to more than offset losses from the amortization of amparo claims, the negative margin on our matched position in foreign currency resulting from the low yield of our Boden 2012 Bonds and potential losses if we were to mark-to-market the portfolio of public-sector assets. Although demand for fee-related products and services as well as for credit has been increasing in Argentina, together with the growth of the economy, demand for financial products and credit may not continue to increase or may not increase to the extent or at the necessary pace. In addition, we may not be able to sufficiently increase our business volume or margins between lending and borrowing could decrease or be insufficient for our operating income to exceed the above-mentioned losses. Also, lower economic growth would have a negative impact on credit quality and credit losses. Therefore, we may not be able to increase our operating results in the required amount or at the required pace in order to offset these losses.

 

-20-


Table of Contents

Item 4. Information on the Company
History and Development of the Company
Our legal name is Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. We are a financial services holding company that was incorporated on September 14, 1999, as a “ sociedad anónima ” (“a stock corporation”) under the laws of Argentina. As a holding company we do not have operations of our own and conduct our business through our subsidiaries. Banco Galicia is our main subsidiary and one of Argentina’s largest full-service banks. Through the operating subsidiaries of Tarjetas Regionales S.A., a holding company wholly owned by the Bank, we provide proprietary brand credit cards and consumer finance services throughout Argentina. Through Sudamericana Holding S.A. and its subsidiaries or “Sudamericana” we provide insurance products in Argentina. We directly or indirectly own other companies providing financial related products as explained herein. We are one of Argentina’s largest financial services groups with consolidated assets of Ps. 24,735.8 million as of December 31, 2008.
Our goal is to consolidate our position as one of Argentina’s leading comprehensive financial services providers while continuing to strengthen Banco Galicia’s position as one of Argentina’s leading banks. We seek to broaden and complement the operations and businesses of Banco Galicia, through holdings in companies and undertakings whose objectives are related to and/or can produce synergies with financial activities. Our non-banking subsidiaries operate in financial and related activities that Banco Galicia cannot undertake or in which it is limited to invest in due to restrictive banking regulations.
Our domicile is in Buenos Aires, Argentina. Under our bylaws, our corporate duration is until June 30, 2100. Our duration can be extended by a resolution passed at a general extraordinary shareholders’ meeting. Our principal executive offices are located at Teniente General Juan D. Perón 456, Second Floor, (1038) Buenos Aires, Argentina. Our telephone number is (54-11) 4343-7528.
Our agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation System, presently located at 111 Eighth Avenue, 13 th Floor, New York, New York 10011.
Organizational Structure
The following table illustrates our organizational structure as of December 31, 2008. Percentages indicate the ownership interests held. All of the companies shown in the chart are incorporated in Argentina, except for:
    Galicia Uruguay, incorporated in Uruguay and currently not an operating financial institution;

 

-21-


Table of Contents

    Galval Agente de Valores S.A. or “Galval”, incorporated in Uruguay;
    Galicia Pension Fund Ltd. and Galicia (Cayman) Ltd. or “Galicia Cayman”, incorporated in the Cayman Islands;
    Tarjeta Naranja Dominicana S.A., incorporated in the Dominican Republic.
(FLOW CHART)
History
Grupo Financiero Galicia
Grupo Financiero Galicia was formed on September 14, 1999 as a financial services holding company to hold all of the shares of the capital stock of Banco Galicia held by members of the Escasany, Ayerza and Braun families. Its initial nominal capital amounted to 24,000 common shares, 12,516 of which were designated as class A ordinary (common) shares (the “class A shares”) and 11,484 of which were designated as class B shares.

 

-22-


Table of Contents

Following Grupo Financiero Galicia’s formation, the holding companies that held the shares in Banco Galicia on behalf of the Escasany, Ayerza and Braun families were merged into Grupo Financiero Galicia. Following the merger, Grupo Financiero Galicia held 46.34% of the outstanding shares of Banco Galicia. In addition, and due to the merger, Grupo Financiero Galicia’s capital increased from 24,000 to 543,000,000 common shares, 281,221,650 of which were designated as class A shares and 261,778,350 of which were designated as class B shares. Following this capital increase, all of our class A shares were held by EBA Holding S.A., an Argentine corporation that is 100% owned by our controlling shareholders, and our class B shares were held directly by our controlling shareholders in an amount equal to their ownership interests in the holding companies that were merged into Grupo Financiero Galicia.
On May 16, 2000, our shareholders held an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting during which they unanimously approved a capital increase of up to Ps. 628,704,540 and the public offering and listings of our class B shares. All of the new common shares were designated as class B shares, with a par value of Ps. 1.00. During this extraordinary shareholders’ meeting, all of our existing shareholders waived their preemptive rights. In addition, the shareholders determined that the exchange ratio for the exchange offer would be one class B share of Banco Galicia for 2.5 of our class B shares and one ADS of Banco Galicia for one of our ADSs. The exchange offer was completed in July 2000 and the resulting capital increase was of Ps. 549,407,017. At date of completion of the exchange offer, our only significant asset was our 93.23% interest in Banco Galicia.
On January 2, 2004, our shareholders held an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting during which they approved a capital increase of up to 149,000,000 preferred shares, each of them mandatorily convertible into one of our class B shares on the first anniversary of the date of issuance, to be subscribed for in up to US$100.0 million of face value of subordinated notes to be issued by the Bank to its creditors in the restructuring of the foreign debt of its Head Office in Argentina (the “Head Office”) and its Cayman Branch, or cash. This capital increase was carried out in connection with the restructuring of the Bank’s foreign debt. On May 13, 2004, we issued 149,000,000 preferred non-voting shares, with preference over the ordinary shares in the event of a liquidation, each with a face value of Ps. 1.00. The preferred shares were converted into class B shares on May 13, 2005. With this capital increase, our capital increased to Ps. 1,241,407,017. For more information on the Bank’s debt restructuring, please see below.
In January 2005, we created Galval, a securities broker based in Uruguay, with the purpose of providing trading and custody services. We own 100% of the capital and voting rights of this subsidiary.
In August 2007, Grupo Financiero Galicia exercised its preemptive rights in the Bank’s share issuance and subscribed for 93.6 million shares of the Bank. The consideration consisted of: (i) US$102.2 million face value of negotiable obligations due 2014 issued by the Bank in May 2004, and (ii) cash. In order to fund such cash payment, on July 24, 2007, Grupo Financiero Galicia entered into a loan agreement for US$80 million with Merrill Lynch International. The loan was unsecured and was initially scheduled to be paid in two installments. The interest rate was 7.75% for the first year and 3-month Libor plus 350 basis points for the second year, payable annually in July 2008 and July 2009. The first payment of principal, which was for US$18 million, was due one year after the granting of the loan, and was paid on July 28, 2008. The second payment of principal, for the remaining balance of US$62 million, which was due on July 25, 2009, was fully repaid in advance at a discount on January 6, 2009, through a single and final payment of US$39.1 million. For more information on this loan, see Item 8. “Financial Information-Significant Changes.”

 

-23-


Table of Contents

After the capital increase, Grupo Financiero Galicia holds 94.66% of the Bank’s shares, up from 93.60%. For more information on the Bank’s capital increase, please see “-Banco Galicia-Banco Galicia’s 2007 Capital Increase”.
Banco Galicia
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A. is a banking corporation organized as a stock corporation under Argentine law and supervised and licensed to operate as a commercial bank by the Superintendencia de Entidades Financieras y Cambiarias (Superintendency of Financial Institutions and Exchange Bureaus or the “Superintendency”).
The Bank was founded in September 1905 by a group of businessmen from the Spanish community in Argentina and initiated its activities in November of that year. Two years later, in 1907, the Bank’s stock was listed on the Buenos Aires Stock Exchange (“BASE”). The Bank’s business and branch network increased significantly by the late 1950s and continued expanding in the following decades, after regulatory changes allowed the Bank to exercise its potential and gain a reputation for innovation, thereby achieving a leading role within the domestic banking industry.
In the late 1950s, the Bank launched the equity fund FIMA Acciones and founded the predecessor of Galicia Administradora de Fondos S.A., Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión (“Galicia Administradora de Fondos”). Beginning in the late 1960s the Bank began to establish an international network mainly comprised of branches in New York and in the Cayman Islands, a bank in Uruguay and several representative offices.
In order to develop automated banking in Argentina and avoid bank disintermediation (i.e. when consumers directly access information or goods rather than using intermediaries) in the provision of electronic information and fund transfer services, in 1985, Banco Galicia established, together with four other private- sector banks operating in Argentina, Banelco S.A. to operate a nationwide automated teller system, which became the largest in the country. During the same year, Banco Galicia also acquired an interest in VISA Argentina S.A., and is currently one of the largest issuers of such cards in Argentina.
During the 1990s, the Bank implemented a growth and modernization strategy directed at achieving economies of scale and increasing productivity and, therefore, heavily invested in developing new businesses, acquiring new customers, widening its product offering, developing its IT and human resources capabilities, and expanding its distribution capacity. This was comprised of traditional channels (branches) and, especially, alternative channels, including new types of branches (in-store for example), ATMs, banking centers, phone banking and Internet banking.
As part of its growth strategy, in 1995, the Bank began a new expansion drive into the “ Interior ” of Argentina where high growth potential was believed to exist. Argentines refer to the Interior as that part of the country’s territory different from the federal capital and the areas surrounding the city of Buenos Aires (“Greater Buenos Aires”), i.e., the provinces, including the Buenos Aires Province but excluding the city of Buenos Aires and its surroundings. Typically the Interior is underserved relative to the city of Buenos Aires and its surroundings with respect to access to financial services and its population tends to use fewer banking services. As such, mainly between 1995 and 1999, the Bank acquired equity interests in entities or formed several non-banking companies providing financial services to individuals in the Interior through the issuance of proprietary brand credit cards. See “-Regional Credit Card Companies” below. In addition, in 1997, the Bank acquired a regional bank that was merged into it, with branches located mainly in Santa Fe and Córdoba, two of the wealthiest and more populated Argentine provinces.

 

-24-


Table of Contents

In order to fund its strategy, during the 1990s, the Bank tapped the international capital markets for both equity and debt. In June 1993, the Bank carried out its initial international public offering in the U.S. and Europe and, as a result, began to list its American depositary receipts (“ADRs”) on the Nasdaq Stock Market until 2000, when the Bank’s shares were exchanged for our shares. In 1991, it was the first Argentine bank to issue debt in the European capital markets and, in 1994, it was the first Latin American issuer of a convertible bond. In 1996, the Bank raised equity again through a local and international public offering.
In 1996, Banco Galicia entered the bank-assurance business through an agreement with ITT Hartford Life Insurance Co. for the joint development of initiatives in the life insurance business. In this same year, the Bank initiated its Internet presence, which evolved into a full e-banking service for both companies and individuals.
At the end of 2000, the Bank was the largest private-sector bank in the Argentine market with a 9.8% deposit market share.
In 2001 and 2002 Argentina experienced a severe political and financial crisis, which had a material adverse effect on the financial system, including on Banco Galicia, and on financial businesses as a whole but especially on financial intermediation activity. However, during the crisis, the provision of banking services of a transactional nature was maintained. With the normalization of the Argentine economy’s situation and the subsequent growth cycle that began in mid 2002, financial activities began to expand at high rates, which translated into high growth at the level of the financial system as a whole, including the Bank. The provision of services continued to develop, even further than prior to the crisis, and financial intermediation resumed progressively.
Beginning in May 2002, the Bank began to implement a series of initiatives to deal with the liquidity shortage caused by the systemic deposit run, the unavailability of funding and other adverse effects of the 2001-2002 crisis on the financial system as a whole. The Bank significantly streamlined its operations and reduced its administrative expenses and, immediately after launching such initiatives, restored its liquidity. Also, in late 2002 and early 2003, the Bank closed all of its operating units abroad or began to wind them down. In addition, the Bank: (i) restructured most of its commercial loan portfolio, a process that was substantially completed in 2005, (ii) restructured its foreign debt, a process that began in 2002 and that was completed in May 2004, and resulted in an increase in its capitalization, and (iii) in February 2004, finalized the restructuring of its debt with the Argentine Central Bank incurred as a consequence of the 2001-2002 crisis.

 

-25-


Table of Contents

Together with the launching of the above-mentioned initiatives, the Bank began to normalize its activities, progressively restoring its customer relations and growing its business with the private sector. The Bank’s deposit base began to increase in the second half of 2002 and loan origination picked up in late 2003. In parallel to the implementation of the above-mentioned initiatives, and while consistently expanding its business, the Bank undertook to progressively strengthen its balance sheet by (i) obtaining compensation from the Government for the negative effects of the asymmetric pesification, (ii) consistently reducing its high exposure to the public sector that was a legacy of the 2001-2002 crisis as well as (iii) reducing those liabilities incurred as a consequence of such crisis. Between 2005 and 2007, the Bank significantly reduced its exposure to the public sector by, among others, using public-sector assets to repay in advance Argentine Central Bank debt and restructured foreign debt. In 2007, the Bank finalized the full repayment in advance of its debt with the Argentine Central Bank incurred as a consequence of the 2001-2002 crisis. In addition, in August 2007, the Bank repaid in full the negotiable obligations that it had issued to restructure the debt of its New York Branch and undertook a share offering to increase its capitalization, in order to be able to support the increase in regulatory capital requirements on a bank’s exposure to the public sector and the current and projected high growth of its business with the private sector. For more information, see “-Banco Galicia’s 2007 Capital Increase” below.
Restructuring of the Foreign Debt of the Bank’s Head Office in Argentina and its Cayman Branch
On May 18, 2004, the Bank successfully completed the restructuring of US$1,320.9 million of the debt of the Bank’s Head Office and its Cayman Branch, consisting of bank debt (including debt with multilateral credit agencies) and bonds. This amount represented 98.2% of the foreign debt eligible for restructuring. As of December 31, 2008, the principal amount of old debt, the holders of which did not participate in the exchange offer was US$1.7 million.
To make the Bank’s foreign debt restructuring possible we issued 149 million of our preferred shares on May 13, 2004, each of which was mandatorily convertible into one of our class B shares a year later, which occurred on May 13, 2005. Creditors of the Bank opting for the equity participation offer received 87.8 million of our preferred shares and cash and we received US$100 million of subordinated bonds in exchange for those shares and cash. In addition, we entered into an agreement with the Bank’s bank creditors in which we agreed to maintain certain corporate governance standards and to provide them with certain financial information and reports on a quarterly and annual basis.
In accordance with the terms of the Bank’s foreign debt restructuring, the Bank made certain cash payments for interest accrued until April 30, 2002, and applied cash not used in the cash offer to prepay at par long-term instruments to be delivered to creditors participating in the restructuring. Based on the final amounts validly tendered, on May 18, 2004, the Bank paid creditors who elected to participate in the cash offer and the Boden offer and issued the following new debt instruments:
    US$648.5 million of long-term Dollar-denominated debt instruments, of which US$464.8 million were Dollar-denominated negotiable obligations due 2014 (referred to as the “Step Up Notes Due 2014” or the “2014 Notes”) issued under an indenture.

 

-26-


Table of Contents

    US$399.8 million of medium-term Dollar-denominated debt instruments, of which US$352.8 million were Dollar-denominated negotiable obligations due 2010 (referred to as the “Floating Rate Notes Due 2010” or the “2010 Notes”) issued under an indenture.
    US$230.0 million of subordinated Dollar-denominated debt instruments, of which US$218.2 million were Dollar-denominated negotiable obligations due 2019 (referred to as the “Subordinated Notes Due 2019” or the “2019 Notes”) issued under an indenture.
As of December 31, 2008, the outstanding principal amount of debt resulting from the above-mentioned restructuring amounted to US$688.5 million, US$85.9 million lower than as of December 31, 2007 and US$608.7 million lower than as of December 31, 2006, due to amortization, prepayments and advance cancellations. For more information see Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Contractual Obligations” and Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Funding”.
Capitalization as a Result of the Restructuring of the Foreign Debt . In the restructuring of the New York Branch’s debt, the Bank increased its capitalization by US$42.6 million as a result of exchanging part of the old debt for new debt or cash at a discount. In the restructuring of the foreign debt of the Bank’s Head Office and its Cayman Branch, the Bank increased its regulatory capital by US$278.9 million, due to: (i) the exchange of part of the debt subject to restructuring for cash and Boden 2012 Bonds at a discount, and the capitalization of interest past due at a rate lower than the contractual rate recorded in the Bank’s books, which generated in aggregate a US$48.9 million increase in shareholders’ equity; and (ii) the issuance of US$230.0 million of subordinated debt computable as supplemental capital under the Argentine Central Bank’s capital adequacy rules.
Banco Galicia’s 2007 Capital Increase
On October 11, 2006, the Bank’s shareholders resolved to increase the Bank’s capital stock by up to 100 million ordinary (common) book-entry, class B shares, with one vote per share and a nominal value of Ps. 1.0 each. The new shares could be purchased, at the option of the purchaser, in cash or in 2010 Notes, 2014 Notes and/or 2019 Notes. The offer was made only to shareholders. The purpose of the capital increase was to guarantee the Bank’s compliance with the Argentine Central Bank’s capital adequacy rules, in light of the increase in such requirements. This increase was expected because of the current and projected growth of the Bank’s business volume with the private sector and the Argentine Central Bank’s regulations establishing increasing capital requirements in respect of public-sector assets. See Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Regulatory Capital-Banco Galicia.”
The period during which preemptive rights could be exercised commenced on July 23, 2007, and ended on August 1, 2007. Accretion rights were able to be exercised during the same period. On July 27, 2007, we purchased 93,604,637 new shares through the exercise of our preemptive rights. During August 2007, the Bank issued 93,664,806 new shares through the exercise of its shareholders’ preemptive and accretion rights. In total, the transaction led to a net increase in the Bank’s shareholder’s equity of Ps. 493 million, of which Ps. 466 million was an aggregate increase in the Bank’s shareholders’ equity items capital stock and issuance premiums, net of issuance costs, and Ps. 27 million was a profit in connection with the portion paid for in 2014 Notes, given that these notes were received by the Bank at a value lower than their book value.

 

-27-


Table of Contents

Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A. and Galicia (Cayman) Ltd.
In 1983, Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A. was established as a “ Casa Bancaria ”, a license that granted an offshore status, as an alternative service location for the Bank’s customers. In September and October 1999, the Uruguayan government’s executive branch and the Uruguayan Central Bank, respectively, approved Galicia Uruguay’s status as a full service domestic bank. Due to the effects of the 2001-2002 crisis on Galicia Uruguay, in early 2002, the Central Bank of Uruguay suspended its activities and assumed control and management of Galicia Uruguay. In December 2002, Galicia Uruguay restructured its deposits into debt maturing in 2011. On June 1, 2004, Galicia Uruguay’s license to operate as a domestic commercial bank was revoked by the Central Bank of Uruguay, but it retained the license from the Uruguayan government’s executive branch. Control and management of Galicia Uruguay by the Central Bank of Uruguay ended on February 22, 2007. At the date of this annual report, Galicia Uruguay is not engaged in any active business and its existing restructured debt (time deposits and negotiable obligations), has been repaid in full.
Galicia (Cayman) Ltd. was established in 1988 in the Cayman Islands as another alternative service location for the Bank’s customers. Galicia Uruguay’s situation adversely affected its subsidiary Galicia Cayman, which commenced voluntary liquidation and surrendered its banking license effective as of December 31, 2002. In May 2003, Galicia Cayman together with the provisional liquidators designated by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands completed a debt restructuring plan and, with the authorization of such Court, presented it to all creditors for their consideration. The plan was approved, in whole, by the vote of 99.7% of creditors, exceeding the legal majority required, on July 10, 2003, and became effective and mandatory for all creditors. On February 2, 2006, the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands declared the plan as terminated and ended the involvement of any third parties in the company’s management beginning on February 23, 2006.
Regional Credit Card Companies
In the mid ‘90s, Banco Galicia made the strategic decision to target the “non-bankarized” individuals market, which, in Argentina, typically includes the low and medium-low income segments of the population which typically live in the Interior of the country, in addition to certain locations of the Greater Buenos Aires. To implement this strategic decision, among others, in 1995, the Bank began investing in non-bank companies operating in certain regions of the Interior, providing financial services to individuals through the issuance of credit cards with proprietary brands and extending credit to its customers through such cards. We refer to these companies in aggregate as “the regional credit card companies”.
In 1995, Banco Galicia made the first investment in this business by acquiring a minority stake in Tarjeta Naranja S.A. The remaining stake remained in the hands of the founders of the company, who currently retain a minority interest. This company had begun operations in 1985 in the city of Córdoba, the second largest city in Argentina, by marketing “Tarjeta Naranja”, its proprietary brand credit card, in this city and had enjoyed local growth.

 

-28-


Table of Contents

In 1996, the Bank formed Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A., to operate in the Cuyo Region (the provinces of Mendoza, San Juan and San Luis) in partnership with local businessmen, who currently retain a minority interest in the company. This company launched the “Nevada Card” in May 1996 in the city of Mendoza. Also in 1996, the Bank formed a new company, Tarjetas del Mar S.A., to operate in the city of Mar del Plata and its area of influence. Tarjetas del Mar S.A. began marketing the “Mira” card in March 1997.
In early 1997, the Bank purchased an interest in Comfiar S.A., a consumer finance company operating in the provinces of Santa Fe and Entre Ríos, which was merged into Tarjeta Naranja S.A. in January 2004.
In 1999, the Bank reorganized its participation in this business through Tarjetas Regionales S.A., a holding company wholly owned by Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A. and Galicia Cayman, which achieved control of Tarjeta Naranja S.A., Comfiar S.A., Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A., and Tarjetas del Mar S.A. In addition, in 1999, Tarjetas Regionales S.A. acquired a 12.5% interest in Tarjetas del Sur S.A., a credit card company operating in southern Argentina. In January 2000, this interest increased to 60% and, in February of the same year, Tarjeta Naranja S.A. acquired the remaining 40%. In March 2001 Tarjetas del Sur S.A. merged into Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
As of December 31, 2008, Banco Galicia held 68.22% of Tarjetas Regionales S.A. while Galicia Cayman held the remaining 31.78%. Directly or indirectly, as of that date, the Bank held 80.0% of Tarjeta Naranja S.A., 60.0% of Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A., and 99.995% of Tarjetas del Mar S.A.
These companies have experienced a significant expansion of their customer bases, in absolute terms and with respect to the range of customers served, number of cards issued, distribution networks and size of operations, as well as a technological upgrade and general modernization. By mid 1995, Tarjeta Naranja S.A. had approximately 200,000 cards outstanding. As of December 31, 2008, the regional credit cards companies had more than 4.7 million cards outstanding in the aggregate and were the largest proprietary brand credit card operation in Argentina.
Sudamericana
In 1996, Banco Galicia entered the bank-assurance business, through the establishment of a joint venture with Hartford Life International to sell life insurance and annuities, in which it had a 12.5% interest. In December 2000, the Bank sold its interest in this company and purchased 12.5% of Sudamericana, a subsidiary of Hartford Life International. As a result of various acquisitions, Grupo Financiero Galicia owns 87.5% of Sudamericana (with the remaining 12.5% being held by Banco Galicia) which offers life, retirement and property and casualty insurance products in Argentina through its subsidiaries Galicia Seguros S.A. (property and casualty and life insurance), Galicia Retiro Compañía de Seguros S.A. (retirement insurance) and Sudamericana Asesores de Seguros S.A. (insurance broker).
Net Investment S.A.
Net Investment S.A. (“Net Investment”) was established in February 2000 as a holding company whose initial purpose was to invest in and develop businesses related to technology, communications, the Internet, connectivity, and contents. On February 1, 2007, Tradecom Argentina -the only operating subsidiary of Net Investment — was merged into Net Investment and the merger was registered with the Inspección General de Justicia (“ IGJ,” the Argentine Superintendency of Companies). Net Investment conducts its operations under the name Tradecom Argentina and provides business-to-business e-commerce services.

 

-29-


Table of Contents

By the beginning of 2008, Net Investment began to make changes to both its institutional and product images in order to improve its market presence, look for new customers and retain its current clients. Net Investment focused on, among other objectives, improving its organizational structure in order to strengthen its strategic areas, so as to be able to take advantage of new business opportunities.
The efforts made were not sufficient to reach the business volumes necessary to generate the resources needed to cover Net Investment’s operating expenses for 2008. Additionally, the estimates for 2009 are less favorable than those for 2008 due to —among other factors— the economic crisis currently affecting international markets, which has already had an impact at the domestic level.
Therefore, Net Investment’s Board of Directors decided to refocus its operations and reorganize its structure, based on the future activities and objectives.
Galicia Warrants S.A.
Galicia Warrants S.A. (“Galicia Warrants”) was founded in April 1993, when it obtained the authorization from the relevant authorities to store goods and issue certificates of deposit of goods and warrants under the provisions of Law No. 9,643. On August 30, 2001, we acquired 87.5% of the capital stock and voting rights of Galicia Warrants, Banco Galicia holds the remaining 12.5%.
Galval
In January 2005, Galval Agente de Valores S.A. (“Galval”) was incorporated under the laws of Uruguay. This company operates in Montevideo’s free trade zone and acts as stock broker in Uruguay. Grupo Financiero Galicia owns 100% of the voting shares of this company. Galval gradually started to operate in September 2005.
GV Mandataria
In March 2008, GV Mandataria de Valores S.A. (“GV Mandataria”) was incorporated with the purpose of carrying out securities related representations, mandates and commissions of all types, whether involving domestic or international companies. Grupo Financiero Galicia holds 90% of GV Mandataria’s stock, and the remaining 10% is held by Galval. GV Mandataria was registered with the IGJ on July 16, 2008.
Business
Banking
Banco Galicia is our largest subsidiary. Banco Galicia operates in Argentina and substantially all of its customers, operations and assets are located in Argentina. Banco Galicia is a bank that provides, directly or through its subsidiaries, a wide variety of financial products and services to large corporations, small- and medium-sized companies (“SMEs”), and individuals.

 

-30-


Table of Contents

Banco Galicia is one of the main banks within the Argentine financial system, and is a leading provider of financial services in Argentina. As per the information published by the Argentine Central Bank, as of December 31, 2008, the Bank ranked third in terms of assets, deposits and loan portfolios within private-sector banks. As of the same date, the Bank was also ranked first among private-sector domestic bank in terms of assets, loans and deposits. Its market share of private sector deposits and of loans to the private sector was of 7.61% and 6.12% respectively, as of the end of 2008. On a consolidated basis, as of the end of fiscal year 2008, Banco Galicia had total assets of Ps. 24,440 million, total loans of Ps. 12,247 million, total deposits of Ps. 14,097 million, and its shareholders’ equity amounted to Ps. 1,955 million.
Banco Galicia provides a full range of financial services through one of the most extensive and diversified distribution platforms amongst private-sector financial institutions in Argentina. This distribution platform is comprised of 238 full service banking branches, located throughout the country, 1,399 ATMs and self-service terminals owned by Banco Galicia, phone banking and e-banking facilities. The Bank’s customer base reaches more than 1.8 million customers, who were comprised of mostly individuals but who also included nearly 44,000 companies. The Bank has a strong competitive position in retail banking, both with respect to individuals and SMEs. Specifically, it is one of the primary providers of financial services to individuals, one of the largest providers of credit cards, the primary private-sector institution serving the SMEs sector, and has traditionally maintained a leading position in the agriculture and livestock sectors.
For a breakdown of the Bank’s revenues for the last three financial years, see Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Results by Segments-Banking”.
Wholesale Banking
The Wholesale Banking Division (“Wholesale Banking”) is in charge of the Bank’s business with the corporate sector. It provides financial services and products to companies of all sizes and across all sectors of the economy and focuses on generating value-adding solutions that meet the needs of customer companies and establishing close, lasting relationships with its customers. Wholesale Banking provides personalized advise and a wide variety of commercial banking and investment banking products, to provide working capital and to finance middle and long term investment projects and international trade, among other purposes, and a wide range of transactional services among which are deposit accounts, commercial credit cards, collection and payment services, cash management, international trade services, direct payroll deposit, alternatives in the capital markets, foreign trade solutions and Galicia Office (the e-banking service for companies). Strong collaboration between the commercial banking units and the capital markets and investment banking units allows the Bank to better meet its customers’ needs.
The Bank closed fiscal year 2008 with nearly 44,000 corporate customers, strengthening its leadership in the SMEs and agricultural and livestock sectors, as well as its strong presence in the large corporate sector. As of the end of fiscal year 2008, the corporate loans portfolio of the Bank (on an individual basis) was Ps. 4,865.4 million, and Ps. 17,671 million were disbursed in loans, including the purchase of checks and negotiable instruments for Ps. 9,300 million.

 

-31-


Table of Contents

Middle-Market Banking . Middle-Market Banking provides services to businesses with annual sales of more than Ps. 1 million, excluding multinationals or subsidiaries of multinationals or global companies. This unit offers its customers a broad range of financial products, including deposit taking and lending including general commercial loans, working capital loans, trade finance, on-lending of funds originated in other entities, overdraft credit lines, mortgage loans, and leasing services, transactional services, such as pay roll direct deposit, collections, and corporate credit cards as well as the Galicia Rural card, a proprietary card developed by the Bank especially for the agribusiness sector. Middle Market Banking is divided into three different units, each of which provides services tailored to companies particular needs based on such companies’ annual sales, and has a special unit specializing in providing services to the agricultural and livestock sector, as follows:
    SMEs: annual sales between Ps. 1 million and Ps. 150 million. Service of this sector is also divided in subcategories.
    Large companies: annual sales above Ps. 150 million.
    Agribusinesses: all agribusinesses and those individuals with activity in the agriculture and livestock sectors with annual revenues above Ps. 200,000 (individuals below Ps. 200,000 are served by the Retail Banking division).
In 2008, the Bank offered credit lines to, among other purposes, fund working capital and medium and long-term investment projects and also offered a leasing option to finance the acquisition of production equipment for the industrial and agricultural and livestock sectors. Among long-term loans, the International Finance Corporation (“IFC”) line of credit is notable. Such line of credit, which was used to fund investment projects in Argentina by SMEs from all economic sectors, allowed the Bank to close 36 transactions, totaling US$26.1 million, during the fiscal year. In turn, in order to fund technological innovation projects for companies in the manufacturing and industrial sectors, the Bank continued to offer the FONTAR ( Fondo Tecnológico Argentino, the Argentine Technological Fund ) line of credit, and had the leading position in its placement, through 24 projects approved for Ps. 28.3 million during the fiscal year.
Within the commercial credit cards market, the Bank also maintained its leading position providing solutions and benefits for each segment of such market. The Visa Business card, for the SMEs segment and the Visa Corporate card, for the corporate segment, both designed to meet the needs of the companies’ administrative and commercial activities, reflected an increase in purchases greater than 64% as compared to 2007.
The Galicia Rural credit card is an exclusive means of payment developed by the Bank for the agricultural and livestock sectors designed to finance the purchase of machinery and all of the supplies and services necessary for these sectors’ activities. In fiscal year 2008, this product continued to grow and strengthened its leading position with an estimated 60% market share and over Ps. 1,000 million in agrochemicals, machinery, fuel, seeds and cattle financed, and a 17% increase in consumption as compared to 2006. The Bank has historically worked closely with this sector, through a direct relationship with the producers, a distinctive value added component of the Galicia brand. During the fiscal year, the Bank offered a whole range of products and services to producers, as well as the best financial assistance available. This close relationship was also evidenced by the Bank’s involvement in over 300 agricultural events and its presence in over 180 cattle auctions all over the country, in which financing with the Galicia Rural card was provided.

 

-32-


Table of Contents

The Corporate Banking Centers play a key role in the Bank’s service model, allowing it to strengthen relationships with its corporate customers and to deepen its knowledge of the different regions in which they operate. Currently, the Bank has centers located in the cities of Mar del Plata, Rosario, Mendoza, Córdoba, Corrientes and Tucumán, and new centers will be opened in Neuquén, Pilar and Quilmes. In each center, a team of specialized officials provides assistance on products and services for SMEs, agribusiness and international trade.
Corporate Banking . Corporate Banking serves the largest corporations and multinationals or subsidiaries of multinationals or global companies. This business unit offers clients a broad range of services tailored to fit their specific needs, including deposit-taking and lending, trade finance, general commercial and syndicated loans, working capital loans, letters of credit, collections and treasury services, and payroll direct deposit, among others. The objectives set forth for these products and services for fiscal year 2008 were exceeded. During the fiscal year, the Bank continued to selectively give priority to working capital financing, especially in international trade transactions, through pre-financing, financing of imports and, to a lesser extent, financial loans denominated in a foreign currency to companies that generate US Dollars through sales abroad.
Capital Markets and Investment Banking . These units focus on the integral development of complex capital markets and investment banking products and services for the Wholesale Banking Division’s customers, the Bank itself and its subsidiaries. These services include strategic advice, capital raising through equity and debt securities, securitizations, debt restructuring, structured finance, and M&A advice, among others.
During fiscal year 2008, the Bank managed to maintain its income level as compared to the previous fiscal year, in spite of the environment within which the national and international markets developed. The Bank showed its leadership in market based on the variety and quantity of structured products it offered, among which the establishment of trust funds and the placement of corporate debt were most notable. With respect to the securitization market, the Bank established trust funds containing bank loans for the sale of durable goods and for sales through credit cards and, also, established financial trusts for agricultural activities. With respect to funding transactions, the Bank placed US Dollar-denominated bonds and Peso-denominated short-term securities. In total, the Bank placed 11 financial trusts, totaling approximately Ps. 854 million, and four debt transactions, for Ps. 212 million. This unit actively participated in the Bank’s financial strategy, by structuring trust funds using the Bank’s own portfolio consumer loans for Ps. 338 million. In addition, five trust funds were established totaling Ps. 459 million and three bond issuances totaling US$49.6 million were undertaken for the regional credit card companies.
International Trade. The Bank’s international trade services include documentary and stand by letters of credit, guarantees, documentary collections, payment order processing, as well as the possibility of financing trade related transactions. These services are supplemented by Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., a wholly owned subsidiary that offers international factoring services. The volume of factored international transactions in 2007 amounted to US$48.5 million.

 

-33-


Table of Contents

The volume of foreign trade transactions handled through the Bank increased 42% as compared to the prior fiscal year, reaching US$9,424 million and including over 4,800 clients. Taking into consideration only commercial transactions (imports and exports), the increase was equal to 43.6%. This rate greatly exceeded the increase in the total foreign trade amount for the country as a whole in 2008, which was equal to 31.5%. For these two items, the Bank carried out transactions totaling US$8,443 million, which was equal to 6.4% of Argentina’s foreign trade for the year. This growth was also reflected in the over 230,000 transactions processed, which was a 14.2% rate of growth for the fiscal year.
All these results were achieved due to the development of several actions within the relationship banking concept, which sought to strengthen the Bank’s position as a model for foreign trade transactions. It is also important to highlight the Bank’s active involvement in sector-specific chambers of commerce and bank associations, an involvement that strengthened its position as a market leader.
Non-Financial Public Sector . Through this unit the Bank provides financial services to different government areas and entities, in different districts, focusing on transactional services. During fiscal year 2008, visits to various districts were intensified, new agreements were subscribed to and the range of services rendered to the municipal sector was broadened. The increased interest in such services offered has placed the Bank in a good position to continue to do business for the public sector in 2009.
Corporate and Real Estate Business Development . This unit’s objective is to develop and leverage business opportunities related to the corporate area and to channel business development, structuring and real estate projects financing opportunities within the corporate, commercial, industrial and tourism-related segments. During 2008, the Bank’s leading position was strengthened with respect to the structuring and execution of real estate leasing transactions for the purchase and construction of real estate assets for different companies.
Retail Banking
The Retail Banking Division manages the Bank’s business with individuals and with businesses, small retailers and professionals with annual revenues below Ps. 1 million. Retail Banking provides a wide range of financial products and services, encompassing transactions, loans, and investments. On the transactions side, among others, the Bank offers its customers checking and savings accounts, credit and debit cards, and payroll direct deposit. On the investment side, Banco Galicia’s products and services include certificates of deposit, mutual funds and insurance products. In addition, Banco Galicia provides credit for the acquisition of consumer goods and housing, mainly through personal loans, credit-card loans, overdraft loans and residential mortgages. The Bank’s product offerings also include securities and foreign exchange brokerage, securities custody, and safety boxes, among others. In addition the Bank provides private banking services. The Bank’s customers have access to its services through its branch network as well as through its electronic distribution channels. See below and “-Sales and Marketing”.

 

-34-


Table of Contents

Year after year, the Bank renews its commitment to work with its customers, offering financial solutions suitable for the different market sectors it services. During the fiscal year, in addition to continuing to focus on its broad client base, the Bank has, through mass advertising, reached out to a broader potential client base, all over the country. At the end of fiscal year 2008, Retail Banking’s customer base was comprised of more than 1.8 million individuals and the Bank’s portfolio of loans to individuals amounted to Ps. 5,578.3 million, 20.4% more than at the end of fiscal year 2007. With respect to the number of new accounts, the portfolio of individuals’ current accounts increased 25% and with respect to savings accounts, an 18% increase was recorded, in both cases as compared to 2007.
With respect to credit cards, the amount in Pesos corresponding to purchases with Visa, Visa Débito, American Express and MasterCard cards issued by the Bank exceeded Ps. 8,400 million (a 31% increase as compared to the previous fiscal year) in over 83 million transactions (a 15% increase as compared to 2007). The number of accounts and debit cards used for purchases, amounted to over 1.1 million as of December 2008, accounting for a 15% increase as compared to the previous fiscal year. Also, the Bank continued to offer the benefit of the Aerolíneas Plus program, which represents a differential advantage over our competitors, through which over 55,000 customers were able to fly to the place they desired using the points accumulated through their purchases made using their credit cards issued by the Bank. This benefit program is based on an agreement between the Bank and the airline company that, among other things, establishes the price of the mileage that the Bank’s customers accumulate through the use of their credit cards, which price the Bank pays on an ongoing basis. The mileage is then credited to the customers’ account with the airline company.
With respect to personal loans, the Bank extended such loans to its existing customers, continuing to pre-assign credit limits (the loan amount authorized to be extended) to those customers with salaries directly deposited at the Bank or that already had a risk product outstanding, and non-customers. In 2008, investments and deposits from clients that did not have a risk product were included as customers able to receive personal loans, thus adding over 40,000 clients and reaching over 300,000 clients who now have an automatic rating available in order to obtain access to consumer loans. In addition, the Bank improved its loan-origination times using on-line crediting to accounts, thus allowing the customer to immediately have the funds available. Sales through automatic channels (telemarketing, Fonobanco and Home Banking) recorded a 38% increase in comparison with fiscal year 2007. The sale of consumer loans was added to the automated teller machines (“ATM”) transactions, an option through which customers can have access to a loan immediately and withdraw the funds through the ATM itself. The Bank also continued to work hard on placement campaigns, reaching customers and non-customers through mass communications and direct marketing actions with an assigned loan rating. All of the above allowed the Bank to place over 95,000 loans in compliance with the objectives set forth for the fiscal year and within the changing context with respect to liquidity and demand that characterized the fiscal year.
Despite the characteristics of a real estate market that did not grow, the Bank, in accordance with its prudential policy of the past years, continued to meet its customers’ demands by offering a wide range of uses, terms and rates (mainly fixed and combined). During fiscal year, the portfolio maintained its balances’ level, recording a 3% growth in comparison with 2007.

 

-35-


Table of Contents

In addition, the Bank markets through its wide distribution network a broad range of property and life insurance, from Sudamericana Holding, as well as from other leading insurance companies. During fiscal year, the Bank continued to strengthen its position within the bank assurance market and its role as a comprehensive financial services provider, which translated into an increase in insurance related income from services. In 2008, the Bank once again recorded an increase in insurance placements, positioning the Bank among the main actors in marketing property insurance products.
In fiscal year 2008, the number of customers that collected their salaries through the Bank grew more than 18%, while the amounts deposited increased more than 48% as compared to 2007. It is also worth mentioning that foreign-currency brokerage of both US Dollars and Euros, a service rendered in all branches, showed a 30% increase in the amount traded and a 35% increase in its related annual income as compared to the previous year. In addition, during 2008, the Bank continued the implementation of its branch network safety box service installation plan, increasing annual income by 32%.
Private Banking . Galicia Banca Privada (Galicia Private Banking) offers premium, professional financial services to people with medium to high net worths through the management of their investment portfolios and the provision of financial counseling. In addition, it offers a wide range of domestic financial investments to its clients, giving priority to the Bank’s products (deposits, Fima mutual funds, among others) and trust funds and bonds for which the Bank acts as an underwriter.
One of the competitive advantages offered by Private Banking within this segment is the broad geographic coverage of its service centers, which includes: six regional centers in the main cities of the country and six centers in the Autonomous City of Buenos Aires and Greater Buenos Aires, including the service center located on the 16th Floor of the Bank’s corporate building.
Branch Network
As of December 31, 2008, the Bank’s branch network’s geographical distribution was as follows:
         
Geographical Area   Number of Branches  
City of Buenos Aires
    76  
Greater Buenos Aires
    60  
Rest of the Province of Buenos Aires
    31  
Santa Fe
    15  
Córdoba
    14  
Mendoza
    9  
Entre Ríos and Chubut
  4 each  
Río Negro
    3  
Corrientes, La Pampa, Misiones, San Luis, Tierra del Fuego and Tucumán
  2 each  
Catamarca, Chaco, Formosa, Jujuy, La Rioja, Neuquén, Salta, Santa Cruz, Santiago del Estero and San Juan
  1 each  
 
     
Total
    238  
 
     

 

-36-


Table of Contents

During 2008, the Bank opened 6 new branches in the following locations in accordance with the plan presented the previous fiscal year: Canning, located in Greater Buenos Aires, Villa Mercedes, in the province of San Luis, Recta Martinoli, in Córdoba Capital City, Tucumán Barrio Norte, in the province of Tucumán, San Lorenzo, in the province of Santa Fe, and Comodoro Barrio Industrial, in the province of Chubut. In addition, the number of business officers specialized in personalized services to the highest-potential customers segments, both SMEs and individuals was increased.
The Bank continued to work on strengthening its Commercial Coaching program, the main objective of which is to increase sales productivity within the individuals segment and to make the application of its customer service model more consistent. A challenge for the next fiscal year is the strengthening of the Advisory Sale program, which was initiated in 2007, in order to establish better relationships and business reciprocity with certain Wholesale Banking customers.
Alternative Channels
The services, transactions and sales channels that the Bank offers, other than traditional branches that service both individual and corporate customers, include the Customer Contact Center, e-galicia.com, Red Galicia 24, Galicia Móvil, the Retail Sales Unit and the Real Estate Center. As in previous fiscal years, the level of use of alternative channels by the Bank’s customers recorded an upward trend.
e-galicia.com . e-galicia.com provides specific services for both individuals (“Home Banking”) and companies (“Galicia Office”) and enables customers to access and utilize their products anywhere 365 days per year as if they were carrying out their transactions in a traditional branch. e-galicia.com enables individual customers to undertake different operations, from inquiries and requests of information to investments and transfers between their accounts and third party accounts at the Bank or any other bank. In the case of companies, Galicia Office provides a wide range of functions aimed at facilitating such companies’ treasury management, making collections and payments, including salaries, easier, providing information related to such transactions and a communication channel between companies and their suppliers, among others.
Through Home Banking alone, approximately 9 million monthly enquiries and transactions were made in 2008, up 53% in respect to 2007. The trend of an increasing number of subscribed customers continued from the last years, with a 28% rise in fiscal year 2008. Among the wide range of available transactions, data reveals a significant increase in the channel’s efficiency and a special preference for the payment of services and transfers to third parties, with increases of 47% and 40%, respectively during the fiscal year.
It is worth highlighting the level of use this channel reached within the Business and Professionals segment. 42% of these customers generally use the wide range of transactions available and access exclusive services, such as payroll payments, enquiries on business settlements and payments received, and access Red de Campo and Galicia Compras.

 

-37-


Table of Contents

Galicia Office has been available for over nine years and has over 30,000 customers, or 71% of the Wholesale Banking customer base. With over 45 million enquiries and 1.7 million transactions, the operational volume increased 46% during the fiscal year. As regards payroll direct deposits, the number of these transactions exceeded by 112% the figure recorded in 2007, and over 61% of these direct deposits were carried out through Galicia Office. As regards international trade, the amount of transfers abroad and payment orders processing exceeded by 39% the figure recorded in the previous fiscal year. As in previous years, the Bank worked on the generation of new functionalities, among which the allocation of pre-financing in the settlement of payment orders and the implementation of a significant development in order to improve the distribution of files of Integrated Collection, Supplier Payments and Automatic Debit Services stand out.
“Galicia Compras”, our e-commerce channel and Red de Campo, our agricultural data site, both for the exclusive use of Galicia Office customers, continued to grow with respect to the number of queries made. In addition, new benefits and improvements have been added to both channels. In Galicia Compras, the Bank worked hard on the generation of promotional offers through agreements subscribed to with first class suppliers and service providers and on the development of the channel’s transactional phase through which the customer can place its purchase orders to its suppliers, which became operational during early 2009.
Customer Contact Center (the “CCC”) . The CCC includes: Fonobanco, the telephone banking service (with an automated customer-service system, or IVR, in operation); FonoSeguros, which offers assistance on all kinds of insurance coverage; International Trade, which offers assistance on the Bank’s products and on all international trade matters; e-galicia, the technical support and counseling service that assists customers that operate with the Bank’s Internet services; Galicia Responde, the suggestions, complaints and claims specialized service; Telemarketing, the sales and telephone advice facility for customers and non-customers, through which the Bank has been able to reach customers in a fast and efficient manner, closing sales immediately, signifying a premium service; the Investments Center, through which a broad range of investment products is made available; and the Collections Center.
Red Galicia 24 . Comprises 620 ATMs (7% more than 2007) and 754 self-service terminals (25% more than 2007) installed in the Bank’s branch network and other locations throughout the country such as gas stations, supermarkets and shopping malls. This network of state-of-the-art technology terminals solves transactional needs for our customers and users in a dynamic, simple, safe and affordable way, on a 24-7 basis. The Bank’s ATM network, one of the most extensive in the country, recorded a 16% increase in the number of total transactions for the fiscal year as compared to the previous year, while the amounts of transactions carried at self-service terminals recorded a 25% increase over the same period. During 2008, 53 million ATM transactions and 18 million self-service terminal transactions were made.
In accordance with the plan to improve Red Galicia 24’s service quality and increase its capabilities and functions, the Bank continued to replace ATMs, 90% of which were already replaced as of the end of 2008, and finished the technical upgrade of self-service terminals.

 

-38-


Table of Contents

Galicia Móvil . “Galicia Móvil” (Galicia Mobile) was launched in 2006, adding a new service channel available through cellular phones. Initially, it focused on small payments and later evolved to make available to its customers a cell phone application that allows them to make queries and payments of services, taxes and credit cards. These new applications were in addition to the existing message services for cell phones, such as balances alerts, payroll deposits, credit cards due dates, time deposits and automatic debits. In addition, two months after the launch of the new iPhone mobile phone, the Bank implemented an application that allows direct access to the Bank’s webpage, searches for the nearest branch through GPS systems and the presentation of promotional offers and services.
Retail Sales Unit . This specialized sales force made a significant contribution to the increase in retail banking products sales. During 2008, this unit experienced significant growth, ending the year with a team of sales professionals distributed in over 30 main locations throughout the country.
Real Estate Center . Its purpose is to strengthen and encourage the placement of mortgage loans through interaction with realtors. In order to do so, the center has trained personnel that is specialized in these credit lines and who provide constant advice to realtors and personalized service for each referred customer.
Treasury Division
The Treasury Division is responsible for the centralized management of the Bank’s treasury operations and liquidity, as well as for its foreign-exchange and securities positions, and it participates in the management of market, liquidity, interest-rate and currency risks. To this end, it develops the necessary data and strategies to keep such risks within the limits established by the Board of Directors. In addition, it provides financial services and distributes financial products to, among others, corporations, financial entities, mutual funds, the public sector and insurance companies. The Bank carries out securities trading services in the different markets, mainly in its capacity as an agent of the Mercado Abierto Electrónico (“MAE,” Argentine Over-The-Counter Market) and also through Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa (“Galicia Valores”), a brokerage firm that operates on the BASE. This division manages the Bank’s business relations with correspondent banks, international credit agencies and international mutual funds.
Financial Operations. Despite international and local factors that did not favour the flow of capital to emerging markets, traded volumes within the domestic market during 2008 did not show significant variations in comparison to 2007. As regards fixed-income instruments, the traded amount was US$88,840 million (9.7% below 2007), with the total amount traded by the Bank US$1,485 million. In the equity market, the total traded volume amounted to Ps. 124,570 million (a 17% increase in comparison to 2007) and to which Galicia Valores contributed with a total of Ps. 1,482 million.
In addition, during the fiscal year, the Bank placed in the local and international markets 12 issuances of financial trust securities and negotiable obligations, both its own and for third parties. The total amount of said issuances amounted to Ps. 898 million.

 

-39-


Table of Contents

As regards foreign-exchange brokerage, during 2008, the higher volatility caused an increase in traded volumes. In foreign-trade transactions, traded amounts reached US$9,424 million, which represented a 42% increase from the previous fiscal year, and foreign-exchange bills brokerage reached US$3,060 million, which represented a 57% increase as compared to 2007. In the wholesale foreign-exchange market, the total amount corresponding to transactions closed by the Bank through the MAE amounted to US$10,593 million, similar to the amount traded in 2007. As regards the forward market (OCT-Rofex), the volume traded by the Bank amounted to US$6,004 million during 2008, thus doubling the volume recorded the previous year.
Asset Management . Banco Galicia distributes the FIMA mutual funds family through its broad distribution network (branches and electronic banking channels, such as ATMs, phone banking and e-galicia.com) to different customer segments (institutions, companies and individuals) and it also acts as the custodian of the assets that make up the funds, in its role as depository. Galicia Administradora de Fondos is the Bank’s subsidiary that manages investments and determines the value of the mutual fund units on a daily basis. The mutual funds invest in a variety of financial instruments, such as government and corporate securities, and equity or term deposits, among others, depending on the different investment profiles.
The mutual funds sector, and international mutual funds in particular, recorded a significant drop in value, caused, on the one hand, by the drop in prices of fixed and variable-income assets due to the worsening of the international markets crisis and, on the other hand, due to local regulations which first restricted funds with Mercosur assets in the AFJPs portfolios (Joint resolution No. 517 by the Comisión Nacional de Valores (“CNV,” National Securities Commission) the Argentine Central Bank and the Superintency of AFJPs) and then eliminated the AFJPs system with these funds being now fully managed by the ANSES. This last situation turned ANSES into one of the main stakeholders in the industry, mainly as regards time deposits and international share deposits. Notwithstanding, during 2008, total funds managed by Galicia Administradora de Fondos grew 26.1%, amounting to Ps. 776 million at fiscal year end.
International . The Bank’s positive image, consolidated by, among other things, its permanent presence in main international events, enabled the Bank to keep available all commercial lines by correspondents despite the financial crisis. This enabled the Bank to cover all of the foreign-trade business requirements channeled through the Bank by our customers. It is important to highlight that, despite the increase in financial costs due to the decrease in international liquidity, the Bank has managed to maintain margins related to its foreign trade operations.
Regional Credit Cards
The regional credit card companies’ operation is estimated to be the largest of its kind in Argentina. These companies issue proprietary brand credit cards (the “Naranja”, “Nevada” and “Mira” cards) to their customers in the Interior, which allow their holders to charge purchases of goods or services in a network of approximately 115,000 retailers that have agreed to accept the cards, located throughout the Interior and in certain locations of the Greater Buenos Aires area. The companies accept and process from each participating retailers the charges arising from cardholder purchases. The cards can be used as charge cards or purchases can be financed through different payment schedules among which cardholders can choose and that differ by company. The regional credit card companies also extend personal loans to the cardholders to be repaid in up to 24 fixed installments. Through these cards, customers also have access to the ATM networks operating in Argentina (Banelco and Link) to make cash withdrawals and to automatic debit services, among others. The regional credit card companies also market Sudamericana’s insurance products and issue Visa, Amex and MasterCard cards (accepted all over the world) to holders of their proprietary brand cards. All of the products of a customer are managed through one statement.

 

-40-


Table of Contents

At the end of fiscal year 2008, the number of statements issued and the number of cards managed by the regional credit card companies exceeded 1.9 million and 4.7 million, respectively. With respect to business volume, aggregate annual purchases made by cardholders exceeded Ps. 7.55 billion in fiscal year 2008, representing almost an increase of 35% from fiscal year 2007, while, as of December 31, 2008, the regional credit card companies loan portfolio before allowances for loan losses and including securitized loans, amounted to more than Ps. 3.25 billion, representing a 20% increase from the end of 2007. In 2008, the total number of transactions (purchase coupons plus loan and advance operations) amounted to about 70 million. These higher volumes were accompanied by a deterioration in the asset quality indicators although they remain at good levels for the long-term.
The regional credit card companies’ distribution network is made up of 208 service centers (of which 151 are branches), 21 more than at the end of 2007. Originally their operations were concentrated in their regions of influence and their distribution networks did not generally overlap. In the last years, these companies have expanded their geographical reach and are undergoing a phase of geographical expansion throughout Argentina, which is causing competition among the companies in certain locations. During 2008 Tarjeta Naranja S.A. expanded into the Greater Buenos Aires area, an area of high potential due to its large population, while, in 2007 and 2008, Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A. entered the most important markets in the north of Argentina and Tarjetas del Mar S.A. broadened its area of influence (Mar del Plata) increasing its number of branches from 3 to 9. The regional credit card companies target mainly the low and medium-low income segment of the population, which in Argentina rarely uses a bank or may not operate with a bank at all but, with time, their customer base has expanded to include other segments of the population.
For a breakdown of the regional credit card companies’ revenues for the last three financial years, see Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Results by Segments-Regional Credit Cards”.
Insurance
Galicia Seguros S.A. (“Galicia Seguros”) is a provider of a variety of property and casualty (“P&C”) and life insurance products. Its most important line of business is group life insurance, including employee benefit plans and credit related insurance. With regard to P&C insurance products, it primarily underwrites home and ATM theft insurance. Galicia Retiro Compañía de Seguros S.A. (“Galicia Retiro”) provides annuity products, and Sudamericana Asesores de Seguros S.A. is an insurance broker. These companies operations are all located in Argentina.
The joint production of the above-mentioned insurance companies amounted to Ps. 293.7 million in 2008, compared with Ps. 145.4 million in 2007. This production increase was experienced both by Galicia Seguros and Galicia Retiro. In Galicia Seguros, the commercial activities were aimed at increasing sales (which amounted to Ps. 74.1 million in annualized premiums in 2008, and to Ps. 46.3 million in annualized premiums in 2007), improving the insurance policy lap ratio, and increasing the type of coverage offered. On the other hand, Galicia Retiro launched in August 2007 the Pension-Linked Life Annuities, resulting in a production amounting to Ps. 13.3 million in 2007, and Ps. 18.8 million in 2008. For a breakdown of the insurance companies’ revenues for the last three financial years, see Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Results by Segments-Insurance”.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

In line with our strategy, this investment allows us to consolidate our leadership as a financial services provider and supplement those businesses that Banco Galicia may only conduct to a limited extent due to prevailing regulations. The Bank and the regional credit card companies market Sudamericana’s insurance products through their distribution network. Sudamericana’s subsidiaries also sell their products through their own distribution networks.
Other Businesses
Galicia Warrants: this company is a leading company in its industry, in which it has continuously conducted business in Argentina since 1994. Galicia Warrants stores goods and issues certificates of deposit for goods and warrants. Warrants are legal instruments that are delivered to banks as collateral for their financing. By issuing such certificates Galicia Warrants helps agricultural producers to mitigate the price seasonality of their products by allowing them to choose when to sell them. It also facilitates its customers’ access to credit, secured by such certificates and the use of goods kept in custody by Galicia Warrants as collateral reduces the cost of credit for its customers. Galicia Warrants’ principal customers belong to the agricultural, industrial, agro-industrial, export and retail sectors, and it serves more than 600 companies in more than 800 warehouses distributed throughout the country. Its activities are concentrated in the central region of Argentina. During 2008, the revenues of this company amounted to Ps. 11.6 million (61% more than in 2007), with Ps. 2.1 million in profits (as compared with Ps. 1.1 million in profits in 2007). During 2008, the company issued deposit certificates and warrants in the amount of US$91.9 million for third-party’s goods distributed all over the country and relating to a wide range of products.
Net Investment: this company conducts its operations under the name Tradecom Argentina, providing business-to-business e-commerce support services and virtual markets for transactions between companies and suppliers.
Galval: this company mainly generates fee income from brokerage and custodial services rendered to the Bank’s customers. As of December 2008, it had custody of customers’ securities for an amount of US$80.0 million, out of which US$12.9 million related to securities held by Grupo Financiero Galicia.
For a breakdown of the other businesses’ revenues for the last three financial years, see Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Results by Segments-Other Grupo Businesses”.
Competition
Due to our financial holding structure, competition is experienced at the level of our operating subsidiaries. We face strong competition in most of the areas in which our subsidiaries are active. For a breakdown of our total revenues, for each of the past three fiscal years, for the activities discussed below (i.e., banking, regional credit cards and insurance), please see Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Results by Segments”.

 

-42-


Table of Contents

Banking
Banco Galicia faces significant competition in all of its principal areas of operation. The Bank faces competition from foreign banks operating in Argentina, mainly large retail banks which are subsidiaries or branches of banks with global operations, Argentine national and provincial government-owned banks, private-sector domestic banks and to a lesser extent from cooperative banks, as well as from non-bank financial institutions.
With respect to private-sector customers, the most important segment for the Bank, the main competitors are large foreign retail banks and certain domestically-owned private-sector banks, which, prior to the crisis, operated in merchant or private banking and that, after the 2001-2002 crisis, acquired the retail operations of banks that left the business as a result of such crisis. Competition from public-sector banks has decreased from the immediate post-crisis period, as the public, which was initially attracted to such institutions as safe harbors, began to search for better service with private-sector financial institutions. However, the three largest government-owned banks are of a significant size and also compete with the Bank.
The Bank’s estimated market share of private-sector deposits in the Argentine financial system only and considering only the Bank’s operations in Argentina, was 7.61% as of December 31, 2008, compared to 8.23% and 8.43% as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Following the 2001-2002 crisis, the Bank significantly increased its deposit market share. The decrease is attributable, mainly, to a reduction of its exposure to institutional deposits, due to its high liquidity condition.
The Bank is one of the leading banks in Argentina and the largest domestically owned private-sector bank, as measured by its assets. As of December 31, 2008, measured by its deposits in Argentina only, the Bank was ranked fifth in the whole financial system and third among private-sector banks (including foreign banks). The Bank has a strong competitive position in retail banking, both with respect to individuals and SMEs. Specifically, it is one of the primary providers of financial services to individuals, it is the primary private-sector institution serving the SMEs sector and it has traditionally maintained a dominant position in the agriculture and livestock sector.
Argentine Banking System
As of December 31, 2008, the Argentine financial system consisted of 84 financial institutions, of which 67 were banks and 17 were financial non-bank institutions (including finance companies, credit unions and savings and loans associations). Of the 67 banks, 12 were Argentine national and provincial government-owned or related banks. Of the 55 private-sector banks, 33 were private-sector domestically-owned banks; 21 were foreign-owned banks (i.e., local branches or subsidiaries of foreign banks); and 1 was a cooperative bank, also domestically-owned.

 

-43-


Table of Contents

As of the same date, the largest private-sector banks, in terms of total deposits, were: BBVA Banco Francés, Banco Río Santander, Banco Galicia, Banco Macro, HSBC Bank, Citibank, Credicoop and Standard Bank. Banco Galicia, Banco Macro and Credicoop are domestically-owned banks and the others are foreign-owned banks. According to information published by the Argentine Central Bank as of December 31, 2008, private-sector banks accounted for 57.4% of total deposits and approximately 63.8% of total net loans in the Argentine financial system. Argentine financial industry regulations do not raise any entry or exit barriers, nor do they make any differentiation between locally or foreign-owned institutions. The only cooperative bank is active principally in consumer and middle-market banking, with a special emphasis on the lower end of the market. As of December 31, 2008, financial institutions (other than banks) accounted for approximately 0.3% of deposits and 3.4% of net loans in the Argentine financial system.
As of December 31, 2008, the largest Argentine national and provincial government-owned or related banks, in terms of total deposits, were Banco Nación and Banco de la Provincia de Buenos Aires. Under the provisions of Law No. 21,526 as amended ( Ley de Entidades Financieras, “the Financial Institutions’ Law”), public-sector banks have comparable rights and obligations to private banks, except that public-sector banks are usually chosen as depositaries for public-sector revenues and promote regional development and certain public-sector banks have preferential tax treatment. The bylaws of some public-sector banks provide that the governments that own them (both national and provincial governments) guarantee their commitments. Under current law, Banco de la Provincia de Buenos Aires is not subject to any taxes, levies or assessments that the Government may impose. According to information published by the Argentine Central Bank, as of December 31, 2008, government-owned banks and banks in which the national, provincial and municipal governments had an ownership interest accounted for 42.3% of deposits and 32.9% of loans in the Argentine financial system.
Consolidation has been a dominant theme in the Argentine banking sector since the 1990’s, with the total number of financial institutions declining from 214 in 1991 to 84 at December 31, 2008, with the ten largest banks holding 75.62% of the system’s deposits and 68.69% of the system’s loans as of December 31, 2008.
During the 1990s, foreign banks significantly increased their presence in the Argentine financial system. Since the last quarter of 1996, control of most of the largest Argentine private-sector domestically-owned commercial banks was transferred to foreign banks, which now control most of the largest private sector financial institutions except the Bank. This foreign presence grew both in the universal banking sector and among financial institutions specializing in specific products or markets. This situation has not changed despite the fact that the number of foreign banks decreased by 16 through December 2008, as compared to the end of 2001, and that foreign banks’ share of total deposits has decreased since the 2001-2002 crisis while the share of domestic private-sector banks has increased.
Regional Credit Cards
No official data is available about the credit card and consumer finance market of the Interior in which the regional credit card companies operate. However, the regional credit card companies’ operation is estimated to be the largest of its kind in Argentina and Tarjeta Naranja is estimated to be the largest proprietary brand issuer in Argentina amongst approximately 170 companies. After the 2001-2002 crisis, which significantly affected these companies’ competitors and led many of them to cease operations, and until 2004, competition had been relatively low or inexistent. Since 2005, and especially during 2006, 2007 and the first half of 2008, the regional credit-card companies have faced increased competition from: (i) the banks due to a nation wide aggressive offering of personal loans with low interest rates, (ii) the creation by banks of units, companies and products specializing in services for the low and mid-to-low income segments of the population, which is the regional credit card companies’ target, and (iii) large retail trade players, such as supermarkets, home appliance chains and department stores, which offered their customers ample financing, apart from price cuts in purchases made at their stores with their proprietary credit cards.

 

-44-


Table of Contents

Insurance
Sudamericana’s subsidiaries face significant competition, as the Argentine insurance industry was comprised of approximately 183 insurance companies as of December 2008, 45 of which were dedicated exclusively to life insurance and 22 to annuities. Subsidiaries of foreign insurance companies and the world’s largest insurance companies with global operations are among these companies. In addition, as of that date, the number of brokers amounted to approximately 27,000 individuals and 240 companies.
In 2008, the market recovery continued and production was close to Ps. 27 billion, with an 8% increase in current values. Of this amount, 71% of the total production related to P&C insurance; 20%, to life and personal insurance; and the remaining 9% related to retirement insurance. Out of the 71% related to P&C insurance, the automotive insurance segment continued, as in the prior years, to be the most important segment (45% of the P&C insurance sector), followed by the labor risk segment (25%). Out of the remaining 29%, nonpension-linked life insurance represented 55% thereof, followed by pension-linked life insurance (13%), pension-linked retirement (25%) and voluntary retirement (7%). The most dynamic sector in terms of annual growth was life insurance.
As of December 2008, Galicia Seguros ranked sixth in terms of the number of group life insurance policies underwritten and tenth in terms of the number of home insurance policies underwritten.
Sales and Marketing
Banco Galicia’s and the regional credit card companies’ distribution capabilities are our principal marketing channels. Our distribution network is one of the largest and most flexible distribution platforms in the country and has nationwide coverage. The network of offices of the regional credit-card companies mainly serves the medium and low income segments of the population, which generally make less use of bank services, through offices located all across the Interior of the country and through Banco Galicia, we operate a nationwide distribution network, which is one of the most extensive and diversified distribution networks among private-sector financial institutions in Argentina.
         
    March 2009  
Branches (number)
       
Bank Branches
    238  
Regional Credit Card Cos. Branches
    152  
Business Centers and In-House Facilities
    15  
Private-Banking Centers
    12  
Electronic Banking Terminals (number)
       
ATMs
    641  
Self-Service Terminals
    758  
Electronic Banking Transactions (thousands per month)
       
ATMs + Self-Service Terminals
    7,724  
Phone-Banking
    457  
e-banking
    12,693  

 

-45-


Table of Contents

The Bank markets all of its financial products and services to high-, medium- and medium-low-income individuals, including loans, insurance and FIMA family of mutual funds, among others, through its branch network, which operates on-line in real time. Within the branches, the sales force is specialized by type of customer and by customer segment. The Bank’s sales policy encourages tellers to perform sales functions as well. Wealthy individuals who are private banking customers are served by specialized officers and a specialized network of service centers, including a head office facility.
Commercial and investment banking services to large corporations and other entities are provided in a centralized manner. Branch officers are responsible for the Bank’s relationship with middle-market and small businesses and most of the agriculture and livestock sector customers. The Bank also has established specialized centers that concentrate on providing service to businesses, which are distributed across the country and located in main cities of the Interior and certain customer companies facilities.
All of the Bank’s individual and corporate customers have access to the Bank’s electronic distribution channels, including the ATM and self-service terminals network and self-service terminals (“Red Galicia 24”), a multifunction call center (the “CCC”), an e-banking website (e-galicia.com) and a banking service through cell phones (“Galicia Móvil”). In addition, the Bank has a special sales unit specializing in marketing various retail banking products and services, and a centralized unit specializing in the marketing of mortgage loans, which works together with realtors.
Banco Galicia is clearly client service oriented and assigns great importance to its service model and seeks to improve it constantly. In 2005, a new sales and service model was designed and implemented, with the purpose of increasing commercial efficacy, establishing an integrated strategy among the different distribution channels and improving the quality of service. In line with this model, the Bank moved forward in its specialization of distribution channels (readjusting product offerings by segment/channel), the redesign of the customer service model at the branches, and the attraction of new open-market customers, among others. Also a plan for the migration of cash operations to automatic means in order to reduce operating burden and waiting times at the branches was added. In 2006, the new customer service model, which had been implemented in all branches during the previous year, was reinforced through the assignment of business officers for medium- and high-income individuals as well as for companies. In the latter case, emphasis was placed on the agricultural and livestock sectors and the whole range of the SMEs segment. During 2007, the number of officials specializing in personalized service to the higher potential customer segments was increased while in 2008 the retail sales unit recorded significant growth increasing its distribution and service capacity.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

The Bank has a segmented marketing approach. In the late 1990s, data warehouse capabilities began to be used to design marketing campaigns focused on specific segments of the Bank’s customer base. The Bank focuses on the ongoing enrichment and exploitation of its corporate data warehouse and of the Retail Division’s data mart in order to, among others, generate the information and the necessary knowledge to create data mining models to focus product sales in accordance with each customer’s preferences. These tools have allowed the Bank to improve its knowledge of its customers and its portfolio segmentation, and to work on micro segmentation and the identification of more precise targets. The Bank’s marketing strategy is also focused on the development of long-term relationships with customers based on a deep and increasing knowledge of those customers. As part of this client-oriented strategy, in the late 1990s, the Bank began to implement customer relationship management technology. Currently, a program named “Genesis” is under development, geared at improving the way the Bank’s business relationships with its current and potential customers are managed, spanning all of the Bank’s business units, and combining the perspective of each of them into an integral vision.
The Bank’s investment in advertising has increased in the last years, in line with the general market’s trend and particularly, the Argentine financial system’s increase in investment and number of advertisers. These actions, along with massive events in shopping centers across the country and many direct-marketing programs have reinforced the perception of the Bank as a close and friendly bank and have strengthened the brand image, allowing the Bank to regain the “top of mind” (immediate brand recollection) leadership in its category.
During 2007, the Bank completed a brand image change project, launching its new brand and starting to use it in all products and communication pieces on March 31, 2008. Implementation at the branches was launched and will be gradual. This decision not only implies a change in style, but is also strategic and goes hand in hand with the continuous development of the Bank’s products and services. This change is focused on visually communicating the Bank’s identity in a more modern way and on achieving a better connection between its identity and visual representation.
The Bank considers quality of service as the main element capable of distinguishing it from competitors. In order to measure this indicator, the Bank periodically performs surveys, with positive results in the last years, showing high customer satisfaction. During 2005, the Bank implemented new measures and activities, especially at the branch level, and during 2006, started the implementation of a three-year plan for the purpose of strengthening the organizational culture through certain values such as commitment, kindness, and accuracy, while continuing with the assessment of service quality at the branches. This assessment is part of the incentive program and is based on the ongoing monitoring of indicators of customer satisfaction, service quality and the response to claims. In November 2005, the Bank began adhering to the “Code of Banking Practices” established by the four bank associations of Argentina, which will further contribute to the improvement of the quality of service.
The regional credit card companies market their products and services through a network of branches and service centers, the size of which depends on the size of the locations in which they operate. The companies’ culture is strongly client service oriented and assigns great importance to quality of service. Sales officials receive intensive training in personalized sale of the companies’ products and quality of service, given that the bulk of sales is conducted on a one-on-one basis. Quality of service at the branches is permanently monitored by third parties and availability is enhanced through extended business hours. In addition, each of the companies has a web site through which they conduct sales, receive customers’ requests (such as requests for statements, loans or increases in the credit limits assigned and new cards, among others), provide information on and promote products. These sites include a link that allows payments to be made. In addition, each company has a call center, through which sales, post-sales and collection functions are performed.

 

-47-


Table of Contents

To market its products, Sudamericana’s subsidiaries mainly use the Bank’s and the regional credit card companies’ distribution networks. They also use the sales officers of Sudamericana Asesores de Seguros S.A. In addition Sudamericana has a telemarketing center of its own.
Property
The following are our main principal assets, as of December 31, 2008:
                 
        Square      
        Meters      
Property   Address   (approx.)     Main Uses
Grupo Financiero Galicia            
- Owned
  -Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456, 2nd floor, Buenos Aires, Argentina     191     Administrative activities
 
  -Maipú 241, Buenos Aires, Argentina (1)     1,616     Administrative activities
 
             
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.            
- Owned
  -Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 407, Buenos Aires, Argentina     17,300     Administrative activities
 
  -Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 430, Buenos Aires, Argentina     42,000     Administrative activities
 
  -Florida 361, Buenos Aires, Argentina     7,340     Administrative activities
- Rented
  -San Martín 178/200, Buenos Aires, Argentina     3,600     Administrative activities
 
             
Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A.            
- Owned
  -Dr. Americo Ricaldoni 2468, Montevideo, Uruguay     400     Administrative activities
 
  -Punta del Este, Uruguay           Former Branch
- Rented
  -Montevideo, Uruguay     580     Storage
 
             
Tarjeta Naranja S.A.            
- Owned
  -Sucre 152, 154 and 541, Córdoba, Argentina     6,300     Administrative activities
 
  -Humberto Primo, Córdoba, Argentina: 7 properties     4,900     Administrative activities
 
  -Ruta Nacional 36, km. 8, Córdoba, Argentina     49,200     Storage
 
  -San Jerónimo 2348 and 2350, Santa Fe, Argentina     1,475     Administrative activities
 
  Río Grande, Tierra del Fuego, Argentina     300     Commercial activities
 
             
- Rented
  -Sucre 145/151, La Rioja 359, 364 and 375, Córdoba, Argentina     4,450     Administrative activities, printing centre and storage
Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.            
- Rented
  -Belgrano 1415, Mendoza, Argentina     1,740     Administrative activities
 
  -Belgrano 1462, Mendoza, Argentina     1,156     Administrative activities
 
  -Vicente Zapata 145, Mendoza, Argentina     280     Printing centre
 
  -Olascoaga 348, San José, Mendoza, Argentina     580     Storage
 
             
Tarjetas del Mar S.A.            
- Rented
  -Luro 3001, Mar del Plata, Buenos Aires, Argentina     240     Administrative Activities
 
  -Luro 2943, Mar del Plata, Buenos Aires, Argentina     765     Administrative Activities
 
             
Galicia Seguros S.A.            
- Owned
  -Maipú 241, Buenos Aires, Argentina     1,643     Administrative activities
 
             
Net Investment S.A.            
- Rented
  -25 de Mayo 702, 3rd floor, Buenos Aires, Argentina     290     Administrative activities
 
             
Galicia Warrants S.A.            
- Owned
  -Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456, 6th floor, Buenos Aires, Argentina     118     Administrative activities
 
  -Ruta Nacional 18, Km. 209, San Salvador, Entre Ríos, Argentina     47,917     Storage
- Leased
  -Alsina 3450, San Miguel de Tucumán, Tucumán, Argentina     12,800     Storage
- Rented
  -Lavalle 3272, San Miguel de Tucumán, Tucumán, Argentina     3,200     Storage
 
  -Alto Verde, Chicligasta, Tucumán, Argentina     2,000     Storage
 
  -Pasaje 1° de Mayo Esquina 25 de Mayo, Barrio el Corte Alderete,
Tucumán, Argentina
    2,000     Storage
 
  -San Martín 891 PB, San Miguel de Tucumán, Tucumán, Argentina     64     Administrative activities
 
             
Galval Agente de Valores S.A.            
- Rented
  -Zona Franca, Montevideo, Uruguay     120     Administrative activities
 
             
GV Mandataria de Valores S.A.            
- Rented
  -25 de Mayo 432, 3rd floor, Buenos Aires, Argentina (2)     336     Administrative activities
 
             
     
(1)   We lease six units to the Bank equivalent to 1,159.5 square meters, for Ps. 34,784.1 per month and two units to Galicia Seguros S.A. equivalent to 413.6 square meters, for Ps. 12,408.3 per month. We hold a 45.4 square meters unit vacant for storage.
 
(2)   Banco Galicia leases a property to GV Mandataria, for US$4,500 per month during the first year, US$4,635 during the second year and US$4,775 during the third year.

 

-48-


Table of Contents

In 1994, Banco Galicia purchased the building located at Reconquista 188/200, in Buenos Aires and, between 1992 and 2000, it purchased the building located at Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 444, in Buenos Aires. In addition to these locations, the Bank has a new corporate tower at Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 430, which centralizes most of its offices.
As of December 31, 2008, our distribution network consisted of:
    Banco Galicia: 238 branches located in Argentina, 137 of which were owned and 101 of which were rented by Banco Galicia, located in all of Argentina’s 23 provinces.
    Tarjeta Naranja S.A.: 114 sales points located in 21 of the 23 Argentine provinces, 113 of which were rented by the company.
    Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.: 28 sales points located in the provinces of Mendoza, San Juan, San Luis, Santiago del Estero, La Pampa, La Rioja, Catamarca, Neuquén, Rio Negro, Salta, Jujuy and Tucumán. All of them were rented.
    Tarjetas del Mar S.A.: 8 sales points located in the Province of Buenos Aires, all of which were rented.
Capital Investments and Divestitures
During 2008, our capital expenditures amounted to Ps. 279.9 million, distributed as follows:
    Ps. 103.4 million in fixed assets (real estate, machinery and equipment, vehicles, furniture and fittings);
    Ps. 44 million in construction in progress; and
    Ps. 132.5 million in organizational and IT system development expenses.
During 2007, our capital expenditures amounted to Ps. 208.7 million, distributed as follows:
    Ps. 80.5 million in fixed assets (real estate, machinery and equipment, vehicles, furniture and fittings);
    Ps. 44.7 million in construction in progress; and
    Ps. 83.5 million in organizational and IT system development expenses.
During 2006, our capital expenditures amounted to Ps. 136.5 million, distributed as follows:
    Ps. 41.7 million in fixed assets (real estate, machinery and equipment, vehicles, furniture and fittings);
    Ps. 46.7 million in construction in progress; and
    Ps. 48.1 million in organizational and IT system development expenses.

 

-49-


Table of Contents

These capital expenditures were made mainly in Argentina.
During 2008, Grupo Financiero Galicia decided to create G.V. Mandataria de Valores S.A., contributing working capital of Ps. 0.6 million. Its main object is to develop securities related businesses; currently, it is attending to the development of securities related business for Grupo Financiero Galicia’s controlled Galval Agente de Valores S.A.
In addition, also during 2008, Grupo Financiero Galicia contributed working capital to Net Investment for Ps. 0.2 million.
During September 2008, the interests and credits that Banco Galicia had in Aguas Argentinas S.A. and Aguas Provinciales de Santa Fe S.A. (in liquidation) were sold, and the contingent obligations timely assumed in relation to such investments were also settled. As of December 31, 2007, the interests were fully provisioned, while the credits had their related regulatory provisions according to the debtor’s standing. As of September 30, 2008, and as a result of this transaction, a profit amounting to Ps. 23.4 million was generated.
In 2007, after having obtained the necessary authorizations, on July 27, 2007 Grupo Financiero Galicia subscribed and paid for 93,604,637 of Banco Galicia’s class “B” shares with a face value of Ps. 1.0 each. Payment for the shares was made in cash in an amount equal to Ps. 175.3 millions and in 2014 Notes issued by Banco Galicia with a face value of US$102.2 million. There were no capital contributions to any other of our subsidiaries during 2007.
On December 19, 2006, Tarjeta Naranja S.A. paid Ps. 0.009 million to acquire a 99.4% ownership interest in Ancud Comercial S.A., a company incorporated in the Dominican Republic (which is currently known as Tarjeta Naranja Dominicana S.A). On the same date, Tarjeta Naranja S.A. made a US$4 million capital contribution to such company. The total investment in such company amounted to Ps. 12.1 million.
We have budgeted capital expenditures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009, for the following purposes and amounts:
         
    (In millions of Pesos)  
Construction of the New Corporate Tower (construction, furniture, equipment, phones, etc.)
  Ps. 14.5  
Fixed Assets
    94.3  
Organizational and IT System Development
    90.8  
In Subsidiaries
    8.0  
 
     
Total
  Ps. 207.6  
 
     

 

-50-


Table of Contents

Management considers that internal funds will be sufficient to finance fiscal year 2009 capital expenditures.
In addition, on June 2, 2009, Banco Galicia entered into an agreement with American International Group, Inc. and AIG Consumer Finance Group (“AIG”) to purchase 80% of AIG’s shares in its consumer finance operations in Argentina, consisting of Compañía Financiera Argentina S.A. (“CFA”), Cobranzas y Servicios S.A. (“CyS”) and AIG Universal Processing Center S.A. (“UPC”) in a transaction that involves the sale of all the shares of said companies to Banco Galicia along with other third parties. Through this transaction, which amounts to Ps. 133.2 million, the Bank will be able to further consolidate its expansion strategy in the Argentine market. The consummation of this purchase, however, is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the approval of the Argentine Central Bank.
Selected Statistical Information
You should read this information in conjunction with the other information provided in this annual report, including our audited consolidated financial statements and Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”. We prepared this information from our financial records, which are maintained under accounting methods established by the Argentine Central Bank under Argentine Banking GAAP, and do not reflect adjustments necessary to reflect the information in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
The exchange rate used in translating Pesos into US Dollars, which is used in calculating the convenience translations included in the following tables is the Reference Exchange Rate published by the Argentine Central Bank, which was Ps. 3.4537, Ps. 3.1510 and Ps. 3.0695 per US$1.00 as of December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 respectively. The exchange rate translations contained in this annual report should not be construed as representations that the stated Peso amounts actually represent or have been or could be converted into US Dollars at the rates indicated or any other rate. See Item 3. “Key Information-Exchange Rate Information.”
Average Balance Sheet and Income from Interest-Earning Assets and Expenses from Interest-Bearing Liabilities
The average balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, including the related interest that is receivable and payable, are calculated on a daily basis for Banco Galicia, Galicia Uruguay and Tarjetas Regionales S.A. on a consolidated basis. The average balances of interest-earning assets and interest bearing liabilities are calculated on a monthly basis for Grupo Financiero Galicia and its other non-banking subsidiaries.
Average balances have been separated between those denominated in Pesos and those denominated in Dollars. The nominal interest rate is the amount of interest earned or paid during the period divided by the related average balance.
Net gains/losses on government securities and related differences in quoted market prices are included in interest earned. We manage our trading activities in government securities as an integral part of our business. We do not distinguish between interest income and market gains or losses on its government securities portfolio. The non-accrual loans balance is included in the average loan balance calculation.

 

-51-


Table of Contents

The following table shows our consolidated average balances, accrued interest and nominal interest rates for interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
                                                                         
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008 (*)  
    Pesos     Dollars     Total  
                    Average                     Average                     Average  
    Average     Accrued     Yield/     Average     Accrued     Yield/     Average     Accrued     Yield/  
    Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate  
    (in millions of Pesos, except rates)  
Assets
                                                                       
Government Securities
    1,161.4       72.2       6.22       2,480.8       76.3       3.08       3,642.2       148.5       4.08  
Loans
                                                                       
Private Sector
    8,848.1       1,756.6       19.85       1,964.4       132.6       6.75       10,812.5       1,889.2       17.47  
Public Sector
    1,264.8       165.7       13.10                         1,264.8       165.7       13.10  
 
                                                     
Total Loans
    10,112.9       1,922.3       19.01       1,964.4       132.6       6.75       12,077.3       2,054.9       17.01  
 
                                                     
Other
    2,908.1       197.0       6.77       1,264.9       15.2       1.20       4,173.0       212.2       5.09  
 
                                                     
Total Interest-Earning Assets
    14,182.4       2,191.5       15.45       5,710.1       224.1       3.92       19,892.5       2,415.6       12.14  
 
                                                     
Cash and Gold
    599.2                   287.9                   887.1              
Equity in Other Companies
    708.4                   63.8                   772.2              
Other Assets
    2,211.6                   218.2                   2,429.8              
Allowances
    (479.1 )                 (90.0 )                 (569.1 )            
 
                                                     
Total Assets
    17,222.5                   6,190.0                   23,412.5              
 
                                                     
Liabilities and Equity
                                                                       
Deposits
                                                                       
Current Accounts
    697.7       21.6       3.10       250.4                   948.1       21.6       2.28  
Savings Accounts
    1,849.3       4.7       0.25       738.4                   2,587.7       4.7       0.18  
Time Deposits
    5,797.6       749.9       12.93       971.8       17.8       1.83       6,769.4       767.7       11.34  
 
                                                     
Total Interest-Bearing Deposits
    8,344.6       776.2       9.30       1,960.6       17.8       0.91       10,305.2       794.0       7.70  
 
                                                     
Argentine Central Bank
                      0.4                   0.4              
Other Financial Entities
    297.7       53.8       18.07       797.5       39.3       4.93       1,095.2       93.1       8.50  
Debt Securities
    487.3       70.5       14.47       2,312.5       209.6       9.06       2,799.8       280.1       10.00  
Other
    224.9       21.6       9.60       1,269.0       88.9       7.01       1,493.9       110.5       7.40  
 
                                                     
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities
    9,354.5       922.1       9.86       6,340.0       355.6       5.61       15,694.5       1,277.7       8.14  
 
                                                     
Demand Deposits
    2,873.6                   12.4                   2,886.0              
Other Liabilities
    2,313.1                   559.5                   2,872.6              
Minority Interests
    214.4                                     214.4              
Shareholders’ Equity
    1,745.0                                     1,745.0              
 
                                                     
Total Liabilities and Equity
    16,500.6                   6,911.9                   23,412.5              
 
                                                     
Spread and Net Yield
                                                                       
Interest Rate Spread
                    5.59                       (1.69 )                     4.00  
Cost of Funds Supporting Interest-Earning Assets
                    6.50                       6.23                       6.42  
Net Yield on Interest-Earning Assets
                    8.95                       (2.30 )                     5.72  
     
(*)   Rates include the CER adjustment.

 

-52-


Table of Contents

The following table shows our consolidated average balances, accrued interest and nominal interest rates for interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
                                                                         
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007 (*)  
    Pesos     Dollars     Total  
                    Average                     Average                     Average  
    Average     Accrued     Yield/     Average     Accrued     Yield/     Average     Accrued     Yield/  
    Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate  
    (in millions of Pesos, except rates)  
Assets
                                                                       
Government Securities
    1,209.1       16.9       1.40       3,069.7       129.4       4.22       4,278.8       146.3       3.42  
Loans
                                                                       
Private Sector
    7,178.8       1,163.5       16.21       1,665.0       107.1       6.43       8,843.8       1,270.6       14.37  
Public Sector
    1,685.1       221.2       13.13                         1,685.1       221.2       13.13  
 
                                                     
Total Loans
    8,863.9       1,384.7       15.62       1,665.0       107.1       6.43       10,528.9       1,491.8       14.17  
 
                                                     
Other (1)
    2,378.1       155.2       6.53       1,040.1       29.8       2.87       3,418.2       185.0       5.41  
 
                                                     
Total Interest-Earning Assets
    12,451.1       1,556.8       12.50       5,774.8       266.3       4.61       18,225.9       1,823.1       10.00  
 
                                                     
Cash and Gold
    484.6                   201.6                   686.2              
Equity in Other Companies
    661.0                   65.2                   726.2              
Other Assets
    2,010.4                   126.8                   2,137.2              
Allowances
    (335.9 )                 (107.2 )                 (443.1 )            
 
                                                     
Total Assets
    15,271.2                   6,061.2                   21,332.4              
 
                                                     
Liabilities and Equity
                                                                       
Deposits
                                                                       
Current Accounts
    531.0       16.4       3.09       147.4                   678.4       16.4       2.42  
Savings Accounts
    1,647.2       5.1       0.31       605.7                   2,252.9       5.1       0.23  
Time Deposits
    5,705.6       547.0       9.59       900.6       15.4       1.71       6,606.2       562.4       8.51  
 
                                                     
Total Interest-Bearing Deposits
    7,883.8       568.5       7.21       1,653.7       15.4       0.93       9,537.5       583.9       6.12  
 
                                                     
Argentine Central Bank
    261.3       68.8       26.33       0.2                   261.5       68.8       26.31  
Other Financial Entities
    186.4       27.2       14.59       352.8       16.9       4.79       539.2       44.1       8.18  
Debt Securities
    530.0       77.7       14.66       2,830.1       213.3       7.54       3,360.1       291.0       8.66  
Other
    149.7       16.5       11.02       1,010.8       66.9       6.62       1,160.5       83.4       7.19  
 
                                                     
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities
    9,011.2       758.7       8.42       5,847.6       312.5       5.34       14,858.8       1,071.2       7.21  
 
                                                     
Demand Deposits
    2,287.6                   19.9                   2,307.5              
Other Liabilities
    1,872.7                   513.8                   2,386.5              
Minority Interests
    172.9                                     172.9              
Shareholders’ Equity
    1,606.7                                     1,606.7              
 
                                                     
Total Liabilities and Equity
    14,951.1                   6,381.3                   21,332.4              
 
                                                     
Spread and Net Yield
                                                                       
Interest Rate Spread
                    4.08                       (0.73 )                     2.79  
Cost of Funds Supporting Interest-Earning Assets
                    6.09                       5.41                       5.88  
Net Yield on Interest-Earning Assets
                    6.41                       (0.80 )                     4.13  
     
(*)   Rates include the CER adjustment.
 
(1)   Includes, among other amounts, the amounts corresponding to the Compensatory Bond and the Hedge Bond to be received.

 

-53-


Table of Contents

The following table shows our consolidated average balances, accrued interest and nominal interest rates for interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
                                                                         
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2006 (*)  
    Pesos     Dollars     Total  
                    Average                     Average                     Average  
    Average     Accrued     Yield/     Average     Accrued     Yield/     Average     Accrued     Yield/  
    Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate  
    (in millions of Pesos, except rates)    
Assets
                                                                       
Government Securities
    3,501.5       252.5       7.21       1,174.3       60.0       5.11       4,675.8       312.5       6.68  
Loans
                                                                       
Private Sector
    5,148.2       754.0       14.65       1,333.3       75.1       5.63       6,481.5       829.1       12.79  
Public Sector
    4,369.5       496.3       11.36                         4,369.5       496.3       11.36  
 
                                                     
Total Loans
    9,517.7       1,250.3       13.14       1,333.3       75.1       5.63       10,851.0       1,325.4       12.21  
 
                                                     
Other (1)
    1,778.4       125.5       7.06       4,447.4       158.8       3.57       6,225.8       284.3       4.57  
 
                                                     
Total Interest-Earning Assets
    14,797.6       1,628.3       11.00       6,955.0       293.9       4.23       21,752.6       1,922.2       8.84  
 
                                                     
Cash and Gold
    432.7                   210.0                   642.7              
Equity in Other Companies
    561.1                   44.2                   605.3              
Other Assets
    1,970.2                   80.8                   2,051.0              
Allowances
    (348.8 )                 (88.3 )                 (437.1 )            
 
                                                     
Total Assets
    17,412.8                   7,201.7                   24,614.5              
 
                                                     
Liabilities and Equity
                                                                       
Deposits
                                                                       
Current Accounts
    536.8       21.0       3.91       122.0                   658.8       21.0       3.19  
Savings Accounts
    1,283.0       4.4       0.34       506.3                   1,789.3       4.4       0.25  
Time Deposits
    4,556.3       405.8       8.91       741.6       9.6       1.29       5,297.9       415.4       7.84  
 
                                                     
Total Interest-Bearing Deposits
    6,376.1       431.2       6.76       1,369.9       9.6       0.70       7,746.0       440.8       5.69  
 
                                                     
Argentine Central Bank
    6,083.0       769.5       12.65       0.1                   6,083.1       769.5       12.65  
Other Financial Entities
    265.9       35.1       13.20       172.9       11.3       6.54       438.8       46.4       10.57  
Debt Securities
    170.7       24.4       14.29       3,261.7       270.5       8.29       3,432.4       294.9       8.59  
Other
    108.8       12.2       11.21       1,084.9       96.2       8.87       1,193.7       108.4       9.08  
 
                                                     
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities
    13,004.5       1,272.4       9.78       5,889.5       387.6       6.58       18,894.0       1,660.0       8.79  
 
                                                     
Demand Deposits
    1,735.8                   20.6                   1,756.4              
Other Liabilities
    1,651.9                   518.8                   2,170.7              
Minority Interests
    144.1                                     144.1              
Shareholders’ Equity
    1,649.3                                     1,649.3              
 
                                                     
Total Liabilities and Equity
    18,185.6                   6,428.9                   24,614.5              
 
                                                     
Spread and Net Yield
                                                                       
Interest Rate Spread
                    1.22                       (2.35 )                     0.05  
Cost of Funds Supporting Interest-Earning Assets
                    8.60                       5.57                       7.63  
Net Yield on Interest-Earning Assets
                    2.41                       (1.35 )                     1.21  
     
(*)   Rates include the CER adjustment.
 
(1)   Includes, among other amounts, the amounts corresponding to the Compensatory Bond and the Hedge Bond to be received.
The negative interest rate spread in US Dollars and the negative net yield on interest-earning assets in US Dollars are due to the fact that the yield on the Dollar-denominated assets (mainly Boden 2012 Bonds) is lower than the cost of the Dollar-denominated liabilities (mainly the Bank’s restructured foreign debt).

 

-54-


Table of Contents

Changes in Net Interest Income-Volume and Rate Analysis
The following table allocates, by currency, changes in our consolidated interest income and interest expenses between changes in the average volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in their respective nominal interest rates for (i) the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 compared with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007; and (ii) the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, compared with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. Differences related to rate or volume are allocated proportionally to the rate variance and the volume variance, respectively.
                                                 
    Fiscal Year 2008/ Fiscal Year 2007,     Fiscal Year 2007/ Fiscal Year 2006,  
    Increase (Decrease) due to changes in     Increase (Decrease) due to changes in  
    Volume     Rate     Net Change     Volume     Rate     Net Change  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Interest Earning Assets
                                               
Government Securities
                                               
Pesos
    (0.6 )     55.9       55.3       (105.6 )     (130.0 )     (235.6 )
Dollars
    (22.0 )     (31.1 )     (53.1 )     77.8       (8.4 )     69.4  
 
                                   
Total
    (22.6 )     24.8       2.2       (27.8 )     (138.4 )     (166.2 )
Loans
                                               
Private Sector
                                               
Pesos
    301.5       291.6       593.1       322.3       87.2       409.5  
Dollars
    20.0       5.5       25.5       20.4       11.6       32.0  
 
                                   
Total
    321.5       297.1       618.6       342.7       98.8       441.5  
Public Sector
                                               
Pesos
    (55.1 )     (0.4 )     (55.5 )     (368.5 )     93.4       (275.1 )
Dollars
                                   
 
                                   
Total
    (55.1 )     (0.4 )     (55.5 )     (368.5 )     93.4       (275.1 )
Other
                                               
Pesos
    35.7       6.1       41.8       38.2       (8.5 )     29.7  
Dollars
    8.7       (23.3 )     (14.6 )     (102.6 )     (26.4 )     (129.0 )
 
                                   
Total
    44.4       (17.2 )     27.2       (64.4 )     (34.9 )     (99.3 )
Total Interest-Earning Assets
                                               
Pesos
    281.5       353.2       634.7       (113.6 )     42.1       (71.5 )
Dollars
    6.7       (48.9 )     (42.2 )     (4.4 )     (23.2 )     (27.6 )
 
                                   
Total
    288.2       304.3       592.5       (118.0 )     18.9       (99.1 )
 
                                   
Interest Bearing Liabilities
                                               
Demand Account
                                               
Pesos
    5.2             5.2       (0.2 )     (4.4 )     (4.6 )
Dollars
                                   
 
                                   
Total
    5.2             5.2       (0.2 )     (4.4 )     (4.6 )
Savings Account
                                               
Pesos
    0.9       (1.3 )     (0.4 )     1.1       (0.4 )     0.7  
Dollars
                                   
 
                                   
Total
    0.9       (1.3 )     (0.4 )     1.1       (0.4 )     0.7  
Time Deposits
                                               
Pesos
    9.0       193.9       202.9       108.4       32.8       141.2  
Dollars
    1.3       1.1       2.4       2.3       3.5       5.8  
 
                                   
Total
    10.3       195.0       205.3       110.7       36.3       147.0  
With the Argentine Central Bank
                                               
Pesos
    (34.4 )     (34.4 )     (68.8 )     (1,110.3 )     409.6       (700.7 )
Dollars
                                   
 
                                   
Total
    (34.4 )     (34.4 )     (68.8 )     (1,110.3 )     409.6       (700.7 )
With Other Financial Entities
                                               
Pesos
    19.0       7.6       26.6       (12.2 )     4.3       (7.9 )
Dollars
    21.9       0.5       22.4       7.5       (1.9 )     5.6  
 
                                   
Total
    40.9       8.1       49.0       (4.7 )     2.4       (2.3 )
Negotiable Obligations
                                               
Pesos
    (6.2 )     (1.0 )     (7.2 )     52.7       0.6       53.3  
Dollars
    (42.8 )     39.1       (3.7 )     (33.8 )     (23.4 )     (57.2 )
 
                                   
Total
    (49.0 )     38.1       (10.9 )     18.9       (22.8 )     (3.9 )
Other liabilities
                                               
Pesos
    6.9       (1.8 )     5.1       4.5       (0.2 )     4.3  
Dollars
    17.9       4.1       22.0       (6.2 )     (23.1 )     (29.3 )
 
                                   
Total
    24.8       2.3       27.1       (1.7 )     (23.3 )     (25.0 )
Total Interest Bearing Liabilities
                                               
Pesos
    0.4       163.0       163.4       (956.0 )     442.3       (513.7 )
Dollars
    (1.7 )     44.8       43.1       (30.2 )     (44.9 )     (75.1 )
Total
    (1.3 )     207.8       206.5       (986.2 )     397.4       (588.8 )
Of the Ps. 592.5 million increase in interest income for fiscal year 2008 as compared to the previous year, 51.4% is explained by an increase in rates and 48.6% is explained by an increase in volume. The main increases both in volume and in rates were due to the loans to the private sector in Pesos.

 

-55-


Table of Contents

In terms of interest expenses, the Ps. 206.5 million increase was mainly due to the increase in the rate of Peso-denominated time deposits (Ps. 193.5 million). Although the rates of the Dollar-denominated negotiable obligations increased (Ps. 39.1 million), the reduction in volume offset said increase and the combined effect showed a slight improvement.
Interest-Earning Assets-Net Yield on Interest-Earning Assets
The following table analyzes, by currency of denomination, the levels of our average interest-earning assets and net interest earned, and illustrates the net yields and spreads obtained, for each of the periods indicated.
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
Total Average Interest-Earning Assets
                       
Pesos
    14,182.4       12,451.1       14,797.6  
Dollars
    5,710.1       5,774.8       6,955.0  
 
                 
Total
    19,892.5       18,225.9       21,752.6  
 
                 
Net Interest Earned (1)
                       
Pesos
    1,269.4       798.1       355.9  
Dollars
    (131.5 )     (46.2 )     (93.7 )
 
                 
Total
    1,137.9       751.9       262.2  
 
                 
Net Yield on Interest-Earning Assets (2) (%)
                       
Pesos
    8.95       6.41       2.41  
Dollars
    (2.30 )     (0.80 )     (1.35 )
 
                 
Weighted-Average Yield
    5.72       4.13       1.21  
 
                 
Interest Spread, Nominal Basis (3) (%)
                       
Pesos
    5.59       4.08       1.22  
Dollars
    (1.69 )     (0.73 )     (2.35 )
 
                 
Weighted-Average Yield
    4.00       2.79       0.05  
 
                 
Credit Related Fees Included in Net Interest Earned
                       
Pesos
    69.9       43.5       26.4  
Dollars
                 
 
                 
Total
    69.9       43.5       26.4  
 
                 
     
(1)   Net interest earned corresponds to the net financial income (“Financial Income” minus “Financial Expenses,” as set forth in the Income Statement), plus (i) financial fees included in “Income from Services — In Relation to Lending Transactions” in the Income Statement,(ii) contributions to the Deposits Insurance Fund included in the item with the same denomination that is part of the “Financial Expenses” caption in the Income Statement, and (iii) contributions and taxes on financial income included in the Income Statement under “Financial Expenses — Others”; minus (i) net income from corporate securities, included under “Financial Income/Expenses — Interest Income and Gains/Losses from Holdings of Government and Corporate Securities,” in the Income Statement,(ii) differences in quotation of gold and foreign currency included in the item with the same denomination that is part of the Financial Expenses/Income caption in the Income Statement, and (iii) the premiums and adjustments on forward transactions in foreign currency, included in the item “Financial Income-Others” in the Income Statement. Net interest earned also includes income from government securities used as security margins in repurchase transactions. This income/loss is included in “Miscellaneous Income/Loss — Others” in the Income Statement. Net income from government securities includes both interest and gains/losses due to the variation of market quotations .
 
(2)   Net interest earned, divided by average interest-earning assets.
 
(3)   Interest spread, nominal basis is the difference between the average nominal interest rate on interest-earning assets and the average nominal interest rate on interest-bearing deposits.

 

-56-


Table of Contents

Government and Corporate Securities
The following table shows our holdings of government and corporate securities at the balance sheet dates stated below, and the breakdown of the portfolio in accordance with the Argentine Central Bank classification system and by the currency of denomination of the relevant securities. Our holdings of government securities represent mainly holdings of the Bank.
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Government Securities
                       
Pesos
                       
Investment
    22.8       17.1        
Issued by Argentine Central Bank — Lebac and Nobac
    22.8       17.1        
Trading
    233.7       38.9       0.1  
Bonar
          36.7        
Bogar Bonds
    1.6       2.1        
Others
    232.1       0.1       0.1  
Issued by Argentine Central Bank
    550.2       331.6       119.5  
Lebac Unquoted
          11.0        
Lebac Quoted
          103.3       17.7  
Nobac Unquoted
    520.2       8.3       101.8  
Nobac Quoted
    30.0       209.0        
Without Quotation
    69.8       1.9       433.5  
Bogar
                428.6  
Discount Bonds in Pesos
    69.8       1.9       4.9  
 
                 
Total Government Securities in Pesos
    876.5       389.5       553.1  
 
                 
Dollars
                       
Investment
    527.4       1,303.4       2,608.8  
Boden 2012 Bonds
    525.9       1,303.4       2,608.8  
Boden 2013 Bonds
    1.5              
Trading
    127.9       0.1       26.4  
Boden 2012 Bonds
          0.1       26.3  
Boden 2013-2015 Bonds
    127.5              
Others
    0.4             0.1  
 
                 
Total Government Securities in Dollars
    655.3       1,303.5       2,635.2  
 
                 
Total Government Securities
    1,531.8       1,693.0       3,188.3  
 
                 
Corporate Securities
    0.1       1.0       0.3  
Corporate Equity Securities (Quoted) in Pesos
    0.1       1.0        
Corporate Equity Securities (Quoted) in Dollars
                0.3  
 
                 
Total Government and Corporate Securities
    1,531.9       1,694.0       3,188.6  
 
                 
The Ps. 525.9 million holdings of Boden 2012 Bonds (US$ 300.7 million of face value) represent Boden 2012 Bonds resulting from the Bank’s purchase of the Hedge Bond. The decrease in our holdings of government securities in 2008 mainly reflects a decrease in our investment holdings of Boden 2012 Bonds mainly because of the reinstatement of repurchase guarantees originated in the collection of the coupon of amortization and in the fall of prices described in our consolidated financial statements. It also includes an increase in forward sales (Ps. 232.1 million and Ps. 127.5 million) and in Government securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank (Ps. 218.6 million).

 

-57-


Table of Contents

The decrease in our holdings of government securities in 2007 mainly reflects sales under repurchase agreements of Boden 2012 Bonds by the Bank, sales of these bonds, the proceeds of which were used for the repurchase of restructured foreign debt, and collection of the annual amortization, in August. It also reflects sales of the remaining Bank’s holdings of Bogar Bonds (Ps. 229.5 million of face value) during the first quarter of 2007.
It is worth mentioning that due to the international financial crisis, over the last months of fiscal year 2008 domestic as well as international capital markets evidenced a high level of volatility with respect to equity and debt securities quotations. As explained under Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Government and Corporate Securities-Valuation,” and Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Critical Accounting Policies- U.S. GAAP - Critical Accounting Policies-Fair Value Estimates”, our public-sector assets are recorded in accordance with Argentine Banking GAAP, as established by the Argentine Central Bank valuation rules. Had these securities been marked-to-market, shareholders’ equity would have been reduced by approximately Ps. 1,827.0 million as of December 31, 2008.
All government securities, except for the Lebac and Nobac, which are issued by the Argentine Central Bank, were issued by the Argentine government.
Government Securities — Net Position
The following table shows our net position in government and corporate securities at the balance sheet date, and the breakdown of the portfolio in accordance with the Argentine Central Bank classification system and by the securities’ currency of denomination. The net position is defined as holdings plus forward purchases and spot purchases pending settlement, minus forward sales and spot sales pending settlement.
As of December 31, 2008, our position in government securities amounted to Ps. 3,645.3 million, and the difference between our holdings of government securities and our net position was mainly due to forward purchases of Boden 2012 Bonds and Discount Bonds in Pesos, in connection with repurchase agreements, for Ps. 1,824.9 million and Ps. 597.1 million, respectively, to forward sales of PR12 bonds ( “Bonos de Consolidación en Moneda Nacional Cuarta Serie 2%” ), Boden 2013 and Boden 2015 for Ps. 232.1 million, Ps. 79.8 million and Ps. 47.7 million, respectively and to Ps. 51.1 million of Lebac and Nobac delivered to the Rosario Futures Exchange (“Rofex”) as guarantees of transactions conducted on such exchange.
                                                 
    As of December 31, 2008  
                            Spot     Spot        
            Forward     Forward     purchases     sales     Net  
    Holdings     Purchases     Sales     to be settled     to be settled     Position  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Government Securities
                                               
Held for Investment Purposes
                                               
Pesos
    22.8                               22.8  
Dollar
    525.9       1,824.9                         2,350.8  
Held for Trading Purposes
                                               
Pesos
    233.7             232.1                   1.6  
Dollar
    129.4             127.5                   1.9  
Securities without Quotation
                                               
Pesos
    69.8       597.1                         666.9  
Instruments issued by the Argentine Central Bank
                                               
Pesos
    550.2                               550.2  
Other
          51.1                         51.1  
 
                                   
Total Government Securities
    1,531.8       2,473.1       359.6                   3,645.3  
 
                                   
Corporate Equity Securities (Quoted)
    0.1                               0.1  
 
                                   
Total Government and Corporate Securities
    1,531.9       2,473.1       359.6                   3,645.4  
 
                                   

 

-58-


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2008 and based on quoted market prices:
    The market value of our position in Boden 2012 Bonds was Ps. 1,253.4 million. This total comprises both our holdings recorded as government securities held for investment and our forward purchases in connection with repurchase agreements.
 
    The market value of our position in Discount Bonds in Pesos and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities was Ps. 196.5 million.
 
    Our holdings of Lebac and Nobac and Bonar Bonds were marked-to-market.
Valuation
In accordance with Argentine Central Bank rules, quoted government securities held-for-trading purposes are carried at their Argentine closing market quotation less estimated selling costs.
Quoted government securities in investment accounts are valued at their acquisition cost increased by accruing their internal rate of return over the period elapsed since the date of inclusion of the securities in the investment account category. Argentine Central Bank Communiqué “A” 3857, dated January 7, 2003, established that financial institutions could record as investments, only those securities incorporated in their balance sheets through December 31, 2002. After that date, the value of any securities (except the Compensatory Bond and the Hedge Bond received and/or to be received according to applicable compensation rules or other compensation to be received) incorporated into a bank’s position was required to be marked-to-market.
Within the context of high volatility experienced by the international and local capital markets since July 2007, the Argentine Central Bank issued Communiqué “A” 4698 dated August 24, 2007, through which, among other items, it established that debt instruments issued by such institution that are included in the volatility list published monthly by that institution, may be classified in investment accounts and recorded at their amortized cost plus the corresponding internal rate of return, as long as the financial institution commits to hold them until maturity. The difference with respect to the market value has to be disclosed in the notes to the quarterly and annual financial statements. Holdings in investment accounts may be used in repurchase transactions, subject to certain conditions.

 

-59-


Table of Contents

Securities received by financial institutions as compensation for the effects of the asymmetric pesification established by Decrees No. 905/02 and complementary rules (in the Bank’s case, Boden 2012 Bonds) are carried at their “technical value”, in accordance with Argentine Central Bank Communiqué “A” 3785 issued on October 29, 2002. “Technical value” means the face value adjusted by contractual terms. In accordance with Argentine Central Bank rules, the Bank recorded the Boden 2012 Bonds already received at 100% of their technical value. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Boden 2012 Bonds were trading at approximately 53% and 89% of such value, respectively. The market value of the Bank’s position in these securities, as of December 31, 2008, is shown in “Government Securities-Net Position” above.
Also in the context of the high market volatility in the second half of 2007, by means of Communiqué “A” 4702 dated August 30, 2007, the Argentine Central Bank established that holdings of debt securities issued by such entity and of government securities may be classified as “Available for Sale”. These holdings must be recorded at their market value, with the use of such methodology as well as the potential effect on the income statement disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. The difference (negative or positive) between the carrying amount of these holdings and their market value has to be recognized in equity accounts specially created for this effect. Interest will be recognized in the income statement in each period by accruing the internal rate of return, with the counterpart recorded in equity accounts. The rule allows the use of these holdings in repurchase transactions subject to certain conditions, and for withdrawal from this category in the case of sale, collection of amortization and/or principal installment or when the volatility published by the Argentine Central Bank is no longer available, in which case they must be recorded under “Holdings without Quotation”.
By means of Communiqué “A” 3911, dated March 28, 2003, the Argentine Central Bank established a new method for the valuation of public sector assets. This rule applies to Secured Loans, secured promissory notes or bonds (Bogar Bonds) issued by the Fiduciary Fund for Provincial Development to restructure loans received by provincial governments prior to the crisis, or FFDP, other loans to the non-financial public sector, and government securities without quotation, except for, among others, government securities accounted in investment accounts, securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank (Lebac and others) and government securities received or pending receipt as compensation for government policy measures. Beginning with the financial statements for March 2003, assets within the scope of Communiqué “A” 3911 and complementary rules had to be valued at the lowest of their technical value and their present value, with the latter converging with its market value in June 2008. In order to determine the present value, the Argentine Central Bank established a discount rate that increased gradually over time as shown in the table below. The difference between the lowest of the present value and the technical value, and the book value must be reflected in an asset regularizing account, in case of a positive difference, or be charged to income in case the difference is negative. For as long as it did have a position in such bonds, this valuation rule generated a loss for the Bank.
                                                                                                 
    January   February   March   April   May   June   July   August   September   October   November   December  
2003
                  3.00   3.00   3.00   3.00   3.00   3.00   3.00   3.00   3.00   3.00  
2004
  3.25   3.25   3.25   3.25   3.25   3.25   3.29   3.33   3.37   3.41   3.46   3.50  
2005
  3.54   3.58   3.62   3.66   3.71   3.75   3.79   3.83   3.87   3.91   3.96   4.00  
2006
  4.08   4.15   4.23   4.31   4.39   4.47   4.56   4.64   4.73   4.82   4.91   5.00  
2007
  5% + 0.04xTMC   5% + 0.08xTMC   5% + 0.13xTMC   5% + 0.17xTMC   5% + 0.21xTMC   5% + 0.25xTMC   5% + 0.29xTMC   5% + 0.33xTMC   5% + 0.38xTMC   5% + 0.42xTMC   5% + 0.46xTMC   5% + 0.50xTMC
2008
  5% + 0.58xTMC   5% + 0.66xTMC   5% + 0.75xTMC   5% + 0.83xTMC   5% + 0.92xTMC   TM (as from June 2008)
     
Where:
 
TM =   average market rate informed by the Argentine Central Bank based on the internal rates of return of government securities with similar “modified duration”.
 
TMC =   average market rate corrected = TM — 5%.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

By means of Communiqué “A” 4704, dated September 7, 2007, effective August 31, 2007, the Argentine Central Bank resolved to set the discount rate to be used for the valuation of public-sector assets within the scope of Communiqué “A” 3911 and complementary rules at a value that does not imply either a loss or a gain at the level of the financial system as a whole, taking into account the accrual of such assets’ yield, and, if applicable, adjusted by the Coeficiente de Estabilización de Referencia (“CER,” Reference Stabilization Index). This criterion will be applicable as long as, when applying the rate that would correspond according to the table above, the discount rate is such that it implies a loss -for the financial system as a whole- in the valuation of the comprised portfolio.
Through Communiqué “A” 4084, dated January 30, 2004, public-sector assets granted as collateral for advances from the Argentine Central Bank to acquire Boden Bonds (both for banks’ customers and held by banks) set forth in sections 10, 11 and 12 of Decree No. 905/02, were excluded from valuation at present value. These assets, in the Bank’s case Bogar Bonds, could be recorded at the value determined by the Argentine Central Bank for their use as collateral. In the case of Bogar Bonds this value was the technical value.
By means of Communiqué “A” 4414, dated September 8, 2005, among others, the Argentine Central Bank modified the valuation criteria of government and corporate securities without quotation, effective for information as of August 2005. The securities without quotation within the scope of such Communiqué (Argentine Central Bank bills and notes, subordinated and non-subordinated negotiable obligations and financial trust securities) must be carried at cost plus their internal rate of return, at period-end.
Through Communiqué “A” 4270, the Argentine Central Bank allowed the Discount Bonds in Pesos and the GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities, stemming from the debt exchange for the restructuring of the defaulted Argentine sovereign foreign debt carried out in 2005, to be recorded at the lower of: (i) the carrying value of the tendered securities in accordance with the prevailing valuation rules (Communiqué “A” 4084 item 1 v) and item 5, and complementary rules), and (ii) the total future nominal cash payments up to maturity specified by the terms and conditions of said securities. The Bank’s holdings of Discount Bonds in Pesos and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities were recorded as per the first alternative. This valuation is reduced in the amount of the perceived service payments and accrued interest shall not be recognized. The market value of these securities as of December 31, 2008, is shown in “Government Securities-Net Position” above.
The Argentine Central Bank restricts the distribution of cash dividends by establishing, among other things, that banks must adjust their earnings to be distributed as cash dividends by the difference between the market value and the carrying value of their public-sector assets, including all government securities.

 

-61-


Table of Contents

On January 22, 2009, within the framework of the swap of Secured Loans, the Argentine Central Bank issued its Communiqué “A” 4898, establishing that, beginning in February 2009 and at the Bank’s option, such holdings could be registered in special investment accounts and valued at their acquisition cost increased on an exponential basis according to their internal rate of return, and adjusted by CER, when applicable. When the market price of each bond is lower than their book value, the monthly accrual of the internal rate of return and the CER adjustment is recorded, on a cumulative basis, in contraasset accounts (i.e. accounts which counter, or subtract from asset accounts), until their book value equals their market price. Said contraasset account is withdrawn with a charge to the income statement as long as its balance is greater than the positive difference between the market price and the book value. As of the date of this annual report our holdings of Nobac, Boden 2014 Bonds and Bogar 2018 Bonds stemming from such swap are registered in special investment accounts.
Our portfolio of quoted corporate debt and equity securities is considered to be held for trading and, therefore, is carried at market value.
Remaining Maturity and Weighted-Average Yield
The following table analyzes the remaining maturity and weighted-average yield of our holdings of investment and trading government and corporate securities as of December 31, 2008. Our government securities portfolio yields do not contain any tax equivalency adjustments.
                                                                         
Maturity Yield  
                            Maturing after 1     Maturing after 5        
            Maturing     year but within     years but within     Maturing  
    Total     within 1 year     5 years     10 years     after 10 years  
    Book     Book             Book             Book             Book        
    Value     Value     Yield (1)     Value     Yield (1)     Value     Yield (1)     Value     Yield (1)  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
Government Securities
                                                                       
Held for Trading and Brokerage Purposes (carried at market value)
                                                                       
Pesos
    233.7       33.2       69.5 %     166.5       69.5 %     33.9       69.2 %            
Dollars
    129.5       16.6       41.1 %     64.6       42.1 %     48.3       37.4 %            
Held for Investment (carried at amortized cost)
                                                                       
Pesos
    22.7       0.4       51.1 %     10.1       43.9 %     3.1       51.1 %     9.3       18.4 %
Dollars
    525.9       131.5       41.5 %     394.4       41.5 %                        
Instruments Issued by the Argentine Central Bank
                                                                       
Pesos
    30.0                   30.0       22.0 %                        
Securities Without Quotation
                                                                       
Pesos
    590.0       520.2                                     69.8       19.0 %
 
                                                     
Total Government Securities
    1,531.8       701.9       12.1 %     665.6       47.7 %     85.3       50.5 %     79.1       18.9 %
 
                                                     
Corporate Debt Securities
    0.1                   0.1       8.0 %                        
 
                                                     
Total Portfolio
    1,531.9       701.9       12.1 %     665.7       47.7 %     85.3       50.5 %     79.1       18.9 %
 
                                                     
     
(1)   Effective yield based on December 31, 2008 quoted market values.
Loan Portfolio
Our total loans reflect the Bank’s and the regional credit card companies’ loan portfolios including past due principal amounts. Personal loans and credit-card loans are typically loans to individuals granted by the Bank or the regional credit card companies. The regional credit card companies’ loans are included under “Credit card loans”. As well, certain amounts related to advances, promissory notes, mortgage loans and pledge loans are extended to individuals. However, advances and promissory notes represent mainly loans to companies. The following table analyzes our loan portfolio, i.e., Banco Galicia’s loan portfolio consolidated with the regional credit card companies’ loan portfolio, by type of loan and total loans with guarantees.

 

-62-


Table of Contents

                                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Principal and Interest
                                       
Non-Financial Public Sector
    1,319.6       1,210.5       2,690.6       5,187.5       4,513.7  
Local Financial Sector
    148.1       110.0       311.6       128.2       150.5  
Non-Financial Private Sector and Residents Abroad (1)
                                       
Advances
    594.4       792.1       346.3       223.6       199.8  
Promissory Notes
    2,116.3       2,911.2       2,143.7       1,836.9       1,099.2  
Mortgage Loans
    1,026.8       945.1       688.0       503.4       623.9  
Pledge Loans
    81.0       94.5       67.1       121.1       92.9  
Personal Loans
    1,217.6       977.9       563.2       258.0       58.2  
Credit Card Loans
    4,378.4       3,630.1       2,458.6       1,732.1       1,105.4  
Placements in Banks Abroad
    334.5       158.0       608.0       212.9       379.2  
Other Loans
    883.3       1,010.8       794.8       599.8       393.9  
Accrued Interest, Adjustment and Quotation Differences Receivable
    185.8       177.0       155.0       146.8       414.4  
Documented Interest
    (38.5 )     (42.5 )     (23.3 )     (12.3 )     (3.7 )
 
                             
Total Non-Financial Private-Sector and Residents Abroad
    10,779.6       10,654.2       7,801.4       5,622.3       4,363.2  
 
                             
Total Gross Loans
    12,247.3       11,974.7       10,803.6       10,938.0       9,027.4  
 
                             
Allowance for Loan Losses
    (526.8 )     (428.6 )     (327.0 )     (427.9 )     (632.6 )
 
                             
Total Loans
    11,720.5       11,546.1       10,476.6       10,510.1       8,394.8  
 
                             
Loans with Guarantees
                                       
With Preferred Guarantees (2)
    1,332.8       1,289.8       1,076.2       838.5       1,190.0  
Other Guarantees
    2,971.1       3,180.2       4,103.6       6,317.3       5,235.8  
 
                             
Total Loans with Guarantees
    4,303.9       4,470.0       5,179.8       7,155.8       6,425.8  
 
                             
     
(1)   Categories of loans include:
    Advances: short-term obligations drawn on by customers through overdrafts .
 
    Promissory Notes: endorsed promissory notes, negotiable obligations and other promises to pay signed by one borrower or group of borrowers and factored loans.
 
    Mortgage Loans: loans granted to purchase or improve real estate and collateralized by such real estate and commercial loans secured by a real estate mortgage.
 
    Pledge Loans: loans secured by collateral (such as cars or machinery) other than real estate, where such collateral is an integral part of the loan documents.
 
    Personal Loans: loans to individuals.
 
    Credit-Card Loans: loans granted through credit cards to credit card holders.
 
    Placements in Banks Abroad: short-term loans to banks abroad.
 
    Other loans: loans not included in other categories.
 
    Documented interest: discount on notes and bills.
     
(2)   Preferred guarantees include mortgages on real estate property or pledges on movable property, such as cars or machinery, where the Bank has priority, endorsements of the Federal Office of the Secretary of Finance, pledges of Government securities, or gold or cash as collateral.
In fiscal year 2008, our loan portfolio before the allowance for loan losses increased 2.3% compared to the previous fiscal year end, due to an increase in the public-sector and financial sector portfolios, while the private-sector loan portfolio did not register any significant changes. Loans to the financial and non-financial public sector as of fiscal year end 2008 amounted to Ps. 1,426.7 million, with an 8.3% increase in comparison with the Ps. 1,317.9 million outstanding as of the close of the previous fiscal year.
As of December 31, 2008, loans to the private sector (including residents abroad) before the allowance for loan losses were up 1.5% from the Ps. 10,656.8 million recorded as of the end of the previous fiscal year. During 2008, short-term lending to individuals, through credit-card loans (including the Bank’s and the regional credit card companies’ loan portfolio) and personal loans, recorded very high growth, with credit-card loans recording the greatest increase in absolute terms.

 

-63-


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2007, the loan portfolio before the allowance for loan losses totaled Ps. 11,974.7 million, with a 10.8% increase with respect to the end of the previous year, as a consequence of a strong increase in the private-sector loan portfolio, partially offset by a substantial decrease in the public-sector loan portfolio. The decrease in the latter was mainly due to the sale of Secured Loans during 2007. As of December 31, 2007, loans to the financial sector and non-financial public sector amounted to Ps. 1,317.9 million, 52.9% lower than the Ps. 2,798.0 million outstanding as of the close of the previous fiscal year. This total includes Ps. 1,208.6 million in Secured Loans and Ps. 107.4 million in loans granted to the financial public sector.
Loans by Type of Borrower
The following table shows the breakdown of our total loan portfolio, by type of borrower at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Except for loans to individuals, all of the other categories of loans in the table below correspond to loans granted by the Bank only. The middle-market companies category includes the Bank’s loans to SMEs and the agricultural and livestock sectors while the individuals’ category includes loans granted by the Bank and the regional credit card companies. Loans to individuals comprise both consumer loans and commercial loans extended to individuals with a commercial activity.
                                                 
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    Amount     % of Total     Amount     % of Total     Amount     % of Total  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
Corporate
    1,148.6       9.38       1,870.0       15.62       1,534.7       14.21  
Middle-Market Companies
    3,716.8       30.35       3,993.8       33.35       2,521.9       23.34  
- Agribusiness
    1,461.4       11.93       1,341.9       11.21       902.1       8.35  
- SMEs
    2,255.4       18.42       2,651.9       22.14       1,619.8       14.99  
 
                                   
Commercial Loans
    4,865.4       39.73       5,863.8       48.97       4,056.6       37.55  
 
                                   
Individuals
    5,578.3       45.55       4,631.4       38.68       3,131.0       28.98  
- Bank
    3,232.0       26.39       2,603.1       21.74       1,720.2       15.92  
- Regional Credit Card Companies
    2,346.3       19.16       2,028.3       16.94       1,410.8       13.06  
Financial Sector (1)
    484.0       3.95       269.0       2.25       925.4       8.57  
Non-Financial Public Sector
    1,319.6       10.77       1,210.5       10.10       2,690.6       24.90  
Other Loans
                                   
 
                                   
Total (2)
    12,247.3       100.00       11,974.7       100.00       10,803.6       100.00  
 
                                   
     
(1)   Includes local and international financial sector. Financial Sector loans are primarily composed of interbank loans (call money loans), overnight deposits at international money center banks and loans to provincial banks.
 
(2)   Before the allowance for loan losses.
During 2008 the growth in loans granted to individuals is particularly notable, while in 2007, the growth in loans granted to SMEs, the agribusiness sector and individuals stands out.

 

-64-


Table of Contents

Loans by Economic Activity
The following table sets forth as of the dates indicated an analysis of our loan portfolio according to the borrower’s main economic activity. Figures include principal and interest.
                                                 
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
            % of             % of             % of  
    Amount     Total     Amount     Total     Amount     Total  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
Financial Sector (1)
    484.0       3.95       269.0       2.25       925.4       8.57  
 
                                   
Services
                                               
Non-Financial Public Sector
    1,319.6       10.77       1,210.5       10.10       2,690.6       24.90  
Communications, Transportation Health and Others
    838.3       6.84       936.7       7.82       517.2       4.79  
Electricity, Gas, Water Supply and Sewage Services
    30.7       0.25       198.2       1.66       234.8       2.17  
Other Financial Services
    44.5       0.37       11.7       0.10       35.7       0.33  
 
                                   
Total
    2,233.1       18.23       2,357.1       19.68       3,478.3       32.19  
 
                                   
Primary Products
                                               
Agriculture and Livestock
    1,274.5       10.41       1,217.8       10.17       971.8       9.00  
Fishing, Forestry and Mining
    60.9       0.49       49.8       0.42       29.8       0.28  
 
                                   
Total
    1,335.4       10.90       1,267.6       10.59       1,001.6       9.28  
 
                                   
Consumer
    5,294.9       43.23       4,402.4       36.76       2,988.0       27.65  
 
                                   
Retail Trade
    537.2       4.39       721.0       6.02       524.1       4.85  
 
                                   
Wholesale Trade
    647.0       5.28       854.3       7.13       333.7       3.09  
 
                                   
Construction
    82.2       0.67       268.1       2.24       309.7       2.87  
 
                                   
Manufacturing
                                               
Foodstuffs
    533.6       4.36       561.4       4.69       406.1       3.76  
Transportation Materials
    81.5       0.67       69.3       0.58       100.2       0.93  
Chemicals and Oil
    293.2       2.39       339.6       2.84       177.4       1.64  
Manufacturing Industries
    682.6       5.57       836.1       6.98       545.7       5.05  
 
                                   
Total
    1,590.9       12.99       1,806.4       15.09       1,229.4       11.38  
 
                                   
Other Loans
    42.6       0.36       28.8       0.24       13.4       0.12  
 
                                   
Total (2)
    12,247.3       100.00       11,974.7       100.00       10,803.6       100.00  
 
                                   
     
(1)   Includes local and international financial sectors.
 
(2)   Before the allowance for loan losses.
By sector of economic activity, while Services — including loans to the non-financial public sector — remains the most significant item, as in fiscal year 2007, its share of the total loan portfolio shows a decrease. The Services sector share declined from 19.7% as of December 31, 2007 to 18.2% as of fiscal year end 2008. Out of the remaining sectors, consumer loans continued to be the most significant category, with a 43.2% share of the total portfolio, as well as loans to the manufacturing sector, with a 13.0% share, and loans to the primary products industry with a 10.9% share. This last portfolio is mainly made up of loans to the agricultural sector.

 

-65-


Table of Contents

Maturity Composition of the Loan Portfolio
The following table sets forth an analysis by type of loan and time remaining to maturity of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2008.
                                                         
            After 1     After 6           After 3                
            Month but     Months but     After 1 Year     Years but             Total at  
    Within 1     within 6     within 12     but within 3     within 5     After 5     December  
    Month     Months     Months     Years     Years     Years     31, 2008  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Non-Financial Public Sector (1)
    1.8       1,313.5       0.5       2.0       1.8             1,319.6  
 
                                         
Financial Sector (1)
    148.1                                     148.1  
 
                                         
Private Sector and Residents Abroad
    6,992.9       1,355.6       532.4       1,089.2       505.0       304.5       10,779.6  
 
                                         
- Advances
    367.3       222.0       4.4       0.6                   594.3  
- Promissory Notes
    810.8       704.0       175.8       308.4       83.4       33.9       2,116.3  
- Mortgage Loans
    26.5       89.4       108.9       314.9       218.1       269.0       1,026.8  
- Pledge Loans
    5.4       15.5       17.6       34.9       6.0       1.6       81.0  
- Personal Loans
    71.0       296.7       222.1       430.4       197.4             1,217.6  
- Credit-Card Loans
    4,378.4                                     4,378.4  
- Other Loans
    1,186.3       28.0       3.6             0.1             1,218.0  
- Accrued Interest and Quotation Differences Receivable (1)
    185.8                                     185.8  
- (Documented Interest)
    (38.5 )                                   (38.5 )
- (Unallocated Collections)
    (0.1 )                                   (0.1 )
 
                                         
Allowance for Loan Losses (2)
    (526.8 )                                             (526.8 )
 
                                         
Total Loans, Net
    6,616.0       2,669.1       532.9       1,091.2       506.8       304.5       11,720.5  
 
                                         
     
(1)   Interest and the CER adjustment were assigned to the first month.
 
(2)   Allowances were assigned to the first month as were past due loans and loans in judicial proceedings.
Interest Rate Sensitivity of Outstanding Loans
The following table presents the interest rate sensitivity of our outstanding loans as of December 31, 2008.
                 
    In millions of Pesos     As a % of Total Loans  
Variable Rate (1)(2)
               
Pesos
    6,530.0       57.41  
Dollars
    383.0       3.37  
 
           
Total
    6,913.0       60.78  
 
           
Fixed Rate (2)(3)
               
Pesos
    2,844.1       25.00  
Dollars
    1,617.2       14.22  
 
           
Total
    4,461.3       39.22  
 
           
Past Due Loans
               
Pesos
    452.1       3.97  
Dollars
    15.3       0.13  
 
           
Total
    467.4       4.10  
 
           
     
(1)   Includes overdraft loans.
 
(2)   Includes past due loans and excludes interest receivable, differences in quotations and the CER adjustment.
 
(3)   Includes short-term and long-term loans whose rates are determined at the beginning of the loans’ life.

 

-66-


Table of Contents

Credit Review Process
Credit risk is the potential for financial loss resulting from the failure of a borrower to honor its financial contractual obligations. Our credit risk arises mainly from Banco Galicia’s and the regional credit card companies’ lending activities, and from the fact that, in the normal course of business, these subsidiaries are parties to certain transactions with off-balance sheet treatment and associated risk, mainly commitments to extend credit and guarantees granted. See also Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements”.
Our credit approval and credit risk analysis is a centralized process based on the concept of “opposition of interests”. This is achieved through the existing separation between the credit and the origination functions, thus enabling us to achieve an ongoing and efficient control of asset quality, a proactive management of problem loans, aggressive write-offs of uncollectible loans, and an adequate loan loss provisioning. The process also includes credit-quality monitoring by borrower, as well as the monitoring of problem loans and related losses. The process facilitates early detection of situations that could entail some degree of portfolio impairment and provides appropriate protection of our assets.
Banco Galicia
The Bank’s Credit Division defines the credit risk policies and procedures, monitors their compliance, constantly assesses credit risk and develops credit evaluation models to be applied to risk products. It is also responsible for loan approval, classification of the loan portfolio and recovery of past due loans as well as generating the information on credit issues required by the Bank’s Board of Directors and by the regulatory authorities. To perform its tasks, the Division is made up of the Corporate Credit Department, which is in charge of approving, supervising, classifying and provisioning the commercial and financial institutions’ loan portfolio; the Corporate Recovery and Legal Proceedings Department, which is in charge of the follow-up and legal recovery of the past due commercial portfolio and consumer portfolio; and the Retail Credit Department, which is in charge of approving consumer loans as well as following up and recovering past due consumer loans.
A significant characteristic of fiscal year 2008 was the establishment of a maximum limit for financial assistance to a client/economic group (excluding interbank transactions) to 5% of the computable regulatory capital (“RPC”). The Board of Directors’ simple majority shall decide in which cases it is necessary to make an exception to address special funding situations.
In addition, the Board of Directors decided that significant credits, defined as credits to clients/economic groups exceeding Ps. 30 million (excluding interbank transactions), must be approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors’ simple majority and, for related customers, it must be approved by two thirds of the Board of Directors.
Finally, for middle-market clients (except for Corporate Banking) it was decided that customers rated “CCC”, “CC” or “C”, will only be accepted under exceptional circumstances, duly justified by their corresponding level and which must comply with, among others, the following characteristics: (i) belonging to an economic group with a better rating and that is a customer of the Bank, (ii) having a shareholder (legal person) with very good equity and economic-financial indexes, (iii) being a company initiating an investment project as long as the group/customer justifies it, and (iv) having undergone significant changes after the date of their balance sheet that favorable affect their situation.
In addition, the Internal Audit Division is in charge of overseeing the classification of the loan portfolio, in accordance with the regulations established by the Argentine Central Bank.
The Bank constantly monitors its loan portfolio through different ratios (arrears, roll rates, etc.), as well as the classification and concentration of such portfolio (through maximum exposure to each client, its own RPC, and that of each client). The portfolio classification as well as its concentration control, is carried out following the Argentine Central Bank regulations. In turn, advanced statistical models are under development which generate an internal rating that will allow the Bank to organize and quantify credit risk in terms of expected losses (with the ability to estimate the different components defined by the formula) as well as to adjust pricing and/or risk policies based on a customer’s group/sector. For the commercial loan portfolio, these models are in the implementation stage.
The Board of Directors’ Credit Committee decides on loans exceeding a certain amount for individuals as well as companies and on all loans to financial institutions (domestic or foreign) and related parties. The Retail Credit Department, the Credit Division Manager and officials of the Corporate Credit Department approve the remaining loans pursuant to credit authority levels previously granted. For a description of the Board of Directors’ Credit Committee, see Item 6. “Directors, Senior Management and Employees- Functions of the Board of Directors of Banco Galicia.”

 

-67-


Table of Contents

Retail Credit. As regards consumer loans, the Bank assesses applications for different products such as credit cards, cash advances in current accounts and secured and unsecured personal loans. Applications for these products are assessed through computerized credit evaluation systems that take into account different variables to determine the customer’s credit profile and repayment capacity, as well as through granting guidelines based on the customer’s credit history within the financial system or with the Bank (“credit screening”). Analysis of the information required from applicants and the credit approval or refusal decision is made in a centralized manner. Applicants’ previous credit performance, either at Banco Galicia or in the financial system as a whole, is verified through the information provided by a company that provides credit information services.
The Retail Credit Department is responsible for approving loans for amounts up to Ps. 1.25 million. Loans exceeding such amount have to be approved by the Board of Directors’ Credit Committee. This Department also defines and approves credit policies for the retail banking business, together with the originating sectors. The Retail Credit Department also monitors the classification of the loan portfolio pursuant to the Argentine Central Bank regulations and the Bank’s internal policies. In accordance with the rules in force, classification of the retail loan portfolio is based on the borrower’s performance.
As regards the recovery of past due loans, the Retail Credit Department manages individual past due loans from early stages of delinquency until such loans are recovered or the recovery procedures are abandoned in the case of loans deemed uncollectible. Collections throughout Argentina are carried out either directly or through third parties.
When a consumer loan is more than three days past due, recovery procedures are undertaken through the Collection Center (a specialized area of the Bank’s Customer Contact Center) and through letters. The Bank uses a system that performs automated telephone calls for the follow-up of loans in early stages of delinquency. For a better coverage of the locations in the provinces, the Department also coordinates actions with the Bank’s branch network staff. When these procedures are exhausted, recovery of these loans is turned to collection agencies hired by the Bank to handle recovery through out of court proceedings, while court proceedings are the responsibility of the Judicial Proceedings sector, which reports to the Corporate Recovery and Legal Proceedings Department. The Retail Credit Department oversees the performance of these agencies.
Banco Galicia does not classify, nor does it provide for recovery procedures of certain small balance loans, including credit card balances from membership fees and other administrative costs charged to customers on unsolicited credit cards, and small residual balances from lending operations where the cost of recovery and legal costs are prohibitive. These small balance loans are charged-off directly to the income statement.

 

-68-


Table of Contents

Corporate Credit. Prior to the approval of a loan, the Bank performs an evaluation of the corporate borrower and its financial condition. For credits above certain amounts, the Bank carries out a standard analysis of each credit line and of each corporate borrower. For credits below certain amounts, automated risk evaluation systems that provide financial and non-financial information on the borrower are used. They can also perform automated risk evaluations and financial-statement projections and have the capacity to generate automatic warnings when certain situations are verified that may indicate an increase in risk.
The Bank bases its risk assessment on the following factors:
     
Qualitative analysis
  Assessment of the quality of the corporate borrower performed by the officer to which the account has been assigned on the basis of personal knowledge.
 
   
Economic and financial risk
  Quantitative analysis of the borrower’s financial statements.
 
   
Economic sector risk
  Measurement of the general risk of the sector in which the borrower operates (based on statistical information gathered from internal and external sources).
 
   
Environmental risk
  Environmental impact assessment (required for all investment projects exceeding Ps. 15 million).
The Corporate Credit Department is responsible for approving loans to corporate customers with a credit limit not exceeding Ps. 10.0 million. In such process, the primary objective is to maintain high credit-quality standards, in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures. The Department also classifies the performing and non-performing commercial portfolios, in accordance with the regulations set by the Argentine Central Bank and with the Bank’s own internal policies, and coordinates the Credit Division’s relations with the Argentine Central Bank, the independent auditors, and the rating agencies. Moreover, it reviews all those corporate customers whose total credit exceeds Ps. 500,000 in accordance with a review schedule determined by the level of credit risk.
The Corporate Banking and Middle-Market Banking Departments are responsible for the business relations with the Bank’s corporate customers with respect to both the management of the various lines of business and credit origination.
An officer of the Credit Division must approve all credit extensions. Approval of commercial credits is structured based on the credit limit assigned to each customer, as follows:
    Up to Ps. 6.0 million: credit granting proposals are presented by business officers and approved by officers of the Corporate Credit Department in accordance with pre established credit authority levels.
 
    Over Ps. 6.0 million and up to Ps. 10.0 million: credit granting proposals are presented by the manager of the business department to which the account belongs and approved by the manager of the Credit Division.
 
    Over Ps. 10.0 million: credit granting operations must be approved by the Board of Directors Committee. The participation of the managers of the business departments depends on the account under approval.

 

-69-


Table of Contents

Corporate Recovery and Legal Proceedings. The Corporate Recovery and Legal Proceedings Department (“Recovery Department”) is responsible for monitoring and controlling past-due commercial portfolios. It establishes procedures, acts proactively, and designs action plans on a case-by-case basis to recover any amounts that exceed the credit limits that are assigned to the different corporate customers. The Recovery Department also oversees recovery of problem loans in the corporate portfolio, managing them efficiently and working to regularize the status of those customers that are most attractive to the Bank. Finally, the Recovery Department manages court and out-of-court proceedings aimed at recovering corporate portfolios and court proceedings involving the consumer portfolio. This includes overseeing lawsuits carried out in various jurisdictions by law firms hired to handle these matters.
Policy for Requiring Collateral. The credit review process at Banco Galicia is not affected by the collateral underlying the loan. The Bank’s credit review process and the Argentine Central Bank’s loan classification system is based on a borrower’s capacity to repay or on the past due status of the loan rather than on the structure of the loan. However, once a loan is classified, the level of the reserve that should be made against the loan is determined by whether the loan is secured or unsecured. In order to protect its assets, the Bank performs reviews of the collateral received in various opportunities during the duration of the loan, whether it is upon the initial granting of the loan, or due to the portfolio’s periodic reviews or due to the updating of the credit margins.
Regional Credit Card Companies
Each of the regional credit card companies maintains its own credit products and limits; however, their credit approval and credit risk analysis procedures are basically the same. Assessment of the credit risk of each customer is based on certain information required and provided by the customer, which is verified by the companies, as well as on information on customers’ credit records obtained from credit bureaus and other entities. Once the information is verified, the credit card is issued. There are certain requirements such as age, minimum levels of income (depending on the type of customer, i.e. employee, self-employed, etc.) and domicile area that must be fulfilled in order to qualify for a credit card. Credit limits are defined based on customers’ income. Credit limits may be raised for a particular customer, either at the customer’s request or based on the customer’s past payment profile, at the companies’ discretion or for all customers, due to, among other factors, macroeconomic conditions such as inflation, salary trends or interest rates.
Credit risk assessment, credit approval (the extension of a credit card and the assignment of a limit) and classification of the loan portfolio are managed by each company on a centralized basis by a unit that is separate from the sales units. The credit process is described in manuals and Tarjeta Naranja S.A., the largest regional credit card company, has certified all of its processes under the ISO 9001/2000 standard. Credit limits and policies are defined by the board of directors of each regional credit card company.

 

-70-


Table of Contents

As regards recovery of past due loans, the regional credit card companies manage the early stages of delinquency through their branch personnel and use different types of contact with customers (letters, phone calls, etc.). After 90 days, recovery is turned over to collection agencies that manage out of court proceedings, and if the loan is not recovered, court proceedings are initiated by these agencies. Cobranzas Regionales S.A., a subsidiary of Tarjeta Naranja S.A and Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A., supervises the whole process of recovery, including recovery procedures of said collection agencies.
Main Argentine Central Bank’s Rules on Loan Classification and Loan Loss Provisions
General
Independently of its internal policies and procedures designed to minimize credit risk, we comply with the applicable regulations of the Argentine Central Bank. The following regulations are applicable to the Bank and to the regional credit card companies, which periodically file information with the Argentine Central Bank on their portfolio classification in accordance with Argentine Central Bank rules, in their capacity as credit card issuers.
In 1994, the Argentine Central Bank introduced the current loan classification system and the corresponding minimum loan loss provision requirements, applicable to loans and other types of credit (together referred to as “loans” in this section) to private-sector borrowers. The current loan classification system is a bifurcated system, applying certain criteria to classify loans in a bank’s “consumer” portfolio, and another set of criteria to classify loans in its “commercial” portfolio. The classification system does not depend on the currency of denomination of the loan. The loan classification criteria applied to loans in the consumer portfolio are based on objective guidelines related to the borrowers’ degree of fulfillment of its obligations or its legal status, the information provided by the Financial System’s Debtors System — whenever they reflect lower quality levels than the rating assigned by the Bank-, by the Non-Performing Debtors’ database from former financial institutions and the status resulting from the enforcement of the refinance guidelines. In case of discrepancies, the guideline indicating the highest uncollectibility risk must be taken into account.
For Argentine Central Bank purposes, consumer loans are mainly defined as mortgage loans, pledge loans, credit card loans and other installment loans to individuals. The remaining loans are deemed commercial. The regional credit card companies do not offer commercial loans. In addition, in accordance with the requirements set forth by the Argentine Central Bank, banks may choose to apply the consumer portfolio classification criteria to commercial loans of up to Ps. 500,000. Given that the Bank uses this option, it classifies as part of its consumer portfolio all commercial loans up to Ps. 500,000, the classification of which is based on the level of fulfillment and status thereof.
The principal criterion for the classification of loans in the commercial portfolio is the applicable borrower’s ability to pay, as measured mainly by such borrower’s future cash flow. If a customer has both commercial and consumer loans, consumer loans will be added to commercial loans to determine eligibility for classification in the consumer portfolio. Loans backed by preferred guarantees will be considered at 50% of their nominal value.
In applying the Argentine Central Bank’s classification to commercial loans, banks must assess the current and projected financial situation of the borrower, the customer’s exposure to currency risk, management and operational history, the capacity of the borrower to provide accurate and timely financial information, as well as the general risk of the sector in which the borrower operates and the borrower’s relative position within that sector.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

The Argentine Central Bank’s regulations establish that a team that is independent from the areas in charge of loan origination must conduct a periodic evaluation of the commercial portfolio. The Bank’s Credit Division, which is independent from the business units that generate the transactions, is in charge of these reviews.
The review must be carried out on each borrower with outstanding debt pending payment equal to the lesser of the following amounts: Ps. 1 million or 1% of a bank’s RPC but, in any case, the review shall at least cover 20% of the total loan portfolio. The frequency of each borrower’s review shall depend on a bank’s exposure thereto. The Argentine Central Bank requires that the larger the exposure is, the more frequent the review should be. This review must be conducted every calendar quarter when credit exposure to that borrower is equal to or in excess of 5% of a bank’s RPC, or every six months when exposure equals or exceeds the lesser of the following amounts: Ps. 1 million or 1% of a bank’s RPC. In all cases, at least 50% of the Bank’s commercial portfolio must be reviewed by the end of each six months, and all other borrowers in the Bank’s commercial portfolio must be reviewed during a fiscal year, so that the entire commercial portfolio is reviewed every fiscal year.
In addition, only one level of discrepancy is permitted between the classification assigned by a bank to a customer and the lowest classification assigned to it by at least two other banks, the combined credit of which represents 40% or more of the total credit to such borrower considering all banks. If the Bank’s classification was different by more than one level from the lowest of such classification, it must immediately downgrade its classification of the debtor to the same classification, or within one classification level.
With the purpose of facilitating customers’ access to credit after the 2001-2002 crisis, the Argentine Central Bank resolved, mainly through Communiqués “A” 4070 and “A” 4254, dated January 9 and December 2, 2004, respectively, to introduce certain changes aimed at counterbalancing the effects of said crisis on customers’ classification. The most important modifications that are still in effect are the following:
    the reduction in the required loan amortization necessary to improve the customer’s classification; and
 
    the possibility to provide customers with new financial assistance and classify as normal customers classified in a non-performing status in the financial system, thereby restricting this financing assistance to pre-established percentages based on the worst situation a customer registers in the financial system.
Communiqué “A” 4738 of the Argentine Central Bank, dated November 26, 2007, introduced certain amendments to the classification rules applicable the consumer portfolio, in order to reflect a borrower’s total risk more accurately. Consequently, the rule establishes new consumer portfolio categories. In addition, said Communiqué establishes that, in order to determine the degree of timely fulfillment of obligations, it will be necessary to analyze the client’s arrears, legal situation and the classification assigned by the rest of the financial institutions and whether the fulfillment of obligations depends on any kind of refinancing.

 

-72-


Table of Contents

Pursuant to this Communiqué, those clients having received any kind of refinancing may achieve a better credit status than the one they had at the time of such refinancing, by previously repaying a certain number of installments for monthly or bimonthly amortization loans or a percentage of the debt for any other type of loans, without incurring any arrears exceeding 31 days. In addition:
    to achieve this better quality status, the client must comply with the rest of the requirements for the new category;
 
    in case of having refinanced and non-refinanced obligations, the resulting classification shall be the lowest resulting from the individual analysis of each transaction;
 
    if a client with a refinanced loan received or had received additional financial assistance, it will remain within the category for 180 days after the refinancing or the granting of additional credit, whichever is more recent;
 
    debtors with arrears of over 31 days must be classified within the category resulting from adding the number of arrear days corresponding to the first refinanced debt unpaid installment and those of the minimum arrears set forth for the category in which the debtor is classified at the time default is recorded.
For clients in a normal situation, additional financial assistance granted shall not be deemed to be refinancing as long as it implies an increase in principal owed and the client’s ability to pay the obligation resulting from said financial assistance is assessed. The remaining cases, in which no debt increase is recorded, will be deemed refinancing and only those clients that have not exceeded two refinancing instances within 12 months since the last refinancing will be kept within category 1.
Also, higher financial assistance to fund working capital increases or additional investment shall not be deemed to be refinancing.
Loan Classification
The following tables contain the six loan classification categories corresponding to the different risk levels set forth by the Argentine Central Bank. The total exposure to a private-sector client must be classified according to the riskiest classification corresponding to any part of said exposure.
Commercial Portfolio .
     
Loan Classification   Description
1. Normal Situation
  The debtor is widely able to meet its financial obligations, demonstrating a significant cash flow, a liquid financial situation, an adequate financial structure, a timely payment record, competent management, available information in a timely, accurate manner and satisfactory internal controls. The debtor is in the upper 50% of a sector of activity that is operating properly and presents good prospects.
 
   
2. With Special Follow-up
  The cash flow analysis reflects that the debt may be repaid even though it is possible that the client’s future payment ability may deteriorate without a proper follow-up.
 
   
 
  This category is divided into two subcategories:
 
   
 
  (2.a). Under Observation;
 
   
 
  (2.b). Under Negotiation or Agreements to Refinance.
 
   
3. With Problems
  The cash flow analysis evidences problems to repay the debt, and therefore, should these problems not be solved, there may be some losses.

 

-73-


Table of Contents

     
Loan Classification   Description
4. High Risk of Insolvency
  The cash flow analysis evidences that repayment of the full debt is highly unlikely.
 
   
5. Uncollectible
  The amounts in this category are deemed total losses. Even though these assets may be recovered under certain future circumstances, inability to make payments is evident at the date of analysis. Includes loans to insolvent or bankrupt borrowers.
 
   
6. Uncollectible due to Technical Reasons
  Includes borrowers indicated by the Argentine Central Bank to be in non-performing status with financial institutions that have been liquidated or are being liquidated, or whose authorization to operate has been revoked. It also includes loans to foreign banks and other institutions that are not:
 
   
 
 
(i) classified as “normal”,
 
   
 
 
(ii) subject to the supervision of the Argentine Central Bank or other similar authority of the country of origin, and
 
   
 
 
(iii) classified as “investment grade” by any of the rating agencies admitted to the Argentine Central Bank pursuant to Communiqué “A” 2729.
Consumer Portfolio .
     
Loan Classification   Description
1. Normal Situation
  Loans with timely repayment or arrears not exceeding 31 days, both with respect to principal and interest. In addition, a client classified under category 2, having been refinanced may be recategorized within this category, as long as he amortizes one principal installment (whether monthly or bimonthly) or repays 10% of principal.
 
   
2. Low Risk
  Occasional late payments, with a payment in arrears of more than 32 days and up to 90 days. A client classified under category 3 having been refinanced may be recategorized within this category, as long as he amortizes two principal installments (whether monthly or bimonthly) or repays 10% of principal.
 
   
3. Medium Risk
  Some inability to make payments, with arrears of more than 91 days and up to 180 days. A client classified under category 4 having been refinanced may be recategorized within this category, as long as he amortizes three principal installments (whether monthly or bimonthly) or repays 15% of principal.
 
   
4. High Risk
  Judicial proceedings seeking collection have been initiated or arrears of more than 180 days and up to one year. A client classified under category 5 having been refinanced may be recategorized within this category, as long as he amortizes three principal installments (whether monthly or bimonthly) or repays 20% of principal.
 
   
5. Uncollectible
  Loans to insolvent or bankrupt borrowers, or subject to judicial proceedings, with little or no possibility of collection, or with arrears in excess of one year.
 
   
6. Uncollectible due to Technical Reasons
  Loans to borrowers who fall within the conditions described above under “Commercial Portfolio-Uncollectible due to Technical Reasons”.

 

-74-


Table of Contents

Loan Loss Provision Requirements
Allocated Provisions . Minimum allowances for loan losses are required for the different categories in which loans are classified. The rates vary by category and by whether the loans are secured or not. The percentages apply to the customer’s total obligations, considering both principal and interest. The allowance for loan losses on the normal portfolio is unallocated, while the allowances for the other categories are individually allocated. The regulations suspend accrual of interest or require allowances equivalent to 100% of interest for customers classified as “With Problems” or “Medium Risk” or lower. The allowances required are as follows:
Minimum Allowances for Loan Losses
                 
Category   Secured     Unsecured  
1. Normal Situation
    1.0 %     1.0 %
2. (a) “Under Observation” and “Low Risk”
    3.0 %     5.0 %
2. (b) “Under Negotiation or Agreements to Refinance”
    6.0 %     12.0 %
3. “With Problems” and “Medium Risk”
    12.0 %     25.0 %
4. “High Risk of Insolvency” and “High Risk”
    25.0 %     50.0 %
5. “Uncollectible”
    50.0 %     100.0 %
6. “Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons”
    100.0 %     100.0 %
Pursuant to Argentine Central Bank regulations, these minimum provisions are not required for interbank financial transactions of less than thirty days, or loans to Argentine provincial governments or to financial institutions majority-owned by the Argentine national, provincial or city governments with governmental guarantees.
Credits covered by preferred “A” guarantees must be provisioned at 1.0% regardless of the customer’s category.
General Provisions . In addition to the specific loan loss allowances described above, the Argentine Central Bank requires the establishment of a general allowance of 1.0% for all loans in its “normal situation” category. This general allowance is not required for interbank financial transactions of less than thirty days, or loans to the non-financial public sector or to financial institutions majority-owned by the Argentine national, provincial or city governments with governmental guarantees. Besides these general provisions, the Bank establishes additional provisions, determined based on the Bank’s judgment of the entire loan portfolio risk at each reporting period.
As of December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, we maintained a general loan loss allowance of Ps. 298.4 million, Ps. 188.0 million and, Ps. 101.0 million, respectively, which exceeded by Ps. 200.0 million, Ps. 88.5 million and, Ps. 35.2 million, respectively, the 1.0% minimum general allowance required by the Argentine Central Bank. The excess over the minimum requirement of fiscal years 2006 and 2007 was maintained in connection with commercial loans under a restructuring process which was not completed as of each date, and which were the remaining of the cases stemming from the 2001-2002 crisis. The increase in these amounts in fiscal year 2008 was related to the seasoning of the individuals’ loan portfolio and to the possible occurrence of certain cases of default in the commercial loan portfolio, as a consequence of the worsening of certain macroeconomic variables.
Classification of the Loan Portfolio based on Argentine Central Bank Regulations
The following tables set forth the amounts of our loans past due and the amounts not yet due of the loan portfolio, including the loan portfolios of the Bank and the regional credit card companies, applying the Argentine Central Bank’s loan classification criteria in effect at the dates indicated.
                                                 
    As of December 31, 2008  
    Amounts Not Yet Due     Amounts Past Due     Total Loans  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
    Amounts     %     Amounts     %     Amounts     %  
Loan Portfolio Classification
                                               
1. Normal and Normal Performance
    11,430.6       96.09                   11,430.6       93.33  
2. With Special Follow-up — Under observation and Low Risk
    388.8       3.27                   388.8       3.18  
3. With Problems and Medium Risk
    54.1       0.46       103.1       29.29       157.2       1.28  
4. High Risk of Insolvency and High Risk
    21.8       0.18       185.4       52.67       207.2       1.69  
5. Uncollectible
                62.0       17.61       62.0       0.51  
6. Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons
                1.5       0.43       1.5       0.01  
 
                                   
Total
    11,895.3       100.00       352.0       100.00       12,247.3       100.00  
 
                                   

 

-75-


Table of Contents

                                                 
    As of December 31, 2007  
    Amounts Not Yet Due     Amounts Past Due     Total Loans  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
    Amounts     %     Amounts     %     Amounts     %  
Loan Portfolio Classification
                                               
1. Normal and Normal Performance
    11,242.7       96.57                   11,242.7       93.89  
2. With Special Follow-up — Under observation and Low Risk
    356.2       3.06                   356.2       2.97  
3. With Problems and Medium Risk
    31.7       0.27       56.0       16.87       87.7       0.73  
4. High Risk of Insolvency and High Risk
    12.1       0.10       221.0       66.57       233.1       1.95  
5. Uncollectible
                48.1       14.49       48.1       0.40  
6. Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons
                6.9       2.07       6.9       0.06  
 
                                   
Total
    11,642.7       100.00       332.0       100.00       11,974.7       100.00  
 
                                   
                                                 
    As of December 31, 2006  
    Amounts Not Yet Due     Amounts Past Due     Total Loans  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
    Amounts     %     Amounts     %     Amounts     %  
Loan Portfolio Classification
                                               
1. Normal and Normal Performance
    10,149.9       96.24                   10,149.9       93.94  
2. With Special Follow-up — Under observation and Low Risk
    374.6       3.54                   374.6       3.47  
3. With Problems and Medium Risk
    12.2       0.12       30.0       11.69       42.2       0.39  
4. High Risk of Insolvency and High Risk
    10.2       0.10       192.7       75.07       202.9       1.88  
5. Uncollectible
                28.8       11.22       28.8       0.27  
6. Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons
                5.2       2.02       5.2       0.05  
 
                                   
Total
    10,546.9       100.00       256.7       100.00       10,803.6       100.00  
 
                                   
                                                 
    As of December 31, 2005  
    Amounts Not Yet Due     Amounts Past Due     Total Loans  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
    Amounts     %     Amounts     %     Amounts     %  
Loan Portfolio Classification
                                               
1. Normal and Normal Performance
    10,171.2       95.22                   10,171.2       92.99  
2. With Special Follow-up — Under observation and Low Risk
    384.4       3.60                   384.4       3.51  
3. With Problems and Medium Risk
    120.4       1.13       206.9       80.82       327.3       2.99  
4. High Risk of Insolvency and High Risk
    6.0       0.05       23.0       8.98       29.0       0.27  
5. Uncollectible
                22.8       8.91       22.8       0.21  
6. Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons
                3.3       1.29       3.3       0.03  
 
                                   
Total
    10,682.0       100.00       256.0       100.00       10,938.0       100.00  
 
                                   

 

-76-


Table of Contents

                                                 
    As of December 31, 2004  
    Amounts Not Yet Due     Amounts Past Due     Total Loans  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
    Amounts     %     Amounts     %     Amounts     %  
Loan Portfolio Classification
                                               
1. Normal and Normal Performance
    7,766.0       90.53                   7,766.0       86.02  
2. With Special Follow-up — Under observation and Low Risk
    562.5       6.56                   562.5       6.23  
3. With Problems and Medium Risk
    197.1       2.30       251.7       56.06       448.8       4.97  
4. High Risk of Insolvency and High Risk
    52.8       0.61       105.8       23.56       158.6       1.76  
5. Uncollectible
                85.5       19.04       85.5       0.95  
6. Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons
                6.0       1.34       6.0       0.07  
 
                                   
Total
    8,578.4       100.00       449.0       100.00       9,027.4       100.00  
 
                                   
Amounts Past Due and Non-Accrual Loans
The following table analyzes amounts past due by 90 days or more in our loan portfolio, by type of loan and by type of guarantee as of the dates indicated, as well as our non-accrual loan portfolio, by type of guarantee, our allowance for loan losses and the main asset quality ratios as of the dates indicated.
                                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions of Pesos, except ratios)  
Total Loans (1)
    12,247.3       11,974.7       10,803.6       10,938.0       9,027.4  
 
                             
Non-Accrual Loans (2)
                                       
With Preferred Guarantees
    42.0       43.5       40.2       58.4       383.7  
With Other Guarantees
    10.3       5.0       5.1       6.5       67.4  
Without Guarantees
    375.6       327.3       233.8       317.5       247.8  
 
                             
Total Non-Accrual Loans (2)
    427.9       375.8       279.1       382.4       698.9  
 
                             
Past Due Loan Portfolio
                                       
Non-Financial Public Sector
                             
Local Financial Sector
                             
Non-Financial Private Sector and Residents Abroad
                                       
Advances
    25.9       23.0       20.9       14.1       29.9  
Promissory Notes
    24.5       134.5       135.2       191.6       253.1  
Mortgage Loans
    24.9       30.0       28.4       14.6       115.1  
Pledge Loans
    1.1       0.8       0.3       0.5       4.2  
Personal Loans
    45.7       17.6       4.1       0.8       4.2  
Credit-Card Loans
    215.0       115.4       62.7       33.4       24.9  
Placements with Correspondent Banks
                             
Other Loans
    14.9       10.7       5.1       1.0       17.6  
 
                             
Total Past Due Loans
    352.0       332.0       256.7       256.0       449.0  
 
                             
Past Due Loans
                                       
With Preferred Guarantees
    26.0       30.8       28.9       16.1       308.0  
With Other Guarantees
    9.0       4.2       4.3       4.9       11.4  
Without Guarantees
    317.0       297.0       223.5       235.0       129.6  
 
                             
Total Past Due Loans
    352.0       332.0       256.7       256.0       449.0  
 
                             
Allowance for Loan Losses
    526.8       428.6       327.0       427.9       632.6  
 
                             
Ratios (%)
                                       
As a % of Total Loans:
                                       
- Total Past Due Loans
    2.87       2.77       2.38       2.34       4.97  
- Past Due Loans with Preferred Guarantees
    0.21       0.26       0.27       0.15       3.40  

 

-77-


Table of Contents

                                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions of Pesos, except ratios)  
- Past Due Loans with Other Guarantees
    0.07       0.03       0.04       0.04       0.13  
- Past Due Unsecured Amounts
    2.59       2.48       2.07       2.15       1.44  
- Non-Accrual Loans (2)
    3.49       3.14       2.58       3.50       7.74  
- Non-Accrual Loans (2) (Excluding Interbank Loans)
    3.60       3.18       2.79       3.57       8.10  
Non-Accrual Loans (2) as a Percentage of Loans to the Private Sector
    3.95       3.53       3.49       6.77       15.92  
Allowance for Loan Losses as a % of:
                                       
- Total Loans
    4.30       3.58       3.03       3.91       7.01  
- Total Loans Excluding Interbank Loans
    4.44       3.63       3.27       4.00       7.33  
- Total Non-Accrual Loans (2)
    123.11       114.05       117.16       111.90       90.51  
Non-Accrual Loans with Guarantees as a Percentage of Non-Accrual Loans (2)
    12.22       12.91       16.23       16.97       64.54  
Non-Accrual Loans as a Percentage of Total Past Due Loans
    121.56       113.20       108.73       149.38       155.66  
 
                             
     
(1)   Before the allowance for loan losses.
 
(2)   Non-Accrual loans are defined as those loans in the categories of: (a) Consumer portfolio: “Medium Risk,” “High Risk,” “Uncollectible,” and “Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons;” and (b) Commercial portfolio: “With problems,” “High Risk of Insolvency,” “Uncollectible,” and “Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons”.
Our non-accrual loan portfolio, both in absolute terms and measured as a percentage of total loans, decreased significantly between the end of fiscal years 2004 and 2008, in the context of strong improvement in the credit environment in Argentina after the 2001-2002 crisis. At the end of fiscal year 2008, our non-accrual to total loans ratio was 3.49%, up from 3.14% at the end of fiscal year 2007, due to the reduction of the public-sector loan portfolio and, also, to the seasoning of the private-sector’s loan portfolio, mainly the individuals’ portfolio. As a result of this last effect, considering only loans to the private sector, the non-accrual loan portfolio as a percentage of said portfolio rose from 3.53% as of December 31, 2007 to 3.95% as of December 31, 2008. The seasoning of the individuals’ portfolio is a consequence of the strong growth process it has undergone for several years.
Since fiscal year 2005, our coverage of non-accrual loans with allowances for loan losses has exceeded 100%.
The table below shows the interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans on which the accrual of interest was discontinued and the recoveries of interest on loans classified as non-accrual on which the accrual of interest had been discontinued:
                                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Interest Income that Would Have Been Recorded on Non-Accrual Loans on which the Accrual of Interest was Discontinued
    35.4       35.9       23.7       45.9       32.5  
Recoveries of Interest on Loans Classified as Non-Accrual on which the Accrual of Interest had been Discontinued (1)
    1.8       1.8       1.2       2.3       1.6  
 
                             
     
(1)   Recorded under “Miscellaneous Income”.

 

-78-


Table of Contents

Loan Loss Experience
The following table presents an analysis of our allowance for loan losses and of our credit losses as of and for the periods indicated. Certain loans are charged off directly to the income statement and, therefore, are not reflected in the allowance.
                                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions of Pesos, except ratios)  
Total Loans, Average (1)
    12,077.3       10,528.9       10,851.0       9,746.9       11,137.9  
 
                             
Allowance for Loan Losses at Beginning of Period (2)
    428.6       327.0       427.9       632.6       1,177.3  
Changes in the Allowance for Loan Losses During the Period (2)
                                       
Provisions Charged to Income
    384.6       248.4       105.3       61.1       179.3  
Prior Allowances Reversed
    (6.5 )     (21.5 )     (32.5 )     (96.2 )     (210.3 )
Charge-Offs (A)
    (289.2 )     (125.4 )     (200.8 )     (174.5 )     (521.3 )
Inflation and Foreign Exchange Effect and Other Adjustments
    9.3       0.1       27.1       4.9       7.6  
 
                             
Allowance for Loan Losses at End of Period
    526.8       428.6       327.0       427.9       632.6  
 
                             
Charge to the Income Statement during the Period
                                       
Provisions Charged to Income (2)
    384.6       248.4       105.3       61.1       179.3  
Direct Charge-Offs, Net of Recoveries (B)
    (68.4 )     (57.2 )     (46.4 )     (28.9 )     (101.6 )
Recoveries of Provisions
    (6.5 )     (21.5 )     (32.5 )     (96.2 )     (210.3 )
 
                             
Net Charge (Benefit) to the Income Statement
    309.7       169.7       26.4       (64.0 )     (132.6 )
 
                             
Ratios (%)
                                       
Charge-Offs (A+B) to Average Loans (3)
    1.83       0.65       1.42       1.49       3.77  
Net Charge to the Income Statement to Average Loans (3)
    2.56       1.61       0.24       (0.66 )     (1.19 )
     
(1)   Before the allowance for loan losses.
 
(2)   Includes quotation differences for Galicia Uruguay and Cayman Branch.
 
(3)   Charge-offs plus direct charge-offs minus bad debts recovered.
The increase in loan loss provisions in fiscal year 2008 is mainly attributable to the seasoning of the individuals’ loan portfolio.
Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses
The following table presents the allocation of our allowance for loan losses among the various loan categories and shows such allowances as a percentage of our total loan portfolio before deducting the allowance for loan losses, in each case for the periods indicated. The table also shows each loan category as a percentage of our total loan portfolio before deducting the allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated.
                                                                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
                    Loan                     Loan                     Loan  
            % of     Category             % of     Category             % of     Category  
    Amount     Loans     %     Amount     Loans     %     Amount     Loans     %  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
Non-Financial Public Sector
                10.77                   10.11                   24.90  
Local Financial Sector
                1.21                   0.92                   2.88  
Non-Financial Private Sector and Residents Abroad
                                                                       
Advances
    14.5       0.12       4.85       16.2       0.13       6.61       16.3       0.15       3.21  
Promissory Notes
    34.9       0.28       17.28       119.8       1.00       24.31       151.1       1.40       19.84  
Mortgage Loans
    21.9       0.18       8.38       26.5       0.22       7.89       25.0       0.23       6.37  
Pledge Loans
    0.5             0.66       0.3             0.79       0.4             0.62  
Personal Loans
    37.8       0.31       9.94       14.0       0.12       8.17       3.7       0.03       5.21  

 

-79-


Table of Contents

                                                                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
                    Loan                     Loan                     Loan  
            % of     Category             % of     Category             % of     Category  
    Amount     Loans     %     Amount     Loans     %     Amount     Loans     %  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
Credit-Card Loans
    111.4       0.91       35.75       56.0       0.47       30.31       28.5       0.26       22.76  
Placements in Correspondent Banks
                2.73                   1.32                   5.63  
Other
    7.4       0.06       8.43       7.9       0.07       9.57       1.0       0.01       8.58  
Unallocated (1)
    298.4       2.44             187.9       1.57             101.0       0.95        
 
                                                     
Total
    526.8       4.30       100.00       428.6       3.58       100.00       327.0       3.03       100.00  
 
                                                     
                                                 
    As of December 31,  
    2005     2004  
                Loan                 Loan  
          % of     Category           % of     Category  
    Amount     Loans     %     Amount     Loans     %  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
Non-Financial Public Sector
                47.43                   50.00  
Local Financial Sector
                1.17                   1.67  
Non-Financial Private Sector and Residents Abroad
                                               
Advances
    12.3       0.11       2.04       22.7       0.25       2.21  
Promissory Notes
    186.4       1.70       16.79       270.9       3.00       12.18  
Mortgage Loans
    21.6       0.20       4.60       97.6       1.08       6.91  
Pledge Loans
    0.5             1.11       3.5       0.04       1.03  
Personal Loans
    0.9       0.01       2.36       4.0       0.04       0.64  
Credit-Card Loans
    14.0       0.13       15.84       10.8       0.12       12.24  
Placements in Correspondent Banks
                1.95                   4.20  
Other
    17.1       0.16       6.71       32.1       0.36       8.92  
Unallocated (1)
    175.1       1.60             191.0       2.12        
 
                                   
Total
    427.9       3.91       100.00       632.6       7.01       100.00  
 
                                   
     
(1)   The unallocated reserve consists of the allowances established on the portfolio classified in the “normal situation” category and includes additional reserves in excess of Argentine Central Bank minimum requirements.
Charge-Offs
The following table sets forth the allocation of the main charge-offs made by the Bank and the regional credit card companies during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Charge-offs by Type
                       
Advances
    17.3       6.1       2.1  
Promissory Notes
    92.3       35.1       155.2  
Mortgage Loans
    7.9       5.4       6.4  
Pledge Loans
    0.1       0.2       0.2  
Personal Loans
    27.5       6.6       1.5  
Credit-Card Loans
                       
Banco Galicia
    31.6       9.2       3.0  
Regional Credit-Card Companies
    107.7       60.6       31.9  
Other Loans
    4.8       2.2       0.5  
 
                 
Total
    289.2       125.4       200.8  
 
                 

 

-80-


Table of Contents

During fiscal year 2008, Ps. 289.2 million were written off against the allowance for loan losses in connection with the close of negotiations with commercial customers in a debt restructuring process. During fiscal year 2007, Ps. 125.4 million were written off against the allowance for loan losses. This amount mainly represents charge offs of loans to individuals, including the regional credit card companies’ portfolios and the increased amount as compared to the prior year is attributable to the seasoning of the individuals’ loan portfolio.
Foreign Outstandings
Cross-border or foreign outstandings for a particular country are defined as the sum of all claims against third parties domiciled in that country and comprise loans (including accrued interest), acceptances, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, other interest-bearing investments and any other monetary assets that are denominated in Dollars or other non-local currency. The following were our foreign outstandings as of the dates indicated representing 0.75% or more of our total assets:
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    December 31,  
Country   2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
United Kingdom
                       
Demand Deposits
    6.0       2.0       0.7  
Forward Purchases of Boden 2012 Bonds
    829.0       1,244.8       355.1  
Forward Purchases of Discount Bonds in Pesos
    603.2       600.6       723.9  
 
                 
Total
    1,438.2       1,847.4       1,079.7  
 
                 
United States
                       
Demand Deposits
    353.4       532.1       234.0  
Overnight Placements
    317.3       159.3       608.1  
Other
    0.7              
 
                 
Total
    671.4       691.4       842.1  
 
                 
Germany
                       
Demand Deposits
    3.0       0.9        
Forward Purchases of Boden 2012 Bonds
    1,087.9       240.8        
Forward Purchases of Discount Bonds in Pesos
          105.9        
 
                 
Total
    1,090.9       347.6        
 
                 
As of December 31, 2008, we had the following foreign outstandings:
    Ps. 1,438.2 million (5.8% of our total assets) with United Kingdom financial institutions, of which Ps. 829.0 million represent three forward purchases of Boden 2012 Bonds and Ps. 603.2 million represent two forward purchases of Discount Bonds in Pesos, both in connection with repurchase transactions with such financial institutions, and Ps. 6.0 million correspond to demand deposits with such institutions; all are one-year term transactions and bear market floating interest rates based on Libor plus a fixed spread.
 
    Ps. 671.4 million (2.7% of our total assets) representing liquid placements with United States financial institutions, of which Ps. 353.4 million correspond to demand deposits and Ps. 317.3 million represent overnight placements.

 

-81-


Table of Contents

    Ps. 1,090.9 million (4.4% of our total assets) with a German financial institution, of which Ps. 1,087.9 million represent three forward purchases of Boden 2012 Bonds in connection with repurchase transactions with the applicable financial institution, and Ps. 3.0 million correspond to demand deposits with such institution; two repurchase transactions are for a two-year term and one is for a one-year term; all bear market floating interest rates based on Libor plus a fixed spread.
There were no other foreign outstandings representing 0.75% or more of our total assets as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Deposits
The following table sets out the composition of our deposits as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Our deposits represent deposits with the Bank.
                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Current Accounts and Other Demand Deposits
    3,105.4       2,675.4       2,011.4  
Savings Accounts
    4,035.0       3,380.1       2,589.5  
Time Deposits
    6,548.0       6,704.8       5,831.5  
Other Deposits (1)
    263.2       291.6       215.6  
Plus: Accrued Interest, Quotation Differences and CER Adjustment
    104.5       113.7       131.4  
 
                 
Total Deposits
    14,056.1       13,165.6       10,779.4  
 
                 
     
(1)   Includes among other, deposits originated by Decree No. 616/05, Reprogrammed Deposits under judicial proceedings and other demand deposits.
In 2008, our consolidated deposits increased 6.8% mainly as a result of a Ps. 1,084.9 million increase in deposits in current and savings accounts. As in prior years, these increases were due to deposits received by the Bank’s Argentine operation. As of December 31, 2008, time deposits included Ps. 47.3 million of CER-adjusted time deposits.
In 2007, our consolidated deposits increased 22.1% mainly as a result of a Ps. 873.3 million increase in time deposits and a Ps. 1,454.6 million increase in deposits in current and savings accounts. As in prior years, these increases were due to private sector deposits received by the Bank’s Argentine operation. As of December 31, 2007, time deposits included Ps. 238.7 million of CER-adjusted time deposits.
For more information, see Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Funding”.

 

-82-


Table of Contents

The following table provides a breakdown of our consolidated deposits as of December 31, 2008, by contractual term and currency of denomination.
                                                 
    Peso-Denominated     Dollar-Denominated     Total  
            % of             % of             % of  
    Amount     Total     Amount     Total     Amount     Total  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
Current Accounts and Demand Deposits
  Ps. 3,105.4       26.9 %           %   Ps. 3,105.4       22.3 %
Savings Accounts
    2,815.6       24.3     Ps. 1,219.4       51.1       4,035.0       28.9  
Time Deposits
    5,513.2       47.7       1,034.9       43.4       6,548.1       46.9  
Maturing Within 30 Days
    1,414.1       12.2       279.2       11.7       1,693.3       12.1  
Maturing After 31 Days but Within 59 Days
    1,930.3       16.7       238.7       10.0       2,169.0       15.6  
Maturing After 60 Days but Within 89 Days
    671.7       5.8       116.7       4.9       788.4       5.7  
Maturing After 90 Days but Within 179 Days
    539.1       4.7       224.1       9.4       763.2       5.5  
Maturing After 180 Days but Within 365 Days
    877.2       7.6       129.0       5.4       1,006.2       7.2  
Maturing After 365 Days
    80.8       0.7       47.2       2.0       128.0       0.8  
Other Deposits
    131.0       1.1       132.2       5.5       263.2       1.9  
Maturing Within 30 Days
    122.8       1.1       91.7       3.8       214.5       1.5  
Maturing After 31 Days but Within 59 Days
                                   
Maturing After 60 Days but Within 89 Days
                                   
Maturing After 90 Days but Within 179 Days
                                   
Maturing After 180 Days but Within 365 Days
                                   
Maturing After 365 Days
    8.2             40.5       1.7       48.7       0.4  
 
                                   
Total Deposits (1)
  Ps. 11,565.2       100.0 %   Ps. 2,386.5       100.0 %   Ps. 13,951.7       100.0 %
 
                                   
     
(1)   Only principal. Excludes the CER adjustment
The categories with the highest concentration of maturities per original term are those within the segments “within 30 days” and “after 31 days but within 59 days” (Pesos and Dollars), which accounted for 27.7% of the total and mainly corresponded to Peso-denominated time deposits. The rest of the terms have a homogeneous participation. As of December 31, 2008, the average original term of non-adjusted Peso and US Dollar-denominated time deposits (excluding Reprogrammed Deposits with amparo claims) was approximately 93 days. Dollar-denominated deposits, for Ps. 2,386.5 million (only principal), represented 17.1% of total deposits, of which 9.9% (Ps. 236.1 million, only principal) corresponded to Galicia Uruguay (consolidated).
The following table provides information about the maturity of our outstanding time deposits exceeding Ps. 100,000, based on to whether they were made at our domestic or foreign branches, as of December 31, 2008.
                 
    Domestic Offices     Foreign Offices  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Time Deposits
               
Within 30 Days
    961.6        
After 31 Days but Within 59 Days
    1,533.1        
After 60 Days but Within 89 Days
    450.9        
After 90 Days but Within 179 Days
    415.9        
After 180 Days but Within 365 Days
    736.5        
After 365 Days
    177.9       12.5  
 
           
Total Time Deposits
    4,275.9       12.5  
 
           
Other Deposits
           
 
           
Total Deposits (1)
    4,275.9       12.5  
 
           
     
(1)   Only principal. Excludes the CER adjustment.

 

-83-


Table of Contents

Return on Equity and Assets
The following table presents certain selected financial information and ratios for the periods indicated.
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
Net Income / (Loss)
    176.8       46.0       (18.9 )
Average Total Assets
    23,412.5       21,332.4       24,614.5  
Average Shareholders’ Equity
    1,745.0       1,606.7       1,649.3  
Shareholders’ Equity at End of the Period
    1,845.7       1,654.5       1,608.5  
Net Income / (Loss) as a Percentage of:
                       
Average Total Assets
    0.91       0.37        
Average Shareholders’ Equity
    10.13       2.86       (1.15 )
Declared Cash Dividends
                 
Dividend Payout Ratio
                 
Average Shareholders’ Equity as a Percentage of Average Total Assets
    7.45       7.53       6.70  
Shareholders’ Equity at the End of the Period as a Percentage of Average Total Assets
    7.88       7.76       6.53  
Short-term Borrowings
Our short-term borrowings include all of our borrowings (including repurchase agreements, debt securities and negotiable obligations) with a contractual maturity of less than one year, owed to foreign or domestic financial institutions or holders of negotiable obligations.
                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Short-Term Borrowings
                       
Argentine Central Bank
    1.7       0.7       0.4  
Other Banks and International Entities
                       
Credit Lines from Domestic Banks
    43.6       33.2       134.5  
Credit Lines from Foreign Banks
    354.6       258.0       45.4  
Repurchases with Domestic Banks
    34.7             522.9  
Negotiable Obligations
    108.9       36.3       65.1  
 
                 
Total
    543.5       328.2       768.3  
 
                 
As of the end of fiscal year 2008, our short-term borrowings consisted mainly of trade facilities from foreign banks.

 

-84-


Table of Contents

The following table shows for our significant short-term borrowings for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
    the weighted-average interest rate at year-end,
 
    the maximum balance recorded at the monthly closing dates of the periods,
 
    the average balances for each period, and
 
    the weighted-average interest rate for the periods.
                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
Argentine Central Bank
                       
Weighted-average Interest Rate at End of Period
                 
Maximum Balance Recorded at the Monthly Closing Dates
  Ps. 1.7     Ps. 0.9     Ps. 0.9  
Average Balances for Each Period
  Ps. 1.1     Ps. 0.6     Ps. 0.5  
Weighted-average Interest Rate for the Period
                 
Credit Lines from Domestic Banks
                       
Weighted-average Interest Rate at End of Period
    24.7 %     14.2 %     9.1 %
Maximum Balance Recorded at the Monthly Closing Dates
  Ps. 261.5     Ps. 92.6     Ps. 378.7  
Average Balances for Each Period
  Ps. 72.9     Ps. 57.5     Ps. 142.0  
Weighted-average Interest Rate for the Period
    13.7 %     9.5 %     8.0 %
Credit Lines from Foreign Banks
                       
Weighted-average Interest Rate at End of Period
    5.4 %     5.6 %     6.1 %
Maximum Balance Recorded at the Monthly Closing Dates
  Ps. 457.4     Ps. 258.0     Ps. 45.4  
Average Balances for Each Period
  Ps. 373.6     Ps. 106.7     Ps. 9.7  
Weighted-average Interest Rate for the Period
    4.5 %     5.8 %     6.1 %
Repurchases with Domestic Banks
                       
Weighted-average Interest Rate at End of Period
    10.5 %     %     9.3 %
Maximum Balance Recorded at the Monthly Closing Dates
  Ps. 400.6     Ps. 317.4     Ps. 525.9  
Average Balances for Each Period
  Ps. 132.8     Ps. 138.3     Ps. 101.6  
Weighted-average Interest Rate for the Period
    10.5 %     8.9 %     7.6 %
Repurchases with Foreign Banks
                       
Weighted-average Interest Rate at End of Period
                %
Maximum Balance Recorded at the Monthly Closing Dates
              Ps. 223.5  
Average Balances for Each Period
              Ps. 145.7  
Weighted-average Interest Rate for the Period
          %     8.3 %
Negotiable Obligations
                       
Weighted-average Interest Rate at End of Period
    12.1 %     8.2 %     9.9 %
Maximum Balance Recorded at the Monthly Closing Dates
  Ps. 108.9     Ps. 65.7     Ps. 65.1  
Average Balances for Each Period
  Ps. 49.8     Ps. 50.8     Ps. 49.6  
Weighted-average Interest Rate for the Period
    9.9 %     9.3 %     7.5 %
Regulatory Capital
Grupo Financiero Galicia
The capital adequacy of Grupo Financiero Galicia is not under the supervision of the Argentine Central Bank. Grupo Financiero Galicia has to comply with the minimum capital requirement established by Law No. 19,550, as amended, ( Ley de Sociedades Comerciales or the “Corporations’ Law”), which, is required to be Ps. 0.012 million.

 

-85-


Table of Contents

Banco Galicia
Banco Galicia is subject to the capital adequacy rules of the Argentine Central Bank. Banks have to comply with capital requirements both on an individual basis and on a consolidated basis with their significant subsidiaries. For the purposes of Argentine Central Bank capital adequacy rules, Banco Galicia’s significant subsidiaries that it is consolidated with are Galicia Uruguay and Tarjetas Regionales S.A. consolidated.
Through its Communiqués “A” 3959 and “A” 3986, respectively, the Argentine Central Bank established a new capital adequacy rule effective as of January 1, 2004. The new capital adequacy rule is based on the Basel Committee methodology, similar to the previous rule, and establishes the minimum capital a financial institution is required to maintain in order to cover the different risks inherent in its business activity and thus incorporated into its assets. Such risks include mainly: credit risk, generated both by exposure to the private sector and to the public sector; market risk, generated by foreign-currency, securities and CER positions; and interest-rate risk, generated by the mismatches between assets and liabilities in terms of interest rate repricing. The minimum capital requirement stated by the new rule is 8% of an entity’s risk-weighted assets, with a 100% risk weighting for public-sector assets (within the previous rule, this risk-weighting was 0%) and private-sector assets; with said requirement being lower depending on the existence of certain guarantees in the case of private-sector assets and for certain liquid assets.
The above-mentioned Argentine Central Bank rules provided a schedule for the gradual compliance by entities with the new rule over time. For this, it established the application, beginning on January 2004, of two coefficients known as “Alfa 1” and “Alfa 2”, in order to temporarily, and in a decreasing manner, reduce the minimum capital requirement to cover the credit risk of public-sector assets and interest-rate risk, respectively. Argentine Central Bank rules established that full compliance was to be reached in January 2009, when Alfa 1 would be equal to 1.00, which means that no reduction on the required capital requirement would be allowed. The Alfa 1 coefficient value increases progressively, in January of each year, until it reached 1.00 on January 1, 2009, and the value of the Alfa 2 coefficient increased in the same manner until it reached 1.00 on January 1, 2007, as shown in the table below:
                 
January 1 st / December 31 st   Alfa 1     Alfa 2  
2004
    0.05       0.20  
2005
    0.15       0.40  
2006
    0.30       0.70  
2007
    0.50       1.00  
2008
    0.75        
2009
    1.00        
Under Argentine Central Bank rules, core capital primarily corresponds to a bank’s shareholders’ equity at the beginning of the fiscal year and supplemental capital primarily is comprised of 50% of the fiscal year’s profits and 100% of fiscal year’s losses, and subordinated debt. In the case of the Bank, supplemental capital includes the subordinated debt maturing in 2019 issued as a result of the restructuring of the Bank’s foreign debt. Pursuant to Argentine Central Bank regulations on this point, subordinated debt computable as supplemental capital is limited to 50% of core capital and supplemental capital cannot exceed the latter.
Communiqué “A” 4782 of the Argentine Central Bank, dated March 3, 2008, broadened the range of subordinated contractual obligations that financial institutions may include in their calculation of supplementary shareholders’ equity. Pursuant to this Communiqué, it is now possible to record as such not only subordinated debt securities with a public offering, but also any other liability contractually subordinated that meets the requirements set forth in the regulation, regardless of whether such debt had a public offering and notwithstanding the manner of execution (which allows supplementary capital to include liabilities such as loans or credit lines from abroad, for example).

 

-86-


Table of Contents

The table below shows information on the Bank’s consolidated computable regulatory capital, or RPC or Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity, and minimum capital requirements as of the dates indicated.
                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
Shareholders’ Equity
    1,954.7       1,759.4       1,263.0  
 
                 
Argentine Central Bank Minimum Capital Requirements (1)
                       
Allocated to Financial Assets
    1,014.1       845.3       597.1  
Allocated to Fixed Assets, Intangible and Unquoted Equity Investments
    169.5       153.2       143.5  
Allocated to Market Risk
    5.4       20.4       12.3  
Allocated to Interest-Rate Risk
    50.7       52.4       61.6  
Lending to the Non-Financial Public Sector
    324.8       231.5       269.8  
 
                 
Total (A)
    1,564.5       1,302.8       1,084.3  
 
                 
Computable Regulatory Capital Calculated Under Argentine Banking GAAP
                       
Core Capital
    1,789.1       1,756.4       1,395.0  
Supplemental Capital
    994.7       757.1       608.4  
Deductions
                       
Investments in Financial Entities
    (1.7 )     (1.5 )     (1.5 )
Organization Expenses
    (191.3 )     (100.6 )     (64.2 )
Goodwill Recorded from June 30, 1997
    (28.5 )     (47.6 )     (66.8 )
Real Estate Properties for Banco Galicia’s Own Use and Miscellaneous, for which No Title Deed has been Made
    (6.3 )     (2.8 )     (5.2 )
Other
    (17.0 )     (7.0 )     (6.1 )
 
                 
Total
    (244.8 )     (159.5 )     (143.8 )
 
                 
Additional Capital — Market Variation
    13.3       3.1       2.0  
 
                 
Total (B)
    2,552.3       2,357.1       1,861.6  
 
                 
Excess Capital
                       
Excess Over Required Capital (B)-(A)
    987.8       1,054.3       777.3  
Excess Over Required Capital as a % of Required Capital
    63.14       80.93       71.69  
 
                 
Total Capital Ratio
    13.92       15.54       15.03  
 
                 
     
(1)   In accordance with Argentine Central Bank rules applicable at each date.
As of December 31, 2008, Banco Galicia’s computable capital amounted to Ps. 2,552.3 million, exceeding the minimum capital requirement by Ps. 987.8 million pursuant to the regulations provided for by the Argentine Central Bank effective as of such date. This excess amount was Ps. 1,054.3 million as of December 31, 2007. The decrease of Ps. 66.5 million in the excess was due to a Ps. 261.7 million increase in the minimum capital requirement partially offset by a Ps. 195.2 million increase in computable capital.
A greater minimum capital requirement was mainly the result of: (i) the Ps. 168.8 million increase in the minimum capital required to account for credit risk, as a consequence of the growth of the Bank’s exposure to the private sector during fiscal year 2008 and (ii) the Ps. 93.3 million increase in minimum capital requirement for the exposure to the non-financial public sector, which was mainly due to the increase of the “Alfa 1” coefficient from 0.50 to 0.75 as explained herein.
The Ps. 195.2 million increase in computable capital when compared to December 31, 2007 was mainly the result of a Ps. 237.6 million increase in supplemental capital. This latter increase was mainly due to the fiscal year’s net income offset by greater deductions of Ps. 85.3 million corresponding to an increase in organization and development expenses.
Regional Credit Card Companies
Since the regional credit card companies are not financial institutions, their capital adequacy is not regulated by the Argentine Central Bank. The regional credit card companies have to comply with the minimum capital requirement established by the Corporations’ Law, which was required to be Ps. 0.012 million. However, as noted above, Banco Galicia has to comply with the Argentine Central Bank’s capital adequacy rules on a consolidated basis, which consolidated includes the regional credit card companies.

 

-87-


Table of Contents

Minimum Capital Requirements of Insurance Companies
The insurance companies controlled by Sudamericana must meet the minimum capital requirements set by General Resolution No. 31,134 of the National Insurance Superintendency. This resolution requires insurance companies to maintain a minimum capital level equivalent to the highest of the amounts calculated as follows:
(a)   By line of insurance: this method establishes a fixed amount by line of insurance. For life insurance companies, it is Ps. 4 million, increasing to Ps. 5 million for companies that offer pension-linked life insurance. For providers of retirement insurance that do not offer pension-linked annuities, the requirement is Ps. 3 million (increasing to Ps. 5 million for companies that offer pension-linked annuities). For companies that offer property insurance that includes damage coverage (excluding those related to vehicles) the requirement is Ps. 1.5 million (increasing to Ps. 8 million for companies that offer all P&C products).
 
(b)   By premiums and additional fees: to use this method, the company must calculate the sum of the premiums written and additional fees earned in the last 12 months. Based on the total, the company must calculate 16%. Finally, it must adjust the total by the ratio of net paid claims to gross paid claims for the last 36 months. This ratio must be at least 50%.
 
(c)   By claims: to use this method, the company must calculate the sum of gross claims paid during the 36 months prior to the end of the period under analysis. To that amount, it must add the difference between the balance of unpaid claims as of the end of the period under analysis and the balance of unpaid claims as of the 36th month prior to the end of the period under analysis. The resulting figure must be divided by three. Then the company must calculate 23%. The resulting figure must be adjusted by the ratio of net paid claims to gross paid claims for the last 36 months. This ratio must be at least 50%.
 
(d)   For life insurance companies that offer policies with an investment component, the figures obtained in b) and c) must be increased by an amount equal to 4% of the technical reserves adjusted by the ratio of net technical reserves to gross technical reserves (at least 85%), plus 0.3% of at-risk capital adjusted by the ratio of retained at-risk capital to total at-risk capital (at least 50%).
The minimum required capital must then be compared to computable capital, defined as shareholder’s equity less non-computable assets. Non-computable assets consist mainly of deferred charges, pending capital contributions, and excess investments in authorized instruments. As of December 31, 2008, according to the estimates carried out as of such date, the computable capital of the companies held by Sudamericana exceeded the minimum capital requirement of Ps. 39.7 million by Ps. 12.3 million.
Sudamericana also holds Sudamericana Asesores de Seguros S.A., a company dedicated to brokerage in different lines of insurance that is regulated by the guidelines of the Corporations’ Law, which provided for a minimum capital requirement of Ps. 0.012 million.
Government Regulation
General
All companies operating in Argentina must be registered with the Argentine Superintendency of Companies whose regulations are applicable to all companies in Argentina but may be superseded by other regulatory entities’ rules, depending on the matter, such as the CNV or the Argentine Central Bank. All companies operating in Argentina are regulated by the Corporations’ Law.

 

-88-


Table of Contents

In their capacity as companies listed in Argentina, Grupo Financiero Galicia and Banco Galicia must comply with the disclosure, reporting, governance and other rules applicable to such companies issued by the markets in which they are listed and their regulators, including Law No. 17,811, as amended, Law No. 20,643 and Decrees No. 659/74 and No. 2,220/80, as well as Decree No. 677/01 otherwise known as the Decree for Transparency in the Public Offering (“ Régimen de la Transparencia de la Oferta Pública ”). In their capacity as public issuers of securities these companies are subject to the above mentioned rules. As Grupo Financiero Galicia has publicly listed ADSs in the United States, it is also subject to the reporting requirements of the United States’ Exchange Act for foreign private issuers and to the provisions applicable to foreign private issuers under the Sarbanes Oxley Act. See Item 9. “The Offer and Listing-Market Regulations.”
Our operating subsidiaries are also subject to the following laws: Law No. 25,156 (the Competition Defense Law, “ Ley de Defensa de la Competencia ”), Law No. 22,820 (Fair Business Practice Law, “ Ley de Lealtad Comercial ”) and Law No. 24,240 or the Consumer Protection Law (“ Ley de Defensa del Consumidor ”).
As a financial services holding company, we do not have a specific institution that regulates our activities. Our banking and insurance subsidiaries are regulated by different regulatory entities. In the case of the Bank, the Argentine Central Bank is the main regulatory and supervising entity.
The banking industry is highly regulated in Argentina. Banking activities in Argentina are regulated by the Financial Institutions’ Law, which places the supervision and control of the Argentine banking system in the hands of the Argentine Central Bank. The Argentine Central Bank regulates all aspects of financial activity. See “-Argentine Banking Regulation” below.
The Bank and our insurance subsidiaries are subject to Law No. 25,246, which was passed on April 13, 2000, as amended, which provides for an anti-money laundering framework in Argentina, including Law No. 26,268, which amends the latter to include within the scope of criminal activities those associated with terrorism and its financing.
Sudamericana’s insurance subsidiaries are regulated by the National Insurance Superintendency and Laws No. 17,418 and No. 20,091. Sudamericana Asesores de Seguros S.A. is regulated by the National Insurance Superintendency, through Law No. 22,400.
The activity of the regional credit card companies and the credit card activities of the Bank are regulated by Law No. 25,065, as amended, or the Credit Cards Law (“ Ley de Tarjetas de Crédito ”). Both the Argentine Central Bank and the National Undersecretary of Industry and Trade have issued regulations to, among other things, enforce public disclosure of companies’ pricing (fees and interest rates) in order to assure consumer awareness of such pricing. See “-Credit Cards Regulation.”
Net Investment and its controlled companies are regulated by the Corporations’ Law and are not regulated by a specific regulatory agency. Galicia Warrants is regulated by Law No. 9,643.
On January 6, 2002, the Argentine Congress enacted Law No. 25,561, or the Public Emergency Law, which together with various decrees and Argentine Central Bank rules, provided for the principal measures in order to deal with the 2001 and 2002 crisis, including asymmetric pesification, among others. The period of effectiveness of the Public Emergency Law was extended again until December 31, 2009.

 

-89-


Table of Contents

Foreign Exchange Market
In late 2001 and early 2002, restrictions were imposed on access to the Argentine foreign exchange market and on capital movements, which were tightened by the middle of 2002. The Public Emergency Law granted the executive branch of the Government the power to regulate the local foreign exchange market.
Since its creation this regime was subject to various modifications. Only the principal features currently in force are detailed below.
On June 9, 2005, the executive branch of the Government issued Decree No. 616/05, which established certain major amendments to the rules for capital movements into and from Argentina. This Decree was effective as of June 10, 2005 and, as regulated, established a system whereby:
  (a)   Foreign exchange flows into and from the local foreign exchange market and all resident new debt transactions that may imply future foreign exchange payments to nonresidents must be registered with the Argentine Central Bank.
 
  (b)   All new debt of the private sector with non-residents must be for a minimum term of 365 days, except for international trade financing and primary issuances of debt securities, if such securities’ public offering and listing on self-regulated markets in Argentina has been duly authorized.
 
  (c)   All inflows of foreign exchange resulting from such indebtedness, with the exceptions mentioned in the previous item and those regulated by the Argentine Central Bank which are detailed below, and all inflows of foreign exchange by non-residents, excluding direct foreign investments and certain portfolio investments (subscriptions of primary issuances of debt and equity securities, which public offering and listing in self-regulated markets in Argentina has been duly authorized, and government securities acquired in the secondary market), must be for a term of at least 365 days and will be subject to a 30% deposit requirement.
 
  (d)   Such deposit requirement will be held in a local financial institution as an unremunerated Dollar-denominated time deposit maturing in at least 365 days; such funds will not be available as a guarantee for any kind of debt and, upon the deposit maturity date, such funds will become available within the country and, therefore, will be subject to the applicable restrictions on foreign exchange transfers abroad.
 
  (e)   The 30% deposit is not required for, among other things, inflows of foreign currency:
  (i)   resulting from loans granted to residents by local financial institutions in foreign currency;
 
  (ii)   resulting from capital contributions to local institutions, when the contributor owns, previously or as a result of such contributions, 10% or more of the company’s capital or votes, subject to compliance with certain requirements;
 
  (iii)   resulting from sales of interests in local entities to direct investors;
 
  (iv)   to be applied to real estate acquisitions;

 

-90-


Table of Contents

  (v)   resulting from an indebtedness with multilateral and bilateral credit agencies and with official credit agencies;
 
  (vi)   resulting from other foreign indebtedness of the local non-financial private sector, with an average life of no less than two years, the proceeds of which will be applied to the acquisition of non-financial investments (as defined by the Argentine Central Bank);
 
  (vii)   resulting from other foreign indebtedness where the proceeds will be applied to the settlement of foreign debt principal amortization or long term investments in foreign assets;
 
  (viii)   that will be utilized within 10 business days from their liquidation in the local foreign exchange market for purposes listed as “current transactions within the international accounts” by the International Monetary Fund, among others, within such purposes are the payment by non-Argentine residents of certain local taxes; or
 
  (ix)   resulting from the sale of foreign assets of residents in order to subscribe to primary issuances of public debt issued by the Government; and
  (f)   The proceeds of sales of foreign assets brought into the country by residents (“capital repatriation”) will be subject to the 30% deposit requirement noted in (c) above, which will apply to any amounts exceeding US$ 2.0 million per month if certain other operative requirements are met.
The Ministry of Economy is entitled to modify the percentages and terms detailed above, when a change in the macroeconomic situation so requires. It is also entitled to modify the rest of the requirements established by Decree No. 616/05, and/or establish new ones, and/or increase the types of foreign currency inflows included. The Argentine Central Bank is entitled to regulate and control compliance with the regime established by Decree No. 616/05, and to enforce the applicable penalties.
In addition to Decree No. 616/05, the Ministry of Economy issued Resolution No. 637/05, dated November 16, 2005, which established that, beginning on November 17, 2005, the restrictions established in said Decree are also applicable to all inflows of funds to the local foreign exchange market for the subscription of primary issuances of debt securities or certificates of participation by financial trusts, if such restrictions were applicable to capital inflows to be used to acquire any of the trusts’ assets. The corresponding criminal regime will be applicable in the case that any of these rules are violated.
In addition, currently, access to the local foreign exchange market by non-residents (both individuals and entities) to transfer funds abroad is permitted:
  (a)   With no limit in the case of: (i) proceeds from the principal amortization of government securities; (ii) recoveries from local bankruptcies; (iii) proceeds from the sale of direct investments in the non-financial private sector in Argentina or the final disposition of such investments if they were made with foreign currency that entered the local foreign exchange market no less than 365 days before; and (iv) certain other specific cases.
 
  (b)   With a US$ 500,000 monthly limit in the case of the aggregate proceeds of the sale of portfolio investments made with foreign currency that entered the local foreign exchange market no less than 365 days before.
 
  (c)   With a US$ 5,000 monthly limit in cases not contemplated above, unless authorization from the Argentine Central Bank is obtained.

 

-91-


Table of Contents

Access to the local foreign exchange market by residents (both individuals and entities) to make foreign real estate, direct or portfolio investments or buy foreign exchange or traveler checks is allowed but limited to US$ 2.0 million per month if certain other operative requirements are met. Such limit may be increased in certain specific cases.
Access to the foreign exchange local market for the transfer of profits and dividends abroad is permitted when corresponding to audited and final balance sheets.
Pursuant to Decree No. 260/02, all foreign exchange transactions in Argentina must be executed only through the “mercado libre y único de cambios” (free and single foreign exchange market) on which the Argentine Central Bank buys and sells currency.
Compensation to Financial Institutions
For the Asymmetric Pesification and its Consequences
Decree No. 214/02 provided for compensation to financial institutions, for:
    the losses caused by the mandatory conversion into Pesos of certain liabilities at the Ps. 1.4 per US$ 1.0 exchange rate, which exchange rate was greater than the Ps. 1.0 per US$ 1.0 exchange rate established for the conversion into Pesos of certain Dollar-denominated assets. This was to be achieved through the delivery of a Peso-denominated compensatory bond issued by the Government.
 
    the currency mismatch left on financial institutions’ balance sheets after the compulsory pesification of certain of their assets and liabilities after the conversion of the Peso-denominated compensatory bond into a Dollar-denominated compensatory bond. This would be achieved by the purchase by financial institutions of a Dollar-denominated hedge bond. For such purpose, the Government established the issuance of a Dollar-denominated bond bearing Libor and maturing in 2012 (Boden 2012 Bonds).
Among others, Decree No. 905/02 established the methodology for calculating the compensation to be received by financial institutions. We recorded the compensation for the amounts we had determined according to the regulations. The Argentine Central Bank had to confirm the amounts after a review.
In March 2005, we agreed to receive US$ 2,178.0 million of face value of Boden 2012 Bonds, comprised of US$ 906.3 million of face value of Boden 2012 Bonds corresponding to the Compensatory Bond (fully delivered to us in November 2005) and US$ 1,271.7 million of face value of Boden 2012 Bonds corresponding to the Hedge Bond (fully delivered to us in April 2007). On December 1, 2006, the Bank received Boden 2012 Bonds for a face value of US$ 1,155.0 million corresponding to 90.8% of the Hedge Bond, at their 75% residual value, and US$ 406.8 million for pass due amortization and interest coupons.

 

-92-


Table of Contents

The Boden 2012 Bonds pending delivery as of December 31, 2006, for US$ 116.8 million of face value, were recorded on our balance sheet under the item “Other Receivables Resulting from Financial Brokerage,” as they represented a right to receive Boden 2012 Bonds as compensation for the asymmetric pesification and its consequences as explained above. The delivery to us of the Boden 2012 Bonds corresponding to the Compensatory Bond and to 90.8% of the Hedge Bond implied the availability of such bonds, thus the bonds were recorded as securities under “Government Securities.”
We recorded on our balance sheet the advance for the acquisition of the Hedge Bond and the compensation simultaneously. On December 1, 2006, we executed 90.8% of the aforementioned advance and simultaneously settled this liability using Bogar Bonds and Secured Loans granted as collateral, for Ps. 1,111.6 million and Ps. 0.07 million of face value, respectively, and cash for Ps. 1,369.7 million. As a result of the foregoing, both our assets and liabilities decreased by Ps. 3,302.6 million, due to the decrease by such amount of both the advance for the acquisition of the Hedge Bond and the assets used in the settlement of such liability.
Due to the settlement in cash noted above, Bogar Bonds previously granted as collateral for said liability for a face value of Ps. 392.8 million were released. The valuation of such securities in accordance with Argentine Central Bank regulations, at their present value calculated by using the discount rate set forth in those regulations, generated a reduction in the book value thereof of Ps. 109.1 million.
The Boden 2012 Bonds pending delivery as of December 31, 2006 were subscribed for on April 24, 2007 using Secured Loans for a face value of Ps. 115.9 million, in accordance with the direct swap alternative set forth in Decree No. 905/02. This decision generated a Ps. 32.0 million loss, which was recorded in February 2007, resulting from the release of the Bogar Bonds that, as of December 31, 2006, were allocated as collateral for the advance for the acquisition of the remaining Hedge Bond. Such release determined their valuation at present value calculated using the discount rate established by the Argentine Central Bank, in accordance with its Communiqué “A” 3911 as amended, while, according to such rule, Bogar Bonds used as collateral could be recorded at their technical value, which was higher than the aforementioned present value. In addition, the above-mentioned swap alternative instead of the advance requested from the Argentine Central Bank to finance the acquisition of the remaining Hedge Bond caused a Ps. 32.8 million increase in the acquisition cost of the remaining Hedge Bond. This loss was recognized in the Financial Statements in March 2007. The swap was completed on April 24, 2007.
The process of compensating us for the effects of the asymmetric pesification established by Decree No. 905/02 was completed on such date. The acquisition of the Boden 2012 Bonds corresponding to the Hedge Bond using public-sector assets has strengthened our balance sheet by reducing risk concentration in such assets, increasing our structural liquidity and expanding the resources available to be applied to the business.
There were not any significant changes to mention during fiscal year 2008.

 

-93-


Table of Contents

For Differences Related to Amparo Claims
As a result of the provisions of Decree No. 1,570/01, the Public Emergency Law, Decree No. 214/02 and concurrent regulations, and as a result of the restrictions on cash withdrawals and of the issuance of measures that established the pesification and restructuring of foreign-currency deposits, since December 2001, a significant number of claims have been filed against the Government and/or financial institutions, formally challenging the emergency regulations and requesting prompt payment of deposits in their original currency. Most lower and upper courts have declared the emergency regulations unconstitutional.
The difference between the amounts paid as a result of these court orders and the amount resulting from converting deposits at the Ps. 1.40 per US Dollar exchange rate, adjusted by the CER and interest accrued up to the payment date, which amounted to Ps. 786.3 million as of December 31, 2008, was recorded under “Intangible Assets”. The residual value as of said date was Ps. 316.9 million. We have repeatedly reserved our right to make claims, at a suitable time, in view of the negative effect caused on our financial condition by the reimbursement of deposits originally denominated in Dollars, pursuant to orders issued by the Judicial Branch, either in US Dollars or in Pesos for the equivalent amount at the market exchange rate, since compensation of this effect was not included by the Government in the calculation of the compensation to financial institutions. The method of accounting for such right as a deferred loss, as set forth by Argentine Central Bank regulations, does not affect the existence or legitimacy of such right. To such effect, we have reserved all of the corresponding rights.
On December 30, 2003, we formally requested from the executive branch of the Government with a copy to the Ministry of Economy and to the Argentine Central Bank, the payment of the due compensation for the losses incurred that were generated by the “asymmetric pesification” and, especially, for the negative effect on our financial condition caused by final court decisions. We have reserved our right to further extend such request in order to encompass losses made definitive by new final judgments.
On December, 2006, the Argentine Supreme Court pronounced its ruling with respect to the case “Massa c/ Estado Nacional y Bank Boston” resolving that the defendant bank had to fulfill its obligation to reimburse a US Dollar-denominated deposit subject to the emergency regulations by paying the original amount deposited converted into Pesos at an exchange rate of Ps. 1.40 per US Dollar, adjusted by CER until the effective date of payment, together with an interest rate of 4% per annum, and computing amounts paid in order to comply with preliminary injunctions or other measures as payments on account. In August 2007 (the Kujarchuk case), the Argentine Supreme Court established a calculation method for payments on account, which confirmed the criteria held by most courts of law since the Massa ruling mentioned above. With respect to judicial deposits, in March 2007, the Argentine Supreme Court ruled in the case “EMM S.R.L. against Tía S.A.,” that Decree No. 214/02 does not apply to such deposits, and that such deposits must be reimbursed to the depositors in their original currency.
It is expected that the aforementioned rulings by the Argentine Supreme Court will be strongly followed in similar cases to be heard by the lower courts. The Bank continues to gradually address the judicial resolutions on a case-by-case basis, in accordance with the individual circumstances of each case. Management continuously monitors and analyzes the implications of the above resolutions. The Bank has recorded a Ps. 37.9 million liability for the remaining amounts that may need to be paid in connection with cases pending resolution. The amount resulting from the difference between the amount ultimately determined by the courts and the amount recorded by the Bank, if any, will be recorded in accordance with Argentine Central Bank’s rules under the item Intangible Assets, and will be amortized over a period of 60 months. Due to the above, and based on the information available to date, it is the opinion of the Bank’s management that the effects resulting from these situations will not significantly affect the Bank’s shareholders’ equity. During 2008, as well as during the previous fiscal years, the number of legal actions filed by customers requesting the reimbursement of deposits in their original currency decreased significantly.

 

-94-


Table of Contents

With respect to judicial deposits that have been subject to pesification, the Argentine Central Bank established that, beginning in July 2007, financial institutions must establish a provision in an amount equal to the difference that results from comparing such deposits’ balances at each month’s end, considered in their original currency, and the corresponding Peso balances actually recorded on the books. Such provision, established as of December 31, 2008 and charged to income, amounted to Ps. 1.9 million.
Argentine Banking Regulation
The following is a summary of certain matters relating to the Argentine banking system, including provisions of Argentine law and regulations applicable to financial institutions in Argentina. This summary is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all laws and regulations applicable to financial institutions in Argentina.
General
Since 1977, banking activities in Argentina have been regulated by the Financial Institutions’ Law which places the supervision and control of the Argentine banking system in the hands of the Argentine Central Bank, which is an autonomous institution. The Argentine Central Bank has vested the Superintendency with most of the Argentine Central Bank’s supervisory powers. In this section, unless the context otherwise requires, references to the Argentine Central Bank shall be understood as references to the Argentine Central Bank acting through the Superintendency. The Financial Institutions’ Law provides the Argentine Central Bank with broad access to the accounting systems, books, correspondence, and other documents of banking institutions. The Argentine Central Bank regulates the supply of credit and monitors the liquidity of, and generally supervises the operation of, the Argentine banking system. The Argentine Central Bank enforces the Financial Institutions’ Law and grants authorization for banks to operate in Argentina. The Financial Institutions’ Law confers numerous powers to the Argentine Central Bank, including the ability to grant and revoke bank licenses, to authorize the establishment of branches outside Argentina, to approve bank mergers, capital increases and certain transfers of stock, to fix minimum capital, liquidity and solvency requirements and lending limits, to grant certain credit facilities to financial institutions in cases of temporary liquidity problems and to promulgate other regulations that further the intent of the Financial Institutions’ Law.
Current regulations equally regulate local and foreign owned banks.
The Public Emergency Law, sanctioned on January 6, 2002, introduced substantial amendments to the Argentine Central Bank’s charter which, among others, eliminated certain restrictions on its ability to act as a lender of last resort and allowed the Argentine Central Bank to make advances to the Government. These changes were further implemented by Law No. 25,780, published in the Official Gazette on September 8, 2003, which amended the Financial Institutions’ Law and the Argentine Central Bank charter.

 

-95-


Table of Contents

Supervision
As the supervisor of the Argentine financial system, the Argentine Central Bank requires financial institutions to submit information on a daily, monthly, quarterly, semiannual and annual basis. These reports, which include balance sheets and income statements, information relating to reserve funds, use of deposits, portfolio quality (including details on debtors and any loan loss provisions established) and other pertinent information, allow the Argentine Central Bank to monitor financial institutions’ financial condition and business practices.
The Argentine Central Bank periodically carries out formal inspections of all banking institutions for purposes of monitoring compliance by banks with legal and regulatory requirements. If the Argentine Central Bank rules are breached, it may impose various sanctions depending on the gravity of the violation. These sanctions range from calling attention to the infraction to the imposition of fines or even the revocation of the financial institution’s operating license. Moreover, non-compliance with certain rules may result in the obligatory presentation to the Argentine Central Bank of specific adequacy or regularization plans. The Argentine Central Bank must approve these plans in order for the financial institution to remain in business.
Financial institutions operating in Argentina have been subject to the supervision of the Argentine Central Bank on a consolidated basis since 1994. Information set out in “-Limitations on Types of Business,” “-Capital Adequacy Requirements,” “-Lending Limits,” and “-Loan Classification System and Loan Loss Provisions” below, relating to a bank’s loan portfolio, is calculated on a consolidated basis. However, regulations relating to a bank’s deposits are not based on consolidated information, but on such bank’s deposits in Argentina (for example, liquidity requirements and contributions to the deposit insurance system).
Examination by the Argentine Central Bank
The Argentine Central Bank began to rate financial institutions based on the “CAMEL” quality rating system in 1994. Each letter of the CAMEL system corresponds to an area of the operations of each bank being rated, with: “C” standing for capital, “A” for assets, “M” for management, “E” for earnings, and “L” for liquidity. Each factor is evaluated and rated on a scale from 1 to 5, 1 being the highest rating an entity can receive. The Argentine Central Bank modified the supervision system effective in September 2000. The objective and basic methodology of the new system, denominated “CAMELBIG”, do not differ substantially from the CAMEL system. The components were redefined in order to evaluate business risks separately from management risks. The components used to rate the business risks are: capital, assets, market, earnings, liquidity and business. The components to rate management risks are: internal control and the quality of management. By combining the individual factors that are under evaluation, a combined index can be obtained that represents the final rating for the financial institution.
After the 2001-2002 crisis, the Argentine Central Bank resumed the examination process, which was interrupted due to such crisis. In the Bank’s case, the first examination was based on information as of June 30, 2005. New examinations were conducted based on information as of September 30, 2006 and as of June 30, 2008.

 

-96-


Table of Contents

BASIC System
The Argentine Central Bank established a control system (“BASIC”) with the purpose of allowing the public access to a greater level of information and increased security with respect to their holdings in the Argentine financial system. Each letter corresponds to one of the following procedures:
    B (“ Bonos ” or Bonds). On an annual basis, all financial institutions in Argentina were required to engage in certain debt issuing transactions in order to expose them to scrutiny and analysis by third parties with high standards. This requirement was eliminated by the Argentine Central Bank effective March 1, 2002.
 
    A (“ Auditoría ” or Audit). The Argentine Central Bank requires a set of external audit procedures that include: (a) the creation of a registry of auditors; (b) the implementation of strict accounting procedures to be complied with by external auditors; (c) the payment of a performance guarantee by those auditors to induce their compliance with the procedures, and (d) the creation of a department within the Argentine Central Bank liable for verifying that the procedures are followed. The purpose of this requirement is to assure accurate disclosure by the financial institutions to both the Superintendency and the public.
 
    S (“ Supervisión ” or Supervision). The Argentine Central Bank has the right to inspect financial institutions from time to time.
 
    I (“ Información ” or Information). Financial institutions are required to file on a monthly basis certain daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly statistical information.
 
    C (“ Calificación ” or Rating). The Argentine Central Bank established a system that required the periodic credit evaluation of financial entities by internationally recognized rating agencies, which was suspended by Communiqué “A” 3601 in May 2002.
Legal Reserve
The Argentine Central Bank requires that banks annually allocate a percentage of their net income set by the Argentine Central Bank, which is currently 20.0%, to a legal reserve. Such reserve can only be used during periods in which a bank has incurred losses and has exhausted all allowances and other provisions. Dividends may not be paid if the legal reserve has been impaired.
Limitations on Types of Business
As provided by the Financial Institutions’ Law, commercial banks are authorized to conduct all activities and operations that are not specifically prohibited by law or by Argentine Central Bank regulations. Some of the activities which are permitted include the ability to make and receive loans, to receive deposits from the public in both local and foreign currency, to guarantee customers’ debts, to acquire, place or negotiate stock or debt securities in the MAE, subject to the approval of the CNV, to conduct transactions in foreign currency, to act as a fiduciary and to issue credit cards. Banks are not permitted to own commercial, industrial, agricultural and other types of businesses, except with prior authorization from the Argentine Central Bank. Under Argentine Central Bank regulations, the aggregate amount of equity investments of a commercial bank (including interests in domestic mutual funds called fondos comunes de inversión ) may not exceed 50.0% of such bank’s computable regulatory capital (as defined below). In addition, investments in:
    equity shares without quotation, excluding (a) stock of companies which provide services complementary to the services offered by the bank, and (b) certain stock participations which are necessary in order to obtain the rendering of public services, if any,

 

-97-


Table of Contents

    listed stock and participations in mutual funds which are not included in order to determine the capital requirements related to market risk; and
 
    listed stock that does not have a “largely publicly available” market price (when daily quotes of relevant transactions are available, which quotes would not be significantly affected by the disposition of the bank’s holdings of such stock)
may not exceed, in the aggregate, 15.0% of a bank’s computable regulatory capital.
Under Argentine Central Bank regulations, financial institutions are typically precluded from engaging directly in insurance activities and from holding an equity interest in excess of 12.5% of the outstanding capital of a company that does not provide services defined as complementary to those provided by financial institutions or which exceed specified percentages of the respective financial institution’s RPC as described above. The Argentine Central Bank determines which services are complementary to the services provided by financial institutions, which services primarily include services in connection with stock brokerage, the issuance of credit, debit or similar cards, financial intermediation in leasing and factoring transactions.
Computable Regulatory Capital
A bank’s computable regulatory capital or RPC or Adjusted Shareholders’ Equity is defined under the Argentine Central Bank’s regulations as:
  i)   the core capital, which includes permanent capital, non-equity contributions, net worth adjustments, surplus reserves, audited retained earnings (of closed fiscal years) and, effective October 1, 2006, long-term debt instruments, as long as such instruments fulfill certain requirements (maturity of more than 30 years, accrual of recognized return per year not exceeding issuer financial entity’s profits, with unpaid services not being cumulative, so that they cannot be deferred and accumulated to be paid after its maturity date) and do not exceed certain core capital percentages, equal to 30% until December 31, 2008, subject to a schedule that converges with the 15% international standard on January 1, 2013; plus
 
  ii)   the supplemental capital, which may not exceed the core capital, consisting of 50% of unaudited profits and 100% of unaudited losses, and 100% of audited profits or losses for the current fiscal year, 50% of the reserves on the loan portfolio classified as “normal” (general reserves), subordinated debt not exceeding 50% of core capital and with a maturity of at least 5 years, and, effective October 1, 2006, debt instruments which fulfill the requirements to be considered as core capital but exceed the above-mentioned limits, debt instruments with a remaining maturity of less than 10 years and those for which unpaid services are cumulative. In this case, the limit is 50% of the core capital; minus
 
  iii)   the following deductions: (a) demand deposits with banks abroad not rated as investment grade; (b) securities deposited with custodians that were not authorized by the Argentine Central Bank; (c) sovereign bonds issued by a foreign government with a rating lower than that assigned to Argentine sovereign bonds; (d) share holdings in other financial institutions; (e) unregistered real estate; (f) goodwill; (g) organizational and development expenses; and (h) provisioning deficiencies as determined by the Superintendency.
Financial institutions must comply with capital adequacy requirements both on an individual basis and a consolidated basis.

 

-98-


Table of Contents

Capital Adequacy Requirements
See “-Selected Statistical Information-Regulatory Capital”.
Capitalization of Debt Instruments
Through Communiqué “A” 4652, dated April 25, 2007, the Argentine Central Bank modified Item 7.3 “Capital Contributions” of “Chapter VI. Capital Adequacy- Section 7. Regulatory Capital” of its LISOL 1 rule. Through such Communiqué, the Argentine Central Bank broadened the set of financial instruments different from cash that it expressly allows to be contributed as capital for the purposes of all regulations related to capital, capital calculations and capital increases. Besides cash, in which case no special authorization from the Argentine Central Bank is required, the regulation establishes that subject to the prior authorization by the Superintendency, the following instruments are allowed as capital contributions: (i) securities issued by the Government, (ii) debt instruments issued by the Argentine Central Bank, and (iii) a financial institution’s deposits and other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage, including subordinated obligations. In cases (i) and (ii), the contributions must be recorded at market value. It is understood that an instrument has a market value when it has regular quotations in stock markets and regulated local and foreign markets. In case (iii), contributions must be recorded at market value, as defined in the previous sentence or, in the case of financial institutions that publicly offer their stock, at the price determined by the regulatory authority. When the previous situation is not verified, contributions will be admitted at their accounting value, pursuant to Argentine Central Bank rules.
Profit Distribution
See Item 8. “Financial Information-Dividend Policy and Dividends.”
Treatment of Losses in Connection with Amparo Claims
Through Communiqué “A” 3916 dated April 3, 2003, the Argentine Central Bank provided for the recording of an intangible asset on account of the difference between the amount paid by financial institutions pursuant to legal actions and the amount resulting from the conversion into Pesos of the balance of the US Dollar deposits reimbursed, at the exchange rate of Ps. 1.4 per US$ 1.0 (adjusted by the CER plus accrued interest as of the payment date). In addition, it established that the corresponding amount shall be amortized in 60 monthly equal and consecutive installments beginning in April 2003.
On November 17, 2005, through Communiqué “A” 4439, the Argentine Central Bank established that, beginning in December 2005, financial institutions having granted, as from that date, new commercial loans with an average life of more than two years could defer the losses related to the amortization of amparo claims. The maximum amount to be deferred cannot exceed 10% of financial institutions’ RPC nor 50% of the new commercial loans. Likewise, financial institutions will not be able to reduce the rest of their commercial loan portfolio. This methodology will be applied until December 2008, when the balance recorded as of that date would begin to amortize in up to 36 monthly equal and consecutive installments. Our application of this rule has resulted in the deferral of losses related to amparo claims since December 2005. No losses for this concept were recorded in fiscal years 2005 and 2006, while losses of Ps. 108.7 million and Ps. 39.5 million were recorded in fiscal years 2007 and 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 the accumulated deferred amortization amounted to Ps. 209.7 million.

 

-99-


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2008, this intangible asset, net of amortizations and including deferred amortizations, amounted to Ps. 316.9 million. We have repeatedly reserved our right to make claims, at suitable time, in view of the negative effect caused in connection with amparo claims. See Item 4. “Compensation to Financial Institutions-For Differences Related to Amparo Claims.”
Legal Reserve Requirements for Liquidity Purposes
The “minimum cash requirements” that banks are required to carry are established as a percentage of the balances of the different types of bank deposits and, for time deposits (including Cedros and Reprogrammed Deposits with amparo claims, when corresponding), the percentage varies with the remaining maturity. The deposit amount minus the minimum cash requirement is such deposits “lending capacity.”
The Argentine Central Bank modifies from time to time the percentages of the minimum cash requirements depending on monetary policy considerations. Compliance with the minimum cash requirements must be accomplished with certain assets (see below), in the same currency as the deposit that triggers such requirement. Compliance with the minimum cash requirements is determined in averages, for monthly periods. The Argentine Central Bank can modify this practice, depending on monetary policy considerations.
Through Communiqué “A” 3486, dated March 22, 2002, and Communiqué “A” 3528, dated March 25, 2002, the Argentine Central Bank established that foreign currency denominated deposits lending capacity must only be applied to US Dollar-denominated international trade financing, interbank loans and Lebac, and that any such lending capacity not applied to the aforementioned purposes will constitute a greater cash minimum requirement in Pesos, for the same amount. Subsequently, other purposes were added, allowing for the financing of activities that do not directly generate cash flows in foreign currency, such as the granting of loans to finance the importing of capital goods to be used to increase the production for the local market.
Pursuant to Communiqué “A” 4449, dated December 2, 2005, the Argentine Central Bank established that, effective December 2005, the minimum cash requirement in Pesos is to be applied over the monthly average of the daily balances of the obligations comprised, except for the period from December to February of the following year, for which the quarterly average was used.
At the end of fiscal year 2008, the percentages of minimum cash requirements applicable in accordance with Argentine Central Bank rules, were as follows:
    Demand deposits:
    Peso-denominated current accounts and savings accounts: 19%.
 
    Dollar-denominated savings accounts: 20%.
    Time deposits, including those adjusted by CER (by remaining maturity):
    Peso-denominated: up to 29 days: 14%; from 30 to 59 days: 11%; from 60 to 89 days: 7%; from 90 to 179 days: 2%; from 180 to 365 days: 0%.
 
    Dollar-denominated: up to 29 days: 20%; from 30 to 59 days: 15%; from 60 to 89 days: 10%; from 90 to 179 days: 5%; from 180 to 365 days: 2%; and more than 365 days: 0%.
The assets computable for compliance with this requirement are the technical cash, which includes cash (bills and coins in vaults, in ATMs and branches, and in transportation and in armored truck companies, up to a 67% maximum beginning on October 1, 2006, as established by the Argentine Central Bank’s Communiqué “A” 4580), the balances of the Peso- and Dollar-denominated accounts at the Argentine Central Bank and that of the escrow accounts held at the Argentine Central Bank in favor of clearing houses.

 

-100-


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2008, the Bank was in compliance with its legal reserve requirements, and has continued to be up to the date of this annual report.
Lending Limits
According to Argentine Central Bank rules, the aggregate amount of loans and other receivables (including guarantees granted), together referred herein as “financial assistance” or “credit”, a bank can grant to any customer at any time is based on the bank’s RPC on the last day of the immediately preceding month and on the customer’s net worth.
i) Limits to financial assistance that refer to the borrowers’ capital : as a general rule, financial assistance to a customer cannot exceed 100% of such customer’s capital. This limit may be raised up to 300% with the approval of the financial institution’s board of directors and if additional credit does not exceed 2.5% of the bank’s RPC. For forward transactions, different percentages are considered, depending on the transaction’s characteristics.
ii) Limits that refer to the financial institution’s RPC : the limits to the financial assistance a bank can provide are (as a percentage of a bank’s RPC):
                 
    Without Collateral     With Collateral  
Non-related Customers (*)
    15 %     25 %
Domestic Financial Institutions (**)
    25 %     25 %
Foreign Financial Institutions (Investment Grade)
    25 %     25 %
Foreign Financial Institutions (Other)
    5 %     5 %
Reciprocal Guarantee Entities Authorized by the Argentine Central Bank (***)
          25 %
Public Sector (****):
               
i) National
    50 %     50 %
ii) City of Buenos Aires and Provinces (Each)
    10 %     10 %
iii) Municipalities (Each)
    3 %     3 %
     
(*)   For the purpose of these limits, business groups shall be considered as a one client.
 
(**)   For second floor financial institutions, the limit is 100%.
 
(***)   Law 24,467: associations of companies authorized by the Argentine Central Bank to guarantee loans. In case one of the companies fails to pay, the other takes responsibility.
 
(****)   Excess over the new limits set in March 2003 will not be computed if arising from loans granted before March 2003, if determined or increased by the receipt of bonds or promissory notes as compensation for the asymmetric pesification, or if arising from the rolling over of preexisting loans.
Communiqué “A” 3911 issued on March 28, 2003, established the applicable limits shown in the table above for a financial institution’s new exposure (granted after April 1, 2003) to the Argentine non-financial public sector. These limits exclude the exposure outstanding as of March 31, 2003, government securities received as compensation in accordance with Decree No. 905/02 or those to be received pursuant to other regulations, and the roll over of principal payments. Total exposure to the public sector, described in items (i), (ii) and (iii) in the table above, with the exclusions mentioned, must not exceed 75%.

 

-101-


Table of Contents

In addition, according to item 12 of this Communiqué, beginning on January 1, 2006, a bank’s total financial assistance, without any exemption, to all of the non-financial public sector, could not exceed 40% of a bank’s total assets as of the end of the previous month, with such percentage having been reduced to 35% of total assets, as of July 1, 2007. Any excess over this limit will add an equal amount to the minimum capital requirement of the bank. The Bank submitted a plan in order to comply with item 12 of Communiqué “A” 3911, as amended, over time, which was approved by the Argentine Central Bank on February 28, 2006. On June 27, 2007, the Argentine Central Bank informed the Bank that its plan to comply with the regulation was considered accomplished, given that since December 2006, the Bank was in compliance with the established general limit.
iii) The limits on equity interests in other companies are the following:
                 
    Limit based on a Bank’s RPC     Limit based on Customers’ Net Worth  
Companies with Non-complementary Activities
            12.5 % (**)
Companies with Complementary Activities
            100 %
Total Shares
    50 %        
Shares Without Quotation (*)
    15 %        
     
(*)   Includes shares that do not quote frequently and therefore are not subject capital requirements to cover market risk.
 
(**)   Shares or equity interests can be accepted for the payment of credits, up to 20% of the firm’s capital, without exceeding 20% of the votes. They must be sold within one year so as to reach the regulatory limit.
Financial assistance is also limited in order to prevent risk concentration. To that end, the aggregate of all financial assistance that, taken alone, exceeds 10% of a bank’s RPC, must not exceed three times and five times a bank’s RPC, excluding and including, respectively, the financial assistance to local banks. For a second floor financial institution (i.e. a financial institution which only provides financial products to other banks and not to the public) the latter limit is 10 times.
Financial assistance exceeding 2.5% of a bank’s RPC, except interbank loans, must be approved by a bank’s board of directors.
The Argentine Central Bank also regulates the level of “total financial exposure” (defined as financial assistance or credit plus equity participations) of bank to a “related party” (defined as a bank’s affiliates and related individuals). For purposes of these limits, “affiliate” means any entity over which a bank, directly or indirectly, has control, is controlled by, or is under common control with, or any entity over which a bank has, directly or indirectly, significant influence with respect to such entity’s corporate decisions. “Related individuals” mean a bank’s directors, senior management, syndics and such persons’ direct relatives.
The Argentine Central Bank limits the level of total financial exposure that a bank can have outstanding to related parties, depending on the rating granted to each bank by the Superintendency. Banks rated 4 or 5 are forbidden to extend financial assistance to related parties, except for related persons who are individuals, in which case a bank’s total financial assistance cannot exceed Ps. 50,000, and must have been granted exclusively for personal or family purposes. For banks ranked between 1 and 3, the financial assistance to related parties cannot exceed, together with any equity participation held by the bank in its affiliates, 5.0% of such bank’s RPC. However, a bank may increase its total financial exposure to such related parties up to an amount equal to 10.0% of such bank’s RPC: (i) if the affiliate provides complementary services, (ii) in the case of a temporary acquisition of shares in companies to facilitate their development in order to sell such shares afterwards, (iii) if the affiliate is a local financial institution rated other than 1 or 2 by the Argentine Central Bank, or (iv) if the additional financial assistance is secured with certain liquid assets, including public or private debt securities.

 

-102-


Table of Contents

If the affiliate is a financial institution rated 1, the amount of total financial exposure can reach 100% of a bank’s RPC. If the receiving affiliate financial institution is rated 2, the amount of total financial exposure can reach 10% and an additional 90% can be included if the term for the loans and other credit facilities do not exceed 180 days.
In addition, the aggregate amount of a bank’s total financial exposure to its related parties may not exceed 20% of such bank’s RPC.
Failure to observe these requirements may result in an increase of the minimum capital requirements for credit risk in an amount equal to 100% of the daily excess amounts over the limits established, beginning in the month when the excess amounts are first recorded and continuing for as long as the excess amounts remain.
Notwithstanding the limitations described above, a bank’s aggregate amount of non-exempt total financial exposure (including equity participations) independently of whether customers qualify as such bank’s related parties or not, in the case in which such exposure exceeds 10% of such bank’s RPC, may not exceed three times the bank’s RPC excluding total financial exposure to domestic financial institutions, or five times the bank’s RPC, including such exposure.
The Bank has historically complied with such rules.
Loan Classification System and Loan Loss Provisions
For a description of the Argentine Central Bank’s loan classification system and the Argentine Central Bank’s minimum loan loss provisions requirements, see “-Selected Statistical Information-Main Argentine Central Bank’s Rules on Loan Classification and Loan Loss Provisions”.
Valuation of Public Sector Assets
For a description of the rules governing the valuation of public sector assets, see “-Selected Statistical Information-Government and Corporate Securities”.
Financial Assistance from the Argentine Central Bank
Financial Assistance for Liquidity Support Granted After March 10, 2003
Communiqué “A” 3901, issued on March 19, 2003, established an automatic mechanism to regulate the provision by the Argentine Central Bank of assistance for liquidity support to financial institutions. This mechanism does not apply to the financial assistance granted for such reasons during the 2001-2002 crisis.

 

-103-


Table of Contents

Financial Assistance for Liquidity Support Granted Before April 1, 2003
Through Decree No. 739/03, dated April 1, 2003, the Government established a voluntary procedure for the restructuring of the financial assistance granted by the Argentine Central Bank to financial institutions during the 2001-2002 crisis. On March 2, 2007, the Bank repaid the total outstanding balance of the financial assistance it received from the Argentine Central Bank as a consequence of the 2001-2002 crisis. For more information, see Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Funding”.
Foreign Currency Position
Through Communiqué “A” 4350, dated May 12, 2005, the Argentine Central Bank suspended, effective May 1, 2005, the limit on the positive Global Foreign Currency Net Position (defined as assets and liabilities from financial brokerage and securities denominated in foreign currencies) established at the lowest of 30% of a bank’s RPC or a bank’s liquid shareholder’ equity as of the end of the previous month. Although, at that moment the Argentine Central Bank kept the limit on the negative foreign currency net position at 30% of a bank’s RPC, through Communiqué “A” 4577, issued on September 28, 2006, and effective January 1, 2007, it established that this position should not exceed 15% of the RPC of the preceding month. Subsequently, through Communiqué “A” 4598, dated November 17, 2006, the Argentine Central Bank allowed, in certain cases, the limit to increase by 15%. Communiqué “A” 4577 also clarified that participation certificates or debt securities issued by financial trusts and credit rights on ordinary trusts, in the corresponding proportion, should be calculated when the trust’s underlying assets are denominated in foreign currency.
Deposit Insurance System
In 1995, Law No. 24,485 and Decree No. 540/95, as amended, created a deposit insurance system for bank deposits and delegated to the Argentine Central Bank the organization and start-up of the deposit insurance system. The deposit insurance system was implemented through the creation of a fund named Fondo de Garantía de los Depósitos (“FGD”), which is administered by Seguros de Depósitos S.A. (“Sedesa”). The shareholders of Sedesa are the Government, through the Argentine Central Bank, which holds at least one share, and a trust constituted by the financial institutions which participate in the fund. The Argentine Central Bank establishes the extent of participation by each institution in proportion to the resources contributed by each such institution to the FGD. Banks must contribute to the FGD on a monthly basis in an amount that is currently equal to 0.015% of the monthly average of daily balances of a financial institution’s deposits (both Pesos and foreign currency denominated).
The deposit insurance system covers all Peso and foreign currency deposits held in demand deposit accounts, savings accounts and time deposits for an amount up to Ps. 30,000. Deposits made after July 1, 1995, with an interest rate 200 basis points above the interest rate quoted by Banco Nación for deposits with equivalent maturities are not covered by this system. The guarantee provided by the deposit insurance system must be made effective within 30 days from the revocation of the license of a financial institution, subject to the outcome of the exercise by depositors of their priority rights described under “-Priority Rights of Depositors” below. The Argentine Central Bank may modify, at any time, and with general scope, the amount of the mandatory deposit guarantee insurance.

 

-104-


Table of Contents

Decree No. 1292/96, enhanced Sedesa’s functions to allow it to provide equity capital or make loans to Argentine financial institutions experiencing difficulties and to institutions that buy such financial institutions or their deposits. As a result of such decree, Sedesa has the flexibility to intervene in the restructuring of a financial institution experiencing difficulties prior to bankruptcy.
Priority Rights of Depositors
According to section 49 e) of the Financial Institutions’ Law, in the event of a judicial liquidation or the bankruptcy of a financial entity, the holders of deposits in Pesos and foreign currency benefit from a general priority right to obtain repayment of their deposits up to the amount set forth below, with priority over all other creditors, with the exception of the following: (i) credits secured by a mortgage or pledge, (ii) rediscounts and overdrafts granted to financial entities by the Argentine Central Bank, according to section 17 subsections b), c) and f) of the Argentine Central Bank Charter, (iii) credits granted by the Banking Liquidity Fund created by Decree No. 32 of December 26, 2001, secured by a mortgage and pledge and (iv) certain labor credits, including accrued interest until their total cancellation.
The holders of the following deposits are entitled to the general preferential right established by the Financial Institutions’ Law (following this order of preference),
    deposits of individuals or entities up to Ps. 50,000 or the equivalent thereof in foreign currency, with only one person per deposit being able to use this preference. For the determination of this preference, all deposits of the same person registered by the entity shall be computed;
 
    deposits in excess of Ps. 50,000 or the equivalent thereof in foreign currency, referred to above;
 
    liabilities originated on commercial credit lines granted to the financial entity, which are directly related with international trade.
According to the Financial Institutions’ Law, the preferences set forth in previous paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, are not applicable to deposits held by persons who are affiliates of the financial entity, either directly or indirectly as determined by the Argentine Central Bank.
In addition, under section 53 of the Financial Institutions’ Law, the Argentine Central Bank has an absolute priority over all other creditors of the entity except as provided by the Financial Institutions’ Law.
Financial Institutions with Economic Difficulties
The Financial Institutions’ Law establishes that financial institutions, including commercial banks such as the Bank, which evidence a deficiency in their cash reserves, have not complied with certain required technical standards, including minimum capital requirements, or whose solvency or liquidity is deemed to be impaired by the Argentine Central Bank must submit a restructuring plan to the Argentine Central Bank. Such restructuring plan must be presented to the Argentine Central Bank on the date specified by the Argentine Central Bank, which should not be later than 30 calendar days from the date on which the request is made by the Argentine Central Bank. In order to facilitate the implementation of a restructuring plan, the Argentine Central Bank is authorized to provide a temporary exemption from compliance with technical regulations and/or the payment of charges and fines that arise from such non-compliance.

 

-105-


Table of Contents

The Argentine Central Bank may also, in relation to a restructuring plan presented by a financial institution, require such financial institution to provide guarantees or limit the distribution of profits, and appoint a supervisor, to oversee such financial institutions’ management, with the power to veto decisions taken by the financial institution’s corporate authorities.
In addition, the Argentine Central Bank’s charter authorizes the Superintendency, subject only to the prior approval of the president of the Argentine Central Bank, to suspend for up to 30 days, in whole or in part, the operations of a financial institution if its liquidity or solvency have been adversely affected. Notice of this decision must be given to the board of directors of the Argentine Central Bank. If at the end of such suspension period the Superintendency considers it is necessary to renew it, it can only be authorized by the board of directors of the Argentine Central Bank, for an additional period not to exceed 90 days. During the suspension period: (i) there is an automatic stay of claims, enforcement actions and precautionary measures; (ii) any commitment increasing the financial institution’s liabilities is void, and (iii) acceleration of indebtedness and interest accrual is suspended.
If, in the judgment of the Argentine Central Bank, a financial institution is in a situation which, under the Financial Institutions’ Law, would authorize the Argentine Central Bank to revoke the financial institution’s license to operate as such, the Argentine Central Bank may, prior to considering such revocation, order a variety of measures, including (1) taking steps to reduce, increase or sell the financial institution’s capital; (2) revoking the approval granted to the shareholders of the financial institution to own an interest therein, giving a term for the transfer of such shares; (3) excluding and transferring assets and liabilities; (4) constituting trusts with part or all the financial institution’s assets; (5) granting of temporary exemptions to comply with technical regulations and/or pay charges and fines arising from such defective compliance; or (6) appointing a bankruptcy trustee and removing statutory authorities.
Furthermore, any actions authorized, commissioned or decided by the Argentine Central Bank under section 35 bis of the Financial Institutions’ Law, involving the transfer of assets and liabilities, or complementing it, or necessary to execute the restructuring of a financial institution, as well as those related to the reduction, increase and sale of equity, are not subject to any court authorization and cannot be deemed inefficient in respect of the creditors of the financial institution which was the owner of the excluded assets, even though its insolvency preceded any of such actions.
Dissolution and Liquidation of Financial Institutions
The Argentine Central Bank must be notified of any decision to dissolve a financial institution pursuant to the Financial Institutions’ Law. The Argentine Central Bank, in turn, must then notify a court of competent jurisdiction which will determine who will liquidate the entity (the corporate authorities or an appointed, independent liquidator). This determination is based on whether or not sufficient assurances exist regarding the ability of such corporate authorities to carry out the liquidation properly.

 

-106-


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Financial Institutions’ Law, the Argentine Central Bank no longer acts as liquidator of financial institutions. However, when a restructuring plan has failed or is not considered viable, local and regulatory violations exist, or substantial changes have occurred in the financial institution’s condition since the original authorization was granted, the Argentine Central Bank may decide to revoke the license of the financial institution to operate as such. In this case, the law allows judicial or extrajudicial liquidation as in the case of voluntary liquidation described in the preceding paragraph.
The bankruptcy of a financial institution cannot be adjudicated until the license is revoked by the Argentine Central Bank. No creditor, with the exception of the Argentine Central Bank, may request the bankruptcy of the former financial institution before 60 days have elapsed since the revocation of its license.
Credit Cards Regulation
The Credit Cards Law establishes the general framework for credit card activities. Among other, this law:
    places the supervision of credit and debit card companies in the hands of the Argentine Central Bank for financial matters and of the National Undersecretary of Industry and Trade for business and commercial matters;
 
    sets a 3% cap on the rate a credit card company can charge merchants with which it has entered into card acceptance agreements for processing customer card holders’ transactions with such merchants, calculated as a percentage of the customers’ purchases;
 
    establishes that credit card companies must provide the Argentine Central Bank with the information on their loan portfolio that such entity requires, and
 
    sets a cap on the interest rate a credit card company can charge a card holder, which cannot exceed by more than 25% the average interest rate charged by the issuer on personal loans and, for non-bank issuers, it cannot exceed by more than 25% the financial system’s average interest rate on personal loans published by the Argentine Central Bank.
Both the Argentine Central Bank and the National Undersecretary of Industry and Trade have issued regulations to, among other things, enforce public disclosure of companies’ pricing (fees and interest rates) to assure consumer awareness of such pricing.
Concealment and Laundering of Assets of a Criminal Origin
Law No. 25,246 (as amended by Laws No. 26,087, No. 26,119 and No. 26,268) incorporates money laundering as a crime under the Argentine Criminal Code. Additionally, with the goal of preventing and stopping money laundering, the Unidad de Información Financiera (“UIF”, Financial Information Unit) was created under the jurisdiction of the Argentine Ministry of Justice, Security and Human Rights.

 

-107-


Table of Contents

Regulations in force establish, among other things, that:
  i)   Any person who converts, transfers, administers, sells, encumbers or uses money or any other asset derived from any crime in which he was not involved, with the possible result of giving those original or secondary assets the appearance of having a legal origin and as long as their value is greater than Ps. 50,000, whether through a single act or through a series of related events, will be imprisoned for two to ten years and will be fined an amount that will be between two and ten times the amount of the transaction.
 
  ii)   Any person that was not involved in a crime committed by another person but that (a) helps a person to elude or escape from an investigation by the relevant authority; (b) hides, alters or destroys any trail, evidence or object related to the crime or helps the perpetrator of the crime or any participant to hide them, alter them or make them disappear; (c) acquires, receives or hides money or objects arising from a crime; (d) does not report a crime or does not identify a perpetrator of or participant in a crime that is known to him when obligated to do so in order to promote the criminal prosecution of a crime of such nature; (e) secures or helps the perpetrator of or participant in a crime to secure the product or profit of a crime, will be imprisoned for six months to three years.
The minimum and maximum of the criminal scale will be doubled when (a) the foregoing acts were crimes that are particularly serious, meaning those crimes with a punishment that is greater than three years of imprisonment; (b) the perpetrator committed the crime for profit; and (c) the perpetrator regularly performs concealment activities. The criminal scale will only be increased once, even when more than one of the above mentioned acts occurs. In such a case the court may take into consideration the multiple acts when individualizing the punishment.
In addition, regulations establish that: (a) within the framework of a review of reported suspicious activity, the persons that are obligated to provide information may not withhold information required by the UIF because such information is a banking, stock market or professional secret nor because it is legally or contractually confidential; (b) if after having completed its analysis of the reported activity, the UIF has found sufficient elements to suspect that the activity is a money laundering operation pursuant to the law, then the UIF shall notify the Public Ministry in order to determine if a criminal prosecution should begin; (c) those persons who have acted for their spouse, any relative that is related by blood up to the fourth degree or by marriage up to the second degree or a close friend or a person to whom they owe special gratitude, shall be exempted from criminal responsibility.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to the Argentine Criminal Code, the exemption shall not be effective in the following cases: (i) with respect to a person who secures or helps the perpetrator of or a participant in a crime to secure the product or profit of the crime; (ii) with respect to a perpetrator that committed the crime for profit; (iii) with respect to a perpetrator that regularly performs concealment activities; or (iv) with respect to a person that converts, transfers, administers, sells, encumbers or uses money or any other asset derived from any crime in which he was not involved, with the possible result of giving those original or secondary assets the appearance of having a legal origin and as long as their value is greater than Ps. 50,000, whether through a single act or through a series of related events.

 

-108-


Table of Contents

The law lists the parties that are obligated to report to the UIF; these parties include, among others: financial institutions, agents and stock companies, insurance companies, notary publics and those registered professionals whose activities are governed by the Consejo de Profesionales de Ciencias Económica (Economic Sciences Professional Council). Such reporting obligation generally consists of performing due diligence in order to get to know the client and in order to understand the corresponding transaction and, if applicable, in order to report any irregular or suspicious activity to the UIF, pursuant to the terms and conditions established by the regulation applicable to such obligated party.
Likewise, Law No. 26,119 modified the composition and the structure of the UIF, which is now comprised of a President and a Vice-president that are appointed by the executive branch based on a proposal made by the Ministry of Justice and an advisory council comprised of representatives of the Argentine Central Bank, the Argentine Revenue Service (“AFIP”), the CNV, the SEDRONAR (the Government’s secretary for the prevention of drug use and dealing), the Ministry of Justice, Security and Human Rights, the Ministry of Economy and the Ministry of Interior.
On June 13, 2007 Law No. 26,268 was enacted. Such law establishes the punishments and sanctions applicable to those individuals that are part of an unlawful association the purpose of which is, through the execution of crimes, the terrorizing of a population and the forcing of a government or an international organization to commit an act or refrain from committing an act, as long as the following characteristics are fulfilled: (a) there is a plan to spread hate regarding specific ethnic, religious or political groups; (b) the association has an international operational network; and (c) the association has at its disposal war weapons, explosives, chemical or bacterial agents or any other instruments that can put the life or safety of an uncertain number of people in danger.
In light of the above described framework, in 2000, the Bank formed a Board Committee, the “Committee for the Control and Prevention of Money Laundering,” the name of which was changed in 2005 to the “Committee for the Control and Prevention of Money Laundering and Funding of Terrorist Activities,” which is in charge of establishing the general guidelines for the Bank’s strategy to control and prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism. For more information, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees-Functions of the Board of Directors of Banco Galicia”. In addition, a unit specializing in this area was created, the Anti-Money Laundering Unit, which is responsible for the execution of the policies passed by the committee and for the monitoring of control systems and procedures in order to ensure that they are adequate.
The “guide for unusual or suspicious transactions within the scope of the financial and foreign exchange system” (passed by Resolution No. 2/02 of the UIF) establishes the obligation to report the following investment related transactions: (a) investments related to purchases of government or corporate securities given in custody to the financial institution if such securities’ value appears to be inappropriate due to the type of business of the client; (b) deposits or “back to back” loan transactions with branches, subsidiaries or affiliates of the bank in places known to be “tax havens” or countries or territories considered by the Financial Action Task Force as non-cooperative, (c) client requests for investment management services (whether in foreign currency, shares or trusts) where the source of the funds is not clear or is not consistent with its business; (d) significant and unusual movements in custodial accounts; (e) frequent use by infrequent clients of special investment accounts whose owner is the financial entity; (f) regular securities transactions, through purchases and sales on the same day and for identical volumes and nominal values, taking advantage of quotation differences, when such transactions are not consistent with the client’s profile and regular activity.

 

-109-


Table of Contents

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Item 5.A. Operating Results
The following discussion and analysis is intended to help you understand and assess the significant changes and trends in our historical results of operations and the factors affecting our resources. You should read this section in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and their related notes included elsewhere in this annual report.
Overview
In the last three years, in order to increase our recurrent earnings generation capacity, we have undertaken to:
    Expand the volume of our business with the private sector;
 
    Progressively strengthen our balance sheet by consistently reducing the Bank’s high exposure to the public sector, as well as those liabilities incurred by the Bank as a consequence of the 2001-2002 crisis, and
 
    Capitalize the Bank.
This strategy responds to the consequences of the 2001-2002 crisis on us, which left the Bank with a very low exposure to the private sector and an unusually high and low yielding exposure to the public sector with expensive liabilities supporting such assets, mainly CER adjusted debt with the Argentine Central Bank and our restructured foreign debt. Therefore, we have undertaken to significantly increase the relative size of our business with the private sector in terms of our total balance sheet, reducing public-sector asset concentration and thus freeing resources tied to low yielding public-sector exposures, both of which have so far strengthened our balance sheet which in turn allows our business with the private sector to continue to grow and to contribute more meaningfully to our bottom line. In addition we have undertaken to increase the Bank’s capital in order for it to be able to support the growth of its business.
Our strategy for reducing the Bank’s liabilities has been to use the Bank’s public-sector exposure to repay them, both through the proceeds of sales of these assets or swaps, while always taking advantage of market conditions to dispose of public-sector assets in order to minimize the impact of such strategy on our shareholders’ equity.
Mainly in 2006 and in the first months of 2007, we made significant payments in advance on the financial assistance from the Argentine Central Bank received as a consequence of the crisis, to a large extent using the proceeds of the sale of public-sector assets granted as collateral for such financial assistance. This debt, which originally matured in 2011, was settled in advance on March 2, 2007. As of December 31, 2005, this debt amounted to Ps. 5,314.9 million and as of December 31, 2006, it amounted to Ps. 2,688.7 million.

 

-110-


Table of Contents

We received the Boden 2012 Bonds corresponding to the Compensatory Bond in late 2005 and, on December 1, 2006, we acquired 90.8% of the Hedge Bond (Boden 2012 Bonds for US$ 1,155.0 million of face value) with the proceeds of the execution of the same proportion of the advance from the Argentine Central Bank for the acquisition of such bond. This liability was simultaneously settled with public-sector assets granted as collateral for such liability and cash. Moreover, after the close of the first quarter of 2007, we acquired the Boden 2012 Bonds corresponding to the remaining 9.2% of the Hedge Bond (US$ 116.8 million of face value) through a swap for Secured Loans (Ps. 115.9 million of face value).
Substantially as a result of all the above, but also as a result of sales of Bogar Bonds, Secured Loans and Boden 2012 Bonds, we reduced our exposure to the public sector from Ps. 16,414.5 million to Ps. 6,054.3 million between December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2008, representing a reduction of Ps. 10,360.2 million or 63.1% of the former amount.
Although the acquisition of the Hedge Bond implied significant losses due to the valuation of public-sector assets (recorded at the end of fiscal year 2006 and in the first quarter of 2007) it also meant (i) completion of the process of compensating us for the effects of the asymmetric pesification measures of 2002, (ii) the finalization of repayment of the Ps. 8,611.9 million expensive liabilities with the Argentine Central Bank, and (iii) the increase of our ability to generate new business, as we were able to gradually apply to our business the resources previously tied up in public-sector assets, which were released from their status as collateral for debt with the Argentine Central Bank, in addition to the full availability of the Boden 2012 Bonds corresponding to the Hedge Bond. In addition, repayment of the expensive liabilities with the Argentine Central Bank and of part of our restructured foreign debt contributed to the increase in our financial margin.
We have expanded our operations significantly since mid 2002, increasing our customer base and our fee based and financial intermediation activities with the private sector, strengthening our position as a leading domestic private-sector financial institution. In addition, also contributing to our operating profitability, our asset quality recorded a significant improvement with both our total deposits (which began to increase in the second half of 2002) and loan origination (which began to increase gradually in 2003) increasing, both at the level of the Bank and at the level of the regional credit card companies.
The increase in our overall level of activity, which led to the above mentioned increase in the volume of our fee based business and financial intermediation with the private sector, has had a positive impact on our net financial income and on our net income from services. However, despite this growth and although our net financial income began to recover from the very low levels, both in absolute values and relative to total assets, it is still low relative to our net income from services. This condition calls for the continuation of our efforts to reduce the non-interest yielding assets and the Dollar-denominated intermediation between high cost restructured foreign debt and Libor-yielding Boden 2012 Bonds, while pursuing our strategy of increasing the size of our financial intermediation business with the private sector.

 

-111-


Table of Contents

At the beginning of the recovery of the Argentine economy, the decreasing risk profile of the loan portfolio reduced the need to establish loan loss reserves and the improvement in the quality of the loan portfolio allowed for the reversal of provisions and strong loan recoveries, which reduced the impact of net credit losses on our bottom line. Nevertheless this effect decreased progressively, and loan loss provisions increased due to the seasoning of individuals’ loan portfolios.
During this period, following the expansion of our business volume we decided to expand our distribution network, with a related increase in personnel and a greater use of resources in general, as well as considerable expenses for advertising and publicity. In addition, the administrative expenses reflect an inflationary environment and the adjustment of salaries that has taken place.
During 2008, and in particular during the second half of the year, there was a marked worsening of the international financial crisis and the spread of its effects to the Argentine economy. In addition, certain preexisting domestic problems and the Government’s decision to nationalize the private pension funds system dampened domestic confidence and raised uncertainty regarding future economic policies. On the monetary front, the combination of high international and domestic uncertainty triggered a strong dollarization of portfolios. The direct consequence of the strong demand for US Dollars was the shift away from private sector Peso deposits, and, in turn, a deceleration in growth rates of the loans to the private sector. In spite of the adverse international and local financial condition, during fiscal year 2008 the Bank managed to expand its business with the private sector and to improve its income generation, while strengthening its financial condition, the coverage of its credit risks in a scenario of deterioration of asset quality, and the provisioning for other contingencies.
In summary, in the last years, our results of operations were strongly influenced by the negative effect on our net financial income of certain consequences of the 2001-2002 crisis, including the valuation of our exposure to the public sector in accordance with Argentine Central Bank regulations, among others. However, our operating profitability was positively impacted by the strengthening of our balance sheet, including the progressive reduction of public-sector assets and liabilities and the growth of our business with the private sector, both the financial intermediation and fee based businesses, in a still low credit risk environment.
Excluding non-recurring gains, our miscellaneous net income increased, primarily due to the reversal of loan loss provisions and loan recoveries, partially offset by an increase in the amortization of amparo claims.
The Argentine Economy, Financial System and Insurance Industry in the Three Years Ended December 31, 2008
From the second half of 2002 until the end of 2007, the Argentine economy grew. During this period, the Argentine economy registered an impressive performance, expanding at high rates without interruption, with its GDP growing more than 50.0% between 2002 and 2007, inclusively, based on increasing domestic and external aggregate demand. During this period, the economy demonstrated improving and sound fundamentals, with high fiscal and current account surpluses, increasing international reserves, growing exports, low interest rates and low inflation, being some of the principal. This performance was achieved in a favorable international context, which included strong commodity prices, low international interest rates and decreasing risk aversion of international capital markets with regard to emerging markets, during most of the period. On the domestic front, an undervalued currency, low levels of capacity utilization and high unemployment after the 2001-2002 crisis, and low domestic interest rates led to the combination of high GDP growth rates and low inflation for several years.

 

-112-


Table of Contents

In 2008, the crisis in the international financial markets intensified, as did its impact on the value of assets and the level of economic activity in the major economies of the world. Furthermore, capital outflows from emerging markets to developed economies and the significant decrease in the price of commodities had a negative impact on the perspectives regarding the evolution of emerging economies in general, and Argentina in particular.
This adverse international environment, together with pre-existing domestic problems, was reflected in the significant slowdown shown by the economy during 2008. Even though GDP grew 7% during the year, a strong deterioration in the level of activity was shown in the last quarter. During the first half of 2008, the economy continued growing at an increased pace, an annual 8.2%, despite the negative effect of the conflict between the Government and the agriculture and livestock sector that also had a negative effect on the economy during the second quarter, which grew 7.8% inter-annually. However, during the second semester of 2008, when the slowdown worsened, annual growth rates were 6.9% for the third quarter and 4.9% for the fourth quarter of 2008. The last quarter of 2008 showed a 0.3% decrease compared to the previous quarter without seasonal variations. This was the first quarterly drop experienced since the first quarter of 2002. Moreover, the annual expansion rate experienced by the economy during the fourth quarter was the lowest one seen for the last six years.
Domestic demand showed a significant slowdown toward the end of the year. Private consumption, which during the first semester had grown at an annual 8%, during the fourth quarter grew only 4.3%. As such, domestic demand grew 6.7% in 2008, lower than the figure recorded in 2007 (an increase of 9% inter-annually). Similarly, fixed gross investments, which increased 16.8% during the first semester of 2008, moderated their growth pace during the third quarter, with an 8.5% rate, and dropped to 2.8% during the last three months of 2008. As a whole, investments grew 9% when compared to 2007, which represented a slowdown of its expansion rate compared to 2007, when it grew 13.6%. Both components of domestic demand showed the strong impact that the intensification of the international crisis that took place during the last months of the year had on expectations and, therefore, on the level of activity.
Exports of goods and services showed a significant deterioration as they grew only 1.1% in 2008, as compared to the 9% growth shown the previous year. This result was the combination of several factors that occurred during 2008. The conflict between the Government and the agricultural and livestock sector due to export taxes led to a 1.6% annual decrease during the second quarter. In addition, the worsening of the financial crisis, which had a negative impact on the price of commodities, together with the drought that affected most of the agricultural and livestock areas, among other factors, led to the sharp 11.3% decrease in exports during the last quarter of 2008. On the other hand, imports grew 13.3% in 2008, almost half of the previous year’s growth rate. Similarly to the rest of the components that constitute GDP, imports showed a strong deterioration toward the last quarter of the year, when they dropped 3.9%, in comparison with the 20% growth experienced during the first three quarters of the year.
With respect to aggregate supply, during 2008 the services sector was the most dynamic, growing 8.3% inter-annually. The financial sector stood out, which grew 17.4%, in line with the growth pace shown during the previous year. The goods sector grew 3.4% during the same period, which implied a strong slowdown when compared to the previous year (an increase of 7.9% inter-annually). This result was influenced by the poor performance of the agricultural sector in 2008, which showed a 1.6% decrease during the year (with 3.4% drops in the second and fourth quarters). In turn, the construction sector, which grew only 3.7% annually (one third of the expansion shown in 2007), significantly decreased its growth pace toward the end of the year, falling 1.9% in the fourth quarter, when compared to the fourth quarter of 2007. The industrial sector showed an average 5% increase during 2008.

 

-113-


Table of Contents

The unemployment rate decreased from 7.5% of the economically active population for the fourth quarter of 2007 to 7.3% for the fourth quarter of 2008, reflecting a slight improvement in the labor market performance.
The main monetary indicators evolved in line with the international financial crisis and the uncertainty generated by the conflict between the Government and agricultural and livestock producers. Due to the lower demand for money, the monetary base that expanded at an average 23% rate during the first half of the year, as of December 2008 dropped to an average 10.5% rate, equivalent to an average of Ps. 106,439 million. Unlike previous years, when the Argentine Central Bank could sustain a policy of preventative accumulation of international reserves, during the most unstable months of 2008 it was forced to sell foreign currency to the market in order to reduce exchange volatility. Therefore, the US$ 2,596 million purchased by the Argentine Central Bank during the first quarter were more than offset by the US$ 2,735 million sold to the market during the following quarter. A similar trend occurred during the second half of the year, with purchases for US$ 1,324 million during the third quarter and sales for US$ 2,203 million during the last quarter of 2008. However, during 2008 the Argentine Central Bank injected liquidity to the market, mainly through the net payment of Lebac and Nobac in the amount of Ps. 19,193 million, as well as through the acquisition of government securities and other transactions for a total value of Ps. 8,721 million. Using these monetary expansion mechanisms, the monetary base contraction — which was derived from a Ps. 5,602 million increase in repurchase agreements, governmental transactions amounting to Ps. 7,638 million, Ps. 3,538 million in foreign currency sales, and the settlement of rediscounts in the financial system amounting to Ps. 667 million- was overcome.
Moreover, other steps were taken to strengthen the financial system’s liquidity, among which the following stand out: the creation of a new liquidity source through repurchase transactions with certain government securities held by banks (Bogar Bonds and Secured Loans), increasing the options with respect to the terms of repurchase transactions; the adoption of an additional liquidity provision system, allowing banks that held Lebac and Nobac (with maturity terms not higher than six months) to obtain funds immediately; the coefficients for cash reserves required for deposits in Dollars were reduced, aimed at increasing the availability of funds for financing foreign trade transactions; the line of repurchase transactions at a fixed rate was increased from Ps. 3,000 million to Ps. 10,000 million, and a guaranteed pre-rating system was established with respect to the financial assistance system.
During the year, interest rates also evolved in line with the domestic monetary and exchange uncertainty, with an upward trend. In particular, the interest rate applicable to 30-day time deposits in Pesos over Ps. 1 million (private banks Badlar interest rate) increased from an average 13.52% in December 2007 to 19.08% in December 2008. However, this trend was not linear due to the fact that, in June and November, the rate averaged 17.45% and 21.50%, respectively, reaching a 26.13% ceiling in mid-November.
The reference exchange rate set by the Argentine Central Bank increased from Ps. 3.151 to Ps. 3.454 per US Dollar between December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008, while the average exchange rate increased from Ps. 3.116 per US Dollar in 2007 to Ps. 3.161 per US Dollar in 2008.
The high level of use of installed capacity within a framework in which demand was still growing continued to exert pressure on prices. According to the Consumers Price Index (“CPI”) of the INDEC, the inflation rate was 7.2% in 2008, lower than the 8.5% rate of the previous fiscal year. In turn, the Wholesale Domestic Price Index (“WPI”) recorded an 8.9% increase.
In the fiscal area, although tax revenues increased 34.8% in 2008 when compared to 2007, the combination of a lower level of activity and a strong reduction in the international price of commodities during the second half of the year resulted in a growth deceleration by year-end, reaching an inter-annual 25% growth rate in the fourth quarter. In turn, primary expenditure expanded during 2008 by 31.3%, well above the 30.7% increase in total revenues. Therefore, the Argentine public sector obtained a primary surplus of Ps. 32,529 million, equivalent to 3.1% of GDP. The financial surplus, after interest payments for Ps. 17,874 million, amounted to Ps. 14,655 million, equivalent to 1.4% of GDP.
The current account of the balance of payments once more recorded a surplus as a result of a still high trade balance surplus. Despite this, in terms of GDP there was a reduction to approximately 2.4% in 2008, from 2.7% in 2007. The balance of trade experienced a US$ 13,174 million surplus in 2008, well over the US$ 11,153 million of the previous year.

 

-114-


Table of Contents

Exports showed 27% growth, well over the expansion pace shown during 2007 (an increase of 20%). However, this result is due to the strong increase in prices, which offset the non-existent variation of volumes exported (which actually decreased during the last quarter of 2008). As regards prices, the deterioration of the market price of the Bank’s most important goods for export shown during the fourth quarter was more than offset by the exceptional performance thereof during the first half of the year. While exports of agriculture and livestock goods continue to be the exports with the highest share in the total exports of Argentina (increasing 35%), they performed poorly with respect to volume, with a 9% decrease for the year, the same was true for the volume of commodities exported (decreasing 5%). In turn, imports grew at a 28% rate in comparison to 2007, due to the joint effect of the increase in prices and volumes. Products purchased as intermediate goods represented 35% of total imports, followed by the purchases of capital goods (representing 22%).
Within a framework of considerable uncertainty, both internationally and locally, the private sector’s capital account experienced a net foreign currency outflow of US$ 6,677 million during the first nine months of 2008. The moderate capital inflow shown during the first quarter of the year was more than offset by the capital outflow that took place during the second and third quarters. Even though we have no official information for the fourth quarter of the year, capital outflows would have continued during such period. As of December 31, 2008, the Argentine Central Bank’s international reserves amounted to US$ 46,386 million, almost at the same levels shown at the end of 2007.
The Argentine Financial System
The Argentine financial system was not immune to the strong volatility experienced in international financial markets and the deterioration of the global economy. Despite this, it grew moderately, in terms of intermediation with the private sector.
Total loans to the private sector increased by 21.2% as compared with December 2007, reaching Ps. 130,154 million. The loans that increased the most were consumer credit lines, made up of loans granted through credit cards and personal loans, which increased by 31.7% in 2008, reaching Ps. 43,673 million. Short-term commercial loans –i.e., cash advances in current accounts and promissory notes– grew 13.0%, reaching Ps. 41,102 million. Pledge loans increased 28.7%, with a final balance of Ps. 7,761 million, while mortgage loans increased 29.3% (to Ps. 18,887 million). On the other hand, loans to the public sector continued to decrease, in line with the current situation, reaching 12.5% of total assets, equivalent to a reduction of 3.8 percentage points (“p.p.”) during the year.
With respect to liabilities, total deposits in the financial system increased 15.1% during 2008, reaching Ps. 234,577 million. Considering the transfer of accounts from AFJPs to the ANSES, deposits from the non-financial private sector increased 9.3%, reaching Ps. 164,242 million, while deposits from the public sector increased 33.3%, reaching Ps. 67,280 million. Regarding deposits from the private sector, transactional deposits amounted to Ps. 84,863 million by the end of the year, equivalent to a 10.5% growth, which is lower than the 31.0% growth of the previous year. Time deposits amounted to Ps. 71,244 million by year-end, equivalent to 8.9% growth, which is lower than the 20.9% of the previous year. The average interest rate paid by private banks in December was 18.5%, with an increase of 633 basis points (“b.p.”) inter-annually, while in the case of time deposits over Ps. 1 million, the average interest rate was 19.1% (an increase of 557 b.p.), a trend that started to reverse in December 2008.
Financial institutions increased their liquidity levels as a prudent policy, which in turn contributed to financial stability. The liquidity ratio increased from an average 19.4% in December 2007 to 21.7% in December 2008.
In order to moderate the impact of the domestic and international situation on the Argentine economy, the Argentine Central Bank injected liquidity into the market mainly by repurchasing debt securities (Lebac and Nobac), thus avoiding any further interest rate fluctuations. At the same time, the high level of international reserves and the managed floating of the exchange rate allowed for the reduction of volatility in a foreign exchange market that was more adverse than in previous years.

 

-115-


Table of Contents

In terms of solvency, the Argentine financial system’s net worth increased by Ps. 4,553 million during 2008, i.e., a 12.4% improvement. The system’s profitability in 2008 was equivalent to 1.5% of total assets (the same as in the previous year), while the return on equity was 13.3%, higher than the 11% in 2007. Income from interests and income from services increased, thus representing 3.1% and 3.6% of total assets, respectively, as compared to 2.2% and 3.1% in 2007. The negative effects of the capital markets’ volatility on the results from holdings of government securities did not allow for a better performance. On the other hand, although administrative expenses increased (from 5.5% to 6.1% of total assets), operating income increased even more, thus resulting in an efficiency improvement. Provisions for loan losses increased from 0.7% to 0.9% of total assets —representing low levels in historical terms but reflecting a deterioration of the quality of the portfolio.
The non-accrual portfolio of loans to the non-financial private sector decreased from 3.2% in December 2007 to 3.0% in December 2008, although delinquency grew 0.2 p.p. in the last quarter of the year. There was also a slight improvement in the level of provisioning by making allowances regarding non-accrual loans to the private sector, reaching 131.0% in December 2008, as compared to 129.6% in December 2007.
As of December 31, 2008, there were 84 financial institutions in Argentina, taking into account both banking and non-banking institutions. Of such total, 67 were banks, out of which 55 were private banks (holding 57.4% of total deposits in the system). In turn, 34 were domestic banks: one was a cooperative bank (which represented 28.6% of the deposits, showing no differences as compared with December 2007), and 21 were foreign-owned banks (which represented 28.8% of total deposits, showing no differences as compared to December 2007). There were 12 Government-owned banks (with 42.3% of total deposits) and 17 non-banking financial institutions (with only a 0.3% share in total deposits).
The concentration of the financial system — measured by the market share of the ten leading banks in terms of deposits — reached 75.6% as of December 31, 2008. This percentage was similar to that recorded at the end of December 2007.
Based on September 2008 data (the last information available to date), the financial system employed a total of 100,405 people (58% related to the private sector), representing a 1.7% increase compared to January 2008.
The Argentine Insurance Industry
During 2008, the insurance industry continued growing for the sixth consecutive year. Insurance production amounted to nearly Ps. 27,000 million, an 8% increase at constant values, compared to the previous year. Out of the total insurance production, 71% related to property insurance, 20% related to life and personal insurance, and 9% to retirement insurance. Within property insurance, automotive insurance continues to be the most important segment, with a 45% share, followed by the labor risk segment, with a 25% share.
Inflation
The following table shows the rate of inflation, as measured by the variations in the WPI and the CPI, and the evolution of the CER index used to adjust the principal of certain of our assets and liabilities, for the periods indicated.
                         
    For the 12-month period ended December 31,  
(in percentages)   2008     2007     2006  
Price Indices (1)
                       
WPI
    8.82       14.56       7.14  
CPI
    7.24       8.47       9.84  
Adjustment Indices
                       
CER
    7.97       8.50       10.08  
(1) Source: INDEC .
In the first five months of 2009, the WPI increased 2.08% and the CPI increased 2.29%. Over the same period, the CER increased 2.29%.

 

-116-


Table of Contents

Currency Composition of Our Balance Sheet
The following table sets forth our assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency, in Pesos and adjustable by the CER, at the dates indicated.
                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In millions of Pesos)  
Assets
                       
In Pesos, Unadjusted
    15,165.1       14,177.0       12,510.4  
In Pesos, Adjusted by the CER
    2,439.2       2,350.7       4,271.5  
In Foreign Currency (1)
    7,131.5       6,301.0       6,833.5  
 
                 
Total Assets
    24,735.8       22,828.7       23,615.4  
 
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
                       
In Pesos, Unadjusted, Including Shareholders’ Equity
    17,262.1       15,597.3       13,096.4  
In Pesos, Adjusted by the CER
    50.3       277.3       3,826.2  
In Foreign Currency (1)
    7,423.4       6,954.1       6,692.8  
 
                 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
    24,735.8       22,828.7       23,615.4  
 
                 
     
(1)   If adjusted to reflect forward sales and purchases of foreign exchange made by the Bank and recorded off-balance sheet, assets amounted to Ps. 10,495.4 million and liabilities Ps. 10,228.3 million.
Funding of our long position in CER-adjusted assets through Peso-denominated liabilities bearing a market interest rate (and no principal adjustment linked to inflation) exposes us to differential fluctuations in the inflation rate and in market interest rates, with a significant increase in market interest rates vis-à-vis the inflation rate (which is reflected in the CER variation) having a negative impact on our net financial income.
Results of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006
We discuss below our results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, as compared with our results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and our results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 as compared with our results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
Net Income/Loss
                                         
                                       
    Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2008/2007     2007/2006  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
Consolidated Income Statement
                                       
Financial Income
    2,559.3       1,997.9       2,229.8       561.4       (231.9 )
Financial Expenses
    1,421.0       1,246.7       1,851.6       174.3       (604.9 )
Net financial Income
    1,138.3       751.2       378.2       387.1       373.0  
Provision for Losses on Loans and Other Receivables
    395.4       255.5       110.9       139.9       144.6  
Net income from Services
    1,187.9       913.1       672.0       274.8       241.1  
Administrative Expenses
    1,781.1       1,286.3       974.6       494.8       311.7  
Minority Interest
    (35.8 )     (32.1 )     (19.0 )     (3.7 )     (13.1 )
Income / (Loss) from Equity Investments
    56.8       2.0       (14.4 )     54.8       16.4  
Miscellaneous Income / (Loss), Net
    80.1       25.1       144.0       55.0       (118.9 )
Income Tax
    (74.0 )     (71.5 )     (94.2 )     (2.5 )     22.7  
 
                             
Net income / (Loss)
    176.8       46.0       (18.9 )     130.8       64.9  
 
                             
Return on Average Assets (1)
    0.91       0.37       0.0004       0.54       0.3696  
Return on Average Shareholders’ Equity
    10.13       2.86       (1.15 )     7.27       4.01  
     
(1)   For the calculation of the return on average assets, profits or losses corresponding to minority interests are excluded from net income.

 

-117-


Table of Contents

During fiscal year 2008, we recorded net income of Ps. 176.8 million as compared to a net income of Ps. 46.0 million in the prior fiscal year and a Ps. 18.9 million net loss in fiscal year 2006.
Net income per share for fiscal year 2008 was Ps. 0.142, as compared to Ps. 0.037 in fiscal year 2007. The return on average assets and the return on average shareholders’ equity were 0.91% and 10.13%, respectively, for fiscal year 2008, as compared to 0.37% and 2.86%, respectively, during fiscal year 2007. During fiscal year 2006, a Ps. 0.015 net loss was recorded, the return on average assets was 0.0004% and the return on average shareholders’ equity was (1.15%).
Fiscal Year 2008 Compared to Fiscal Year 2007
Net income for fiscal year 2008 amounted to Ps. 176.8 million, Ps. 130.8 million higher than the previous fiscal year. This increase in net income was mainly attributable to:
    a 30.1% increase in net income from services, from Ps. 913.1 million to Ps. 1,187.9 million,
 
    a 28.1% increase in financial income, from Ps. 1,997.9 million to Ps. 2,559.3 million,
 
    a Ps. 55.0 million increase in miscellaneous net income, from Ps. 25.1 million to Ps. 80.1 million, and
 
    a Ps. 54.8 million increase in income from equity investments, from Ps. 2.0 million to Ps. 56.8 million.
These factors were partially offset by:
    a 38.5% increase in administrative expenses, which increased from Ps. 1,286.3 million to Ps. 1,781.1 million,
 
    a 14.0% increase in financial expenses, from Ps. 1,246.7 million to Ps. 1,421.0 million, and
 
    a Ps. 139.9 million increase in provisions for losses on loans, from Ps. 255.5 million to Ps. 395.4 million.
Fiscal Year 2007 Compared to Fiscal Year 2006
During fiscal year 2007, net income amounted to Ps. 46.0 million, as compared to a net loss of Ps. 18.9 million in the previous fiscal year. This increase was mainly attributable to:
    a 32.7% reduction in financial expenses, from Ps. 1,851.6 million to Ps. 1,246.7 million,
 
    a 35.9% increase in net income from services, from Ps. 672.0 million to Ps. 913.1 million, and
 
    a Ps. 22.7 million decrease in income tax charges, 24.1% lower than the Ps. 94.2 million corresponding to the previous fiscal year.
These factors were partially offset by:
    a 32% increase in administrative expenses, which increased from Ps. 974.6 million to Ps. 1,286.3 million,
 
    a 10.4% reduction in financial income, from Ps. 2,229.8 million to Ps. 1,997.9 million,
 
    a Ps. 144.6 million increase in provisions for losses on loans, from Ps. 110.9 million to Ps. 255.5 million, and
 
    a Ps. 118.9 million reduction in miscellaneous net income, from Ps. 144.0 million to Ps. 25.1 million.

 

-118-


Table of Contents

Financial Income
Our financial income was composed of the following:
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Income on Loans and Other Receivables Resulting from Financial Brokerage and Premiums Earned on Reverse Repurchases
    1,930.3       1,413.2       1,149.1  
Income from Government and Corporate Securities, Net
    238.1       241.3       235.3  
CER Adjustment
    123.9       205.1       736.0  
Other (1)
    267.0       138.3       109.4  
 
                 
Total
    2,559.3       1,997.9       2,229.8  
 
                 
     
(1)   Reflects income from financial leases, net, and differences in the quotation of gold and foreign currency as well as premiums on forward sales of foreign exchange.
The following table shows our yields on interest-earning assets and cost of funds:
                                                 
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    Average             Average             Average        
    Balance     Rate     Balance     Rate     Balance     Rate  
    (in millions of Pesos, except rates)  
Interest-Earning Assets
    19,892.5       12.14       18,225.9       10.00       21,752.6       8.84  
 
                                   
Government Securities
    3,642.2       4.08       4,278.8       3.42       4,675.8       6.68  
Loans
    12,077.3       17.01       10,528.9       14.17       10,851.0       12.21  
Other (1)
    4,173.0       5.09       3,418.2       5.41       6,225.8       4.57  
 
                                   
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
    15,694.5       8.14       14,858.8       7.21       18,894.0       8.79  
 
                                   
Current Accounts
    948.1       2.28       678.4       2.42       658.8       3.19  
Savings Accounts
    2,587.7       0.18       2,252.9       0.23       1,789.3       0.25  
Time Deposits (2)
    6,769.4       11.34       6,606.2       8.51       5,297.9       7.84  
Argentine Central Bank (3)
    0.4             261.5       26.31       6,083.1       12.65  
Debt Securities
    2,799.8       10.00       3,360.1       8.66       3,432.4       8.59  
Other Interest-bearing Liabilities
    2,589.1       7.86       1,699.7       7.50       1,632.5       9.48  
 
                                   
Spread and Net Yield
                                               
Interest Spread, Nominal Basis (4)
            4.00               2.79               0.05  
Net Yield on Interest-earning Assets (5)
            5.72               4.13               1.21  
Financial Margin (6)
            5.72               4.12               1.74  
 
                                         
     
(1)   Includes amounts corresponding to the Compensatory Bond and the Hedge Bond.
 
(2)   Includes restructured deposits certificates and restructured deposits with amparo claims.
 
(3)   Includes the financial assistance from the Argentine Central Bank and the advance from the Argentine Central Bank for the subscription of the Hedge Bond.
 
(4)   Reflects the difference between the average nominal interest rate on interest-earning assets and the average nominal interest rate on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rates include the CER adjustment.
 
(5)   Net interest earned divided by average interest-earning assets. Interest rates include the CER adjustment.
 
(6)   Represents net financial income, divided by average interest-earning assets.
Fiscal Year 2008 Compared to Fiscal Year 2007
Financial income amounted to Ps. 2,559.3 million, a 28.1% increase compared to the Ps. 1,997.9 million recorded in fiscal year 2007. This increase in financial income was the result of a higher average yield on interest-earning assets, together with the growth of the average volume thereof.
The average yield on interest-earning assets was 12.14%, with a 214 b.p. increase, which can be explained by increases of 284 b.p. and 66 b.p. in the average lending interest rate and in the average interest rate on government securities, respectively. A 32 b.p. decrease in the average rate on other interest-earning assets partially offset such effects.

 

-119-


Table of Contents

Average interest-earning assets increased 9.1%, from Ps. 18,225.9 million to Ps. 19,892.5 million. This was a result of: (i) a 14.7% increase in the average balance of the total loan portfolio, and (ii) a 22.1% increase in the average balance of other interest-earning assets, from Ps. 3,418.2 million during the previous fiscal year to Ps. 4,173.0 million in 2008. This effect was partially offset by a 14.9% decrease in the average balance of the net position in government securities, from Ps. 4,278.8 million to Ps. 3,642.2 million.
The average loan portfolio amounted to Ps. 12,077.3 million, 14.7% higher than the Ps. 10,528.9 million for fiscal year 2007. This increase was due to a Ps. 1,968.7 million increase in the average loans to the private sector, partially offset by a decrease in the average loans to the public sector, which amounted to Ps. 420.3 million (a decrease of 24.9% as compared to the prior year). The decrease in the average portfolio of loans to the public sector was mainly due to the sales of Secured Loans and the use of such loans for the acquisition of the remaining Hedge Bond, both during the first semester of fiscal year 2007.
With respect to loans to the private sector, a significant increase in the volume of such loans was registered during 2008, with a 22.3% increase in the fiscal year’s average balance compared to the previous fiscal year. It is worth noting that this increase is net of the portfolio transferred to trusts and of the charge-offs against allowances for loan losses during fiscal year 2008.
The estimated market share of Banco Galicia, on an individual basis, in the Argentine financial system’s total loans to the private sector was 6.13% at the end of December 2008, whereas such market share was 7.75% as of December 31, 2007.
The average interest rate on total loans, including the CER adjustment, was 17.01% in fiscal year 2008, compared to 14.17% in fiscal year 2007. The portfolio of loans to the private sector accrued a 17.47% average interest rate and the public-sector loan portfolio accrued a 13.10% average interest rate, including the CER adjustment.
The average interest rate on Peso-denominated loans to the private sector increased by 364 b.p., from 16.21% in fiscal year 2007 to 19.85% in fiscal year 2008. This increase reflected the increase experienced in the Argentine market in general. The average interest rate on foreign-currency denominated loans to the private sector increased by 32 b.p., from 6.43% in fiscal year 2007 to 6.75% in fiscal year 2008.
The average position in government securities amounted to Ps. 3,642.2 million in fiscal year 2008, 14.9% lower than the Ps. 4,278.8 million in fiscal year 2007. This variation was mainly due to a Ps. 588.9 million decrease in the average balance of the position in government securities in US Dollars mainly as a result of the collection of the annual amortization payment and sales of Boden 2012 Bonds in the market, the proceeds of which were used to repurchase part of the Bank’s foreign debt. This decrease was partially offset by the increase in the price of the US Dollar during the year (from Ps. 3.15 to Ps. 3.45).
The average yield on government securities increased by 66 b.p., from 3.42% in fiscal year 2007 to 4.08% in fiscal year 2008. This variation is made up of a 482 b.p. increase in the average interest rate on government securities in Pesos, partially offset by a 114 b.p. decrease in the average interest rate on government securities in US Dollars.
The increase in the average interest rate on government securities in Pesos was partly due to the fact that the average interest rate in fiscal year 2007 included a Ps. 32.0 million loss as a consequence of the release of Bogar Bonds which, as of December 31, 2006, had been delivered as collateral for the advance for the acquisition of the remaining Hedge Bond. Pursuant to Communiqué “A” 3911 and supplementary regulations, Bogar Bonds used as collateral were recorded at their technical value, while those not allocated in that way were recorded at their present value calculated using the rate provided for by the Argentine Central Bank. Furthermore, during fiscal year 2008 higher income was recorded related to trading operations. In turn, the nominal interest rate in 2008 and 2007 was influenced by the fact that Peso-denominated Discount Bonds and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities were recorded under such caption, which recording is regulated by Communiqué “A” 4270 of the Argentine Central Bank. See Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Financial Information-Government and Corporate Securities — Net Position” and Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Financial Information-Government and Corporate Securities-Valuation.”

 

-120-


Table of Contents

The decrease in the average interest rate on government securities in US Dollars in fiscal year 2008 was mainly due to the decrease of the Libo rate, accrued by Boden 2012 Bonds. Apart from that, the average interest rate for fiscal year 2007 was influenced by the Ps. 27.5 million loss as a consequence of the sale of Boden 2012 Bonds for US$ 178.8 million in February 2007, the proceeds of which sale were used for the repurchase of part of the Bank’s foreign debt instrumented as loans due in 2010 and 2014, at market prices.
The average rate of the “Other Interest-Earning Assets” section decreased 32 b.p. in 2008, as a result of the variation of the relative size of the transactions in Pesos and in foreign currency, since the average rate of other interest-earning assets in foreign currency decreased by 167 b.p., from 2.87% to 1.20%, while the average rate in Pesos increased only 24 b.p., from 6.53% to 6.77%. The decrease in the average rate for transactions in foreign currency was mainly a result of the decrease, determined by the Argentine Central Bank, of the interest rate on the funds deposited in the Argentine Central Bank, corresponding to the minimum cash requirements. This decrease came with a decrease in the average yield of the balances deposited in correspondent accounts.
Financial income for fiscal year 2008 included a Ps. 173.3 million profit from foreign-exchange quotation differences, which includes income from foreign exchange forward transactions. The above-mentioned financial income also includes a Ps. 163.7 million gain from foreign exchange brokerage activities and a Ps. 9.6 million gain from the valuation of the net position in foreign currency. Financial income for fiscal year 2007 amounted to Ps. 88.0 million, which included a Ps. 91.9 million profit from foreign-exchange brokerage activities. It is worth noting that, in fiscal year 2007, foreign exchange forward transactions recorded a loss and, therefore, they were recorded as financial expenses. It is also worth mentioning that, in October 2008, Grupo Financiero Galicia entered into a forward foreign currency hedge contract aimed at covering the risk associated with the exchange-rate exposure of Dollar-denominated debts.
The following table shows our market shares:
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    December 31,  
(in percentages)   2008     2007     2006  
Total Deposits
    5.93       6.32       6.18  
Private-Sector Deposits
                       
Total
    7.61       8.23       8.43  
Deposits in Current and Savings Accounts and Non-Restructured Time Deposits
    7.87       8.55       8.78  
Total Loans
    6.16       7.41       8.13  
Private-Sector Loans
    6.12       7.75       7.22  
 
                 
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., only, within the Argentine financial system. Based on daily information on deposits and loans prepared by the Argentine Central Bank using-end of month balances. Beginning on December 2008, deposits from AFJPs were transferred to the ANSES, which implied a transfer of deposits from the private sector to the public sector.
Fiscal Year 2007 Compared to Fiscal Year 2006
Financial income for fiscal year 2007 amounted to Ps. 1,997.9 million, representing a 10.4% decrease from the Ps. 2,229.8 million recorded in fiscal year 2006. The decrease in financial income was the result of a lower volume of average interest-earning assets, partially offset by an increase in their average yield.
The average yield on interest-earning assets was 10% in fiscal year 2007, with a 116 b.p. increase, which can be explained by increases of 196 b.p. and 84 b.p. in the average lending interest rate and in the average rate on other interest-earning assets, respectively. A 326 b.p. decrease in the average interest rate on government securities partially offset such effects. Average interest-earning assets decreased 16.2%, from Ps. 21,752.6 million to Ps. 18,225.9 million. This was a result of: i) a 3% decrease in the average balance of the total loan portfolio, ii) an 8.5% decrease in the average balance of the net position in government securities, since the same decreased from Ps. 4,675.8 million in fiscal year 2006 to Ps. 4,278.8 million in fiscal year 2007, and iii) a 45.1% decrease in the average balance of other interest-earning assets, from Ps. 6,225.8 million to Ps. 3,418.2 million.

 

-121-


Table of Contents

The average loan portfolio amounted to Ps. 10,528.9 million, 3% lower than the Ps. 10,851.0 million for fiscal year 2006. This reduction was due to a significant decrease in the average balance of loans to the public sector, for Ps. 2,684.4 million (61.4%), partially offset by an important increase in the average balance of loans to the private sector, for Ps. 2,362.3 million (36.4%). The decrease in the average portfolio of loans to the public sector was mainly due to the sales of Secured Loans carried out during fiscal year 2006 and during the first half of fiscal year 2007. It was also due to the use of these loans for the purchase of the remaining Hedge Bond.
As regards loans to the private sector, a very significant rise in the volume of such loans was registered during 2007, with a 36.4% increase in the average balance for fiscal year 2007, compared to fiscal year 2006. The estimated market share of Banco Galicia (on an individual basis and excluding the regional credit card companies’ loan portfolios) in the Argentine financial system’s total loans to the private sector was 7.75% at the end of December 2007, whereas such market share was 7.22% as of December 31, 2006. The transfer of loan portfolios to financial trusts affects these figures.
The average interest rate on total loans, including the CER adjustment, was 14.17% in fiscal year 2007, compared to 12.21% in fiscal year 2006. In fiscal year 2007, the private-sector loan portfolio accrued a 14.37% average interest rate and the public-sector loan portfolio accrued a 13.13% average interest rate, including the CER adjustment.
The interest rate on loans to the public sector, mostly Secured Loans, rose to 13.13% in fiscal year 2007 from 11.36% in fiscal year 2006. This variation was mainly due to a lower loss from the valuation adjustment of such loans in accordance with Communiqué “A” 3911 and supplementary regulations, since during the previous fiscal year such adjustment amounted to Ps. 122.3 million, while in fiscal year 2007 it amounted to Ps. 6.4 million. The loss recorded in fiscal year 2006 was a consequence of the fact that the discount rate established by the Argentine Central Bank to determine the present value of the public-sector loan portfolio was higher during 2006 than the average rate of the Secured Loans portfolio, which rate continued rising during the year. In fiscal year 2007, the discount rates used between the months of January and June 2007 were lower than the rates in effect as of December 2006. This was partially offset by the increase experienced by the discount rate since July, caused by the market volatility that followed the subprime mortgage market crisis in the U.S. In addition, it should be added that the CER variation was higher in 2006 than in 2007.
In fiscal year 2007, the average interest rate on Peso-denominated loans to the private sector increased by 156 b.p., to 16.21%, from 14.65% in fiscal year 2006. This increase reflected the increase recorded in the Argentine market in general. The average interest rate on foreign currency loans to the private sector increased by 80 b.p., from 5.63% in fiscal year 2006 to 6.43% in fiscal year 2007.
The average position in government securities was of Ps. 4,278.8 million in fiscal year 2007, 8.5% lower than the Ps. 4,675.8 million of fiscal year 2006. This variation is composed of a Ps. 2,292.4 million decrease (from Ps. 3,501.5 million in 2006 to Ps. 1,209.1 million in 2007) in the average balance of the position in government securities in Pesos and a Ps. 1,895.4 million increase (from Ps. 1,174.3 million to Ps. 3,069.7 million) in the average balance of the position in government securities in US Dollars. The lower position in Pesos was mainly due to the following: i) the settlement, on December 1, 2006, of 90.8% of the advance for the acquisition of the Hedge Bond using Bogar Bonds allocated as collateral, and ii) the sales of Bogar Bonds carried out during fiscal year 2006 and the first quarter of fiscal year 2007. The higher position in US Dollars mainly reflects the delivery to us on December 1, 2006 and on April 24, 2007 of Boden 2012 Bonds corresponding to 90.8% and 9.2% of the Hedge Bond, respectively. These were recorded, until each of the above-mentioned dates, under the line item “Other Receivables Resulting from Financial Brokerage”, since they represented a right, and once delivered to us, they were recorded under the line item “Government Securities”. Also, the average balance of Boden 2012 Bonds for fiscal year 2007 decreased, mainly due to the annual amortization and to market sales, the proceeds of which were used for the repurchase of part of the restructured foreign debt.
The average yield on the position of government securities declined by 326 b.p., to 3.42% in fiscal year 2007, from 6.68% in fiscal year 2006. This variation is comprised of decreases of 581 b.p. and 89 b.p. in the average interest rates on Peso and Dollar-denominated government securities, respectively.

 

-122-


Table of Contents

The decrease in the average rate on the position in government securities in Pesos was partly due to the fact that, in fiscal year 2006, the average portfolio included a significant amount of Bogar Bonds, the principal of which is adjusted by the CER and which, as explained above, ceased to be part of the Bank’s portfolio as a result of the settlement, in December 2006, of 90.8% of the advance for the acquisition of the Hedge Bond and of sales. In addition, the average rate on government securities in Pesos includes a Ps. 32 million loss resulting from the release of Bogar Bonds, which, as of December 31, 2006, were granted as collateral for the advance for the acquisition of the remaining Hedge Bond. Pursuant to Communiqué “A” 3911 and supplementary regulations, Bogar Bonds used as collateral are recorded at their technical value, while those not allocated in that way are recorded at their present value calculated using the discount rate provided for by the Argentine Central Bank. In turn, the low nominal interest rate in fiscal year 2007 is attributable to the fact that Peso-denominated Discount Bonds and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities are recorded in such line item, which recording is regulated by Communiqué “A” 4270 of the Argentine Central Bank. See “-Consolidated Assets-Government Securities-Net Position.”
The decrease in the average rate on the position of government securities in US Dollars in fiscal year 2007 was mainly due to the Ps. 27.5 million loss from the Bank’s sale of Boden 2012 Bonds for US$ 178.8 million in February 2007, which proceeds were used for the repurchase of part of its restructured foreign debt instrumented as loans due in 2010 and 2014.
The “Other Interest-Earning Assets” line item was mainly comprised of the Compensatory and the Hedge Bonds to be received as compensation for the “asymmetric pesification”, and recorded under “Other Receivables from Financial Brokerage”. As explained above, delivery to us of the Boden 2012 Bonds corresponding to 90.8% of the Hedge Bond, which took place on December 1, 2006, implied the availability of those Boden 2012 Bonds, which were therefore recorded under “Government Securities”. As this occurred by the end of 2006, it did not have a major impact in the “Other Interest-Earning Assets” average for fiscal year 2006, but it did in fiscal year 2007. Also, on April 24, 2007, the Bank purchased the remaining Hedge Bond and, as from that moment, the corresponding Boden 2012 Bonds were also recorded under “Government Securities”. These facts mainly explain the Ps. 2,807.6 million decrease in the average balance of the line item “Other Interest-Earning Assets”, compared to the Ps. 6,225.8 million recorded in 2006.
The average rate of the line item “Other Interest-Earning Assets” experienced an 84 b.p. increase in fiscal year 2007, mainly as a result of the variation in the relative weight of the transactions in Pesos and in foreign currency, since –although for the transactions in Pesos the average rate decreased by 53 b.p. and for the transactions in US Dollars it decreased by 70 b.p. – transactions in Pesos, which have a higher nominal rate, significantly increased their relative weight during fiscal year 2007, mainly as a result of what is explained in the previous paragraph, increasing to 69.6% of the total in fiscal year 2007, from 28.6% in fiscal year 2006. Another factor that contributed to the rate increase, among others, was the increase of the balance of interest-earning deposits at the Argentine Central Bank, corresponding to the minimum cash requirements, and the increase of leasing transactions, recorded under this line item, in Pesos. The average rate on other Peso-denominated assets was mainly influenced by the lower variation of the CER during fiscal year 2007 as compared to fiscal year 2006 (as discussed in previous paragraphs), which influenced the yield of the securities issued by the Galtrust I Financial Trust, the principal of which is adjusted by such coefficient and which are also recorded under this line item.
Financial income for fiscal year 2007 includes a Ps. 88.0 million profit from foreign-exchange quotation differences, which includes a Ps. 91.9 million gain from foreign exchange brokerage.

 

-123-


Table of Contents

Financial Expenses
Our financial expenses were composed of the following:
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Interest on Deposits
    786.1       547.3       346.1  
Negotiable Obligations
    288.8       335.2       294.9  
Contributions and Taxes
    135.9       86.4       68.6  
CER Adjustment
    9.2       67.0       697.7  
Other (1)
    201.0       210.8       444.3  
 
                 
Total
    1,421.0       1,246.7       1,851.6  
 
                 
     
(1)   Includes accrued interest on liabilities resulting from financial brokerage with banks and international entities and premiums payable on repurchases.
Fiscal Year 2008 Compared to Fiscal Year 2007
Financial expenses for fiscal year 2008 amounted to Ps. 1,421.0 million, representing a 14.0% increase as compared to the Ps. 1,246.7 million for fiscal year 2007.
This variation stemmed from a 93 b.p. increase in the average cost of funds and a 5.6% increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities.
Average interest-bearing liabilities amounted to Ps. 15,694.5 million in fiscal year 2008, as compared to Ps. 14,858.8 million in fiscal year 2007. This variation was due to the Ps. 767.7 million increase in total interest-bearing liabilities, which increased from Ps. 9,537.5 million to Ps. 10,305.2 million, and to the increase in other interest-bearing liabilities, which increased from Ps. 1,699.7 million to Ps. 2,589.1 million. This effect was partially offset by a Ps. 560.3 million decrease in the average balance of debt securities, from Ps. 3,360.1 million to Ps. 2,799.8 million.
The increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits was mainly the result of the increase in the Bank’s deposits in Argentina, in current accounts, savings accounts and time deposits. Taking into consideration the final balances of the Bank’s total deposits in Argentina, such increase totaled Ps. 1,019.0 million for fiscal year 2008, equivalent to a 7.8% increase from the previous fiscal year-end total. Average transactional deposits increased 20.6%, while time deposits grew 2.5%, which allowed for an improvement of interest-bearing deposits. Of the total average interest-bearing deposits, Ps. 1,960.6 million were Dollar-denominated deposits and Ps. 8,344.6 million were Peso-denominated, as compared to Ps. 1,653.7 million and Ps. 7,883.8 million, respectively, in fiscal year 2007.
Considering only private-sector deposits in current and savings accounts and time deposits (excluding those restructured), raised by the Bank only in Argentina, the estimated deposit market share of the Bank in the Argentine financial system decreased from 8.55% as of December 31, 2007 to 7.86% as of December 31, 2008. In order to understand the evolution of deposits by sector, it must be remembered that the recent Social Security reform entailed the creation of the SIPA and the elimination of the capitalization system. This caused the transfer of deposits from Private Pension Funds to SIPA’s Sustainability Guarantee Fund, managed by the ANSES. This implied the reallocation of funds from the private to the public sector. Therefore, if balances are adjusted based on said transfer of ownership, the Bank’s share in private sector’s deposits (current and savings accounts, and time deposits, excluding restructured deposits) would have decreased 0.46 p.p., as compared to December 31, 2007.
The average rate on interest-bearing deposits was 7.70%, 158 b.p. higher than the 6.12% average rate recorded in fiscal year 2007. Peso-denominated deposits (including those adjusted by CER) accrued a 9.30% average interest rate in fiscal year 2008, as compared to 7.21% in fiscal year 2007. This increase was experienced by the Argentine market as a whole in 2008. Likewise, the cost of Dollar-denominated deposits was 0.91% in 2008, similar to the one recorded in fiscal year 2007.

 

-124-


Table of Contents

The average balance of the line item “Argentine Central Bank” for fiscal year 2008 was Ps. 0.4 million, while in fiscal year 2007 it amounted to Ps. 261.5 million. This line item included the average balances of the financial assistance granted by the Argentine Central Bank and the advance for the acquisition of the Hedge Bond. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Bank repaid in advance the total debt for the financial assistance granted, which as of December 31, 2006 amounted to Ps. 2,688.7 million. During April 2007, the Bank acquired the remaining 9.2% of the Hedge Bond by means of an exchange for Secured Loans. The average rate in fiscal year 2007 was a consequence of the Ps. 32.8 million loss recorded, which was related to such exchange transaction.
The average balance of debt securities amounted to Ps. 2,799.8 million in fiscal year 2008, Ps. 560.3 million lower than the Ps. 3,360.1 million in fiscal year 2007. This decrease is mainly related to a US$ 85.5 million net decrease (taking into consideration the capitalization of interests on Notes due 2019) in the final balance of the Bank’s foreign debt instrumented as notes, due to amortizations, redemptions and repayments in advance and due to the payment of US$ 24.6 million made by Galicia Uruguay for the amortization installment of its notes due September 2008 and the payment in advance of the installments due September 2009 and 2010. The average cost was 10.00% in fiscal year 2008, while it had been 8.66% in fiscal year 2007. The average rate for fiscal year 2007 was mainly influenced by the Ps. 27.0 million gain resulting from the partial payment of the Bank’s capital increase in notes received at a value lower than their book value. If such an effect would have been eliminated, the average rate would have been 9.46%. The higher average rate for fiscal year 2008 is mainly due to the increase in the rates of the restructured foreign debt pursuant to the contractual conditions.
The average balance of the “Other Interest-Bearing Liabilities” line item for fiscal year 2008 was Ps. 2,589.1 million, with an average rate of 7.86% while, for fiscal year 2007, the average balance amounted to Ps. 1,699.7 million and the average rate was 7.50%. This line item records, mainly, Dollar-denominated debt with international banks and credit agencies, Dollar-denominated obligations in connection with repurchase transactions of government securities and the Dollar-denominated unsecured loans granted to Grupo Financiero Galicia in 2007 for the payment of the Bank’s capital increase. The variation of the average balance is mainly due to the higher average balance of repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions and credit lines related to foreign trade. It is worth noting that in July 2008, Grupo Financiero Galicia paid the first principal installment of the loan granted by Merrill Lynch International, for US$ 18.0 million, and later, on January 7, 2009, repaid such loan in advance pursuant to what is included in Item 8. “Financial Information-Significant Changes”. The average rate for fiscal year 2007 was mainly influenced by the Ps. 6.9 million profit resulting from the repurchase carried out in February, at market prices, of part of the Bank’s foreign debt instrumented as loans. Excluding this profit, the average interest rate on “Other Interest-Bearing Liabilities” would have amounted to 8.82%. The decrease, as compared to fiscal year 2007, is mainly due to the decrease in the average rate related to repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions.
Fiscal Year 2007 Compared to Fiscal Year 2006
Financial expenses for fiscal year 2007 amounted to Ps. 1,246.7 million, representing a 32.7% decrease from the Ps. 1,851.6 million for fiscal year 2006. It should be noted that the loss from the valuation of Secured Loans (Ps. 6.4 million and Ps. 122.3 million in fiscal years 2007 and 2006, respectively), pursuant to the provisions of Communiqué “A” 3911 and supplementary regulations, is recorded under “Other” in the table named “Financial Expenses”, whereas in the table named “Yield on Interest-Earning Assets and Cost of Funds”, it is recorded netting the average rate on loans to the public sector. Corrected for this effect, financial expenses in fiscal year 2007 amounted to Ps. 1,240.3 million, and those for fiscal year 2006 to Ps. 1,729.3 million, thus decreasing by Ps. 489 million (28.3%) in fiscal year 2007 as compared to the previous fiscal year. This decrease stemmed from a 158 b.p. decrease in the average cost of funds and a 21.4% increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities.
Average interest-bearing liabilities amounted to Ps. 14,858.8 million in fiscal year 2007, as compared to Ps. 18,894.0 million in fiscal year 2006. This decrease was mainly due to a 95.7% decrease in liabilities with the Argentine Central Bank equal, on average, to Ps. 5,821.6 million, and to a Ps. 72.3 million decrease in the line item “Debt Securities” in fiscal year 2007. These effects were partially offset by the Ps. 1,791.5 million increase in total interest-bearing deposits, which rose to Ps. 9,537.5 million in fiscal year 2007 from Ps. 7,746.0 million in fiscal year 2006.

 

-125-


Table of Contents

The increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits was mainly the result of the strong increase in the Bank’s deposits in Argentina, in current accounts, savings accounts and time deposits. Taking into consideration the final balances of the Bank’s total deposits in Argentina, such increase totaled Ps. 2,398.3 million for fiscal year 2007, equivalent to a 22.6% increase from the previous fiscal year-end total. Of the total average interest-bearing deposits, Ps. 1,653.7 million were Dollar-denominated deposits and Ps. 7,883.8 million were Peso-denominated, compared to Ps. 1,369.9 million and Ps. 6,376.1 million, respectively, in fiscal year 2006.
Considering only private-sector deposits in current and savings accounts and time deposits (excluding restructured deposits), raised only by the Bank in Argentina, the estimated deposit market share of the Bank in the Argentine financial system decreased from 8.78% as of December 31, 2006, to 8.55% as of December 31, 2007. This decrease is attributable, primarily, to a lower market share with respect to institutional deposits, due to the high liquidity condition of the Bank.
The average rate on interest-bearing deposits was 6.12% in fiscal year 2007, 43 b.p. greater than the 5.69% average rate for the previous fiscal year. Peso-denominated deposits (including those adjusted by CER) accrued a 7.21% average interest rate, compared to a 6.76% average interest rate in fiscal year 2006. This increase was a result, mainly, of the increase in the borrowing interest rates in Pesos experienced by the Argentine market as a whole during 2007. Likewise, the cost of Dollar-denominated deposits was 0.93%, 23 b.p. greater than the 0.70% average cost for fiscal year 2006. The interest rate increase is in line with the one experienced by the domestic market as a whole.
The average balance of the “Argentine Central Bank” line item in fiscal year 2007 was Ps. 5,821.6 million lower than the Ps. 6,083.1 million for fiscal year 2006, and the average cost for fiscal year 2007 was 26.31%, compared to 12.65% for the previous fiscal year. In this line item we show the average balance of the financial assistance from the Argentine Central Bank and the average balance of the advance for the acquisition of the Hedge Bond. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Bank fully canceled in advance the debt owed for the financial assistance, which as of December 31, 2006 amounted to Ps. 2,688.7 million. During April 2007, Banco Galicia purchased 9.2% of the Hedge Bond, through a swap for Secured Loans. The 1,366 b.p. increase in the average cost mentioned above was due to the recognition of a Ps. 32.8 million loss in connection with the above-mentioned swap, since such alternative, instead of the advance requested to the Argentine Central Bank to finance the acquisition of the remaining Hedge Bond, resulted in a Ps. 32.8 million increase in the acquisition cost of such Bond.
The average balance of debt securities was Ps. 3,360.1 million in fiscal year 2007, Ps. 72.3 million lower than the Ps. 3,432.4 million for the previous fiscal year. This decrease is primarily related to a net reduction (including interest capitalized on the Notes due 2019) of US$ 342.6 million in the year-end balance of the Bank’s restructured foreign debt instrumented as notes, resulting from amortizations, redemptions and repayments in advance. This reduction was partially offset by the issuance by Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A. of notes for Ps. 200 million during the second quarter of 2007, and by the granting to Grupo Financiero Galicia of a US$ 80 million loan by Merrill Lynch International, which loan was repaid in advance on January 7, 2009.
The average cost of debt securities in fiscal year 2007 was 8.66%, while in the previous fiscal year it had been 8.59%. The average interest rate for fiscal year 2007 was mainly affected by the Ps. 27.0 million profit resulting from the partial payment of the Bank’s capital increase in notes received at a value lower than their book value. Excluding this effect, the average rate would amount to 9.46%, primarily resulting from the 1 percentage point increase in the interests on the notes due 2014 which, as from January 1, 2007, rose from 5% per annum to 6% per annum, in accordance with the existing contractual terms.
In fiscal year 2007, the average balance of the line item “Other Interest-Bearing Liabilities” was Ps. 1,699.7 million, with an average rate of 7.50% while, for fiscal year 2006, the average balance amounted to Ps. 1,632.5 million and the average rate was 9.48%. This line item records, mainly, Dollar-denominated debt with banks and international entities, and Dollar-denominated negotiable obligations in connection with repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions of government securities. The reduction of the debt due in 2010 and 2014 was offset by the increase in repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions. The average rate for fiscal year 2007 was mainly influenced by the Ps. 6.9 million profit resulting from the repurchase carried out in February, at market prices, of part of the Bank’s foreign debt instrumented as loans. Excluding this profit, the average interest rate on the line item “Other Interest-Bearing Liabilities”, would amount to 8.77%, and the decrease compared to fiscal year 2006 is mainly due to the above-mentioned change in the breakdown of the line item.

 

-126-


Table of Contents

Net Financial Income
Net financial income for fiscal year 2008 amounted to Ps. 1,138.3 million, and the financial margin was 5.72%. In fiscal year 2007, the corresponding figures were Ps. 751.2 million and 4.12% respectively, and in 2006, the corresponding figures were Ps. 378.2 million and 1.74%, respectively.
Excluding the income from the valuation adjustment of public-sector assets (Ps. 9.2 million profit), and including the financial income related to margin requirements for repurchase transactions (Ps. 34.2 million profit), net financial income amounted to Ps. 1,163.3 million and the corresponding adjusted financial margin was 5.85%. During fiscal year 2007, the net financial income, calculated the same way, amounted to Ps. 805.2 million, and the corresponding adjusted financial margin was 4.42%.
Net financial income for fiscal year 2008 was mainly due to the profit from the Peso-denominated matched portfolio, offset by the loss recorded by the matched portfolio in foreign currency.
The improvement in the adjusted net financial margin, in spite of the increase in the cost of Peso-denominated deposits, was mainly attributable to: (i) the increase in income from intermediation with the private sector (with an increase in the volume of average loans and an increase in the average interest rate on such loans) and (ii) a decrease in the average cost of liabilities resulting from the change in their structure as a consequence of the change in the composition of deposits, with an increase in transactional deposits, and the reduction of the restructured foreign debt.
Provision for Losses on Loans and Other Receivables
Provisions for losses on loans and other receivables amounted to Ps. 395.4 million in fiscal year 2008, Ps. 139.9 million higher than the Ps. 255.5 million for fiscal year 2007. A significant percentage of this increase was due to the seasoning of our loan portfolio, mainly the individuals’ portfolio.
Provisions for losses on loans and other receivables amounted to Ps. 255.5 million in fiscal year 2007, Ps. 144.6 million higher than the Ps. 110.9 million of the previous fiscal year. A significant percentage of this increase was due to the seasoning of our loan portfolio, mainly the individuals’ portfolio.
For more information on asset quality, see Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Amounts Past Due and Non-Accrual Loans” and “-Selected Statistical Information-Loan Loss Experience”.
Net Income from Services
Our net income from services consisted of:
                                         
             
    Fiscal Year Ended     % Change  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2008/2007     2007/2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)     (in percentages)  
Income From
                                       
Credit Cards
    952.6       669.5       473.6       42.3       41.4  
Deposits Accounts
    201.7       160.5       125.7       25.7       27.7  
Financial Fees
    42.0       28.8       19.4       45.8       48.5  
Credit-related Fees
    95.7       79.1       53.4       21.0       48.1  
Check Collection
    33.9       27.3       18.3       24.2       49.2  
Collection Services (Taxes and Utility Bills)
    19.5       14.1       11.2       38.3       25.9  
International Trade
    46.1       39.5       31.9       16.7       23.8  
Insurance
    65.5       60.8       45.0       7.7       35.1  
Other (1)
    115.1       91.1       74.6       26.3       22.1  
 
                             
Total Income
    1,572.1       1,170.7       853.1       34.3       37.2  
 
                             
Total Expenses
    384.2       257.6       181.1       49.1       42.2  
 
                             
Net Income from Services
    1,187.9       913.1       672.0       30.1       35.9  
 
                             
     
(1)   Includes, among others, fees from investment banking activities, asset management, safe deposit boxes and cash management.

 

-127-


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year 2008 Compared to Fiscal Year 2007
Net income from services amounted to Ps. 1,187.9 million for fiscal year 2008, 30.1% higher than the Ps. 913.1 million recorded in fiscal year 2007. All categories grew, mainly as a consequence of an increase in the volume of transactions together with an increase in the price of certain services, in line with the dynamics of the financial market.
The Bank’s income from credit and debit card transactions, on an individual basis, amounted to Ps. 367.7 million in fiscal year 2008, a 45.2% increase over the Ps. 253.2 million recorded in fiscal year 2007. This higher income was attributable not only to the greater number of credit cards managed, but also to the greater average purchases made with such cards during the year. The total number of cards managed by the Bank (excluding those managed by the regional credit card companies) increased 11.8%, reaching 1,238.5 thousand as of December 31, 2008, as compared to 1,107.5 thousand as of December 31, 2007.
Income from services corresponding to the regional credit card companies was Ps. 584.9 million in fiscal year 2008, 40.5% higher than the Ps. 416.3 million recorded in fiscal year 2007. This variation was mainly due to the increase in the average number of credit cards managed and to the increase in the purchases made with these credit cards during fiscal year 2008. These companies managed 4,742.8 thousand cards as of December 31, 2008, a 10.7% increase from December 31, 2007.
The Bank’s total deposit accounts amounted to 1,540.7 thousand as of December 31, 2008, 13.0% higher than as of December 31, 2007.
Reflecting credit activity, the increase in the volume of deposits and in the number of accounts, the higher sales of products, and the increase in the price of certain services, significant growth was achieved during fiscal year 2008 in income from the services related to financial transactions (45.8%), utility bills collections services (38.3%), deposit accounts (25.7%), collections (24.2%), credit transactions (21.0%) and foreign trade (16.7%).
Expenses from services increased 49.1%, from Ps. 257.6 million in fiscal year 2007 to Ps. 384.2 million in fiscal year 2008.
Fiscal Year 2007 Compared to Fiscal Year 2006
Net income from services amounted to Ps. 913.1 million in fiscal year 2007, 35.9% higher than the Ps. 672.0 million recorded in fiscal year 2006. All categories of fee income grew, mainly as a consequence of a significant increase in the volume of transactions, together with an increase in the price for certain services.
The Bank’s income from credit and debit card transactions, on an individual basis, was Ps. 253.2 million in fiscal year 2007, representing a 48.3% increase over the Ps. 170.7 million recorded in the previous fiscal year. This higher income was attributable not only to the greater number of credit cards managed, but also to the greater average purchases made with such cards during the year. The total number of cards managed by the Bank (excluding those managed by the regional credit card companies) increased 23.2%, reaching 1,107.5 thousand as of December 31, 2007, compared to 899.1 thousand as of December 31, 2006.
Income from services corresponding to the regional credit card companies was Ps. 416.3 million in fiscal year 2007, 37.4% higher than the Ps. 302.9 million recorded in fiscal year 2006. This variation was mainly due to the increase in the average number of managed credit cards and to the significant increase in the purchases made with these credit cards during fiscal year 2007. These companies managed 4,283.8 thousand cards as of December 31, 2006, a 26.6% increase from December 31, 2006.

 

-128-


Table of Contents

In addition, in fiscal year 2007 significant growth was achieved in income from the following sections: collections (49.2%), financial transactions (48.5%), credit transactions (48.1%), insurance (35.1%), deposit accounts (27.7%) and foreign trade (23.8%), thus reflecting the expansion of credit activity, the increase in the volume of deposits and in the number of deposit accounts, the higher sales of products and the increase in the price for certain services.
The Bank’s total deposit accounts amounted to 1,363.8 as of December 31, 2007, 12.4% higher than that as of December 31, 2006.
Expenses from services increased 42.2%, from Ps. 181.1 million in fiscal year 2006 to Ps. 257.6 million in fiscal year 2007.
The following table sets forth the number of credit cards outstanding as of the dates indicated:
                                         
                            % Change  
    December 31,     December 31,  
Credit Cards   2008     2007     2006     2008/2007     2007/2006  
    (number of credit cards, except otherwise noted)     (percentages)  
Visa
    936,267       855,708       721,105       9.41       18.67  
“Gold”
    203,464       172,830       124,287       17.72       39.06  
International
    470,709       433,000       387,485       8.71       11.75  
Domestic
    227,785       229,174       198,409       (0.61 )     15.51  
“Business”
    20,976       15,962       10,877       31.41       46.75  
“Corporate”
    960       295       47       225.42       527.66  
“Platinum”
    12,373       4,447             178.23        
Galicia Rural
    6,215       5,841       5,049       6.40       15.69  
American Express
    241,145       195,360       131,660       23.44       48.38  
“Gold”
    99,970       79,829       56,563       25.23       41.13  
International
    133,644       115,531       75,097       15.68       53.84  
Platinum
    7,531                          
MasterCard
    54,916       50,577       41,271       8.58       22.55  
“Gold”
    16,790       13,203       10,437       27.17       26.50  
MasterCard
    36,531       35,684       29,765       2.37       19.89  
Argencard
    1,595       1,690       1,069       (5.62 )     58.09  
Regional Credit-Card Companies
    4,742,816       4,283,770       3,383,483       10.72       26.61  
Local Brands
    2,864,709       2,479,788       2,192,098       15.52       13.12  
Visa
    1,628,185       1,599,046       1,068,702       1.82       49.63  
MasterCard
    217,090       182,237       122,683       19.13       48.54  
American Express
    32,832       22,699             44.64        
 
                             
Total
    5,981,359       5,391,256       4,282,568       10.95       25.89  
 
                             
Total Amount of Purchases
(in millions of Pesos)
  Ps. 14,949     Ps. 11,566     Ps. 8,305       29.24       39.27  
 
                             

 

-129-


Table of Contents

Administrative Expenses
The following table sets forth the components of our administrative expenses:
                                         
    Fiscal Year Ended     % Change  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2008/2007     2007/2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)     (in percentages)  
Salaries and Social Security Contributions
    805.2       540.6       415.4       48.9       30.1  
Property-related Expenses
    113.2       89.9       65.1       25.9       38.1  
Personnel Services
    90.8       75.7       46.6       19.9       62.4  
Advertising and Publicity
    146.5       113.8       84.5       28.7       34.7  
Amount Accrued in Relation to Directors’ and Syndics’ Compensation
    8.2       6.4       6.0       28.1       6.7  
Electricity and Communications
    72.7       57.2       41.1       27.1       39.2  
Taxes
    104.0       70.4       50.5       47.7       39.4  
Other
    440.5       332.3       265.4       32.6       25.2  
 
                             
Total
    1,781.1       1,286.3       974.6       38.5       32.0  
 
                             
Fiscal Year 2008 Compared to Fiscal Year 2007
In fiscal year 2008, administrative expenses amounted to Ps. 1,781.1 million, 38.5% higher than the Ps. 1,286.3 million recorded in fiscal year 2007. Salaries and social security contributions and expenses related to personnel services increased 45.4%, from Ps. 616.3 million in fiscal year 2007 to Ps. 896.0 million in fiscal year 2008. This increase was mainly due to higher salaries and to an increase in staff. The Bank’s staff, on a consolidated basis, grew 3.2%, to 9,246 employees in fiscal year 2008, from 8,962 employees a year before, as a consequence of the greater level of activity and the expansion of the distribution network of the Bank and the regional credit card companies. The remaining administrative expenses amounted to Ps. 885.1 million in fiscal year 2008, thus reflecting a 32.1% increase from the Ps. 670.0 million recorded in fiscal year 2007, with increases in all of its components. These increases were associated, as were the personnel expenses, with the higher level of activity, the geographic expansion and the increase in inflation during the year.
Fiscal Year 2007 Compared to Fiscal Year 2006
In fiscal year 2007, administrative expenses amounted to Ps. 1,286.3 million, 32% higher than the Ps. 974.6 million recorded in the previous fiscal year. Salaries and social security contributions and expenses related to personnel services increased 33.4%, from Ps. 462.0 million in fiscal year 2006 to Ps. 616.3 million in fiscal year 2007. This increase was mainly due to higher salaries and to an increase in staff. The Bank’s staff, on a consolidated basis, grew 13.8%, to 8,962 employees as of December 31, 2007, from 7,878 employees a year before. This was a consequence of the greater level of activity of the Bank and the expansion of the distribution network of the regional credit card companies. The remaining administrative expenses amounted to Ps. 670.0 million in fiscal year 2007, thus reflecting a 30.7% increase from the Ps. 512.6 million recorded in the previous fiscal year, with increases in all of its components. These increases were associated with the higher level of activity and inflation during the year. Among the remaining administrative expenses, expenses related to advertising and publicity, which is a significant line item, grew 34.7%.
Income/(Loss) from Equity Investments
In fiscal year 2008, a Ps. 56.8 million gain from equity investments was recorded, as compared to a Ps. 2.0 million profit recorded in fiscal year 2007. Income for fiscal year 2008 was mainly a consequence of the Ps. 53.8 million profit from dividends received due to the Bank’s interest in Visa Argentina S.A. Income for fiscal year 2007 was mainly due to the Ps. 2.5 million profit from the Bank’s interest in Banelco S.A. In fiscal year 2006, the loss from equity investments amounted to Ps. 14.4 million, due to the establishment of a valuation allowance to fully cover the investment in Aguas Argentinas S.A.

 

-130-


Table of Contents

Miscellaneous Income/(Loss), Net
Miscellaneous net income for fiscal year 2008 amounted to Ps. 80.1 million, as compared to a Ps. 25.1 million profit for fiscal year 2007. Excluding the profits from security margins of repurchase transactions (for Ps. 34.2 million), which are of a financial nature, miscellaneous net income in fiscal year 2008 amounted to Ps. 45.9 million, while in fiscal year 2007 a gain of Ps. 9.3 million was recorded (also excluding the above-mentioned financial income of Ps. 15.8 million). Miscellaneous net income for fiscal year 2008 was mainly due to: (i) Ps. 43.5 million representing Sudamericana’s net operating income recorded under miscellaneous income/losses for consolidation purposes, (ii) a Ps. 75.7 million gain related to loan recoveries, (iii) the net establishment of allowances for Ps. 132.9 million and (iv) the amortization of deferred losses from amparo claims for Ps. 39.5 million.
Miscellaneous net income for fiscal year 2007 amounted to Ps. 25.1 million, as compared to miscellaneous net income of Ps. 144.0 million for the previous fiscal year. Excluding the profits from security margins of repurchase transactions (for Ps. 15.8 million), which are of a financial nature, miscellaneous net income in fiscal year 2007 amounted to Ps. 9.3 million, while in the previous fiscal year we recorded a gain of Ps. 91.5 million (also excluding the above-mentioned financial income of Ps. 52.5 million). Miscellaneous net income for fiscal year 2007 was mainly due to loan recoveries in the amount of Ps. 61.5 million, and a net gain of Ps. 22.0 million mainly representing Sudamericana’s operating income and expenses recorded under “Miscellaneous Income/Loss” for consolidation purposes, partially offset by the amortization of deferred losses from amparo claims in the amount of Ps. 108.7 million and the establishment of allowances for other contingencies, in the amount of Ps. 13.4 million. The decrease in miscellaneous net income in fiscal year 2007, as compared to the previous fiscal year, was mainly attributable to the resumption of amortization of deferred losses from amparo claims in fiscal year 2007, given that the Bank reached the maximum limit allowed by the applicable regulations while, in fiscal year 2006, such amortization was deferred.
Income Tax
Argentine Central Bank regulations do not require the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities and, therefore, income taxes for Banco Galicia are recognized on the basis of amounts due in accordance with Argentine tax regulations. However, Grupo Financiero Galicia and Grupo Financiero Galicia’s non-banking subsidiaries apply the deferred income tax method.
The income tax charge for fiscal year 2008 was Ps. 74.0 million (a Ps. 2.5 million, or a 3.5%, increase when compared to fiscal year 2007), of which Ps. 63.0 million corresponded to Tarjetas Regionales S.A. consolidated with its operating subsidiaries, and Ps. 11.1 million, Ps. 1.3 million and Ps. 0.5 million correspond to Sudamericana, Galicia Warrants and Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., respectively. Grupo Financiero Galicia recorded a Ps. 2.1 million reversal in its individual balance sheet.
The income tax charge for fiscal year 2007 was Ps. 71.5 million, of which Ps. 60.9 million corresponded to Tarjetas Regionales S.A. consolidated with its operating subsidiaries and Ps. 6.0 million, Ps. 0.8 million, Ps. 0.3 million and Ps. 0.3 million correspond to Sudamericana, Galicia Warrants, Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A. and Galicia Valores, respectively. Grupo Financiero Galicia recorded a Ps. 3.2 million charge in its individual balance sheet.
The income tax charge for fiscal year 2006 was Ps. 94.2 million. This amount consisted of: (i) an income tax charge of Ps. 44.2 million corresponding to Tarjetas Regionales S.A. consolidated with its operating subsidiaries and of income tax charges of Ps. 3.7 million, Ps. 0.9 million, Ps. 0.2 million and Ps. (0.4) million corresponding to Sudamericana, Galicia Warrants, Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A. and Galicia Valores, respectively, and (ii) an income tax charge for Ps. 45.6 million corresponding to us on an individual basis, mainly resulting from the profits on our holdings of 2014 Notes and 2019 Notes.

 

-131-


Table of Contents

U.S. GAAP and Argentine Banking GAAP Reconciliation
General
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with Argentine Banking GAAP. The more significant differences between Argentine Banking GAAP and U.S. GAAP relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the carrying value of certain government securities and receivables for government securities, the accounting of the Bank’s foreign debt restructuring and recognition of deferred income taxes. For more detail on differences in accounting treatment between Argentine Banking GAAP and U.S. GAAP as of December 31, 2008, see note 35 to our consolidated financial statements.
Allowances for Loan Losses
With respect to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, we follow the rules of the Argentine Central Bank. Under these rules, reserves are based on minimum reserve requirements established by the Argentine Central Bank. U.S. GAAP requires that an impaired loan be generally valued at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective rate or at the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. For the purposes of analyzing our loan loss reserve under U.S. GAAP, we divide our loan portfolio into performing and non-performing commercial and consumer loans.
The following table shows the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated under Argentine Banking GAAP and U.S. GAAP and the corresponding shareholders’ equity adjustment under U.S. GAAP:
                         
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Argentine Banking GAAP
    526.8       428.6       327.0  
U.S. GAAP
                       
SFAS 114
                       
Allowance for Loan Losses
    134.5       246.3       291.9  
Effect of BG Trust Securitization - Treated as a Secured Borrowing for U.S. GAAP Purposes
    (40.9 )     (64.9 )     (89.7 )
SFAS 5
    452.9       240.9       170.6  
 
                 
U.S. GAAP Shareholders’ Equity Adjustment
    (19.7 )     6.3       (45.8 )
 
                 
SFAS 114 Analysis
The non-performing commercial loan portfolio is comprised of loans falling into the following classifications of the Argentine Central Bank:
    “With Problems”
 
    “High Risk of Insolvency”
 
    “Uncollectible”
The following table shows our loan loss reserve under SFAS 114 for our non-performing commercial loan portfolio as of the dates indicated.
                         
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Loan Loss Reserve Under U.S. GAAP – SFAS 114 Analysis
    134.5       246.3       291.9  

 

-132-


Table of Contents

For such non-performing commercial loans, we applied the procedures required by SFAS 114. For loans that were not collateral dependent, the expected future cash flows to be received from the loans were discounted using the interest rate at each balance sheet date for variable loans. Loans that were collateral dependent, and for which there was an expectation that the loan balance would be recovered via the exercise of collateral, were valued using the fair value of the collateral. In addition, in order to assess the fair value of collateral, we discounted collateral valuations due to the extended period of time that it can take to foreclose on assets in Argentina.
SFAS 5 Analysis
We perform an analysis of historical losses from our consumer and performing commercial loan portfolios in order to estimate losses for U.S. GAAP purposes resulting from loan losses that had been incurred in such loan portfolios at the balance sheet date but which had not been individually identified. We estimate that, on average, it takes a period of up to one year between the trigger of an impairment event and identification of a loan as being a probable loss. The increase in the allowances recorded under SFAS 5 is mostly due to a higher volume of credit card and personal loans granted during 2008 and the rise of the loan loss reserves ratios. The table below shows our loan loss reserve under SFAS 5 for consumer and performing commercial loans as of the dates indicated.
                         
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Loan Loss Reserve Under U.S. GAAP – SFAS 5 Analysis
    452.9       240.9       170.6  
 
                 
In addition to assessing the reasonableness of the loan loss reserve as described above, Banco Galicia makes an overall determination of the adequacy of each period’s reserve based on such ratios as:
    Loan loss reserves as a percentage of non-accrual loans,
 
    Loan loss reserves as a percentage of total amounts past due, and
 
    Loan loss reserves as a percentage of past-due unsecured amounts.
The table below shows the above mentioned ratios as of the dates indicated.
                         
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
Loan Loss Reserves as a Percentage of Non-accrual Loans
    141.34 %     132.13 %     168.58 %
Loan Loss Reserves as a Percentage of Total Amounts Past Due
    171.81 %     149.57 %     183.29 %
Loan Loss Reserves as a Percentage of Past-due Unsecured Amounts
    190.78 %     167.19 %     210.51 %
Carrying Value of Secured Loans, Certain Government Securities and Receivables for Government Securities
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, our holdings of Secured Loans, Boden 2012 Bonds, and Discount Bonds in Pesos are recorded in accordance with Argentine Central Bank valuation rules for public-sector assets, as explained hereunder in Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Financial Information-Government and Corporate Securities-Valuation.”

 

-133-


Table of Contents

Under U.S. GAAP, except for the Secured Loans, all of these assets are carried at fair value as fully explained in note 35 to our financial statements and “-U.S. GAAP — Critical Accounting Policies”. Secured Loans are recorded at amortized cost, which cost is the fair value at the date of exchange (December 2001).
Government securities under investment accounts or classified as government securities without quotation under Argentine Central Bank rules (Boden 2012 Bonds corresponding to the Compensatory Bond or Hedge Bond received as well as Discount Bonds in Pesos), are considered as available for sale under U.S. GAAP. Unrealized gains or losses on these securities are reflected in other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2008, the amortized cost exceeded the fair value of these securities. After considering the time during which these securities’ value has been under its cost value, Grupo Financiero Galicia has recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of these securities, based on a variety of factors, including the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, and Grupo Financiero Galicia’s intent and ability to hold these securities to recovery. The fair value of these securities was determined on the balance sheet date, based on their quoted market price, and will constitute the new cost basis for this investment.
In connection with the Hedge Bond receivable, under Argentine Banking GAAP, the Bank had recognized the right to purchase the corresponding Boden 2012 Bonds at its equivalent value as if the Bank had the associated bond in its possession, and recognized the associated liability to fund the Hedge Bond as if the Bank had executed the debt agreement with the Argentine Central Bank. The receivable was denominated in US Dollars and accrued interest at Libor, while the liability to the Argentine Central Bank was denominated in Pesos and accrued interest at CER plus 2.0%, each retroactive to February 3, 2002. Under U.S. GAAP, the right to purchase the Hedge Bond is not considered an asset under Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements . Under this concept statement, assets are defined as “... probable future economic benefits obtained or controlled by an entity as a result of past transactions or events”. In addition, one of the three essential characteristics of an asset is that an entity can obtain the benefit and can control others’ access to it. As of December 31, 2006, the Hedge Bond pending receipt and the related advance was accounted for at fair value, as an option contract in accordance with SFAS 133. As of December 31, 2007, the Boden 2012 Bonds corresponding to the Hedge Bond had been acquired in full and we had full control of such bonds.
In addition, as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, under Argentine Banking GAAP, the Bank had recorded under “Intangible Assets” the difference arising from the reimbursement of Reprogrammed Deposits at the market exchange rate pursuant to amparo claims and the carrying value of these deposits. The receivable for differences related to amparo claims does not represent an asset under U.S. GAAP.
Foreign Debt Restructuring
On May 18, 2004, the Bank completed the restructuring of its foreign debt. As a result of this restructuring, we recorded a Ps. 119.7 million net gain under Argentine Banking GAAP.

 

-134-


Table of Contents

For U.S. GAAP purposes, we accounted for the restructuring in two steps. The first step of the debt restructuring required the holders of the Bank’s debt to exchange its old debt with the Bank for new debt in two tranches. Pursuant to EITF 02-04, the Bank did not receive any concession from the holders of its debt and therefore, we did not consider the first step of the Bank’s debt restructuring as a troubled debt restructuring. Pursuant to EITF 96-19 we accounted for the first step restructuring as a modification of the old debt and therefore we did not recognize any gain or loss. The second step restructuring required the holders of the Bank’s debt to forgive it a certain amount of debt based on different options that the Bank offered to exchange its debt. Pursuant to U.S. GAAP we accounted for this second step of the Bank’s debt restructuring in accordance with FAS 15, as the holders of the Bank’s debt granted it certain concessions. FAS 15 requires the comparison of the future cash flows of the restructured debt and the carrying value of the old debt at the restructuring date.
We did not record any gain on the Bank’s troubled debt restructuring since a gain can only be recognized when the carrying value of the old debt at the date of the restructuring exceeds the total future cash payments of the restructured debt reduced by the fair value of the assets and equity given by the Bank as payment of the debt. As a result, under U.S. GAAP, the carrying amount of the Bank’s restructured debt is greater than the amount recorded under Argentine Banking GAAP. Therefore, under U.S. GAAP, we calculated a new effective interest rate to reflect the present value of the future cash payments of the Bank’s restructured debt.
Securitizations
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, transfers of financial assets to a financial trust are recorded as sales. The financial trust’s debt securities retained are recorded at face value plus accrued interest, while certificates of participation retained are recorded under the equity method.
Under U.S. GAAP, transfers of financial assets can be recorded as sales, if control of such assets is surrendered. If control is not surrendered, they are recorded as secured borrowings, and the assets are retained in the books of the transferor and a liability is recognized for the fair value of the consideration received. The retained interests in a transfer recorded as a sale are initially recorded based on their allocated book value using the fair value allocation method. Then, the securities are considered available for sale securities and recorded at their fair value with changes in unrealized gains and losses charged to equity through other comprehensive income.
As of December 31, 2008, Grupo Financiero Galicia had recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of these securities related to the certificates of participation in the Almafuerte Special Fund and Galtrust I based on a variety of factors, mostly including the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost and the weakening of the global and local markets condition in which Grupo Financiero Galicia operates, with no immediate prospect of recovery. The fair value of these retained interests in the trusts is determined based upon an estimate of cash flows to be collected by Grupo Financiero Galicia as holder of the retained interests, discounted at an estimated market rate and will constitute the new cost basis of these securities.
Transfers of financial assets consolidated — Variable Interest Entities
In the ordinary course of business, we utilize certain financing arrangements to meet our balance sheet management, funding and liquidity needs. For additional information on our liquidity risk, see Item 5.B. “Liquidity and Capital Resources”. These activities utilize special purpose entities (“SPEs”), typically in the form of trusts, which raise funds by issuing debt securities to third party investors. These SPEs typically hold various types of financial assets whose cash flows are the primary source of repayment for the liabilities of the SPEs. These SPEs are typically structured as variable interest entities (“VIEs”) and are thus subject to consolidation by the reporting enterprise that absorbs the majority of the economic risks and rewards of the VIE.

 

-135-


Table of Contents

The overall methodology for evaluating transactions and relationships under the VIE requirements includes the following two steps:
    determine whether the entity meets the criteria to qualify as a VIE and;
    determine whether Grupo Financiero Galicia is the primary beneficiary of the VIE.
In performing the first step the significant factors and judgments that were considered in making the determination as to whether an entity is a VIE include:
    the design of the entity, including the nature of its risks and the purpose for which the entity was created, to determine the variability that the entity was designed to create and distribute to its interest holders;
    the nature of the involvement with the entity;
    whether control of the entity may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting equity;
    whether there is sufficient equity investment at risk to finance the activities of the entity and;
    whether parties other than the equity holders have the obligation to absorb expected losses or the right to received residual returns.
For each VIE identified, Grupo Financiero Galicia performs the second step and evaluates whether it is the primary beneficiary of the VIE by considering the following significant factors and criteria:
    whether the variable interest absorbs the majority of the VIE’s expected losses;
    whether the variable interest receives the majority of the VIE’s expected returns and;
    whether Grupo Financiero Galicia has the ability to make decisions that significantly affect the VIE’s results and activities.
Based on the mentioned evaluation as of December 31, 2008, we consolidated certain VIEs related to trusts created as part of securitization transactions for credit cards and personal loans in which we have a controlling financial interest due to the holding of residual interests in these trusts (see Note 35.h of our consolidated financial statements). Therefore, we reconsolidated these loans and re-established the corresponding loan loss reserves. Under Argentine Banking GAAP, these transactions were accounted for as sales and the debt securities and certificates retained by the Bank are accounted for at cost plus accrued interest for the debt securities, and the equity method is used to account for the residual interest in the trust.
As of December 31, 2008, the table below presents the assets and liabilities of the financial trusts which have been consolidated for US GAAP purposes:
         
(In millions of Pesos)   December 31, 2008  
Cash and due from banks
  Ps. 33.4  
Loans (net of allowances)
    939.9  
Other assets
    21.2  
 
     
Total Assets
    994.5  
 
     
Debt Securities
    722.0  
Certificates of Participation
    247.7  
Other liabilities
    24.8  
 
     
Total Liabilities
    994.5  
 
     
Income Tax
Argentine Central Bank regulations do not require the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities and, therefore, income taxes for Banco Galicia are recognized on the basis of amounts due in accordance with Argentine tax regulations. However, Grupo Financiero Galicia and Grupo Financiero Galicia’s non-bank subsidiaries apply the deferred income tax method.
The income tax charge for fiscal year 2008 was Ps. 74.0 million (a Ps. 2.5 million, or a 3.5%, increase when compared to fiscal year 2007), of which Ps. 63.0 million corresponded to Tarjetas Regionales S.A. consolidated with its operating subsidiaries, and Ps. 11.1 million, Ps. 1.3 million and Ps. 0.5 million correspond to Sudamericana, Galicia Warrants and Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., respectively. Grupo Financiero Galicia recorded a Ps. 2.1 million reversal in its individual balance sheet.

 

-136-


Table of Contents

The income tax charge for fiscal year 2007 was Ps. 71.5 million, of which Ps. 60.9 million corresponded to Tarjetas Regionales S.A. consolidated with its operating subsidiaries and Ps. 6.0 million, Ps. 0.8 million, Ps. 0.3 million and Ps. 0.3 million correspond to Sudamericana, Galicia Warrants, Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A. and Galicia Valores, respectively. Grupo Financiero Galicia recorded a Ps. 3.2 million charge in its individual balance sheet.
Summary
As a result of the above and other differences, our net income and shareholders’ equity under Argentine Banking GAAP and U.S. GAAP for the periods indicated were as follows:
                                 
    Net Income (Loss)     Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)  
    Argentine Banking             Argentine Banking        
    GAAP     U.S. GAAP     GAAP     U.S. GAAP  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Fiscal Year 2008
    176.8       (1,171.0 )     1,845.7       (754.4 )
Fiscal Year 2007
    46.0       592.9       1,654.5       238.1  
Fiscal Year 2006
    (18.9 )     3,524.9       1,608.5       145.8  
The significant differences that result between net income under U.S. GAAP and other comprehensive income and net income under Argentine Banking GAAP primarily reflect that under U.S. GAAP:
    Since 2005, given that the Compensatory Bond was received in full in that year, the corresponding Boden 2012 Bonds are reflected at market value, with changes in values being recognized under other comprehensive income, the effect of which varies significantly in 2006 and 2007. As of December 31, 2008, Grupo Financiero Galicia had recorded an other-than-temporary impairment for U.S. GAAP purposes, which resulted in a significant decrease in its net income for fiscal year 2008 under U.S. GAAP.
    The Hedge Bond and the liability with the Argentine Central Bank for its purchase were not recognized under U.S. GAAP in 2005, while they were recognized in 2006. With the delivery to the Bank of 90.8% of the Hedge Bond in 2006, as the Bank acquired control of 90.8% of the asset that previously was not recognized as such, the adjustment made in the prior year (to reflect that the asset, recognized under Argentine Banking GAAP, was not recognized under U.S. GAAP) was reversed in the same proportion which generated a significant increase in our net income for fiscal year 2006 under U.S. GAAP.
    Discount Bonds in Pesos are reflected at market values, with changes from market values at the time of exchange being recognized as other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2008, Grupo Financiero Galicia had recorded an other-than-temporary impairment for U.S. GAAP purposes, which resulted in a significant decrease in its net income for fiscal year 2008 under U.S. GAAP.
    The Bank’s foreign debt restructuring completed in 2004 was accounted as a troubled debt restructuring. Therefore the carrying value of such debt is higher under U.S. GAAP and no gain was recognized at the time of the restructuring.

 

-137-


Table of Contents

    Certain of our securitization transactions are considered sales under U.S. GAAP, with the valuation of retained interests reflecting fair values, with changes in unrealized gains and losses charged to equity through other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2008, Grupo Financiero Galicia had recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of the certificates of participation in Galtrust I, in Nues Trust and in Almafuerte Special Fund, based on a variety of factors, mostly including the period of time and extent to which the market value had been lower than the cost and the weakening of the global and local markets. The fair value of these retained interests in the trusts is determined based upon an estimate of cash flows to be collected by Grupo Financiero Galicia as the holder of the retained interests, discounted at an estimated market rate and will constitute the new cost basis of these securities.
Results by Segments
Effective 2007, the results of Banco Galicia’s operations, our main subsidiary, are not segregated by geographical regions. Rather, the banking business is reported as one single segment that is evaluated regularly by the Board of Directors in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance of our business. As a result, our segment disclosures for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are presented on a new basis to correspond with our internal reporting structure. The segment disclosures for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 has been restated to conform to the new presentation of business segments.
We measure the performance of each of our business segments primarily in terms of “Net income”, in accordance with the regulatory reporting requirements of the Argentine Central Bank. Net income and other information by segment are based on Argentine Banking GAAP and are consistent with the presentation of our consolidated financial statements.
Our segments are the following:
    Banking: our banking business segment represents Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A. consolidated line by line with Galicia Uruguay and its subsidiaries and the results of other small banking-related subsidiaries.
    Regional Credit Cards: our regional credit cards business segment represents the accounts of Tarjetas Regionales S.A. consolidated with its subsidiaries.
    Insurance: our insurance business segment represents the accounts of Sudamericana and its subsidiaries.
    Other Grupo Businesses: this segment includes the results of Net Investment, Galicia Warrants, GV Mandataria and Galval.
Our results by segments are shown in note 31 to our audited consolidated financial statements. Below is a discussion of our results of operations by segments for the years ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006.

 

-138-


Table of Contents

Banking
The table below shows the results of our banking business segment.
                         
    As of December 31,  
In millions of Pesos, except percentages   2008     2007     2006  
Net Financial Income
    847.3       516.2       66.0  
Net Income from Services
    655.0       520.4       377.3  
 
                 
Net Operating Revenue
    1,502.3       1,036.6       443.3  
 
                 
Provisions for Loan Losses
    214.9       159.2       57.6  
Administrative Expenses
    1,166.5       875.1       681.4  
 
                 
Net Operating Income
    120.9       2.3       (295.7 )
 
                 
Income from Equity Investments
                       
Tarjetas Regionales SA
    76.4       88.2       70.9  
Sudamericana
    2.9       1.9       1.1  
Others
    58.1       3.5       (14.8 )
 
                 
Income from Equity Investments
    137.4       93.6       57.2  
 
                 
Other Income (Loss)
    (63.0 )     (65.5 )     112.3  
 
                 
Pre-tax Income
    195.3       30.4       (126.2 )
 
                 
Net Income
    195.3       30.4       (126.2 )
 
                 
Net Income as a % of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Net Income
    110 %     66 %     667 %
Average Loans
    8,707.5       7,140.6       5,332.3  
Average Deposits
    13,199.0       11,857.0       9,506.0  
This segment recorded Ps. 195.3 million net income for fiscal year 2008, Ps. 164.9 million higher than the Ps. 30.4 million recorded in fiscal year 2007, which in turn was Ps. 156.6 million higher than the Ps. 126.2 million net loss for fiscal year 2006.
The improvement in net income for fiscal year 2008 was attributable to a Ps. 465.7 million increase in net operating revenue (net financial income plus net income from services) and to a Ps. 43.8 million increase in income from equity investments. These gains were partially offset by greater administrative expenses (which increased by Ps. 291.4 million), and greater provisions for losses on loans and other receivables (which increased by Ps. 55.7 million).
The improvement in net income for fiscal year 2007 was attributable to the Ps. 593.3 million increase in net operating revenue (net financial income plus net income from services) and to a Ps. 36.4 million increase in income from equity investments. These gains were partially offset by greater administrative expenses (which increased by Ps. 193.7 million), lower miscellaneous net income (which declined by Ps. 177.8 million) and greater provisions for losses on loans and other receivables (which increased by Ps. 101.6 million).
The increase in net financial income (an increase of Ps. 331.1 million) for fiscal year 2008 was the consequence of the improvement in the financial margin, together with an increase in the average volume of financial intermediation with the private sector. The average interest rate on Peso-denominated loans to the private sector increased, which reflected the growth observed in the Argentine market in general. Average loans to the private sector amounted to Ps. 8,707.5 million, 21.9% higher than the Ps. 7,140.6 million for fiscal year 2007. The improvement in net financial income is also attributable to the relative decrease in the cost of liabilities, resulting from the change in their structure as a consequence of the change in the composition of deposits, with an increase in transactional deposits, and the reduction of the restructured foreign debt. The average balance of total deposits increased by Ps. 1,342.0 million, equivalent to an 11.3% increase. The average rate on interest-bearing deposits was 7.70%, 158 b.p. higher than the 6.12% average rate recorded for the previous fiscal year. This increase was experienced by the Argentine market as a whole in 2008.

 

-139-


Table of Contents

The increase in the net financial income for fiscal year 2007 was due to the significant increase in the Bank’s volume of financial intermediation with the private sector, reflecting the high growth environment, both for the Argentine economy as a whole and for the Argentine financial system, which was not affected by the volatility in international financial markets in the second half of the year. The increase in the Bank’s average loans to the private sector amounted to Ps. 1,808.3 million in fiscal year 2007, representing a 33.9% increase over the amount for fiscal year 2006. Net financial income also increased due to the decline in the cost of funds related to the change in the composition of the Bank’s liabilities. The increase in the Bank’s level of activity and the improvement in its net financial income were made possible by the Bank’s strategy of strengthening its financial condition, including its August 2007 capital increase (See Item 4. “Information on the Company-History-Banco Galicia-Banco Galicia’s 2007 Capital Increase”) and the reduction of its exposure to the public sector (which increased the share of private-sector exposure in total interest-earning assets and reduced the related valuation losses, which were Ps. 38.2 million in fiscal year 2007 as compared to Ps. 198.4 million in fiscal year 2006) and in its expensive debt with the Argentine Central Bank. Also, given that the Bank carries a net financial loss on its matched position in foreign currency (due to the lower yield of the Boden 2012 Bonds, the Bank’s main foreign currency asset, relative to the cost of its restructured foreign debt), the reduction in the Bank’s restructured foreign debt improved its net financial income.
In addition, another effect in connection with the Bank’s balance sheet strengthening strategy was added: the negative impact on net financial income due to the postponement of the acquisition of the Hedge Bond, 90.8% of which was acquired in December 2006, was not present in 2007, but it affected the net financial income for practically all of fiscal year 2006.
Before the losses from the valuation of public-sector assets, net financial income for fiscal year 2008 was Ps. 283.7 million higher than in fiscal year 2007, which was, in turn, Ps. 290 million higher than in fiscal year 2006.
Net income from services amounted to Ps. 655.0 million in fiscal year 2008, 25.9% higher than the Ps. 520.4 million recorded in fiscal year 2007, which was in turn 37.9% above the Ps. 377.3 million recorded in fiscal year 2006. For both fiscal years 2008 and 2007, almost all the categories of fee based income grew, mainly as a consequence of an increase in the volume of transactions together with an increase in the price of certain services, in line with the dynamics of the financial market.
Provisions for losses on loans and other receivables amounted to Ps. 214.9 million in fiscal year 2008, Ps. 55.7 million higher than the Ps. 159.2 million in fiscal year 2007, which was in turn Ps. 101.6 million higher than the Ps. 57.6 million recorded in fiscal year 2006. Both in fiscal year 2008 and 2007, a significant percentage of this increase was attributable to the seasoning of the loan portfolio, mainly the individuals’ portfolio.
Administrative expenses for fiscal year 2008 amounted to Ps. 1,166.5 million, 33.3% higher than the Ps. 875.1 million for fiscal year 2007, which in turn was 28.4% higher than the Ps. 681.4 million for fiscal year 2006. Both in fiscal years 2008 and 2007, the increase in administrative expenses was related to the increase in personnel expenses and in the remaining administrative expenses. These increases were related to the increase in staff, the higher level of activity, the expansion of the distribution network and the increase in inflation rate during the year.
Income from equity investments amounted to Ps. 137.4 million, Ps. 93.6 million, and Ps. 57.2 million for fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Income from equity investments for fiscal year 2008 was mainly due to the Bank’s gain from its interest in Tarjetas Regionales S.A. (Ps. 76.4 million) and its Ps. 53.8 million profit from dividends received because of the Bank’s interest in Visa Argentina S.A. In fiscal year 2007, income from equity investments was mainly due to the Bank’s interest in Tarjetas Regionales S.A.
The Bank recorded Ps. 63.0 million and Ps. 65.5 million miscellaneous net losses for fiscal years 2008 and 2007, respectively. In fiscal year 2006, Banco Galicia recorded a Ps. 112.3 million miscellaneous net income. The loss for fiscal year 2008 was mainly attributable to the amortization of deferred losses from amparo claims of Ps. 39.5 million, together with the net establishment of allowances. This effect was partially offset by income related to loan recoveries of Ps. 54.6 million and financial income from margin requirements in connection with repurchase transactions of Ps. 34.2 million. The loss for fiscal year 2007 was mainly attributable to the loss due to the amortization of deferred losses from amparo claims of Ps. 108.7 million (while in fiscal year 2006 such amortization was deferred), partially offset by loan recoveries of Ps. 36.7 million and financial income from margin requirements in connection with repurchase transactions of Ps. 15.8 million.

 

-140-


Table of Contents

Regional Credit Cards
The table below shows the results of our regional credit cards business segment.
                         
    As of December 31,  
In millions of Pesos, except percentages   2008     2007     2006  
Net Financial Income
    296.2       203.2       157.5  
Net Income from Services
    571.8       409.0       289.8  
 
                 
Net Operating Revenue
    868.0       612.2       447.3  
 
                 
Provisions for Loan Losses
    180.4       96.3       53.2  
Administrative Expenses
    554.5       369.5       263.9  
 
                 
Net Operating Income
    133.1       146.4       130.2  
 
                 
Other Income (Loss)
    45.2       41.3       20.7  
Minority Interests
    (20.6 )     (27.5 )     (24.1 )
 
                 
Pre-tax Income
    157.7       160.2       126.8  
 
                 
Income Tax Provision
    81.3       72.1       55.9  
 
                 
Net Income
    76.4       88.1       70.9  
 
                 
Net Income as a % of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Net Income
    43 %     192 %     (375 )%
Average Loans
    2,105.0       1,703.1       1,149.3  
 
                 
In fiscal year 2008, the Regional Credit Cards’ segment recorded net income of Ps. 76.4 million, 13.2% lower than in fiscal year 2007. In turn, net income for fiscal year 2007, which amounted to Ps. 88.1 million, was 24.3% higher than in fiscal year 2006.
The decrease in net income for fiscal year 2008 was mainly a result of the fact that the increase in net operating revenue (net financial income plus net income from services) of Ps. 255.8 million was more than offset by higher provisions for loan losses and other receivables for Ps. 84.1 million, due to a deterioration in the performance of our credit card loans in connection with the increased volume, and higher administrative expenses, of Ps. 185.0 million, due to higher salaries and increases in social security contributions.
In fiscal year 2007, the increase in net income reflected significant increases in net operating revenue, which in turn reflected the increase in the volume of the regional credit card companies’ business, influenced by the strong growth of the economy as a whole and aggregate consumption in particular, as well as by the geographical expansion of their distribution network. In fiscal year 2007, higher operating revenue was partially offset by higher provisions for losses on loans and other receivables (which increased 81.0%), higher administrative expenses (which increased 40.0%) and greater income taxes (which increased 29.0%), while a 99.5% increase in miscellaneous net income contributed to a higher overall net income.
During fiscal year 2008, the customer base of the regional credit card companies as a whole increased 16% as compared to the previous fiscal year, and the number of authorized cards exceeded 4.7 million cards as of December 31, 2008. The number of statements issued increased 18.1% in fiscal year 2008, as compared to the previous fiscal year, with almost 1.9 million statements as of December 31, 2008. The distribution network continued growing, reaching 208 service centers in Argentina, 23 more centers than in fiscal year 2007 (a 12% increase). The regional credit card companies’ staff increased by 127 people, reaching 3,892 employees. Annual turnover in stores (valued at real prices as of December 31, 2008) exceeded Ps. 7,550 million, while the average loan portfolio increased 23.6% as compared to 2007.
During fiscal year 2007, the regional credit card companies continued to increase their customer base, the loans granted to their customers and their distribution networks. The number of statements issued increased 20% in fiscal year 2007 as compared to the previous fiscal year, while purchases made by card holders with the credit cards issued by these companies increased 35%. In addition, the loan portfolio of the regional credit card companies (including portfolios securitized) increased 45%. The foregoing increases led to increases in the net operating revenue of the regional credit cards’ segment of Ps. 164.9 million (36.9%) in fiscal year 2007.
In fiscal years 2008 and 2007, the higher provisions for losses on loans and other receivables were mainly related to the seasoning of the portfolio.
The increase in administrative expenses, both in fiscal year 2008 and 2007, is related to the increase in the level of activity, the geographical expansion and the inflation rate.
In both fiscal years, miscellaneous net income mainly reflected loans recovered.

 

-141-


Table of Contents

Insurance
The table below shows the results of our insurance business segment.
                         
    As of September 30,  
In millions of Pesos, except percentages   2008     2007     2006  
Net Financial Income
    20.2       16.6       17.0  
 
                 
Net Operating Revenue
    20.2       16.6       17.0  
 
                 
Administrative Expenses
    30.0       16.1       11.2  
 
                 
Net Operating Income
    (9.8 )     0.5       5.8  
 
                 
Other Income (Loss)
    43.5       22.0       6.9  
 
                 
Pre-tax Income
    33.7       22.5       12.7  
 
                 
Income Tax Provision
    11.1       7.9       3.7  
 
                 
Net Income
    22.6       14.6       9.0  
 
                 
Net Income as a % of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Net Income
    12.8 %     32 %     (48 )%
 
                 
Argentine Banking GAAP establish that the accounts of non-homogeneous activities must be included under “Other Income/Loss”, therefore the income statement of Sudamericana was reclassified and, as such, in the table above, its main accounts (earned premiums, claims, acquisition costs, etc.) are included in such line item. The results of this segment mainly represent the results of Galicia Seguros. For consolidation purposes, we have used Sudamericana’s consolidated financial statements as of September 30 of each year.
In the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2008, the insurance segment recorded Ps. 22.6 million in net income. In the same period, Galicia Seguros recorded gains of Ps. 20.7 million. This segment’s net income was mainly due to: (i) Ps. 221.4 million of earned premiums, claims of Ps. 22.1 million, and acquisition costs of Ps. 90.2 million, (ii) net financial income of Ps. 20.2 million, and (iii) administrative expenses amounting to Ps. 30.0 million, of which approximately 41% corresponded to personnel expenses. Earned premiums for the twelve months ended September 30, 2008 were Ps. 129.4 million greater than in the same period of 2007, representing a 134% increase, mainly as a result of Galicia Seguros’ performance. This company’s growth in premiums earned mainly reflects group life insurance, home insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance sold through the Bank and the regional credit card companies. An alternative channel that helped to achieve such growth was the call center. Acquisition costs grew following the increase in underwritten premiums. The Ps. 13.9 million increase in administrative expenses was mainly due to the fact that a part of the value added tax is recorded at cost (certain life insurance products are exempt from such tax but the fees paid to the brokers and other expenses related thereto are charged with such tax), as well as salary increases and increases in other expenses within an inflationary context. It is important to mention that claims have remained at practically the same level of previous years; therefore the increase in insurance production did not cause an increase in claims, reflecting the strategy of focusing on businesses with a lower claims ratio and with a potential for margin improvement.
In the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2007, the insurance segment recorded Ps. 14.6 million in net income. In the same period, Galicia Seguros recorded gains of Ps. 15.6 million. This segment’s net income was mainly due to: (i) Ps. 93.4 million of earned premiums and additional fees, claims of Ps. 20.8 million, and acquisition costs of Ps. 31.7 million, (ii) net financial income of Ps. 16.6 million, and (iii) administrative expenses amounting to Ps. 16.1 million, of which approximately 50% corresponded to personnel expenses.
In the twelve month period ended September 30, 2006, the insurance segment recorded Ps. 9.0 million in net income. In the same period, Galicia Vida and Galicia Patrimoniales (now merged into Galicia Seguros) recorded gains of Ps. 12.1 million. This segment’s net income mainly consisted of: (i) earned premiums and additional fees of Ps. 44.5 million, claims of Ps. 21.8 million and acquisition costs of Ps. 13.4 million, (ii) net financial income of Ps. 17.0 million, of which Ps. 12.4 million represented income on Secured Loans, and (iii) administrative expenses amounting to Ps. 11.2 million, of which approximately 61% corresponded to personnel expenses.

 

-142-


Table of Contents

Other Grupo Businesses
This segment includes the results of Net Investment, Galicia Warrants, Galval and GV Mandataria. In fiscal year 2008, this segment posted Ps. 0.1 million in net income, as compared to Ps. 1.2 million in fiscal year 2007 and Ps. 0.9 million in fiscal year 2006. In fiscal year 2008, this segment’s results were attributable to Galicia Warrants’ net income of Ps. 2.4 million, and were partially offset by losses of Ps. 1.2 million, Ps. 1.1 million and Ps. 0.02 million for Net Investment, Galval and GV Mandataria, respectively.
In fiscal year 2007, this segment’s results were attributable to Galicia Warrant’s net income of Ps. 1.3 million, which were partially offset by a Ps. 0.04 million loss of Galval.
In fiscal year 2006, this segment’s results were attributable to Galval’s and Galicia Warrants’ net income of Ps. 1.0 million and Ps. 0.7 million, respectively, which were partially offset by the Ps. 0.8 million loss recorded by Net Investment.
Consolidated Assets
The structure and main components of our consolidated assets as of the dates indicated were as follows:
                                                 
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    Amounts     %     Amounts     %     Amounts     %  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
Cash and Due from Banks
    3,405.1       13.8       2,960.0       13.0       2,294.8       9.7  
Government and Corporate Securities
    1,531.9       6.2       1,694.0       7.4       3,188.6       13.5  
Loans to the Non Financial Public Sector
    11,774.6       47.6       11,601.0       50.8       10,525.0       44.6  
Hedge Bond to be Acquired
                            401.3       1.7  
Other Receivables — Argentine Central Bank
                            1,733.3       7.3  
Other Assets
    8,024.2       32.4       6,573.7       28.8       5,472.4       23.2  
 
                                   
Total
    24,735.8       100.0       22,828.7       100.0       23,615.4       100.0  
 
                                   
Of our Ps. 24,735.8 million total assets as of December 31, 2008, Ps. 24,439.8 million, equivalent to 98.8% of the total, corresponded to the Bank on a consolidated basis. The remaining 1.2% was attributable mainly to Sudamericana on a consolidated basis (Ps. 227.7 million). The composition of our assets shows an increase in the participation of the line items “Cash and due from banks”, “Loans to the Non Financial Public Sector” and “Other Assets”, to the detriment of “Government and corporate securities.”
The item “Cash and due from banks” mainly included cash for Ps. 986.7 million, balances held at the Argentine Central Bank for Ps. 2,036.2 million and balances held in correspondent banks for Ps. 382.3 million. The balance held at the Argentine Central Bank and part of the cash are computable for meeting the minimum cash requirements set by the Argentine Central Bank as explained under Item 5.B. “Liquidity and Capital Resources-Liquidity”.
Our holdings of government and corporate securities as of December 31, 2008 amounted to Ps. 1,531.9 million, of which Ps. 1,531.8 million were government securities. Our holdings of government and corporate securities are shown in more detail under Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Government and Corporate Securities.”
Our total net loans amounted to Ps. 11,774.6 million, of which Ps. 11,720.5 million corresponded to the Bank (including the regional credit card companies’ portfolios) and the remaining amount to Secured Loans held by Sudamericana. For more information on the Bank’s loan portfolio, see Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Loan Portfolio”.

 

-143-


Table of Contents

The “Other assets” item mainly includes the following items recorded on our balance sheet under “Other Receivables Resulting from Financial Brokerage,” unless otherwise noted:
    Ps. 1,824.9 million of forward purchases of Boden 2012 Bonds in connection with repurchase agreements (including the corresponding security margins recorded as “Miscellaneous Receivables” in the balance sheet).
    Ps. 1,164.9 million recorded under “Bank Premises and Equipment”, “Miscellaneous Assets” and “Intangible Assets”, excluding from the latter the deferred losses from amparo claims.
    Ps. 634.0 million corresponding to our holdings of debt securities and participation certificates issued by the Galtrust I Financial Trust, resulting from the securitization of loans to the provincial public sector in late 2000.
    Ps. 597.1 million of forward purchases of Discount Bonds in Pesos in connection with repurchase agreements (including the corresponding security margins recorded as “Miscellaneous Receivables” in the balance sheet).
    Ps. 445.2 million corresponding to “Assets under Financial Leases”.
    Ps. 408.9 million corresponding to holdings of the participation certificate in, and debt securities of, the special fund (referred to as “Special Fund Former Almafuerte Bank”) jointly formed by the Bank with other private-sector banks in order to facilitate the recovery of the assets of former Almafuerte Bank.
    Ps. 365.3 million corresponding to participation certificates in, and debt securities of, different financial trusts, created by the Bank or by third parties.
    Ps. 316.9 million recorded as an intangible asset, which reflect deferred losses in connection with amparo claims due to the difference between the amount paid to depositors (the deposit’s original contractual amount, collected by depositors in US Dollars or at the free market exchange rate) as a consequence of court orders, and the amount established by the pesification rules (conversion at the Ps. 1.40 per US Dollar exchange rate, plus CER adjustment and interest), net of the accumulated amortization, plus the amount of deferred amortization.
    Ps. 283.5 million corresponding to the minimum presumed income tax recorded under “Miscellaneous Receivables”.
    Ps. 258.4 million corresponding to balances deposited at the Argentine Central Bank as guarantees in favor of clearing houses.
    Ps. 57.3 million corresponding to equity investments.
    Ps. 46.6 million corresponding to debt securities, mostly of the Bank (Ps. 39.8 million) and the rest corresponding to securities issued by other companies.
Exposure to the Argentine Public Sector
The following table shows our total net exposure to the Argentine public sector as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. This exposure mainly consisted of exposure of the Bank.
                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Net Position in Government Securities
    3,345.3       3,877.8       4,832.7  
 
                 
Trading and Investment Accounts
    627.6       435.8       164.3  
Boden 2012 Bonds
    2,350.8       2,744.3       3,582.9  
Bogar Bonds
                366.5  
Discount Bonds in Pesos and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities
    666.9       697.7       719.0  
 
                 
Loans
    1,481.5       1,372.9       2,846.7  
 
                 
Financial Sector
    107.9       107.4       107.4  
Secured Loans and Others
    1,373.6       1,265.5       2,739.3  
 
                 

 

-144-


Table of Contents

                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Other Receivables Resulting from Financial Brokerage
    927.5       870.1       1,218.6  
 
                 
Boden 2012 Bonds (Hedge Bond)
                401.3  
Trusts’ Certificates of Participation and Securities
    927.5       870.1       817.3  
 
                 
Total Assets (1)
    6,054.3       6,120.8       8,898.0  
 
                 
Liabilities with the Argentine Central Bank
                3,026.0  
 
                 
Net Exposure
    6,054.3       6,120.8       5,872.0  
 
                 
     
(1)   Does not include deposits with the Argentine Central Bank, which constitute one of the items by which the Bank complies with the Argentine Central Bank’s minimum cash requirements.
As of December 31, 2008, our total exposure to the public sector amounted to Ps. 6,054.3 million, compared to Ps. 6,120.8 million and Ps. 8,898.0 million at the close of the two previous fiscal years, which represented a decrease of Ps. 66.5 million in 2008 and of Ps. 2,843.7 million in 2008 and 2007, on a combined basis.
Securitization of Assets
In the normal course of business, our operating subsidiaries (the Bank and the regional credit card companies) use the securitization of assets as a source of funding. The securitization of assets basically involves a company transferring assets to a trust and the trust funding the purchase by issuing securities that are sold to third parties. A trust is a special-purpose entity, not an operating entity; typically, a trust is set up for the single purpose of completing the securitization transaction, has a limited life and no employees. Trust securities can be publicly offered, which is the case in those financial trusts in which the Bank or the regional credit card companies acted as trustor. See note 30 to our audited financial statements for a description of the outstanding trusts as of December 31, 2008.
In 2008, 2007 and 2006, we generated funds through the securitization and sale of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet loans of the Bank and the regional credit cards companies, for aggregate amounts of Ps. 644.3 million, Ps. 617.8 million, and Ps. 684.8 million, respectively. No gains or losses were recognized in the sale of these loans. As a result of these securitizations, we retained certain interests in those trusts through senior debt securities and certificates of participation in the amount of Ps. 101.1 million in fiscal year 2008, Ps. 101.0 million in fiscal year 2007 and Ps. 120.7 million in fiscal year 2006.
Funding
The Bank’s and the regional credit card companies’ lending activities are our main asset-generating businesses. Accordingly, most of our borrowing and liquidity needs are associated with these activities. We also have liquidity needs at the level of our holding company, which are discussed in Item 5.B. “Liquidity and Capital Resources-Liquidity-Holding Company on an Individual Basis”. Our objective is to maintain cost-effective and well diversified funding to support current and future asset growth in our businesses. For this, we rely on diverse sources of funding and have also engaged in a process of reducing the Bank’s high cost liabilities incurred as a consequence of the 2001-2002 crisis. The use and availability of funding sources depends on market conditions, both local and foreign, and prevailing interest rates. Market conditions in Argentina include a structurally limited availability of domestic long-term funding.

 

-145-


Table of Contents

Our funding activities and liquidity planning are integrated into our asset and liability management and our financial risks management and policies. The liquidity policy of the Bank, our main subsidiary, is described in Item 5.B. “Liquidity and Capital Resources-Banco Galicia’s Liquidity Management” and our other financial risk policies, including interest rate, currency and market risks are described in Item 11. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk”. Our funding sources are discussed below.
Traditionally, except for the period between the 2001-2002 crisis and the end of 2005, our primary source of funding has been the Bank’s deposit taking activity. Although the Bank has access to Argentine Central Bank financing, management does not view this as a primary source of funding.
Other important sources of funding have traditionally included issuing Dollar-denominated medium- and long-term debt securities issued in foreign capital markets and borrowing from international banks and multilateral credit agencies. After the restructuring of its foreign debt in May 2004, the Bank has not relied on the issuance of new debt securities, having entered into two long term loan agreements with the IFC, in 2005 and 2007, for US$90 million, with the purpose of funding long-term loans to SMEs. On the contrary, as part of the above-mentioned strategy of strengthening our balance sheet, the Bank began to prepay its restructured foreign debt (both bank loans and bonds maturing in 2010 and 2014). The regional credit card companies have issued debt securities in the local and foreign capital markets in the last few years.
Selling government securities under repurchase agreements has been another recurrent source of funding for the Bank. In 2008, because of the international crisis, the repurchase transactions of government securities decreased Ps. 273.2 million (principal and interest). Within its liquidity policy, the Bank considers its unencumbered liquid government securities holdings as part of its available excess liquidity. See Item 5.B. “Liquidity and Capital Resources-Banco Galicia’s Liquidity Management.”
In the last few years, the securitization of assets in the local market has also become a significant and growing source of medium-term funding, for up to approximately four years for the Bank, while for the regional credit cards the terms are shorter (approximately two years). In fiscal year 2008, the securitization of loans generated funds of Ps. 261.5 million from the securitization of loans granted by the Bank on an individual basis, and of Ps. 382.8 million from the securitization of the regional credit-card companies’ loan portfolios. See “-Securitization of assets.”
The regional credit card companies fund their business through the issuance of debt securities in the local and international capital markets, borrowing from local financial institutions, asset securitization and debt with merchants generated in the ordinary course of business of any credit card issuing company. In 2008, the regional credit card companies issued negotiable obligations in an amount equal to Ps. 154.7 million.
Reduction of the Bank’s debt with the Argentine Central Bank incurred as a consequence of the 2001-2002 crisis and of its restructured foreign debt was mainly funded with the proceeds from the sale of public-sector assets. During 2007, proceeds from the sale of Secured Loans and Bogar Bonds for Ps. 1,601.7 million (principal, interest and CER adjustment) were mostly applied to the prepayment of debt with the Argentine Central Bank and proceeds of the sale of Boden 2012 Bonds, for US$190.8 million, were used for the prepayment of restructured foreign debt.

 

-146-


Table of Contents

Below is a breakdown of our funding as of the dates indicated:
                                                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    Amounts     %     Amounts     %     Amounts     %  
    (in millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
Deposits
    14,056.1       56.8       13,165.6       57.8       10,779.4       45.6  
Current Accounts and Other Demand Deposits
    3,105.4       12.6       2,675.4       11.7       2,011.4       8.5  
Savings Accounts
    4,035.0       16.3       3,380.1       14.8       2,589.5       11.0  
Time Deposits
    6,548.0       26.5       6,708.8       29.5       5,831.5       24.6  
Other Deposits
    263.2       1.1       291.6       1.3       215.6       0.9  
Accrued Interest, Quotation Differences and CER Adjustment
    104.5       0.4       113.7       0.5       131.4       0.6  
 
                                   
Debt with Financial Institutions (1)
    2,172.9       8.8       2,307.8       10.1       5,217.2       22.1  
Argentine Central Bank
                                               
Financial Assistance
                            2,688.7       11.4  
Advance for the Acquisition of the Hedge Bond
                            336.8       1.4  
Domestic Financial Institutions
    248.6       1.0       318.5       1.4       287.7       1.2  
International Banks and Credit Agencies
    941.5       3.8       733.3       3.2       870.5       3.7  
Repurchases
    982.8       4.0       1,256.0       5.5       1,033.5       4.4  
 
                                   
Negotiable Obligations (Unsubordinated and Subordinated) (1)
    2,932.5       11.9       3,105.6       13.6       3,676.0       15.6  
 
                                   
Other obligations
    3,728.6       15.0       2,595.2       11.3       2,334.3       9.9  
 
                                   
Shareholders’ Equity
    1,845.7       7.5       1,654.5       7.2       1,608.5       6.8  
 
                                   
Total Funding
    24,735.8       100.0       22,828.7       100.0       23,615.4       100.0  
 
                                   
     
(1)   Includes accrued interest, quotation differences, and CER adjustment where applicable.
As of December 31, 2008, deposits represented 56.8% of our funding, down from 57.8% as of December 31, 2007 and up from 45.6% as of December 31, 2006. Our deposit base has increased 6.8% in 2008 and 22.1% in 2007. In 2008, most of the increase in deposits (Ps. 1,084.9 million) was due to the increase in transactional deposits (deposits in current and savings accounts). The increase in 2007 was also the result of an increase in transactional deposits. All of the growth was due to deposits received by the Bank’s Argentine operations. For more information on deposits, see Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Deposits”.
In March 2007, the Bank settled all of its debt from financial assistance from the Argentine Central Bank and currently has no debt with such entity in connection with the 2001-2002 crisis.
The advance for the acquisition of the Hedge Bond was also settled, because such Bond was fully subscribed for in April 2007 by using Secured Loans.
As of December 31, 2008, credit lines from international banks and credit agencies representing Dollar-denominated debt subject to foreign law amounted to Ps. 941.5 million. Of this total, Ps. 88.1 million represented debt of the Bank’s Head Office, the restructuring of which was completed in May 2004, Ps. 585.5 million corresponded to trade loans, and Ps. 267.9 million corresponded to an IFC loan granted to the Bank in 2005 which increased at the end of 2007 with the signing of a new agreement. Credit lines from banks and international agencies increased to Ps. 941.5 million at the end of 2008 from Ps. 733.3 million as of December 31, 2007. The increase was mainly due to the use of the IFC loans and to the increase in trade loans.

 

-147-


Table of Contents

The decrease of the credit lines from banks and international agencies to Ps. 733.3 million at the end of 2007 from Ps. 870.5 million as of December 31, 2006 was mainly due to the Bank’s repurchase of its loans due in 2010 and in 2014, in market transactions carried out during the fiscal year, for an aggregate principal amount of US$188.3 million (US$196.6 million of face value). It was also due to the amortization of loans due in 2010 in accordance with their terms and conditions (for US$6.4 million) and to the partial prepayment of loans due in 2014 (for US$2.3 million) at par and in reverse order to maturity, triggered by the Bank’s capital increase, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements subscribed for as part of the Bank’s foreign debt restructuring completed in 2004. These decreases were partially offset by our borrowings of US$80.0 million, in July 2007, which proceeds were used to capitalize the Bank.
Our debt securities outstanding amounted to Ps. 2,932.5 million (principal and interest) as of December 31, 2008, as compared to Ps. 3,105.6 million as of December 31, 2007, and Ps. 3,676.0 million as of December 31, 2006. Of our debt securities outstanding at the end of fiscal year 2008, Ps. 2,507.6 million (only principal) corresponded to Dollar-denominated debt subject to foreign law and Ps. 369.4 million (only principal) corresponded to Peso-denominated debt of the regional credit-card companies structured as negotiable obligations. As of December 31, 2008, the breakdown of our Dollar-denominated debt was as follows:
    Ps. 353.7 million and Ps. 934.0 million of 2010 Notes and 2014 Notes, respectively, and Ps. 987.0 million of 2019 Notes, all of them issued in 2004 and corresponding to new debt of the Bank resulting from the foreign debt restructuring completed in May of said year.
    Ps. 55.7 million of negotiable obligations issued by Galicia Uruguay to refinance its deposits, which securities were issued either in connection with the original restructuring or with the exchange offers subsequently made by Galicia Uruguay to its customers.
    Ps. 62.5 million and Ps. 69.1 million of Class VII and Class VIII Negotiable Obligations, respectively, maturing in 2009, issued by Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
    Ps. 39.8 million of Series XIX Negotiable Obligations, maturing in 2009, issued by Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.
    Ps. 5.8 million of past due foreign debt included in the Bank’s 2004 debt restructuring, the holders of which did not participate in such restructuring.
The decrease in our debt securities outstanding as of December 31, 2008 from the amount as of December 31, 2007 was mainly the consequence of the following: i) the payment of two principal installments for the 2010 Notes of 12.5% each, for a total of US$68.4 million, ii) the cancellation in advance of 2014 Notes for US$30.2 million (US$32.2 million of face value), which were acquired in market transactions carried out during the fiscal year, and (iii) the reduction of Banco Galicia Uruguay’s restructured debt structured as negotiable obligations by US$25.0 million.

 

-148-


Table of Contents

The decrease in the balance of debt securities outstanding as of December 31, 2007 as compared to the amount as of December 31, 2006 mainly reflects the reduction of the Bank’s foreign debt, pursuant to the following: i) the full amortization of the 2007 Notes for US$38.6 million, ii) the payment of two principal installments of the 2010 Notes of 12.5% each, for a total of US$88.2 million, iii) the partial cancellation in advance of 2010 Notes for US$49.5 million (US$79.2 million of face value), which were acquired in market transactions carried out during the fiscal year, iv) the cancellation in advance of 2014 Notes for US$37.8 million (US$40.5 million of face value) , which were acquired in market transactions carried out during the fiscal year, and (v) the partial prepayment of 2014 Notes triggered by the Bank’s capital increase, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements subscribed for as part of the Bank’s foreign debt restructuring. In addition, Banco Galicia Uruguay reduced by US$16.0 million its restructured debt structured as negotiable obligations. These reductions were partially offset by the regional credit card companies’ net issuance of negotiable obligations for Ps. 88.4 million.
For more information see “-Contractual Obligations” below.
Ratings
In December 2008, Standard & Poor’s granted Banco Galicia’s 2010 Notes and 2014 Notes a “raA” rating, and it granted a “raA-” rating to Banco Galicia’s Subordinated Notes due 2019, thus reflecting a “stable” outlook. Standard & Poor’s noted that this “reflects the expectations that Banco Galicia shall continue showing positive results that will contribute to an additional improvement of its capital level and shall continue gradually strengthening its balance sheet, with a higher reduction of its exposure to sovereign debt”. The Bank’s long- and short-term deposits were granted “raA” and “raA-1” ratings, respectively.
On September 5, 2008, Banco Galicia hired Moody’s Latin America Calificadora de Riesgo S.A. to render its services. On December 29, 2008, Moody’s issued its first rating report on the Bank and granted, nationally, an “Aa3.ar” rating to the outstanding notes mentioned in the paragraph above, while Peso-denominated deposits and deposits in foreign currency were granted “Aa2.ar” and “Ba1.ar” ratings, respectively.
During 2008, Tarjeta Naranja S.A. issued Class VII and Class VIII Notes, which are rated nationally by Fitch Argentina Calificadora de Riesgo S.A. as “A(arg)+” and “A1(arg)”, respectively.
In turn, Series XIX notes issued by Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A. were granted an “A2(arg)” rating by Fitch Argentina Calificadora de Riesgo S.A.
In May 2009, Evaluadora Latinoamericana granted Grupo Financiero Galicia’s notes due in 2010 and in 2011 an “A+” rating.

 

-149-


Table of Contents

The following are our ratings:
                 
    Standard &       Evaluadora    
    Poor’s   Fitch Argentina   Latinoamericana   Moody’s
LOCAL RATINGS
               
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
               
Rating of Shares
  1            
Short-/Medium Term Debt (1)
          A+    
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.
               
Counterparty Rating
  raA            
Medium-/Long-Term Debt (2) (3)
  raA       A+   Aa3.ar
Subordinated Debt (2) (4)
  raA-       A   Aa3.ar
Deposits (Long Term / Short Term)
  raA / raA-1            
Deposits (Local Currency / Foreign Currency)
              Aa2.ar / Ba1.ar
Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
               
Medium-/Long-Term Debt (2) (5)
      AA-(arg)        
Short-Term Debt (2) (6)
      AA-(arg)        
Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.
               
Long-Term Debt (2) (7)
      A(arg)        
Short-Term Debt (2) (8)
      A(arg)        
 
 
INTERNATIONAL RATINGS
               
Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
               
Medium-/Long-Term Debt (2) (9)
      B-        
Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.
               
Long-Term Debt (2) (7)
      B-        
Short-Term Debt (2) (8)
      B-        
     
(1)   Negotiable Obligations Due in 2010 and 2011, issued on June 4, 2009.
 
(2)   See “-Contractual Obligations”.
 
(3)   Negotiable Obligations Due in 2010 and Negotiable Obligations Due in 2014.
 
(4)   Subordinated Negotiable Obligations Due in 2019.
 
(5)   Classes IV and VII Negotiable Obligations.
 
(6)   Class VIII Negotiable Obligations.
 
(7)   Series XVIII Negotiable Obligations.
 
(8)   Series XIX Negotiable Obligations.
 
(9)   Class IV Negotiable Obligations.
Debt Programs
The ordinary shareholders’ meeting of Grupo Financiero Galicia held on March 9, 2009 and a meeting of the Board of Directors of the same date created a Global Short-, Medium- and Long-Term Note Program, for a maximum outstanding amount of US$60 million. This program was authorized pursuant to Resolution No 16113 of April 29, 2009 of the CNV. On March 16, 2009, and on April 24, 2009, the Board of Directors approved the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Class I, Series I and Series II Notes. Within the US$60 million Global Short-, Medium- and Long-Term Note Program, on June 4, 2009 Grupo Financiero Galicia issued two series of bonds for a total amount of US$45 million, with the following characteristics: (i) US$34.4 million of Non-interest bearing Class I, Series I Notes, due on May 30, 2010, this bond was issued at a price of 92.68/100 and its yield will be 8%; and (ii) US$10.6 million of 12.5% Class I, Series II Notes, due on May 25, 2011, this bond was issued at a price of 103.48/100 and its yield will be 10.5%. Interest is payable on the notes described in (ii) semiannually.
The Bank has a program outstanding for the issuance and re-issuance of non-convertible negotiable obligations, subordinated or non-subordinated, adjustable or non-adjustable, secured or unsecured, with a tenor from 30 days to up to the current permitted maximum (30 years), for a maximum outstanding face value during the period of such program of up to Ps. 1.0 billion or US$342.5 million. The term of the program is for five years commencing on the date of approval by the CNV. The program was approved by the CNV on November 4, 2005. As of the date of this annual report, no debt had been issued under the program.

 

-150-


Table of Contents

Tarjeta Naranja S.A. has a program outstanding with the same characteristics, for a maximum outstanding face value during the period of such program of up to US$350 million. The program was approved by the CNV on November 11, 2007. As of December 31, 2008, debt for a principal amount outstanding of US$113.2 million had been issued under the program. Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A. has a program outstanding with the same characteristics, for a maximum outstanding face value during the period of such program of up to US$80 million. The program was approved by the CNV on May 2, 2007. As of December 31, 2008, debt for a principal amount outstanding of US$57 million had been issued under this program.
Contractual Obligations
The table below identifies the principal amounts of our main on balance-sheet contractual obligations, their currency of denomination, remaining maturity and interest rate and the breakdown of payments due, as of December 31, 2008.
                                                 
        Annual           Less than 1     1 to 3     3 to 5     Over 5  
    Maturity   Interest Rate   Total     Year     Years     Years     Years  
Banco Galicia
                                               
Deposits
                                               
Time Deposits (including Other Deposits) (Pesos/US$)
  Various   Various     6,698.3       6,651.1       47.2              
Bonds
                                               
2010 Notes (US$) (1) (2) (3)
  2010   Libor + 350 b.p.   Ps. 365.9     Ps. 248.0     Ps. 117.9              
2014 Notes (US$) (1) (2) (4)
  2014   7.00%     966.9       32.9       442.4     Ps. 442.4     Ps. 49.2  
2019 Notes (US$) (1) (5)
  2019   11.00%     987.0                         987.0  
9% Notes Due 2003 (US$) (6)
  2003   9.00%     9.5       9.5                    
Loans
                                               
Floating Rate Loans Due 2010
(US$) (1) (2) (3)
  2010   Libor + 350 b.p.     5.7       3.9       1.8              
Floating Rate Loans Due 2014
(US$) (1) (2) (4)
  2014   Libor + 85 b.p.     87.9       1.8       40.8       40.8       4.5  
Floating Rate Loans Due 2019 (US$) (1) (7)
  2019   Libor + 578 b.p.     6.5                         6.5  
IBD Financial Loans (US$)
  Various   Various     1.4       0.1       1.3              
IFC Financial Loans (US$)
  Various   Libor + 350 b.p.     267.9       54.7       102.0       89.4       21.8  
Other Financial Loans (US$) (8)
  Various   Various     365.2       358.5       6.7              
Merrill Lynch Intl. Financial Loan
(US$) (9)
  2009   7.8%     220.4       220.4                    
BID Financial Loans (Pesos)
  Various   Various     87.0       15.8       30.2       20.6       20.4  
Fontar Financial Loans (Pesos)
  Various   Various     61.0       11.1       24.5       17.1       8.3  
BICE Loans (CER Adjusted Pesos)
  Various   CER+4.0%     3.0       3.0                    
BICE Loans (US$) (10)
  Various   Libor + 550 b.p.     3.5       3.5                    
Repurchases (US$) (11)
  Various   Various     982.8       692.0       290.8              
Galicia Uruguay
                                               
Negotiable Obligations (US$) (12)
  Various   Various     54.5       9.0       45.5              
Tarjetas Regionales S.A.
                                               
Financial Loans with Local Banks (Pesos)
  Various   Various     242.9       93.3       136.2       13.4        
Negotiable Obligations (Pesos/US$)
  Various   Various     549.7       316.8       222.9       10.0        
 
                                     
Total
          Ps. 11,967.0     Ps. 8,725.4     Ps. 1,510.2     Ps. 633.7     Ps. 1,097.7  
 
                                     
Principal and interest. Includes the CER adjustment, where applicable.
     
(1)   Issued in 2004 as part of the restructuring of the foreign debt of the Bank’s Head Office and its Cayman Branch.
 
(2)   Interest payable in cash, semiannually, on January 1 and July 1 of each year, beginning on July 1, 2004.
 
(3)   Floating Rate Notes Due 2010: Principal amortizes semiannually, on January 1 and July 1 of each year, beginning on July 1, 2006, in eight equal installments of 12.5% of principal at issuance or incurrence, until maturity on January 1, 2010, when the remaining 12.5% is due.
 
(4)   Step-Up Rate Notes Due 2014: Principal amortizes semiannually, on January 1 and July 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2010, in eight equal installments of 11.11% of principal at issuance or incurrence, until maturity, when the remaining 4.86% is due (during 2007, the Bank made a cancellation in advance which was applied to the last installment, which modified the original cash flow). The rate increased 1% on January 1 of each year, until it reached 7% on January 1, 2008.
 
(5)   Subordinated Notes Due 2019: Interest paid in cash: 6% per annum from January 1, 2004 until (but not including) January 1, 2014, payable semiannually, on January 1 and July 1 of each year, beginning on July 1, 2004. Unless the notes are previously redeemed, the annual interest rate will increase to 11% per annum from that date until (but not including) January 1, 2019. Interest paid in additional subordinated negotiable obligations due 2019: 5% per annum from January 1, 2004, to be paid on January 1, 2014 and January 1, 2019. Principal amortizes in full on January 1, 2019, unless the notes are previously redeemed at par plus accrued but unpaid interest, in whole or in part, at the Bank’s option, at any time after the 2010 Notes and the 2014 Notes have been repaid in full and, otherwise, in accordance with the terms of the agreements governing such notes.
 
(6)   The balance represents debt not tendered by its holders to the exchange offered by the Bank to restructure its foreign debt, which was completed in May 2004.

 

-151-


Table of Contents

     
(7)   Interest payable in cash: Libor+78 b.p., per annum from January 1, 2004, until (but not including) January 1, 2014, payable semiannually, on January 1 and July 1 of each year, beginning on July 1, 2004. Unless the loans are previously redeemed, the annual interest rate will increase to Libor+578 b.p. per annum from that date until (but not including) January 1, 2019. Also pays interest in additional subordinated loans, due 2019: 5% per annum from January 1, 2004, to be paid on January 1, 2014 and January 1, 2019. Principal amortizes in full on January 1, 2019 unless the loans are previously redeemed at part plus accrued interest and additional amounts, if any, in whole or in part at the Bank’s option, in accordance with the terms of the agreements governing such loans.
 
(8)   Borrowings to finance international trade operations to Bank customers.
 
(9)   Borrowing from Grupo Financiero Galicia to fund part of the subscription of the Bank’s shares issued as part of its August 2007 capital increase. The principal of the loan amounts to US$80 million. Interest accrues at a fixed rate of 7.75% per annum in the first year and in the second year it accrues at the 3-month Libor+350 b.p. Principal will be amortized as follows: US$18 million are due in July 2008 and the remaining principal amount is due in July 2009.
 
(10)   Corresponds to US$10.0 million of principal at incurrence accruing Libor+550 b.p., with interest payable semiannually, in May and November of each year, and. principal amortizing in 9 semiannual installments, beginning in May 2005 and ending in May 2009.
 
(11)   Includes premiums.
 
(12)   Issued in 2002 as part of the restructuring of Galicia Uruguay’s deposits. Includes:
    2% Negotiable Obligations Due 2011: principal amortizes in 9 equal annual installments in September of each year, beginning in September 2003, the first 2 installments are of 15% of principal, and the remaining 7 are of 10% of principal. Interest is payable annually in September of each year, beginning in September 2003 and accrues at a fixed rate of 2% per annum.
       
    Floating Rate Negotiable Obligations Due 2011: principal amortizes in 3 annual installments in December of each year, beginning in December 2009, the first 2 installments are of 30% of principal, and the remaining one is 40% of principal. Interest is payable semiannually in June and December of each year, beginning in December 2003, and accrues at Libor+300 b.p., and has a 7% cap.
Off- Balance Sheet Contractual Obligations
Operating Leases
As of December 31, 2008, we also had off-balance sheet contractual obligations arising from the leasing of certain properties used as a part of our distribution network. The estimated future lease payments in connection with these properties are as follows:
         
    (In millions of Pesos)  
2009
    44.81  
2010
    49.44  
2011
    52.77  
2012
    56.13  
2013
    58.60  
2014 and After
    60.25  
 
     
Total
    322.00  
 
     
Other
As a shareholder of Aguas Cordobesas S.A., the Bank is a guarantor with respect to compliance with certain obligations arising from the concession contract signed by Aguas Cordobesas S.A. In addition, the Bank and the other shareholders committed, in certain circumstances, to provide financial support to the company if it was unable to fulfill the commitments it had undertaken with various international financial institutions.
The Bank, as a shareholder and proportionally to its 10.833% interest, is jointly responsible, to the Province of Córdoba, for contractual obligations under the concession contract for its entire term. Should any of the other shareholders fail to comply with the commitments arising from their joint responsibility, the province may force the Bank to assume the unfulfilled commitment, but only in the proportion and to the extent of the interest held by the Bank. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

-152-


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Our off-balance sheet risk mainly arises from the Bank’s activities.
In the normal course of its business, the Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk which are entered into in order to meet the financing needs of its customers. These instruments expose us to credit risk in addition to the amounts recognized on our consolidated balance sheets. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, guarantees granted and acceptances.
Commitments to Extend Credit, Stand-By Letters of Credit and Guarantees Granted
The guarantees granted are surety guarantees in connection with transactions between two parties. Standby letters of credit and guarantees granted are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Acceptances are conditional commitments for international trade transactions.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer at a future date, subject to meeting certain contractual terms. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent actual future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.
We use the same credit policies in making commitments, conditional obligations and guarantees as we do for granting loans. In the opinion of management, our outstanding commitments and guarantees do not represent unusual credit risk.
Our exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, guarantees granted and acceptances is represented by the contractual notional amount of those investments.
Our credit exposure related to these items as of December 31, 2008, is summarized below:
         
    December 31, 2008  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Commitments to Extend Credit
    1,003.4  
Standby Letters of Credit
    157.1  
Guarantees Granted
    208.9  
Acceptances
    69.5  
In addition to the above mentioned commitments, as of December 31, 2007, purchase limits available for credit-card holders, of both the Bank and the regional credit card companies, amounted to Ps. 13,995.2 million.

 

-153-


Table of Contents

The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit and granting guarantees is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. In order to grant guarantees to our customers, we may require counter guarantees. As of December 31, 2008, these counter guarantees, classified by type, were as follows:
         
    December 31, 2008  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Preferred Counter Guarantees
    34.7  
Other Counter Guarantees
    43.3  
See note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
Other
We account for checks drawn on us and other financial institutions, as well as other items in the process of collection, such as notes, bills and miscellaneous items, in memorandum accounts until the related item clears or is accepted. In management’s opinion, the risk of loss on these clearing transactions is not significant. The amounts of clearing items in process as of December 31, 2008, were as follows:
         
    December 31, 2008  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Checks Drawn on the Bank
    439.8  
Checks Drawn on Other Banks
    369.5  
Bills and Other Items for Collection
    1,322.1  
With respect to fiduciary risk, we act as the trustee for trust agreements to guarantee obligations arising from various contracts between parties. As of December 31, 2008, the trust funds amounted to Ps. 509.8 million. In addition, we hold securities in custody, which as of December 31, 2008 amounted to Ps. 5,534.3 million.
See note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
Critical Accounting Policies
We believe that the following are our critical accounting policies under Argentine Banking GAAP, as they are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require our most difficult, subjective and complex judgment and the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.
Allowance for Loan Losses
Our allowance for loan losses including the allowance for loan losses of the regional credit card companies is maintained in accordance with Argentine Central Bank rules. Under such rules, a minimum allowance for loan losses is calculated primarily based upon the classification of Banco Galicia’s commercial loan borrowers and upon delinquency aging (or the number of days the loan is past due) for individual loan borrowers of both the Bank and the regional credit card companies and for the Bank’s commercial loans of less than Ps. 500,000. Although we are required to follow the methodology and guidelines for determining the minimum loan loss allowance as set forth by the Argentine Central Bank, we are allowed to establish additional allowances for loan losses. The determination of the allowance for loan losses requires a significant degree of judgment.

 

-154-


Table of Contents

For commercial loans, we are required to classify all of our commercial loan borrowers. In order to perform the classification, we must consider the management and operating history of the borrower, the present and projected financial situation of the borrower, the borrower’s payment history and ability to service the debt, the capability of the borrower’s internal information and control systems and the risk in the sector in which the borrower operates. We apply the minimum loss percentages required by the Argentine Central Bank to our commercial loan borrowers based on the loan classification and the nature of the collateral, or guarantee in respect of the loan. In addition, based on the overall risk of the portfolio, we consider whether or not additional loan loss reserves in excess of the minimum required are warranted.
For our consumer loan portfolio, including the loan portfolios of the Bank and the regional credit card companies, we classify loans based upon delinquency aging, consistent with the requirements of the Argentine Central Bank. Minimum loss percentages required by the Argentine Central Bank are also applied to the totals in each loan classification.
Other Receivables Resulting from Financial Brokerage and Miscellaneous Receivables
We carry other receivables resulting from financial brokerage and miscellaneous receivables net of allowances for uncollectible amounts. Our judgment regarding the ultimate collectibility is performed on an account-by-account basis and considers our assessment of the borrower’s ability to pay based on factors such as the borrower’s financial condition, past payment history, guarantees and past-due status.
Goodwill
Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated amortization. The carrying amount of goodwill is analyzed for impairment based on estimates of future undiscounted cash flows generated by the business acquired. The estimate of future cash flows requires complex management judgment.
U.S. GAAP — Critical Accounting Policies
Additional information in connection with critical accounting policies for U.S. GAAP purposes follows.
Other-than-temporary impairment
Under U.S. GAAP, Government bonds, including Boden 2012 and Discount Bonds, and certificates of participation in the Galtrust I Financial Trust and in the Almafuerte Trust, were classified as available-for-sale securities, and therefore, carried at fair value with changes in the fair value reflected in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007.

 

-155-


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2008, the amortized cost exceeded the fair value of these securities by Ps. 846.8 million. Therefore, for U.S. GAAP purposes, we have recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of these securities, based on a variety of factors, including the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, and our intent and ability to hold these securities to recovery.
The fair value of Government bonds was determined on the balance sheet date, based on their quoted market price. To determine the fair value of the certificates of participation in the Galtrust I and the Almafuerte Trust, valuation models were used which consider certain assumptions in estimating future cash flows and a rate under which the cash flows are discounted. These fair values will constitute the new cost basis for these investments.
In the event that all of the amortized cost of our investment in Government securities becomes recoverable under U.S. GAAP, the corresponding recovery would be credited to income in the period the determination was made.
Allowance for Loan Losses
Under U.S. GAAP, the Bank considers loans to be impaired when it is probable that all amounts of principal and interest will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The allowance for significant impaired loans are assessed based on the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the current effective loan rate or the fair value of the collateral in the case where the loan is considered collateral-dependent. An allowance for impaired loans is provided when discounted future cash flows or collateral fair value is lower than book value.
In addition, if necessary, a specific allowance for loan losses is established for individual loans, based on regular reviews of individual loans, recent loss experience, credit scores, the risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans and other factors directly influencing the potential collectibility and affecting the quality of the loan portfolio.
To calculate the allowance required for smaller-balance impaired loans and unimpaired loans, historical loss ratios are determined by analyzing historical losses. Loss estimates are analyzed by loan type and thus for homogeneous groups of clients. Such historical ratios are updated to incorporate the most recent data reflecting current economic conditions, industry performance trends, geographic or obligor concentrations within each portfolio segment, and any other pertinent information that may affect the estimation of the allowance for loan losses.
Many factors can affect the Bank’s estimates of allowance for loan losses, including volatility of default probability, migrations and estimated loss severity.
A ten percent decrease in the expected cash flows of significant impaired loans individually analyzed could result in an additional impairment of approximately Ps. 11.9 million.
A ten percent increase in the historical loss ratios for loans collectively analyzed could result in an additional impairment of approximately Ps. 5.2 million.
These sensitivity analyses do not represent management’s expectations of the deterioration in risk ratings or the increases in loss rates but are provided as hypothetical scenarios to assess the sensitivity of the allowance for loan and lease losses to changes in key inputs. We believe the risk ratings and loss severities currently in use are appropriate and represent management’s expectations about the credit risk inherent in its loan portfolio.

 

-156-


Table of Contents

Determining the allowance for loan losses requires significant management judgments and estimates including, among others, identifying impaired loans, determining customers’ ability to pay and estimating the fair value of underlying collateral or the expected future cash flows to be received. Actual events are likely to differ from the estimates and assumptions used in determining the allowance for loan losses.
Fair Value Estimates
A portion of our assets is carried at fair value, including trading and available-for-sale securities, retained interests in assets transferred to financial trusts, futures and forwards transactions.
SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. SFAS 157, among other things, requires Grupo Financiero Galicia to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
In addition, SFAS 159 provides an option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets, financial liabilities, unrecognized firm commitments and written loan commitments not previously recorded at fair value. Under SFAS 159, fair value is used for both the initial and subsequent measurement of the designated assets, liabilities and commitments, with the changes on fair value recognized in net income. As a result of SFAS 159 analysis, Grupo Financiero Galicia has not elected to apply fair value accounting for any of its financial instruments not previously carried at fair value.
Fair Value Hierarchy
SFAS 157, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
SFAS 157 establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:
    Level 1: inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
 
    Level 2: inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
 
      Inputs include the following:
  (a)   Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
 
  (b)   Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets;
 
  (c)   Pricing models whose inputs are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and
 
  (d)   Pricing models whose inputs are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other means.
    Level 3: inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

 

-157-


Table of Contents

A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Determination of Fair Value
Fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that use primarily market-based or independently-sourced market parameters, including interest rate yield curves, option volatilities and currency rates. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Bank’s creditworthiness, liquidity and unobservable parameters that are applied consistently over time.
Grupo Financiero Galicia believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies, or assumptions, to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.
Impairment of Assets Other Than Loans
Certain assets, such as goodwill and equity investments are subject to an impairment review. Asset impairment charges require considerable judgment and are recorded when market value declines below the carrying value, for declines other-than-temporary, or where the cost of the asset is deemed to not be recoverable.
Goodwill impairment exists when the fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill is allocated is not enough to cover the book value of its assets and liabilities and the goodwill. The fair value of the reporting units is estimated using discounted cash flow techniques. The sustained value of the majority of the goodwill is supported ultimately by revenue from our banking and credit-card businesses. A decline in earnings as a result of a lack of growth, or our inability to deliver cost-effective services over sustained periods, could lead to a perceived impairment of goodwill, which would be evaluated and, if necessary, recorded as a write-down in our consolidated income statement. On an annual basis, or as circumstances dictate, management reviews goodwill and evaluates events or other developments that may indicate impairment in the carrying amount. The evaluation methodology for potential impairment is inherently complex and involves significant management judgment in the use of estimates and assumptions. These estimates involve many assumptions, including the expected results of the reporting unit, an assumed discount rate and an assumed growth rate for the reporting unit.
As of December 31, 2008, Grupo Financiero Galicia performed the impairment test of the goodwill related to the acquisition of certain loan portfolio of the ABN-AMRO Bank. As a result of this analysis, an impairment loss was recognized.
The fair value of equity investments is determined using discounted cash flow techniques. This technique involves complex management judgment in terms of estimating the future cash flows of the companies and in defining the applicable interest rate to discount those cash flows.

 

-158-


Table of Contents

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities recorded for accounting and tax reporting purposes and for the future tax effects of net operating loss carryforwards. We had a significant amount of deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Recognition of those deferred tax assets is subject to management’s judgment based on available evidence that realization is more likely than not and they are reduced, if necessary, by a valuation reserve. Management’s judgment on the likelihood that deferred tax assets can be realized is subjective and involves estimates and assumptions about matters that are inherently uncertain. This judgment involves estimating future taxable income and the timing at which the temporary differences between book and taxable income will be reversed. Underlying estimates and assumptions can change over time, influencing our overall tax positions, as a result of unanticipated events or circumstances.
During 2006, the Bank received 90.8% of the Hedge Bond and settled the related advance granted by the Argentine Central Bank in cash and with government securities. Additionally, the Bank prepaid financial assistance granted by the Argentine Central Bank mainly using the proceeds of the sale of Secured Loans and government securities. As a result, the Bank substantially reduced the differences between Argentine Banking GAAP and U.S. GAAP and its corresponding deferred tax effect.
We had significant accumulated tax loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. Based on the analysis performed, management believes that we will recover only temporary differences with future taxable income. Therefore, is more likely than not that the net operating tax loss carryforwards and presumed minimum income tax will not be recovered in the carryforward period and hence, a valuation allowance was provided against these amounts as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
In the event that all of our net deferred tax assets in the future become realizable under U.S. GAAP, an adjustment to our deferred tax assets would be credited to income tax expense in the period the determination was made.
Assets Not Recognized Under U.S. GAAP
Under Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements, assets are defined as “... probable future economic benefits obtained or controlled by an entity as a result of past transactions or events”. In addition, one of the three essential characteristics of an asset is that an entity can obtain the benefit and can control others’ access to it. Determining if a company has control of an asset involves in certain cases some judgment.

 

-159-


Table of Contents

At the end of 2005, the Hedge Bond was pending receipt in full and the right to purchase the Hedge Bond was not considered an asset, as the Bank could not obtain the benefit of the Hedge Bond given that the transaction had not been approved by the Argentine Central Bank and the Bank had not remitted funds to the Argentine Central Bank. The liability under U.S. GAAP was not recognized until the Bank actually entered into the financing arrangement. For U.S. GAAP purposes, the amounts recognized under Argentine Banking GAAP had to be fully reversed as the Hedge Bond to be received was not considered to be an asset under U.S. GAAP. As of December 31, 2006, with the delivery to the Bank of 90.8% of the Hedge Bond, the adjustment made the prior year was reversed in the same proportion, as the Bank had acquired control of 90.8% of the asset that previously was not recognized as such. The remaining 9.2% of the Hedge Bond pending receipt as of December 31, 2006, and the related advance was accounted for at fair value, as an option contract in accordance with SFAS 133.
As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, under Argentine Banking GAAP, the Bank had recorded under “Intangible Assets” the difference arising from the reimbursement of Reprogrammed Deposits at the market exchange rate pursuant to amparo claims and the carrying value of these deposits. The receivable for differences related to amparo claims does not represent an asset under U.S. GAAP.
Securitizations
Under U.S. GAAP, there are two key accounting determinations that must be made relating to securitizations. A decision must be made as to whether a transfer would be considered a sale under U.S. GAAP, resulting in the transferred assets being removed from our consolidated balance sheet with a gain or loss recognized. Alternatively, the transfer would be considered a secured borrowing, resulting in recognition of a liability in our consolidated balance sheet. The second key determination to be made is whether the securitization entity must be consolidated and included in our consolidated balance sheet or whether such entity is sufficiently independent that it does not need to be consolidated.
If the securitization entity’s activities are sufficiently restricted to meet certain accounting requirements in order to be considered a qualifying special-purpose entity (“QSPE”), the securitization entity is not consolidated by the seller of the transferred assets. Additionally, under FASB Interpretation No. 46, if securitization entities other than QSPEs meet the definition of a VIE, we must evaluate whether it is the primary beneficiary of the entity and, if so, must consolidate it.
Certain of our securitization transactions meet the criteria for sale accounting and non-consolidation. As established by FAS 140 these criteria are: (i) the transferred assets have been isolated from the transferor-put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (ii) each transferee (or, if the transferee is a QSPE, each holder of its beneficial interests) has the right to pledge or exchange the assets (or beneficial interests) it received, and no condition both constrains the transferee (or holder) from taking advantage of its right to pledge or exchange and provides more than a trivial benefit to the transferor, and (iii) the transferor does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (1) an agreement that both entitles and obligates the transferor to repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or (2) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets, other than through a cleanup call. See “-U.S. GAAP and Argentine Banking GAAP Reconciliation.”

 

-160-


Table of Contents

Principal Trends
Related to Argentina
Economic prospects for fiscal year 2009 are less favorable than they were in previous years. Continued uncertainty in international financial markets, and bleak growth expectations of its principal commercial partners, create a challenge that might interrupt the high-growth cycle experienced over the last few years in Argentina. GDP figures for the fourth quarter of the year, which demonstrated a 0.3% decrease as compared to the previous quarter in the seasonality-free series, suggest that this trend might continue during the first half of the year, and GDP could actually fall slightly during fiscal year 2009. Notwithstanding, both the duration and the depth of the decrease in business levels will depend largely on how fast the international crisis is overcome and the effectiveness of public policies designed to mitigate its impact.
In 2009, the Argentine financial system is expected to become increasingly sound as a result of positive net results. Net financial revenues; however, are likely to grow at a slower pace, as a result of decreased financial brokerage activity with the private sector, while income from services is likely to have more relative importance. Financial institutions are expected to focus on reviewing their administrative expenses and carefully monitoring portfolio quality. While an increase in non-performing loans is possible, the financial system has a high level of bad-debt provisions, which should enable it to deal with a more complex context. For additional information on these trends, see Item 5A. “Operating Results-The Argentine Economy, Financial System and Insurance Industry in the Three Years Ended December 31, 2008.”
These prospects should be analyzed in the light of the considerations noted under Item 3. “Key Information-Risk Factors.”
Related to Us
Under this section we discuss the trends relating to Banco Galicia, as it is our principal asset. Substantial growth in the business levels of the Bank over the last few years has resulted in higher business volumes and has had a positive impact on our net financial income and income from services. This growth has occurred notwithstanding the fact that net financial income is still low as compared to aggregate operating income. As a result, the Bank needs to continue to reduce the amount of low-performance assets, mainly certain public sector assets, and its foreign currency position, because the Bank’s main foreign-currency assets are represented by Boden 2012 Bonds, which accrue interest at the Libor rate, while the Bank continues to develop its strategy of enhancing its financial brokerage business with the private sector. The Bank expects this strategy to continue to boost net financial income and income from services in 2009. The Bank further expects the aggregate increase in administrative expenses and bad-debt provisions to remain below the growth levels of operating income, although the credit environment is expected to deteriorate after several years of low risk, as a result of the substantial growth in loans provided.
The Bank’s strategy to increase profitability from recurring transactions is to increase the volume of banking brokerage business with the private sector, although it foresees that the growth rate of loans to the private sector will probably be lower than it used to be in the past few years. Additionally, the Bank has taken some important steps in order to strengthen its financial condition, by reducing exposure to the public sector, increasing capitalization, and substantially reducing its external debt. The Bank expects to maintain this foreign debt reduction policy, while minimizing losses, to the extent permitted by the Bank’s liquidity position.

 

-161-


Table of Contents

However, our outlook should be analyzed in the light of the considerations noted under Item 3 “Key Information-Risk Factors”. The Argentine economy has historically been very volatile, which has negatively affected the financial system’s volume and growth. Volatility now prevailing in the international context could also affect the financial markets and the economy in Argentina.
Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity — Holding Company on an Individual Basis
We generate our net earnings/losses from our operating subsidiaries, especially Banco Galicia, our main operating subsidiary. Until 2001, the Bank was the primary source of funds available to us in the form of dividends.
The Bank’s dividend-paying ability was impaired since late 2001 by the effects of the 2001-2002 crisis on its liquidity and income-generation capacity. In addition, there are other restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends resulting from applicable Argentine Central Bank rules and the loan agreements entered into by the Bank as part of its foreign debt restructuring. We have not received dividends from the Bank since October 2001. See Item 8. “Financial Information-Dividend Policy and Dividends.”
The extent to which a banking subsidiary may extend credit or otherwise provide funds to a holding company is limited by Argentine Central Bank rules. For a description of these rules, see Item 4. “Information on the Company-Argentine Banking Regulation-Lending Limits”.
On a stand-alone basis, our current policy is to retain earnings to pay for our operating expenses, support the growth of certain of our businesses and repay our liabilities. Cash available to support the growth of certain of our businesses will be limited until said loan is fully repaid.
As of December 31, 2008, Grupo Financiero Galicia, on an individual basis, had cash and due from banks of Ps. 0.2 million and short-term investments of Ps. 27.3 million. Grupo Financiero Galicia’s short-term investments were made up of: (i) special current account deposits of Ps. 15.2 million, (ii) time deposits of Ps. 11.8 million, (iii) government securities from abroad of Ps. 0.2 million, and (iv) investments in mutual funds of Ps. 0.1 million.
As of December 31, 2007, on a non-consolidated basis, we had cash and due from banks in the amount of Ps. 10.7 million and short-term investments for Ps. 16.4 million.
As of December 31, 2006, we held US$ 107.0 million of face value of 2014 Notes and US$ 4.3 million of face value of 2019 Notes. In January 2007, we sold the latter and part of our 2014 Notes and acquired loans maturing in 2019 issued by the Bank as part of its foreign debt restructuring. As of December 2007, we held US$ 10.2 million of face value of such loans. In July 2007, in an exercise of our preemptive rights, we used our remaining US$ 102.2 million of face value of 2014 Notes and cash to subscribe for 93.6 million shares of the Bank, in the offering carried out by the Bank. To fund such cash subscription we entered into an US$ 80 million loan agreement in July 2007. See Item 10. “Additional Information-Material contracts” and Item 3. “Key Information-Risk Factors-Risk factors relating to Us-Our ability to repay indebtedness at the holding company level may be impaired due to the lack of liquidity at such level.”

 

-162-


Table of Contents

Each of our subsidiaries is responsible for their own liquidity management. For a discussion of the Bank’s liquidity management, see “-Banco Galicia’s Liquidity Management-Banco Galicia (Unconsolidated) Liquidity Management.”
Consolidated Cash Flows
Our consolidated statements of cash flows were prepared using the measurement methods prescribed by the Argentine Central Bank, but in accordance with the presentation requirements of SFAS No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. See our consolidated cash flow statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007, and December 31, 2006, included in this annual report.
As of December 31, 2008, on a consolidated basis, we had Ps. 4,795.4 million in available cash (defined as total cash on hand and cash equivalents), representing a Ps. 1,029.2 million increase from the Ps. 3,766.2 million as of December 31, 2007. At the end of fiscal year 2007, our available cash (and cash equivalents) had decreased in the amount of Ps. 1,222.0 million from the Ps. 4,988.2 million of available cash (and cash equivalents) at the end of the prior fiscal year.
Effective May 14, 2007, and in accordance with the provisions of Argentine Central Bank’s Communiqué “A” 4667, cash equivalents are comprised of the following: Argentine Central Bank debt instruments (Nobac and Lebac) having a remaining maturity that does not exceed 90 days, securities in connection with reverse repurchase transactions with the Argentine Central Bank, short term call loans to corporations, local interbank loans, and overnight placements in correspondent banks abroad. Cash equivalents also comprise, in the case of the regional credit card companies, time deposit certificates and mutual fund shares.
The table below summarizes the information from our consolidated statements of cash flows for the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, which is also discussed in more detail below.
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Funds (1) at the Beginning of the Fiscal Year
  Ps. 3,766.2     Ps. 4,988.2     Ps. 2,046.8  
 
                 
Funds Provided (Used) by Operating Activities
    888.6       2,449.8       3,548.1  
 
                 
- Funds Provided by the Sale Of or Proceeds From Government Securities
    839.2       1,589.5       1,267.5  
- CER Adjustment
    (113.2 )     485.6       891.9  
- Other
    162.6       374.7       1,388.7  
 
                 
Funds Provided (Used) by Investing Activities
    1,057.1       (1,715.7 )     689.3  
 
                 
- Net Increase/Decrease in Loans
    1,501.3       (1,410.8 )     894.1  
Loans to the Private Sector
    1,444.6       (2,027.8 )     (27.3 )
Loans to the Public Sector
    56.7       617.0       921.4  
- Other
    (444.2 )     (304.9 )     (204.9 )
 
                 
Funds Provided (Used) by Financing Activities
    (1,065.6 )     (2,003.9 )     (1,302.4 )
 
                 
- Net Increase in Deposits
    (57.0 )     1,752.5       1,894.3  
- Funds Provided/Used by Repurchases
    (376.6 )     229.9       934.4  
- Funds Raised by the Regional Credit Card Companies
    269.5       174.9       418.0  
- Payments on Long-term Debt
    (743.5 )     (1,770.3 )     (656.5 )
- Payments on Long-term Debt by Galicia Uruguay
    0.0       (53.2 )     (30.5 )
- Payments on Debt with the Argentine Central Bank
    1.0       (2,713.0 )     (4,034.7 )
- Other
    (159.0 )     375.3       172.6  
- Effect of Exchange Rate on Cash and Cash Equivalents
    149.2       47.9       6.4  
 
                 
Funds at the End of the Fiscal Year
  Ps. 4,795.4     Ps. 3,766.2     Ps. 4,988.2  
 
                 
     
(1)   Cash and cash equivalents.

 

-163-


Table of Contents

Our investing activities primarily consist of our origination of loans and other credits to the private sector, net of loan portfolio securitizations. In the last years, these activities have also included reducing our public-sector exposure through both sales and collections. Our financing activities primarily include raising customer deposits, in addition to entering into sales of government securities under repurchase agreements, issuing bonds in the local and foreign capital markets and borrowing from foreign and local banks and international credit agencies. In the last few years, these activities have also included reducing expensive liabilities incurred as a consequence of the 2001-2002 crisis.
As shown by the table above, and explained in more detail below, in the last three years and consistently with our strategy of strengthening our balance sheet, we have generated significant amounts of cash from our exposure to the public sector, which represents mainly the Bank’s exposure, for approximately Ps. 3,080.8 million in 2006 and Ps. 2,683.9 million and Ps. 302.4 million, respectively, in 2007 and 2008, and have used cash generated by such assets (as well as these assets directly) mainly to repay debt with the Argentine Central Bank and restructured foreign debt, both representing liabilities incurred as a consequence of or related to the 2001-2002 crisis. Such public-sector assets are associated both with our operating activities (mainly Bogar Bonds and Boden 2012 Bonds) and our investing activities (Secured Loans). Cash was generated by proceeds from the sale of such public-sector assets as well as from the collection of principal and interest on such assets. Proceeds from Bogar Bonds and Secured Loans were mostly used for the repayment of Argentine Central Bank debt while proceeds from Boden 2012 Bonds were used for the repayment of restructured foreign debt.
Proceeds from Boden 2012 Bonds were particularly significant in fiscal year 2006 when, due to the acquisition of most of the Hedge Bond, the Bank collected past due amortization and interest on the acquired Boden 2012 Bonds, corresponding to that year and to the prior fiscal year. In addition, sales of Secured Loans were most significant in 2006. The cash accumulated at the close of fiscal year 2006 was applied to the repayment of Argentine Central Bank debt and restructured foreign debt in early 2007.
In 2008, due to the international economic crisis and its local impact, our main source of funds was funds available at the end of the fiscal year due to a decrease in loans to the private sector (in replacement of our principal source of funding: deposits).
In years 2007 and 2006, due to the aggressive repayment of the above-mentioned liabilities, cash and cash equivalents generated by operating activities were used by investing activities and financing activities, except in fiscal year 2006 in which investing activities actually provided cash due to sales of Secured Loans. However, cash was generated also, to a large extent, by deposit raising and other sources (securitizations of loans, by both the Bank and the regional credit card companies, repurchases and bank borrowings in the case of the Bank and negotiable obligations issuances by the regional credit card companies) in amounts sufficient to fund our growing business with the private sector and the significant increases in our lending to such sector.

 

-164-


Table of Contents

Management believes that cash flows from operations and available cash and cash equivalent balances, will be sufficient to fund our financial commitments and capital expenditures for fiscal year 2009.
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
In fiscal year 2008, net cash provided by operating activities exceeded our net income of Ps. 176.8 million and amounted to Ps. 888.6 million, due to the depreciation and amortization of intangibles assets, which represent non-cash expenses, of Ps. 161.3 million, loan loss provisions, which, similarly, do not require cash at the time of provision and which, net of reversals, amounted to Ps. 335.7 million and a decrease of Ps. 839.2 million of government securities attributable to the collection of amortization and interest on Boden 2012 Bonds for Ps. 621.1 million, sales of Boden 2012 Bonds and Argentine bonds for Ps. 68.0 million and Ps. 64.5 million of Argentine Central Bank debt instruments (Nobac and Lebac) having a remaining maturity that exceed 90 days. In addition, net cash was provided by other fluctuations in operating assets and liabilities: (i) Ps. 113.2 million capitalization of CER adjustment, (ii) Ps. 86.8 million of interest on repurchases, (iii) Ps. 76.0 million of minimum presumed income tax, and (iv) Ps. 79.3 million of securitization of loans which represents non-cash income. Cash generated from operating activities was lower than in fiscal year 2007, basically because of fewer sales of government securities.
In fiscal year 2007, net cash provided by operating activities exceeded our net income and amounted to Ps. 2,449.8 million, due to depreciation and amortization of intangibles assets, which represent non-cash expenses, for Ps. 214.6 million, and loan loss provisions, which, similarly, do not require cash at the time of provision and which, net of reversals, amounted to Ps. 269.2 million. In addition, net cash was provided by the following fluctuations in operating assets and liabilities: (i) a Ps. 1,589.5 million decrease in government securities mainly attributable to sales of Bogar Bonds excluding CER adjustments for Ps. 208.0 million, sales of Boden 2012 Bonds for Ps. 601.5 million, collection of amortization and interest on Boden 2012 Bonds for Ps. 639.9 million, and collection of amortization and interest on Bogar Bonds and Secured Loans, (ii) Ps. 485.6 million collection of the CER adjustment associated with Bogar Bonds sold, net of payments for Ps. 161.3 million on other debt (premiums on repurchases, short-term loans, etc.). Cash generated from operating activities was lower than in fiscal year 2006, basically because in fiscal year 2006 collection on Boden 2012 Bonds was of an extraordinary amount, while such collection was normalized in 2007.
In 2006, net cash provided by operating activities amounted to Ps. 3,548.1 million, due to depreciation and amortization, of Ps. 92.9 million, and loan loss provisions net of reversals of Ps. 80.9 million. In addition, net cash was provided by the following fluctuations in operating assets and liabilities: (i) a Ps. 1,267.5 million decrease in government securities, mainly due to sales of Bogar Bonds and the monthly collection of principal and interest on those bonds (excluding the CER adjustment), for Ps. 1,254.1 million, (ii) a Ps. 1,064.4 million decrease in other assets, mainly attributable to proceeds from Boden 2012 Bonds, for Ps. 1,126.2 million (collection of past due amortization and interest on Boden 2012 Bonds corresponding to the portion of the Hedge Bond that was pending receipt as of the end of fiscal 2005 and that was delivered to us in late 2006, and amortization and interest on Boden 2012 Bonds sold under agreements to repurchase), (iii) collection of Ps. 891.9 million associated with the CER adjustment mainly corresponding to public-sector assets sold, and (iv) a Ps. 162.3 million increase in debt with retailers of the regional credit card companies. The increase from the amount generated in 2005 is attributable to greater proceeds from our exposure to the public sector, mainly collection of past due principal and interest on Boden 2012 Bonds when these bonds were acquired and the cashing in of the CER adjustment on Secured Loans sold.

 

-165-


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Investing Activities
In fiscal year 2008, net cash generated by investing activities decreased to Ps. 1,057.1 million. This decrease was mainly attributable to the decrease of Ps. 1,501.3 million in our private-sector loan portfolio. In addition, cash equal to Ps. 403.1 million was applied to bank premises and equipment, miscellaneous and intangible assets, including payments of deposits pursuant to amparo claims. Cash used by investing activities decreased from 2007, as our private-sector loan portfolio decreased, because of the international financial crisis and its local impact.
In fiscal year 2007, net cash used by investing activities increased to Ps. 1,715.7 million. This increase was mainly attributable to the use of Ps. 1,410.8 million to fund the increase in the Bank’s loan portfolio resulting from a Ps. 2,027.8 million net increase in our private-sector loan portfolio (net of securitizations for Ps. 617.0 million) and was partially offset by the sale of Secured Loans. In addition, cash for Ps. 287.6 million was applied to bank premises and equipment, miscellaneous and intangible assets, mainly representing payments of deposits pursuant to amparo claims. Cash used by investing activities increased from 2006, as our private-sector loan portfolio increased, loan securitization was slightly lower and less cash was generated by the sale of Secured Loans.
In fiscal year 2006 investing activities generated cash for Ps. 689.3 million, mainly due to the Ps. 894.1 million net decrease in the Bank’s loan portfolio resulting from the sale of Secured Loans, which more than offset the net increase in loans to the private sector. The use of cash to extend loans to the private sector was only of Ps. 27.3 million because this amount is net of the securitized loans of both the Bank and the regional credit card companies, which generated cash for Ps. 684.9 million in aggregate. In addition, cash for Ps. 196.3 million was applied to bank premises and equipment, miscellaneous and intangible assets, mainly representing payments of deposits pursuant to amparo claims.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
In fiscal year 2008, financing activities used cash in the amount of Ps. 1,065.6 million, mainly due to:
  (i)   a Ps. 474.0 million net decrease in long term credit facilities, mainly corresponding to: (a) payments of interest on restructured debt for US$ 49 million, (b) the payment of two amortization installments on debt due 2010 for US$ 68.4 million, (c) the prepayment of the Bank’s 2014 Notes for US$ 30.2 million, (d) a reduction of US$ 24.6 million of Banco Galicia Uruguay’s restructured debt structured as negotiable obligations, (e) an increase of Ps. 153.6 million of IFC loans and (f) a Ps. 80.5 million net decrease in funds obtained by the regional credit card companies through the issuance of negotiable obligations;
  (ii)   a Ps. 376.6 million net decrease in repurchase transactions;

 

-166-


Table of Contents

  (iii)   a Ps. 156.6 million net decrease in short-term borrowings, mainly due to: (a) the decrease in borrowings from local and foreign banks, for Ps. 81.0 million and (b) the payment of US$ 24.0 million as part of a US$ 80 million loan granted to us in last year; and
 
  (iv)   a Ps. 57.0 million decrease in deposits, corresponding to: (a) a decrease of Ps. 908.4 million in time deposits and (b) an increase of Ps. 868.1 million in demand deposits.
In fiscal year 2007, financing activities used cash in the amount of Ps. 2,003.9 million, mainly due to a Ps. 1,752.5 million net increase in deposits, a Ps. 229.9 million net increase in repurchase transactions, a Ps. 174.9 million net increase in long term credit facilities (representing funds obtained by the regional credit card companies through the issuance of negotiable obligations), and a Ps. 407.5 million increase in funds obtained mainly from financial institutions and credit agencies (including part of the US$ 80 million loan granted to us and a Ps. 102.9 million credit line from the Inter-American Development Bank for on lending to SMEs), which increases were more than offset by the following:
  (i)   a Ps. 1,823.5 million decrease in long-term liabilities, mainly corresponding to: (a) payments of interest on restructured debt for Ps. 280.0 million, (b) principal amortization of the 2007 Notes for Ps. 121.6 million, (c) payments by the regional credit card companies on negotiable obligations for Ps. 151.0 million, (d) repurchases of loans due 2010 and 2014 for Ps. 593.3 million, (e) payment of two amortization installments on debt due 2010 for Ps. 277.9 million, (f) prepayment of 2010 Notes for Ps. 155.9 million and of 2014 Notes for Ps. 119.1 million, (g) prepayment of 2014 Notes triggered by the cash subscription for the Bank’s capital increase under our restructured foreign debt agreements, for Ps. 71.5 million, and (i) settlement by Galicia Uruguay of restructured debt, for Ps. 53.2 million, and
 
  (ii)   a Ps. 2,332.5 million decrease of short-term borrowings, mainly due to the full repayment of financial assistance from the Argentine Central Bank, for Ps. 2,713.0 million, partially offset by an increase in borrowings from local banks, for Ps. 102.9 million.
In fiscal year 2006 financing activities used Ps. 1,302.4 million of cash, mainly due to a Ps. 1,894.3 million net increase in deposits, a Ps. 934.4 million increase in repurchase transactions, and a Ps. 418.0 million increase in long term credit facilities (representing funds obtained by the regional credit card companies), which increases were more than offset by:
  (i)   a Ps. 687.0 million decrease in long-term liabilities, mainly due to: (a) payments of interest on restructured debt for Ps. 326.2 million, (b) principal amortization on 2007 Notes for Ps. 118.5 million, (c) payments by the regional credit card companies on negotiable obligations for Ps. 178.9 million, and (d) settlement by Galicia Uruguay of restructured debt, for Ps. 30.5 million, and
 
  (ii)   a Ps. 3,856.8 million decrease in short-term borrowings due to payments on short-term borrowings, mainly financial assistance from the Argentine Central Bank, for Ps. 2,665.0 million (including both scheduled payments and amounts settled in advance), and on the advance from such entity for the acquisition of the Hedge Bond, for Ps. 1,369.7 million, net of increased borrowings (short-term call loans) from local banks for Ps. 75.5 million and increased financing from the IFC, for Ps. 64.0 million.

 

-167-


Table of Contents

For a description of the types of financial interests we use and the maturity profile of our debt, currency and interest rate structure, see Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Operating Results”.
Banco Galicia’s Liquidity Management
Banco Galicia Consolidated Liquidity Gaps
Liquidity risk is the risk that liquid assets are not available for the Bank to meet financial commitments at contractual maturity, take advantage of potential investment opportunities and meet demand for credit. To monitor and control liquidity risk, the Bank monitors and systematically calculates the gaps between financial assets and liabilities maturing within set time intervals based on contractual remaining maturity, on a consolidated basis with Galicia Uruguay and the regional credit card companies. All of the deposits in current accounts and other demand deposits and deposits in savings accounts are included in the first time interval. These figures are used to simulate different liquidity crisis scenarios based on assumptions stemming from historical experience.
As of December 31, 2008, the consolidated gaps between maturities of the Bank’s financial assets and liabilities based on contractual remaining maturity were as follows:
                                         
    As of December 31, 2008 (1)  
    Less than one Year     1 – 5 Years     5 – 10 Years     Over 10 Years     Total  
    (in millions of Pesos, except ratios)  
Assets
                                       
Cash and Due from Banks
    1,368.4                         1,368.4  
Argentine Central Bank — Escrow Accounts
    2,294.6                         2,294.6  
Overnight Placements
    334.5                         334.5  
Loans — Public Sector
    1,378.9       3.8                   1,382.7  
Loans — Private Sector
    7,984.7       1,530.7       286.9       22.1       9,824.4  
Government Securities
    1,463.6       1,544.9                   3,008.5  
Negotiable Obligations and Corporate Securities
    1.0       37.2       6.8       0.4       45.4  
Financial Trusts
    265.4       339.2       630.9       0.3       1,235.8  
Special Fund Former Almafuerte Bank
    230.5       154.9                   385.4  
Assets under Financial Lease
    161.1       259.4       65.7       6.5       492.7  
Other — Argentine Central Bank
    359.4                         359.4  
 
                             
Total Assets
    15,842.1       3,870.1       990.3       29.3       20,731.8  
 
                             
Liabilities
                                       
Savings Accounts
    4,056.6                         4,056.6  
Demand Deposits
    3,312.3                         3,312.3  
Time Deposits
    6,587.6       47.2       0.1       0.1       6,635.0  
Negotiable Obligations
    552.3       1,284.0       989.3             2,825.6  
International Banks and Credit Agencies
    412.1       282.9       76.7             771.7  
Domestic Banks
    123.6       242.0       28.7             394.3  
Other Liabilities (1)
    2,392.9       290.8                   2,683.7  
 
                             
Total Liabilities
    17,437.4       2,146.9       1,094.8       0.1       20,679.2  
 
                             
Asset / Liability Gap
    (1,595.3 )     1,723.2       (104.5 )     29.2       52.6  
Cumulative Gap
    (1,595.3 )     127.9       23.4       52.6       52.6  
Ratio of Cumulative Gap to Cumulative Liabilities
    (9.2 )%     0.7 %     0.1 %     0.3 %        
Ratio of Cumulative Gap to Total Liabilities
    (7.7 )%     0.6 %     0.1 %     0.3 %        
     
Principal plus CER adjustment. Does not include interest.
 
(1)   Includes, mainly, debt with retailers due to credit card operations, liabilities in connection with repurchase transactions, debt with domestic credit agencies and collections for third parties. The “Less than One Year” bucket also includes Ps. 5.8 million corresponding to the Bank’s foreign debt not tendered by its holders in the exchange offered to restructure such foreign debt, which was completed in May 2004.

 

-168-


Table of Contents

The Bank’s Board of Directors has defined a maximum limit for liquidity mismatches. This limit has been established at -25% (minus 25%) for the ratio of “cumulative gap to total liabilities” within the first year. As shown in the table above, the Bank complies with said established policy since such gap was -7.7% (minus 7.7%) at the end of fiscal year 2008. As mentioned above, all of the deposits in current accounts and other demand deposits and deposits in savings accounts are included in the first time interval. However, historical experience shows that between 40% and 50% of these deposits represent a stable funding for the Bank and that such funding and the renewal of time deposits at maturity have funded the first-year negative gap. In addition, the Bank follows a liquidity policy based on the worst-case scenario of the recent economic history in Argentina, which policy is explained below.
Banco Galicia (Unconsolidated) Liquidity Management
The following is a discussion of the Bank’s liquidity management, excluding the consolidated companies.
The Bank’s policy is to maintain a level of liquid assets that allows it to meet financial commitments at contractual maturity, take advantage of potential investment opportunities, and meet customer’s credit demand. To set the appropriate level, forecasts are made based on historical experience and on an analysis of possible scenarios. This enables management to project funding needs and alternative funding sources, as well as excess liquidity and placement strategies for such funds. As of December 31, 2008, the Bank’s unconsolidated liquidity structure was as follows:
         
    As of December 31, 2008  
    (in millions of Pesos)  
Legal Requirement
  Ps. 3,207.3  
Excess Liquidity
    1,497.9  
 
     
Total Liquidity (1)
  Ps. 4,705.2  
 
     
     
(1)   Excludes cash and due from banks of consolidated companies.
The legal requirement refers to the “Minimum Cash Requirements” set by Argentine Central Bank regulations, minus the permitted reduction in the requirement in the amount of the balance of the Special Fund Former Almafuerte Bank as per Resolution No. 408/03 of the Argentine Central Bank. For more information on the Argentine Central Bank regulations regarding reserve requirements for liquidity purposes, see Item 4. “Information on the Company-Argentine Banking Regulation-Legal Reserve Requirements for Liquidity Purposes”.
Excess liquidity consists of the following items: (i) 100% of the balance of overnight placements in banks abroad, (ii) the net amount of the margin requirement for short-term loans (call loans) to prime companies, (iii) 90% of the Lebac balance, (iv) 100% of the market value of available government securities, due to the potential liquidity that might be obtained through sales or repurchase transactions, (v) net short-term interbank loans (call loans), and (vi) 100% of the balance at the Argentine Central Bank (including escrow accounts in favor of clearing houses) in excess of the necessary items to cover the Minimum Cash Requirements.

 

-169-


Table of Contents

The Bank sets its total liquidity objective based on the analysis of the behavior of the Bank’s deposits during the 2001-2002 crisis, considered as the “worst-case” scenario. Two liquidity levels are taken into account: the “operational liquidity” (to address the Bank’s daily operations) and the “additional liquidity” (excess amount available). Deposits are classified into “wholesale deposits” and “retail deposits.”
“Operational liquidity” was established at 5% of retail demand deposits and time deposits maturing in less than 10 days, plus the balance of the escrow accounts held at the Argentine Central Bank and the balances in correspondent banks needed to address foreign-trade operations.
“Additional liquidity” varies according to the remaining maturity of the different types of deposits and to the currency in which such deposits are denominated. As a result of the analysis performed, the Bank defined a floor for the “additional liquidity in Pesos” at 50% of the necessary funds to face the “worst-case” scenario and for the “additional liquidity in US Dollars” the floor was set at 70% of the funds necessary to bear the “worst-case” scenario. Simultaneously, a margin must be kept in order to face a potential drop in deposits of 10% in Pesos and 15% in US Dollars without failing to meet the Minimum Cash Requirements. At the end of fiscal year 2008, the “additional liquidity” included in the above table amounted to Ps. 2,109.0 million and US$ 483.9 million, equivalent to 50% and to 154% of the “worst-case” scenario, respectively, with both percentages exceeding the policy limits established by the Bank.
Capital
Our capital management policy is designed to ensure prudent levels of capital. The following table analyzes our capital resources as of the dates indicated.
                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions of Pesos, except ratios, multiples and percentages)  
Shareholders’ Equity
  Ps. 1,845.7     Ps. 1,654.5     Ps. 1,608.5  
Shareholders’ Equity as a Percentage of Total Assets
    7.46 %     7.25 %     6.81 %
Total Liabilities as a Multiple of Total Shareholders’ Equity
    12.40 x     12.80 x     13.68 x
Tangible Shareholders’ Equity (1) as a Percentage of Total Assets
    5.17 %     5.28 %     4.68 %
     
(1)   Tangible shareholders’ equity represents shareholders’ equity minus intangible assets.
For information on our capital adequacy and that of our operating subsidiaries, see Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Regulatory Capital.”
Capital Expenditures
For a description of our capital expenditures in 2008 and our capital commitments for 2009, see Item 4. “Information on the Company-Capital Investments and Divestitures”. For a description of financing of our capital expenditures, see “-Consolidated Cash Flows”.

 

-170-


Table of Contents

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
Our Board of Directors
Our ordinary shareholders’ meeting took place on April 28, 2009. The following table sets out the members of our Board of Directors as of that date (all of whom are resident in Buenos Aires, Argentina), the positions they hold within Grupo Financiero Galicia, their dates of birth, their principal occupations and the dates of their appointment and on which their current terms will expire.
                     
            Principal   Member   Current
Name   Position   Date of Birth   Occupation   Since   Term Ends
Antonio R. Garcés
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer   May 30, 1942   Banker   April 2002   December 2010
Federico Braun
  Vice Chairman   February 4, 1948   Businessman   September 1999   December 2010
Abel Ayerza
  Director   May 27, 1939   Businessman   September 1999   December 2011
Eduardo Escasany
  Director   June 30, 1950   Businessman   April 2005   December 2009
Enrique Martin
  Director   October 19, 1945   Businessman   April 2006   December 2011
Luis O. Oddone
  Director   May 11, 1938   Businessman   April 2005   December 2009
Pedro A. Richards
  Director   November 14, 1952   Businessman   April 2005   December 2009
Silvestre Vila Moret
  Director   April 26, 1971   Businessman   June 2002   December 2010
Eduardo J. Zimmermann
  Director   January 3, 1931   Businessman   April 2000   December 2011
Pablo Gutierrez
  Alternate Director   December 9, 1959   Banker   April 2003   December 2011
María Ofelia Hordeñana de Escasany
  Alternate Director   December 30, 1920   Businesswoman   April 2000   December 2010
Sergio Grinenco
  Alternate Director   May 26, 1948   Banker   April 2003   December 2011
Alejandro Rojas Lagarde
  Alternate Director   July 17, 1937   Lawyer   April 2000   December 2010
Luis S. Monsegur
  Alternate Director   August 15, 1936   Accountant   April 2000   December 2010
The following is a summary of the biographies of the members of our Board of Directors:
Antonio Garcés: Mr. Garcés obtained a degree in national public accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since 1959. In April 1985, he was appointed as an alternate director of Banco Galicia, subsequently, he was appointed as the vice chairman of the Bank in September 2001, the chairman of the board from March 2002 until August 2002, the vice chairman from August 2002 until April 2003, when he was elected as the chairman of the board, a position he currently holds, after being reelected on April 27, 2006. Mr. Garcés is also the liquidator of Gal Mobiliaria S.A. de Ahorro para Fines Determinados (in liquidation), as well as the first vice chairman of the Argentine Bankers Association (ADEBA), director of IDEA and a lifetime trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires. He was elected for his current position at Grupo Financiero Galicia on April 23, 2003 and was reelected on April 28, 2005 and on April 29, 2008.
Federico Braun: Mr. Braun obtained a degree in industrial engineering at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He was associated with the Bank from 1984 to 2002, having served as a member of the Board of Directors during such period. Mr. Braun is also the chairman of Asociación Argentina de Codificación de Productos Comerciales (Código), Campos de la Patagonia S.A., Estancia Anita S.A. and S.A. Importadora and Exportadora de la Patagonia; the vice chairman of Club de Campo Los Pingüinos S.A., Inmobiliaria y Financiera “La Josefina” S.A. and Asociación de Supermercados Unidos y Mayorista Net S.A.; a member of Asociación Empresaria Argentina and a lifetime trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires. He has been a member of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors since September, 1999. He was elected for his current position on June 3, 2002, and was reelected on April 28, 2005 and on April 29, 2008.

 

-171-


Table of Contents

Abel Ayerza: Mr. Ayerza obtained a degree in business administration at the Universidad Católica Argentina. He was associated with the Bank from 1966 to 2002, having served as a member of the Bank’s Board of Directors from 1976 to 2002. Mr. Ayerza is also the chairman of Aygalpla S.A., a lifetime trustee and second vice chairman of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires and the managing partner of Cribelco S.R.L., Crisabe S.R.L. and Huinca Cereales S.R.L. He has been a member of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors since September, 1999. In April 2000 he was elected as the vice chairman, he was appointed as the chairman of the board on June 3, 2002, and on April 23, 2003 he was elected for his current position, and later reelected on April 27, 2006 and on April 28, 2009. Mr. Ayerza is the uncle of Mr. Pablo Gutierrez.
Eduardo Escasany: Mr. Escasany obtained a degree in economics at the Universidad Católica Argentina. He was associated with Banco Galicia from 1973 to 2002. He was appointed to the Bank’s Board of Directors in 1975. In 1979, he was elected as the vice chairman and from 1989 to March 21, 2002 he was the chairman of the Bank’s Board of Directors and its chief executive officer. He served as the vice chairman of the board between 1989 and 1993 and then, he was elected as the chairman of the Argentine Bankers Association from 1993 to 2002. He was also chairman of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors from September, 1999 until June, 2002. He was elected again for his current position as a member of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors in April 2005, and reelected in April 2007. He is also a lifetime trustee and vice chairman of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires. Mr. Escasany is Mrs. María Ofelia Hordeñana de Escasany’s son and Mr. Silvestre Vila Moret’s uncle.
Enrique Martin: Mr. Martin obtained a degree in law at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He was a professor at said university for more than 20 years and has a post-graduate certificate in international economics from the University of London. He was associated with Banco Galicia since 1977 until 2002 and was responsible for the International Banking Relations Department. Mr. Martin is Advisor to ZEIG S.A. He is also a director of the Argentine-Chilean Chamber of Commerce and an advisor to the Canadian-Argentine Chamber of Commerce. He has been a member of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors since April, 2006, and was reelected in April 2009.
Luis Omar Oddone: Mr. Odonne obtained a degree in national public accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He was appointed as Grupo Financiero Galicia’s syndic since 1999 until April 2005. Mr. Oddone is also the chairman of La Cigarra S.A. and Scharstof S.A., a director of Petrolera de Conosur S.A. and a syndic for Santa Emilia de Martin S.A. and Promotora S.A. He has been a member of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors since April, 2005, and was reelected in April 2007.

 

-172-


Table of Contents

Pedro Alberto Richards: Mr. Richards obtained a degree in economics from the Universidad Católica Argentina and a master’s degree of science in management from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He was director of the National Development Bank (BANADE). He has been associated with the Bank since 1990. He was member of the Board of Directors of Galicia Capital Markets S.A. between 1992 and 1994 and vice chairman of Net Investment S.A. between September 2001 and May 2007. Since August 2000, he has served as Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Managing Director. Mr. Richards is also the vice chairman of Sudamericana Holding S.A. and Galicia Warrants S.A. and director of GV Mandataria of Valores S.A. and Galval Agente de Valores S.A. Mr. Richards was alternate director of Grupo Financiero Galicia from April 2003 until April 2005, when he was appointed for his current position as a director and was reelected as such in April 2007.
Silvestre Vila Moret : Mr. Vila Moret obtained a degree in banking administration at the Universidad Católica Argentina. He was associated with the Bank since 1997 until May 2002. Mr. Vila Moret is also vice chairman of El Benteveo S.A. and Santa Ofelia S.A. He has been a member of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors since June 2002, and was reelected in April 2005 and in April 2008. Mr. Vila Moret is the grandson of Mrs. María Ofelia Hordeñana de Escasany and nephew of Mr. Eduardo Escasany.
Eduardo Jesús Zimmermann: Mr. Zimmermann obtained a degree in banking administration at the Universidad Argentina de la Empresa. He was associated with the Bank between 1958 and 2002, where he acted as a director from 1975 to 2002. Mr. Zimmermann is also a lifetime trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires. He is member of the Board of Directors since April 2000, and was reelected for his current position in April 2006 and in April 2009.
Pablo Gutiérrez: Mr. Gutierrez obtained a degree in business administration at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since 1985. In April 2005, he was appointed to the Board of Director of the Bank. He served as the head of the Bank’s Treasury Division until April 2007. Mr. Gutierrez is also chairman of Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa, director of Argenclear S.A., vice chairman of Galicia Pension Fund Limited and an alternate trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires. He has been alternate director of Grupo Financiero Galicia since April 2003, and was reelected for his current position in April 2006 and in April 2009. Mr. Gutierrez is Mr. Abel Ayerza’s nephew.
María Ofelia Hordeñana de Escasany: Mrs. Hordeñana de Escasany has held several positions in different subsidiaries of Banco Galicia. She is currently the chairman of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires and Santamera S.A. She has been alternate director of Grupo Financiero Galicia since April 2000, and was reelected for her current position in April 2005 and in April 2008. Mrs. Hordeñana de Escasany is the mother of Mr. Eduardo Escasany and the grandmother of Mr. Silvestre Vila Moret.
Sergio Grinenco : Mr. Grinenco obtained a degree in economics at the Universidad Católica Argentina and a master’s degree in business administration from Babson College in Wellesley, Massachusetts. He has been associated with the Bank since 1977. He was elected as an alternate director of the Bank in September 2001 and as the vice chairman in April 2003, a position he currently holds after being reelected in April 2006 and in April 2009. Mr. Grinenco is also the chairman of Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., liquidator of Galicia Capital Markets S.A. (in liquidation) and an alternate trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires.

 

-173-


Table of Contents

Alejandro María Rojas Lagarde: Mr. Rojas obtained a degree in law at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has held a variety of positions at Banco Galicia since 1963. From 1965 to January 2000, he was responsible for the general counsel office of Banco Galicia. He was reelected for his current position in April 2005 and in April 2008. He is also a manager of Rojas Lagarde S.R.L., director of Santiago Salud S.A. and lifetime trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires.
Luis Sila Monsegur: Mr. Monsegur obtained a degree in national public accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He held a variety of positions at Banco Galicia from 1962 to 1992 and is an alternate trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires. He was reelected for his current position in April 2005 and in April 2008.
Our Board of Directors may consist of between three and nine permanent members. Currently our Board of Directors has nine members. In addition, the number of alternate directors-individuals who act in the temporary or permanent absence of a director-has been set at five. The directors and alternate directors are elected by the shareholders at our annual general shareholders’ meeting. Directors and alternate directors are elected for a three-year term.
Messrs. Antonio Garcés, Sergio Grinenco and Pablo Gutierrez are also directors of Banco Galicia. In addition, some members of our Board of Directors may serve on the board of directors of any subsidiary we establish in the future.
Four of our directors and two of our alternate directors are members of the families that are the controlling shareholders of Grupo Financiero Galicia.
Functions of Our Board of Directors
The members of our Board of Directors serve on the following Committees:
Audit Committee : in compliance with CNV rules regarding the composition of the Audit Committee of companies listed in Argentina, which require that the Audit Committee be comprised of at least three directors, with a majority of independent Directors, the Board of Directors established an Audit Committee with three members. Currently, Messrs. Luis O. Oddone, Eduardo Zimmermann and C. Enrique Martin are the members of the Audit Committee. All of the members of our Audit Committee are independent directors under the CNV and Nasdaq requirements. All three members of the Audit Committee are financially literate and have extensive managerial experience. Mr. Oddone is the financial expert serving on our Audit Committee.

 

-174-


Table of Contents

According to the CNV rules, the Audit Committee is primarily responsible for (i) issuing a report on the Board of Directors’ proposals for the appointment of the independent auditors and the compensation for the Directors, (ii) issuing a report detailing the activities performed according to the CNV requirements, (iii) issuing the Audit Committee’s annual plan and implementing the plan each fiscal year, (iv) evaluating the external auditors’ independence, work plans and performance, (v) evaluating the plans and performance of the internal auditors, (vi) supervising the reliability of our internal control systems, including the accounting system, and of external reporting of financial or other information, (vii) following-up on the use of information policies on risk management at the company’s main subsidiaries, (viii) evaluating the reliability of the financial information to be filed with the CNV and the SEC, (ix) verifying compliance with the applicable conduct rules, and (x) issuing a report on related party transactions and disclosing any transaction where a conflict of interest exists with corporate governance bodies and controlling shareholders. The Audit Committee has access to all information and documentation that it requires and is broadly empowered to fulfill its duties. During 2008, the Audit Committee held eleven meetings.
Disclosure Committee: this committee was established in response to the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The main responsibility of this committee is to review and approve controls over the public disclosure of financial and related information, and other procedures necessary to enable our chief financial officer and chief executive officer to provide their certifications of our annual report that is filed with the SEC. The members are Messrs. Antonio Garcés, Pedro Richards, José Luis Gentile and Adrián Enrique Pedemonte. In addition, at least one of the members of this committee attends all of the meetings of our principal subsidiaries’ disclosure committees.
Our Supervisory Committee
Our bylaws provide for a Supervisory Committee consisting of three members who are referred to as syndics (“syndics”) and three alternate members who are referred to as alternate syndics (“alternate syndics”). In accordance with the Corporations’ Law and our bylaws, the syndics and alternate syndics are responsible for ensuring that all of our actions are in accordance with applicable Argentine law. Syndics and alternate syndics are elected by the shareholders at the annual general shareholders’ meeting. Syndics and alternate syndics do not have management functions. Syndics are responsible for, among other things, preparing a report to shareholders analyzing our financial statements for each year and recommending to the shareholders whether to approve such financial statements. Alternate syndics act in the temporary or permanent absence of a syndic. Currently, there are three syndics and three alternate syndics. Syndics and alternate syndics are elected for a one-year term.
The following table shows the members of our Supervisory Committee. Each of our syndics was appointed at the ordinary shareholders’ meeting held on April 28, 2009.
             
        Principal   Current
Name   Position   Occupation   Term Ends
Norberto Corizzo
  Syndic   Accountant   December 2009
Luis A. Díaz
  Syndic   Accountant   December 2009
Adolfo Melián
  Syndic   Lawyer   December 2009
Miguel Armando
  Alternate Syndic   Lawyer   December 2009
Fernando Noetinger
  Alternate Syndic   Lawyer   December 2009
Horacio Tedín
  Alternate Syndic   Lawyer   December 2009
The following is a summary of the biographies of the members of our Supervisory Committee:
Norberto Corizzo: Mr. Corizzo obtained a degree in national public accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since 1977. Mr. Corizzo is also a syndic of Banco Galicia, Galicia Uruguay, EBA Holding, Tarjetas Regionales S.A. and its subsidiaries, Galicia Warrants S.A., Sudamericana Holding S.A. and its subsidiaries, Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa, Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., Galicia Capital Markets S.A. (in liquidation), Gal Mobiliaria S.A. de Ahorro para Fines Determinados (in liquidation), Net Investment S.A. and AEC S.A., and alternate syndic of Galicia Internacional S.A. and Galicia Inmobiliaria S.A. (in liquidation).

 

-175-


Table of Contents

Luis Díaz: Mr. Díaz obtained a degree in national public accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has provided services to the Bank since 1965, and was elected as a syndic of Banco Galicia at the shareholders meeting held on April 28, 2009. Additionally, he is a syndic for Tarjetas Regionales S.A., Tarjetas del Mar S.A., Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa, Galicia Warrants S.A., Galicia Capital Markets S.A. (in liquidation) and an alternate syndic for Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A. and Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
Adolfo Melián: Mr. Melián obtained a degree in law at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since 1970. He served as counsel to the Bank’s Board of Directors until 1975. Mr. Melián is also a syndic of Banco Galicia, Sudamericana Holding S.A., Galicia Retiro Compañía de Seguros S.A., Galicia Seguros S.A., Galicia Warrants S.A., Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa, Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., Galicia Capital Markets S.A. (in liquidation), Tarjetas Regionales S.A. and its subsidiaries, Santiago Salud S.A., GV Mandataria de Valores S.A. and Net Investment S.A., and alternate syndic of Sudamericana Asesores de Seguros S.A., among others. Mr. Melián is a lifetime trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires.
Miguel Armando : Mr. Armando obtained a degree in law at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He was first elected as an alternate syndic of the Bank in 1986. Mr. Armando is also a syndic of EBA Holding S.A. and an alternate syndic of Banco Galicia and Tarjetas Regionales S.A. and its subsidiaries, Sudamericana Holding S.A., Galicia Seguros S.A., Galicia Retiro Compañía de Seguros S.A., Galicia Capital Markets S.A. (in liquidation), Galicia Warrants S.A., Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa and Net Investment S.A., and director of Santiago de Compostela Promotora de Seguros S.A., among others.
Fernando Noetinger : Mr. Noetinger obtained a degree in law at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since 1987. Mr. Noetinger is also an alternate syndic of EBA Holding S.A., Banco Galicia, Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., Galicia Retiro Compañía de Seguros S.A., Galicia Seguros S.A., Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa, Galicia Capital Markets S.A. (in liquidation), Galicia Warrants S.A., Net Investment S.A., Santiago Salud S.A., Tarjetas Regionales S.A., Tarjetas del Mar S.A. and Sudamericana Holding S.A., among others.
Horacio Tedín : Mr. Tedín obtained a degree in law at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. In 1981 he founded his own law firm, which has actively worked for Banco Galicia and other big corporate clients. Mr. Tedín is also a syndic of Galicia Internacional S.A. and an alternate syndic of EBA Holding S.A., Galicia Administradora de Fondos S.A. Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión and Tarjetas Regionales S.A., among others.

 

-176-


Table of Contents

Compensation of Our Directors
Compensation for the members of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors is considered by the shareholders at the shareholders’ meeting once the fiscal year has ended. Our independent directors are paid an annual fee based on the functions they carry out and they may receive partial advance payments during the year. A director who is an employee receives a fixed compensation and may receive a variable fee based on individual performance and has access to retirement insurance.
We do not pay fees to the members of our Board of Directors who are also members of the Board of Directors of the Bank. The ordinary shareholders’ meeting held on April 28, 2009 set the compensation for the Board of Directors at Ps. 1,485,700, which includes salaries, social benefits and fees for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2008. For a description of the amounts to be paid to the Board of Directors of Banco Galicia, see “-Compensation of Banco Galicia’s Directors and Officers” below.
We do not maintain a stock-option, profit-sharing or pension plan for the benefit of our directors. In connection with the Bank’s foreign debt restructuring, we agreed to limit the amounts paid per fiscal year to the members of our Board of Directors and agreed not to make any payments to our management in excess of market compensation. See Item 10. “Additional Information-Material Contracts.”
We do not have a policy establishing any termination benefits for our directors.
Management of Grupo Financiero Galicia
Our organizational structure consists of a managing director who reports to the Board of Directors, and one manager who reports to the managing director: the financial and accounting manager.
The managing director’s main functions are to implement policies defined by our Board of Directors and to oversee the financial and accounting department and investor relations department. Our managing director is Mr. Pedro Richards, who was born on November 14, 1952.
The financial and accounting manager is mainly responsible for assessing current and potential investments and for planning and coordinating our administrative services and financial resources in order to ensure their proper management. In addition, such person is responsible for complying with the financial information reporting requirements set by several controlling bodies and is also responsible for providing information required for internal controls and budgeting. Our financial and accounting manager is Mr. José Luis Gentile, who was born on March 15, 1956.
The investor relations department is mainly responsible for planning, preparing, coordinating and controlling the financial information that is provided to the stock exchanges where our shares are listed, regulatory bodies and both domestic and international investors and analysts. Apart from reviewing the materials published by analysts, the department also follows-up on their opinions, as well as on those of shareholders and investors in general.

 

-177-


Table of Contents

Our compensation policy, which is essentially the same as the policy followed by the companies that we control, consists of arranging salary levels in order of importance based on a system that describes and assesses job positions based on objective factors (the Hay System). The purpose of such system is to pay compensation that is similar to the compensation that is paid for a similar position in the domestic market. Managers and directors who are our or our controlled companies’ employees receive a fixed salary and may receive a bonus based on individual performance. This policy for compensation includes the possibility of having access to retirement insurance.
We do not maintain stock-option, profit-sharing or pension plans or any other retirement plans for the benefit of our managers.
Board of Directors of Banco Galicia
The ordinary shareholders’ meeting held on April 28, 2009, set the size of the Bank’s Board of Directors at nine members and five alternate directors. The following table sets out the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors as of April 28, 2009, all of whom are resident in Buenos Aires, Argentina, the position currently held by each of them, their dates of birth, their principal occupations, the dates of their appointment and on which their current terms will expire. The business address of the members of the Board of Directors is Tte. General J. D. Perón 407, (C1038AAI) Buenos Aires, Argentina.
                     
        Date of   Principal   Member   Current
Name   Position   Birth   Occupation   Since   Term Ends
 
                   
Antonio R. Garcés
  Chairman of the Board   May 30, 1942   Banker   September 2001   December 2011
Sergio Grinenco
  Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer   May 26, 1948   Banker   April 2003   December 2011
Enrique M. Garda Olaciregui
  Secretary Director   April 29, 1946   Banker   April 2003   December 2010
Daniel A. Llambías
  Director   February 8, 1947   Banker   September 2001   December 2009
Luis M. Ribaya
  Director   July 17, 1952   Banker   September 2001   December 2010
Guillermo J. Pando
  Director   October 23, 1948   Banker   April 2003   December 2010
Pablo Gutierrez
  Director   December 9, 1959   Banker   April 2005   December 2011
Eduardo O. Del Piano (1)
  Director   May 12, 1938   Accountant   April 2004   December 2009
Pablo M. Garat (1)
  Director   January 12, 1953   Lawyer   April 2004   December 2009
Enrique García Pinto
  Alternate Director   August 10, 1948     April 2009   December 2011
Raúl Héctor Seoane
  Alternate Director   July 18, 1953   Banker   April 2005   December 2011
Juan C. Fossatti (2)
  Alternate Director   September 11, 1955   Lawyer   June 2002   December 2011
Osvaldo H. Canova (2)
  Alternate Director   December 8, 1934   Accountant   April 2004   December 2009
Julio P. Naveyra (2)
  Alternate Director   March 24, 1941   Accountant   April 2004   December 2009
     
(1)   In accordance with the rules of the CNV, and pursuant to the classifications adopted by the CNV, Messrs. Eduardo O. Del Piano and Pablo M. Garat are independent and were reelected at the ordinary shareholders’ meeting held on April 26, 2007. The Board of Directors’ meeting held on April 27, 2007 reelected them as members of the Audit Committee. Messrs. Del Piano and Garat are also independent directors in accordance with the Nasdaq rules.
 
(2)   In accordance with the rules of the CNV, and pursuant to the classifications adopted by the CNV, Mr. Fossatti, Mr. Canova and Mr. Naveyra are independent alternate directors. They would replace the independent directors in case of vacancy. They are also independent directors in accordance with the Nasdaq rules.

 

-178-


Table of Contents

The following are the biographies of the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank:
Antonio Roberto Garcés : See “-Our Board of Directors.”
Sergio Grinenco : See “-Our Board of Directors.”
Enrique M. Garda Olaciregui : Mr. Garda Olaciregui obtained a degree in law at the Universidad del Salvador, a masters degree in finance from Universidad del CEMA and a masters degree in management law at the Universidad Austral. He has been associated with the Bank since 1970. He was elected as an alternate director of the Bank in September 2001 and as the secretary director in April 2003. Mr. Garda Olaciregui is also a director of Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A. and Galicia Warrants and an alternate trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires.
Daniel Antonio Llambías : Mr. Llambías obtained a degree in national public accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since 1964. He was elected as an alternate director of the Bank in September 1997 and as a director in September 2001. Mr. Llambías is also the chairman of Sudamericana Holding S.A., Banelco S.A. and Banelsip S.A., the vice chairman of Visa Argentina S.A., the liquidator of Gal Mobiliaria S.A. de Ahorro para Fines Determinados (in liquidation), a director of Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa, Tarjeta Naranja S.A., Tarjetas Regionales S.A., Tarjetas del Mar S.A., Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A. and Fincas de La Juanita S.A., as well as a member of the Supervisory Committee of Automóvil Club Argentino, and an alternate trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires.
Luis María Ribaya : Mr. Ribaya obtained a degree in law from the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since 1971. He was elected as a director of the Bank in September 2001, as an alternate director in June 2002 and again as a director in April 2003. Mr. Ribaya is also the chairman of Argencontrol S.A. and Mercado Abierto Electrónico S.A., a director of Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa, and an alternate trustee of Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires.
Guillermo Juan Pando : Mr. Pando has been associated with the Bank since 1969. He was first elected as an alternate director of the Bank in September 2001 until June 2002, and in April 2003 he was elected as a director. He is also the chairman of Tarjetas Regionales S.A., Galicia (Cayman) Ltd., Galicia Pension Fund Ltd. and Galicia Warrants S.A., a director of Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., Tarjetas del Mar S.A., Tarjeta Naranja S.A. and Distrocuyo S.A., the liquidator of Gal Mobiliaria S.A. Sociedad de Ahorro para Fines Determinados (in liquidation) and Galicia Capital Markets S.A. (in liquidation), an alternate director of Electrigal S.A. and an alternate trustee of Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires.
Pablo Gutierrez : See “-Our Board of Directors.”
Eduardo Oscar Del Piano : Mr. Del Piano obtained a degree in national public accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank as an independent director since April 2004. Mr. Del Piano is also a syndic of La Rural de Palermo S.A. and La Rural S.A.
Pablo María Garat : Mr. Garat obtained a degree in law at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank as an independent director since April 2004. Mr. Garat has been an official representative of the Province of Tierra del Fuego and an advisor to the Argentine Senate, and he currently develops its professional independent activity at his own law firm and is a professor at the University of Constitutional Law and Constitutional Tributary Law.

 

-179-


Table of Contents

Raúl Héctor Seoane : Mr. Seoane obtained a degree in economics from the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since 1988. Mr. Seoane has served as an alternate director of the Bank since April 2005.
Enrique García Pinto: Mr. García Pinto has been associated with the Bank since 1970. Previous to such time he served at Nobleza Piccardo SAYCYF and Saturno Agropecuaria SCA. Mr. García Pinto was appointed as an alternate director of the Bank at the shareholders’ meeting held on April 28, 2009. He is also vice chairman of Galicia Internacional S.A.
Juan Carlos Fossatti : Mr. Fossatti obtained a degree in law from the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since June 2002, when he was elected as an independent alternate director at the annual general shareholders’ meeting. Mr. Fossatti is also the chairman of Tierras del Bermejo S.A. and of Tierras del Tigre S.A., an alternate director for Compañía Argentina de Comodoro de Rivadavia — Explotación de Petróleo S.A. and an advisor to Barlocher do Brazil S.A. (Sao Paulo — Brazil).
Osvaldo Héctor Canova: Mr. Canova obtained a degree in accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since April 2004 when he was elected as an independent alternate director. Mr. Canova has also been a member of Harteneck, López y Cía. (now Price Waterhouse & Co. S.R.L.) and Mcduliffe, Turquan Young. Mr. Canova is also President of Maynor S.A. and a syndic of Unilever S.A., Bagley Argentina S.A., Helket S.A., Sociedad Anónima Grasas Refinadas Argentinas Comercial e Industrial (SAGRA), Arisco S.A. and Novartis S.A., and a trustee of Fleni and Pent.
Julio Pedro Naveyra: Mr. Naveyra obtained a degree in accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since April 2004 when he was elected as an independent alternate director. Mr. Naveyra has also been a member of Harteneck, López y Cía. (now Price Waterhouse & Co. S.R.L.). He is also a syndic of S.A. La Nación, Supermercados Makro S.A., Sandoz S.A., Exxon Mobil S.A., Ford Motor Argentina S.R.L. and Ford Credit Argentina S.A., and a director of Gas Natural Ban S.A. and Grupo Concesionario del Oeste S.A.
Functions of the Board of Directors of Banco Galicia
The Bank’s Board of Directors may consist of three to nine permanent members. In addition, there can be one or more alternate directors who can act during the temporary or permanent absence of a director. As of the date of this annual report, seven directors and two alternate directors were engaged on a full time basis in the day-to-day operations of the Bank. Messrs. García Pinto, Fossatti, Del Piano, Garat, Canova and Naveyra are not employees of the Bank.
The Bank’s Board of Directors meets formally twice each week and informally on a daily basis. The Bank’s Board of Directors is responsible for all of the major decisions, including those relating to credit, the Bank’s securities portfolio, the design of the branch network and entering into new businesses.

 

-180-


Table of Contents

Members of the Bank’s Board of Directors serve on the following committees:
Risk Management Committee: this committee is composed of seven directors, the manager of the Planning and Management Control Division, the Internal Audit manager and the Risk and Anti-Money Laundering Management Department manager. This committee is in charge of approving risk management strategies, policies, processes and procedures and the contingency plans thereof. It is also responsible for setting specific limits for the exposure to each risk and approving, when applicable, temporary excesses over said limits as well as being informed of each risk position and compliance with policies. The committee meets at least once every two months. The committee acts formally by written resolutions.
Credit Committee: this committee is composed of four directors and the Credit Division manager. The Wholesale Banking Division manager, the Retail Banking Division manager and the Treasury Division manager may be present in the event that the account subject to the committee’s approval belongs to any of those departments. This committee meets at least four times a week. It operates with a quorum of at least one director. This committee’s function is to decide on loans greater than Ps. 5 million in the case of corporate customers, on loans greater than Ps. 1 million in the case of individuals and on all loans to be granted to financial institutions (local or foreign) and related companies. Approved operations are recorded in signed and dated documents.
Financial Risk Policy Committee: this committee is made up of seven directors, the Retail Banking Division manager, the Treasury Division manager, the Distribution Division manager and the Risk and Anti-Money Laundering Management Department manager. It is responsible for analyzing the evolution of the Bank’s business from a financial point of view, in regard to fund raising and assets placement. Moreover, this committee is in charge of the follow up and control of liquidity, interest rate and currency mismatches. The committee meets at least once every fifteen days. The committee acts formally by written resolutions.
Systems Committee: this committee is composed of seven directors, the Corporate Services Division manager and the IT Department manager. This committee is in charge of supervising and approving new systems’ developments plans and budgets, as well as supervising these systems’ budget controls. It is also responsible for approving the general design of the systems’ structure implemented and for supervising the quality of the Bank’s systems. The committee meets at least once every three months. The committee acts formally by written resolutions.
Audit Committee: in accordance with the requirements set forth by Argentine Central Bank rules, the Bank has an Audit Committee composed of two directors, one of which is an independent director, and the Internal Audit manager. In addition, in its capacity as a publicly listed company (in Argentina), the Bank must comply with the transparency regime for public companies set forth by Decree No. 677/01 and by the rules established by the CNV in its resolutions No. 400, 402 and supplementary regulations. In compliance with the CNV regulations, the Audit Committee is made up of three directors, two of which are independent directors.

 

-181-


Table of Contents

Committee for the Control and Prevention of Money Laundering and Financing of Terrorist Activities: this committee is responsible for planning, coordinating and reviewing compliance with the policies for the prevention and control of money laundering and financing of terrorist activities established and agreed upon by the Board of Directors, based on current regulations. Furthermore, with respect to these matters the committee is in charge of the design of internal control and personnel training plans and compliance therewith by the internal audit. It is composed of four directors, the Corporate Services Division manager, the Wholesale Banking Division manager, the Distribution Division manager, the Risk and Anti-Money Laundering Management Department manager, the Organizational Development and Human Resources manager, the Internal Audit manager, a representative of the Syndics Committee, and the head of the Anti-Money Laundering Unit. The Anti-Money Laundering Unit reports directly to the Board of Directors. In addition, in accordance with the regulations set forth by the Argentine Central Bank, Director Mr. Enrique M. Garda Olaciregui was appointed the Bank’s officer responsible for the control and prevention of money laundering and financing of terrorist activities, and Director Mr. Pablo Gutierrez, was appointed as the official in charge of financial intermediation transactions. The committee is scheduled to meet at least once every two months and its resolutions must be registered in a minutes book bearing folios and seals. In December 2007, Dr. Garda Olaciregui obtained the degree of Certified Specialist in Money Laundering, from the Association of Certified Specialists in Money Laundering.
Disclosure Committee: this committee was created to comply with the provisions of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This committee is composed of five directors, the Wholesale Banking Division manager, the Retail Banking Division manager, the Treasury Division manager, the Credit Division manager, the manager of the Planning and Management Control Division, the Internal Audit manager, and the managers of the Accounting Department, the Financial Analysis and Planning Department, the Relations with Investors and Rating Agencies Department, as well as a representative of the Bank’s Supervisory Syndics Committee. A member of the committee that was created for the same purpose by Grupo Financiero Galicia also attends the meetings held by this committee.
Human Resources Committee: this committee is in charge of the appointment and assignment of personnel, transfers, rotation and development of personnel and headcount. This committee works at two levels: (i) the Restricted Human Resources Committee, composed of the Organizational Development and Human Resources manager, the Personnel Administration manager, and the Human Resources advisor and the Department manager of the corresponding area, deals with the issues of personnel included in the 1 to 6 salary levels, is scheduled to meet at least every two weeks and acts formally by written resolutions, and (ii) the Human Resources Committee, composed of directors, managers of the corresponding areas and the Organizational Development and Human Resources manager, deals with the issues of personnel included in salary levels 7, 8 and 9, and which, in the case of issues related to personnel included in levels 10 and above, submits its recommendations to the Board of Directors. The committee meets whenever there are issues that require consideration, and acts with a quorum of at least one director. The committee acts formally by written resolutions.
Assets and Liabilities Committee (Alco): this committee is in charge of analyzing and making recommendations to the business divisions in connection with the management of interest rate, currency and maturity mismatches, with the goal of maximizing financial and foreign-exchange results within acceptable parameters of risk and capital use. This committee is also responsible for suggesting changes to these parameters, if necessary, to the Board of Directors. Four directors, the manager of the Planning and Management Control Division (this Division being the Funding Unit manager), the Wholesale Banking Division manager, the Retail Banking Division manager, and the Treasury Division manager are members of this committee. This committee appointed a permanent staff composed of the Credit Division manager, and the managers of the following departments: Risk and Anti-Money Laundering, Planning and Control, Asset Management, Financial Operations, and Financial Analysis and Planning. The committee meets once every two weeks. Its meetings are recorded in minutes signed by two members of the committee.

 

-182-


Table of Contents

Customer Assistance Committee: this committee is in charge of the general supervision of the activities related to the attention, follow-up and resolution of customer complaints. The committee establishes the standards for customer service, with the purpose of implementing improvements to minimize the number of complaints and shorten response times. This committee is composed of two directors and the division and department managers and other officers whose participation is deemed relevant in connection with the agenda. The committee is scheduled to meet at least once every two months. The committee acts formally by written resolutions. It is composed of two directors and the head of the Customer Contact Center and of Galicia Responde.
Periodically, the Board of Directors is informed of the actions taken by the committees, which are recorded in minutes.
Banco Galicia’s Executive Officers
The following divisions report to the Bank’s Board of Directors:
     
Division   Manager
Wholesale Banking
  To be appointed
Retail Banking
  Daniel A. Llambías (in charge)
Treasury
  To be appointed
Distribution
  Juan Sarquís
Credit
  Juan Carlos L’Afflitto
Corporative Services
  Miguel Angel Peña
Wholesale Banking : this Division is responsible for managing the Bank’s business related to corporate customers. The departments reporting to wholesale banking are: Corporate Banking, Middle-market Banking, Investment Banking, Capital Markets, Wholesale Marketing and International Trade.
Retail Banking : this Division is responsible for managing the Bank’s business relating to individuals. The departments reporting to Retail Banking are: Consumer Banking, Retail Marketing and Private Banking.
Treasury : this Division is responsible for planning and managing the correct use of financial resources and providing the appropriate funding for the Bank’s businesses, and for establishing and applying the Bank’s deposit-raising and funding policies within the parameters established by the Bank’s risk policies. It also manages short-term funds and the Bank’s investment portfolio, ensuring the correct execution of transactions. The following departments report to this Division: Financial Analysis and Planning, Asset Management, Financial Operations, and International Banking and Financing Relations.

 

-183-


Table of Contents

Credit : this Division is responsible for defining credit risk management policies, verifying compliance with these policies, and developing the credit assessment models to be applied to the different risk products. It is also responsible for approving credit extensions to the Bank’s customers while ensuring that the credit quality of the Bank’s portfolio is preserved and generating the information on credit risk required by the Bank’s Board of Directors and by the regulatory authorities. The following departments report to this Division: Corporate Credit, Retail Credit and Corporate Recovery.
Corporate Services : this Division is responsible for providing logistical support for all the organization’s operations. The following departments report to this Division: IT, Operations, Administrative Services and Organization.
Distribution : this Division is in charge of the coordination of the different channels focused on each of the customer segments as well as the coordination of the marketing and distribution of the different products and services offered by the Bank. Two regional branch supervision departments and the Alternative Channels Department report to the Distribution Division.
In addition, the Legal Counsel, Planning and Management Control, Internal Audit, Organizational Development and Human Resources, Institutional Affairs, the Chief Economist and the Anti-Money Laundering Unit offices report to the Board of Directors. Messrs. Enrique M. Garda Olaciregui, Raúl H. Seoane, Omar Severini, Enrique C. Behrends, Diego F. Videla, Nicolás Dujovne and Claudia Estecho are in charge of the aforementioned offices, respectively.
The following are the biographies of the Bank’s senior executive officers mentioned above and not provided in the sections “-Board of Directors of Banco Galicia” or “-Our Board of Directors” above.
Juan H. Sarquis: Mr. Sarquis was born on June 23, 1957. He obtained a degree in economics at the Argentine Catholic University. He has been associated with the Bank since 1982. Mr. Sarquis is also an alternate director of Tarjetas Regionales S.A., Tarjeta Naranja S.A., Tarjetas del Mar S.A. and Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.
Miguel Angel Peña: Mr. Peña was born on January 22, 1962. He obtained a degree in information systems from the Universidad Nacional Tecnológica. He has been associated with the Bank since 1994. Mr. Peña is a director of Tarjeta Naranja S.A. and an alternate director of Tarjetas Regionales S.A. He is also a voting member of the ONG-Usuaria ( Asociación Argentina de Usuarios de la Informática y las Comunicaciones ).
Juan Carlos L’Afflitto : Mr. L’Afflitto was born on September 15, 1958. He received a degree in national public accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since 1986. Prior to such time, he worked at Morgan, Benedit y Asociados, where he acted as an advisor and accountant. He was a professor at the Universidad Católica Argentina until 1990.
Omar Severini: Mr. Severini was born on July 30, 1958. He obtained a degree in national public accounting from the Universidad de Belgrano. He has been associated with the Bank since 1978.
Enrique Carlos Behrends: Mr. Behrends was on born January 31, 1946. He obtained a degree in sociology from the Universidad del Salvador. Mr. Behrends has been associated with the Bank since 1987. Prior to such time, he worked at Arthur Andersen, Coopers & Lybrand and Ernst & Young.

 

-184-


Table of Contents

Diego Francisco Videla: Mr. Videla was born on November 7, 1947. He has been associated with the Bank since 1997. Prior to such time, he acted as an advisor in the privatization of Banco de la Provincia de Misiones S.A. Mr. Videla is a voting member of the Fundación Policía Federal Argentina and a secretary of Fundación Escuela de Guerra Naval Argentina.
Nicolás Dujovne : Mr. Dujovne was born on May 18, 1967. He received a degree in economics at the Universidad de Buenos Aires and a master’s degree in Economics at the Universidad Torcuato Di Tella. He has been associated with the Bank since 1997. Prior to such time, he worked at Citibank Argentina, Alpha and Macroeconómica. In 1998, he served as the chief of advisors to the Secretary of the Argentine Treasury and, in 2000, as the representative of the Ministry of Economy at the Argentine Central Bank’s board of directors. He also worked as a consultant for The World Bank. In 2001 he returned to the Bank as the Chief Economist.
Banco Galicia’s Supervisory Committee
Banco Galicia’s bylaws provide for a Supervisory Committee consisting of three syndics and three alternate syndics. Pursuant to Argentine law and to the provisions of the Bank’s bylaws, the Bank’s syndics and alternate syndics are responsible of ensuring that all of the Bank’s actions are in accordance with applicable Argentine law. Syndics and alternate syndics do not participate in business management and cannot have managerial functions of any type. Syndics are responsible for, among other things, the preparation of a report to the shareholders analyzing the Bank’s financial statements for each year and the recommendation to the shareholders as to whether to approve such financial statements. Syndics and alternate syndics are elected at the ordinary shareholders’ meeting for a one-year term and they can be reelected. Alternate syndics act in the temporary or permanent absence of a syndic.
The table below shows the composition of Banco Galicia’s Supervisory Committee as they were reelected by the annual shareholders’ meeting held on April 28, 2009.
                     
    Year of       Principal   Current
Name   Appointment   Position   Occupation   Term Ends
Adolfo H. Melián
    2008     Syndic   Lawyer   December 31, 2009
Norberto D. Corizzo
    2008     Syndic   Accountant   December 31, 2009
Luis A. Díaz
    2009     Syndic   Accountant   December 31, 2009
Fernando Noetinger
    2008     Alternate Syndic   Lawyer   December 31, 2009
Miguel N. Armando
    2008     Alternate Syndic   Lawyer   December 31, 2009
Ricardo A. Bertoglio
    2008     Alternate Syndic   Accountant   December 31, 2009
For the biographies of Messrs. Adolfo H. Melián, Norberto D. Corizzo, Luis A. Díaz, Fernando Noetinger and Miguel N. Armando, see “-Our Supervisory Committee”.
Ricardo Adolfo Bertoglio : Mr. Bertoglio obtained a degree in national public accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since 2002. He was elected as a syndic in June 2002 and served as a syndic until April 2006, at which time he was elected as an alternate syndic. Mr. Bertoglio is also the president of Plasmer S.A.

 

-185-


Table of Contents

Compensation of Banco Galicia’s Directors and Officers
The Bank’s Bylaws set forth that the shareholders’ meeting can establish that an incentive compensation be paid to the Board of Directors, when applicable, in the amount approved at the shareholders’ meeting. Such amount cannot exceed six percent (6%) of the Bank’s net income before income tax or any other tax that may replace it.
Article 25, section 2, of the Bank’s Bylaws establishes that among the powers and duties of the Board of Directors, the Board may determine, whenever it is deemed desirable for corporate interests, whether its members shall perform technical or administrative duties within the Company and receive remuneration for such activities, with such remuneration having to be reported at the shareholders’ meeting. In such cases, compensation for the relevant Directors set by the shareholders’ meeting shall be charged to general expenses.
The Bank’s Board of Directors establishes the policy for compensation of the Bank’s personnel. The Bank’s managers receive a fixed compensation and they may receive a variable compensation, based on their performance. Seven directors and an alternate director are employees of the Bank and, therefore, receive a fixed compensation and may also receive a variable compensation based on their performance, provided that these additional payments do not exceed the standard levels of similar entities in the Argentine financial market, a provision that is applicable to managers as well. The compensation regime includes the possibility of acquiring a retirement insurance policy. The Bank does not maintain stock-option plans or pension plans or any other retirement plans for the benefit of its directors and managers. The Bank does not have a policy establishing any termination benefit for its directors.
The compensation of the Board of Directors must be approved by the shareholders’ meeting after the end of the fiscal year.
For fiscal year 2008, the Bank’s ordinary shareholders’ meeting held on April 28, 2009, approved remuneration for the Bank’s Board of Directors in the total amount of Ps. 20.2 million, which includes the following:
    total compensation, including salaries, variable compensation and other related concepts for the directors that are also employees and for executive and supervision functions they perform, and
    compensation for the independent directors.
During 2008, provisions were established to cover the variable compensation of the Bank’s Board of Directors and managers for the fiscal year. In January 2008, the Bank’s Board of Directors decided to pay the variable compensation corresponding to fiscal year 2007, based on the compensation for similar or equivalent positions in the market, in recognition of the performance and professional development of the respective beneficiaries during said fiscal year. The corresponding amount was funded with reserves established during said fiscal year. In January 2009, the Bank’s Board of Directors decided to pay a variable compensation to certain Bank employees for the fiscal year 2008, based on the compensation for similar or equal job positions in the labor market, in recognition of the performance and professional development of the respective beneficiaries during fiscal year 2008. The corresponding amount was funded with reserves established during said fiscal year. The Bank’s senior managers, excluding directors that are employees of the Bank, received compensation of Ps. 8.71 million for fiscal year 2008 and compensation of Ps. 8.2 million for fiscal year 2007. These amounts include fixed and variable compensations.

 

-186-


Table of Contents

Employees
The following table shows the composition of our staff:
                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
    9       10       8  
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.
    5,324       5,164       4,676  
Branches
    2,888       2,604       2,414  
Head Office
    2,436       2,560       2,262  
Galicia Uruguay
    10       13       13  
Regional Credit-Card Companies
    3,898       3,769       3,174  
Sudamericana Consolidated
    105       96       91  
Other Subsidiaries
    62       51       46  
 
                 
Total
    9,408       9,103       8,008  
 
                 
Within the current legal framework, membership in an employee union is voluntary and there is only one union of bank employees with national representation. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 9.6% of the Bank’s employees were affiliated with the national bank employee union. The employees of the regional credit card companies are affiliated with the national commerce employee union, in a percentage that ranged from 2.8% to 7.2%, depending on the company, as of December 31, 2008. During the first four months of 2008 and 2007, and during the first quarter of 2006, the bank employee union and the national commerce employee union renegotiated their respective collective labor agreements in order to establish new minimum wages. As a result, between March and April of each year, salary increases were granted. Banco Galicia has not experienced a strike by its employees since 1973 and the regional credit card companies have not experienced any strike event. We believe that our relationship with our employees has developed within normal and satisfactory parameters.
We have a human resources policy that aims at providing our employees possibilities for growth and personal and socio-economic achievement. We will continue our current policy of monitoring both wage levels and labor conditions in the financial industry in order to be competitive. Our employees receive fixed compensation and may receive variable compensation according to their level of achievement. We do not maintain any profit-sharing programs for our employees.
The Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires (the “Fundación”) is an Argentine non-profit organization that provides various services to Banco Galicia employees. The various activities of the Fundación include, among others, managing the medical services of Banco Galicia employees and their families, purchasing school materials for the children of Banco Galicia’s employees and making donations to hospitals and other charitable causes, including cultural events. The Fundación is managed by a Council, certain members and alternate members of which are members of our Board of Directors and supervisory committee. Members and alternate members of the Council do not receive remuneration for their services as trustees.

 

-187-


Table of Contents

Nasdaq Corporate Governance Standards
Pursuant to Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 4350(a), a foreign private issuer may follow home country corporate governance practices in lieu of the requirements of Rule 4350, provided that the foreign private issuer complies with certain mandatory sections of Rule 4350, discloses each requirement of Rule 4350 that it does not follow and describes the home relevant country practice followed in lieu of such requirement. The requirements of Rule 4350 and the Argentine corporate governance practice that we follow in lieu thereof are described below:
  (i)   Rule 4350 (b) (1) (A) — Distribution of Annual and Interim Reports. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 4350 (b) (1) (A), we follow Argentine law, which requires that companies make public a Spanish language annual report, including annual audited consolidated financial statements, by filing such annual report with the CNV and the BASE, within 70 calendar days of the end of the company’s fiscal year. Interim reports must be filed with the CNV and the BASE within 42 calendar days of the end of each fiscal quarter. The BASE publishes the annual reports and interim reports in the BASE bulletin and makes the bulletin available for inspection at its offices. In addition, our shareholders can receive copies of our annual reports and any interim reports upon such shareholders’ request. English language translations of our annual reports and interim reports are furnished to the SEC. We also post the English language translation of our annual reports and quarterly press releases on our website. Furthermore, under the terms of the Second Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2000, among us, The Bank of New York, as depositary, and owners of ADSs issued thereunder, we are required to furnish The Bank of New York with, among other things, English language translations of our annual reports and each of our quarterly press releases. Annual reports and quarterly press releases are available for inspection by ADR holders at the offices of The Bank of New York located at, 101 Barclay Street, 22 nd Floor, New York, New York. Finally, Argentine law requires that 20 calendar days before the date of a shareholders’ meeting, the board of directors must provide to the shareholders, at the company’s executive office or through electronic means, all information relevant to the shareholders’ meeting, including copies of any documents to be considered by the shareholders (which includes the annual report), as well as proposals of the company’s board of directors.
  (ii)   Rule 4350 (c) (1) — Majority of Independent Directors. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 4350 (c) (1), we follow Argentine law, which does not require that a majority of the board of directors be comprised of independent directors. Argentine law instead requires that public companies in Argentina such as us must have a sufficient number of independent directors to be able to form an audit committee of at least three members, the majority of which must be independent pursuant to the criteria established by the CNV. In addition, because we are a “controlled company” as defined in Rule 4350 (c) (5), we are relying on the exemption provided thereby for purposes of complying with Rule 4350 (c) (1).

 

-188-


Table of Contents

  (iii)   Rule 4350 (c) (2) — Executive Sessions of the Board of Directors. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 4350 (c) (2), we follow Argentine law which does not require independent directors to hold regularly scheduled meetings at which only such independent directors are present ( i.e. , executive sessions). Our Board of Directors as a whole is responsible for monitoring our affairs. In addition, under Argentine law, the board of directors may approve the delegation of specific responsibilities to designated directors or non-director managers of the company. Also, it is mandatory for public companies to form a supervisory committee (composed of syndics ), which is responsible for monitoring the legality of the company’s actions under Argentine law and the conformity thereof with its by-laws. Finally, our audit committee has regularly scheduled meetings and, as such, such meetings will serve a substantially similar purpose as executive sessions.
  (iv)   Rule 4350 (c) (3) — Compensation of Officers. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 4350 (c) (3), we follow Argentine law, which does not require companies to form a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors. It also is not required in Argentine law that the compensation of the chief executive officer and all other executive officers be determined by either a majority of the independent directors or a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors. Under Argentine law, the board of directors is the corporate body responsible for determining the compensation of the chief executive officer and all other executive officers, so long as they are not directors. In addition, under Argentine law, the audit committee shall give its opinion about the reasonableness of management’s proposals on fees and option plans for directors or managers of the company. Finally, because we are a “controlled company” as defined in Rule 4350 (c) (5), we are relying on the exemption provided thereby for purposes of complying with Rule 4350 (c) (3).
  (v)   Rule 4350(c)(4) — Nomination of Directors. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 4350 (c) (4), we follow Argentine law which requires that directors be nominated directly by the shareholders at the shareholders’ meeting and that they be selected and recommended by the shareholders themselves. Under Argentine law, it is the responsibility of the ordinary shareholders’ meeting to appoint and remove directors and to set their compensation. In addition, because we are a “controlled company” as defined in Rule 4350 (c) (5), we are relying on the exemption provided thereby for purposes of complying with Rule 4350 (c) (4).
  (vi)   Rule 4350 (d) (1) — Audit Committee Charter. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 4350 (d) (1), we follow Argentine law, which requires that audit committees have a charter but does not require that companies certify as to the adoption of the charter nor does it require an annual review and assessment thereof. Argentine law instead requires that companies prepare a proposed plan or course of action with respect to those matters, which are the responsibility of the company’s audit committee. Such plan or course of action could, at the discretion of our audit committee, include a review and assessment of the audit committee charter.
  (vii)   Rule 4350 (d) (2) — Audit Committee Composition. Argentine law does not require, and it is equally not customary business practice in Argentina, that companies have an audit committee comprised solely of independent directors. Argentine law instead requires that companies establish an audit committee with at least three members comprised of a majority of independent directors as defined by Argentine law. Nonetheless, although not required by Argentine law, we have a three member audit committee comprised of entirely independent directors, as independence is defined in Rule 10 (A)-3 (b) (1), one of which the Board of Directors has determined to be an audit committee financial expert. In addition, we have a supervisory committee (“ comisión fiscalizadora ”) composed of three syndics, which are in charge of monitoring the legality, under Argentine law, of the actions of our board of directors and the conformity of such actions with our by-laws.

 

-189-


Table of Contents

  (viii)   Rule 4350 (f) — Quorum. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 4350 (f), we follow Argentine law and our bylaws, which distinguish between ordinary meetings and extraordinary meetings and require, in connection with ordinary meetings, that a quorum consist of a majority of stock entitled to vote. If no quorum is present at the first meeting, a second meeting may be called at which the shareholders present, whatever their number, constitute a quorum and resolutions may be adopted by an absolute majority of the votes present. Argentine law and our bylaws require, in connection with extraordinary meetings, that a quorum consist of 60% of the stock entitled to vote. However, if such quorum is not present at the first meeting, our bylaws provide that a second meeting may be called which may be held with the number of shareholders present. In both ordinary and extraordinary meetings, decisions are adopted by an absolute majority of votes present at the meeting, except for certain fundamental matters (such as mergers and spin-offs (when we are not the surviving entity and the surviving entity is not listed on any stock exchange), anticipated liquidation, a change in our domicile to outside of Argentina, total or partial recapitalization of our statutory capital following a loss, any transformation in our corporate legal form or a substantial change in our corporate purpose) which require an approval by vote of the majority of all the stock entitled to vote (all stock being entitled to only one vote).
  (ix)   Rule 4350 (g) — Solicitation of Proxies. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 4350 (g), we follow Argentine law which requires that notices of shareholders’ meetings be published, for five consecutive days, in the Official Gazette and in a widely circulated newspaper in Argentina no earlier than 45 calendar days prior to the meeting and at least 20 calendar days prior to such meeting. In order to attend a meeting and be listed on the meeting registry, shareholders are required to submit evidence of their book-entry share account held at Caja de Valores S.A. (“Caja de Valores”) up to three business days prior to the scheduled meeting date. If entitled to attend the meeting, a shareholder may be represented by proxy (properly executed and delivered with a certified signature) granted to any other person, with the exception of a director, syndic, member of the surveillance committee (“ consejo de vigilancia ”), manager or employee of the issuer, which are prohibited by Argentine law from acting as proxies. In addition, our ADR holders receive, prior to the shareholders’ meeting, a notice listing the matters on the agenda, a copy of the annual report and a voting card.
  (x)   Rule 4350 (h) — Conflicts of Interest. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 4350 (h), we follow Argentine law which requires that related party transactions be approved by the audit committee when the transaction exceeds one percent (1%) of the corporation’s net worth, measured pursuant to the last audited balance sheet, so long as the relevant transaction exceeds the equivalent of three hundred thousand Argentine Pesos (Ps. 300,000). Directors can contract with the corporation only on terms consistent with prevailing market terms. If the contract is not in accordance with prevailing market terms, such transaction must be pre-approved by the board of directors (excluding the interested director). In addition, under Argentine law, a shareholder is required to abstain from voting on a business transaction in which its interests may be in conflict with the interests of the company. In the event such shareholder votes on such business transaction and such business transaction would not have been approved without such shareholder’s vote, such shareholder may be liable to the company for damages and the resolution may be declared void.
Other than as noted above, we are in full compliance with all other applicable Nasdaq corporate governance standards.

 

-190-


Table of Contents

Share Ownership
For information on the share ownership of our directors and executive officers as of December 31, 2008, see Item 7. “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions-Major Shareholders.”
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
Major Shareholders
As of March 31, 2009, our capital structure was made up of class A shares, each of which is entitled to five votes and class B shares, each of which is entitled to one vote. As of March 31, 2009, we had 1,241,407,017 shares outstanding composed of 281,221,650 class A shares and 960,185,367 class B shares (320,454,370 of which were evidenced by 32,045,437 ADSs).
Our controlling shareholders are members of the Escasany, Ayerza and Braun families and the Fundación. As of March 31, 2009, the controlling shareholders owned 100% of our class A shares, through EBA Holding, which in turn owns 22.7% of our total outstanding shares, and 9.2% of our class B shares.
Based on information that is available to us, the table below sets forth, as of March 31, 2009, the number of our class A and class B shares held by holders of more than 5% of each class of shares, the percentage of each class of shares held by such holder, and the percentage of votes that each class of shares represent as a percentage of our total possible votes.
Class A Shares
                     
Name   Class A Shares   % of Class A Shares     % of Total Votes  
 
                   
EBA Holding S.A.
  281,221,650 class A shares     100       59.4  
Class B Shares
                         
Name   Class B Shares     % of Class B Shares     % of Total Votes  
The Bank of New York (1)
  320,454,370 class B shares     33.4       13.5  
ANSES (2)
  253,609,737 class B shares     26.4       10.7  
EBA Holding Shareholders (3)
  113,939,764 class B shares     11.9       4.8  
Banco Santander (4)
  82,741,540 class B shares     8.6       3.5  
     
(1)   Pursuant to the requirements of Argentine law, all class B shares represented by ADSs are owned of record by The Bank of New York, as Depositary. The address for the Bank of New York is 101 Barclay Street, 22nd Floor, New York 10286, and the country of organization is the United States. Includes the holdings of Banco Santander Central Hispano.
 
(2)   ANSES’ holding is obtained through information supplied by Caja de Valores and information gathered from the ANSES. Said holding includes 64,204,420 shares in ADS.
 
(3)   No member holds more than 2.0% of the capital stock. Said holding includes 12,876,220 shares in the form of ADS.
 
(4)   Information is based on a Schedule 13 G filed by Banco Santander dated February 16, 2001. However, we have confirmed the amount with information provided by third party companies. The address for Banco Santander is Plaza de Canalejas 28014, Madrid, Spain, and the country of organization is the Kingdom of Spain. The holding is in ADRs.

 

-191-


Table of Contents

Based on information that is available to us, the table below sets forth, as of March 31, 2009, the shareholders that either directly or indirectly have more than 5% of our votes or shares.
                         
Name   Shares     % of Shares     % of Total Votes  
The Bank of New York
  320,454,370 class B shares       25.8       13.5  
EBA Holding S.A.
  281,221,650 class A shares       22.7       59.4  
ANSES
  253,609,737 class B shares       20.4       10.7  
EBA Holding Shareholders
  113,939,764 class B shares       9.2       4.8  
Banco Santander
  82,741,540 class B shares       6.7       3.5  
Members of the three controlling families have historically owned the majority of the issued share capital of Banco Galicia since 1959. Members of the Escasany family have been on the Board of Directors of the Bank since 1923. The Ayerza and Braun families have been represented on the Bank’s Board of Directors since 1943 and 1947, respectively. Currently, there is one member of the controlling families on the Bank’s Board of Directors and four members of these families on our Board of Directors. In addition, there are two alternate directors on our Board of Directors that are members of the controlling families.
On September 13, 1999, the controlling shareholders of Banco Galicia formed EBA Holding S.A., an Argentine corporation, which is 100% owned by our controlling shareholders. EBA Holding holds 100% of our class A shares.
Currently, EBA Holding only has class A shares outstanding. EBA Holding’s bylaws provide for certain restrictions on the sale or transfer of its class A shares. While the class A shares of EBA Holding may be transferred to any other class A shareholder of EBA Holding, any transfer of such class A shares to third parties would automatically result in the conversion of the sold shares into class B shares of EBA Holding having one vote per share. In addition, EBA Holding’s bylaws contain rights of first refusal, buy-sell provisions and tag-along rights.
A public shareholder of Banco Galicia, who indirectly owns approximately 4.5% of the outstanding capital stock of Banco Galicia, has granted a right of first refusal for the purchase of all or part of its shares to certain of our controlling shareholders in the event such public shareholder decides to sell all or part of its Banco Galicia shares.
As of March 31, 2008, we had 49 identified United States record shareholders (not considering The Bank of New York), of which 26 held our class B shares and 23 held our ADSs. Such United States holders, in the aggregate, held approximately 55.2 million of our class B shares, representing approximately 4.5% of our total outstanding capital stock as of said date.

 

-192-


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions
Other than as set forth below, Grupo Financiero Galicia and its non-banking subsidiaries are not a party to any transactions with, and have not made any loans to any (i) enterprises that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, control or are controlled by Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries, (ii) associates (i.e. an unconsolidated enterprise in which Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries has a significant influence or which has significant influence over Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries), (iii) individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in the voting power of Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries that gives them significant influence over Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries, as applicable, and close members of any such individual’s family (i.e. those family members that may be expected to influence, or be influenced by, that person in their dealings with Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries, as applicable), (iv) key management personnel (i.e. persons that have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries, including directors and senior management of companies and close members of such individual’s family) or (v) enterprises in which a substantial interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (iii) or (iv) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence nor are there any proposed transactions with such persons. For purposes of this paragraph, this includes enterprises owned by directors or major shareholders of Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries that have a member of key management in common with Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries, as applicable. In addition, “significant influence” means the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the enterprise but means less than control. Shareholders beneficially owning a 10% interest in the voting power of Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries are presumed to have a significant influence on Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries, as applicable.
Grupo Financiero Galicia has granted working capital loans to the following entities that it directly or indirectly controls:
                                     
                        Outstanding amount  
Entity   Granted in   Rate     Original Amount     December 31, 2008     April 30, 2009  
        %     (in millions of Pesos)  
Net Investment S.A.
  Nov/Dec 2008     0.0     Ps. 0.20     Ps. 0.20     Ps. 0.20  
GV Mandataria de Valores S.A.
  Nov/Dec 2008     0.0     Ps. 0.57     Ps. 0.57     Ps. 0.57  
Some of our directors and the directors of the Bank have been involved in certain credit transactions with the Bank as permitted by Argentine law. The Corporations’ Law and the Argentine Central Bank’s regulations allow directors of a limited liability company to enter into a transaction with such company if such transaction follows prevailing market conditions. Additionally, a bank’s total financial exposure to related individuals or legal entities is subject to the regulations of the Argentine Central Bank. Such regulations set limits on the amount of financial exposure that can be extended by a bank to affiliates based on, among other things, a percentage of a bank’s RPC. See Item 4. “Information on the Company-Argentine Banking Regulation-Lending Limits”.

 

-193-


Table of Contents

The Bank is required by the Argentine Central Bank to present to its Board of Directors, on a monthly basis, the outstanding amounts of financial assistance granted to directors, controlling shareholders, officers and other related entities, which are transcribed in the minute books of the Board of Directors. The Argentine Central Bank establishes that the financial assistance to directors, controlling shareholders, officers and other related entities must be granted on an equal basis with respect to rates, tenor and guarantees as loans granted to the general public.
In this section “total financial exposure” comprises equity interests and financial assistance (all credit related items such as loans, holdings of corporate debt securities without quotation, guarantees granted and unused balances of loans granted, among others), as this term is defined in “Item 4. Information on the Company-Argentine Banking Regulation-Lending Limits”.
“Related parties” refers to our directors and the directors of the Bank, our senior officers and senior officers of the Bank, our syndics and the Bank’s syndics, our controlling shareholders as well as all individuals who are related to them by a family relationship of up to the second degree by blood and/or first degree by marriage and any entities directly or indirectly affiliated with any of these parties, not required to be consolidated.
The following table presents the aggregate amounts of total financial exposure of the Bank to related parties, the number of recipients, the average amounts and the single largest exposures as of the end of the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and as of April 30, 2009, the last date for which information is available.
                                 
    April 30, 2009     December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
    In millions of Pesos, except as noted  
Aggregate Total Financial Exposure
  Ps. 52.8     Ps. 74.9     Ps. 40.8     Ps. 19.3  
Number of Recipient Related Parties
    218       221       207       205  
Individuals
    170       174       168       163  
Companies
    48       47       39       42  
Average Total Financial Exposure
  Ps. 0.2     Ps. 0.3     Ps. 0.2     Ps. 0.1  
Single Largest Exposure
  Ps. 8.8     Ps. 30.5     Ps. 11.6     Ps. 3.6  
The financial assistance granted to our directors, officers and related parties by the Bank, including the financial assistance that was restructured, was granted in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other non-related parties, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
The Bank and Grupo Financiero Galicia have executed a trademark license agreement under which the Bank has authorized Grupo Financiero Galicia to use the word “Galicia” in our corporate name and has authorized our direct or indirect subsidiaries, other than those of the Bank, to use in their corporate names the Bank’s registered trademarks, including the word “Galicia,” in marketing their products and services. The trademark license agreement has a 10-year term, ending in June 2010, and provides for the payment of an annual royalty that amounted to Ps. 1.1 million in 2008.

 

-194-


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Information
We have elected to provide the financial information set forth in Item 18 of this annual report.
Legal Proceedings
We are a party to the following legal proceedings:
Theseus S.A. and Lagarcué S.A., two minority shareholders of Banco Galicia, have initiated legal proceedings against Banco Galicia and Grupo Financiero Galicia (“ Theseus S.A. y otra c/ Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A. y Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. s/ Ordinario” ). The proceeding’s purpose is to have the court “declare null the corporate legal action done by Grupo Financiero Galicia with the cooperation of Banco Galicia pursuant to which there was an exchange of class B shares of Banco Galicia for class B shares of Grupo Financiero Galicia.” Banco Galicia and Grupo Financiero Galicia have answered the claim, arguing in defense that the transaction was done under applicable legal terms and, among other things, that there was not one action of exchange of shares but rather as many legal actions (exchange agreements) as there were shareholders who tendered their Banco Galicia’s shares to receive Grupo Financiero Galicia’s shares (i.e., 3,172 legal actions). Therefore, in order to nullify all of the exchange agreements, it would be necessary that every single person who tendered shares be named in the lawsuit, not just Banco Galicia and Grupo Financiero Galicia. The material effect that the lawsuit could have, if it were successful, which is considered unlikely, is not assessed in monetary terms, since such effects are not indicated in the lawsuit. Currently, this lawsuit is in the discovery stage. Grupo Financiero Galicia considers that the result of this lawsuit is unlikely to produce a significant adverse effect on its financial condition.
On January 18, 2007, Grupo Financiero Galicia, Banco Galicia and their respective directors and syndics were notified of the CNV Resolution No. 15,557, dated as of January 11, 2007 (hereinafter, the “Resolution”), pursuant to which the CNV resolved to begin an investigation proceeding against all of the above-mentioned institutions and persons with respect to potential violations of various regulations relating to the wrong use of inside information and the possible insufficient disclosure of information. This is related to trading operations of the Notes due 2014 and the Notes due 2019 in the market carried out by Grupo Financiero Galicia and issued by the Bank as part of its foreign debt restructuring. Such institutions and persons presented their respective defenses, after which it was decided to commence an evidentiary period. After the evidentiary period ended in August 2007, the case was handed over to the CNV Board so that they would pass a final resolution on the matter. Grupo Financiero Galicia and the Bank believe that the proceeding has no factual support and that all the actions related to the matter were performed according to applicable laws and regulations. The aforementioned CNV’s regulation is available at www.cnv.gov.ar.
Banco Galicia
In response to certain pending legal proceedings, the Bank has made allowances to cover (i) various types of claims filed by customers against it (e.g., claims for thefts from safe deposit boxes, collections of checks that had been fraudulently altered, discrepancies related to deposit and payment services rendered to the Bank’s customers, etc.) and (ii) estimated amounts payable under labor-related lawsuits filed against Banco Galicia by former employees.
In connection with the application by financial institutions of emergency measures implemented by the Executive Branch of the Government during and in respect of the 2001-2002 crisis, which mandated the pesification of deposits originally denominated in US Dollars and the restructuring of such deposits, in 2002 individuals and institutions initiated a significant number of legal actions known as amparo claims against financial institutions, including the Bank, on the basis that these measures violated their constitutional and other rights. These legal actions have resulted in losses for financial institutions, including the Bank, as a result of court orders mandating the reimbursement of restructured deposits at values greater than those established by the emergency measures. The Argentine Central Bank issued regulations allowing for the deferral and amortization of such related losses, while the Government did not provide for any compensation for such losses to the financial institutions and the Argentine Supreme Court has issued rulings in several particular cases related to deposit pesification with different implications. The Bank has repeatedly reserved its right to make claims, at a suitable time, in view of the negative effect caused on its financial condition by the reimbursement of deposits originally denominated in US Dollars, pursuant to orders issued by the Judicial Branch, either in US Dollars or in Pesos for the equivalent amount at the market exchange rate, since compensation for this effect was not included by the Government in the calculation of the compensation to financial institutions. The method of accounting for such right as a deferred loss, set forth by the Argentine Central Bank regulations, does not affect its existence or legitimacy. To such effect, the corresponding reservation of rights has been made. Dated on December 30, 2003, the Bank formally requested from the National Executive Branch, with a copy to the Ministry of Economy and Production (“MECON”) and to the Argentine Central Bank, the payment of due compensation for the losses incurred into by the Bank generated by the “asymmetric pesification” and especially for the negative effect on its financial condition caused by court decisions. The Bank has reserved its right to further extend such request in order to encompass losses made definitive by new final judgments.

 

-195-


Table of Contents

As of the date of this annual report, provincial tax collection authorities as well as tax collection authorities from the Autonomous City of Buenos Aires, are in the process (in different degrees of completion) of conducting audits related to turnover taxes corresponding to fiscal year 2002, mainly related to the Compensatory Bond. The Bank has been expressing its disagreement regarding these adjustments at the corresponding administrative and/or legal proceedings. These proceedings and their possible effects are constantly being monitored by the management of the Bank. Even though the foregoing has not been finally resolved yet, the Bank believes it has complied with its tax liabilities in full pursuant to current regulations.
Finally, it must be mentioned that Banco Galicia, its Directors and Syndics are also subject to the investigation proceeding initiated by the CNV last January 18, 2007 with respect to potential violations of various regulations relating to the possible wrong use of inside information and the possible insufficient disclosure of information. In addition, Theseus S.A. and Lagarcué S.A., two minority shareholders of Banco Galicia, have initiated legal proceedings against Banco Galicia requesting that the court “declare null the corporate legal action done by Grupo Financiero Galicia with the cooperation of Banco Galicia pursuant to which there was an exchange of class B shares of Banco Galicia for class B shares of Grupo Financiero Galicia.” For more information on these two proceedings, see “-Legal Proceedings-Grupo Financiero Galicia” in this section.
Regional Credit Card Companies
As of the date of this annual report, the Argentine Revenue Service (AFIP), the Revenue Board of the Province of Córdoba and the municipalities of the cities of Mendoza and San Luis are in the process of conducting audits. Said bodies have served notices and made claims regarding taxes applicable to Tarjetas Regionales S.A.’s subsidiaries. Based on the opinions of their tax advisors, these companies believe that the abovementioned claims are both legally and technically groundless and that taxes related to the claims have been correctly calculated in accordance with tax regulations in force and existing case law. Therefore, both companies are taking the corresponding administrative and legal steps in order to resolve such issues.
Dividend Policy and Dividends
Dividend Policy
We may only declare and pay dividends out of our retained earnings representing the profit realized on our operations and investments. The Corporations’ Law and our bylaws state that no profits may be distributed until prior losses are covered. Dividends paid on our class A shares and class B shares will equal one another on a per share basis. As required by the Corporations’ Law, 5% of our net income is allocated to a legal reserve until the reserve equals 20% of our outstanding capital. Dividends may not be paid if the legal reserve has been impaired until it is fully restored. The legal reserve is not available for distribution to shareholders.
As a holding company, our principal source of cash from which to pay dividends on our shares is dividends or other intercompany transfers from our subsidiaries, primarily Banco Galicia. Due to the dividend restrictions contained in the Bank’s loan agreements in connection with the Bank’s foreign debt restructuring and in Argentine Central Bank regulations, as described below, our ability to distribute cash dividends to our shareholders has been materially and adversely affected.

 

-196-


Table of Contents

Our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders in the future will principally depend on (i) our net income (on a consolidated basis), (ii) availability of cash and (iii) applicable legal requirements.
Holders of our ADSs will be entitled to receive any dividends payable in respect of our underlying class B shares. We will pay cash dividends to the ADS depositary in Pesos, although we reserve the right to pay cash dividends in any other currency, including Dollars. The ADS deposit agreement provides that the depositary will convert cash dividends received by the ADS depositary in Pesos to Dollars and, after deduction or upon payment of fees and expenses of the ADS depositary and deduction of other amounts permitted to be deducted from such cash payments in accordance with the ADS deposit agreement (such as for unpaid taxes by the ADS holders in connection with personal asset taxes or otherwise), will make payment to holders of our ADSs in Dollars.
Under the loan agreements entered into by the Bank in connection with its foreign debt restructuring, the Bank may only pay dividends on its capital stock if there is no event of default under the loan agreements and only after the aggregate principal amount of the long term instruments and medium term instruments (together, but excluding the subordinated debt instruments maturing in 2019, the “senior debt”) issued in its foreign debt restructuring is equal to or less than 50% of the originally issued senior debt. If the Bank is able to pay dividends, it is required to repay US$ 2 of the long-term instruments issued in its foreign debt restructuring for each US$ 1 of dividends paid on its capital stock.
Argentine Central Bank regulations further restrict the distribution of cash dividends by the Bank.
By means of Communiqués “A” 4589 and “A” 4591, issued on October 29 and November 8, 2006, the Argentine Central Bank modified the criteria by which a financial institution determines if it can distribute profits. According to the new rules, profits can be distributed up to the positive amount resulting after deducting from retained earnings the reserves that may be legally and statutory required, as well as the following items: the difference between the book value and the market value of a financial institution’s portfolio of public-sector assets and/or debt issued by the Argentine Central Bank not marked-to-market, the amount of assets representing the losses from lawsuits related to deposits, and any adjustments required by the external auditors or the Argentine Central Bank not having been recognized. In addition, to be able to distribute profits, a financial institution must comply with the capital adequacy rule, with the minimum capital requirement and the regulatory capital calculated, only for the purpose of determining its ability to distribute profits, by deducting from its assets and retained earnings all the items mentioned in above, as well as the asset recorded in connection with the minimum presumed income tax and the amounts allocated to the repayment of long-term debt instruments computable as core capital pursuant to Communiqué “A” 4576. Likewise, in such calculation, a financial institution will not be able to compute the temporary reductions in the capital required to cover the exposure to the public sector (resulting from applying the Alfa 1 coefficient), as well as any other regulatory forbearance that the Argentine Central Bank may provide, affecting minimum capital requirements, computable regulatory capital or a financial institution’s capital adequacy, and the amount of profits that it wishes to distribute.

 

-197-


Table of Contents

At the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, the Bank’s capital, non-capitalized contributions, profit reserves, adjustments to Shareholders’ Equity and retained earnings (not including the fiscal year’s net income) totaled Ps. 1,759.4 million. The Bank’s net income for fiscal year 2008 amounted to Ps. 195.3 million. In addition to the retained earnings at the previous fiscal year end, of Ps. 3.7 million, the Bank’s total retained earnings amounted to Ps. 199.0 million. Taking into consideration the Argentine Central Bank rules regarding the distribution of profits, as explained above, the Bank’s Board of Directors proposed at the shareholders’ meeting held on April 28, 2009, and such shareholders’ meeting approved, the following distribution of earnings:
         
    In millions of Pesos  
To Legal Reserve
    39.0  
To Next Fiscal Year
    160.0  
As of December 31, 2008, the applicable adjustments to the Bank’s retained earnings were the following: (i) Ps. 2,520.9 million, for the positive difference between the book value and the market value of public-sector assets and/or debt instruments issued by the Argentine Central Bank not marked-to-market, and Ps. 316.9 million for deferred losses in connection with lawsuits related to deposits ( amparo claims).
Under the new rules, dividend distribution requires the prior authorization of the Argentine Central Bank, with such authorization having the purpose of verifying that the aforementioned requirements have been fulfilled.
In light of the restrictions on Banco Galicia’s ability to make distributions, our current policy is to retain earnings and cash flows to pay for our operating expenses, support the growth of our business and repay our outstanding debt.
Dividends
Grupo Financiero Galicia is a holding company; thus dividends or other intercompany transfers from its subsidiaries, primarily Banco Galicia, are the main source of cash available to pay dividends on its shares. Therefore, Grupo Financiero Galicia’s ability to pay dividends in the future is dependent, primarily, on (1) its net income (on a consolidated basis), (2) the availability of cash and (iii) applicable legal requirements.
We have not paid any dividends since March 2001, due to the fact that Banco Galicia did not post any distributable income as a result of the crisis and the other applicable restrictions. The last cash dividend we received from Banco Galicia was in October 2001 for Ps. 116.4 million, but those funds were deposited at Galicia Uruguay. The deposits we maintained at Galicia Uruguay that may have otherwise been available for distribution or to pay our operating expenses were restructured and most of these deposits were converted into subordinated negotiable obligations issued by Galicia Uruguay for US$ 43 million in late 2002. In July 2005, we forgave these subordinated negotiable obligations.
In light of the restrictions on Banco Galicia’s ability to make distributions and the international and domestic economic situation, Grupo Financiero Galicia’s current policy is to retain its earnings to pay for its operating expenses and to support the growth of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s businesses.

 

-198-


Table of Contents

Significant Changes
Grupo Financiero Galicia
On January 7, 2009, Grupo Financiero Galicia paid in advance, through a single and final payment of US$ 39.1 million, the remaining balance of the loan entered into with Merrill Lynch International. In order to make the abovementioned prepayment, the Company used its own funds plus funds from a 180-day loan entered into with Sudamericana on January 6, 2009 for the amount of Ps. 97 million.
On March 9, 2009 Grupo Financiero Galicia’s shareholders, at their ordinary shareholders meeting, approved the creation of a Negotiable Obligation Program for up to US$ 60 million. The CNV approved said program on April 29, 2009, and, on May 9, 2009, also approved a pricing supplement for the offering of negotiable obligations for up to US$ 45 million. See Item 5.A. “Operating Results-Funding-Debt Programs.”
On June 4, 2009, Grupo Financiero Galicia issued two bonds amounting to US$ 45 million: (i) US$ 34.4 million of non-interest bearing bonds due on May 30, 2010, these bonds were issued at a price of 92.68/100 and their yield will be 8%, and (ii) US$ 10.6 million of bonds with a 12.5% coupon, due on May 25, 2011, these bonds were issued at a price of 103.48/100 and their yield will be 10.5%. Interest on the bonds noted in (ii) is payable semiannually.
With the proceeds of said bonds, Grupo Financiero Galicia cancelled the bridge loan that it had entered with Sudamericana on January 6, 2009.
Banco Galicia
During January 2009, the Government offered a public debt swap, including Secured Loans set forth in Decree No. 1387/01 and other debt securities. Banco Galicia took part in an exchange of National Secured Loans (“ Vencimiemto 2009-7%, Bono Pagaré G+580 Mega (tasa fija) ”), for other public-sector assets and instruments at market prices, with no adverse effects on the Bank’s financial condition.
During the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Bank cancelled in advance US$ 30.0 million of face value of its negotiable obligations due in 2014, acquired at market prices. After this transaction, the outstanding principal amount of negotiable obligations due in 2014 is US$ 260.0 million of face value.

 

-199-


Table of Contents

On May 15, 2009 Banco Galicia Uruguay cancelled in advance the remaining outstanding balance of its restructured debt, the original due date of which was in September 2011, for a principal amount of US$ 27.3 million.
On June 2, 2009, the Bank announced that it had entered into an agreement with AIG to purchase 80% of AIG’s shares in its consumer finance operations in Argentina, consisting of CFA, CyS and UPC in a transaction that involved the sale of all the shares of the mentioned companies to Banco Galicia along with other third parties, for an amount of Ps. 133.2 million. The transaction is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the approval of the Argentine Central Bank. Banco Galicia is entering into this transaction in order to consolidate its expansion strategy in the Argentine market. CFA is a leading provider of personal loans in Argentina, with 93 branches nationwide, distribution agreements with approximately 3,900 retailers and approximately 1 million customers. As of March 31, 2009, its total assets amounted to approximately Ps. 1.5 billion, its loans to Ps. 1.0 billion and its shareholders’ equity to Ps. 833 million.
Item 9. The Offer and Listing
Shares and ADSs
Our class B shares are listed on the BASE and the Córdoba Stock Exchange under the symbol “GGAL”. Our ADSs, each representing ten class B shares, are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, under the symbol “GGAL”. Our ADSs have been listed on Nasdaq Capital Market since August 2002. Previously, our ADSs had been listed on the Nasdaq National Market since July 24, 2000.
On May 13, 2004, we issued 149.0 million preferred shares in connection with the restructuring of the foreign debt of the Bank’s Head Office and its Cayman Branch. Under the terms and conditions of the restructuring, our preferred shares were automatically convertible into class B shares on May 13, 2005. Such conversion took place on May, 13, 2005. Our preferred shares were listed on the BASE and the Córdoba Stock Exchange under the symbol “GGAL6” between May 13, 2004 and May 12, 2005.

 

-200-


Table of Contents

The following tables present, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing prices and the average trading volume of our class B shares and preferred shares on the BASE as reported by the BASE and the high and low closing prices and the average trading volume of our ADSs on the Nasdaq as reported by the Nasdaq Capital Market. There has been low trading volume of our class B shares on the Córdoba Stock Exchange. The following prices have not been adjusted for any stock dividends and/or stock splits.
Grupo Financiero Galicia — Class B Shares Buenos Aires Stock Exchange (in Pesos)
                         
                    Average Daily Volume  
    High     Low     (in thousands of Class B shares)  
Calendar Year
                       
2004 (1)
    2.61       1.42       5,571.5  
2005
    2.81       2.06       4,784.6  
2006
    2.86       1.72       2,045.3  
2007
    3.37       2.23       1,924.8  
2008
    2.36       0.57       3,549.4  
 
                       
Two Most Recent Fiscal Years
                       
2007
                       
First Quarter
    3.37       2.69       2,762.6  
Second Quarter
    3.34       2.98       1,622.9  
Third Quarter
    3.11       2.25       2,000.7  
Fourth Quarter
    2.63       2.23       1,259.6  
2008
                       
First Quarter
    2.36       1.94       1,290.8  
Second Quarter
    2.26       1.57       1,465.5  
Third Quarter
    1.63       1.12       1,642.9  
Fourth Quarter
    1.56       0.57       3,549.4  
2009
                       
First Quarter
    0.88       0.61       1,497.9  
Second Quarter (through May 31, 2009)
    1.17       0.70       3,029.7  
 
                       
Most Recent Six Months
                       
December 2008
    0.86       0.63       3,129.7  
January 2009
    0.88       0.69       1,637.3  
February 2009
    0.75       0.66       1,159.2  
March 2009
    0.70       0.61       1,681.0  
April 2009
    0.79       0.70       2,085.2  
May 2009
    1.17       0.75       3,974.1  
     
(1)   On April 28, 2004, our class B shares began trading ex-coupon, which coupon related to the right to subscribe for the preferred shares as part of the preemptive rights offering. The value of each class B share was reduced by the value of the coupon of Ps. 0.101 per class B share.
As of June 25, 2009, the closing price of our class B shares was Ps. 1.19.

 

-201-


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia — Preferred Shares Outstanding from May 13, 2004 to May 11, 2005 — Buenos Aires Stock Exchange (in Pesos)
                         
                    Average Daily Volume  
    High     Low     (in thousands of preferred shares)  
Calendar Year
                       
2004 (from May 13, 2004)
  Ps. 2.48     Ps. 1.29       490.0  
2005 (through May 11, 2005)
    2.72       2.03       183.4  
 
                       
Most Recent Fiscal Year
                       
2004
                       
Second Quarter (from May 13, 2004)
    1.59       1.29       345.6  
Third Quarter
    1.87       1.33       681.4  
Fourth Quarter
    2.48       1.88       376.1  
2005
                       
First Quarter
    2.72       2.10       230.9  
Second Quarter (through May 11, 2005)
    2.34       2.03       81.8  
 
                       
Most Recent Six Months
                       
December 2004
    2.48       1.99       275.2  
January 2005
    2.44       2.26       146.0  
February 2005
    2.69       2.37       184.3  
March 2005
    2.72       2.10       360.3  
April 2005
    2.25       2.03       100.4  
May 2005 (through May 11, 2005)
    2.34       2.15       32.9  
Grupo Financiero Galicia — ADSs — Nasdaq Capital Market (in US$)
                         
                    Average Daily Volume  
    High     Low     (in thousands of ADRs)  
Calendar Year
                       
2004
    8.85       4.65       324.2  
2005
    9.62       6.87       347.3  
2006
    9.56       5.61       190.2  
2007
    11.12       6.98       273.1  
2008
    7.6       1.45       251.6  
 
                       
Two Most Recent Fiscal Years
                       
2007
                       
First Quarter
    11.12       8.69       289.3  
Second Quarter
    11.00       9.59       239.0  
Third Quarter
    10.00       7.15       335.7  
Fourth Quarter
    8.25       6.98       229.4  
2008
                       
First Quarter
    7.60       6.14       259.3  
Second Quarter
    7.07       4.92       235.2  
Third Quarter
    5.30       3.63       222.2  
Fourth Quarter
    5.00       1.45       290.1  
2009
                       
First Quarter
    2.42       1.56       100.9  
Second Quarter (through May 31, 2009)
    3.10       1.80       216.9  
 
                       
Most Recent Six Months
                       
December 2008
    2.33       1.69       160.8  
January 2009
    2.42       1.77       135.9  
February 2009
    2.12       1.78       105.0  
March 2009
    1.82       1.56       65.4  
April 2009
    2.06       1.80       171.9  
May 2009
    3.10       1.90       264.0  
As of June 25, 2009, the closing price of our ADS was US$ 3.05.

 

-202-


Table of Contents

The following tables present for the periods indicated the high and low closing prices and the average trading volume of the Bank’s class B shares on the BASE as reported by the BASE. Banco Galicia class B shares continue to be listed on the BASE with very low trading volume.
Banco Galicia — Class B Shares — Buenos Aires Stock Exchange (in Pesos)
                         
                    Average Daily Trading Volume  
    High     Low     (in thousand Class B shares)  
Calendar Year
                       
2004
    5.10       3.30       1.22  
2005
    4.30       3.60       1.96  
2006
    4.50       3.04       1.56  
2007
    6.46       4.25       2.74  
2008
    4.45       2.15       3.30  
 
                       
Two Most Recent Fiscal Years
                       
2007
                       
First Quarter
    6.46       4.25       5.94  
Second Quarter
    5.80       4.99       2.40  
Third Quarter
    5.05       4.45       1.43  
Fourth Quarter
    4.70       4.30       1.10  
2008
                       
First Quarter
    4.45       4.08       1.87  
Second Quarter
    4.45       3.65       4.59  
Third Quarter
    3.85       3.69       0.88  
Fourth Quarter
    3.85       2.40       4.19  
2009
                       
First Quarter
    2.38       2.17       2.14  
Second Quarter (through May 31, 2009)
    2.30       2.15       7.40  
 
                       
Most Recent Six Months
                       
December 2008
    2.56       2.40       4.19  
January 2009
    2.38       2.30       2.06  
February 2009
    2.30       2.27       2.13  
March 2009
    2.27       2.17       2.23  
April 2009
    2.20       2.17       15.02  
May 2009
    2.30       2.15       5.10  
As of June 25, 2009, the closing price of the Bank’s class B shares was Ps. 2.23.
Argentine Securities Market
The principal and oldest exchange for the Argentine securities market is the BASE. The BASE started operating in 1854 and handles approximately 95% of all equity trading in Argentina. Securities listed on the BASE include corporate equity and debt securities and government securities. Debt securities listed on the BASE may also be listed on the MAE. The Buenos Aires Stock Market (the “MERVAL”), which is affiliated with the BASE, was founded in 1929 and is the largest stock market in Argentina. The MERVAL is a corporation whose 133 shareholder members are the only individuals and entities authorized to trade, either as principal or as agent, in the securities listed on the BASE. Although there are 183 MERVAL shares outstanding, some banks and brokers own more than one share and currently there are 133 members. We are a member of the MERVAL through Galicia Valores, who owns three shares.
Trading on the BASE is conducted mostly through the Sistema Integrado de Negociación Asistida por Computación (Integrated Computer Assisted Trading System, “SINAC”) although there are still some transactions carried out by continuous open outcry, the traditional auction system, from 11:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. each business day of the year. SINAC is a computer trading system that permits trading in debt and equity securities and is accessed by brokers directly from workstations located at their offices. As a result of an agreement between the MERVAL and the MAE, equity securities are traded exclusively on the BASE and corporate and government debt securities are traded on the MAE and the BASE. Currently, all transactions relating to listed corporate and government debt securities can be effected on SINAC. In addition, a substantial over-the-counter market exists for private trading in listed debt securities and, prior to the agreement described above, equity securities. Such trades are reported on the MAE.

 

-203-


Table of Contents

Although companies may list all of their capital stock on the BASE, in most cases the controlling shareholders retain the majority of a company’s capital stock. This results in only a relatively small percentage of most companies’ stock being available for active trading by the public on the BASE. Even though individuals have historically constituted the largest group of investors in Argentina’s equity markets, in recent years, banks and insurance companies have shown an interest in these markets. Argentine mutual funds, by contrast, continue to have very low participation in the market. Although 109 companies had equity securities listed on the BASE as of December 31, 2008, the 10 most-traded companies on the exchange accounted for approximately 81% of total trading value during 2008. Our shares were the third most-traded shares on the BASE in 2007, with a 3.5% share of trading volume.
The Córdoba Stock Exchange is another important stock market in Argentina. Securities listed on the Córdoba Stock Exchange include both corporate equity and debt securities and government securities. Through an agreement with the BASE, all of the securities listed on the BASE are authorized to be listed and subsequently traded on the Córdoba Stock Exchange. Thus, many transactions that originate on the Córdoba Stock Exchange relate to companies listed on the BASE and such trades are subsequently settled in Buenos Aires.
Market Regulations
The CNV oversees the Argentine securities markets and is responsible for authorizing public offerings of securities and supervising brokers, public companies and mutual funds. Argentine pension funds and insurance companies are regulated by separate Government agencies, while financial institutions are regulated mainly by the Argentine Central Bank. The Argentine securities markets are governed generally by Law No. 17,811, as amended, which created the CNV and regulates stock exchanges, market operations and the public offering of securities.
In compliance with the provisions of Law No. 20,643 and the Decrees No. 659/74 and No. 2220/80, most debt and equity securities traded on the exchanges and the MAE must, unless otherwise instructed by the shareholders, be deposited by the shareholders in Caja de Valores, which is a corporation owned by the BASE, the MERVAL and certain provincial exchanges. Caja de Valores is the central securities depository of Argentina, which provides depository facilities for securities and acts as a transfer and paying agent in connection therewith. It also handles settlement of securities transactions carried out on the BASE and operates the computerized exchange information system.
The level of regulation of the market for Argentine securities and investors’ activities is low relatively as compared to the United States and certain other countries, and enforcement of existing regulatory provisions has been limited. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about Argentine companies than is regularly published by or about companies in these countries. However, the CNV has taken steps to strengthen disclosure and regulatory standards for the Argentine securities market, including the issuance of regulations prohibiting insider trading and requiring insiders to report on their ownership of securities, with associated penalties for non-compliance.
In order to improve Argentine securities market regulation, Decree No. 677/01 or “Decree for Transparency in the Public Offering,” was promulgated and took effect on June 1, 2001. This decree has come to be regarded as the financial consumer’s “bill of rights”. Its objective is to provide transparency and protection to participants in the capital markets. The decree applies to individuals and entities that participate in the public offering of securities and to stock exchanges as well. Among its key provisions, the decree broadens the definition of “security;” governs the treatment of negotiable securities; obligates publicly listed companies to form audit committees composed of three or more members of the board of the directors, the majority of whom must be independent under CNV regulations; authorizes market-stabilization transactions under certain circumstances; governs insider trading, market manipulation and securities fraud; and regulates going-private transactions and acquisitions of voting shares, including controlling stakes in public companies.

 

-204-


Table of Contents

In order to offer securities to the public in Argentina, an issuer must meet certain requirements of the CNV regarding assets, operating history, management and other matters, and only securities for which an application for a public offering has been approved by the CNV may be listed on the corresponding stock exchange. This approval does not imply any kind of certification of assurance related to the merits of the quality of the securities, or the solvency of the issuer. Issuers of listed securities are required to file unaudited quarterly financial statements and audited annual financial statements, as well as various other periodic reports, with the CNV and the corresponding stock exchange.
Securities can be freely traded on the Argentine markets but certain restrictions exist to regarding access by residents and non-residents to the local foreign exchange market and to transfers of foreign exchange abroad. See Item 4. “Information on the Company-Government Regulation-Foreign Exchange Market.”
On October 2007, the CNV passed Resolution No. 516/07 providing for the voluntary adoption of a corporate governance code. The CNV recommends adoption of such code by public companies but requires that their policy with respect to each topic described in the code be disclosed in detail in the annual report. This resolution will be effective for fiscal years beginning on January 1, 2008 and after and, therefore, public companies, including us, will have to report on their degree of fulfillment of each topic of such code.
Item 10. Additional Information
Description of Our Bylaws
General
Set forth below is a brief description of certain provisions of our bylaws and Argentine law and regulations with regard to our capital stock. Your rights as a holder of our capital stock are subject to Argentine corporate law, which may differ from the corporate laws of other jurisdictions. This description is not purported to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our bylaws, Argentine law and the rules of the BASE, the Córdoba Stock Exchange as well as the CNV. A copy of our bylaws has been filed with and can be examined at the CNV in Buenos Aires and the SEC in Washington, D.C.
We were incorporated on September 14, 1999, as a stock corporation under the laws of Argentina and registered on September 30, 1999, with the Argentine Superintendency of Companies or IGJ, under corporate registration number 14,519 of Book 7, Volume of Stock Corporations. Our domicile is in Buenos Aires, Argentina. Under our bylaws, our duration is until June 30, 2100 and we are exclusively a financial and investment company (as stated in “Chapter 2. Purpose. Article 3.” of our by-laws). This duration may be extended by resolution taken at a general extraordinary shareholders’ meeting.
Our bylaws do not contain any provision governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.
During the shareholders’ meeting held on April 23, 2003, we decided not to adhere to the “Optional Statutory System for the Mandatory Acquisition of Shares in a Public Offering” regime in compliance with Decree No. 677/01, which requires a company to announce whether it has adopted this regime.

 

-205-


Table of Contents

Outstanding Capital Stock
Our total subscribed and paid-in share capital as of December 31, 2008, amounted to Ps. 1,241,407,017, composed of class A shares and class B shares, each with a par value of Ps. 1.00. The following table presents the number of our shares outstanding as of December 31, 2008, and the voting interest that the shares represent.
                         
    As of December 31, 2009  
Shares   Number of Shares     % of Capital Stock     % of Voting Rights  
Class A Shares
    281,221,650       22.65       59.42  
Class B Shares
    960,185,367       77.35       40.58  
 
                 
Total
    1,241,407,017       100.00       100.00  
 
                 
Registration and Transfer
The class B shares are book-entry common shares held through Caja de Valores. Caja de Valores maintains a stock registry for us and only those persons listed in such registry will be recognized as our shareholders. Caja de Valores periodically delivers to us a list of the shareholders as at a certain date.
The class B shares are transferable on the books of Caja de Valores. Caja de Valores records all transfers in our registry. Within 10 days of any such transfer, Caja de Valores is required to confirm the registration of transfer with the transferor.
Voting Rights
At shareholders’ meetings, each class A share is entitled to five votes and each class B share is entitled to one vote. However, class A shares are entitled to only 1 vote in certain matters, such as:
    a merger or spin-off in which we are not the surviving corporation, unless the acquirer’s shares are authorized to be publicly offered or listed on any stock exchange;
    a transformation in our legal corporate form;
    a fundamental change in our corporate purpose;
    a change of our domicile to outside Argentina;
    a voluntary termination of our public offering or listing authorization;
    our continuation following a delisting or a mandatory cancellation of our public offering or listing authorization;
    a total or partial recapitalization of our statutory capital following a loss; or
    the appointment of syndics.
All distinctions between our class A shares and our class B shares will be eliminated upon the occurrence of any of the following change of control events:
    EBA Holding sells 100% of its class A shares;
    EBA Holding sells a portion of our class A shares to a third person who, when aggregating all our class A shares with our class B shares owned by such person, if any, obtains 50% plus one vote of our total votes; or
    the current shareholders of EBA Holding sell shares of EBA Holding that will allow the buyer to exercise more than 50% of the voting power of EBA Holding at any general shareholders’ meeting of EBA Holding shareholders, except for transfers to other current shareholders of EBA Holding or to their heirs or their legal successors or to entities owned by any of them.

 

-206-


Table of Contents

Limited Liability of Shareholders
Shareholders are not liable for our obligations. Shareholders’ liability is limited to the payment of the shares for which they subscribe. However, shareholders who have a conflict of interest with us and do not abstain from voting may be held liable for damages to us. Also, shareholders who willfully or negligently vote in favor of a resolution that is subsequently declared void by a court as contrary to Argentine law or our bylaws may be held liable for damages to us or to third parties, including other shareholders, resulting from such resolutions.
Directors
Our bylaws provide that the board of directors shall be composed by at least three and at most nine members, as decided at a general ordinary shareholders’ meeting. To be appointed to our board of directors, such person must have been presented as a candidate by shareholders who represent at least 10% of our voting rights, at least three business days before the date the general ordinary shareholders’ meeting is to be held. Our bylaws do not state an age limit over which the directors cannot serve on our board.
At each annual shareholders’ meeting, the term of one third of the members of our board of directors (no fewer than three directors) expires and their successors are elected to serve for a term of three years. The shareholders’ meeting shall have the power to fix a shorter period (one or two years) for the terms of office of one, several or all of the directors. This system of electing directors is intended to help maintain the continuity of the board. Alternate directors replace directors until the following general ordinary shareholders’ meeting is held. Directors may also be replaced by alternate directors if a director will be absent from a board meeting. The board of directors is required to meet at least once every month and anytime any one of the directors or syndics so requests.
Our bylaws state that the board of directors may decide to appoint an executive committee and/or a delegate director.
Our bylaws do not provide for any arrangements or understandings with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others, pursuant to which any person referred to in this annual report was selected as a director or member of senior management.
Additionally, pursuant to our bylaws, any borrowing powers on behalf of the Company are granted to our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors has the power to delegate these borrowing powers to our directors through a power of attorney and currently certain of our directors have powers of attorney to negotiate the terms of and borrow money on behalf of the Company. Furthermore, as stated by our bylaws, the chairman of our Board of Directors is also the legal representative of the Company. Although our bylaws do not expressly address a director’s power to vote on proposals, arrangements or contracts in which the director has a material interest, pursuant to customary Argentine business practice and certain tenants of Argentine corporate law, our directors do not vote on proposals, arrangements or contracts in which the director has a material interest.

 

-207-


Table of Contents

Appointment of Directors and Syndics by Cumulative Voting
The Corporations’ Law provides for the use of cumulative voting to enable minority shareholders to appoint members of the board of directors and syndics. Upon the completion of certain requirements, shareholders are entitled to appoint up to one third of the vacancies to be filled on the board of directors by cumulative voting. Each shareholder voting cumulatively has the number of votes resulting from multiplying the number of votes to which such shareholder would normally be entitled by the number of vacancies to be filled. Such shareholder may apportion his votes or cast all such votes for one or a number of candidates not exceeding one third of the vacancies to be filled.
Compensation of Directors
The Corporations’ Law and the CNV establish rules regarding the compensation of directors. The maximum amount of aggregate compensation that the members of the board of directors may receive, including salaries and other compensation for the performance of permanent technical and administrative services, may not exceed 25.0% of profits of each fiscal year. This maximum amount shall be limited to 5.0% when no dividends are distributed to the shareholders and shall be increased proportionately to the dividend distribution until the 25.0% limit is reached when all profits are distributed.
The Corporations’ Law provides that aggregate director compensation may exceed the maximum percentage of computable profit in any one year when the company’s profits are non-existent or too small as to allow payment of a reasonable compensation to board members which have been engaged in technical or administrative services to the company, provided that such proposal is described in the notice of the agenda for the ordinary shareholders’ meeting and is approved by a majority of shareholders present at such shareholders’ meeting.
In addition to the above, our bylaws establish that best practices and national and international market standards regarding directors with similar duties and responsibilities shall be considered when determining the compensation of board members.
Syndics
Our bylaws, in accordance with Argentine law, provide for the maintenance of a supervisory committee whose members are three permanent syndics and three alternate syndics. Syndics are elected for a one-year term and may be reelected. Alternate syndics replace permanent syndics in case of absence. For the appointment of syndics, each of our class A shares and class B shares has only one vote. Fees for syndics are established by the shareholders at the annual ordinary shareholders’ meeting. Their function is to oversee the management of the company, to control the legality of the actions of the board of directors, to attend all board of directors’ meetings, to attend all shareholders’ meetings, to prepare reports for the shareholders on the financial statements with their opinion, and to provide information regarding the company to shareholders that represent at least 2% of the capital stock. Syndics’ liabilities are joint and several and unlimited for the non-fulfillment of their duties. They are also jointly and severally liable, together with the members of the board of directors, if the proper fulfillment of their duties as syndics would have avoided the damage or the losses caused by the members of the board of directors.

 

-208-


Table of Contents

Shareholders’ Meetings
Shareholders’ meetings may be ordinary meetings or extraordinary meetings. An annual ordinary shareholders’ meeting is required to be held in each fiscal year to consider the matters outlined in Article 234 of the Corporations’ Law, including, among others:
    approval of the financial statements and general performance of the management for the preceding fiscal year;
    appointment and remuneration of directors and members of the supervisory committee;
    allocation of profits; and
    any other matter the board of directors decides to submit to the shareholders’ meeting concerning the company’s business administration. Matters which may be discussed at these or other ordinary meetings include resolutions regarding the responsibility of directors and members of the supervisory committee, as well as capital increases and the issuance of negotiable obligations.
Extraordinary shareholders’ meetings may be called at any time to discuss matters beyond the competence of the ordinary meeting, including but not limited to amendments to the bylaws, matters related to the liquidation of a company, limitation of the shareholders’ preemptive rights to subscribe new shares, issuance of bonds and debentures, transformation of the corporate form, a merger into another company and spin-offs, early winding-up, change of the company’s domicile to outside Argentina, total or partial repayment of capital for losses, and a substantial change in the corporate purpose set forth in the bylaws.
Shareholders’ meetings may be convened by the board of directors or by the syndics. A shareholder or group of shareholders holding at least 5.0% in the aggregate of our capital stock may request the board of directors or the syndics to convene a general shareholders’ meeting to discuss the matters indicated by the shareholder.
Once a meeting has been convened with an agenda, the agenda limits the matters to be decided upon at such meeting and no other matters may be decided upon.
Additionally, our bylaws provide that any shareholder holding at least 5% in aggregate of our capital stock may present, in writing, to the Board of Directors, before February 28 of each year, proposals of items to be included in the agenda at the annual general ordinary shareholders’ meeting. The Board of Directors is not obligated to include such items in the agenda.
Class B shares represented by ADSs will be voted or caused to be voted by the Depositary in accordance with instructions of the holders of such ADSs. In the event instructions are not received from the holder, the Depositary shall give a discretionary proxy for the shares represented by such ADSs to a person designated by us.
Notice of each shareholders’ meeting must be published in the Official Gazette, and in a widely circulated newspaper in the country’s territory, at least twenty days prior to the meeting but not more than forty-five days prior to the date on which the meeting is to be held. The board of directors will determine the appropriate publication of notices outside Argentina in accordance with the requirements of the jurisdictions and exchanges on which our shares are traded. In order to attend a meeting and to be listed on the meeting registry, shareholders must submit evidence of their book-entry share account held at Caja de Valores at least three business days prior to the scheduled meeting date without counting the meeting day.

 

-209-


Table of Contents

The quorum for ordinary meetings consists of a majority of stock entitled to vote, and resolutions may be adopted by the affirmative vote of 50% plus one vote (an “absolute majority”) of the votes present whether in person or participating via electronic means of communication. If no quorum is present at the first meeting, a second meeting may be called at which the shareholders present, whatever their number, shall constitute a quorum. Resolutions are to be adopted by an absolute majority of the votes present. The second meeting may be convened to be held one hour later on the same day as the first meeting had been called for, provided that it is an ordinary shareholders’ meeting, or within thirty days of the date for which the first ordinary meeting was called.
The quorum for extraordinary shareholders’ meetings consists of 60% of stock entitled to vote, and resolutions may be adopted by an absolute majority of the votes present. If no quorum is present at the first meeting, a second meeting may be called at which the shareholders present, whatever their number, shall constitute a quorum. Resolutions are to be adopted by an absolute majority of the votes present. The second meeting has to be convened to be held within thirty days of the date for which the first extraordinary meeting was called, and the notice must be published for three days, at least eight days before the date of the second meeting. Some special matters require a favorable vote of the majority of all the stock holding voting rights, the class A shares being granted the right to only one vote each. The special matters are described in “-Voting Rights” above.
Dividends
Dividends may be lawfully paid and declared only out of our retained earnings representing the profit realized on our operations and investments reflected in our annual financial statements, as approved at our annual general shareholders’ meeting. No profits may be distributed until prior losses are covered. Dividends paid on our class A shares and class B shares will equal one another on a per-share basis.
As required by the Corporations’ Law, 5% of our net income is allocated to a legal reserve until the reserve equals 20% of our outstanding capital. Dividends may not be paid if the legal reserve has been impaired. The legal reserve is not available for distribution to shareholders.
Our Board of Directors submits our financial statements for the previous fiscal year, together with reports prepared by our supervisory committee, to our shareholders for approval at the general ordinary shareholders’ meeting. The shareholders, upon approving the financial statements, determine the allocation of our net income.
Our Board of Directors is allowed by law and by our bylaws to decide to pay anticipated dividends on the basis of a balance sheet especially prepared for purposes of paying such dividends.

 

-210-


Table of Contents

Under CNV regulations and our bylaws, cash dividends must be paid to shareholders within 30 days of the shareholders’ meeting approving the dividend. Payment of dividends in shares requires authorization from the CNV, the BASE and the Córdoba Stock Exchange, whose authorizations must be requested within 10 business days after the shareholders’ meeting approving the dividend. We must make a distribution of the shares available to shareholders not later than three months after receiving authorization to do so from the CNV.
Shareholders may no longer claim the payment of dividends from us after three years have elapsed from the date on which the relevant dividends were made available to such shareholders.
Capital Increases and Reductions
We may increase our capital upon resolution of the general ordinary shareholders’ meeting. All capital increases must be reported to the CNV, published in the Official Gazette and registered with the Public Registry of Commerce. Capital reductions may be voluntary or mandatory. A voluntary reduction of capital must be approved by an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting after the corresponding authorization by the BASE, the Córdoba Stock Exchange and the CNV and may take place only after notice of such reduction has been published and creditors have been given an opportunity to obtain payment or guarantees for their claims or attachment. A reduction of capital is mandatory when losses have exceeded reserves and more than 50% of the share capital of the company.
Preemptive Rights
Under Argentine law, it is mandatory that a shareholder of ordinary shares of any given class have preemptive rights, proportional to the number of shares he or she owns, to subscribe for shares of capital stock of the same class or of any other class if the new subscription offer does not include all classes of shares. Shareholders may only decide to suspend or limit preemptive rights by supermajority at an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting and only in exceptional cases. Shareholders may waive their preemptive rights only on a case-by-case basis.
In the event of an increase in our capital, holders of class A shares and class B shares have a preemptive right to subscribe for any issue of class B shares in an amount sufficient to maintain the proportion of capital then held by them. Holders of class A shares are entitled to subscribe for class B shares because no further class A shares carrying five votes each are allowed to be issued in the future. Under Argentine law, companies are prohibited from issuing stock with multiple voting rights after they have been authorized to make a public offering of securities.
Preemptive rights are exercisable following the last publication of the notification to shareholders of the opportunity to exercise preemptive rights in the Official Gazette and an Argentine newspaper of wide circulation for a period of 30 days, provided that such period may be reduced to no less than 10 days if so approved by an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting.
Shareholders who have exercised their preemptive rights and indicated their intention to exercise additional preemptive rights are entitled to additional preemptive rights (“accretion rights”), on a pro rata basis, with respect to any unsubscribed shares, in accordance with the terms of the Corporations’ Law. Class B shares not subscribed for by shareholders through the exercise of their preemptive or accretion rights may be offered to third parties.

 

-211-


Table of Contents

Holders of ADSs may be restricted in their ability to exercise preemptive rights if a registration statement relating to such rights has not been filed or is not effective or if an exemption from registration is not available.
Appraisal Rights
Whenever our shareholders approve:
    a merger or spin-off in which we are not the surviving corporation, unless the acquirer’s shares are authorized to be publicly offered or listed on any stock exchange,
    a transformation in our legal corporate form,
    a fundamental change in our corporate purpose,
    a change of our domicile to outside Argentina,
    a voluntary termination of our public offering or listing authorization,
    our continuation following a delisting or a mandatory cancellation of our public offering or listing authorization, or
    a total or partial recapitalization of our statutory capital following a loss,
any shareholder that voted against such action or did not attend the relevant meeting may exercise its right to have its shares canceled in exchange for the book value of its shares, determined on the basis of our latest balance sheet prepared in accordance with Argentine laws and regulations, provided that such shareholder exercises its appraisal rights within the periods set forth below.
There is, however, doubt as to whether holders of ADSs, will be able to exercise appraisal rights with respect to class B shares represented by ADSs.
Appraisal rights must be exercised within five days following the adjournment of the meeting at which the resolution was adopted, in the event that the dissenting shareholder voted against such resolutions, or within 15 days following such adjournment if the dissenting shareholder did not attend such meeting and can prove that he was a shareholder on the date of such meeting. In the case of a merger or spin-off involving an entity authorized to make a public offering of its shares, appraisal rights may not be exercised if the shares to be received as a result of such transaction are listed on any stock exchange. Appraisal rights are extinguished if the resolution giving rise to such rights is overturned at another shareholders’ meeting held within 75 days of the meeting at which the resolution was adopted.
Payment of the appraisal rights must be made within one year from the date of the shareholders’ meeting at which the resolution was adopted, except if the resolution was to delist our capital stock, in which case the payment period is reduced to 60 days from the date of the related resolution.
Preferred Stock
According to the Corporations’ Law and our bylaws, an ordinary shareholders’ meeting may approve the issuance of preferred stock. Such preferred stock may have a fixed dividend, cumulative or not cumulative, with or without additional participation in our profits, as decided by shareholders at a shareholders’ meeting when determining the conditions of the issuance. They may also have other preferences, such as a preference in the event of our liquidation.

 

-212-


Table of Contents

The holders of preferred stock shall not be entitled to voting rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that no dividends are paid to such holders for their preferred stock, and for as long as such dividends are not paid, the holders of preferred stock shall be entitled to voting rights. Holders of preferred stock are also entitled to vote on certain special matters, such as the transformation of the corporate form, a merger into another company and spin-offs (when we are not the surviving entity and the surviving entity is not listed on any stock exchange), early winding-up, a change of our domicile to outside Argentina, total or partial repayment of capital for losses and a substantial change in the corporate purpose set forth in our bylaws or in the event our preferred stock is traded on stock exchanges and such trading is suspended or terminated.
Conflicts of Interest
As a protection to minority shareholders, under the Corporations’ Law, a shareholder is required to abstain from voting on any resolution in which its direct or indirect interests conflict with that of or are different than ours. In the event such shareholder votes on such resolution, and such resolution would not have been approved without such shareholder’s vote, the resolution may be declared void by a court and such shareholder may be liable for damages to the company as well as to any third party, including other shareholders.
Redemption or Repurchase
According to Decree No. 677/01, a stock corporation may acquire the shares issued by it, provided that the public offering and listing thereof has been authorized, subject to the following terms and conditions and those set forth by the CNV. The CNV has not yet issued its regulations. The above-mentioned conditions are: (a) the shares to be acquired shall be fully paid up; (b) there shall be a resolution signed by the board of directors to such effect; (c) the acquisition shall be made out of net profits or free or voluntary reserves; and (d) the total amount of shares acquired by the company, including previously acquired shares, shall not exceed 10% of the capital stock or such lower percentage determined by the CNV. The shares acquired by the company in excess of such limit shall be disposed of within the term of 90 days after the date of the acquisition originating such excess.
The shares acquired by the company shall be disposed of by the company within the maximum term of three years counted as from the date of acquisition thereof. Upon disposing of the shares, the company shall make a preemptive offer thereof. Such an offer will not be obligatory if the shares are used in connection with a compensation plan or program for the company’s employees or if the shares are distributed among all shareholders pro rata their shareholdings. If shareholders do not exercise, in whole or in part, their preemptive rights, the sale shall be made at a stock exchange.
Liquidation
Upon our liquidation, one or more liquidators may be appointed to wind up our affairs. If no such appointment is made, our Board of Directors will act as liquidator. All outstanding common shares will be entitled to participate equally in any distribution upon liquidation. In the event of a liquidation, in Argentina as well as in any other country, our assets shall first be applied to satisfy our debts and liabilities.

 

-213-


Table of Contents

Other Provisions
Our bylaws are governed by Argentine law and the ownership of any kind of our shares represents acceptance of our bylaws and submission to the exclusive jurisdiction of the ordinary commercial courts of Buenos Aires for any claim or dispute related to us, our shareholders, directors and members of the supervisory committee.
Exchange Controls
For a description of the exchange controls that would affect us or the holders of our securities, see Item 4. “Information on the Company-Government Regulation-Foreign Exchange Market.”
Taxation
The following is a summary of the principal Argentine and U.S. Federal tax consequences arising from the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our class B shares and ADSs. It is based upon Argentine and U.S. Federal tax laws and regulations in effect as of the date of this annual report and is subject to any subsequent changes in such laws and regulations that may come into effect after such date. Any change could apply retroactively and could affect the continued validity of this summary. The summary which follows does not constitute legal advice or a legal opinion with respect to the transactions that the holders of our class B shares or ADSs may enter into, but rather is only a brief description of certain (and not all) aspects of the Argentine and U.S. Federal taxation system related to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our class B shares and ADSs. In addition, although the following summary is believed to be a reasonable interpretation of the current taxation rules and regulations, we cannot assure you that the applicable authorities or tribunals will agree with all of, or any of, the tax consequences outlined below. Currently, there is no tax treaty between the United States and Argentina.
Argentine Taxes
Taxation of Dividends
In general, dividend payments on ADSs or ordinary shares, whether in cash, property, or stock, are not subject to Argentine withholding tax or other taxes.
There is an exception under which a 35% tax (“equalization tax”) will be imposed on certain dividends approved by the registrant’s shareholders. The equalization tax will be applied only to the extent that distributions of dividends exceed the taxable income of the company increased by non-taxable dividends received by the distributing company in prior years and reduced by Argentine income tax paid by the distributing company.
In this situation the equalization tax will be imposed as a withholding tax on the shareholder receiving the dividend. Dividends distributions made in property (other than cash) will be subject to the same tax rules as cash dividends. Stock dividends are not subject to Argentine taxation.

 

-214-


Table of Contents

Taxation of Capital Gains
Pursuant to Decree No. 2,284/91 (the “Deregulation Decree”), capital gains derived by non-resident individuals or foreign companies from the sale, exchange or other disposition of ADSs or class B shares are not currently subject to income tax.
Beginning on January 1, 2001, capital gains from the sale, exchange or other dispositions of shares not listed in a stock exchange will be subject to income tax when derived by individuals domiciled in Argentina.
In addition, in the case of entities or permanent organizations incorporated or domiciled abroad that, pursuant to their bylaws, charters, documents or the applicable regulatory framework, have as their principal activity investing outside of the jurisdiction of their incorporation or domicile, or are generally restricted from doing business in their country of incorporation, it will be assumed, without any proof to the contrary being admitted, that the seller is an individual domiciled in Argentina. Such entities will be subject to income tax imposed as a withholding tax on the seller receiving the payment (for payments made beginning on April 30, 2001) at the rate of 17.50% (that is, 35% on 50% of the amount of the payment), but the foreign party may choose instead to pay a tax of 35% on the net gain realized on the sale. In such situation, the Deregulation Decree will not be applicable.
On July 3, 2003, the Government’s Chief Counsel (“ Procurador del Tesoro ”) issued an opinion that the provisions of the income tax law that taxed capital gains arising from shares without quotation obtained by resident individuals or “offshore companies,” as defined by the Argentine Income Tax Law, are no longer in force because they have been implicitly abrogated. The validity of this opinion is difficult to assess. Opinions of the Government’s Chief Counsel are binding upon all Government attorneys, including attorneys of the Argentine tax administration.
Transfer Taxes
No Argentine transfer taxes are applicable on the sale or transfer of ADSs or class B shares.
Tax on Minimum Notional Income
The tax reform in force since 1999 reinstituted a tax on assets on Argentine companies that will be in effect during 10 years, unless that term is extended by future legislation. This tax is similar to the asset tax that was previously in effect in Argentina from 1990 to 1995. It applies at a general rate of 1% on a broadly defined asset base encompassing most of the taxpayer’s gross assets at the end of any fiscal year ending after December 31, 1998.
Specifically, the Law establishes that banks, other financial institutions and insurance companies will consider a taxable base equal to 20% of the value of taxable assets.
A company’s asset tax liability for a tax year will be reduced by its income tax payments, and asset tax payments for a tax year can be carried forward to be applied against the company’s income tax liability in any of the following ten tax years.

 

-215-


Table of Contents

Personal Assets Tax
Individuals domiciled and undivided estates located in Argentina or abroad will be subject to an annual tax in respect of assets located in Argentina and abroad. The tax rate is from 0.5% to 1.25%, depending on the total amount of assets. Individuals domiciled abroad will pay the tax only in respect of the assets they hold in Argentina. In the case of individuals domiciled abroad, the tax will be paid by the individuals or entities domiciled in Argentina which, as of December 31 st of each year, hold the joint ownership, possession, use, enjoyment, deposit, safekeeping, custody, administration or tenure of the assets located in Argentina subject to the tax belonging to the individuals domiciled abroad. When the direct ownership of negotiable obligations, government securities and certain other investments, except shares issued by companies ruled by the Corporations’ Law, corresponds to companies domiciled abroad in countries that do not enforce registration systems for private securities (with the exception of insurance companies, open-end investment funds, pension funds or banks and financial entities with head offices in countries that have adopted the international banking supervision standards laid down by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision) or that pursuant to their bylaws, charter, documents or the applicable regulatory framework, have as their principal activity investing outside of the jurisdiction of their organization or domicile, or are generally restricted from doing business in their country of incorporation, it will be assumed, without any proof to the contrary being admitted, that those assets belong ultimately to individuals and therefore the system for paying the tax for such individuals domiciled abroad is applicable to them.
There is an exception pursuant to a tax reform that was published in the Official Gazette as Law No. 25,585, which went into effect on December 31, 2002. This tax reform introduced a mechanism to collect the personal assets tax on shares issued by companies ruled by the Corporations’ Law, which ownership belongs to individuals domiciled in Argentina or abroad and companies or entities domiciled abroad. In the case of companies or entities domiciled abroad, it will be assumed, without any proof to the contrary being admitted, that those shares belong ultimately to individuals domiciled abroad.
The tax will be assessed and paid by those companies ruled by the Corporations’ Law at the rate of 0.5% on the value of the shares or equity interest. The valuation of the shares, whether listed or not, must be made according to their proportional equity value. These companies may eventually seek reimbursement from the direct owner of their shares in respect of any amounts paid to the Argentine tax authorities as personal assets tax. Grupo Financiero Galicia has sought reimbursement for the amount paid corresponding to December 31, 2002. The board of directors submitted the decision on how to proceed with respect to fiscal year 2003 to the annual shareholders’ meeting held on April 22, 2004. At that meeting, our shareholders voted to suspend all claims on our shareholders for amounts unpaid for fiscal year 2002 and to have us absorb the amounts due for fiscal year 2003 onward when not withheld from dividends.
Other Taxes
There are no Argentine federal inheritance, succession or gift taxes applicable to the ownership, transfer or disposition of ADSs or class B shares. There are no Argentine stamp, issue, registration or similar taxes or duties payable by holders of ADSs or class B shares.

 

-216-


Table of Contents

Deposit and Withdrawal of Class B Shares in Exchange for ADSs
No Argentine tax is imposed on the deposit or withdrawal of class B shares in exchange for ADSs.
United States Taxes
The following is a summary of the material U.S. Federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of class B shares or ADSs, as such securities are set forth in the documents or the forms thereof, relating to such securities as in existence on the date hereof, but it does not purport to address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, own or dispose of class B shares or ADSs. This summary assumes that the class B shares or ADSs will be held as capital assets and does not address tax consequences to all categories of investors, some of which (such as dealers or traders in securities or currencies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, grantor trusts, tax-exempt entities, banks, insurance companies, persons that received class B shares or ADSs as compensation for the performance of services, persons owning (or deemed to own for U.S. tax purposes) at least 10% or more (by voting power or value) of our shares, investors whose functional currency is not the US Dollar and persons that will hold the class B shares or ADSs as part of a position in a “straddle” or as part of a “hedging” or “conversion” transaction for U.S. tax purposes) may be subject to special tax rules. Moreover, this summary does not address the U.S. federal estate and gift or alternative minimum tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of class B shares or ADSs.
This summary (i) is based the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing, proposed and temporary United States Treasury Regulations and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, in each case as in effect and available on the date hereof; and (ii) is based in part on representations of the Depository and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. All of the foregoing are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.
The U.S. Treasury Department has expressed concern that depositaries for American depositary receipts, or other intermediaries between the holders of shares of an issuer and the issuer, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of U.S. foreign tax credits by U.S. holders of such receipts or shares. Accordingly, the U.S. foreign tax credit analysis described below could be affected by future actions that may be taken by the U.S. Treasury Department.
For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of class B shares or ADSs who, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, is (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. Federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if such trust validly elects to be treated as a United States person for United States federal income tax purposes or if (a) a United States court can exercise primary supervision over its administration and (b) one or more United States persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust. A “Non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of class B shares or ADSs that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership (or other entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

 

-217-


Table of Contents

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds class B shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of the partnership and a partner in such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership should consult its tax advisor as to its tax consequences.
Each prospective purchaser should consult its own tax advisor with respect to the U.S. Federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of class B shares or ADSs.
Ownership of ADSs in General
In general, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes holders of ADSs will be treated as the owners of the ADSs evidenced thereby and of the class B shares represented by such ADSs.
Taxation of Cash Dividends and Distribution of Stock
Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, the gross amount of distributions by the Company of cash or property (other than certain distributions, if any, of class B shares or ADSs distributed pro rata to all shareholders of the Company, including holders of ADSs) made with respect to the class B shares or ADSs before reduction for any Argentine taxes withheld therefrom, will constitute dividends to the extent that such distributions are paid out of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, and will be included in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as dividend income. Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” non-corporate U.S. Holders generally may be taxed on such distributions on ADSs (or shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States at the time of such distribution) at the lower rates applicable to long-term capital gains for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010 (i.e., gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one year). Non-corporate U.S. Holders that do not meet a minimum holding period requirement during which they are not protected from the risk of loss with respect to such ADSs (or shares), that elect to treat the dividend income as “investment income” pursuant to Section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Code or that receive dividends with respect to which they are obligated to make related payments, will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporations under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” if distributions with respect to the class B shares exceed the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess would be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the class B shares or ADSs. Any amount in excess of the amount of the dividend and the return of capital would be treated as capital gain. The Company does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles.

 

-218-


Table of Contents

Dividends paid in Pesos will be included in the gross income of a U.S. Holder in an amount equal to the US Dollar value of the Pesos on the date of receipt, which, in the case of ADSs, is the date they are received by the depositary. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of such property on the date of distribution. Any gains or losses resulting from the conversion of Pesos between the time of the receipt of dividends paid in Pesos and the time the Pesos are converted into US Dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss, as the case may be, of a U.S. Holder. Dividends received by a U.S. Holder with respect to the class B shares or ADSs will be treated as foreign source income, which may be relevant in calculating such holder’s foreign tax credit limitation. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, Argentine tax withheld on dividends may be deducted from taxable income or credited against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. Federal income tax liability. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific categories of income. For this purpose, dividend income with respect to your class B shares or ADSs should generally constitute “passive category income,” or in the case of certain U.S. Holders, “general category income”. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under your particular circumstances.
Subject to the discussion below under “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting Requirements,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. Federal income or withholding tax on dividends received on class B shares or ADSs, unless such income is effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States.
Taxation of Capital Gains
Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” U.S. Holders that hold class B shares or ADSs as capital assets will recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes upon a sale or exchange of such class B shares or ADSs in an amount equal to the difference between such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the class B shares or ADSs and the amount realized on their disposition. In the case of a non-corporate U.S. Holder, the maximum marginal U.S. Federal income tax rate applicable to such gain will be lower than the maximum marginal federal income tax rate for ordinary income (other than certain dividends) if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the class B shares or ADSs exceeds one year. Gain or loss, if any, recognized by a U.S. Holder generally will be treated as United States source income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Certain limitations exist on the deductibility of capital losses for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.
The initial tax basis of the class B shares to a U.S. Holder is the US Dollar value of the Pesos denominated purchase price determined on the date of purchase. If the class B shares or ADSs are treated as traded on an “established securities market,” a cash basis U.S. Holder (or, if it elects, an accrual basis U.S. Holder) will determine the Dollar value of the cost of such class B shares or ADSs by translating the amount paid at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the purchase.

 

-219-


Table of Contents

With respect to the sale or exchange of class B shares or ADSs, the amount realized generally will be the US Dollar value of the payment received determined on (i) the date of receipt of payment in the case of a cash basis U.S. Holder and (ii) the date of disposition in the case of an accrual basis U.S. Holder. If the class B shares or ADSs are treated as traded on an “established securities market,” a cash basis taxpayer (or, if it elects, an accrual basis taxpayer) will determine the US Dollar value of the amount realized by translating the amount received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the sale.
Subject to the discussion below under “Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. Federal income or withholding tax on gain realized on the sale or exchange of class B shares or ADSs unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States or (ii) in the case of gain realized by an individual Non-U.S. Holder, the Non-U.S. Holder is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or exchange and certain other conditions are met.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations
A Non-United States corporation will be classified as a “passive foreign investment company,” or a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, either (1) at least 75 percent of its gross income is “passive income” or (2) at least 50 percent of the average value of its gross assets is attributable to assets that produce “passive income” or is held for the production of passive income. Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from commodities and securities transactions, other than certain income derived in the active conduct of a banking business.
The application of the PFIC rules to certain banks is unclear under U.S. federal income tax law. The IRS has issued a notice and certain proposed Treasury Regulations that exclude from passive income any income derived in the active conduct of a banking business by a qualifying foreign bank (the “Active Bank Exception”). However, the IRS notice and proposed Treasury Regulations are inconsistent in certain respects. Since final Treasury Regulations have not been issued, there can be no assurance that the Company or its subsidiaries will satisfy the Active Bank Exception for any given taxable year.
Based on certain estimates of its gross income and gross assets, the nature of its business and relying on the Active Bank Exception, the Company believes that it will not be classified as a PFIC for the taxable year ended December 31, 2008. The Company’s status in future years will depend on its assets and activities in those years. The Company has no reason to believe that its assets or activities will change in a manner that would cause it to be classified as a PFIC, but there can be no assurance that the Company will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. If the Company were a PFIC, a U.S. Holder of class B shares or ADSs generally would be subject to imputed interest charges and other disadvantageous tax treatment (including the denial of the taxation of certain dividends at the lower rates applicable to long-term capital gains, as discussed above under “Taxation of Cash Dividends and Distribution of Stock”) with respect to any gain from the sale or exchange of, and certain distributions with respect to, the class B shares or ADSs.

 

-220-


Table of Contents

If the Company were a PFIC, a U.S. Holder of class B shares or ADSs could make a variety of elections that may alleviate certain of the tax consequences referred to above, and one of these elections may be made retroactively. However, it is expected that the conditions necessary for making certain of such elections will not apply in the case of the class B shares or ADSs. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences that would arise if the Company were treated as a PFIC.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
United States backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements generally apply to certain payments to certain non-corporate holders of stock.
Information reporting generally will apply to payments of dividends on, and to proceeds from the sale or redemption of, class B shares or ADSs made within the United States, or by a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman, to a holder of class B shares or ADSs (other than an “exempt recipient,” including a corporation, a payee that is not a United States person that provides an appropriate certification and certain other persons).
A payor will be required to withhold backup withholding tax from any payments of dividends on, or proceeds from the sale or redemption of, class B shares or ADSs within the United States, or by a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman, to a holder (other than an exempt recipient such as a corporation or a payee that is not a United States person and that provides an appropriate certification) if such Holder fails to furnish its correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with, or establish an exemption from, such backup withholding tax requirements. The backup withholding tax rate is 28% through 2010.
THE ABOVE SUMMARIES ARE NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP OF THE CLASS B SHARES OR ADSs. YOU SHOULD CONSULT AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR CONCERNING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION.
Material Contracts
In connection with its foreign debt restructuring, the Bank entered into various restructured loan agreements with its bank creditors and into an indenture with The Bank of New York, acting as trustee, pursuant to which bonds were issued. These restructured loan agreements and the indenture include, on a combined basis, a number of significant covenants that, among other things, restrict the Bank’s ability to: (i) pay dividends on stock or purchase stock (see Item 8. “Financial Information-Dividend Policy and Dividends-Dividend Policy”); (ii) use the proceeds received from the sale of certain assets or from the issuance of debt or equity securities; (iii) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; or (iv) engage in business activities unrelated to the Bank’s current business. In addition, certain of the restructured loan agreements also require the Bank to maintain specified financial ratios and to comply with certain reporting and informational requirements.

 

-221-


Table of Contents

In December of 2004, the Bank entered into an amendment and waiver of the restructured loan agreements, whereby the Bank and the lenders agreed principally to: (i) amend certain terms to allow for certain securitization transactions and to allow for the financing of the construction of the new corporate tower and (ii) waive the delivery requirement for certain documents in connection with certain transactions.
In August of 2006, the Bank entered into a second amendment to each of the restructured loan agreements, whereby the Bank and the lenders agreed principally to: (i) permit the use of proceeds received from the sale of various government securities and other similar assets to effect open market purchases of negotiable instruments issued by the Bank and to prepay loans outstanding with the lenders and (ii) permit us to further capitalize the Bank with negotiable obligations of the Bank owned by us and issued in connection with the restructuring of the Bank’s debt.
In December of 2007, the Bank entered into a third amendment to each of the restructured loan agreements, whereby the Bank and the lenders agreed principally to: (i) the modification of the mergers, consolidations, sales and leases covenant and the transactions with affiliates covenant in order to afford the Bank greater flexibility with respect to transactions contemplated by such covenants, (ii) the deletion of covenants limiting the Bank’s ability to dispose of its assets, make capital expenditures or investments or compensate its directors and (iii) the modification of the amendment, waiver or consent provision of such restructured loan agreements so that certain notes or loans held by the Bank and its affiliates may be counted for purposes of entering into amendments, waivers or consents to such agreements.
Documents on Display
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this annual report and its exhibits, may be inspected and printed or copied for a fee at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 942-8090. These materials are also available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov . Material submitted by us can also be inspected at the offices of The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006-1506.
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
General
Market risks faced by us are the risks arising from the fluctuations in interest rates and in foreign exchange rates. Our market risk arises mainly from the operations of the Bank in its capacity as a financial intermediary. Our subsidiaries and equity investees other than the Bank are also subject to market risk. However, the amount of these risks is not significant and they are not discussed below. Policies regarding these risks are applied at the level of our operating subsidiaries.

 

-222-


Table of Contents

Based on best practices, Banco Galicia defines policies and procedures, and allocates resources and responsibilities that involve different organizational divisions and levels, with the purpose of identifying, controlling, managing and optimizing different risks, in order to consolidate an integral approach to risk management and to continuously improve said process. At Banco Galicia, the process of establishing the consolidated Bank risk tolerance and practices is carried out under the direction of the Bank’s Board of Directors by the Risk Management Committee. Within the risk management framework, the Risk Management Committee is the highest corporate body to which the Bank’s Board of Directors delegates integral risk management and the executive responsibility to define and enforce risk management policies, procedures and controls. Risk management activities (management of financial, credit and operational risks) are handled in a decentralized manner in the divisions that are directly responsible for such risks. The Bank’s Risk Management Department is responsible for ensuring the Board of Directors full knowledge of the risks to which the Bank is exposed and to design and propose, together with the divisions directly responsible, the policies and procedures necessary to mitigate and control such risks. The Bank’s Treasury Division manages liquidity and market risks, its Credit Division manages credit risk and different areas of the Bank manage operational risks under the supervision of the Risk Management Department. All exceptions to internal risk policies must be submitted to the Risk Management Committee by the divisions directly responsible, along with an adjustment plan, which has to be approved by the Committee. Independently of its internal policies and procedures designed to minimize the risks that it may assume, the Bank complies with the applicable regulations of the Argentine Central Bank.
See Item 6. “Directors, Senior Management and Employees-Functions of the Board of Directors of Banco Galicia”. Liquidity management is discussed in Item 5.B. “Liquidity and Capital Resources”. Credit risk management is discussed in Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Credit Review Process” and other sections under Item 4. “Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information” describing the Bank’s loan portfolio and loan loss experience.
The following sections contain information on Banco Galicia’s sensitivity to interest-rate risk and exchange-rate risk that constitute forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ from those projected in the forward-looking statements.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk stems from the sensitivity of the Bank’s results and value to fluctuations in interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity arises in the Bank’s normal course of business, as the repricing characteristics of its interest-earning assets do not necessarily match those of its interest-bearing deposits and other borrowings. In order to mitigate said risk, the Bank’s policy is to set limits on the sensitivity to interest rate variations inherent in a certain structure of Bank assets and liabilities, in terms of permitted negative maximum variations in the net financial income for the first year and the present value of assets and liabilities, as explained below.
In order to meet customers’ needs and, at the same time, reach the Bank’s medium- and long-term financial objectives, measuring and controlling the sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations are relevant functions integrated into the management scheme.
The Bank’s Board of Directors defined a policy on interest-rate risk, applicable beginning in fiscal year 2007, that sets limits (see below) to the sensitivity to interest rate variations of a certain structure of the Bank’s assets and liabilities, in terms of negative maximum variations in the net financial income for the first year and in the present value of assets and liabilities.

 

-223-


Table of Contents

Limit on the Net Financial Income for the First Year
The effect of interest rate variations on the net financial income for the first year is calculated using the methodology known as “scenario simulation”. On a monthly basis, net financial income for the first year is simulated in a “base” scenario and in a “+100 b.p.” scenario. In order to prepare each scenario, different criteria are assumed regarding the sensitivity to interest rates of assets and liabilities, depending on the historical observed performance of the different balance sheet sections. Net financial income for the first year in the “+100 b.p.” scenario is compared to the net financial income for the first year in the “base” scenario. The resulting difference is related to the annualized accounting net financial income for the last available calendar trailing quarter, for the Bank on a consolidated basis, before the adjustment to the valuation of public-sector assets as per Communiqué “A” 3911 of the Argentine Central Bank, quotation differences and CER adjustment.
The limit on a potential loss in the “+100 b.p.” scenario relatively to the “base” scenario was established at 20% of the net financial income for the first year, as defined in the above paragraph. At fiscal year end 2008, the negative difference between the net financial income for the first year corresponding to the “+100 b.p.” scenario and that corresponding to the “base” scenario represented 2.3% of the net financial income for the first year. As of December 31, 2007, such loss represented 3.8% of the net financial income for the first year at that time.
The tables below show as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, in absolute and percentage terms, the change in the Bank’s net financial income (“NFI”) of the first year, as compared to the NFI of the “base” scenario corresponding to various interest-rate scenarios in which interest rates change 50, 100, 150 and 200 b.p. from those in the “base” scenario. The Bank’s net portfolio is broken down into trading and non-trading. The trading net portfolio represents primarily securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank (Lebac and Nobac).
                                 
Net Portfolio   Net Financial Income (1)  
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)   As of December 31, 2008     As of December 31, 2007  
Change in Interest Rates in b.p.   Variation     % Change in the NFI     Variation     % Change in the NFI  
200
    (48.0 )     (4.59 )%     (57.6 )     (7.55 )%
150
    (36.0 )     (3.44 )%     (43.2 )     (5.66 )%
100
    (23.9 )     (2.29 )%     (28.8 )     (3.77 )%
50
    (12.0 )     (1.15 )%     (14.4 )     (1.89 )%
Static
                       
(50)
    13.9       1.33 %     9.8       1.28 %
(100)
    23.7       2.27 %     19.6       2.57 %
(150)
    35.4       3.39 %     26.1       3.42 %
(200)
    47.2       4.52 %     30.0       3.93 %
                                 
Net Trading Portfolio   Net Financial Income (1)  
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)   As of December 31, 2008     As of December 31, 2007  
Change in Interest Rates in b.p.   Variation     % Change in the NFI     Variation     % Change in the NFI  
200
    11.0       1.05 %     6.7       0.88 %
150
    8.3       0.79 %     5.0       0.66 %
100
    5.5       0.53 %     3.4       0.45 %
50
    2.8       0.27 %     1.7       0.22 %
Static
                       
(50)
    (2.7 )     (0.26 )%     (1.6 )     (0.21 )%
(100)
    (5.5 )     (0.53 )%     (3.3 )     (0.43 )%
(150)
    (8.2 )     (0.78 )%     (4.9 )     (0.64 )%
(200)
    (11.0 )     (1.05 )%     (6.6 )     (0.86 )%

 

-224-


Table of Contents

                                 
Net Non Trading Portfolio   Net Financial Income (1)  
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)   As of December 31, 2008     As of December 31, 2007  
Change in Interest Rates in b.p.   Variation     % Change in the NFI     Variation     % Change in the NFI  
200
    (59.0 )     (5.65 )%     (64.3 )     (8.43 )%
150
    (44.3 )     (4.24 )%     (48.2 )     (6.32 )%
100
    (29.4 )     (2.81 )%     (32.2 )     (4.22 )%
50
    (14.8 )     (1.41 )%     (16.1 )     (2.11 )%
Static
                       
(50)
    16.6       1.59 %     11.4       1.49 %
(100)
    29.2       2.79 %     22.9       3.00 %
(150)
    43.6       4.18 %     31.0       4.06 %
(200)
    58.2       5.57 %     36.6       4.80 %
     
(1)   Net interest of the first year.
Net Present Value of Assets and Liabilities
The net present value of assets and liabilities is also calculated on a monthly basis and taking into account the assets and liabilities of the Bank’s consolidated balance sheet. The net present value of the consolidated assets and liabilities, as mentioned, is calculated for a “base” scenario in which the portfolio of securities with quotation is discounted using interest rates obtained according to “yield curves” determined based on the market yields of different reference bonds denominated in Pesos, in US Dollars and CER adjusted. Yield curves for assets and liabilities without quotation are also created using market interest rates. The net present value of assets and liabilities is also obtained for another scenario where portfolios are discounted at the rates of the aforementioned yield curves plus 100 b.p. It is worth mentioning that, in order to prepare the second scenario, it was assumed that an increase in domestic interest rates is not transferred to the yield curves of the US Dollar portfolios, and that, in the case of CER-adjusted portfolios, only 40 b.p. are transferred (i.e., per each 100 b.p. increase in the interest rate, the spread over CER increases 40 b.p.). By comparing the values obtained for each scenario, the difference between the present values of shareholders’ equity in each scenario can be drawn.
The limit on a potential loss in the present value of shareholders’ equity resulting from a 100 b.p. increase in interest rates relative to the “base” scenario, was established at 3% of the RPC. As of the fiscal year end 2008, a 100 b.p. increase in interest rates (as mentioned in the paragraph above) resulted in a reduction of the present value of the Bank’s shareholders’ equity relative to the value calculated for the “base” scenario, equivalent to 1.0% of the RPC. For fiscal year end 2007 this reduction was 1.0%.

 

-225-


Table of Contents

The tables below show as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, in absolute and percentage terms, the change in the Bank’s RPC versus the RPC of the “base” scenario, corresponding to various interest-rate scenarios in which interest rates change 50, 100, 150 and 200 b.p. from those in the “base” scenario. The Bank’s net portfolio is broken down into trading and non-trading. The trading net portfolio represents primarily securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank (Lebac and Nobac).
                                 
Net Portfolio   Net Fair Value  
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)   As of December 31, 2008     As of December 31, 2007  
Change in Interest Rates in b.p.   Variation     % Change in the RPC     Variation     % Change in the RPC  
200
    (4.6 )     (0.18 )%     (47.8 )     (2.02 )%
150
    (3.6 )     (0.14 )%     (36.2 )     (1.53 )%
100
    (2.7 )     (0.11 )%     (24.5 )     (1.03 )%
50
    (1.2 )     (0.05 )%     (12.4 )     (0.52 )%
Static
                               
(50)
    1.3       0.05 %     12.8       0.54 %
(100)
    2.6       0.10 %     26.1       1.10 %
(150)
    4.0       0.15 %     39.3       1.66 %
(200)
    5.3       0.21 %     53.3       2.25 %
                                 
Net Trading Portfolio   Net Fair Value  
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)   As of December 31, 2008     As of December 31, 2007  
Change in Interest Rates in b.p.   Variation     % Change in the RPC     Variation     % Change in the RPC  
200
    (0.7 )     (0.03 )%     (3.8 )     (0.16 )%
150
    (0.5 )     (0.02 )%     (2.8 )     (0.12 )%
100
    (0.3 )     (0.01 )%     (1.9 )     (0.08 )%
50
    (0.2 )     (0.01 )%     (0.9 )     (0.04 )%
Static
                               
(50)
    0.2       0.01 %     1.0       0.04 %
(100)
    0.4       0.02 %     1.9       0.08 %
(150)
    0.5       0.02 %     2.9       0.12 %
(200)
    0.7       0.03 %     3.8       0.16 %
                                 
Net Non Trading Portfolio   Net Fair Value  
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)   As of December 31, 2008     As of December 31, 2007  
Change in Interest Rates in b.p.   Variation     % Change in the RPC     Variation     % Change in the RPC  
200
    (3.9 )     (0.15 )%     (44.0 )     (1.86 )%
150
    (3.1 )     (0.12 )%     (33.4 )     (1.41 )%
100
    (2.4 )     (0.10 )%     (22.6 )     (0.95 )%
50
    (1.0 )     (0.04 )%     (11.5 )     (0.49 )%
Static
                               
(50)
    1.1       0.04 %     11.8       0.50 %
(100)
    2.2       0.09 %     24.2       1.02 %
(150)
    3.5       0.14 %     36.4       1.54 %
(200)
    4.6       0.18 %     49.5       2.09 %

 

-226-


Table of Contents

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
Exchange-rate sensitivity is the relationship between the fluctuations of exchange rates and the Bank’s net financial income resulting from the revaluation of the Bank’s assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency. The impact of variations in the exchange rate on the Bank’s net financial income depends on whether the Bank has a net asset foreign currency position (the amount by which foreign currency denominated assets exceed foreign currency denominated liabilities) or a short foreign currency position (the amount by which foreign currency denominated liabilities exceed foreign currency denominated assets). In the first case an increase/decrease in the exchange rate results in a gain/loss, respectively. In the second case, an increase/decrease results in a loss/gain, respectively. The Bank has established limits for its consolidated foreign currency mismatches for the asset and liability positions of 30% and -10% (minus 10%) of the Bank’s RPC, respectively. At the end of the fiscal year, the Bank’s net asset position in foreign currency represented 8.9% of its RPC.
As of December 31, 2008, Banco Galicia had a net asset foreign currency position of Ps. 227.6 million equivalent to US$ 65.9 million, after adjusting its on-balance sheet net liability position of Ps. 162.2 million (US$ 47.0 million) by net forward purchases of foreign currency without delivery of the underlying asset, for Ps. 389.8 million (US$ 112.9 million), recorded off-balance sheet.
As of December 31, 2007, Banco Galicia had a net asset foreign currency position of Ps. 324.2 million (US$ 102.9 million), after adjusting its on-balance sheet net liability position of Ps. 536.3 million by net forward purchases of foreign currency without delivery of the underlying asset, for Ps. 860.5 million (US$ 273.1 million), recorded off-balance sheet.
As of December 31, 2006, Banco Galicia had a net asset foreign currency position of Ps. 72.5 million (US$ 23.6 million), after adjusting its on-balance sheet net liability position of Ps. 253.9 million by net forward purchases of foreign currency without delivery of the underlying asset, for Ps. 326.4 million (US$ 106.2 million), recorded off-balance sheet.
The tables below show the effects of changes in the exchange rate of the Peso vis-à-vis the US Dollar on the value of the Bank’s foreign currency net asset position as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. As of these dates, the breakdown of the Bank’s foreign currency net asset position into trading and non-trading is not presented, as the Bank’s foreign currency trading portfolio was not material.
                         
    Value of Foreign Currency Net Position as of  
    December 31, 2008  
Percentage Change in the Value of the Peso Relative to the Dollar (1)   Amount     Absolute Variation     % Change  
    (In millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
40%
    318.6       91.0       40.0  
30%
    295.9       68.3       30.0  
20%
    273.1       45.5       20.0  
10%
    250.4       22.8       10.0  
Static
    227.6              
(10)%
    204.8       (22.8 )     (10.0 )
(20)%
    182.1       (45.5 )     (20.0 )
(30)%
    159.3       (68.3 )     (30.0 )
(40)%
    136.6       (91.0 )     (40.0 )
     
(1)   Devaluation / (Revaluation).
 
(2)   Adjusted to reflect forward purchases and sales of foreign currency without delivery of the underlying asset, registered in memorandum accounts. In addition, as of December 31, 2008, the fair value of the Bank’s foreign currency derivatives amounted to Ps. 43.2 million.

 

-227-


Table of Contents

                         
    Value of Foreign Currency Net Position as of  
    December 31, 2007  
Percentage Change in the Value of the Peso Relative to the Dollar (1)   Amount     Absolute Variation     % Change  
    (In millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
40%
    453.9       129.7       40.0  
30%
    421.5       97.3       30.0  
20%
    389.0       64.8       20.0  
10%
    356.6       32.4       10.0  
Static
    324.2 (2)            
(10)%
    291.8       (32.4 )     (10.0 )
(20)%
    259.4       (64.8 )     (20.0 )
(30)%
    226.9       (97.3 )     (30.0 )
(40)%
    194.5       (129.7 )     (40.0 )
     
(1)   Devaluation / (Revaluation).
 
(2)   Adjusted to reflect forward purchases and sales of foreign currency without delivery of the underlying asset, registered in memorandum accounts. In addition, as of December 31, 2007, the fair value of the Bank’s foreign currency derivatives amounted to Ps. 7.7 million.
                         
    Value of Foreign Currency Net Position as of  
    December 31, 2006  
Percentage Change in the Value of the Peso Relative to the Dollar (1)   Amount     Absolute Variation     % Change  
    (In millions of Pesos, except percentages)  
40%
    101.5       29.0       40.0  
30%
    94.3       21.8       30.1  
20%
    87.0       14.5       20.0  
10%
    79.8       7.3       10.1  
Static
    72.5 (2)            
(10)%
    65.3       (7.2 )     (9.9 )
(20)%
    58.0       (14.5 )     (20.0 )
(30)%
    50.8       (21.7 )     (29.9 )
(40)%
    43.5       (29.0 )     (40.0 )
     
(1)   Devaluation / (Revaluation).
 
(2)   Adjusted to reflect forward purchases and sales of foreign currency without delivery of the underlying asset, registered in memorandum accounts. In addition, as of December 31, 2006, the fair value of the Bank’s foreign currency derivatives amounted to Ps. 2.6 million.
Currency Mismatches
As of December 31, 2008, the Bank had a net asset (or long) position in both Peso-denominated assets adjusted by CER and foreign currency-denominated assets, and a net liability (or short) position in non-adjusted Peso-denominated liabilities. That is, the Bank had more Peso-denominated CER-adjusted assets and more foreign currency-denominated assets than liabilities, and more non-adjusted Peso-denominated liabilities than assets.
Funding of its long position in CER-adjusted assets through Peso-denominated liabilities bearing a market interest rate (and no principal adjustment linked to inflation) exposes the Bank to differential fluctuations in the inflation rate and in market interest rates, with a significant increase in market interest rates vis-à-vis the inflation rate (which is reflected in the CER variation) having a negative impact on its net financial income. The risk inherent in the Bank’s balance sheet structure of assets and liabilities as regards exchange rate variations and real interest rates depends on the size and the sign of said currency mismatches. The Bank’s Board of Directors has defined a limit in that respect setting the maximum authorized positions in each currency.

 

-228-


Table of Contents

The table below shows the composition of the Bank’s shareholders’ equity by currency and type of principal adjustment, that is the Bank’s assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency, in Pesos and adjustable by the CER, as of December 31, 2008.
                         
    As of December 31, 2008  
    Assets     Liabilities     Gap  
    (In millions of Pesos)  
Financial Assets and Liabilities
    20,999.7       21,209.6       (209.9 )
Pesos — Adjusted by CER
    2,367.6       50.3       2,317.3  
Pesos — Unadjusted
    11,531.4       13,896.4       (2,365.0 )
Foreign Currency (1)
    7,100.7       7,262.9       (162.2 )
Other Assets and Liabilities
    3,440.1       1,275.5       2,164.6  
 
                 
Total Gap
    24,439.8       22,485.1       1,954.7  
 
                 
Adjusted for Forward Transactions Recorded in Memo Accounts
                       
Financial Assets and Liabilities
    20,999.7       21,209.6       (209.9 )
Pesos — Adjusted by the CER
    2,367.6       50.3       2,317.3  
Pesos — Unadjusted, Including Shareholders’ Equity (2)
    8,336.7       11,091.5       (2,754.8 )
Foreign Currency (1) (2)
    10,295.4       10,067.8       227.6  
Other Assets and Liabilities
    3,440.1       1,275.5       2,164.6  
 
                 
Total Adjusted Gap
    24,439.8       22,485.1       1,954.7  
 
                 
     
(1)   In Pesos, at an exchange rate of Ps. 3.4537 per US$ 1.0.
 
(2)   Adjusted for forward sales and purchases of foreign exchange made by the Bank and recorded off-balance sheet.
Peso-denominated Assets and Liabilities Adjusted by CER
At the end of fiscal year 2008, the Bank’s CER-adjusted assets consisted mainly of Secured Loans, securities issued by the Galtrust I Financial Trust, loans to the private sector and debt securities and participation certificate of the Special Fund Former Almafuerte Bank. The CER-adjusted liabilities consisted, mainly, of deposits and credit lines granted to the Bank and the regional credit card companies. As of December 31, 2008, the Bank had a net asset position in CER-adjusted assets of Ps. 2,317.3 million. The Bank’s Board of Directors has defined a limit for the CER-adjusted mismatch. This limit has been established at 100% and at -25% (minus 25%) of the Bank’s RPC for the net asset position and the short position, respectively. Considering the Bank’s RPC at the close of fiscal year end 2008, the Bank’s CER-adjusted net asset position represented 90.7% of its RPC as of that date.
Assets and Liabilities Denominated in Foreign Currency
At the end of fiscal year 2008, the Bank’s assets denominated in foreign currency consisted mainly of Boden 2012 Bonds received as compensation for the asymmetric pesification, cash and balances held at the Argentine Central Bank, loans to the non-financial private sector and residents abroad, and forward purchases of Boden 2012 Bonds in connection with repurchase transactions. The Bank’s liabilities denominated in foreign currency were mainly comprised of subordinated and non-subordinated negotiable obligations, debt with international banks and credit agencies issued by the Bank and the regional credit card companies, deposits, and obligations in connection with forward purchases of Boden 2012 Bonds and Discount Bonds sold under repurchase agreements. As mentioned above, as of December 31, 2008, the Bank’s net position in foreign currency adjusted to reflect forward transactions of foreign currency was an asset position of Ps. 227.6 million, equivalent to US$ 65.9 million. The Bank’s Board of Directors has defined limits for foreign currency mismatches of 30% and -10% (minus 10%) of the Bank’s RPC for the net asset position and net liability positions, respectively. At the end of fiscal year 2008, the Bank’s net asset position in foreign currency represented 8.9% of its RPC.

 

-229-


Table of Contents

Non-Adjusted Peso-Denominated Assets and Liabilities
At the end of fiscal year 2008, the Bank’s non-adjusted Peso-denominated assets mainly consisted of loans to the non-financial private sector, loans to the financial sector, cash, balances held at the Argentine Central Bank (including escrow accounts balances) and at correspondent banks, assets under financial leases, certificates of participation in different financial trusts, and debt instruments issued by the Argentine Central Bank. Liabilities in this currency were mainly comprised of non-financial private-sector deposits, liabilities with retailers in connection with the credit-card activities of the Bank and the regional credit card companies, and liabilities with domestic financial institutions. As of December 31, 2008, the Bank’s net position in non-adjusted Peso-denominated liabilities, of Ps. 2,754.8 million, funded the above-mentioned long positions.
Other Assets and Liabilities
In the category “Other Assets and Liabilities,” the assets included were mainly the following: (i) bank premises and equipment and miscellaneous and intangible assets for Ps. 1,158.9 million, (ii) forward purchases of Discount Bonds in Pesos sold under repurchase agreements for Ps. 597.1 million, (iii) Ps. 316.9 million corresponding to the difference for amparo claims net of amortization, recorded as an intangible asset pursuant to the regulations established by the Argentine Central Bank, (iv) Ps. 283.5 million corresponding to the minimum presumed income tax (tax credit), recorded under “Miscellaneous Receivables, “ and (v) Equity Investments for Ps. 70.9 million. Liabilities included, mainly, Ps. 414.0 million recorded under “Miscellaneous liabilities” and allowances for other contingencies for Ps. 248.7 million.
Market Risk
In order to measure and control the risk derived from price variations of the financial instruments that make up the brokerage or trading portfolio, the model known as “Value at Risk” (or “VaR”) is used. This model determines, on an intra-day basis and for the Bank on an individual basis, the potential loss generated by the trading positions in securities and foreign currencies, considering the prices of the last 252 trading days. The parameters taken into consideration are as follows:
  (i)   A 95% “degree of confidence”.
  (ii)   VaR estimates are made for holding periods of one day and “n” days, where “n” is defined as the number of days necessary to liquidate the position in each security.
  (iii)   In the case of new issuances, the available trading days are taken into consideration, with a maximum; if there are not enough trading days or if there are no quotations, the volatility of bonds from domestic issuers with similar risk and characteristics is used.

 

-230-


Table of Contents

The Bank’s policy requires that the Financial Operations and Risk Management Departments agree on the parameters under which the model works, and establishes the maximum losses authorized both for securities and foreign-currency positions in a fiscal year. These were set at Ps. 15.0 million and Ps. 0.5 million, respectively, for fiscal year 2008. The Bank was within policy guidelines.
During 2008, Argentine stock markets reflected significant drops in the prices of government and corporate securities, as well as an increase in interest rates, country risk and exchange rates.
As a result of the situation described above, the market value of the most important government securities (Boden 2012, Discount and Bogar Bonds) suffered a significant decrease.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007 the market value of the Boden 2012 amounted to Ps. 1.93 and Ps. 2.88 respectively which represented a decrease of 33%. With respect of the Discount Bonds the market value amounted to Ps. 0.59 and Ps. 1.16 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively which represented a decrease of 49%.
The market values of these securities improved during the first six months of 2009. The fluctuation of the market values of the securities held by Grupo Financiero Galicia had a significant impact on its financial statements due to its securities holdings.
Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities
Not applicable.

 

-231-


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
Not applicable.
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
Not applicable.
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). We performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with or submit to the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is accumulated, recorded, processed, summarized, reported and communicated within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and regulations and allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on our evaluation, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective and provided reasonable assurance of achieving the objectives for which they were implemented. Notwithstanding the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, these disclosure controls and procedures cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving their objectives because of their inherent limitations. Disclosure controls and procedures are processes that involve human diligence and compliance and are subject to error in judgment. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by our disclosure controls and procedures.
(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
1) Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for us and our consolidated subsidiaries. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with applicable generally accepted accounting principles. Internal controls and procedures are processes that involve human diligence and compliance and are subject to error in judgment. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

-232-


Table of Contents

2) Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer has evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. In making this assessment, we used the criteria established in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations” of the Treadway Commission, or COSO.
3) Based on our assessment, we and our management have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
4) Price Waterhouse & Co. S.R.L., an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited as of the end of the period the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, as stated in their report to our financial statements.
(c) See Item 18. “Financial Statements-Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006” for our registered public accounting firm’s attestation report on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.
(d) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
During the period covered by this report, there have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 16. [Reserved]
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
Mr. Luis O. Oddone is our Audit Committee financial expert and he is independent as that term is defined under Nasdaq National Market listing requirements.
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of ethics (for Grupo Financiero Galicia and its main subsidiaries) in accordance with the requirements of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We did not modify our code of ethics during fiscal year 2008. In addition, we did not grant any waivers to our code of ethics during fiscal year 2008. In addition, in June 2009, we adopted a code of corporate governance good practices in accordance with Argentine legal requirements. Our code of ethics and our code of corporate governance good practices are attached hereto as Exhibits 11.1 and 11.2.

 

-233-


Table of Contents

Item 16C. Principal Accountants’ Fees and Services
The following table sets forth the total amount billed to us by our independent registered public accounting firm, Price Waterhouse & Co. S.R.L., during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
                 
    2008     2007  
    (In thousands of Pesos)  
Audit Fees
    6,756       4,788  
Audit Related Fees
    1,428       1,819  
Tax Fees
    685       280  
All Other Fees
    656       434  
 
           
Total
    9,525       7,321  
 
           
Audit Fees
Audit fees are mainly the fees billed in relation with professional services for auditing our consolidated financial statements under local and U.S. GAAP requirements for fiscal years 2008 and 2007.
Audit-Related Fees
Audit-related fees are fees billed for professional services related to attestation, review and verification services with respect to our financial information and the provision of services in connection with special reports in 2008 and 2007.
Tax Fees
Tax fees are fees billed with respect to tax compliance and advisory services related to tax liabilities.
All Other Fees
All other fees include fees paid for professional services other than the services reported above under “audit fees,” “audit related fees” and “tax fees” in each of the fiscal periods above.

 

-234-


Table of Contents

Audit Committee Pre-approval
Our audit committee is required to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. Since 2004, our Audit Committee has reviewed and approved audit and non-audit services fees proposed by our independent auditors.
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
Not applicable.
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
None.

 

-235-


Table of Contents

PART III
Item 17. Financial Statements
Not applicable.
Item 18. Financial Statements
         
Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
       
 
       
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
       
 
       
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
       
 
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
       
 
       
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
       
 
       
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
       
You can find our audited consolidated financial statements on pages F-1 to F-90 of this annual report.
Item 19. Exhibits
         
Exhibit   Description
       
 
  1.1    
Unofficial English language translation of the Bylaws ( estatutos sociales ). ****
       
 
  2.1    
Form of Deposit Agreement between The Bank of New York and the registrant, including the form of American Depositary Receipt.*
       
 
  2.2    
Indenture, dated as of May 18, 2004, among the Bank, The Bank of New York and Banco Rio de la Plata S.A.**
       
 
  2.3    
Indenture, dated as of June 4, 2009, among Grupo Financiero Galicia, The Bank of New York Mellon, Banco de Valores S.A. and The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A.
       
 
  4.1    
English translation of form of Financial Trust Contract, dated April 16, 2002, among the Bank, Banco Provincia de Buenos Aires and BAPRO Mandatos y Negocios S.A.***
       
 
  4.2    
Form of Restructured Loan Facility (as evidenced by the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2004, among Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., Barclays Bank PLC, the holders party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas).**
       
 
  4.3    
Form of First Amendment and Waiver to Restructured Loan Facility (as evidenced by the First Amendment and Waiver to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2004, among Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., the holders party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas). ****

 

-236-


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit   Description
       
 
  4.4    
Form of Second Amendment to Restructured Loan Facility (as evidenced by the Second Amendment to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2006, among Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., the holders party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas).*****
       
 
  4.5    
Form of Third Amendment to Restructured Loan Facility (as evidenced by the Third Amendment to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2007, among Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., the holders party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas).******
       
 
  4.6    
Loan Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007, between Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Merrill Lynch International.******
       
 
  8.1    
For a list of our subsidiaries as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report, please see Item 4. “Information on the Company-Organizational Structure.”
       
 
  11.1    
Code of Ethics.
       
 
  11.2    
Code of Corporate Governance Good Practices.
       
 
  12.1    
Certification of the principal executive officer required under Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a), pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  12.2    
Certification of the principal financial officer required under Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a), pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  13.1    
Certification of the principal executive officer required pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  13.2    
Certification of the principal financial officer required pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
*   Incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form F-4 (333-11960).
 
**   Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003.
 
***   Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002.
 
****   Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
*****   Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
******   Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

-237-


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
                 
    GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.    
 
               
    By:   /s/ Antonio Garcés    
             
 
      Name:   Antonio Garcés    
 
      Title:   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer    
Date: June 29, 2009

 

-238-


 

GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    Page  
 
       
    F-2  
 
       
    F-4  
 
       
    F-7  
 
       
    F-9  
 
       
    F-11  
 
       
    F-12  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, change in shareholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting rules prescribed by the Banco Central de la Republica Argentina (the “BCRA”). Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing on Item 15. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits (which were integrated audits in 2008 and 2007). We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
As discussed in Note 2.13, effective May 14, 2007 through Communiqué “A” 4667, the BCRA modified the presentation requirements of the statement of cash flows by incorporating certain short-term assets as cash equivalents. The Company has adjusted the consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal year December 31, 2006, in order to reflect the change in accounting principles for comparative purposes.
Accounting rules prescribed by the BCRA vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in Argentina for enterprises in general and from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Notes 33 and 35 to the consolidated financial statements, respectively.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i)pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii)provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii)provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Price Waterhouse & Co. S.R.L.
Santiago J. Mignone
Partner
Buenos Aires, Argentina
February 12, 2009, except for notes 27, 31, 34 and 35 as to which the date is June 29, 2009.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
ASSETS
               
A. Cash and due from banks
               
Cash
    986,687       743,185  
Financial institutions and correspondents
    2,418,446       2,216,828  
Argentine Central Bank
    2,036,164       1,648,864  
Other local financial institutions
    16,228       26,425  
Foreign
    366,054       541,539  
 
           
 
  Ps. 3,405,133     Ps. 2,960,013  
 
               
B. Government and corporate securities
               
Holdings of investment account securities
    548,692       1,303,437  
Holdings of trading securities
    235,614       38,991  
Government securities from repo transactions with the Argentine Central Bank
    127,532        
Government securities without quotation
    69,772       1,872  
Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank
    550,204       348,757  
Investments in quoted corporate securities
    56       973  
 
           
 
  Ps. 1,531,870     Ps. 1,694,030  
 
               
C. Loans
               
To the non-financial public sector
    1,373,642       1,265,466  
To the financial sector
    148,115       110,028  
Interbank loans — (call money loans granted)
    40,200       2,906  
Other loans to domestic financial institutions
    65,662       64,895  
Accrued interest, adjustments and exchange rate differences receivable
    42,253       42,227  
To the non-financial private sector and residents abroad
    10,779,630       10,654,142  
Overdrafts
    594,365       792,148  
Promissory notes
    2,116,303       2,911,170  
Mortgage loans
    1,026,754       945,088  
Pledge loans
    80,991       94,520  
Personal loans
    1,217,645       977,976  
Credit card loans
    4,378,366       3,630,133  
Other
    1,217,984       1,168,684  
Accrued Interest, adjustments and quotation differences receivable
    185,762       177,027  
Documented interest
    (38,468 )     (42,462 )
Unallocated collections
    (72 )     (142 )
Allowances
    (526,801 )     (428,607 )
 
           
 
  Ps. 11,774,586     Ps. 11,601,029  
 
               
D. Other receivables resulting from financial brokerage
               
Argentine Central Bank
    627,212       192,911  
Amounts receivable for spot and forward sales to be settled
    4,031       31,090  
Securities receivable under spot and forward purchases to be settled
    1,314,589       1,517,600  
Negotiable obligations without quotation
    4,951       20,868  
Balances from forward transactions without delivery of underlying asset to be settled
    10,445       1,087  
Other
    2,174,794       1,852,584  
Allowances
    (12,252 )     (19,170 )
 
           
 
  Ps. 4,123,770     Ps. 3,596,970  
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets — Continued
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
ASSETS (Continued)
               
E. Assets under financial leases
               
Assets under financial leases
    449,936       359,552  
Allowances
    (4,699 )     (3,768 )
 
           
 
  Ps. 445,237     Ps. 355,784  
 
               
F. Equity investments
               
In financial institutions
    1,712       3,138  
Other
    50,018       82,009  
Allowances
    (3,211 )     (41,357 )
 
           
 
  Ps. 48,519     Ps. 43,790  
 
               
G. Miscellaneous receivables
               
Receivables for assets sold
    18,031       15,980  
Tax on minimum presumed income — Tax credit
    284,421       258,515  
Other
    1,623,860       1,056,970  
Accrued interest on receivables for assets sold
    108       98  
Other accrued interest and adjustments receivable
    86       79  
Allowances
    (81,298 )     (85,588 )
 
           
 
  Ps. 1,845,208     Ps. 1,246,054  
 
               
H. Bank premises and equipment
  Ps. 871,269     Ps. 743,132  
 
               
I. Miscellaneous assets
  Ps. 78,623     Ps. 112,575  
 
               
J. Intangible assets
               
Goodwill
    37,804       58,266  
Organization and development expenses
    529,175       390,052  
 
           
 
  Ps. 566,979     Ps. 448,318  
 
               
K. Unallocated items
    5,744       9,161  
 
               
L. Other Assets
    38,852       17,882  
 
           
Total Assets
  Ps. 24,735,790     Ps. 22,828,738  
 
           
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets — Continued
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
M. Deposits
               
Non-financial public sector
  Ps. 1,290,958     Ps. 193,911  
Financial sector
    169,302       167,206  
Non-financial private sector and residents abroad
    12,595,874       12,804,504  
Current accounts
    3,002,003       2,629,925  
Saving accounts
    3,843,596       3,228,954  
Time deposits
    5,411,178       6,543,910  
Investment accounts
    206       199  
Other
    261,927       291,103  
Accrued interest and quotation differences payable
    76,964       110,413  
 
           
 
  Ps. 14,056,134     Ps. 13,165,621  
 
               
N. Other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage
               
Argentine Central Bank
    1,682       698  
Other
    1,682       698  
Banks and international entities
    941,483       717,316  
Unsubordinated negotiable obligations
    1,886,138       2,190,231  
Amounts payable for spot and forward purchases to be settled
    1,014,120       1,273,308  
Securities to be delivered under spot and forward sales to be settled
    363,640       30,734  
Loans from domestic financial institutions
    248,550       213,039  
-Interbank loans (call money loans received)
          12,501  
-Other loans from domestic financial institutions
    245,630       199,191  
-Accrued interest payable
    2,920       1,347  
Balances from forward transactions without delivery of underlying asset to be settled
    1,270        
Other
    2,207,308       1,855,825  
Accrued interest and quotation differences payable
    75,261       81,803  
 
           
 
  Ps. 6,739,452     Ps. 6,362,954  
 
               
O. Miscellaneous liabilities
               
Dividends payable
    16,147       40  
Directors’ and Syndics’ fees
    4,946       4,343  
Other
    457,627       320,200  
 
           
 
  Ps. 478,720     Ps. 324,583  
 
               
P. Provisions
    257,333       170,083  
 
Q. Subordinated negotiable obligations
    986,969       855,258  
 
R. Unallocated items
    12,627       6,347  
 
S. Other Liabilities
    112,606       71,800  
 
T. Minority interests
    246,204       217,587  
 
           
Total Liabilities
  Ps. 22,890,045     Ps. 21,174,233  
 
           
 
               
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    1,845,745       1,654,505  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  Ps. 24,735,790     Ps. 22,828,738  
 
           
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
A. Financial income
                       
Interest on cash and due from banks
  Ps. 8,765     Ps. 14,895     Ps. 874  
Interest on loans granted to the financial sector
    3,896       3,345       2,869  
Interest on overdrafts
    182,804       111,299       69,670  
Interest on promissory notes
    440,490       294,154       200,564  
Interest on mortgage loans
    126,543       98,364       69,967  
Interest on pledge loans
    14,998       12,408       12,146  
Interest on credit card loans
    656,477       431,790       281,116  
Interest on other loans
    317,501       202,771       105,813  
Interest on other receivables resulting from financial brokerage
    33,994       36,231       171,878  
Net income from government and corporate securities
    238,098       241,303       235,272  
Net income from secured loans — Decree No. 1387/01
    59,851       79,709       194,777  
Consumer price index adjustment (CER)
    123,948       205,145       736,029  
Exchange rate differences on gold and foreign currency
    77,898       87,957       76,154  
Other
    274,088       178,515       72,694  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 2,559,351     Ps. 1,997,886     Ps. 2,229,823  
 
                       
B. Financial expenses
                       
Interest on current account deposits
    21,641       16,377       21,043  
Interest on savings account deposits
    3,446       4,540       4,105  
Interest on time deposits
    757,699       521,096       313,036  
Interest on interbank loans received (call money loans)
    5,696       3,918       3,517  
Interest on financing from the financial sector
    774       1,946       3,462  
Interest on other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage
    297,026       313,586       317,459  
Interest on subordinated obligations
    101,424       94,660       76,480  
Other interest
    3,313       45,848       186,578  
Consumer price index adjustment
    9,249       66,984       697,694  
Contributions made to Deposit Insurance Fund
    23,555       20,378       15,771  
Other
    197,196       157,367       212,454  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 1,421,019     Ps. 1,246,700     Ps. 1,851,599  
 
                       
C. Gross brokerage margin
    1,138,332       751,186       378,224  
 
                       
Loan loss provisions
    395,389       255,502       110,869  
 
                       
D. Income from services
                       
In relation to lending transactions
    379,752       334,730       247,501  
In relation to borrowing transactions
    370,181       293,308       220,543  
Other commissions
    22,415       18,731       17,056  
Other
    799,800       523,931       367,993  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 1,572,148     Ps. 1,170,700     Ps. 853,093  
 
                       
E. Expenses for services
                       
Commissions
    164,780       117,708       80,801  
Other
    219,500       139,896       100,291  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 384,280     Ps. 257,604     Ps. 181,092  
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income — Continued
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
                         
    December 31,  
  2008     2007     2006  
F. Administrative expenses
                       
Personnel expenses
    966,213       670,587       506,632  
Directors’ and syndics’ fees
    8,153       6,415       5,989  
Other fees
    56,938       42,939       36,148  
Advertising and publicity
    146,496       113,809       84,507  
Taxes
    103,998       70,393       50,469  
Depreciation of bank premises and equipment
    61,910       49,952       37,095  
Amortization of organization expenses
    37,950       35,640       34,904  
Other operating expenses
    249,219       190,616       145,017  
Other
    150,201       105,973       73,803  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 1,781,078     Ps. 1,286,324     Ps. 974,564  
 
                       
Net Income / (Loss) from financial brokerage
  Ps. 149,733     Ps. 122,456     Ps. (35,208 )
 
                       
G. Minority interests result
  Ps. (35,812 )   Ps. (32,119 )   Ps. (19,016 )
 
                       
H. Miscellaneous income
                       
Net lncome from equity investments
    56,764       1,957        
Default interests
    4,429       1,988       1,062  
Loans recovered and allowances reversed
    103,992       95,969       142,885  
Other
    333,646       173,581       151,176  
Consumer price index adjustment (CER)
    28       8       105  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 498,859     Ps. 273,503     Ps. 295,228  
 
                       
I. Miscellaneous losses
                       
Net loss on long-term investments
                14,362  
Default interests and charges in favor of the Argentine Central Bank
    17       15       571  
Loan loss provisions for miscellaneous receivables and other provisions
    161,703       48,151       62,424  
Amortization of differences arising from court resolutions
    39,545       108,667        
Depreciation and losses from miscellaneous assets
    1,405       627       923  
Amortization of goodwill
    20,462       19,687       20,478  
Other
    138,784       69,155       66,922  
Consumer price index adjustment
    31       35        
 
                 
 
  Ps. 361,947     Ps. 246,337     Ps. 165,680  
 
                       
Net Income before tax
    250,833       117,503       75,324  
 
                       
J. Income tax
  Ps. 74,014     Ps. 71,466     Ps. 94,238  
 
                 
 
Net Income / (Loss) for the fiscal year
  Ps. 176,819     Ps. 46,037     Ps. (18,914 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net Income / (Loss) per common share (basic and assuming full dilution)
    0.142       0.037       (0.015 )
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Cash Flow from operating activities:
                       
Net Income / (Loss) for the year
  Ps. 176,819     Ps. 46,037     Ps. (18,914 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from Operating activities:
                       
Depreciation of bank premises and equipment and Miscellaneous assets
    63,309       50,570       37,550  
Amortization of intangible assets
    97,957       163,994       55,382  
Increase in allowances for loan and other losses, net of reversals
    335,658       269,201       80,863  
Equity loss / (gain) of unconsolidated subsidiaries
    (56,764 )     (1,957 )     14,362  
Gain on sale of premises and equipment
    (695 )     (1,472 )     (1,261 )
Consumer price index adjustment (CER/CVS)
    (113,226 )     485,628       891,866  
Unrealized foreign exchange (loss) / gain
    (229,426 )     37,057       (5,914 )
Decrease in government securities
    839,152       1,589,476       1,267,505  
Decrease / (Increase) in other assets
    (122,938 )     (27,441 )     1,064,407  
Increase / (Decrease) in other liabilities
    (101,284 )     (161,327 )     162,287  
 
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  Ps. 888,562     Ps. 2,449,766     Ps. 3,548,133  
 
                       
Cash Flow from investing activities:
                       
(Increase) / Decrease in loans, net
    1,501,309       (1,410,830 )     894,129  
Sales of investments in other companies
    10,421             13,774  
Increase in equity investments in other companies
    (5,063 )     (1,698 )      
Increase in deposits at the Argentine Central Bank
    (76,838 )     (45,941 )     (36,169 )
Additions to bank premises and equipment, miscellaneous, and intangible assets
    (403,085 )     (287,620 )     (196,313 )
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment
    30,337       30,381       13,838  
 
                 
Net cash (used in) / provided by investing activities
  Ps. 1,057,081     Ps. (1,715,708 )   Ps. 689,259  
 
                       
Cash Flow from financing activities:
                       
Capital Increase in subsidiaries from minority shareholders
          299        
Cash dividends paid in minority interests
    (1,404 )     (5,517 )     (5,280 )
Increase / (Decrease) in deposits, net
    (57,029 )     1,752,527       1,894,251  
Borrowings under credit facilities — long-term
    269,498       369,668       418,018  
Payments on credit facilities — long-term
    (743,476 )     (1,823,464 )     (687,024 )
Decrease in short-term borrowings, net
    (156,579 )     (2,527,284 )     (3,856,813 )
Increase / (Decrease) in repurchase agreements
    (376,645 )     229,886       934,408  
 
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
  Ps. (1,065,635 )   Ps. (2,003,885 )   Ps. (1,302,440 )
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Continued
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Increase / (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents, net
  Ps. 880,008     Ps. (1,269,827 )   Ps. 2,934,952  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
    3,766,207       4,988,198       2,046,836  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    149,168       47,836       6,410  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
  Ps. 4,795,383     Ps. 3,766,207     Ps. 4,988,198  
 
                       
Supplemental disclosures relative to cash flows:
                       
Interest paid
  Ps. 1,227,389     Ps. 951,134     Ps. 734,756  
Income tax paid
  Ps. 64,914     Ps. 32,996     Ps. 20,074  
Minimum Presumed Income Tax (*)
  Ps. 19,767     Ps. 31,353     Ps. 30,031  
Non-Cash Investing and financing activities — Trust Interest
  Ps. 159,376     Ps. 98,121     Ps. 99,573  
     
(*)  
The MPIT is calculated based on assets and can be credited against future income tax.
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
                                                                 
                    Inflation                             (Accumulated        
                    adjustments to                             deficit) /     Total  
    Capital     Paid in     Capital Stock and     Treasury     Profit reserves     Retained     Shareholders’  
    Stock     Capital     Paid in Capital     Stock     Legal     Other     earnings     Equity  
Balance at December 31, 2005
  Ps. 1,241,407           Ps. 278,131           Ps.     Ps.     Ps. 107,238     Ps. 1,626,776  
 
                                               
Distribution of retained earnings by the shareholders’ meeting on April 27,2006
                                                               
Legal Reserve
                            34,855             (34,855 )      
Discretionary Reserve
                                  72,383       (72,383 )      
Purchase of treasury stock
    (1,614 )           (362 )     1,976                          
Sales of treasury stock
    1,614       606       362       (1,976 )                       606  
Net loss for the year
                                        (18,914 )     (18,914 )
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2006
  Ps. 1,241,407     Ps. 606     Ps. 278,131           Ps. 34,855     Ps. 72,383     Ps. (18,914 )   Ps. 1,608,468  
 
                                               
Absorption approved by the shareholders’ meeting on April 26.2007
                                  (18,914 )     18,914        
Net Income for the year
                                        46,037       46,037  
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2007
  Ps. 1,241,407     Ps. 606     Ps. 278,131           Ps. 34,855     Ps. 53,469     Ps. 46,037     Ps. 1,654,505  
 
                                               
Distribution of retained earnings by the shareholders’ meeting on April 29,2008
                                                               
Legal Reserve
                            2,302               (2,302 )      
Discretionary Reserve
                                  43,735       (43,735 )      
Valuation Differences
                                          14,421             14,421  
Net Income for the year
                                          176,819       176,819  
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2008
  Ps. 1,241,407     Ps. 606     Ps. 278,131           Ps. 37,157     Ps. 111,625       176,819       1,845,745  
 
                                               
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
1. Basis of Presentation.
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. (“Grupo Galicia”, the “Company” or the “Group”) is a corporation that is organized under the laws of Argentina and acts as a holding company for Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A. and its subsidiaries (“Banco Galicia” or the “Bank”). Grupo Galicia was formed by the controlling shareholders of the Bank on September 14, 1999 to consummate an exchange of shares with the shareholders of Banco Galicia and establish Grupo Galicia as the Bank’s holding company. Grupo Galicia was formed with two classes of shares: Class A shares, which are entitled to 5 votes per share, and Class B shares, which are entitled to 1 vote per share. To effect the exchange, Grupo Galicia offered to exchange Grupo Galicia class B shares for all outstanding Banco Galicia class B shares on a 2.5-for-1 basis and to exchange Grupo Galicia ADSs for all outstanding Banco Galicia ADSs on a 1-for-1 basis. The controlling shareholders retained all of the class A shares. As a result of the exchange, which was consummated on July 26, 2000, the Company became holder of 93.23% of the Bank’s capital stock, and the remaining 6.77% remained as a minority interest in the Bank. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s interest in Banco Galicia as a result of open market purchases was 94.659191%.
Banco Galicia is a private-sector commercial bank organized under the laws of Argentina which provides general banking services, through its branches, to corporate and retail customers.
Grupo Galicia’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 include the assets, liabilities and results of the controlled companies detailed below. The percentages directly or indirectly held in those companies’ capital stock are as follows:
                 
Issuing Company   December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
               
Net Investment S.A.
    99.33 %     99.33 %
Galicia Warrants S.A.
    99.33 %     99.33 %
Sudamericana Holding S.A.
    99.33 %     99.33 %
Galval Agente de Valores S.A.
    100.00 %     100.00 %
GV Mandataria de Valores S.A.
    100.00 %      
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.
    94.66 %     94.66 %
Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A.
    94.66 %     94.66 %
Tarjetas Regionales S.A.
    94.66 %     94.66 %
Galicia Administradora de Fondos S.A.
Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión
    94.66 %     94.66 %
Galicia (Cayman) Ltd.
    94.66 %     94.66 %
Galicia Pension Fund S.A.
    94.66 %     94.66 %
Tarjetas del Mar S.A.
    94.65 %     94.65 %
Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa
    94.65 %     94.65 %
Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A.
    94.64 %     94.64 %
Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
    75.73 %     75.73 %
Cobranzas Regionales S.A.
    73.40 %     73.40 %
Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.
    56.80 %     56.80 %
Tarjeta Naranja Dominicana S.A.
    37.86 %     37.86 %
The financial statements of the controlled companies were adapted to the accounting and disclosure standards set by the Argentine Central Bank and cover the same period as that of the financial statements of the Group.
Intercompany transactions have been eliminated for the purposes of these statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
2. Significant Accounting Policies.
The accounting policies and financial statements presentation conform to the rules of the Argentine Central Bank which prescribes the generally accepted accounting principles for all banks in Argentina (the “Argentine Banking GAAP”). This differs in certain significant respects from generally accepted accounting principles in Argentina applicable to enterprises in general (“Argentine GAAP”) (see Note 33) and from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). (see Note 35 ).
Certain required disclosures have not been presented herein since they are not material to the accompanying financial statements. In addition, certain presentations and disclosures, including the statements of cash flows, have been included in the accompanying financial statements to comply with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s regulations for foreign registrants.
Certain reclassifications of prior years information have been made to conform to current year presentation.
Such reclassifications do not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements.
The following is a summary of significant policies followed by the Group in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.
2.1 Presentation of Financial Statements in Constant Argentine Pesos.
Effective September 1, 1995, pursuant to Decree No. 316/95, the Bank discontinued its prior practice of adjusting the financial statements for inflation. Effective January 1, 2002, however, as a result of the application of Argentine Central Bank, National Securities Commission (“CNV”) and Argentine Federation of Professional Councils in Economic Sciences “FACPCE” rules, the Group resumed the application of the adjustment for inflation.
In 2002, Argentina experienced a high rate of inflation. The wholesale Price Index “WPI” increased approximately 118.44% in 2002.
Primarily as a result of the stabilization of the WPI during the first half of 2003, the Argentine government, the Argentine Central Bank and the CNV eliminated the requirement that financial statements be prepared in constant currency.
2.2 Foreign Currency.
Foreign currency is stated at the U.S. dollar rate of exchange set by the Argentine Central Bank, prevailing at the close of operations on the last business day of each year.
Assets and liabilities valued in foreign currencies other than the U.S. dollar are converted into U.S. dollars using the year end exchange rates issued by the Argentine Central Bank’s trading desk.
For financial reporting purposes, these assets and liabilities are then translated into pesos at the year end U.S. dollar to Argentine peso exchange rate.
2.3 Government and Corporate Securities.
Government securities mainly represent obligations of the Argentine government. Corporate securities included in this caption consist of listed corporate equity securities and listed debt securities. Corporate equity and debt securities are considered as held for trading purposes.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Realized and unrealized gains and losses on sales and interest income on government and corporate securities are included as “Net Income from government and corporate securities” in the accompanying statements of income.
Valuation of Government Securities under Argentine Banking GAAP.
The Argentine Central Bank established the categories in which banks classify Argentine government securities listed on local or foreign markets and the accounting valuation for the securities in each of these categories. The categories established by the Argentine Central Bank are the following: “investment account”, “held for trading” and “without quotation”.
a) Holdings of investment securities include Boden 2012 Bonds received within the scope of Sections 28 and 29 of Decree No. 905/02 recorded at their “technical value” (face value plus accrued interest according to the contractual terms of the instrument).
The same criterion was applied to holdings of such bonds used in repo transactions and to bonds to be received recorded under “Other receivables resulting from financial brokerage” and “Miscellaneous Receivables”.
b) Trading securities are marked to market, and any difference between book value and their market price is recognized as a gain or loss in the income statement.
Boden 2013 Bonds, Boden 2015 Bonds and Bocon Provisional are considered trading securities and they are recorded at market value.
c) As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Group classifies the following investments as “without quotation”:
Discount Bonds and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities: The Bank decided to participate in the exchange offered by the National Government, within the framework of the Argentine debt restructuring, opting to exchange its holdings of Argentine Republic Medium-Term External Notes (the “External Notes”) Series 74 and 75, for a face value of US$ 280,471, for “Discount Bonds in Pesos” and “GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities”.
The acceptance of this offer implied receiving new debt instruments for an original principal amount equal to 33.7% of the non-amortized principal as of December 31, 2001, plus past due and unpaid interest up to that date.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the securities received were recorded at the lower of (i) the total future nominal cash payments, specified by the terms and conditions of the new securities, and (ii) the carrying value of the securities tendered as of March 17, 2005, equivalent to the present value of the Bogar Bonds’ cash flows at that date.
This valuation is reduced in the amount of the received payments. Accrued interest is not recognized. As of December 31, 2008, the holdings of these securities were mainly used for repo transactions.
d) Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank: Accrued interest over those securities classified as “without quotation” are recorded according to their internal rate of return.
In addition, the securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank with quotation were recorded at the fiscal year-end closing market price for each security.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
National Secured Loans
On November 6, 2001 the Bank participated in the exchange of Argentine government securities and loans for new loans called “Secured Loans,” which are recorded under “Loans — Non-Financial Public Sector” in these financial statements.
In accordance with Argentine Central Bank’s regulations, Secured Bonds have been recorded at the lower of their present value and their technical value. The “present value” is defined as the “net present value” of a cash flow structure determined under contractual conditions and discounted at a rate set by the Argentine Central Bank, which, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was 9.6% and 6.5%, respectively.
2.4 Financial Trust Debt Securities and Certificates of Participation.
The debt securities incorporated at par have been recorded at their face value; the remaining holdings were recorded according to their internal rate of return. Certificates of participation are accounted for under the equity method.
2.5 Interest Income (Expense) Recognition.
Generally, interest income is recognized on an accrual basis using the straight-line method. For loans and deposits denominated in pesos with maturities greater than 92 days, interest is recognized on a compounded basis, which provides for an increasing effective rate over the life of the loan or deposit.
The Bank suspends the accrual of interest generally when the related loan is past due and the collection of interest and principal is in doubt. The suspension of interest corresponds to the loans classified as “with problems” and “deficient performance” or below, under the Argentine Central Bank’s classification rules. Accrued interest remains on the Bank’s books and is considered to be part of the loan balance when determining the allowance for loan losses. Interest is recognized on a cash basis after reducing the balance of accrued interest, if applicable.
For lending and borrowing transactions originally carried out in foreign currency and converted into pesos, the adjustment from the application of the Reference Stabilization Index “CER” was accrued at year-end, where applicable.
2.6 Allowances for Loan Losses.
The Bank provides for estimated future possible losses on loans and the related accrued interest through the establishment of an allowance for loan losses. The allowance charged to expense is determined by management based upon loan classification, actual loss experience, current and expected economic conditions, delinquency aging, and an evaluation of potential losses in the current loan portfolio. Specific attention is given to loans with evidence that may negatively affect the Group’s ability to recover the loan and accrued interest.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
2.7 Provisions for Contingencies.
The Group has certain contingent liabilities with respect to existing or potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings, including those involving labor and other matters. The Group accrues liabilities when it is probable that future costs will be incurred and such costs can be reasonably estimated. Such accruals are based on developments to date, the Group’s estimates of the outcomes of these matters and the Group’s lawyers’ experience in responding, litigating and settling other matters. As the scope of the liabilities becomes better defined, there may be changes in the estimates of future costs, which could have a material effect on the Group’s future results of income and financial condition or liquidity.
2.8 Equity Investments.
Equity Investments include equity investments in companies where a minority interest is held, including investments in infrastructure companies and utilities.
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, the equity method is used to account for investments where a significant influence in the corporate decision making process exists. Significant influence is considered to be present if one of the following applies:
 
Ownership of a portion of a related company’s capital granting the voting power necessary to influence the approval of such company’s financial statements and profits distribution.
 
Representation in the related company’s board of directors or corporate governance body.
 
Participation in the definition of the related company’s policies.
 
Existence of significant transactions between the company holding the interest and the related company (for example, when the former is the latter’s only supplier or by far its most important client).
 
Interchange of senior officers among companies.
 
Technical dependence of one of the companies on the other.
Equity investments in companies where corporate decisions are not influenced, in terms of the criteria listed above, are accounted for at the lower of cost or equity method.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
2.9 Bank Premises and Equipment and Miscellaneous Assets.
Bank premises and equipment and miscellaneous assets are valued at cost adjusted for inflation (as described in Note 2.1), less accumulated depreciation.
Construction in progress is carried at cost adjusted for inflation (as described in Note 2.1). The depreciation is computed since the asset is in use.
Accumulated depreciation is computed under the straight-line method at rates over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which generally are estimated to be 50 years for properties, 10 years for furniture and fixtures, and 5 years for others. Leasehold improvements are depreciated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.
The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred. The cost of significant renewals and improvements is added to the carrying amount of the respective fixed assets. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statement of income.
2.10 Intangible Assets.
Intangible assets are valued at cost adjusted for inflation (as described in Note 2.1) and are amortized on a straight-line basis over 120 months for goodwill and over a range of 60 months for organization and development costs. Under Argentine Banking GAAP, goodwill is no longer recognized as an asset when it is estimated that amounts of future income will not be sufficient to absorb the amortization of goodwill or when there are other reasons to presume that the amount of an investment made, will not be recovered in full.
Effective March 2003, the Argentine Central Bank established that the difference resulting from compliance with court decisions made in lawsuits filed challenging the current regulations applicable to deposits with the financial system, within the framework of the provisions of Law No. 25,561, Decree No. 214/02 and supplementary regulations, must also be recorded under this caption. Such difference must be amortized in a maximum of 60 equal monthly and consecutive installments as of April 2003, as described in Note 29 to the financial statements, section “Legal actions requesting protection of constitutional guarantees.”
Effective December 2005, the Argentine Central Bank authorized to financial institutions that granted, as from that date, new commercial loans with an average life of more than 2 years, to defer the amortization of these amparo claims. The maximum amount to be deferred cannot exceed 50% of the growth of the new commercial loans nor 10% of financial institutions’ computable regulatory capital (“RPC”). In addition, banks will not be able to reduce the amount of the rest of their commercial loan portfolio. Such deferral can be applied until December 2008. The remaining balance at that date will be amortized over a period of up to 36 months, on a straight-line basis. Pursuant to this regulation, as of December 2008 and 2007, Banco Galicia had deferred Ps.209,661 and Ps.179,041, respectively.
2.11 Shareholders’ Equity.
Shareholders’ Equity accounts have been adjusted for inflation following the procedure described in Note 2.1, except for the “Capital Stock” and “Paid-in Capital” accounts, which have been stated at their original values. The adjustment stemming from the restatement of these accounts was allocated to the “Inflation adjustments to capital stock and paid-in capital” account.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
2.12 Minimum Presumed Income Tax and Income Tax.
Effective 1998, a Minimum Presumed Income Tax (“MPIT”) was established as a complementary component of income tax obligations. MPIT is a minimum taxation, which assesses at the tax rate of 1% of certain assets. Ultimately, the tax obligation will be the higher of MPIT and income tax. For financial entities, the taxable basis is 20% of their computable assets. If in a fiscal year, the MPIT obligation exceeds the income tax liability, the surplus will be available as a credit against future income tax.
The Bank has recognized the amount paid in the year and the accumulated amount paid in prior years as an asset for future tax deductions.
Based on the provisions set forth by the Argentine Central Bank, the Group recorded an asset related to the MPIT amounting to Ps.284,421 as of December 31, 2008 and Ps.258,515 as of December 31, 2007.
Argentine Central Bank regulations do not require the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities and therefore income taxes for Banco Galicia are recognized on the basis of amounts due in accordance with Argentine tax regulations. However, Grupo Galicia and Grupo Galicia’s non-bank subsidiaries apply the deferred income tax method. As a result, Grupo Galicia and its non-bank subsidiaries had recognized a deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
2.13 Statements of Cash Flows.
The consolidated statements of cash flows were prepared using the measurement methods prescribed by the Argentine Central Bank and in accordance with the presentation requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 95: Statement of Cash Flows (“SFAS No. 95”).
Effective May 14, 2007, and in accordance with the rules established by the Argentine Central Bank, the Group was required to change the policy for determining which items are treated as cash equivalents in the preparation of the statement of cash flows. The Group has defined that short-term, highly liquid investments with an original maturity of less than three months are treated as cash equivalents. Therefore, the Group has adjusted the consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, in order to reflect the change in accounting principles for comparatives purposes.
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and highly liquid investments with an original maturity of less than three months.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
2.14 Use of Estimates.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Argentine Banking GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
3. Restricted Assets.
Pursuant to Argentine Central Bank regulations, Banco Galicia must maintain a monthly average liquidity level. Computable assets for complying with the minimum cash requirement are cash and the checking accounts opened at the Argentine Central Bank.
The minimum cash requirement at the end of each fiscal year was as follows (as measured in average daily balances):
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Peso balances
  Ps. 1,713,396     Ps. 1,573,904  
Foreign currency balances
    1,328,983       868,529  
Certain of the Group’s other assets are pledged or restricted from use under various agreements. The following assets were restricted at each balance sheet date:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Funds and securities pledged under various arrangements
  Ps. 1,992,080     Ps. 1,218,993  
Shares on equity investments (*)
    5,250       5,250  
Deposits in the Argentine Central Bank, restricted under Argentine Central Bank regulations
    3,055       1,937  
Loans pledged and real property granted as collateral-Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A. (**)
    65,468       120,639  
Loans granted as collateral(***)
    157,693        
 
           
Total
  Ps. 2,223,546     Ps. 1,346,819  
 
           
     
(*)  
Shares over which transferability is subject to prior approval of the National or Provincial authorities, as applicable, under the terms of certain concession contracts signed.
 
(**)  
Under a fixed pledged agreement signed on July 24, 2003 and registered with the Registry of Property — Movable Property — Pledges Division of Montevideo — Uruguay, on August 5, 2003, Galicia Uruguay S.A.’s credit rights against all of its debtors have been pledged in favor of the holders of transferable time deposit certificates and/or negotiable obligations issued in compliance with the debt restructuring plan approved.
 
(***)  
As of December 31, 2008, the Bank has recorded Ps.266,686 as collateral for credit lines granted by the IFC, and the related transactions have been allocated to the resources provided by the IFC. As collateral for the requested funds, the Bank used secured loans for a face value of US$ 51,000, equivalent to a cash amount of Ps.157,693, through the Argentine Central Bank, to the Subsecretaría de la Micro, Pequeña y Mediana Empresa y Desarrollo Provincial destined to the financing of the Global Credit Program for Small and Medium Companies. As of December 31, 2008, balance of secured loans was Ps.87,222.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The Bank, as a shareholder of Aguas Cordobesas S. A. and proportionally to its 10.833% interest, is jointly responsible for the contractual obligations arising from the concession contract during the entire term thereof. Should any of the other shareholders fail to comply with the commitments arising from their joint responsibility, the Bank may be forced to assume the unfulfilled commitment by the grantor, but only in the proportion and to the extent of the interest held by the Bank.
During September 2008, the Group’s interest in Aguas Argentinas S. A. and Aguas Provinciales de Santa Fe S. A. (in liquidation) were sold, and therefore contingent obligations assumed regarding said investments have been extinguished. As of December 31, 2007, such interest was fully provisioned, while the provisions corresponding to the debtor’s status in accordance with the applicable regulations have been established for the credits against these companies.
During fiscal year 2008, the Bank recorded a profit of Ps.23,409 as a result of the above-mentioned transaction.
4. Interest-Bearing Deposits with Other Banks.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the overnight foreign bank interest-bearing deposits included under the caption “Loans — Other” amounted to Ps.317,278 and Ps.159,252, respectively .
5. Government and Corporate Securities.
Government and corporate securities consist of the following at the respective balance sheet dates:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Government Securities
               
For trading purposes:
               
Government Bonds
  Ps. 362,716     Ps. 38,991  
Other
    430        
 
           
Total trading securities
  Ps. 363,146     Ps. 38,991  
 
           
In investment accounts
               
Government Bonds (Boden 2012 Bonds)
    542,876       1,303,437  
Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank
    5,816        
 
           
Total securities in investment accounts
  Ps. 548,692     Ps. 1,303,437  
 
           
 
               
Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank
               
Securities with quotation
    29,965       312,383  
Securities without quotation
    520,239       36,374  
 
           
Total Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank
  Ps. 550,204     Ps. 348,757  
 
           
 
               
Without quotation
               
Government Bonds
    69,772       1,872  
 
           
Total Without quotation securities
    69,772       1,872  
 
           
Total government securities
  Ps. 1,531,814     Ps. 1,693,057  
 
           
Corporate Securities
               
Shares
          5  
Marketable Negotiable obligations
    56        
Mortgage Bonds
          968  
 
           
Total corporate securities
  Ps. 56     Ps. 973  
 
           
Total government and corporate securities
  Ps. 1,531,870     Ps. 1,694,030  
 
           
As of December 31, 2008, Boden 2012 Bonds and Discount Bonds sold under repurchase agreements amounted to Ps.1,012,868 and Ps.311,269, respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
As of December 31, 2007, Boden 2012 Bonds and Discount Bonds sold under repurchase agreements amounted to Ps.1,009,524 and Ps.546,482, respectively.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Group sold US$19,100 and US$274,900 of face value of Boden 2012 Bonds.
6. Loans.
The lending activities of the Bank consist of the following:
 Loans to the non-financial public sector: loans to the federal and provincial governments of Argentina.
 Loans to the financial sector: loans to local banks and financial entities.
 Loans to the non-financial private sector and residents abroad: include the following types of lending:
Overdrafts — short-term obligations drawn on by customers through overdrafts.
Promissory Notes — endorsed promissory notes, discounted and purchased bills and factored loans.
Mortgage loans — loans to purchase or improve real estate and collateralized by such real estate or commercial loans secured by real estate.
Pledge loans — loans where collateral is pledged as an integral part of the loan document.
Credit card loans — loans to credit card holders.
Personal loans — loans to individuals.
Others — includes mainly short-term placements in foreign banks.
Pursuant to Argentine Central Bank regulations, financial entities must disclose the breakdown of their loan portfolio to: the non-financial public sector, the financial sector and the non-financial private sector and residents abroad. In addition, financial entities must disclose the type of collateral established on the applicable loans to the non-financial private sector and the pledges granted on loans (preferred guarantees relative to a registered senior pledge).
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the classification of the Group’s loan portfolio was as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Non-financial public sector
  Ps. 1,373,642     Ps. 1,265,466  
Financial sector (Argentine)
    148,115       110,028  
Non-financial private sector and residents abroad
    10,779,630       10,654,142  
- With preferred guarantees
    1,332,798       1,289,818  
- With other guarantees
    1,546,237       1,864,482  
- Unsecured
    7,900,595       7,499,842  
 
           
Subtotal
    12,301,387       12,029,636  
 
           
Allowance for loan losses (See Note 7)
    (526,801 )     (428,607 )
 
           
Total
  Ps. 11,774,586     Ps. 11,601,029  
 
           

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The Bank also records its loan portfolio by industry segment. The following industry segments comprised the most significant loan concentrations as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Financial Sector
    3.95 %     2.25 %
Services
    18.23 %     19.68 %
Primary Products
    10.90 %     10.59 %
Consumer
    43.23 %     36.76 %
Retail Trade
    4.39 %     6.02 %
Wholesale Trade
    5.28 %     7.13 %
Construction
    0.67 %     2.24 %
Manufacturing
    12.99 %     15.09 %
7. Allowance for Loan Losses.
The activity in the allowance for loan losses for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was as follows:
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Balance at beginning of year
  Ps. 428,607     Ps. 327,042     Ps. 427,911  
Provision charged to income
    384,606       248,415       105,312  
Recoveries
    (6,510 )     (21,556 )     (32,492 )
Foreign exchange effect and other adjustments
    9,289       131       27,113  
Loans charged off
    (289,191 )     (125,425 )     (200,802 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year
  Ps. 526,801     Ps. 428,607     Ps. 327,042  
 
                 
Certain loans, principally small loans, are charged directly to income and are not reflected in the activity in the allowance for loan losses. The “Loan loss provision” in the accompanying statements of income includes:
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Provisions charged to income
  Ps. 384,606     Ps. 248,415     Ps. 105,312  
Direct charge-offs
    7,307       4,334       3,338  
Other receivable losses
    2,545       1,413       788  
Financial leases
    931       1,340       1,431  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 395,389     Ps. 255,502     Ps. 110,869  
 
                 
The Bank has entered into certain troubled debt restructuring agreements with customers. The Bank has eliminated any differences between the principal and accrued interest due under the original loan and the new loan amount through a charge against the allowance for loan losses. Loans under such agreements amounted to Ps.240,917, Ps.285,786 and Ps.403,249 as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
8. Other Receivables Resulting from Financial Brokerage.
The composition of other receivables from financial brokerage, by type of guarantee, is as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Preferred guarantees, including deposits with The Argentine Central Bank
  Ps. 338,189     Ps. 234,939  
Other guarantees
    1,588       76  
Unsecured
    3,796,245       3,381,125  
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (12,252 )     (19,170 )
 
           
 
  Ps. 4,123,770     Ps. 3,596,970  
 
           

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The breakdown of the caption “other” included in the balance sheet was as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Mutual funds
  Ps. 39,443     Ps. 59,256  
Galtrust I
    633,996       600,909  
Other financial trust participation certificates
    971,064       828,318  
Accrued commissions
    19,015       15,836  
Others
    511,276       348,265  
 
           
 
  Ps. 2,174,794     Ps. 1,852,584  
 
           
9. Equity Investments.
Equity investments in other companies consisted of the following as of the respective balance sheet dates:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
In Financial Institutions, complementary and authorized activities
               
Banelco S.A.
  Ps. 8,453     Ps. 7,852  
Visa Argentina S.A.
    2,576       951  
Mercado de Valores de Buenos Aires S.A.
    8,142       8,141  
Banco Latinoamericano de Exportaciones S.A.
    1,712       1,562  
Others
    861       2,429  
 
           
Total equity investments in Financial Institutions, complementary and authorized activities
  Ps. 21,744     Ps. 20,935  
 
           
 
               
In Non-financial Institutions
               
Aguas Argentinas S.A (*)
  Ps.     Ps. 23,370  
Electrigal S.A.
    5,455       5,455  
Aguas Provinciales de Santa Fe S.A (*)
          10,771  
A.E.C. S.A.
    14,244       10,656  
Aguas Cordobesas S.A.
    8,911       8,911  
Other
    1,376       5,049  
 
           
Total equity investments in non-financial institutions
  Ps. 29,986     Ps. 64,212  
 
           
Allowances
  Ps. (3,211 )   Ps. (41,357 )
 
           
Total Equity investments
  Ps. 48,519     Ps. 43,790  
 
           
     
(*)  
In September 2008, the Group sold its equity investments in these companies. (See note 3)
10. Fixed Assets and Intangible Assets.
The major categories of Grupo Galicia’s premises and equipment and accumulated depreciation, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, were as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Land and buildings
  Ps. 890,660     Ps. 782,787  
Furniture and fittings
    182,205       165,470  
Machinery and equipment
    305,187       280,044  
Vehicles
    1,243       1,202  
Others
    6,202       7,052  
Accumulated depreciation
    (514,228 )     (493,423 )
 
           
 
  Ps. 871,269     Ps. 743,132  
 
           

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Depreciation expense recorded for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was Ps.61,910, Ps.49,952 and Ps.37,095, respectively.
The major categories of intangible assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, were as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of Ps.164,790 and Ps.144,328 , respectively
  Ps. 37,804     Ps. 58,266  
Organization and development expenses, net of accumulated amortization of Ps.163,157 and Ps.170,610 respectively
    212,301       113,028  
Legal actions related to the payment of deposits (“amparo claims”), net of accumulated amortization of Ps.469,382 and Ps.429,836 , respectively (see Note 2.10)
    316,874       277,024  
 
           
 
  Ps. 566,979     Ps. 448,318  
 
           
Total amortization expenses for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was Ps.97,957, Ps.163,994 and Ps.55,382, respectively.
Organization and development expenses included software and the related implementation services purchased from third parties, with a net book value of Ps.139,722, Ps.79,114 and Ps.52,166 at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The table below shows the components of goodwill by type of activity and reportable segment (see note 31) for the periods presented.
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Banking
    37,139       47,932  
Regional Credit Card companies
    665       10,334  
 
           
 
  Ps. 37,804     Ps. 58,266  
 
           
11. Miscellaneous Assets.
Miscellaneous assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Construction in progress
  Ps. 24,857     Ps. 53,331  
Deposits on fixed asset purchases
    20,955       22,285  
Stationery and supplies
    9,607       6,249  
Real estate held for sale
    7,326       7,571  
Others
    15,878       23,139  
 
           
 
  Ps. 78,623     Ps. 112,575  
 
           

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
12. Allowances and Provisions.
Allowances on other assets and reserves for contingencies were as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
               
Allowances against asset accounts:
               
Other receivables resulting from financial brokerage, for collection risk (a)
    12,252       19,170  
Assets under financial leases (a)
    4,699       3,768  
Equity investments in other companies (b)
    3,211       41,357  
Miscellaneous receivables, for collection risk (a)
    81,298       85,588  
 
               
Reserves for contingencies:
               
For severance payments (c)
    3,212       2,477  
Litigations (d)
    32,125       28,694  
Other contingencies
    189,936       114,448  
Sundry liabilities arising from credit card activities (e)
    31,849       24,110  
Other commitments (f)
    211       354  
 
           
Total reserves for contingencies
  Ps. 257,333     Ps. 170,083  
 
           
     
(a)  
Based upon an assessment of debtors’ performance, the economic and financial situation and the guarantees collateralizing their respective transactions.
 
(b)  
Includes the estimated losses due to the excess of the cost plus dividend method over the equity method in non-majority owned equity investments.
 
(c)  
Estimated amounts payable under labor lawsuits filed against the Bank by former employees.
 
(d)  
Litigation arising from different types of claims from customers (e.g., claims for thefts from safe deposit boxes, the cashing of checks that have been fraudulently altered, discrepancies in deposits and payments services that the Bank renders, etc).
 
(e)  
Reserves for rewards to be given under a credit-card reward program, for a guarantee of credit-cards receivable and for the estimated liability for the insurance of the payment of credit-cards balance in the event of the death of the credit-card holders.
 
   
At the date of these consolidated financial statements, the Argentine Revenue Service (AFIP), the Revenue Board of the Province of Córdoba and the Municipalities of the cities of Mendoza and San Luis are in the process of conducting audits, with respect to claims made by such agencies, regarding taxes applicable to Credit Cards issuing companies. The amount claimed for such reason, adjusted as of December 31, 2008, totals Ps.31,659, approximately.
 
   
Based on the opinions of their tax advisors, the companies believe that the abovementioned claims are both legally and technically groundless.
 
   
However, since the final outcome of these measures cannot be foreseen, provisions have been set up to cover such contingencies. Therefore, both companies are taking the corresponding administrative and legal steps in order to solve such issues.
 
(f)  
Represents contingent commitments in connection with customers classified in categories other than the “normal” categories under Argentine Banking GAAP.
 
   
At the date of these consolidated financial statements, there are several review and assessment processes ongoing, at different progress stages, initiated by the provincial and Autonomous City of Buenos Aires’ Tax Authorities related to the turnover tax, mainly corresponding to fiscal year 2002, and basically in connection with the Compensatory Bond set forth by the National Government in order to compensate financial institutions for the losses resulting from the asymmetric pesification of loans and deposits.
 
   
The Bank has been expressing its disagreement regarding these adjustments at the corresponding administrative and/or legal proceedings. These proceedings and their possible effects are constantly being monitored by the management division. Even though the foregoing has not been finally resolved yet, the Bank considers it has complied with its tax liabilities in full pursuant to current regulations, since it is not possible to foresee the final outcome, the Bank has established provisions deemed suitable according to each process’s status.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
13.  
Other Liabilities Resulting from Financial Brokerage- Banks and International Entities, and Loans from Domestic Financial Institutions
The Bank also borrows funds under different credit arrangements from local and foreign banks and international lending agencies as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Description
               
Bank and International Entities
               
Contractual long-term Liabilities
               
Floating Rate Bank Loans 2010
  Ps. 5,507     Ps. 8,318  
Floating Rate Bank Loans 2014
    86,078       78,266  
Floating Rate Bank Loans 2019
    6,239       5,276  
Internacional Finance Corp. (I.F.C.)
    267,067       113,444  
Loan Merrill Lynch
    214,086       251,920  
Other lines from foreign banks
    7,943       2,096  
 
           
Total long-term liabilities
  Ps. 586,920     Ps. 459,320  
 
           
 
               
Contractual short-term liabilities:
               
Other lines from foreign banks
    354,563       257,996  
 
           
Total short-term liabilities
  Ps. 354,563     Ps. 257,996  
 
           
 
               
Total Banks and International Entities
  Ps. 941,483     Ps. 717,316  
 
           
 
               
Domestic and Financial Institutions
               
Contractual long-term liabilities:
               
BICE (Banco de Inversión y Comercio Exterior)
    5,056       15,805  
Other lines from domestic banks
    199,873       164,007  
 
           
Total long-term liabilities
  Ps. 204,929     Ps. 179,812  
Contractual short-term liabilities:
               
Other lines from credit from domestic banks
    43,621       33,227  
 
           
Total short-term liabilities
  Ps. 43,621     Ps. 33,227  
 
           
 
               
Total Domestic and Financial Institutions
  Ps. 248,550     Ps. 213,039  
 
           
 
               
TOTAL
  Ps. 1,190,033     Ps. 930,355  
 
           
Accrued interest on the above liabilities in the amount of Ps.14,284 and Ps.15,928 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, is included in “Others” under the caption “Other Liabilities Resulting from Financial Brokerage” in the accompanying balance sheet.
Long-term debt of Ps.778,850 corresponds mainly to: (a) debt issued as a result of the Bank’s foreign debt restructuring completed in May 2004 for Ps.97,824, (b) loan from Merrill Lynch for Ps.214,086 to purchase shares issued by Banco Galicia to as part of the capital increase (c) debt with domestic banks for Ps.199,873 of the regional credit-card companies and (d) a line of credit from the IFC for Ps.267,067, for financing investment projects.
As of December 31, 2008, the loan from Merrill Lynch for Ps.214,086 carry interest at fixed rate of 7.75%. On January 7, 2009, the loan, which matures on July 25, 2009, was repaid in advance through a sole and final payment of US$ 39,100, with own funds and funds from financing granted by local institutions.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
As of December 31, 2008, maturities of the above long-term loans for each of the following five fiscal years and thereafter were as follows:
         
Contractual long-term Liabilities
       
2009
    301,745  
2010
    175,138  
2011
    113,658  
2012
    82,440  
2013
    73,317  
Thereafter
    45,551  
 
     
 
  Ps. 791,849  
 
     
14. Other Liabilities Resulting from Financial Brokerage — Negotiable Obligations.
The amounts outstanding and the terms corresponding to outstanding negotiable obligations at the dates indicated were as follows:
                                 
            Annual        
            Interest     December 31,  
Negotiable Obligations (1)   Maturity     Rate     2008     2007  
Contractual Long-term liabilities:
                               
9% Notes Due 2003(*)
(Semi-annual interest, principal payable at maturity)
    2003       9.00 %     5,813       12,106  
Banco Galicia — Note 2010 - Libor +350 BP
(Semi-annual interest)
    2010       6.65 %     353,755       536,594  
Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A. Unsubordinated
(restructured deposits)
(Annual interest, principal payable every year)
  Various     Various       54,305       114,957  
Banco Galicia — Note 2014
(Semi — annual interest)
    2014       7.00 %     933,106       944,404  
Banco Galicia — Subordinated Note 2019
(Semi-annual interest, principal payable at maturity)
    2019       11.00 %     986,969       855,258  
Tarjeta Naranja Class II
(Interest fixed, semi-annual interest- principal payable every six months)
    2008       17.00 %           40,075  
Tarjeta Naranja Class IV
(Interest fixed, semi-annual interest- principal payable every six months)
    2011       15.50 %     229,821       307,900  
Tarjeta Cuyanas S.A. Serie XVIII
(Interest fixed, semi-annual interest- principal payable every six months)
    2012       12.00 %     139,128       197,855  
Tarjeta Naranja Class VII
(Fixed Interest, principal payable at maturity)
    2009       10,50 %     61,355        
 
                           
Total long-term liabilities
                  Ps. 2,764,252     Ps. 3,009,149  
 
                           
 
Contractual Short-term liabilities:
                               
Tarjeta Naranja Class VIII
(Fixed Interest, principal payable at maturity)
    2009       11,00 %     69,058        
Tarjetas Cuyanas S. XIX
(Fixed Interest, principal payable at maturity)
    2009       14,00 %     39,797        
Tarjeta Naranja Class V
(Fixed Interest, principal payable at maturity)
    2008       8.25 %           36,340  
 
                           
Total short-term liabilities
                    108,855       36,340  
 
                           
 
                  Ps. 2,873,107     Ps. 3,045,489  
 
                           
     
(1)  
Only principal, except for Subordinated Obligations which include accrued interest for Ps.51,765.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, interest and principal on all of the above debt securities were payable in U.S. dollars except for Tarjeta Naranja’s Class II and IV Notes and Tarjetas Cuyanas’ Class XVIII Notes, which were payable in Pesos.
Accrued interest on the above liabilities for Ps.59,352 and Ps.60,068 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, was included in “Other” under the caption “Other Liabilities Resulting from Financial Brokerage “ in the accompanying balance sheet.
Long-term negotiable obligations as of December 31, 2008 mature as follows:
         
Past due (*)
    5,813  
2009
    442,274  
2010
    464,329  
2011
    364,233  
2012
    231,142  
2013
    221,205  
Thereafter
    1,035,256  
 
     
Total
  Ps. 2,764,252  
 
     
     
(*)  
Corresponds to past due debt not yet restructured.
15. Balances in Foreign Currency.
The balances of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies (principally in U.S. dollars) were as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Assets:
               
Cash and due from banks
  Ps. 1,806,827     Ps. 1,481,130  
Government and corporate securities
    672,354       1,303,518  
Loans
    1,998,358       1,755,230  
Other receivables resulting from financial brokerage
    1,630,433       1,170,778  
Assets under financial leases
    23,541        
Equity investments in other companies
    1,762       3,186  
Miscellaneous receivables
    995,257       570,780  
Bank premises and equipment
    4,990       10,928  
Miscellaneous assets
    297       41  
Intangible assets
    601       974  
Unallocated items
    2,791       4,166  
Other assets
    129       252  
 
           
Total
  Ps. 7,137,340     Ps. 6,300,983  
 
           
 
               
Liabilities:
               
Deposits
  Ps. 2,386,180     Ps. 2,044,743  
Other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage
    4,031,939       4,035,208  
Miscellaneous liabilities
    14,746       16,381  
Subordinated Negotiable Obligations
    986,969       855,258  
Provisions
    8,244       1,182  
Unallocated items
    3,519       1,205  
Other Liabilities
    85       83  
 
           
Total
  Ps. 7,431,682     Ps. 6,954,060  
 
           

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
16. Transactions with Related Parties.
The Group has granted loans to certain related parties including related officers, equity-method investees and consolidated companies. Total loans outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, amounted to Ps. 75,549 and Ps. 41,043, respectively, and the change from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, reflects payments amounting to Ps.2,519 and advances of Ps.35,660. Furthermore, there were CER adjustments and foreign exchange differences of Ps.1,365 on the above-mentioned portfolio between those dates.
Such loans were made in the ordinary course of business at normal credit terms, including interest rates and collateral requirements, and, in management’s opinion, such loans represent normal credit risk.
17. Breakdown of Captions Included in the Income Statement.
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Financial Income
                       
 
                       
Interest on other receivables resulting from financial brokerage:
                       
Interest on purchased certificates of deposits
    6,033       5,374       3,667  
Compensatory Bond
          3,699       150,737  
Additional interest on current accounts and special accounts with the Argentine Central Bank
    12,241       19,621       14,811  
Advance payment-Leasing
    12,332       5,708       1,512  
Other
    3,388       1,829       1,151  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 33,994     Ps. 36,231     Ps. 171,878  
 
                 
 
                       
Other
                       
Premiums on forward purchases of Government securities under repos
    7,013       2,863       3,548  
Interest on pre-export and export financing
    69,238       57,447       34,669  
Result from other credits by financial brokerage
    11,076       71,667        
Leasing
    80,036       46,534       33,268  
Net position of valuation public sector loans
    9,157              
Net position of forward transactions in pesos
    95,433              
Other
    2,135       4       1,209  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 274,088     Ps. 178,515     Ps. 72,694  
 
                 
 
                       
Financial Expenses
                       
 
                       
Interest on other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage:
                       
Interest on negotiable obligations
    187,320       240,569       225,903  
Interest on other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage from other banks and international entities
    109,706       73,017       91,556  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 297,026     Ps. 313,586     Ps. 317,459  
 
                 
 
                       
Other interest
                       
Interest on Argentine Central Bank loans
          5,782       109,459  
CER adjustment on Argentine Central Bank advances
          34,766       69,156  
Other
    3,313       5,300       7,963  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 3,313     Ps. 45,848     Ps. 186,578  
 
                 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Other
                       
Premiums on repo transactions
    84,823       68,727       34,586  
Contributions and taxes on financial income
    112,373       66,028       52,865  
Net position of valuation public sector loans
          6,440       122,261  
Net position of forward transactions in pesos
          16,172       1,868  
Other
                874  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 197,196     Ps. 157,367     Ps. 212,454  
 
                 
 
                       
Income from services
                       
Other
                       
Commissions on credit cards
    652,040       410,543       279,598  
Safety rental
    18,003       13,213       10,007  
Insurance premiums
    58,901       49,032       39,980  
Other
    70,856       51,143       38,408  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 799,800     Ps. 523,931     Ps. 367,993  
 
                 
 
                       
Expenses for services
                       
Other
                       
Gross revenue taxes
    74,339       52,504       36,671  
Linked with credit cards
    130,813       77,555       58,342  
Other
    14,348       9,837       5,278  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 219,500     Ps. 139,896     Ps. 100,291  
 
                 
 
                       
Administrative expenses
                       
Other operating expenses
                       
Rentals
    51,292       39,963       28,032  
Electricity and communications
    72,712       57,205       41,104  
Maintenance and repair expenses
    43,841       34,780       31,979  
Security Services
    42,255       31,752       23,490  
Other operating expenses
    39,119       26,916       20,412  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 249,219     Ps. 190,616     Ps. 145,017  
 
                 
 
                       
Miscellaneous income
                       
Other
                       
Interest on miscellaneous receivables
    39,382       19,875       58,143  
Premiums and commissions from insurance business
    276,019       115,567       59,984  
Other
    18,245       38,139       33,049  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 333,646     Ps. 173,581     Ps. 151,176  
 
                 
 
                       
Miscellaneous losses
                       
Other
                       
Claims
    1,821       1,191       1,288  
Commissions and expenses on insurance business
    119,045       52,019       53,074  
Other
    17,918       15,945       12,560  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 138,784     Ps. 69,155     Ps. 66,922  
 
                 
18. Income Taxes.
Income tax for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, amounted to Ps.74,014, Ps.71,466 and Ps.94,238, respectively. The statutory income tax rate as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was 35%. As of December 31, 2008, the Group had tax loss carryforwards in the approximate amount of Ps.2,283,251 that may reduce future year’s taxable income for income tax purposes. Such tax loss carryforwards expire over the following five years.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the consolidated Group’s MPIT available to credit against future income tax amounts to Ps.284,421 and Ps.258,515, respectively. Such MPIT expire over the following ten years.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
19. Shareholders’ Equity and Restrictions Imposed on the Distribution of Dividends.
The distribution of retained earnings in the form of dividends is governed by the Corporations Law and CNV regulations. These rules obligate Grupo Galicia to transfer 5% of its net income to a legal reserve until the reserve reaches an amount equal to 20% of the company’s capital stock.
In the case of Banco Galicia, Argentine Central Bank rules require 20% of the profits shown in the income statement plus (less) prior year adjustments to be allocated to a legal reserve.
This proportion applies regardless of the ratio of the legal reserve to the capital stock. Should the legal reserve be used to absorb losses, dividends shall be distributed only if the value of the legal reserve exceeds 20% of the capital stock plus the capital adjustment.
The Argentine Central Bank modified the criteria for the distribution of dividends by financial institutions. According to the new rules, dividends can be distributed up to the positive amount resulting after deducting from retained earnings the reserves that may be legally and statutory required, as well as the following items: the difference between the book value and the market value of a financial institution’s portfolio of public sector assets and/or debt instruments issued by the Argentine Central Bank not valued at market price, the amount of the asset representing the losses from lawsuits related to deposits and any adjustments required by the external auditors or the Argentine Central Bank to be recognized.
In addition, to be able to distribute dividends, a financial institution must comply with the capital adequacy rule, with the minimum capital requirement and the regulatory capital calculated with the purpose to determine its ability to distribute dividends, by deducting from its assets and retained earnings all the items mentioned in the paragraph above, as well as the asset recorded in connection with the MPIT and the amounts allocated to the repayment of long-term debt instruments computable as core capital.
In addition, in such calculation, a financial institution will not be able to compute the temporary reductions in the capital affecting minimum capital requirements, computable regulatory capital or a financial institution’s capital adequacy.
As of December 31, 2008, the adjustments, which shall be made to Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.’s Retained Earnings, pursuant to the Argentine Central Bank’s regulations, are as follows:
   
The positive difference between the book value and the market value of public sector assets and/or debt instruments issued by the Argentine Central Bank not valued at market price: Ps.(2,520,934).
 
   
The amount of the assets representing losses from lawsuits related to deposits: Ps. (316,874).
Dividend distribution will require the prior authorization of the Argentine Central Bank, which intervention will have the purpose of verifying that the aforementioned requirements have been fulfilled.
Loan agreements entered into by the Bank as part of its foreign debt restructuring limit the Bank’s ability to directly or indirectly declare or pay dividends, or make distributions in relation to shares of common stock, except for stock dividends or distributions. It was also established that such restriction will not apply to dividends paid to said entity by a consolidated subsidiary.
Notwithstanding this, those agreements contemplate that the Bank may directly or indirectly declare or pay dividends, and may permit its subsidiaries to do so, if: (i) no default or event of default has taken place and continues to take place immediately before and after such payment has been made; (ii) the total outstanding senior debt were to be equal to or less than fifty percent (50%) of the amount of originally issued total senior debt; and (iii) the Bank were to repay two U.S. dollars (US$ 2) of long-term debt principal for each U.S. dollar (US$ 1) paid as dividends.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
In turn, the shareholders of Tarjeta Naranja S.A., ratified the decision made by the Board of Directors and, set forth the following policy for the distribution of dividends: a) to keep under retained earnings those retained earnings corresponding to fiscal years prior to 2005 and, therefore, not to distribute them as dividends, and b) to set the maximum limit for the distribution of dividends at 25% of the realized and liquid profits of each fiscal year from and after fiscal year 2005. These restrictions shall remain in force as long as this company’s shareholder’s equity is below Ps.300,000.
Also, Tarjeta Naranja S.A. agreed, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Class II and IV Negotiable Obligations, not to distribute profits exceeding 50% of net income accrued during the fiscal year closest to the distribution date for which financial statements are available.
20. Minimum Capital.
Grupo Galicia is not subject to the minimum capital requirements established by the Argentine Central Bank.
In addition, Grupo Galicia meets the minimum capital requirements established by the Corporations Law, which amount to Ps.12.
Pursuant to Argentine Central Bank regulations, Banco Galicia is required to maintain a minimum capital, which is calculated by weighting the risks related to assets and to the balances of bank premises and equipment and miscellaneous and intangible assets.
As called for by Argentine Central Bank regulations, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the minimum capital requirements were as follows:
                         
                    Computable Capital as a %  
    Minimum Capital.     Computable Capital.     of Minimum Capital.  
December 31, 2008
  Ps. 1,564,542     Ps. 2,552,269       163,13  
December 31, 2007
  Ps. 1,302,827     Ps. 2,357,135       180,92  
21. Earnings per Share.
Earnings per share are based upon the weighted average of common shares outstanding of Grupo Galicia in the amount of 1,241,407 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 and 1,240,932 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
Earnings (loss) per share for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, were 0.142, 0.037, and (0.015), respectively.
As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, there were no convertible negotiable obligations outstanding and therefore for the purposes of calculating earnings per share Grupo Galicia had a simple capital structure.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
22. Contribution to the Deposit Insurance System.
Law No. 24,485 and Decree No. 540/95 established the creation of the Deposit Insurance System to cover the risk attached to bank deposits, in addition to the system of privileges and safeguards envisaged in the Financial Institutions Law.
The National Executive Branch through Decree No. 1127/98 dated September 24, 1998, extended this insurance system to demand deposits and time deposits of up to Ps.30 denominated either in pesos and/or in foreign currency.
This system does not cover deposits made by other financial institutions (including time deposit certificates acquired through a secondary transaction), deposits made by parties related to Banco Galicia, either directly or indirectly, deposits of securities, acceptances or guarantees and those deposits set up after July 1, 1995, at an interest rate exceeding the one established regularly by the Argentine Central Bank based on a daily survey conducted by it. Also excluded are those deposits whose ownership has been acquired through endorsement and those placements made as a result of incentives other than the interest rate. This system has been implemented through the creation of the Deposit Insurance Fund (“FGD”), which is managed by a company called Seguros de Depósitos S.A. (SEDESA). The shareholders of SEDESA are the Argentine Central Bank and the financial institutions, in the proportion determined for each one by the Argentine Central Bank based on the contributions made to the fund.
As of January 1, 2005, the Argentine Central Bank set this contribution in 0.015%.
As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the standard contribution to the Deposits Insurance System amounted to Ps.23,555, Ps.20,378 and Ps.15,771, respectively.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
23. Statements of Income and Balance Sheets.
The presentation of financial statements according to the Argentine Central Bank rules differs significantly from the format required by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Rules 210.9 to 210.9-07 of Regulation S-X (Article 9). The statements of income presented below discloses the categories required by Article 9 using Argentine Banking GAAP:
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Interest income:
                       
Interest and fees on loans (*)
  Ps. 2,099,393     Ps. 1,505,134     Ps. 1,337,273  
Interest and dividends on investment securities:
                       
Tax-exempt
    76,912       99,880       54,380  
Interest on interest bearing deposits with other banks
    8,765       14,895       874  
Interest on other receivables from financial brokerage
    163,420       158,767       272,635  
Government securities and other trading gains (loss), net
    71,515       46,396       258,098  
 
                 
Total interest income
    2,420,005       1,825,072       1,923,260  
 
                 
 
                       
Interest expense
                       
Interest on deposits
    794,037       583,873       440,784  
Interest on securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    84,823       68,736       34,586  
Interest on short-term liabilities from financial intermediation
    82,667       58,926       60,032  
Interest on long-term liabilities from financial intermediation (*)
    316,141       359,602       1,124,644  
 
                 
Total interest expense
    1,277,668       1,071,137       1,660,046  
 
                 
 
                       
Net interest income
    1,142,337       753,935       263,214  
 
                 
 
                       
Provision for loan losses, Net of reversals
    313,188       172,470       28,628  
 
                 
Net interest income /(expense) after provision for loan losses
    829,149       581,465       234,586  
 
                 
     
(*)  
Includes CER/CVS adjustments.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Non-interest income:
                       
Service charges on deposit accounts
  Ps. 201,653     Ps. 160,534     Ps. 125,687  
Credit-card service charges and fees
    548,629       434,358       316,324  
Other commissions
    897,715       610,984       435,109  
Income from equity in other companies
    56,764       1,957        
Premiums and commissions on insurance business
    276,019       115,567       59,984  
Gain on sale of other investment
                93,575  
Other
    139,949       121,428       219,047  
 
                 
Total non-interest income
  Ps. 2,120,729     Ps. 1,444,828     Ps. 1,249,726  
 
                 
 
                       
Non-interest expense:
                       
Commissions
    309,808       204,867       144,240  
Salaries and social security charges
    805,197       540,643       415,406  
Fees and external administrative services
    161,192       125,502       102,799  
Depreciation of bank premises and equipment
    61,910       49,952       37,095  
Personnel services
    90,791       75,650       46,622  
Rentals
    51,292       39,963       28,032  
Electricity and communications
    72,712       57,205       41,104  
Advertising and publicity
    146,496       113,809       84,507  
Taxes
    324,475       214,006       158,352  
Amortization of organization and development expenses
    37,950       35,640       34,904  
Loss from equity in other companies
                14,362  
Maintenance and repair expenses
    43,841       34,780       31,979  
Minority interest
    35,812       32,119       19,016  
Commissions and expenses on insurance business
    119,045       52,019       53,072  
Amortization of “Amparo claims”
    39,545       108,667        
Other Provisions and reserves
    161,703       48,151       62,424  
Other
    237,276       175,817       135,074  
 
                 
Total non-interest expense
  Ps. 2,699,045     Ps. 1,908,790     Ps. 1,408,988  
 
                 
Income before tax expense
    250,833       117,503       75,324  
Income tax expense
    (74,014 )     (71,466 )     (94,238 )
 
                 
Net (loss) / income
  Ps. 176,819     Ps. 46,037     Ps (18,914 )
 
                 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Argentine Central Bank rules also require certain classifications of assets and liabilities, which are different from those required by Article 9. The following balance sheet presents Grupo Galicia’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, as if they had followed Article 9 balance sheet disclosure requirements using Argentine Banking GAAP.
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Assets :
               
Cash and due from banks
  Ps. 3,440,912     Ps. 3,008,009  
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
    317,278       159,252  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements or similar agreements
    416,914       2,906  
Trading account assets
    989,565       476,195  
Available for sale securities
    4,325,448       4,743,676  
Loans
    12,951,627       12,444,276  
Allowances for loan losses
    (539,475 )     (437,917 )
Miscellaneous receivables
    998,331       768,641  
Fixed assets
    871,269       743,132  
Intangible Assets
    566,979       448,318  
Other assets
    1,282,416       1,043,401  
 
           
Total assets
  Ps. 25,621,264     Ps. 23,399,889  
 
           
 
               
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity :
               
Deposits
  Ps. 13,953,478     Ps. 13,070,023  
Short-term borrowing
    507,039       327,563  
Other liabilities
    368,278       744,896  
Amounts payable for spot and forward purchases to be settled
    1,014,120       1,273,308  
Other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage
    3,394,246       1,969,060  
Long-term debt
    3,556,101       3,648,281  
Miscellaneous Liabilities
    478,720       324,583  
Contingent liabilities
    257,333       170,083  
Minority interest in Consolidated Subsidiaries
    246,204       217,587  
Common stock
    1,241,407       1,241,407  
Other shareholders’ equity
    604,338       413,098  
 
           
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  Ps. 25,621,264     Ps. 23,399,889  
 
           
The carrying value and market value of each classification of available-for-sale securities in the Article 9 balance sheet were as follows.
                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
            Unrealized                     Unrealized        
    Carrying value     Gains/(Losses)     Market value     Carrying value     Gains/(Losses)     Market value  
Boden 2012 Bonds - Compensatory Bond and Hedge Bond
    2,350,815             1,253,440       2,744,256       (47,694 )     2,437,796  
GalTrust I
    633,996             67,881       600,909       (97,166 )     295,325  
Discount Bonds
    641,804             161,531       671,492       34,020       312,087  
Other assets
    698,833       20,241       567,174       727,019       (32,981 )     672,132  
 
                                   
TOTAL
  Ps. 4,325,448     Ps. 20,241     Ps. 2,050,026     Ps. 4,743,676     Ps (143,821 )   Ps. 3,717,340  
 
                                   

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The maturities as of December 31, 2008, of the available-for-sale government securities and the GalTrust I and other assets included in the Article 9 balance sheet were as follows:
                                         
    December 31, 2008  
                    Maturing after     Maturing after        
            Maturing within     1 year but within     5 years but within     Maturing after  
    Carrying Value     1 year     5 years     10 years     10 years  
Boden 2012 Bonds – Compensatory Bond and Hedge Bond
  Ps. 2,350,815     Ps. 587,704     Ps. 1,763,111     Ps.     Ps.  
GalTrust I
    633,996             32,560       601,436        
Discount Bonds
    641,804                         641,804  
Participation Certificates
    461,714       306,849       154,865              
Debt Securities
    88,234       64,912       6,600       16,722        
Other assets
    148,885       148,885                    
 
                             
TOTAL
  Ps. 4,325,448     Ps. 1,108,350     Ps. 1,957,136     Ps. 618,158     Ps. 641,804  
 
                             
24. Operations by Geographical Segment.
The main financial information, classified by country where transactions originate, is shown below. Most of the transactions originated in the Republic of Uruguay were with Argentine citizens and enterprises, and were denominated in U.S. dollars. Transactions between different geographical segments have been eliminated for the purposes of this Note.
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Total revenues:(*)
                       
Republic of Argentina
  Ps. 4,582,947     Ps. 3,376,524     Ps. 3,315,964  
Republic of Uruguay
    47,411       65,565       82,194  
Net income (loss), net of monetary effects allocable to each country:
                       
Republic of Argentina
    166,368       28,214       (64,399 )
Republic of Uruguay
    10,451       17,823       45,485  
Total assets:
                       
Republic of Argentina
    24,349,404       22,335,675       23,075,194  
Republic of Uruguay
    386,386       493,063       540,244  
Fixed assets
                       
Republic of Argentina
    866,179       732,109       479,184  
Republic of Uruguay
    5,090       11,023       11,106  
Miscellaneous assets
                       
Republic of Argentina
    78,326       112,534       271,067  
Republic of Uruguay
    297       41       40  
Goodwill
                       
Republic of Argentina
    37,804       58,266       65,165  
Other intangible assets
                       
Republic of Argentina
    528,115       389,078       436,724  
Republic of Uruguay
    1,060       974       907  
Geographical segment assets as a percentage of total assets
                       
Republic of Argentina
    98,44 %     97,84 %     97,71 %
Republic of Uruguay
    1,56 %     2,16 %     2,29 %
     
(*)  
The caption Revenues include financial income, income from services and miscellaneous income.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
25. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk.
The Group has been party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of its business in order to meet the financing needs of its customers. These instruments expose the Bank to credit risk above and beyond the amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheets. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, guarantees granted and acceptances.
The Group uses the same credit policies in making commitments, conditional obligations and guarantees as it does for granting loans. In management’s opinion, the Group’s outstanding commitments and guarantees do not represent unusual credit risk.
The Group’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparty to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, guarantees granted and acceptances is represented by the contractual notional amount of those investments.
A summary of the credit exposure related to these items is shown below:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Commitments to extend credit
  Ps. 1,003,449     Ps. 827,851  
Standby letters of credit
    157,056       144,215  
Guarantees granted
    208,851       139,692  
Acceptances
    69,500       56,251  
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer at a future date, subject to the meeting of the contractual terms. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent actual future cash requirements of the Group. The Group evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. In addition to the above commitments, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the available purchase limits for credit card holders amounted to Ps.13,995,200 and Ps.12,058,333, respectively.
Standby letters of credit and guarantees granted are conditional commitments issued by the Group to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.
Acceptances are conditional commitments for foreign trade transactions.
The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit and granting guarantees is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. In order to grant guarantees to its customers, the Group may require counter-guarantees. These financial customer guarantees are classified by type, as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Preferred counter-guarantees
  Ps. 34,748     Ps. 24,840  
Other counter-guarantees
    43,253       26,546  

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The Group accounts for checks drawn on it and other banks, as well as other items in process of collection, such as notes, bills and miscellaneous items, in memorandum accounts until such time when the related item clears or is accepted. In management’s opinion, the risk of loss on these clearing transactions is not significant. The amounts of clearing items in process were as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Checks drawn on the Bank
  Ps. 439,809     Ps. 297,143  
Checks drawn on the other Bank
    369,531       360,481  
Bills and other items for collection
    1,322,145       1,640,885  
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the trusts’ funds amounted to Ps.509,806 and Ps.858,039, respectively.
In addition, the Group had securities in custody, which as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, amounted to Ps.5,534,324 and Ps.6,694,343, respectively.
26. Derivative Financial Instruments.
The Group’s management of financial risks is carried within the limits of the policies approved by the Board of Directors in such respect. In that sense, derivatives allow, depending on market conditions, to adjust risk exposures to the established limits, thus contributing to keep such exposures within the parameters set forth by said policies. The Group plans to continue to use these instruments in the future, as long as their use is favorably assessed, in order to limit certain risk exposures.
The derivative instruments held by the Group as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 where as follows:
                                         
                    Notional     Net Book     Net Book  
            Average     Amount as     Value as of     Value as of  
            Weighted     of     December 31,     December 31,  
            Maturity     December 31,     2008 Asset /     2007 Asset /  
Type of Contract   Underlying   Term     2008     (Liability)     (Liability) -  
FUTURES (a)
                                       
- Purchases
  Foreign currency   5 months     230,332             1,087 (*)
- Sales
  Foreign currency   3 months     116,240       (297 )(*)      
FORWARDS — CLIENTS (b)
                                       
- Sales
  Foreign currency   7 months     91,624       (23,556 )(*)      
- Purchases
  Foreign currency   3 months     300       65 (*)      
FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY HEDGE CONTRACT (c)
                                       
- Purchases
  Foreign currency   7 months     49,000       15,827        
OPTIONS (d)
                                       
- Put option written Boden 2012 coupon
  National government securities   25 months     36,508              
- Put option written Boden 2013 coupon
  National government securities   38 months     108,142              
     
(*)  
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the amounts correspond to sales as well as purchases.
 
(a)  
These transactions are made through recognized exchange markets, such as Mercado Abierto Electrónico (MAE) and Mercado a Término de Rosario (ROFEX).

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
     
   
The general settlement method for these transactions does not require delivery of the traded underlying asset. Rather, settlement is carried on a daily basis for the difference, if any, between the closing price of the underlying asset and the closing price or value of the underlying asset corresponding to the previous day, the difference in price being charged to income.
 
   
The Group records under “Other Receivables from Financial Brokerage” and / or “Other Liabilities Resulting from Financial Brokerage”, as the case may be, the difference between the agreed foreign currency exchange rate and such exchange rate at the end of the year according with the future prices published by the recognized exchange markets mentioned above.
 
   
These transactions only include futures purchase and sale of U.S. dollars.
 
(b)  
These transactions have been conducted directly with customers pursuant to the above-mentioned conditions. The Group records under “Other Receivables from Financial Brokerage” and / or “Other Liabilities Resulting from Financial Brokerage”, as the case may be, the difference between the agreed foreign currency exchange rate and such exchange rate at the end of the year according with the future prices published by Rofex.
 
(c)  
On October 14, 2008, the Group entered into a forward foreign currency hedge contract, aimed to hedge the risk associated with the exchange rate exposure of financial debt designated in U.S. Dollars.
 
   
Since the Group’s purpose when entering into this contract was to reduce its exposure to US Dollar fluctuations and denominate its future commitments in Pesos, and the main terms of the contract (amount and due date) are similar to those of the financial debt, the derivative has been designated as a cash flow hedge. Changes in the fair value of this derivative have been charged to shareholders’ equity, under “Valuation difference from hedging derivatives”, and shall be recorded as results when the covered item affects such results.
 
(d)  
As established by Decree 1836/02 and Argentine Central Bank regulations, in connection with the second exchange offered by the government to exchange restructured deposits for government bonds, the Bank granted an option to sell coupons to the holders of restructured deposits certificates who had opted to receive Boden 2013 Bonds and Boden 2012 Bonds in exchange for their certificates.
 
   
The exercise price will be equal to that resulting from converting to pesos the face value of each coupon in U.S. dollars at a rate of Ps.1.40 per U.S. dollar adjusted by applying the CER, which arises from comparing the index at February 3, 2002 to that corresponding to the due date of the coupon. That value shall in no case exceed the principal and interest amounts in pesos resulting from applying the face value of the coupon in U.S. dollars at the buying exchange rate quoted by Banco de la Nación Argentina (Banco Nación) on the payment date of that coupon.
 
   
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the options bought and sold were recorded at their exercise price in memorandum accounts. The premiums collected and/or paid have been accrued on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
27. Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments.
Financial Accounting Standards No. 107 (“SFAS”) “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” requires disclosures of estimates of fair value of financial instruments. These estimates were made at the end of December 2008 and 2007. Because many of the Bank’s financial instruments do not have a ready trading market from which to determine fair value, the disclosures are based upon estimates regarding economic and current market conditions and risk characteristics. Such estimates are subjective and involve matters of judgment and, therefore, are not precise and may not be reasonably comparable to estimates of fair value for similar instruments made by other financial institutions.
The estimated fair values do not include the value of assets and liabilities not considered financial instruments.
In order to determine the fair value, cash flows were discounted for each category or group of loans having similar characteristics, based on credit risk, guarantees and/or maturities, using rates offered for similar loans by the Bank as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
                                 
    2008     2007  
    Book Value     Fair Value     Book Value     Fair Value  
Derivative activities: (see Note 26)
                               
Assets
  Ps. 15,892     Ps. 15,892     Ps. 1,087     Ps. 1,087  
Liabilities
    23,853       67,073             7,697  
 
                               
Non derivative activities:
                               
Assets:
                               
Cash and due from banks (1)
  Ps. 3,405,133     Ps. 3,405,133     Ps. 2,960,013     Ps. 2,960,013  
Government securities (2)
                               
Trading
    913,350       913,350       387,748       387,739  
Without quotation
    69,772       20,559       1,872       1,872  
Investment
    548,692       303,196       1,303,437       1,157,954  
Loans (3)
    11,774,586       11,211,857       11,601,029       11,486,918  
Others (4)
    5,416,276       3,501,411       4,269,838       3,433,156  
 
                               
Liabilities:
                               
Deposits (5)
  Ps. 14,056,134     Ps. 13,979,359     Ps. 13,165,621     Ps. 13,132,756  
Other liabilities resulting from financial Intermediation:
                               
Banks and international entities and Loans from Domestic Financial Institutions (6) and Negotiable obligations (7)
    4,140,741       2,419,854       4,054,516       3,780,254  
Others (8)
    3,561,827       3,502,958       3,163,696       3,132,170  
The following is a description of the estimating techniques applied:
     
(1)  
Cash and due from banks: By definition, cash and due from banks are short-term and do not possess credit loss risk. The carrying values as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 are a reasonable estimate of fair value.
 
(2)  
Government securities: Government securities held for trading purposes are carried at fair value. Holdings of investment account securities correspond to the Compensatory Bond and the Hedge Bond received (Boden 2012 Bonds) related to the compensation to financial institutions, which fair value corresponds to the Boden 2012 Bonds’ quoted market value. Under Argentine Banking GAAP, securities without quotation include Discount Bonds. Such bonds had quoted market values and therefore the fair value of them where determined using the mentioned quoted market values.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
     
(3)  
Loans: The fair values of loans are estimated for groups of similar characteristics, including type of loan, credit quality incorporating the credit risk factor. For floating- or adjustable-rate loans, which mature or are repriced within a short period of time, the carrying values are considered to be a reasonable estimate of fair values. For fixed-rate loans, market prices are not generally available and the fair values are estimated by and remaining maturity. In discounting the estimated future cash flows based on the contracted maturity of the loans. The discount rates are based on the current market rates corresponding to the applicable maturity. Where quoted market prices or estimated fair values are available, primarily for loans to refinancing countries, loans held for dispositions or sales and certain other foreign loans, the fair values are based on such market prices and estimated fair values, including secondary market prices. For nonperforming loans, the fair values are generally determined on an individual basis by discounting the estimated future cash flows and may be based on the appraisal value of underlying collateral as appropriate.
 
   
In order to determine the fair value of Secured Loans, the portfolio was considered at amortized cost, which is the fair value at the date of exchange (December 2001).
 
(4)  
Others: Includes other receivables from financial brokerage and equity investments in other companies. A majority of the items included under “Other Receivables from Financial Brokerage” purchases of government securities held for investment purposes is the quoted market value of the underlying government securities, mostly Boden 2012 and Discount Bonds. Also included under this caption are financial trusts certificates of participation, that their fair value is estimated using valuation techniques to convert the future amounts to a single present amount discounted. The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectation about those future amounts. The estimated of the cash flows is based on the future cash flows from the securitized assets, considering the prepayments, historical loan performance, etc. Equity investments in companies where significant influence is exercised are not within the scope of SFAS No. 107. Equity investments in other companies are carried at market value less costs to sell.
 
(5)  
Deposits: The fair value of deposit liabilities on demand and savings account deposits is similar to its book value. The fair value of time deposits was calculated by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates for instruments with similar maturities.
 
(6)  
Banks and international entities and loans from domestic financial institutions: Includes credit lines borrowed under different credit arrangements from local and foreign banks and entities. Most of them were restructured as of May 2004. As of December 2008 and December 2007, when no quoted market prices were available, the estimated fair value has been calculated by discounting the contractual cash flows of these liabilities at estimated market rates.
 
(7)  
Negotiable obligations: As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the fair value of the negotiable obligations was determined based on quoted market prices and when no quoted market prices were available, the estimated fair value has been calculated by discounting the contractual cash flows of these liabilities at estimated market rates.
 
(8)  
Others: Includes other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage. Their fair value was estimated at the expected future cash discounted at the estimated rates at year-end.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
28. Pending events derived from the system’s crisis in late 2001.
Legal actions requesting protection of Constitutional guarantees.
The Government through Decree No. 1570/2001, Law No 25561, Decree No. 214/02 and other concurrent regulations, established restrictions on money withdrawals from financial institutions and the conversion into pesos of all dollar deposits, at the exchange rate of Ps.1.40 per US$ 1. In turn, these rules also established that financial institutions were to comply with their obligations by reimbursing pesos in the amounts resulting from this conversion, including the CER adjustment plus a 2% annual interest rate. As a result of the measures that established the pesification and restructuring of foreign-currency deposits, since December 2001, a significant number of claims have been filed against the Government and/or financial institutions, formally challenging the emergency regulations and requesting prompt payment of deposits in their original currency. The emergency regulations have been declared unconstitutional by most lower and upper courts.
The difference between the amount paid as a result of the abovementioned court orders and the amount resulting from converting deposits at the Ps.1.40 per U.S. dollar exchange rate, adjusted by the CER and interest accrued up to the payment date, totaled Ps.786,256 and Ps.706,860, as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, and they have been recorded as “Intangible Assets”. The residual value as of those dates totaled Ps.316,874, and Ps.277,024.
The Group has repeatedly reserved its right to make claims, at a suitable time, in view of the negative effect on its financial condition of the reimbursement of deposits originally denominated in dollars, pursuant to orders issued by the judicial branch, either in U.S. dollars or in pesos for the equivalent amount at the market exchange rate, since compensation of this effect was not included by the Government in the calculation of the compensation to financial institutions. The method of accounting for such right as a deferred loss, set forth by Argentine Central Bank regulations, does not affect its existence or legitimacy. To such effect, the Bank has reserved all of the corresponding rights.
On December 30, 2003, the Bank formally requested from the Government, with copy to the Ministry of Economy (“MECON”) and to the Argentine Central Bank, to be compensated for the losses incurred due to the asymmetric pesification and court decisions. The Bank has reserved its right to further extend such request in order to encompass losses made definitive by new final judgments.
On December 27, 2006, the Argentine Supreme Court of Justice ruled on the case named “Massa c/ Estado Nacional and Bank Boston”, resolving that the defendant bank must fulfill its obligation to reimburse a dollar-denominated deposit subject to emergency regulations by paying the original amount deposited converted into pesos at an the exchange rate of Ps.1.40 per U.S. dollar, adjusted by CER until the effective payment day, together with a 4% annual interest and computing amounts paid in order to comply with preliminary injunctions or other measures as payments on account.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Moreover, in the Kujarchuck case (August 2007), the Supreme Court established a calculation method for partial payments, thus ratifying the criteria held by most of the courts of law since the Massa’s ruling. On March 20, 2007 Supreme Court of Justice ruled, in the case of “EMM S.R.L. c/ Tía S.A.”, that Decree No. 214/02 did not apply to judicial deposits, and that such deposits must be reimbursed to the depositors in their original currency.
It is expected that said decisions by the Supreme Court of Justice would be strongly followed in similar cases to be heard by the lower courts.
The Bank keeps addressing court decisions gradually on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the individual circumstances of each case. Management continuously monitors and analyses the implications of such ruling for similarly situated cases. The Bank records liabilities for Ps.37,934 on account of the amounts pending settlement as result of the cases still unresolved. The possible difference that may arise from the amount ordered by the courts and the amount recorded by the Bank shall be registered as stated for by the Argentine Central Bank’s regulations under Intangible Assets, and shall be amortized in 60 months. As a consequence of the above, and due to the information available at the date of these financial statements, the Bank’s management considers that the effects derived from these situations would not significantly affect the Bank’s shareholders’ equity.
With respect to judicial deposits that were pesified, the Argentine Central Bank provided that, as from July 2007, institutions should establish an allowance equal to the difference that arises from the balance of deposits recorded at each month-end in their original currency and the balance in pesos that was recorded in the books. This allowance, established as of December 31, 2008, and charged to income amounts to Ps.1,926.
Claims due to foreign exchange differences arising from the repayment of financial assistance during foreign exchange market holidays in January 2002.
During December 2001, the Bank received financial assistance in pesos from the Argentine Central Bank to face a temporary liquidity shortage. This financial assistance was repaid by using the funds, in U.S. dollars, provided by the Bank Liquidity Fund (“BLF”), on January 2 and 4, 2002. On the day those funds were credited, the Argentine Central Bank had declared a foreign-exchange market holiday.
On January 06, 2002, before the market was reopened, Law No. 25561 was enacted, which repealed the convertibility system and established a new exchange rate of Ps.1.40 per U.S. dollar.
During the foreign-exchange market holiday, as a result of the aforementioned regulations, no foreign currency could be traded. As a result, the U.S. dollars funds credited by the BLF on January 2 and 4, 2002, remained in U.S. dollars until the reopening of the market. On that date, and in accordance with the regulations in force, the U.S. dollar was sold at Ps.1.40. For this reason, when the Argentine Central Bank applied US$ 410,000 to the settlement of the financial assistance granted to the Bank, it should have cancelled US$ 410,000 times 1.40, that is, the amount of Ps.574,000.
This has infringed the guarantee of inviolability of private property and equal treatment before the law.
The Bank considers that the Ps.164,000 difference will have to be reimbursed to the Bank, or that an equivalent restoration of its equity should be considered. The Bank has filed a claim before the Argentine Central Bank to recover the above-mentioned amount. Such right has not been accounted for in these financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
29. Preferred Liabilities of the former Banco Almafuerte Coop. Ltdo.
As a consequence of the dissolution of former Banco Almafuerte Coop. Ltdo., the Bank assumed certain preferred liabilities corresponding to five branches of said financial institution. As a counterpart, the Bank received a Class “A” Participation Certificate of the Nues Trust Fund and has been involved in the creation of a Special Fund. Both transactions were implemented pursuant to Resolution No. 659, dated November 27, 1998, adopted by the Board of Directors of the Argentine Central Bank within the framework of Section 35 bis, section II, clauses a) and b) of the Financial Institutions Law.
On June 30, 2006, the holders of Class “A” Participation Certificates of the Nues Trust, the Trustee and the contributors to the Special Fund subscribed a new agreement in order to achieve the total repayment of unpaid balances corresponding to Class “A” Participation Certificates and the subsequent liquidation of the Special Fund.
Pursuant to the provisions set forth in the abovementioned agreement, as of December 31, 2008, the Participation Certificate balance amounted to Ps.53,143 and the Special Fund’s balance amounted to Ps.359,059. At the end of the prior fiscal year, said balances amounted to Ps.46,856 and Ps.337,486, respectively.
As of December 31, 2008, the underlying assets of the Nues Trust and the Special Fund were invested in cash, securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank and secured loans amounting to Ps.359,752, Ps.131,192 and Ps.522,789, respectively. The Bank held 25,898% of the total certificates of participation of the Nues Trust and 45% of the Special Fund.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
30. Financial Trusts.
a) Financial trusts with Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A. as trustee outstanding at fiscal year-end:
                                                         
            Estimated                             Book value of securities held  
    Creation     maturity                     Portfolio     in own portfolio  
Name   Date     date     Trustee   Trust assets   transferred     12.31.08     12.31.07  
Galtrust I
    10.13.00       10.10.15     First Trust of New York N.A.   Loans to provincial governments (Bogar)   US$ 490,224 (*)   Ps. 633,996     Ps. 600,909  
Galtrust II
    12.17.01       12.10.10     First Trust of New York N.A.   Mortgage loans   US$ 61,191           Ps. 8,146  
Galtrust V
    12.17.01       01.10.16     First Trust of New York N.A.   Mortgage loans   US$ 57,573           Ps. 16,854  
Galicia
    04.16.02       05.06.32     Bapro mandatos y negocios   Secured loans   Ps. 108,000     Ps. 73,447     Ps. 65,347  
Créditos Inmobiliarios Galicia I
    08.17.05       03.15.15     Deutsche Bank S.A.   Mortgage loans   Ps. 91,000     Ps. 21,291     Ps. 20,313  
Créditos Inmobiliarios Galicia II
    10.12.05       12.15.25     Deutsche Bank S.A.   Mortgage loans   Ps. 150,000     Ps. 49,892     Ps. 47,493  
Galicia Prendas Comerciales
    07.03.06       02.15.11     Deutsche Bank S.A.   Pledge loans   Ps. 86,623     Ps. 6,593     Ps. 12,780  
Galicia Personales III
    05.16.06       03.15.11     Deutsche Bank S.A.   Personal loans   Ps. 100,000           Ps. 15,909  
Galicia Personales IV
    01.17.07       10.15.11     Deutsche Bank S.A.   Personal loans   Ps. 100,000     Ps. 13,737     Ps. 13,824  
Galicia Personales V
    04.13.07       01.15.12     Deutsche Bank S.A.   Personal loans   Ps. 150,000     Ps. 25,168     Ps. 19,939  
Galicia Personales VI
    09.28.07       06.15.12     Deutsche Bank S.A.   Personal loans   Ps. 108,081     Ps. 17,670     Ps. 15,257  
Galicia Personales VII
    02.21.08       11.15.12     Deutsche Bank S.A.   Personal loans   Ps. 150,000     Ps. 25,010        
Galicia Personales VIII
    07.04.08       04.15.13     Deutsche Bank S.A.   Personal loans   Ps. 187,500     Ps. 39,956        
Galicia Leasing I
    09.22.06       05.15.11     Deutsche Bank S.A.   Assets under financial leases   Ps. 150,000     Ps. 24,168     Ps. 23,015  
     
(*)  
The remaining US$ 9,776 was transferred in cash.
b) As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A. records financial trusts in own portfolio:
Received as loan repayment for Ps.57,378 and Ps.24,884, respectively.
Acquired as investments for Ps.9,891 and Ps.7,325, respectively.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
c) BG Financial Trust:
The “BG Financial Trust” was created in December 2005. The Bank transferred to the trustee (“Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.”) Ps.264,426 of loans classified in category “3” in accordance with the Argentine Central Bank rules or in a lower category, for an amount, net of allowances, of Ps.91,290. The Bank received in exchange cash for an equal amount. The debt securities issued by the trust were fully subscribed by third parties. The Bank has been appointed Servicer and Collection Manager of the Trust, thus assuming a special management commitment that will enable the Bank to receive a compensation incentive equal to 55% of the excess of net cash flows, upon the occurrence of the following: (i) no later than December 31, 2009, the net cash flow effectively collected equals or exceeds the price paid for the transferred portfolio; and (ii) no later than December 31, 2012, an IRR equal to or greater than 18% is reached. In the event the two objectives of the special management commitment fail to be met, a penalty equal to the difference shall be paid to the trustee.
As of April 2008, the requirements stated in items (i) and (ii) have been fullfilled, thus the Bank became entitled to receive the compensation incentive beginning on such date.
d) Financial trusts with the companies controlled by Tarjetas Regionales S.A. as trustees outstanding at fiscal year-end:
Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
                                                         
            Estimated                             Book value of securities  
    Creation     maturity                     Portfolio     held in own portfolio  
Name   date     date     Trustee   Trust assets   transferred     12.31.08     12.31.07  
Tarjeta Naranja Trust I
    11.07.05       05.20.08     Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.   Certain credit rights against cardholders   Ps. 94,500           Ps. 21,195  
Tarjeta Naranja Trust III
    08.15.06       09.20.08     Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.   Certain credit rights against cardholders   Ps. 139,342           Ps. 26,844  
Tarjeta Naranja Trust IV
    08.14.07       07.20.08     Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.   Certain credit rights against cardholders   Ps. 76,052           Ps. 8,694  
Tarjeta Naranja Trust V
    10.09.07       11.20.09     Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.   Certain credit rights against cardholders   Ps. 115,306     Ps. 21,391     Ps. 17,828  
Tarjeta Naranja Trust Vl
    12.11.07       01.23.10     Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.   Certain credit rights against cardholders   Ps. 150,003     Ps. 24,983     Ps. 22,436  
Tarjeta Naranja Trust Vll
    02.19.08       07.23.10     Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.   Certain credit rights against cardholders   Ps. 142,913     Ps. 25,316        
Tarjeta Naranja Trust Vlll
    08.05.08       09.20.10     Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.   Certain credit rights against cardholders   Ps. 138,742     Ps. 46,235        
In December, 2008, Tarjeta Naranja S. A. signed with Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S. A. as trustee, an agreement for the creation of the Financial Trust called Tarjeta Naranja Trust IX, whereby this company initially assigned credits for Ps.57,147. The C.N.V. authorized the listing of the securities issued by such trust on December 15, 2008. As a result of the placement dated January 19, 2009, the Trust issued trust debt securities for Ps.76,116 and participation certificates for Ps.14,498. The latter were purchased by the Company.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
As of December 31, 2008, Tarjeta Naranja S.A.’s holdings of class “A” debt securities and participation certificates totaled Ps.23,381 and Ps.94,544, respectively. As of December 31, 2007 its holdings of class “B” debt securities and participation certificates totaled Ps.81,078 and Ps.15,919, respectively.
As of previous fiscal year-end, the company recorded investments in trusts for the amount of Ps.341.
Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.
                                                         
            Estimated                             Book value of securities held  
    Creation     maturity                     Portfolio     in own portfolio  
Name   date     date     Trustee   Trust assets   transferred     12.31.08     12.31.07  
Tarjetas Cuyanas Trust IV
    11.01.06       11.15.08     Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.   Certain credit rights against cardholders   Ps. 68,120           Ps. 17,911  
Tarjetas Cuyanas Trust V
    02.04.08       03.15.10     Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.   Certain credit rights against cardholders   Ps. 61,700     Ps. 14,733        
Tarjetas Cuyanas Trust VI
    07.07.08       02.23.10     Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.   Certain credit rights against cardholders   Ps. 89,000     Ps. 21,023        
As of December 31, 2008, Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.’s holding of participation certificates totaled Ps.34,955 and Ps.801 corresponding to debt securities, and as of December 31, 2007, this company’s holding of participation certificates amounted to Ps.17,911. No holdings of trust debt securities were recorded as at such date
Tarjetas del Mar S.A.
                                                         
            Estimated                             Book value of securities held  
    Creation     maturity                     Portfolio     in own portfolio  
Name   date     date     Trustee   Trust assets   transferred     12.31.08     12.31.07  
Tarjetas del Mar Serie III
    11.09.07       07.31.08     Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.   Certain credit rights against cardholders   Ps. 14,217           Ps. 2,692  
Tarjetas del Mar Serie IV
    07.28.08       05.31.09     Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.   Certain credit rights against cardholders   Ps. 26,800     Ps. 5,186        
As of December 31, 2008, Tarjetas del Mar S.A.’s holding of participation certificates totaled Ps.5,080 and Ps.158 corresponding to debt securities, and as of December 31, 2007, this company’s holding of participation certificates amounted to Ps.2,692. No holdings of debt securities were recorded as at such date.
  e)  
Trust Activities
   
Trust contracts for purposes of guaranteeing compliance with obligations:
Purpose: in order to guarantee compliance with contractual obligations, the parties to these agreements have agreed to deliver to the Bank, amounts as fiduciary property, to be invested according to the following detail:

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
                         
            Balances of     Maturity Date  
Date of Contract     Trustor   Trust Funds     (1)  
          Ps.        
12.29.05      
Tecsan – Benito Roggio
    2       04.28.11  
04.10.07      
Sullair
    2       12.31.10  
10.25.07      
Argensun
    4       01.31.09  
02.12.08      
Sinteplast
    148       01.28.13  
       
Total
    156          
     
(1)  
These amounts shall be released monthly until settlement date of trustor obligations or maturity date, whichever occurs first.
   
Financial trust contracts:
Purpose: to administer and exercise the fiduciary ownership of the trust assets until the redemption of debt securities and participation certificates:
                                 
Date of Contract     Trustor   Balances of Trust Funds     Maturity Date  
          Ps.     US$        
03.10.05      
Grobo I
    714             06.30.09 (3)
07.13.05      
Rumbo Norte I
    4,277       32       07.13.11 (3)
10.12.05      
Hydro I
    24,960             09.05.17 (2)
08.10.06      
Faid 2006/07
    179             02.28.09 (3)
12.05.06      
Faid 2011
    49,805             02.28.12 (3)
12.06.06      
Gas I
    392,050             06.30.11 (3)
03.02.07      
Agro Nitralco
    2,876             03.31.09 (3)
03.29.07      
Saturno V
    90             02.28.09 (3)
05.11.07      
Radio Sapienza V
    12             02.28.09 (3)
06.08.07      
Saturno VI
    870             06.30.09 (3)
09.05.07      
Saturno VII
    3,493             09.30.09 (3)
11.22.07      
Radio Sapienza VI
    5,737             01.12.11 (3)
03.19.08      
Saturno VIII
    5,931             03.31.09 (3)
06.19.08      
Saturno IX
    1,120             03.31.09 (3)
05.06.08      
Agro Nitralco II
    17,426             08.14.09 (3)
       
Totals
    509,540       32          
     
(2)  
These amounts shall be released monthly until redemption of debt securities.
 
(3)  
Estimated date, since maturity date shall occur at the time of the distribution of all of trust assets.
31. Segment Reporting.
The Group has disclosed its segment information in accordance with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information”. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available and which is regularly reviewed by the Board of Directors in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Reportable segments consist of one or more operating segments with similar economic characteristics, distribution systems and regulatory environments. The information provided for Segment Reporting is based on internal reports used by management.
The Group measures the performance of each of its business segments primarily in terms of “Net income” in accordance with the regulatory reporting requirements of the Argentine Central Bank. Net income and other segment information are based on Argentine Banking GAAP and are consistent with the presentation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
During 2007, the Group finalized the implementation of the change in its internal-management reporting structure. Effective 2007, the results of Banco Galicia’s operations, the Group’s main subsidiary, are not segregated by geographical regions. Rather, the banking business is reported as one single segment that is evaluated regularly by the Board of Directors in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance of the Group’s business. As a result, the Group’s segment disclosures for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are presented on a new basis to correspond with its internal reporting structure. The Group’s segment disclosures for the year ended December 31, 2006 have been adjusted in order to reflect the change in its internal reporting structure for comparative purposes.
The following summarizes the aggregation of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s operating segments into reportable segments:
Banking: corresponds to the results of our banking business and represents the accounts of Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A. consolidated line by line with Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A. and it subsidiaries. The results of Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa, and Galicia Administradora de Fondos S.A. Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión, which are controlled by the Bank are shown under income from equity investments.
Regional Credit Cards : shows the results of our regional credit card and consumer finance business and represents the accounts of Tarjetas Regionales S.A. consolidated with its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2008, Tarjetas Regionales S.A.’s main subsidiaries were Tarjeta Naranja S.A. , Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A., and Tarjetas del Mar S.A..
Insurance: includes the results of our insurance business and represents the accounts of Sudamericana Holding S.A. and its subsidiaries, including the results of the 12.5% interest owned by the Bank. As of December 31, 2008, Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. maintained, through Sudamericana Holding S.A., controlling interests in Galicia Vida Compañía de Seguros S.A., Galicia Retiro Compañía de Seguros S.A. and Sudamericana Asesores de Seguros S.A..
Other Grupo Businesses: shows the results of Galicia Warrants S.A., Net Investment S.A. (in both cases, including the 12.5% interest of the Bank),Galval Agente de Valores S.A. and GV Mandataria de Valores S.A..
The column “Adjustments” comprises (i) intercompany transactions between us and our consolidated subsidiaries and among these companies, if corresponding, which are eliminated in our consolidated income statement; (ii) adjustments to compensate for not showing the results of Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa, Galicia Administradora de Fondos S.A. Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión consolidated line by line with Banco Galicia but as income from equity investments, while in our consolidated financial statements, the accounts of these companies are shown line by line; (iii) the results corresponding to minority interests in the Bank and (iv) all of our stand alone income and expenses, including goodwill amortization, different from income from our interests in our subsidiaries.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
                                                 
            Regional             Other Grupo             Consolidated  
In Pesos Thousands   Banking     Credit Cards     Insurance     Businesses     Adjustments     Total  
 
                                               
Year ended December 31, 2008
                                               
Net Financial Income
    847,282       296,156       20,156       (80 )     (25,182 )     1,138,332  
Net Income from Services
    654,952       571,829             12,897       (51,810 )     1,187,868  
Net Operating Revenue
    1,502,234       867,985       20,156       12,817       (76,992 )     2,326,200  
Provisions for Loan Losses
    214,948       180,441                         395,389  
Administrative Expenses
    1,166,476       554,451       29,963       13,463       16,725       1,781,078  
Net Operating Income
    120,810       133,093       (9,807 )     (646 )     (93,717 )     149,733  
Income from Equity Investment
                                               
Tarjetas Regionales SA
    76,436                         (76,436 )      
Sudamericana
    2,866                         (2,866 )      
Others
    58,164                         (1,400 )     56,764  
Other Income (Loss)
    (63,014 )     45,242       43,506       2,104       52,310       80,148  
Minority Interests
          (20,646 )                 (15,166 )     (35,812 )
Pre-tax Income
    195,262       157,689       33,699       1,458       (137,275 )     250,833  
Income tax provision
          81,253       11,140       1,328       (19,707 )     74,014  
Net Income
    195,262       76,436       22,559       130       (117,568 )     176,819  
Net Income as a % of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Net Income
    110.43 %     43.23 %     12.76 %     0.07 %                
 
                                               
Average:
                                               
Loans
    8,707,477       2,104,993                         10,812,470  
Deposits
    13,199,000                         (7,712 )     13,191,288  
End of Period:
                                               
Assets
    24,439,812       2,763,843       227,719       22,552       (2,718,136 )     24,735,790  
Equity
    1,954,666       453,728       77,065       8,641       (648,355 )     1,845,745  

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
                                                 
            Regional             Other Grupo             Consolidated  
In Pesos Thousands   Banking     Credit Cards     Insurance     Businesses     Adjustments     Total  
 
                                               
Year ended December 31, 2007
                                               
Net Financial Income
    516,158       203,187       16,640       559       14,642       751,186  
Net Income from Services
    520,471       409,019             8,468       (24,862 )     913,096  
Net Operating Revenue
    1,036,629       612,206       16,640       9,027       (10,220 )     1,664,282  
Provisions for Loan Losses
    159,197       96,305                         255,502  
Administrative Expenses
    875,085       369,476       16,147       9,147       16,469       1,286,324  
Net Operating Income
    2,347       146,425       493       (120 )     (26,689 )     122,456  
Income from Equity Investment
                                               
Tarjetas Regionales SA
    88,154                         (88,154 )      
Sudamericana
    1,910                         (1,910 )      
Others
    3,476                   (31 )     (1,488 )     1,957  
Other Income (Loss)
    (65,465 )     41,343       21,983       2,198       25,150       25,209  
Minority Interests
          (27,510 )                 (4,609 )     (32,119 )
Pre-tax Income
    30,422       160,258       22,476       2,047       (97,700 )     117,503  
Income tax provision
          72,104       7,846       819       (9,303 )     71,466  
Net Income
    30,422       88,154       14,630       1,228       (88,397 )     46,037  
Net Income as a % of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Net Income
    66.1 %     191.5 %     31.8 %     2.7 %            
 
                                               
Average:
                                               
Loans
    7,140,643       1,703,145                         8,843,788  
Deposits
    11,857,001                         (12,059 )     11,844,942  
End of Period:
                                               
Assets
    20,682,613       2,397,126       155,427       12,449       (418,877 )     22,828,738  
Equity
    1,759,396       377,294       64,506       9,406       (556,097 )     1,654,505  

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
                                                 
            Regional             Other Grupo             Consolidated  
In Pesos thousand   Galicia Bank     Credit Cards     Insurance     Businesses     Adjustments     Total  
 
                                               
Year ended December 31, 2006
                                               
Net Financial Income
    66,044       157,474       17,049       472       137,185       378,224  
Net Income from Services
    377,346       289,798             7,870       (3,013 )     672,001  
Net Operating Revenue
    443,390       447,272       17,049       8,342       134,172       1,050,225  
Provisions for Loan Losses
    57,628       53,239             1       1       110,869  
Administrative Expenses
    681,438       263,789       11,234       7,340       10,763       974,564  
Net Operating Income
    (295,676 )     130,244       5,815       1,001       123,408       (35,208 )
Income from Equity Investment
                                               
Tarjetas Regionales SA
    70,897                         (70,897 )      
Sudamericana
    1,126                         (1,126 )      
Others
    (14,821 )                 (163 )     622       (14,362 )
Other Income (Loss)
    112,263       20,666       6,910       954       3,117       143,910  
Minority Interests
          (24,124 )     (3 )           5,111       (19,016 )
Pre-tax Income
    (126,211 )     126,786       12,722       1,792       60,235       75,324  
Income tax provision
          55,889       3,697       864       33,788       94,238  
Net Income
    (126,211 )     70,897       9,025       928       26,447       (18,914 )
Net Income as a % of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Net Income
    667.3 %     (374.8 %)     (47.7 %)     (4,9 %)            
 
                                               
Averages:
                                               
Loans
    5,332,256       1,149,257                         6,481,513  
Deposits
    9,505,994                         (3,528 )     9,502,466  
End of Period:
                                               
Assets
    22,105,651       1,820,887       121,908       12,000       (426,271 )     23,634,175  
Equity
    1,263,008       289,141       48,061       8,980       (722 )     1,608,468  

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
32. Situation in the financial and capital Markets.
Over the past few months the world’s main financial markets have been affected by a significant drop in prices of equity and debt securities within a framework of high volatility, which resulted in a significant credit retraction. This financial markets’ behavior has started to affect the real economy which is evidenced by a slow-down in global economic activity. Despite the actions taken by central countries, the international markets’ future is still uncertain.
As regards Argentina, stock markets also reflected significant drops in the prices of government and corporate securities, as well as an increase in interest rates, country risk premium and exchange rates, a situation that is still ongoing as of the date of these financial statements.
The Bank’s management is permanently evaluating and monitoring the above situation in order to implement the necessary measures to mitigate its effect. These financial statements must be analyzed taking into consideration the scenario described above.
33.  
Differences between the Argentine Central Bank’s regulations and Argentine GAAP in the Autonomous City of Buenos Aires.
The main differences between the Argentine Central Bank’s regulations and Argentine GAAP are detailed below:
Investment securities
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, Grupo Galicia had classified as investment securities, the portion of its Boden 2012 Bonds received in compensation from the Argentine Central Bank. These securities are recorded at face value and increased on the basis of interest accrued under the relative terms and conditions. Under Argentine GAAP these securities should be marked to market with the resulting gain or loss reflected in the income statement.
Had such bonds recorded under the abovementioned captions been valued at market price, the Group’s equity would have been reduced by approximately Ps.1,097,375 and Ps.306,460 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Secured loans
On November 6, 2001, the Bank and the Companies controlled by Sudamericana Holding S.A. participated in the exchange offered by the National Government, swapping national government securities for Secured Loans which, as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, were recorded under “Loans — Non-Financial Public Sector.”
As of such dates, the Bank valued the assets at the lower of present or face value, as established by Argentine Central Bank regulations, except for those used as collateral for the advance for the acquisition of the Hedge Bond, which were recorded at the value admitted for assets used for such purposes.
Under Argentine GAAP, the restructured assets should have been valued based upon the respective market quotations of the securities exchanged as of November 6, 2001, which as from that date are considered to be the acquisition cost, if corresponding, plus interest accrued at the internal rate of return until the end of each period. This asset was allocated as collateral for the financial assistance from the Argentine Central Bank.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
As of December 31, 2008, their estimated realizable value exceeds their book value by approximately Ps.259,290.
Accounting disclosure of effects generated by court decisions on deposits
As of December 31, 2008, the Group carried assets of Ps.316,874 under “Intangible Assets — Organization and Development Expenses”, for the residual value of the differences resulting from compliance with court decisions on reimbursement of deposits within the framework of Law No. 25,561, Decree No. 214/02 and complementary regulations. Under Argentine GAAP, such assets may be recorded as a receivable and its valuation should be based upon the best estimate of the recoverable amounts.
Conversion of financial statements
The conversion into pesos of the financial statements of the foreign branches and subsidiaries for the purpose of their consolidation with Banco Galicia’s financial statements, made in accordance with Argentine Central Bank regulations differ from Argentine GAAP (Technical Pronouncement No. 18). Argentine GAAP requires that:
a) The measurements in the financial statements that are stated in fiscal year-end foreign currency (current values, recoverable values) be converted into pesos at the balance sheet date exchange rate; and
b) The measurements that are stated in foreign currency of periods predating the closing date (for example: those which represent historical costs, income, expenses) in the financial statements be converted into pesos at the pertinent historical exchange rates, restated at fiscal year-end currency due to the application of Technical Pronouncement No. 17. Quotation differences arising from conversion of the financial statements are treated as financial income or losses, as the case may be.
The application of this criterion instead of that mentioned in Note 2.2 does not have a significant impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
Allowance for loan losses — Non-financial public sector
Current Argentine Central Bank regulations on the establishment of allowances provide that receivables from the public sector are not subject to allowances for uncollectibility risk. Under Argentine GAAP, those allowances must be estimated based on the recoverability risk of those assets.
Discount Bonds and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities
Pursuant to Argentine GAAP, these assets must be valued separately and at their market price, less estimated selling costs. Had these securities been marked to market, the Group’s shareholders’ equity would have been reduced by approximately Ps.470,372 and Ps.318,025 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Accounting for income tax according to the deferred tax method
The Bank determines the Income Tax charge by applying the statutory tax rate to the estimated taxable income, without considering the effect of any temporary differences between accounting and tax results.
Under Argentine GAAP, income tax must be recognized using the deferred tax method and, therefore, deferred tax assets or liabilities must be established based on the aforementioned temporary differences. In addition, unused tax loss carryforwards or fiscal credits that may be offset against future taxable income should be recognized as deferred assets, provided that taxable income is likely to be generated.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
34. Subsequent events.
During January 2009, the Bank has sold the National Secured Loans set forth in Decree No. 1387/01 “VTO.2009-7%, Bono Pagaré G+580 Mega (tasa fija)“which face value amounted 424,268,827 and the book value as of December 31, 2008 amounted Ps.1,311,845, and received other public sector assets such as Discount , Boden 2014 bonds and instruments issued by the Argentine Central Bank. This transaction did not impact the Group financing position according with the market value of the assets received.
During the first quarter 2009, the ordinary shareholders’ meeting of Grupo Galicia held on March 9, 2009 and a meeting of the Board of Directors of the same date created a Global Short-, Medium- and Long-Term Note Program, for a maximum outstanding amount of US$60 million. This program was authorized pursuant to Resolution No 16113 of April 29, 2009 of the National Securities Commission (Comisión Nacional de Valores). On March 16, 2009, and on April 24, 2009, the Board of Directors approved the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Class I, Series I and Series II Notes. Within the US$60 million Global Short-, Medium- and Long-Term Note Program, on June 4, 2009 the Group issued two series of bonds for a total amount of US$ 45 million, with the following characteristics: (i) US$ 34,4 million of Non-interest bearing Class I, Series I Notes, due on May 30, 2010. This bond was issued at 92.68/100 and its yield will be 8%; and (ii) US$ 10,6 million of 12.5% Class I, Series II Notes, due on May 25, 2011. This bond was issued at 103.48/100 and its yield will be 10.5%.
During June 2009, the Bank has entered into an agreement to buy 80% of the shares of I)Compania Financiera Argentina S.A., II) Cobranzas & Servicios S.A.,III) AIG Universal Procesing Center S.A. to American International Group Inc. and AIG Consumer Finance Group (AIG), pending of the approval by the Argentine Central Bank. The purchase price of the acquisition was Ps. 133,200, subject to certain adjustments, as part of the due diligence review.
35.  
Summary of Significant Differences between Argentine Central Bank Rules and United States Accounting Principles.
The following is a description of the significant differences between Argentine Banking GAAP and the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). References below to “SFAS” are to United States Statements of Financial Accounting Standards.
a. Income tax
Argentine Central Bank regulations do not require the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities and, therefore, income taxes for Banco Galicia are recognized on the basis of amounts due in accordance with Argentine tax regulations. However, Grupo Galicia and Grupo Galicia’s non-bank subsidiaries apply the deferred income tax method. As a result, Grupo Galicia and its non-banking subsidiaries have recognized a deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
For the purposes of U.S. GAAP reporting, Grupo Galicia applies SFAS No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes”. Under this method, income tax is recognized based on the assets and liabilities method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of the Grupo Galicia’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are summarized as follows:
                         
    December 31, 2008  
    SFAS 109              
    applied to     SFAS 109 applied        
    Argentine GAAP     to U.S. GAAP        
    balances     adjustments     SFAS 109  
Deferred tax assets
                       
Allowance for loan losses — private sector
    138,917       16,973       155,890  
Allowance for loan losses — public sector
    12,101             12,101  
Amortization of Intangible assets
    70,654             70,654  
Compensation related to the payment of deposits
          110,906       110,906  
Impairment of fixed assets and foreclosed assets
          20,575       20,575  
Provision for contingencies
    87,065             87,065  
Debt restructuring
          59,984       59,984  
Others
    54,768       46,175       100,943  
Loss carry forward
    799,138             799,138  
 
                 
Total gross deferred tax assets
  Ps. 1,162,643     Ps. 254,613     Ps. 1,417,256  
 
                       
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
Compensatory and Hedge bond, Provincial public debt and Discount Bond
  Ps. 563,288     Ps. (548,711 )   Ps. 14,577  
Others
    128,307             128,307  
 
                 
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
  Ps. 691,595     Ps. (548,711 )   Ps. 142,884  
 
                 
Net deferred income tax asset before valuation allowance
  Ps. 471,048     Ps. 803,324     Ps. 1,274,372  
 
                 
Valuation allowance
    (799,138 )           (799,138 )
 
                 
Net deferred income tax (liabilities) / assets
  Ps. (328,090 )   Ps. 803,324     Ps. 475,234  
 
                 
                         
    December 31, 2007  
    SFAS 109              
    applied to     SFAS 109 applied        
    Argentine GAAP     to U.S. GAAP        
    balances     adjustments     SFAS 109  
Deferred tax assets
                       
Allowance for loan losses — private sector
    91,306       (2,189 )     89,117  
Allowance for loan losses — public sector
    15,306             15,306  
Amortization of Intangible assets
    85,564             85,564  
Compensation related to the payment of deposits
          96,958       96,958  
Impairment of fixed assets and foreclosed assets
          21,063       21,063  
Provision for contingencies
    55,358             55,358  
Debt restructuring
          70,396       70,396  
Others
    37,296       28,465       65,761  
Loss carry forward
    553,796             553,796  
 
                 
Total gross deferred tax assets
  Ps. 838,626     Ps. 214,693     Ps. 1,053,319  
 
                       
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
Provincial public debt / Discount Bond
  Ps. 232,862     Ps. (218,570 )   Ps. 14,292  
Others
    134,933             134,933  
 
                 
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
  Ps. 367,795     Ps. (218,570 )   Ps. 149,225  
 
                 
Net deferred income tax asset before valuation allowance
  Ps. 470,831     Ps. 433,263     Ps. 904,094  
 
                 
Valuation allowance
    (553,796 )           (553,796 )
 
                 
Net deferred income tax (liabilities) / assets
  Ps. (82,965 )   Ps. 433,263     Ps. 350,298  
 
                 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The following table accounts for the difference between the actual tax provision and the amounts obtained by applying the statutory income tax rate in Argentina to income before income tax, calculated on the basis of U.S. GAAP for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Statutory income tax rate
    35 %     35 %     35 %
Tax provision computed by applying the statutory rate to the income before taxation calculated in accordance with U .S. GAAP
  Ps. (427,665 )   Ps. 239,896     Ps. 1,136,729  
Tax exempt income
    92,791       (162,249 )     (752,120 )
Valuation allowance
    283,952       14,875       (661,725 )
 
                 
Actual tax provision under U.S. GAAP
  Ps. (50,922 )   Ps. 92,522     Ps. (277,116 )
 
                 
During 2006, the Bank received 90.8% of the Hedge Bond and settled the related advance granted by the Argentine Central Bank in cash and through the exchange of government securities. Additionally, the Bank prepaid financial assistance granted by the Argentine Central Bank mainly using the proceeds from the sale of secured loans and government securities. As a result, the Bank reduced substantially the differences between Argentine Banking GAAP and U.S. GAAP and its corresponding deferred tax effect.
The Group had significant accumulated tax loss carryforward at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Based on the analysis performed management believes that the Group will recover only temporary differences with future taxable income. Therefore, it is more likely than not that the net operating tax loss carryforwards and presumed minimum income tax will not be recovered in the carryforward period and hence a valuation allowance was provided against these amounts as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, (FIN 48) was issued in July 2006 and interprets FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109. FIN 48 became effective for the Group on January 1, 2007 and prescribes a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement, financial statement presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.
The Group classifies income tax-related interest and penalties as income taxes in the financial statements. The adoption of this pronouncement had no effect on the Group’s overall financial position or results of operations.
The following table shows the tax years open for examination as of December 31, 2008, by major tax jurisdictions in which the Group operates:
         
Jurisdiction   Tax year  
Argentina
    2004 - 2008  
Uruguay
    2004 - 2008  
b. Commissions on loans
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, the Bank does not defer loan origination fees and costs. In accordance with U.S. GAAP under SFAS 91, loan origination fees net of certain direct loan origination costs should be recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment of yield or by straight-line method, as appropriate.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
c. Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill recorded on the purchase of regional credit-card companies, the acquisition of assets and liabilities of the retail division of ABN AMRO Bank and other subsidiaries, are being amortized over 10 years for Argentine Banking GAAP purposes.
According to SFAS 142, as of June 30, 2001, goodwill is no longer amortized. Subsequent to goodwill impairment recorded under U.S. GAAP in 2001, the Group has recorded impairments of different goodwill amounts under Argentine Banking GAAP that have been reversed for U.S. GAAP purposes.
Furthermore, goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable, and adjusted in case that an impairment is detected. As of December 31, 2007, an impairment was recorded for an amount of Ps. 665. As of December 31, 2008 the Group performed the impairment test of the goodwill related to the acquisition of certain loan portfolio of the ABN-AMRO Bank. The goodwill test performed by the Group consists of 2 steps which includes :a) compare a reporting unit’s fair value (FV) with its carrying value (CV). If the CV is greater than the FV then the second step must be completed to measure the impairment; b) compare the FV of the reporting unit with the FV of the reporting unit’s individual assets/liabilities resulting in the implied fair value of goodwill. As a result of this analysis, an impairment loss was recognized for an amount of Ps. 26,163.
Goodwill amortization, under Argentine Banking GAAP has been reversed for U.S. GAAP purposes.
Software costs
Under U.S. GAAP, SOP 98-1 defines three stages for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use: the preliminary project stage, the application development stage and the post-implementation operation stage. Only the second stage costs should be capitalized. Under Argentine Banking GAAP, the Bank is to capitalize costs relating to all three of the stages of software development.
d. Loan loss reserves
The Bank’s accounting for its loan loss reserve under Argentine Banking GAAP differs in some respects with US GAAP. The most significant differences follow:
(i) Loan charge offs and recoveries
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, records recoveries on previously charged-off loans directly to income and records the amount of charged-off loans in excess of amounts specifically allocated as a direct charge to the income statement. The Bank does not partially charge off troubled loans until final disposition of the loan, rather, the allowance is maintained on a loan-by-loan basis for its estimated settlement value. Under US GAAP, all charge off and recovery activity is recorded through the allowance for loan loss account. Further, loans are generally charged to the allowance account when all or part of the loan is considered uncollectible. In connection with loans in judicial proceedings, resolution through the judicial system may span several years. Loans in judicial proceedings, greater than three years as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, amounted to Ps.20,800, Ps. 4,600 and Ps. 6,096, respectively. Under U.S. GAAP purposes these loans were completely provisioned. The Bank also classified loans, many of which are in judicial proceedings, which amounted approximately Ps.62,000, Ps.48.100 and Ps.28,800 as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, as uncollectible, although the Bank may hold preferred guarantees. Under U.S. GAAP, these loans would have been charged off. Therefore, the balance of loans and allowance for loan losses would be decreased by these amounts. The Bank’s practice does not affect the accompanying Statements of Income or Shareholders’ equity as the Bank’s reserve contemplates all losses inherent in those troubled loans.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
(ii) Loans — Non-financial national public sector
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, and as a consequence of Decree No. 1387/01, effective as of November 6, 2001, the Bank swapped part of its Argentine public-sector debt instruments, under the Promissory Note/Bond program, for secured loans.
The Argentine Central Bank provided that the loss arising from the difference between the carrying value of the secured loans and the book value of the securities exchanged must be recorded in an asset adjustment account and charged to income on a monthly basis, in proportion to the term of each of the secured loans received.
In accordance with U.S. GAAP, specifically the Emerging Issues Task Force No. 01-07 (“EITF 01-07”), satisfaction of one monetary asset (in this case a loan or debt security) by the receipt of another monetary asset (in the case a secured loan) for the creditor is generally based on the market value of the asset received in satisfaction of the debt (an extinguishment). In this particular case, the secured loan being received is substantially different in structure and in interest rates than the debt securities swapped. Therefore, the fair value of the loans was determined on the balance sheet date based on the contractual cash flows of the loan received discounted at an estimated market rate. The estimated fair value of the loan received will constitute the cost basis of the asset. Any difference between the old asset and the fair value of the new asset is recognized as a gain or loss. The difference between the cost basis and amounts expected to be collected is being amortized on an effective yield basis over the life on the loan.
(iii) Loans / Bonds — Non-financial provincial public sector
The Bank participated in the restructuring of the provincial government’s debt receiving Bogar Bonds in exchange.
As of December 31, 2006, Bogar Bonds granted as collateral for the advance requested for the purchase of the remaining Hedge Bond, which could be applied to settle the liabilities with the Argentine Central Bank, have been recorded at the value admitted for those purposes. The remaining Bogar Bonds were valued at the lower of their “present value” (present values of cash flows according to contract conditions, discounted at the rates established by the Argentine Central Bank) and their technical value.
For U.S. GAAP purposes, since December 31, 2003 and in accordance with EITF 01-07, satisfaction of one monetary asset of the creditor (in this case a loan) by the receipt of another monetary asset (in this case Bogar Bonds) is generally based on the market value of the asset received in satisfaction of the loan. In this particular case, the Bogar Bonds being received is substantially different in structure and in interest rates than the loans swapped. Therefore, such amounts should initially be recognized at their market value. The estimated fair value of the securities received will constitute the cost basis of the asset. Any difference between the old asset and the fair value of the new asset is recognized as a gain or loss. The difference between the cost basis and the amount expected to be collected will be amortized on an effective yield basis over the life of the bond.
For U.S. GAAP purposes, these Bogar Bonds are classified by the Bank, as available for sale securities and subsequently recognized at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss recognized as a charge or credit to equity through other comprehensive income. In connection with estimating the fair value of the Bogar Bonds, the Bank used quoted market values.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
As of December 31, 2006, for U.S. GAAP purposes these Bogar Bonds are recognized at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss recognized as a charge or credit to equity through other comprehensive income. In connection with estimating the fair value of the Bogar Bonds, the Bank used quoted market values.
During 2006, the Group sold Bogar Bonds for a face value of Ps.2,143,229. Therefore, the 2006 U.S. GAAP net income reconciliation includes Ps.1,381,216 of gains previously recorded through other comprehensive income that are being realized and reversed through the income statement, upon the sale of the bonds.
During 2007, the Group sold the remaining Bogar Bonds for a face value of Ps.270,241. Therefore, the 2008 and 2007 U.S. GAAP shareholders’ equity does not include a reconciling item. The 2007 U.S. GAAP net income reconciliation includes the reversal of the 2006 U.S. GAAP shareholders’ equity adjustment, plus Ps.168,908 of gains previously recorded through other comprehensive income that are being realized and reversed through the income statement, upon the sale of the bonds.
(iv) Loans to the non-financial private sector and residents abroad
For the purposes of reporting under U.S. GAAP, the Bank adopted Statement of Accounting Standards No.114, “Accounting for Creditors for Impairment of a Loan” (“SFAS 114”) as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 118, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan — Income Recognition and Disclosures” (“SFAS 118”). SFAS 114, as amended, requires that the allowance of an impaired loan be based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate fair value of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Under SFAS 114, a loan is considered impaired when, based on current information, it is probable that the borrower will be unable to pay contractual interest or principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement. SFAS 114 applies to all loans except smaller-balance homogeneous consumer loans, loans carried at the lower of cost or fair value, debt securities, and leases.
The Bank applies SFAS 114 to all commercial loans classified as “ With problems”, “Insolvency Risks” and “Uncollectible” or commercial loans more than 90 days past due. The Bank specifically calculates the present value of estimated cash flows for commercial loans in excess of Ps.500 and more than 90 days past due. For commercial and other loans in legal proceedings, loans in excess of Ps.500 are specifically reviewed either on a cash-flow or collateral-value basis, both considering the estimated time to settle the proceedings.
The following information relates to the Bank’s impaired loans:
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Total impaired loans
  Ps. 286,489     Ps. 399,528     Ps. 460,615  
 
Average impaired loans during the year
    179,969       398,419       586,410  
 
Total impaired loans with no allowance under U.S. GAAP
    10,603       7,132       10,262  
 
Cash payments received for interest on impaired loans, Recognized as income
    831       473       342  
 
Allowance for impaired loans under SFAS 114
    134,527       246,293       291,882  
As of December 31 2008, the decrease of average impaired loans and the related allowance for impaired loans, was mainly related to charge offs of certain impaired loans during the year.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
In addition, in order to calculate the allowance required for smaller-balance impaired loans and unimpaired loans for U.S. GAAP purposes, historical loss ratios were determined by analyzing historical losses. Loss estimates are analyzed by loan type and thus for homogeneous groups of clients. Such historical ratios were updated to incorporate the most recent data reflecting current economic conditions, industry performance trends, geographic or obligor concentrations within each portfolio segment, and any other pertinent information that may affect the estimation of the allowance for loan losses. The U.S. GAAP shareholders’ equity adjustment for smaller balance impaired loans and unimpaired loans as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 amounted to Ps. 28,769, Ps.(12,457) and Ps.(14,717), respectively.
e. Government securities and other investments
(i) Compensatory and Hedge bonds received and Hedge Bonds to be received in connection with the compensation for foreign currency position and compensatory bonds received and to be received in connection with the compensation for “asymmetric pesification”.
Argentine Central Bank Communiqué “A” 3650 established the regulations necessary to implement the provisions of Decree No.905/02 in connection with the compensation of the negative effects of the conversion into pesos at different exchange rates of financial institutions’ assets and liabilities and the resulting foreign currency mismatches left in their respective balance sheets.
In order to acquire the Hedge Bond, the Bank enters into an advance with the Argentine Central Bank, with interest payable at CER plus 2%. In the case of the Hedge Bond and the related financing to be obtained from the Argentine Central Bank, the transaction to adquire the Hedge Bond was retroactive to February 3, 2002. The Bank could withdraw its request to acquire the Hedge Bond prior to approval of the Argentine Central Bank and prior to the execution of the transaction.
Under U.S. GAAP, the activity of the compensation bonds to be received has been reflected in the income statement considering that the compensation bonds were adjusted to its market value. The activity includes (1) the effect of the exchange rate between the Argentine pesos and the U.S. dollars for the compensation bonds to be received, (2) the cancellation of certain amounts related to the disputes with the Central Bank and (3) the payments made in satisfaction to the deposits held in Uruguay, and foreign debt restructuring.
As of December 31, 2006, the Bank received Boden 2012 Bonds for US$ 1,154,955 of face value, representing 90.8% of the total Hedge Bond. The remaining 9.2% of the Hedge Bond to be received was accounted for at equivalent value for Argentine Banking GAAP purposes, as if the Bank had the associated bonds in its possession, and recognized the associated liability to fund the Hedge Bond as if the Bank had executed the debt agreement with the Argentine Central Bank.
Due to the fact that as of December 31, 2006, the Bank (i) had already received 90.8% of the Hedge Bond, and (ii) that the total amount of Hedge Bond to be received was approved by the Argentine Central Bank, at the end of 2006 the Bank has the ability to obtain and control the benefit of the Hedge Bond. Consequently, the Bank recorded the fair value of such option in accordance with SFAS 133 for U.S. GAAP purposes.
In April 2007, the Bank received the remaining balance of the Hedge Bond for US$ 116,797 of the face value of Boden 2012 Bonds, plus past due amortization and interest coupons for US$ 43,635. Therefore, there is no adjustment in the 2007 U.S. GAAP shareholders’ equity reconciliation.
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, such securities are valued at cost plus accrued interest.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
As of December 31, 2008 the Compensatory and Hedge Bond were considered available for sale securities for U.S. GAAP purposes and recorded at fair value with the unrealized gains or losses recognized as a charge or credit to equity through other comprehensive income.
As of December 31, 2008, the amortized cost exceeded the fair value of these securities by Ps. 711,064. For U.S. GAAP purposes, the Group has recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of these securities, based on a variety of factors, including the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, and the Group’s intent and ability to hold these securities to recovery.
The fair value of these securities was determined on the balance sheet date, based on their quoted market price, and will constitute the new cost basis for this investment.
(ii) External Notes / Discount Bonds and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities
In January 2006, the Bank accepted the offer to exchange its External Notes , for “Discount Bonds in Pesos” and “GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities” issued under Argentine debt restructuring. The Bank received the new instrument for an original principal amount equal to 33.7% for the External Notes carrying value as of December 31, 2004.
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, the Discount Bonds and GDP — Linked Negotiable Securities have been recorded at the lower of the total future nominal cash payments up to maturity, specified by the terms and conditions of the new securities, and the carrying value of the securities tendered as of March 17, 2005, equivalent to the present value of the Bogar Bonds’ cash flows at that date.
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, such securities are valued at cost plus accrued interest.
As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Discount Bonds were considered available for sale securities for U.S. GAAP purposes and recorded at fair value with the unrealized gains or losses recognized as a charge or credit to equity through other comprehensive income.
As of December 31, 2008, the amortized cost exceeded the fair value of these securities by Ps. 135,749. For U.S. GAAP purposes, the Group has recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of these securities for such amount, based on a variety of factors, including the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, and the Group’s intent and ability to hold these securities to recovery.
The fair value of these securities was determined on the balance sheet date, based on their quoted market price, and will constitute the new cost basis for this investment.
The GDP-linked Negotiable Securities is considered a freestanding derivative financial instrument under SFAS 133 and carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses recognized in the income statement.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
(iii) Other investments
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, the certificate of participation of Nues Trust and Almafuerte Special Fund is accounted at the equity method.
Under U.S. GAAP, this security is classified as available for sale and as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, this certificate of participation was recorded at fair value with the unrealized gains or losses recognized as a charge or credit to equity through other comprehensive income.
Furthermore, the Group has recorded an other-than-temporary impairment for an amount of Ps.110,716 for the year ended December 31, 2008, related to the certificate of participation in the mentioned funds, based on a variety of factors, mostly including the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost and the weakening of the global and local markets condition in which the Group operates, with no immediate prospect of recovery.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
f. Items in process of collection
The Bank does not give accounting recognition to checks drawn on the Bank or other banks, or other items to be collected until such time as the related item clears or is accepted. Such items are recorded by the Bank in memorandum accounts. U.S. banks, however, account for such items through balance sheet clearing accounts at the time the items are presented to the Bank.
Grupo Galicia’s assets and liabilities would be increased by approximately Ps.2,131,485, Ps.2,298,509 and Ps.1,534,697, applying U.S. GAAP at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
g. Compensation related to the payment of deposits
Financial institutions have requested the Government for compensation for the losses generated from the payment of deposits pursuant to judicial orders at the free market exchange rate, which was greater than that established by the government for conversion into pesos of the financial institutions’ assets and liabilities.
Through Communiqué “A” 3916, the Argentine Central Bank allowed the recording of an intangible asset for the difference between the amount paid by financial institutions pursuant to judicial orders and the amount resulting from the conversion into pesos of the dollar balance of the deposits reimbursed at the Ps.1.40 per U.S. dollar exchange rate (adjusted by CER and interest accrued until the date of the reimbursement). The corresponding amount must be amortized over 60 months beginning April 2003. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the amount recorded under “Intangible Assets”, net of accumulated amortization, was Ps.316,874 and Ps.277,024, respectively.
As of the date of preparation of these financial statements, the Supreme Court neither the National Government has not taken any measures to compensate for these issues.
Under U.S. GAAP, the right to obtain this compensation is not considered an asset under Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Concepts No. 6 Elements of Financial Statements (CON 6). Therefore, the U.S. GAAP adjustment reflects the reversal of the amount capitalized under Argentine Central Bank rules.
h. Transfers of financial assets
Financial trust “Galtrust I”
The financial trust “Galtrust I” was created in October 2000 in connection with the securitization of provincial loans for a total amount of Ps.1,102 million. The securitized loans were from the portfolio of loans granted to provincial governments, guaranteed by the federal tax revenues shared with the provincial governments. This trust was recorded under Argentine Central Bank rules in the “Other Receivables from Financial Brokerage”, account in the financial statements and its balance as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, was Ps.634 million and Ps.601 million, respectively. The Bank considers this transaction as a sale under U.S. GAAP, in accordance with SFAS 140. Galtrust I certificate retained by the Bank is considered as “available for sale securities” under U.S. GAAP and the unrealized gains (losses) on this security is reported as an adjustment to shareholders’ equity through Other Comprehensive Income, unless unrealized losses are deemed to be other than temporary in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force No. 99-20 and amendments. The unrealized loss on the retained interest at December 31, 2001 has been deemed to be other than temporary and such loss has been charged to income. The retained interest was initially recorded at an amount equal to a portion of the previous aggregate carrying amount of asset sold and retained. The portion is determinate based on the relative fair value of the asset sold and asset retained as of the date of the transfer based on their allocated book value using the relative fair value allocation method.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
During 2002, the portfolio of loans included and the related retained interest in Galtrust I was subject to the pesification. As a result the retained interest in the trust was converted to pesos at an exchange rate of 1.40 to 1 and the interest rate for their debt securities changed to CER plus 10%. During 2003, Galtrust I had swapped its provincial loans for Bogar Bonds. (See Note 35 d. (iii))
For purposes of estimating the fair value of the retained interest in the securitization trusts, valuation models were used which consider certain assumptions in estimating future cash flows and a rate under which the cash flows are discounted.
The credit risk reflected by the certificate of participation was taken into account in the discount rate applied. The discount rates used as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:
                         
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
Discount real rate for:   2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Galtrust I Participation Certificates
    40 %     9 %     5 %
As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the rate was based upon the Bank’s estimate of comparable internal rates of return of other CER-adjusted bonds.
The U.S. GAAP shareholder’s equity adjustment related to the Galtrust I securitization amounted to Ps.(566,115) and Ps.(305,584) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in the adjustment as of December 31, 2008 compared to the previous year, is related to a decrease in the fair value of the securities during 2008.
For U.S. GAAP purposes, the Group has recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of these securities for an amount of Ps.357,697 for the year ended December 31, 2008; based on a variety of factors, mostly including the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, and the weakening of the global and local markets condition in which the Group operates, with no immediate prospect of recovery.
The fair value of these securities was determined on the balance sheet date, based on an internal valuation technique estimating future cash flows for this certificate of participation, discount at a present value with a rate comparable with internal rates of return of other CER adjusted bonds. Such fair value will constitute the new cost basis for this investment.
Financial Trust “Secured Loans”
During 2002, under this trust, secured loans for Ps.108,000 were transferred, and Ps.81,000 in cash and a certificate of participation for Ps.27,000 were received in exchange.
This transfer was not considered a sale for U.S. GAAP purposes. Therefore, the Bank reconsolidated the loans transferred to the financial trust. Accordingly, the Group valued these loans at their book value before the transfer to the trust (See Note 30). For Argentine Banking GAAP purposes, the debt securities and certificates retained by the Bank are accounted for at cost plus accrued interest for the debt securities, and the equity method is used to account for the residual interest in the trust.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
BG Financial Trust
During 2005, the Group entered into a securitization transaction of commercial and consumer non-performing loans. This transaction was not considered a true sale under U.S. GAAP and therefore it was recorded as a secured borrowing. The Bank reconsolidated the loans for Ps.200,368, re-established its loan loss reserves under SFAS 5, 114 and 118 for Ps.109,078, and recognized a liability for the proceeds received in the transaction for Ps.91,290. For Argentine Banking GAAP, no assets are recognized as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 as all the debt securities and certificates of participations were subscribed by third parties.
Financial Trust “Tarjetas del Mar Serie IV”
During 2008, the Group entered into a securitization transaction of credit cards loans. Under this trust, loans for Ps.26,800 were transferred. Under Argentine Banking GAAP, this transaction was accounted for as sale. However, for U.S. GAAP purposes this transaction of financial assets is considered as a secured borrowing. Therefore, the Bank reconsolidated the loans transferred to the financial trust and reestablished its loan loss reserves under SFAS 5. For Argentine Banking GAAP purposes, the debt securities and certificates retained by the Bank are accounted for at cost plus accrued interest for the debt securities, and the equity method is used to account for the residual interest in the trust. The total assets and liabilities consolidated in the Group’s financial statements as of December 31, 2008 amounted to Ps.28,254 and Ps.23,110, respectively.
Other transfers of financial assets consolidated into the Group’s financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP
The Group entered into certain securitization transactions, which are typically structured as SPEs (Special Purposes Entity). The Group utilizes SPEs in the ordinary course of business to support its own and its customers’ financing and investing needs. These SPEs are typically structured as VIEs (Variable Interest Entity) and are thus subject to consolidation by the reporting enterprise that absorbs the majority of the economic risks and rewards of the VIE.
The overall methodology for evaluating transactions and relationships under the VIE requirements includes the following two steps:
   
determine whether the entity meets the criteria to qualify as a VIE and;
 
   
determine whether the Group is the primary beneficiary of the VIE.
In performing the first step the significant factors and judgements that were considered in making the determination as to whether an entity is a VIE include:
   
the design of the entity, including the nature of its risks and the purpose for which the entity was created, to determine the variability that the entity was designed to create and distribute to its interest holders;
 
   
the nature of the involvement with the entity;
 
   
whether control of the entity may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting equity;
 
   
whether there is sufficient equity investment at risk to finance the activities of the entity and;
 
   
whether parties other than the equity holders have the obligation to absorb expected losses or the right to received residual returns.
For each VIE identified, the Group performed the second step and evaluate whether it is the primary beneficiary of the VIE by considering the following significant factors and criteria:
   
whether the variable interest absorbs the majority of the VIE’s expected losses;
 
   
whether the variable interest receives the majority of the VIE’s expected returns and;
 
   
whether the Group has the ability to make decisions that significantly affect the VIE’s results and activities.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Based on the mentioned evaluation as of December 31, 2008 the Group consolidated certain VIEs in which the Group had a controlling financial interest and for which it is the primary beneficiary. Therefore, the Bank reconsolidated the loans and re-established its loan loss reserves under SFAS 5. Under Argentine Banking GAAP, these transactions were accounted for as sales and the debt securities and certificates retained by the Bank are accounted for at cost plus accrued interest for the debt securities, and the equity method is used to account for the residual interest in the trust.
On December 31, 2008 the Group adopted FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46-(R)-8 which require additional disclosures about its involvement with consolidated VIE’s and expanded the population of VIEs to be disclosed. The table below presents the assets and liabilities of the financial trusts which have been consolidated for US GAAP purposes:
         
    December 31,  
    2008  
Cash and due from banks
  Ps. 33,372  
Loans (net of allowances)
    939,955  
Other assets
    21,157  
 
     
Total Assets
  Ps. 994,484  
 
     
 
       
Debt Securities
  Ps. 721,993  
Certificates of Participation
    247,651  
Other liabilities
    24,840  
 
     
Total Liabilities
  Ps. 994,484  
 
     
The Group’s maximum loss exposure, which amounted to Ps. 746,833, is based on the unlikely event that all of the assets in the VIEs become worthless and incorporates potential losses associated with assets recorded on the Group’s Balance Sheet.
Other transfers of financial assets accounted for as sales under U.S. GAAP
The Bank has entered into different securitizations as described in Note 30 to these financial statements that were accounted for as sales under Argentine Banking GAAP. The transfers of financial assets related to the creation of certain trusts were considered sales for U.S. GAAP purposes under SFAS N° 140 and for that reason debt securities and certificates retained by the Bank are considered to be “available for sale securities” under U.S. GAAP.
The retained interests were initially recorded at an amount equal to a portion of the previous aggregate carrying amount of assets sold and retained. The portion is determinate based on the relative fair values of the assets sold and assets retained as of the date of the transfer based on their allocated book value using the relative fair value allocation method.
Subsequently, the unrealized gains (losses) on these securities are reported as an adjustment to shareholder’s equity, unless unrealized losses are deemed to be other than temporary in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force N° 99-20 and amendments.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The fair value of these retained interests in the trusts is determined based upon an estimate of cash flows to be collected by the Group as holder of the retained interests, discounted at an estimated market rate and will constitute the new cost basis of these securities.
The U.S. GAAP shareholder’s equity adjustment for all the transfers of financial assets described above (except for Galtrust I) amounted to Ps.(20,943) and Ps.(11,580) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
On December 31, 2008 the Group adopted FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46-(R)-8 which require additional disclosures about its transfers of financial assets:
   
The continuing involvement in these trusts is related to the acting as servicer of the Group securitized assets and the retained interest hold by the Group through certificates of participation;
 
   
There were no restrictions on assets reported by an entity in its statement of financial position related to a transferred financial asset.
i. Acceptances
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, acceptances are accounted for in memorandum accounts. Under U.S. GAAP, third party liability for acceptances should be included in “Other Receivables Resulting from Financial Brokerage” representing Bank customers’ liabilities on outstanding drafts or bills of exchange that have been accepted by the Bank. Acceptances should be included in “Other Liabilities Resulting from Financial Brokerage” representing the Bank’s liability to remit payment upon the presentation of the accepted drafts or bills of exchange.
The Group’s assets and liabilities would be increased by approximately Ps.69,500, Ps.56,251 and Ps.35,353, had U.S. GAAP been applied as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
j. Impairment of real estate properties and foreclosed assets
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, real estate properties and foreclosed assets are carried at cost adjusted by depreciation over the life of the assets. In accordance with Statement of Accounting Standards No. 144, “Impairment of Long-lived Assets ”, such assets are additionally subject to: recognition of an impairment loss if the carrying amounts of those assets are not recoverable from their undiscounted cash flows and an impairment loss measured as the difference between the carrying amount and fair value of the assets.
The Group evaluates potential impairment loss relating to long-lived assets by comparing their carrying amounts with the undiscounted future expected cash flows generated by the assets over the remaining life of the assets. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the assets. Testing whether an asset is impaired and measuring the impairment loss is performed for asset groupings at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows generated by other asset groups.
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In 2002, the Group determined that the uncertainty of the Argentine economic situation had a significant impact on the recoverability of its long-live assets and evaluated its properties for impairment. An impairment loss was recorded in 2002.
Foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of cost and market. In 2002, the Group recorded a valuation allowance reflecting a decrease in the market values of its foreclosed properties.
In 2008, 2007 and 2006, no additional impairment was recorded in real estate properties and foreclosed assets. The Argentine Banking GAAP amortizations for 2008, 2007 and 2006 of the assets impaired in 2002 have been reversed for U.S. GAAP purposes.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
k. Equity investments in other companies
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, the equity investments in companies where significant influence exists are accounted for under the equity method. The remaining investments have been accounted for under the cost method, taking their equity method value as a limit in book value.
In addition, for U.S. GAAP purposes, under SAB 59, the Group should determine if any factors are present that might indicate the fair value of the investment has been negatively impacted during the fiscal year. If it is determined that the fair value of an investment is less than the related company’s value, an impairment of the investment must be recognized.
As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the group concluded that the carrying amount of certain investments would not be recoverable and therefore an impairment loss was recorded for U.S. GAAP purposes.
l. Guarantees
Financial guarantee — Exchange of deposits with the financial system II — Written Options.
Pursuant to the decree 1836/02 and the Argentine Central Bank Communiqué “A” 3828, the Bank entered into an exchange offer to exchange restructured deposit certificates (“CEDROS”) for Boden 2012 Bonds and Boden 2013 Bonds. The Boden Bonds offered to the holders of CEDROS are unsecured government bonds denominated in U.S. dollars. As a part of the restructuring, the Bank granted an option to sell coupons to the holders of restructured deposits certificates who had opted to receive Boden 2013 Bonds and Boden 2012 Bonds in exchange for their certificates.
The exercise price will be equal to that resulting from converting to pesos the face value of each coupon in U.S. dollars at a rate of Ps.1.40 per U.S. dollar adjusted by applying the CER, which arises from comparing the index at February 3, 2002 to that corresponding to the due date of the coupon. That value shall in no case exceed the principal and interest amounts in pesos resulting from applying the face value of the coupon in U.S. dollars at the buying exchange rate quoted by Banco de la Nación Argentina (Banco Nación) on the payment date of that coupon.
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, these options were recorded off-balance. For U.S. GAAP, these options are treated as derivatives, and therefore, the Bank recorded the fair value of such options in accordance with the requirements of SFAS 133, with changes in fair value recorded though earnings. The fair value as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, of these options amounted to Ps.43,220 (liability) and Ps.7,697 (liability), respectively.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Other Financial Guarantees
During 2008 and 2007, the Company entered into different agreements to guarantee lines of credit of selected customers amounting to Ps.83,974 and Ps.123,705, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, guarantees granted by the Bank amounted to Ps.72,008 and Ps.47,667, respectively.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Group maintained the following guarantees:
                         
    2008  
            Estimated     U.S. GAAP  
    Maximum     Proceeds     Carrying  
    Potential     From collateral     Amount -  
    Payments (*)     Recourse     Liability  
Financial guarantees
    72,008       5,362       292  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 72,008     Ps. 5,362     Ps. 292  
 
                 
                         
    2007  
            Estimated     U.S. GAAP  
    Maximum     Proceeds     Carrying  
    Potential     From collateral     Amount -  
    Payments (*)     Recourse     Liability  
Financial guarantees
    47,667       2,133       88  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 47,667     Ps. 2,133     Ps. 88  
 
                 
     
(*)  
The maximum potential payments represent a “worse-case scenario’’, and do not necessarily reflect expected results. Estimated proceeds from collateral and recourse represent the anticipated value of assets that could be liquidated or received from other parties to offset the Company’s payments under guarantees.
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, the Bank provisioned the guarantees that are likely to be honored. The amount provided under Argentine GAAP amounted to Ps.768 as of December 31, 2006.
Under U.S. GAAP, effective January 1, 2003, the Bank adopted FASB interpretation No. 45 “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosures Requirements for Guarantees, including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others”. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Bank recognized a liability for the fair value of the obligations assumed at its reception. Such liabilities are being amortized over the expected term of the guarantee. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the fair value of the guarantees amounted to Ps.5,655 and Ps.2,313, respectively.
m. Minority Interest
The minority interest represents the effect of the U.S. GAAP adjustments in the Group’s consolidated subsidiaries. For U.S. GAAP purposes the shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2008, is negative. Therefore, the effect of the U.S. GAAP adjustments related to the minority interest at that date, is recognized up to the amount reflected in minority interest for Argentine Banking GAAP.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
n. Foreign Debt Restructuring
On May 18, 2004, the Group completed the restructuring of its foreign debt. As a result of this restructuring, the Group recorded a Ps.142.5 million gain under Argentine Banking GAAP.
For U.S. GAAP purposes, the restructuring is accounted for in each of two steps. The first step of the restructuring required the holders of the Group’s debt to exchange its old debt for new debt in two tranches. Pursuant to EITF 02-04 “Determining Whether a Debtor’s Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments is within the scope of FASB Statement No. 15”, the Group did not receive any concession from the holders of the debt and therefore, the first step restructuring was not considered a trouble debt restructuring. Pursuant to EITF 96-19 “Debtors Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments”, the first step of the restructuring was accounted for as a modification of the old debt and therefore the Group did not recognize any gain or loss. The second step of the restructuring offers the holders of the Group’s debt issued in the first step explained above to exchange it for new securities including cash, Boden 2012 Bonds and equity shares of the Group. Pursuant to U.S. GAAP this second step, the restructuring was accounted for in accordance with FAS 15 “Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Trouble Debt Restructurings” as a partial settlement of the debt through the transfer of certain assets and equity at its fair value. After deducting the considerations used to repay the debt, FAS 15 requires the comparison of the future cash outflows of the restructured debt and the carrying of the debt at the restructuring date.
Gain on troubled debt restructuring is only recognized when the remaining carrying value of the debt at the date of the restructuring exceeds the total future cash payments of the restructured debt reduced by the fair value of the assets and equity given as payment of the debt. Since the total future cash outflows of the restructured debt exceeds the carrying value of the old debt, no gain on restructuring was recorded under U.S. GAAP.
As a result, under U.S. GAAP, the carrying amount of the restructured debt is greater than the amount recorded under Argentine Banking GAAP. Therefore, under U.S. GAAP, a new effective interest rate was determined to reflect the present value of the future cash payments of the restructured debt.
Furthermore, under U.S. GAAP, expenses incurred in a trouble debt restructuring are expensed as incurred. Expenses related to the issuance of equity were deducted directly from the shareholder’s equity.
During 2006, the Group has sold in the open market Negotiable Obligations maturing 2019 that were kept in own portfolio. For U.S. GAAP purposes these transactions were considered as a new issuance of debt. Consequently, the new debt was initially recorded at fair value (cash received) and was re-measured as of December 31, 2006, to reflect the present value of the future cash payments of the “new issuance”. No gain was recorded under U.S. GAAP in connection with these transactions.
The Group repurchased part of the debt maturing in 2010. In addition, Negotiable Obligations were repaid in advance. For U.S. GAAP purposes, these transactions were considered as an extinguishment of debt. Therefore, the U.S. GAAP adjustment recorded as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 related to the debt extinguished was reversed in 2007 and 2008 respectively, generating a gain of approximately Ps.8,680 and Ps.50,355 included in 2008 and 2007 U.S. GAAP net income reconciliation.
o. Repurchase Agreements and Reverse Repurchase Agreements (“Repos and Reverse Repos”)
During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Bank entered into Repo and Reverse Repo agreements of financial instruments: Boden 2012 Bonds and Discount Bonds. (See note 35.e)
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, initial measurement of such agreements implies sale or purchase accounting together with the recognition of an asset and liability due to the investing or financing transaction entered into.
For US GAAP purposes these transactions have not qualified as true sales and therefore these transactions were classified as available for sale securities and recorded at fair value. The corresponding adjustment under US GAAP is included under the caption “Compensatory Bond received” and “Discount Bonds”. See Note 35.e) i) and ii).

 

F-73


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
p. Fair Value Measurements Disclosures
Effective January 1, 2008, SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements about fair-value measurements. SFAS 157, among other things, requires the Group to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
In addition, SFAS 159 provides an option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets, financial liabilities, unrecognized firm commitments and written loan commitments not previously recorded at fair value. Under SFAS 159, fair value is used for both the initial and subsequent measurement of the designated assets, liabilities and commitments, with the changes on fair value recognized in net income. As a result of SFAS 159 analysis, the Group has not elected to apply fair value accounting for any of its financial instruments not previously carried at fair value.
Fair Value Hierarchy
SFAS 157, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
SFAS 157 establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:
   
Level 1 — inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
 
   
Level 2 — inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
 
     
Level 2 — inputs include the following:
  a)  
Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
 
  b)  
Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets;
 
  c)  
Pricing models whose inputs are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and
 
  d)  
Pricing models whose inputs are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other means.
   
Level 3 — inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.
A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Determination of Fair Value
Fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that use primarily market-based or independently-sourced market parameters, including interest rate yield curves, option volatilities and currency rates. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Bank’s creditworthiness, liquidity and unobservable parameters that are applied consistently over time.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The Group believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies, or assumptions, to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.
The following section describes the valuation methodologies used by the Group to measure various financial instruments at fair value, including an indication of the level in the fair-value hierarchy in which each instrument is generally classified. Where appropriate, the description includes details of the valuation models, the key inputs to those models as well as any significant assumptions.
Assets
a) Government securities and other investments
Listed investment securities: where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities includes national and government bonds, instruments issued by BCRA and corporate securities.
b) Securities receivable under repurchase agreements
Securities receivables under repurchase agreements are classified within level 1 of the valuation hierarchy using quoted prices available in the active market for Boden 2012 and Discount Bonds where the securities are traded.
c) Transfers of financial assets
The Group’s retained interests in certificates of participation of financial trust. These are classified within level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. As quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using a discount cash flow model which includes assumptions based upon projected finance charges related to the securitized assets, estimated net credit losses, prepayment assumptions and contractual interest paid to third-party investors.
d) Forward transactions
These transactions have been conducted directly with customers and are recorded as the difference between the agreed foreign currency exchange rate and such exchange rate at the end of the year according with the future prices published by Rofex. Therefore, they are classified in Level 2 of the fair-value hierarchy.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Liabilities
e) Forward and futures transactions
Future transactions are generally measured at fair value using quoted market (i.e., exchange) prices published by recognized exchange markets, such as Mercado Abierto Electrónico (MAE) and Mercado a Término de Rosario (ROFEX) and are classified in Level 1 of the fair-value hierarchy.
Forward transactions have been conducted directly with customers and are recorded as the difference between the agreed foreign currency exchange rate and such exchange rate at the end of the year according with the future prices published by Rofex. Therefore, they are classified in Level 2 of the fair-value hierarchy.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Items measured at fair value on a recurring basis
The following table presents the financial instruments carried at fair value as of December 31, 2008 for US GAAP purposes by SFAS 157 valuation hierarchy (as described above).
                                 
                    Internal     Internal  
                    models with     models with  
            Quoted     significant     significant  
            market prices     observable     unobservable  
    Total     in active     market     market  
    carrying     markets     parameters     parameters  
Balances as of December 31, 2008   value     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
ASSETS
                               
a) Government securities and other investments
                               
Trading Securities
  Ps. 363,146     Ps. 363,146     Ps.     Ps.  
Compensatory and Hedge Bond Received
    280,410       280,410              
Discount Bonds & GDP Linked Negotiable Sec.
    51,871       51,871              
Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank
    550,204       550,204              
Equity Securities
    56       56              
Other Investments
    301,486                   301,486  
 
                               
b) Securities receivable under repurchase agreements
                               
Compensatory and Hedge Bond Received
    973,030       973,030              
Discount Bonds
    144,631       144,631              
 
                               
c) Transfers of financial assets
                               
Debt Securities and Certificates of Participation
    58,177                   58,177  
Certificate of Participation Galtrust I
    67,881                   67,881  
 
                               
d) Derivatives instruments
    15,892             15,892        
TOTAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE
    2,806,784       2,363,348       15,892       427,544  
 
                               
LIABILITIES
                               
 
                               
e) Derivatives instruments
    (67,073 )     (297 )     (66,776 )      
TOTAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE
    (67,073 )     (297 )     (66,776 )      
Changes in level 3 fair value measurements
The table below includes a roll forward of the balance sheet amounts as of December 31, 2008 (including the change in fair value) for financial instruments classified by the Bank within level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. When a determination is made to classify a financial instrument within level 3 of the valuation hierarchy, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement.
         
    Total Fair Value  
Balances as of December 31, 2008   Measurements  
Available for sale securities
  Ps.    
Fair value, December 31, 2007
    737,649  
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized)
    (247,634 )
 
Included in earnings
    (259,762 )
Included in other comprehensive income
    12,128  
Purchases, issuances and settlements
    (62,471 )
Transfers in to/ out of level 3
     
 
     
Fair value, December 31, 2008
    427,544  

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The table below summarizes gains and losses due to changes in fair value, recorded in earnings for level 3 assets and liabilities during the year:
         
    Total Fair Value  
Balances as of December 31, 2008   Measurements  
Available for sale securities
  Ps.    
Classification of gains and losses (realized/unrealized) included in earnings for 2008:
       
Financial Income
    (259,762 )
 
     
 
       
Total
    (259,762 )
In addition, the Group is required, on a nonrecurring basis, to adjust the carrying value of certain assets or provide valuation allowances related to certain assets using fair value measurements in accordance with GAAP. Loans are generally not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Periodically, the Group records nonrecurring adjustments for including certain impairment amounts for collateral-dependent loans calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 114 when establishing the allowance for loan losses. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan. Estimates of fair value used for collateral supporting loans generally are based on assumptions not observable in the marketplace and therefore such valuations have been classified as Level 3. Loans subject to nonrecurring fair value measurement were Ps. 11,939 millions at December 31, 2008 classified as Level 3. Changes in fair value recognized for loan impairment reserves on loans held by the Group on December 31, 2008 represented impairment losses for Ps. 4,942 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
q. New authoritative pronouncements
In December 2007, the SFAS issued Statement No. 160 “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (an amendment of ARB No. 51). From the issue of the SFAS No. 160 the companies that present Consolidated Financial Statements will have to report the minority interest inside the stockholders equity but separated from the stockholders equity of the parent. In the same form the entities will have to present the information in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. This new pronouncement also foresees that if a parent retains a non-controlling equity investment in the former subsidiary, that investment is measured at its fair value. Likewise, on the occasion of the major degree of detail that this Statement demands, it will have present a reconciliation between the stockholders equity to the beginning and to the end of each fiscal year and a scheme showing the effects for the changes in the participation of the parent. This Statement is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008 (that is, January 1, 2009, for entities with calendar year-ends). Earlier adoption is prohibited. The Group does not anticipate that the adoption of this new statement at the required effective date will have a significant effect in its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (Revised 2007) “Business Combinations”. This statement replaces SFAS No. 141 “Business Combinations”, but retains its fundamental requirements that the acquisition method of accounting be used for all business combinations and for an acquirer to be identified for each business combination. This statement requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date, measured at their fair values as of that date; it requires acquisition-related and expected restructuring costs to be recognized separately from the acquisition. It also requires the acquirer in a step acquisition to recognize the identifiable assets and liabilities, as well as the noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, at the full amounts of their fair values. This statement requires an acquirer to recognize assets acquired and liabilities assumed arising from contractual and noncontractual contingencies as of the acquisition date, measured at their acquisition-date fair values (the latter only if it is more likely than not that they meet the definition of an asset or a liability). It requires the acquirer to recognize contingent consideration at the acquisition date, measured at its fair value at that date; and it requires the acquirer to recognize any negative goodwill as a gain attributable to the acquirer. Finally, this statement makes significant amendments to other statements and other authoritative guidance, related to the accounting for acquired in-process research and development and changes in an acquirer’s valuation allowance on its previously existing deferred tax assets. This statement applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. An entity may not apply it before that date. The Group expects that adoption of this statement will not significantly affect the way for which its future business combinations will be accounted.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161 “ Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133”, which changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under Statement 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FSP FAS 142-3, Determination of the useful life of intangible assets, which amends FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, to provide guidance on the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The intent of this FSP is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under Statement 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under FASB Statement No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations, and other U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).
This FSP shall be effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. The guidance for determining the useful life of a recognized intangible asset of this FSP shall be applied prospectively to intangible assets acquired after the effective date. The disclosure requirements shall be applied prospectively to all intangible assets recognized as of, and subsequent to, the effective date. The adoption of this interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on Company’s results of operations and financial condition.
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162 “ The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”, which identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles to be used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the United States (the GAAP hierarchy).
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 163, Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts. The new standard clarifies how FASB Statement No. 60, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises, applies to financial guarantee insurance contracts issued by insurance enterprises, including the recognition and measurement of premium revenue and claim liabilities. It also requires expanded disclosures about financial guarantee insurance contracts. The Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and all interim periods within those fiscal years, except for disclosures about the insurance enterprise’s risk-management activities. Disclosures about the insurance enterprise’s risk-management activities are effective the first period beginning after issuance of the Statement. The adoption of this interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP 115-2 and FAS 124-2 “Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments” that establishes a new method of recognizing and reporting other-than-temporary impairments of debt securities. Impairment is now considered to be other than temporary if an entity:
   
intends to sell the security;
 
   
is more likely than not to be required to sell the security before recovering its cost; or
 
   
does not expect to recover the security’s entire amortized cost basis (even if the entity does not intend to sell) — that is, a ‘credit loss’.
This credit loss is based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security. If a credit loss exists but an entity does not intend to sell the impaired debt security and is more likely than not to be required to sell before recovery, the impairment is other than temporary. It should therefore be separated into:
   
the estimated amount relating to the credit loss, and
 
   
all other changes in fair value.
Only the estimated credit loss amount is recognized in profit or loss; the remaining change in fair value is recognized in ‘other comprehensive income’. This approach more closely aligns the impairment models for debt securities and loans by reflecting only credit losses as impairment in profit and loss. FSP 115-2 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The adoption of this interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-4 “Determining Fair Value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifying transactions that ate not orderly” (FSP FAS 157-4). FSP FAS 157-4 provides additional guidance for estimating fair value in accordance with FAS 157, when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. This FSP also includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. It also emphasizes that even if there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability regardless of the valuation techniques(s) used, the objective of fair value measurement remains the same. FSP FAS 157-4 shall be effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009 and shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The adoption of this interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
On May 2009, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 165 “Subsequent Events” (“SFAS 165”), the objective of this Statement is to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. In particular, this Statement sets forth (1) the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, (2) the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements and (3) the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. In accordance with this Statement, an entity should apply the requirements to interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of this interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
In June 2009, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 166, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 (“SFAS 166”), amending the guidance on transfers of financial assets in order to address practice issues highlighted most recently by events related to the economic downturn. The amendments include: (1) eliminating the qualifying special-purpose entity concept, (2) a new unit of account definition that must be met for transfers of portions of financial assets to be eligible for sale accounting, (3) clarifications and changes to the derecognition criteria for a transfer to be accounted for as a sale, (4) a change to the amount of recognized gain or loss on a transfer of financial assets accounted for as a sale when beneficial interests are received by the transferor, and (5) extensive new disclosures. Calendar year-end companies will have to apply FAS 166 to new transfers of financial assets occurring from January 1, 2010. The adoption of this interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
In June 2009, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 167 as an amendment to FIN 46(R). This guidance represents a significant change to the previous accounting rules and we anticipate it will change the consolidation conclusions for many entities. The standard does not provide for any grandfathering and therefore the FIN 46(R) consolidation conclusions will need to be revaluated for all entities. In summary, the new standard:
   
Eliminates the scope exception for qualifying special-purpose entities
 
   
Eliminates the quantitative model for determining which party should consolidate and replaces it with a qualitative model focusing on decision-making for an entity’s significant economic activities
 
   
Requires a company to continually reassess whether it should consolidate an entity subject to FIN 46(R)
 
   
Requires an assessment of whether an entity is subject to the standard due to a troubled debt restructuring
 
   
Requires extensive new disclosures
FAS 167 is effective for company’s first reporting period beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of this interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Consolidated net income
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Net income (loss) as stated
  Ps. 176,819     Ps. 46,037     Ps. (18,914 )
Loan origination fees and costs (Note 35 b.)
    10,300       (38,629 )     (9,855 )
Intangible assets:
                       
Goodwill amortization and impairment (Note 35 c.)
    (77,605 )     19,687       19,838  
Other intangible assets (Note 35 c.)
    (24,593 )     3,965       (14,888 )
Compensation related to the payment of deposits (Note 35 g.)
    (39,850 )     90,197       (19,444 )
Equity investments in other companies — Impairment (Note 35 k.)
    (3,882 )     (8,381 )     45,442  
Loss on exchange of National Public Debt (Note 35 d.(ii))
    48,228       196,743       591,227  
Provincial Public Debt (Note 35 d.(iii))
          198,099       1,790,197  
Loan impairment — Private sector (Note 35 d.(iv))
    (54,748 )     52,056       (49,393 )
Transfers of financial assets (Note 35 h.)
    (376,975 )     8,814       (22,607 )
Government Securities and other investments:
                       
Compensatory Bond received and Hedge Bond (Note 35 e.(i))
    (838,609 )     63,973       751,648  
GDP — Linked Negotiable Securities (Note 35 e.(ii))
    (31,479 )     (23,683 )     54,940  
Impairment of other available for sale securities (Note 35 e.(ii) (iii))
    (197,564 )     36,151       21,096  
Real estate properties asset amortization (Note 35 j.)
    1,395       1,395       1,395  
Recognition for the fair value of obligations assumed under Financial guarantees issued (Note 35 l.)
    (35,727 )     (5,773 )     11,047  
Troubled Debt restructuring (Note 35 n.)
    29,749       86,558       28,039  
Deferred Income tax (Note 35 a.)
    124,936       (21,056 )     371,354  
Minimum Presumed Income Tax (Note 35 a.)
    (25,906 )     (39,631 )     (47,895 )
Minority interest (Note 35 m.)
    144,533       (73,627 )     21,686  
 
                 
Net income (loss) in accordance with U.S. GAAP
    (1,170,978 )     592,895       3,524,913  
 
                 
 
                       
Average number of shares outstanding (in thousands) (Note 21)
    1,241,407       1,241,407       1,240,932  
Basic net income (loss) per share in accordance with U.S. GAAP (Note 21)
    (0.943 )     0.478       2.841  
Diluted net income (loss) per share in accordance with U.S. GAAP (Note 21)
    (0.943 )     0.478       2.841  
 
                 

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Consolidated shareholders’ equity
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Shareholders’ equity as stated
  Ps. 1,845,745     Ps. 1,654,505  
Loan origination fees and costs (Note 35 b.)
    (40,236 )     (50,536 )
Intangible assets:
               
Goodwill amortization and impairment (Note 35 c.)
    13,749       91,354  
Other intangible assets (Note 35 c.)
    (46,806 )     (22,213 )
Compensation related to the payment of deposits (Note 35 g)
    (316,874 )     (277,024 )
Equity investments in other companies — Impairment (Note 35 k.)
    (26,817 )     (22,935 )
Loans -non Financial Public Sector — Secured loans (Note 35 d.(ii))
    (32,495 )     (80,723 )
Loan impairment — Private sector (Note 35 d.(iv))
    (48,495 )     6,253  
Government securities and other investments:
               
Compensatory and Hedge Bond received (Note 35 e.(i))
    (1,097,375 )     (306,460 )
Discount Bonds (Note 35 e.(ii))
    (480,273 )     (359,405 )
GDP — Linked Negotiable Securities (Note 35 e.(ii))
    9,901       41,380  
Other Investments (Note 35 e (iii))
    (110,716 )     (43,307 )
Financial assets transferred (Note 35 h.)
    (587,058 )     (317,164 )
Minority interest (Note 35 m.)
    246,204       101,671  
Impairment of real estate properties and foreclosed assets (Note 35 j.)
    (67,155 )     (67,155 )
Real Estate properties amortization (Note 35 j.)
    8,370       6,975  
Minimum Presumed Income Tax (Note 35 a.)
    (284,421 )     (258,515 )
Deferred Income tax (Note 35 a.)
    475,234       350,298  
Recognition for the fair value of obligations assumed under financial guarantees issued (Note 35 l.)
    (43,512 )     (7,785 )
Foreign debt restructuring (Note 35 n.)
    (171,383 )     (201,132 )
 
           
Consolidated shareholders’ equity (deficit) in accordance with U.S. GAAP
  Ps. (754,413 )   Ps. 238,082  
 
           

 

F-83


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Roll forward analysis of shareholders’ equity under U.S. GAAP at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
Grupo Galicia
                                                                 
                    Adjustments to                     Other             Total  
    Capital     Paid     Shareholders’     Profit Reserves     Comprehensive     Retained     Shareholders’  
    Stock     in Capital     Equity     Legal     Other     Income (loss)     Earnings     Equity  
Balance at December 31, 2005
  Ps. 1,241,407     Ps.     Ps. 294,254     Ps.     Ps.     Ps. 1,608,250     Ps. (5,272,172 )   Ps. (2,128,261 )
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Distribution of retained earnings by the shareholders’ meeting on April 27,2006
                                                               
Legal Reserve
                      34,855                   (34,855 )      
Discretionary Reserve
                            72,383             (72,383 )      
Unrealized gain of available-for-sale securities, net of tax and minority interest
                                  (1,251,449 )           (1,251,449 )
Sale of Treasury Stock
          606                                     606  
Net income for the year under U.S. GAAP
                                        3,524,913       3,524,913  
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2006
  Ps. 1,241,407     Ps. 606     Ps. 294,254     Ps. 34,855     Ps. 72,383     Ps. 356,801     Ps. (1,854,497 )   Ps. 145,809  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Distribution of retained earnings:
                                                               
Absorption approved by the shareholders’ meeting on April 26,2007
                                                               
Discretionary Reserve
                            (18,914 )           18,914        
Unrealized gain of available-for-sale securities, net of tax and minority interest
                                  (500,622 )           (500,622 )
Net income for the year under U.S. GAAP
                                        592,895       592,895  
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2007
  Ps. 1,241,407     Ps. 606     Ps. 294,254     Ps. 34,855     Ps. 53,469     Ps. (143,821 )   Ps. (1,242,688 )   Ps. 238,082  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Distribution of retained earnings:
                                                               
Absorption approved by the shareholders’ meeting on April 29,2008
                                                               
Legal Reserve
                      2,302                   (2,302 )      
Discretionary Reserve
                            43,735             (43,735 )      
Valuation Differences
                            14,421                   14,421  
Unrealized gain of available-for-sale securities, net of tax and minority interest
                                  164,062             164,062  
Net income for the year under U.S. GAAP
                                        (1,170,978 )     (1,170,978 )
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2008
  Ps. 1,241,407       606       294,254       37,157       111,625       20,241       (2,459,703 )     (754,413 )
 
                                               
Comprehensive income
SFAS 130 “Reporting Comprehensive Income” establishes standards for reporting and the display of comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in the financial statements. Comprehensive income is the total of net income and all transactions, and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The following disclosure presented for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, shows all periods restated to conform SFAS 130:
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Income Statement
                       
Financial Income
  Ps. 1,201,697     Ps. 2,433,198     Ps. 5,456,352  
Financial Expenditures
    1,391,270       1,160,142       1,863,588  
Net Financial Income
    (189,573 )     1,273,056       3,592,764  
Provision for Loan Losses
    450,137       203,446       160,262  
Income from Services
    1,538,380       1,153,619       837,340  
Expenditures from Services
    383,654       257,242       180,408  
Administrative Expenses
    1,799,579       1,258,089       982,843  
Net Income / (Loss) from Financial Brokerage
    (1,284,563 )     707,898       3,106,591  
Minority Interests
    108,721       (105,746 )     2,670  
Miscellaneous Income
    494,977       271,546       326,308  
Miscellaneous Losses
    (541,035 )     188,281       187,772  
Net Income / (Loss) before Income tax
    (1,221,900 )     685,417       3,247,797  
Income Tax
    (50,922 )     92,522       (277,116 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) under U.S. GAAP
    (1,170,978 )     592,895       3,524,913  
 
                 
 
                       
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                       
 
                       
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities
    164,062       (500,622 )     (1,251,449 )
 
                 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    164,062       (500,622 )     (1,251,449 )
 
                 
 
                       
Comprehensive income (Loss)
  Ps. (1,006,916 )   Ps. 92,273     Ps. 2,273,464  
 
                 
Accumulated non-owner changes in equity (accumulated other comprehensive income) as of December 31, were as follows:
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Boden 2012 Bonds — Compensatory Bond
          (47,694 )     89,441  
Bogar Bonds
                168,908  
GalTrust I
          (97,166 )     (7,443 )
Discount Bonds
          34,020       125,251  
Other
    20,241       (32,981 )     (19,356 )
 
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income/ (loss)
  Ps. 20,241     Ps. (143,821 )   Ps. 356,801  
There were no available for sale securities with a continuous loss position of 12 months or more. The Group has determined that unrealized losses on investments as of December 31, 2008 are temporary in nature based on its ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery and the results of its review conducted to identify and evaluate investments that have indications of possible impairments.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Concentration of risk — Total exposure to the public sector — Argentine government and provinces
The Group has significant exposure to the Argentine national government and provinces in the form of government securities net positions, secured loans and other debt obligations. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Group had the following bonds and loans outstanding:
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Argentine             Argentine        
    Banking             Banking        
    GAAP     U.S. GAAP     GAAP     U.S. GAAP  
 
                               
Argentine national government loans
  Ps. 1,481,563     Ps. 1,449,068     Ps. 1,372,854     Ps. 1,306,743  
 
Other Argentine public-sector receivables
    297,467       186,751       272,966       215,047  
 
Galtrust I (securitization of Provincial Loans)
    630,002       63,887       597,123       291,539  
 
Compensatory bond received
    2,350,815       1,253,440       2,744,256       2,437,796  
 
Other (1)
    1,294,448       824,076       1,133,572       815,547  
 
                       
 
Total
  Ps. 6,054,295     Ps. 3,777,222     Ps. 6,120,771     Ps. 5,066,672  
 
                       
     
(1)  
Includes bonds and other national government bonds.
Risks and Uncertainties
Government Securities
As of December 31, 2008, the Group’s exposure to the Argentine public sector, including Boden 2012, Bonds corresponding to the Compensatory Bond and the Hedge Bond, represented approximately 24,48% of the total Group’s assets. Although the Group’s exposure to the Argentine public sector consists of performing assets, the realization of the Group’s assets, its income and cash flow generation capacity and future financial condition is dependent on the Argentine government ability to comply with its payment obligations.
Argentine Central Bank’s Communiqué “A” 3911 and supplementary regulations state that, as of January 2006, the total exposure of financial institutions to the non-financial public sector must not exceed 40% of their total assets. As of July 2007, the exposure is not to exceed 35%.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Group was in compliance with the general limit of 35% imposed by the Argentine Central Bank.
Under U.S. GAAP, Government bonds, including BODEN 2012 Bonds and Discount Bonds, and certificates of participation in the Galtrust I Financial Trust and in the Almafuerte Special Fund and Nues Trust, were classified as available-for-sale securities, and therefore, carried at fair value with changes in the fair value reflected in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
As of December 31, 2008, the amortized cost exceeded the fair value of these securities by Ps. 846,8 million. For U.S. GAAP purposes, we have recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of these securities, based on a variety of factors, including the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, and our intent and ability to hold these securities to recovery.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Allowance for loan losses
Management believes that the current level of allowance for loan losses recorded for U.S. GAAP purposes are sufficient to cover incurred losses of the Group’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2008. Many factors can affect the Group’s estimates of allowance for loan losses, including expected cash flows, volatility of default probability, migrations and estimated loss severity. The process of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses requires a high degree of judgment. It is possible that others, given the same information, may at any point in time reach different reasonable conclusions. During 2008, the portfolio quality of the private sector, overall, started to deteriorate. If market conditions, and economic uncertainties continue during 2009, it might result in higher credit losses and provision for credit losses in future periods.
U.S. GAAP estimates
Valuation reserves, impairment charges and estimates of market values on assets and step up bonds discounting, as established by the Group for U.S. GAAP purposes are subject to significant assumptions of future cash flows and interest rates for discounting such cash flows. Losses on the exchange of government and provincial bonds and on retained interests in securitization trusts were significantly affected by higher discount rates as of December 31, 2003 and 2002. However discount rates decreased as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Should the discount rates change in future years, the carrying amounts and charges to income and shareholders’ equity deficit will also change. In addition, as estimates of future cash flows change, so too will the carrying amounts which are dependent on such cash flows. It is possible that changes to the carrying amounts of loans, investments and other assets will be adjusted in the near term in amounts that are material to the Group’s financial position and results of income.
36. Parent only Financial Statements.
The following are the unconsolidated balance sheets of Grupo Galicia as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the related unconsolidated statements of income, and cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Balance sheet (Parent Company only)
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
ASSETS
               
A. Cash and due from Banks
               
Cash
  Ps. 10     Ps. 11  
Financial institutions and correspondents
    207       10,689  
 
           
 
  Ps. 217     Ps. 10,700  
 
               
B. Government and corporate securities
               
Holdings of trading securities
    191        
 
           
 
  Ps. 191     Ps.  
 
               
C. Loans
               
To the financial sector
    47,264       43,511  
 
           
 
  Ps. 47,264     Ps. 43,511  
 
D. Other receivables resulting from financial brokerage
               
Negotiable obligations without quotation
    711       2,591  
Balances from forward transactions without delivery of underlying asset to be settled
    15,827        
Other receivables not included in the debtor classification Regulations
    147       3,212  
Other receivables included in the debtor classification Regulations
    26,850       12,465  
Accrued interest receivable included in the debtor Classification regulations
    161       47  
 
           
 
  Ps. 43,696     Ps. 18,315  
 
               
F. Equity investments
               
In financial institutions
    1,898,232       1,700,152  
Other
    63,899       56,336  
 
           
 
  Ps. 1,962,131     Ps. 1,756,488  
 
               
G. Miscellaneous receivables
               
Tax on minimum presumed income — Tax credit
    869        
Other
    6,178       76,848  
 
           
 
  Ps. 7,047     Ps. 76,848  
 
               
H. Bank premises and equipment
    3,044       3,134  
 
               
J. Intangible assets
               
Goodwill
    10,976       12,255  
Organization and development expenses
    33       18  
 
           
 
  Ps. 11,009     Ps. 12,273  
 
           
Total Assets
  Ps. 2,074,599     Ps. 1,921,269  
 
           
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
N. Other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage Banks and international entities
  Ps. 214,086     Ps. 251,920  
Accrued interest and quotation differences payable
    6,250       8,569  
 
           
 
    220,336       260,489  
 
           
 
               
O. Miscellaneous liabilities
               
Directors’ and Syndics’ fees
  Ps. 60     Ps. 132  
Other
    8,458       6,143  
 
           
 
    8,518       6,275  
 
           
Total Liabilities
  Ps. 228,854     Ps. 266,764  
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  Ps. 1,845,745     Ps. 1,654,505  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  Ps. 2,074,599     Ps. 1,921,269  
 
           

 

F-88


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Statement of Income (Parent Company only)
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
A. Financial income
                       
Interest on loans granted to the financial sector
    97       694       54  
Interest on other loans
          670        
Interest on other receivables resulting from financial brokerage
    314       388       665  
Net income from government and corporate securities
    126       5,817       114,641  
Other
          897       3,100  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 537     Ps. 8,466     Ps. 118,460  
 
                       
B. Financial expenses
                       
Interest on other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage
  Ps. 17,062     Ps. 8,565     Ps.  
Exchange rate differences on gold and foreign currency
    11,258              
Other
    280       302       53  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 28,600     Ps. 8,867     Ps. 53  
 
                       
C. Gross brokerage margin
    (28,063 )     (401 )     118,407  
 
                       
F. Administrative expenses
                       
Personnel expenses
    3,492       2,953       2,149  
Directors’ and syndics’ fees
    1,013       933       702  
Other fees
    3,182       3,522       2,033  
Taxes
    1,208       2,150       704  
Other operating expenses
    521       529       613  
Other
    5,080       4,665       4,265  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 14,496     Ps. 14,752     Ps. 10,466  
 
                       
Net Income / (Loss) from financial brokerage
  Ps. (42,559 )   Ps. (15,153 )   Ps. 107,941  
 
                       
H. Miscellaneous income
                       
Net income on long-term investments
    219,688       65,840        
Loans recovered and allowances reversed
                640  
Other
    1,557       609       1,111  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 221,245     Ps. 66,449     Ps. 1,751  
 
                       
I. Miscellaneous losses
                       
Net loss on long-term investments (1)
                81,238  
Other
    3,952       2,111       1,723  
 
                 
 
  Ps. 3,952     Ps. 2,111     Ps. 82,961  
 
                       
Net Income / (Loss) before tax
    174,734       49,185       26,731  
 
                 
 
J. Income tax
  Ps. (2,085 )   Ps. 3,148     Ps. 45,645  
 
                 
 
Net income / (Loss) for the fiscal year
  Ps. 176,819     Ps. 46,037     Ps. (18,914 )
 
                 
     
(1)  
Includes the foreign currency position compensation.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Statement of cash flows (Parent Company only)
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
CHANGES IN CASH
                       
Cash at the beginning of the period
  Ps. 26,407     Ps. 15,727     Ps. 9,573  
Increase / (decrease) in cash
    1,155       10,680       6,154  
 
                 
Cash at end of period
    27,562       26,407       15,727  
 
                       
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
                       
Less:
    (15,349 )     (25,404 )     (31,884 )
Operating expenses paid
                       
Plus:
                       
Other operating income received
    5,294       20,694       22,347  
 
                 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  Ps. (10,055 )   Ps. (4,710 )   Ps. (9,537 )
 
                       
Other sources of cash
                       
Loan received
          250,960        
Dividends
    12,163       9,450       613  
Increase in short-term investment
    1,676       5,062       14,581  
Collection of deposit as per Decree 616/2005
    72,360              
Other sources of cash
    1,806       718       546  
 
                 
Other sources of cash
  Ps. 88,005     Ps. 266,190     Ps. 15,740  
 
                       
Other uses of cash
                       
Payment of loans received
    (76,760 )            
Increase in fixed assets
    (24 )     (213 )     (42 )
Increase in long-term investments
    (11 )     (175,299 )     (7 )
Deposit as per Decree 616/2005
          (75,288 )      
 
                 
Total other uses of cash
  Ps. (76,795 )   Ps. (250,800 )   Ps. (49 )
 
                 
Increase / (decrease) in cash
  Ps. 1,155     Ps. 10,680     Ps. 6,154  
 
                 
The accompanying condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Argentine Banking GAAP. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with Argentine Banking GAAP have been condensed or omitted. The Company’s majority-owned subsidiaries are recorded using the equity method of accounting. The footnotes’ disclosures contain supplemental information relating to the operations of Grupo Galicia; as such, these financial statements should be read in conjunction with the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
         
Exhibit   Description
       
 
  1.1    
Unofficial English language translation of the Bylaws ( estatutos sociales ). ****
       
 
  2.1    
Form of Deposit Agreement between The Bank of New York and the registrant, including the form of American Depositary Receipt.*
       
 
  2.2    
Indenture, dated as of May 18, 2004, among the Bank, The Bank of New York and Banco Rio de la Plata S.A.**
       
 
  2.3    
Indenture, dated as of June 4, 2009, among Grupo Financiero Galicia, The Bank of New York Mellon, Banco de Valores S.A. and The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A.
       
 
  4.1    
English translation of form of Financial Trust Contract, dated April 16, 2002, among the Bank, Banco Provincia de Buenos Aires and BAPRO Mandatos y Negocios S.A.***
       
 
  4.2    
Form of Restructured Loan Facility (as evidenced by the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2004, among Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., Barclays Bank PLC, the holders party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas).**
       
 
  4.3    
Form of First Amendment and Waiver to Restructured Loan Facility (as evidenced by the First Amendment and Waiver to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2004, among Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., the holders party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas). ****
       
 
  4.4    
Form of Second Amendment to Restructured Loan Facility (as evidenced by the Second Amendment to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2006, among Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., the holders party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas).*****
       
 
  4.5    
Form of Third Amendment to Restructured Loan Facility (as evidenced by the Third Amendment to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2007, among Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., the holders party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas).******
       
 
  4.6    
Loan Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007, between Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Merrill Lynch International.******
       
 
  8.1    
For a list of our subsidiaries as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report, please see Item 4. “Information on the Company-Organizational Structure.”
       
 
  11.1    
Code of Ethics.
       
 
  11.2    
Code of Corporate Governance Good Practices.
       
 
  12.1    
Certification of the principal executive officer required under Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a), pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  12.2    
Certification of the principal financial officer required under Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a), pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  13.1    
Certification of the principal executive officer required pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  13.2    
Certification of the principal financial officer required pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
*   Incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form F-4 (333-11960).
 
**   Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003.
 
***   Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002.
 
****   Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
*****   Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
******   Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

 

Exhibit 2.3
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.
as Issuer,
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
as Trustee, Registrar,
Paying Agent and Transfer Agent,
BANCO DE VALORES S.A.
as Co-Registrar, Trustee’s Representative in Argentina, Transfer Agent and Argentine Paying Agent
and
THE BANK OF NEW YORK (LUXEMBOURG) S.A.
as Luxembourg Paying Agent and Transfer Agent
INDENTURE
Dated as of June 4, 2009
Class I, Series I Notes and Series II Notes
in an aggregate outstanding amount of up to US$45,000,000

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
       
    Page
 
     
ARTICLE I GENERALS
    2
 
     
SECTION 1.1. Definitions
    2
SECTION 1.2. Agents
    8
 
     
ARTICLE II NOTES
    10
 
     
SECTION 2.1. Forms Generally
    10
SECTION 2.2. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
    11
SECTION 2.3. Aggregate Amount
    11
SECTION 2.4. Authentication and Delivery of Notes
    11
SECTION 2.5. Execution of Notes
    12
SECTION 2.6. Certificate of Authentication
    13
SECTION 2.7. Denomination and Date of Notes; Payments
    13
SECTION 2.8. Registration
    16
SECTION 2.9. Mutilated, Defaced, Destroyed, Stolen and Lost Notes; Cancellation and Destruction of Notes; Liens
    21
SECTION 2.10. Purchase and Cancellation
    22
 
     
ARTICLE III [RESERVED]
    22
 
     
ARTICLE IV REMEDIES
    22
 
     
SECTION 4.1. Events of Default
    22
SECTION 4.2. Collection of Indebtedness by Trustee
    23
SECTION 4.3. Application of Proceeds
    24
SECTION 4.4. Suits for Enforcement
    25
SECTION 4.5. Restoration of Rights on Abandonment of Proceedings
    25
SECTION 4.6. Limitations on Suits by Noteholders
    26
SECTION 4.7. Unconditional Right of Noteholders to Institute Certain Suits
    26
SECTION 4.8. Powers and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver of Default
    26
SECTION 4.9. Control by Noteholders
    27
SECTION 4.10. Waiver of Past Defaults
    27
SECTION 4.11. Payments after a Default
    27
 
     
ARTICLE V CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
    28
 
     
SECTION 5.1. Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee
    28
SECTION 5.2. Certain Rights of the Trustee
    29
SECTION 5.3. Trustee Not Responsible for Disposition of Notes or Application of Proceeds Thereof
    30
SECTION 5.4. Trustee and Agents May Hold Notes; Collections, etc.
    30

 

ii


 

       
    Page
 
     
SECTION 5.5. Moneys Held by Trustee
    30
SECTION 5.6. Compensation and Indemnification of Trustee and Its Prior Claim
    31
SECTION 5.7. Right of Trustee to Rely on Officers’ Certificate, etc
    31
SECTION 5.8. Persons Eligible for Appointment as Trustee
    31
SECTION 5.9. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor Trustee
    32
SECTION 5.10. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee
    33
SECTION 5.11. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of Trustee
    33
SECTION 5.12. Notice of Events of Default
    34
SECTION 5.13. Trustee’s Representative in Argentina and Argentine Paying Agent
    34
SECTION 5.14. Application to Agents and Trustee’s Representative in Argentina
    35
SECTION 5.15. Application to Trustee in all Capacities
    35
 
     
ARTICLE VI CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS
    35
 
     
SECTION 6.1. Evidence of Action Taken by Noteholders
    35
SECTION 6.2. Proof of Execution of Instruments and of Holding of Notes; Record Date
    36
SECTION 6.3. Holders to Be Treated as Owners
    36
SECTION 6.4. Notes Owned by the Company Deemed Not Outstanding
    36
SECTION 6.5. Right of Revocation of Action Taken
    37
SECTION 6.6. Noteholders’ Meetings
    37
 
     
ARTICLE VII SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
    40
 
     
SECTION 7.1. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Noteholders
    40
SECTION 7.2. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders
    41
SECTION 7.3. Effect of Supplemental Indenture
    42
SECTION 7.4. Documents to Be Given to Trustee
    42
SECTION 7.5. Notation on Notes in Respect of Supplemental Indentures
    42
SECTION 7.6. Conformity with Negotiable Obligations Law
    42
 
     
ARTICLE VIII [RESERVED]
    43
 
     
ARTICLE IX SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; UNCLAIMED MONEYS
    43
 
     
SECTION 9.1. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
    43
SECTION 9.2. Application by Trustee of Funds Deposited for Payment of Notes
    43
SECTION 9.3. Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent
    44
SECTION 9.4. Return of Moneys Held by Trustee and Paying Agent Unclaimed for Three Years
    44
 
     
ARTICLE X REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF NOTES
    44
 
     
SECTION 10.1. Notice of Redemption; Partial Redemptions
    44
SECTION 10.2. Payment of Notes Called for Redemption
    45
SECTION 10.3. Exclusion of Certain Notes from Eligibility for Selection for Redemption
    46
SECTION 10.4. Redemption at Maturity
    46
SECTION 10.5. Redemption at the Option of the Company for Taxation Reasons
    46
SECTION 10.6. Repurchases
    46

 

iii


 

         
    Page  
 
       
ARTICLE XI [RESERVED]
    47  
 
       
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS
    47  
 
       
SECTION 12.1. Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers and Directors of the Company Exempt from Individual Liability
    47  
SECTION 12.2. Provisions of Indenture for the Sole Benefit of Parties and Noteholders
    47  
SECTION 12.3. Successors and Assigns of the Company Bound by Indenture
    47  
SECTION 12.4. Notices and Demands on the Company, Trustee and Noteholders
    47  
SECTION 12.5. Officers’ Certificates and Opinions of Counsel; Statements to Be Contained Therein
    49  
SECTION 12.6. Payments Due on Non-Business Days
    50  
SECTION 12.7. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity; Currency Indemnity
    50  
SECTION 12.8. Counterparts
    52  
SECTION 12.9. Waiver of Jury Trial
    52  
SECTION 12.10. Effect of Headings
    52  
 
       
EXHIBITS
       
 
       
EXHIBIT A-l  Form of Regulation S Series I Global Note
       
EXHIBIT A-2 Form of Regulation S Series II Global Note
       
EXHIBIT B-1 Form of Regulation S Transfer Certificate
       
EXHIBIT B-2 Form of Regulation S Exchange Certificate
       
EXHIBIT C Forms of Transfer
       
EXHIBIT D Forms of Notes Legend
       

 

iv


 

THIS INDENTURE, dated as of June 4, 2009 (this “ Indenture ”), among (i) Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. (the “ Company ”), a sociedad anónima organized under the laws of the Republic of Argentina, (ii) The Bank of New York Mellon, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York authorized to conduct a banking business, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), registrar (in such capacity, the “ Registrar ”), paying agent (in such capacity, the “ Paying Agent ,” and together with any other paying agents appointed by the Company in their respective capacities as such, the “ Paying Agents ”), and transfer agent (in such capacity, the “ Transfer Agent ,” and together with any other transfer agents appointed by the Company in their respective capacities as such, the “ Transfer Agents ”), (iii) Banco de Valores S.A., a ( sociedad anónima ) duly incorporated and existing under the laws of The Republic of Argentina authorized to conduct a banking business, as the Trustee’s representative in Argentina (in such capacity, the “ Trustee’s Representative in Argentina ”), and co-registrar (in such capacity, the “ Co-Registrar ”) and Transfer Agent and Argentine paying agent (in such capacity, the “ Argentine Paying Agent ”), and (iv) The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A., a corporation ( société anonyme ) organized under the laws of Luxembourg, as Luxembourg paying agent (in such capacity, the “ Luxembourg Paying Agent ”) and Luxembourg transfer agent (in such capacity, the “ Luxembourg Transfer Agent ”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide, among other things, for the authentication and delivery and administration of its Class I, Series I Notes (as defined herein), and its Class I Series II Notes (as defined herein), pursuant to the Company’s Global Short-, Medium- and Long-Term Notes Program for a maximum outstanding amount of US$60,000,000 (the “ Program ”);
WHEREAS, the Notes will constitute obligaciones negociables issued pursuant to the Negotiable Obligations Law (as defined herein) and the regulations issued thereunder;
WHEREAS, the Company, pursuant to resolutions of its shareholders dated March 9, 2009, authorized the creation of the Program;
WHEREAS, the Company, pursuant to a meeting of the Board of Directors held on March 9, 2009, approved the terms and conditions of the Program;
WHEREAS, the Company pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors dated March 16, 2009 and dated April 24, 2009, has duly authorized the issuance in the amount of up to $45,000,000 of the Notes, substantially in the form hereinafter set forth in such principal amount;
WHEREAS, the Trustee has reviewed the English translation of the resolutions of the Company referred to above authorizing the creation of the Program and the issuance of the Notes and hereby confirms that the terms and provisions of the Notes substantially reflect the terms of such resolutions; and
WHEREAS, all things and acts necessary to make this Indenture a valid indenture and agreement according to its terms have been done or had occurred.

 

 


 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the purchases of the Notes by the Holders (as defined below) thereof, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and proportionate benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Notes (as defined herein) as follows:
ARTICLE I
GENERALS
SECTION 1.1. Definitions . The following terms (except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise clearly requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section. References to the schedules and exhibits shall be construed to refer to the schedules and exhibits to this Indenture. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision of this Indenture. The terms defined in this Section include the plural as well as the singular.
Additional Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in, in the case of the Series I Notes, Exhibit A-1 and, in the case of the Series II Notes, Exhibit A-2 .
Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
Agent ” or “ Agents ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.
Agent Members ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.8(m).
Argentina ” means the Republic of Argentina.
Argentine Business Companies Law ” means the Argentine Business Companies Law No. 19,550 ( Ley de Sociedades Comerciales, Ley No. 19.550 ), as amended from time to time.
Argentine GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in Argentina as in effect from time to time.
Argentine Paying Agent ” means Banco de Valores S.A. acting solely in the limited capacity set forth in Section 2.7(j) hereof and Section 4 of the Notes.
Authorized Person ” means (i) in the case of the execution of any Note on behalf of the Company, a member of the Board of Directors and a member of the Statutory Auditors’ Committee of the Company, and (ii) in the case of any other action to be taken by or on behalf of the Company pursuant hereto, any officer of the Company duly authorized in writing to take actions under this Indenture on behalf of the Company and notified to the Trustee in writing.

 

2


 

BASE ” means the Buenos Aires Stock Exchange ( Bolsa de Comercio de Buenos Aires ).
BASE’s Arbitral Tribunal ” means The General Arbitral Tribunal of the Buenos Aires Stock Exchange ( El Tribunal de Arbitraje General de la Bolsa de Comercio de Buenos Aires ).
Board of Directors ” means either the Directorio (Board of Directors) of the Company or any committee of such Directorio duly authorized to act for it in respect hereof.
Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks are open, or not authorized to close, in the City of New York, in the City of Buenos Aires and in the Great Duchy of Luxembourg.
Capital Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations, warrants, options, rights or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) corporate stock of a corporation and any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person other than a corporation, in each case whether now outstanding or hereafter issued, including any preferred stock.
Certificated Note ” means a Note issued in non-global, certificated form to a Person other than Euroclear or Clearstream or a Common Depositary in accordance with Section 2.1(a) and 2.8 or a nominee thereof as custodian.
Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking Corporation.
CNV ” or “ Comisión Nacional de Valores ” means the Argentine National Securities Commission.
Co-Registrar ” means the person identified as “Co-Registrar” in the preamble to this Indenture and its successors and any other co-registrar appointed by the Company to act in such capacity in accordance with the terms hereof.
Common Depositary ” means a bank or a bank branch outside of the United States as designated by Euroclear and Clearstream to serve as common depositary of any Regulation S Global Note for Euroclear and Clearstream and any successor thereto.
Company ” means Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A., a sociedad anónima organized under the laws of Argentina, and its successors and assigns.
Company Order ” means a written statement, request or order of the Company signed in its name by two Authorized Persons of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

3


 

Control ” when used in respect of any particular Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of such person whether through the ownership of voting securities or membership, partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under the common control with” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office is located on the date hereof at The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4E, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Global Finance Unit, or such other location as the Trustee may advise the Company in writing from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
Date of Issuance ” of any Note (or portion thereof) means the earlier of (a) the date of such Note and (b) the date of any Note (or portion thereof) for which such Note was issued (directly or indirectly) on registration of transfer or exchange or in substitution.
Dealer ” means any dealer, underwriter, selling agent or similar entity named in any underwriting, subscription, distribution, syndicated trade or similar agreement executed in connection with any issuance and sale of Notes. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Dealer” shall be deemed to include any purchaser of a Note which is not otherwise a Dealer and purchases such Note directly from the Company.
Default Interest ” has the meaning set forth in, in the case of the Series I Notes, Exhibit A-1 and, in the case of the Series II Notes, Exhibit A-2 .
Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System.
Event of Default ” means any event or condition specified as such in Section 4.1.
Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Extraordinary Meetings ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.6(b).
Holder ,” “ Holder of Notes ,” “ Noteholder ” or other similar terms mean, with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name at the time such Note is registered in the Register.
Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed and delivered or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented or both, and such term shall include the forms and terms of the Notes established as contemplated hereunder.
Legended Certificated Note ” means a Certificated Note bearing the Notes Legend.
Luxembourg Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to repay the principal of, or interest on, any Notes in the Great Duchy of Luxembourg in accordance with the terms hereof and shall initially be The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A. with an office located at Aerogolf Center, 1A Hoehenhof, L-1736 Senningerberg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

4


 

Luxembourg Transfer Agent ” means any person authorized by the Company to act as Transfer Agent in Luxembourg in accordance with the terms hereof and shall initially be The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A.
MAE ” means the Argentine Mercado Abierto Electrónico S.A.
Negotiable Obligations Law ” means the Argentine Negotiable Obligations Law No. 23,576 ( Ley de Obligaciones Negociables No. 23.576 ), as amended by Argentine Law No. 23,962, and as further amended from time to time.
Note ” or “ Notes ” means, as the context may require, any Series I Notes and/or Series II Notes.
Notes Legend ” means the legend set forth in Exhibit D.
Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any two Authorized Persons of the Company and delivered to the Trustee.
Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.
Ordinary Meetings ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(b).
Outstanding ” when used with reference to Notes, subject to the provisions of Section 6.4, means, as of any particular time, all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except:
  (i)   Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
  (ii)   Notes or portions thereof that have been called for redemption in accordance with their terms or which have become due and payable at maturity or otherwise and with respect to which monies sufficient to pay the principal thereof and any premium, interest, Additional Amounts or other amount thereon shall have been therefor deposited with the Trustee; provided that if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made by the Company; or
  (iii)   Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a protected purchaser in whose hands the Notes are valid obligations of the Company.

 

5


 

provided, however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, consent, notice or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.
Paying Agent ” means the Luxembourg Paying Agent, the Paying Agent, the Argentine Paying Agent and any other paying agent appointed by the Company to act in such capacity in accordance with the terms hereof, including the Trustee.
Payment Date ” means the date on which payment of an installment of principal, interest or any other amount is due or any date fixed for redemption of any of the Notes as specified in, in the case of the Series I Notes, Exhibit A-1 and, in the case of the Series II Notes, Exhibit A-2 .
Person ” means any individual, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
principal ” whenever used with reference to the Notes or any Note or any portion thereof, shall be deemed to include premium, if any, and redemption amount, if any, and in the case of original issue discount Notes, the amortized face amount or other amount payable in respect thereof.
Program ” has the meaning set forth in the first recital of this Indenture.
Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
Registrar ” means the Person identified as “ Registrar ” in the preamble to this Indenture.
Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
Regulation S Exchange Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 .
Regulation S Global Note ” means any Note deposited with the Common Depositary, in accordance with Section 2.1(a), initially sold outside of the United States in reliance on Regulation S, deposited with and registered in the name of the Common Depositary as custodian for Euroclear and/or Clearstream, for credit to the respective accounts of beneficial owners of the Regulation S Global Note represented thereby.

 

6


 

Regulation S Transfer Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 .
Responsible Officer ,” when used with respect to the Trustee, the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina or any Agent, means any vice president, any assistant secretary, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or assistant trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee, the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina or such Agent, as applicable, customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
Restricted Period ” means, with respect to any Note, the period of 40 days after the completion of the distribution of all such Notes, as notified to the Trustee in writing by the Company.
Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Series I Notes ” means the Class I, Series I Notes issued by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Program, the respective pricing supplement and this Indenture, and that have been authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 .
Series II Notes ” means the Class I, Series II Notes issued by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Program, the respective pricing supplement and this Indenture, and that have been authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 .
Stated Maturity ” means the date on which the principal under the Notes is payable pursuant to, in the case of the Series I Notes, Exhibit A-1 and, in the case of the Series II Notes, Exhibit A-2 .
Statutory Auditor’s Committee ” means the Comisión Fiscalizadora of the Company.
Subsidiary ” means any corporation (“ sociedad anónima ”) where, at the time of determination, the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly owns or controls over fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares. For purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any particular Person, will mean the power to influence the direction and policies of that Person, directly or indirectly, whether by means of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Transfer Agent ” means the Persons identified as “ Transfer Agent ” in the preamble to this Indenture, the Luxembourg Transfer Agent and any other transfer agent appointed by the Company to act in such capacity, in accordance with the terms hereof.
Trustee ” means the Person identified as the “ Trustee ” in the preamble to this Indenture and, subject to the provisions of Article V, shall also include any successor trustee, in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

7


 

Trustee’s Representative in Argentina ” means the Person identified as the representative of the Trustee in Argentina in the preamble of this Indenture in accordance with Section 5.13 hereof.
United States ” means United States of America.
Unlegended Certificate Note ” means a Certificated Note that does not bear the Notes Legend.
US$ ” and “ US dollars ” means the currency of the United States which at the relevant time is legal tender for the payment of public or private debts.
SECTION 1.2. Agents . (a) The Company hereby appoints each of the Registrar, the Co-Registrar, the Transfer Agents and the Paying Agents (collectively, the “ Agents ” and individually, an “ Agent ”) as its agent in relation to the Notes for the purposes specified in this Indenture and in the terms of the Notes applicable thereto and all matters incidental thereto. Each of the Agents shall have the powers and authority granted to and conferred upon it herein and in the Notes, and such further powers and authority to act on behalf of the Company as the Company and such Agent may hereafter agree in writing. By execution of this Indenture, each of the Agents accepts its appointment as agent of the Company in relation to the Notes and shall comply with the provisions of this Indenture and the Notes applicable thereto.
(b) The Company may vary or terminate the appointment of any Agent at any time and from time to time upon giving at least 30 days’ written notice to such Agent and to the Trustee. Each Agent may at any time resign by giving no less than 30 days’ written notice to the Company of such intention on its part, specifying the date on which its desired resignation shall become effective. In the event that the Company fails to appoint a new Agent to succeed the resigning Agent within 30 days after receiving notice of such resignation, the resigning Agent shall have the power to appoint a successor Agent.
(c) In acting under this Indenture and in connection with the Notes, the Agents are each acting solely as an agent of the Company and do not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust for or with any of the Holders of the Notes. No Agent makes any representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture, any offering materials or the Notes. No Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Notes or the proceeds thereof.
(d) Each of the Agents shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken or thing suffered by it in reliance upon any Note, notice, direction, consent, certificate, affidavit, statement, or other document to the extent that such communication conforms to the provisions set forth herein, and is believed by it, in good faith, to be genuine and to have been passed or signed by the proper parties.
(e) Each of the Agents may become the owners of, or acquire any interest in, any Notes, with the same rights that they would have if it were not acting in such capacity, and may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Company.

 

8


 

(f) The Company agrees to indemnify and defend each of the Agents and each of their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for, and to hold each of them harmless against any damage, loss, liability, cost, claim, action, demand or expense (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) arising out of or in connection with their respective appointments, or the exercise of their respective powers and rights and the performance of their respective duties hereunder, or the performance of any other duties pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof, except such as may result from their negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or that of their respective officers or employees. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Indenture to the contrary, the indemnity set forth in this paragraph shall survive the payment of the Notes, the resignation or removal of any Agent and/or the termination of this Indenture.
(g) None of the Agents shall be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith, in the absence of negligence and willful misconduct.
(h) Each Agent may execute any of its powers or perform any of its duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys not regularly in its employ, and such Agent shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder. The Company covenants and agrees to pay to each Agent all such compensation agreed to in writing by the Company and each Agent and to reimburse each of the Agents for the reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel) incurred by it in connection with the services rendered by it hereunder, including, without limitation, any payments made in connection with taxes or other charges relating to such services. The Company shall reimburse the relevant Agent for such expenses within 30 days from receiving a written request therefor together with the appropriate documentation for such expenses.
(i) The Company covenants and agrees to pay to each Agent from time to time, and each Agent shall be entitled to, such compensation as shall be agreed upon in writing by the Company and such Agent for all services rendered by it hereunder.
(j) None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require any of the Agents to expend, advance or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(k) The duties and obligations of each Agent with respect to the Notes and this Indenture shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and each Agent shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against each such Agent. The duties and obligations of each Agent are several and not joint.

 

9


 

ARTICLE II
NOTES
SECTION 2.1. Forms Generally . (a) The form of any Note to be authenticated hereunder shall be designated in the Company Order in respect thereof delivered by the Company to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.4, and the Trustee shall have no liability for the Company’s designation so made notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.1. The Notes shall be, with respect to the Series I Notes, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A-1 hereto and, with respect to the Series II Notes, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A-2 hereto. The Notes may be issued in the form of one or more Regulation S Global Notes, which shall be exchangeable for Certificated Notes only in the limited circumstances set forth in Section 2.8, or Notes may be issued in the form of Certificated Notes, which shall be exchangeable for beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note only in the limited circumstances set forth in Section 2.8. Each Regulation S Global Note shall initially be registered in the name of and be delivered to the Common Depositary. The aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Common Depositary, as provided in this Indenture, and on the schedule affixed to the relevant Regulation S Global Note. The Notes may be issued in such other form (not inconsistent with this Indenture) as shall be established by or pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors, or one or more indentures supplemental hereto, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have imprinted or otherwise reproduced thereon such legend or legends, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, as may be required to comply with any law or with any rules or regulations pursuant thereto, or with any rules of any securities exchange or to conform to general usage, all as may be determined by the Authorized Persons executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes, and all of which shall not affect the rights, duties or obligations of the Trustee or the Agents. The Notes shall be numbered, lettered, or otherwise distinguished in such manner or in accordance with such plan as the Authorized Persons executing the same may determine as evidenced by the execution thereof.
(b) The definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and subject to the prior approval of the CNV where applicable, all as determined by the Authorized Persons executing such Notes as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.
(c) The Company agrees to cause the Notes to comply with Article 7 of the Negotiable Obligations Law.
(d) In the event of any discrepancies between the provisions or definitions of this Indenture and the ones in any Note, the provisions and definitions of such Note will control.

 

10


 

SECTION 2.2. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication . The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on all Notes shall be in substantially the following form:
This is one of the [Series I][Series II] Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
             
 
  [ ],        
 
           
    as Trustee    
 
           
 
  By        
 
     
 
Authorized Signatory
   
SECTION 2.3. Aggregate Amount . The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is initially limited to US$45,000,000. If specified in the applicable Company Order, the Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders of any of the Outstanding Notes, create and issue further Notes for a higher aggregate principal amount; provided that CNV approval of such higher aggregate principal amount is received and provided, further that such further Notes have the same terms and conditions as either the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, in all respects (except for the first payment of interest, the Date of Issuance and the issue price or as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and/or any indenture supplemental hereto), and the further Notes shall form a single series with the previously Outstanding Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable. A series of Notes need not be issued at the same time and may be reopened, without the consent of the Holders, to allow for the issuance of additional Notes, including for the issuance of additional Notes when required or authorized by the terms of such Notes.
SECTION 2.4. Authentication and Delivery of Notes . (a) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver one or more Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication together with the applicable documents referred to below in this Section, and the Trustee shall thereafter authenticate and deliver such Notes to or upon the order of the Company (contained in the Company Order referred to below in this Section 2.4) or pursuant to such procedures as may be specified from time to time by a Company Order. Such Company Order may be transmitted via facsimile (with the original to be delivered by mail) and may provide written instructions or provide for further instructions from the Company as to the form and terms of such Notes. In authenticating such Notes and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon:
  (i)   a Company Order requesting such authentication setting forth instructions as to delivery (if the Notes are not to be delivered to the Company) and completion of any terms not set forth in such Notes as executed by the Company or setting forth procedures as to such completion and delivery;
  (ii)   any resolutions of the Board of Directors and an Officers’ Certificate, or, if applicable, in lieu of such resolutions and Officers’ Certificate, an executed supplemental indenture referred to in Sections 2.1 and 2.3 by or pursuant to which the forms and terms of such Notes were established;

 

11


 

  (iii)   to the extent the forms and terms of such Notes are determined pursuant to (and are not set forth in) resolutions of the Board of Directors or supplemental indentures pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3, an Officers’ Certificate, prepared in accordance with Section 12.5, either setting forth the form or forms and terms of the Notes; and
  (iv)   an Opinion of Counsel, prepared in accordance with Section 12.5, which shall state (a) that the form or forms and terms of such Notes have been or will, when established in compliance with procedures therein described, be duly authorized and established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and (b) that such Notes, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with and subject to such matters as counsel may therein specify.
(b) The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Notes under this Section if the Trustee, (x) being advised by counsel, and after having consulted with counsel to the Company, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken, (y) acting in good faith through its board of directors or board of trustees, executive committee, or a trust committee of directors or trustees or Responsible Officers shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing Holders or (z) determines that such action will affect its rights, duties, obligations or immunities hereunder in a manner not reasonably acceptable to it.
SECTION 2.5. Execution of Notes . (a) The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by a member of its Board of Directors or any Authorized Person of the Company. Such signatures, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, may be the manual or facsimile signatures of any Authorized Person or member of its Board of Directors. Typographical and other minor errors or defects in any such signature shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any Note that has been duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.
(b) In case any Authorized Person or member of the Board of Directors who shall have signed the Notes shall cease to be such Authorized Person or member of the Board of Directors before the Note so signed shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or disposed of by or on behalf of the Company, such Note nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed such Note had not ceased to be such Authorized Person or such member of the Board of Directors, as the case may be; and any Note may be signed on behalf of the Company by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Note, shall be proper Authorized Persons or members of the Company’s Board of Directors, as the case may be, although at the date of the execution and delivery of this Indenture any such Person was not such an Authorized Person or member of the Company’s Board of Directors, as the case may be.

 

12


 

SECTION 2.6. Certificate of Authentication . Only such Notes as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form hereinbefore recited, executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee upon any Note executed by or on behalf of the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation together with a written statement of an Authorized Person or a member of the Board of Directors, as applicable, (which need not comply with Section 12.5 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Note has never been issued and sold by the Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
SECTION 2.7. Denomination and Date of Notes; Payments . (a) Subject to applicable laws and regulations, Notes shall be issued in denominations that are integral multiples of US$1, or otherwise as is set forth in the terms of such Notes established pursuant to Section 2.4 and in a Company Order relating to such Notes.
(b) Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. Each Note shall bear interest, if any, from the date and shall be payable on the dates, in each case, which shall be established as contemplated by Section 2.4.
(c) The Person in whose name any Note is registered at the close of business on any record date applicable with respect to any interest payment date for such Note shall be entitled to receive the interest (and principal, if any, payable other than at Stated Maturity or upon acceleration or redemption), if any, payable on such interest payment date notwithstanding any transfer or exchange of such Note subsequent to the record date and prior to such interest payment date; provided that (i) if and to the extent the Company shall default in the payment of the interest (including Additional Amounts) due on such interest payment date for such Note, such defaulted interest (including Additional Amounts) shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Note is registered at the close of business on a special record date (which shall be not less than 15 days prior to the date of payment of such defaulted interest) established by notice given by mail by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of Notes not less than 15 days preceding such special record date and (ii) interest payable at Stated Maturity or upon acceleration or redemption will be payable to the person to whom principal shall be payable. The term “ record date ” as used with respect to any interest payment date (except a date for payment of defaulted interest) shall mean the date specified as such in, in the case of the Series I Notes, Exhibit A-1 hereto and, in the case of the Series II Notes, Exhibit A-2 hereto. The term “ special record date ” as used with respect to the payment of defaulted interest shall be a date set by the Company as described above.

 

13


 

(d) Except as otherwise provided in the Notes, on or prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding each Payment Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to pay the principal of, Additional Amounts, if any, and/or interest on the Notes due on such Payment Date.
(e) Payments of the principal, interest, Additional Amounts and other amounts on or in respect of any Regulation S Global Note will be made to the Paying Agent for subsequent distribution to the Common Depositary in accordance with such depositary’s procedures, or to its nominee (or any successor thereto) as the registered owner thereof. Neither the Company, the Trustee nor any Agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial interests.
(f) Except as otherwise provided in the Notes, payments of the principal, interest, Additional Amounts and other amounts on or in respect of any Certificated Note at Stated Maturity or upon acceleration or redemption will be made in New York City by transfer of immediately available funds to the Paying Agent (and subsequently to the Holder thereof) upon surrender of such Note at the Corporate Trust Office. Payments of the principal, interest, Additional Amounts and any other amounts on or in respect of Certificated Notes to be made other than at Stated Maturity or upon redemption will be made to the Paying Agent (and subsequently to the Holder thereof) in New York City by transfer of immediately available funds on the due date for such payment.
(g) Except as otherwise provided in the Notes, the Company will pay all amounts with respect to the principal of and interest on the Notes in US dollars.
(h) At least 10 days prior to the first Payment Date on the Notes and at least 10 days prior to each Payment Date thereafter, the Company shall furnish the Trustee and each Paying Agent with an Officers’ Certificate (but only if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in any previously delivered Officers’ Certificate) instructing the Trustee and such Paying Agent as to whether such payment of principal of or any interest on such Notes shall be made without deduction of withholding for or on account of any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge required in Argentina. If any such deduction or withholding shall be required in Argentina, then such certificate shall specify the amount, if any, required to be deducted or withheld on such payment to the relevant recipient, shall certify that the Company shall pay such deduction or withholding amount to the appropriate taxing authority, and shall certify that the Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee or such Paying Agent Additional Amounts, if any, required. The Company agrees to indemnify the Trustee and each Paying Agent for, and to hold each harmless against, any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on its part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by it in reliance on any Officers’ Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section 2.7(h) or any failure to furnish such a certificate. The obligations of the Company under this Section 2.7(h) shall survive the payment of the Notes, the resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Paying Agent and/or termination of this Indenture.

 

14


 

(i) The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee, as applicable, all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Amounts on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment to the Trustee of any or all money previously held by the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability with respect to the transferred money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee, as applicable, all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
(j) To the extent that the Company is unable to make a payment in respect of the Notes in US Dollars due to the circumstances described in Section 4 of the Notes attached hereto, the Company will provide to each of the Trustee, the Argentine Paying Agent, Euroclear and/or Clearstream (as applicable), written notice of the same at least five Business Days prior to the applicable Payment Date unless the circumstances described in such Section 4 are not known to the Company on such date, in which case, the Company shall provide to each of the Trustee, the Argentine Paying Agent, Euroclear and/or Clearstream (as applicable), with notice thereof no later than one Business Day prior to the applicable Payment Date. In such notice, the Company shall include the following information: (i) the amount of US Dollars to be paid, that should be delivered in Pesos to the Argentine Paying Agent Peso denominated account and the mechanism to calculate the Applicable Exchange Rate to be used on the applicable Payment Date to calculate the Dollar exchange rate; (ii) the information regarding the Peso denominated account of the representative of Euroclear and/or Clearstream in Argentina into which the amounts received by the Argentine Paying Agent are to be deposited; and (iii) the entity from which the amounts to be paid by the Company are to be delivered to the Argentine Paying Agent. The Trustee shall procure from the Common Depositary the allocation between Euroclear and/or Clearstream and shall communicate the same in writing to the Argentine Paying Agent and the Company at least three Business Days prior to the applicable Payment Date, unless the Trustee does not receive the Company’s notice in respect thereof by such fifth Business Day prior to the applicable Payment Date, in which case the Trustee shall provide notice to the Argentine Paying Agent and the Company as soon as practicable. In addition, the Company, contemporaneously with the delivery of the notice to the Trustee contemplated in this clause (j), shall deliver to each Holder of the Notes, a notice setting forth the information sent to the Trustee (as contemplated above) and a description of the mechanics for the receipt by the Holders of the Notes of the related Peso denominated payments, including, as applicable, any information relating to the need of any participant in Euroclear and/or Clearstream to open accounts in Argentina for the receipt of the relevant funds. The Company agrees to deliver to the Argentine Paying Agent the relevant amount of Pesos prior to 4:30 p.m. City of Buenos Aires time on the applicable Payment Date, for subsequent transfer by the Argentine Paying Agent to the Peso denominated account of the representative of Euroclear and/or Clearstream in Argentina as soon practicable to the extent all the necessary information has been received. In addition, in any such circumstance, in respect of any Certificated Notes, payments on account of such Certificated Notes shall be made in Pesos by the Argentine Paying Agent to such account in Argentina, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, notified in writing by the Company as instructed by the Holder of such Certificated Notes.

 

15


 

SECTION 2.8. Registration . (a) The Registrar will keep a register (the “ Register ”) at its office for the registration of ownership, exchange and transfer of Notes. In the case of the replacement of the Notes, the Register will include notations of the Note so replaced, and the Note issued in replacement thereof. In the case of the cancellation of the Notes, the Register will include notations of the Note so cancelled and the date on which such Note was cancelled. The Co-Registrar shall also maintain a record of all registrations of ownership, exchange and transfer of Notes at its office in the City of Buenos Aires, Argentina. The Co-Registrar shall give prompt notice to the Registrar and the Registrar shall likewise give prompt notice to the Co-Registrar of any registration of ownership, exchange or transfer of Notes. The Register will show the amount of the Notes, the date of issue, all subsequent transfers and changes of ownership in respect thereof and the names, tax identification numbers (if relevant to a specific Holder) and addresses of the Holders of the Notes and any payment instructions with respect thereto (if different from a Holder’s registered address). The Registrar and the Co-Registrar shall at all reasonable times during office hours make the Register available to the Company or any Person authorized by the Company in writing for inspection and for the taking of copies thereof or extracts therefrom, and at the expense and written direction of the Company, the Registrar and the Co-Registrar shall deliver to such Persons all lists of Holders of Notes, their addresses and amounts of such holdings as the Company may request. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
(b) The Registrar shall maintain the Register in written or electronic form in the English language, and the Co-Registrar shall maintain duplicates thereof in the Spanish language.
(c) Subject to Sections 2.8(g), (h) and (i), no restrictions shall apply to the transfer or registration of transfer of an Unlegended Certificated Note to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of an Unlegended Certificated Note. By acceptance of a Legended Certificated Note, whether upon original issuance or subsequent transfer, each Holder of such Legended Certificated Note will be deemed to acknowledge the restrictions on the transfer of such Legended Certificated Note set forth in the Notes Legend and will agree that it will transfer such Legended Certificated Note only as provided herein and therein. In addition to the provisions of Sections 2.8(g), (h) and (i), the Registrar shall only register the transfer of a Legended Certificated Note for another Certificated Note if prior to transfer the transferee furnishes to the Trustee and the Company (x) if requested by the Company, an Opinion of Counsel in form satisfactory to the Company, that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable laws and (y) such other certifications, legal opinions or other information acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, during the Restricted Period, (i) Notes shall only be held through Euroclear and/or Clearstream, (ii) the Trustee shall not authenticate any Notes during the Restricted Period that would result in a violation of such limitation and (iii) no Note shall be transferred or exchanged in a manner that would result in a violation of such limitation. Further, during the Restricted Period, any reference herein to a Regulation S Global Note shall be deemed to be a reference to a temporary Regulation S Global Note that bears the entire Notes Legend. Following the conclusion of the Restricted Period, any reference herein to a Regulation S Global Note shall be deemed to be a reference to a permanent Regulation S Global Note, the legend on which will not include the first two paragraphs of the Notes Legend.

 

16


 

(d) Subject to Sections 2.8(g), (h) and (i), an exchange or transfer of a beneficial interest in any Regulation S Global Note for a Certificated Note or Certificated Notes, an exchange or transfer of a Certificated Note or Certificated Notes for a beneficial interest in any Regulation S Global Note or an exchange or transfer of a Certificated Note or Certificated Notes for another Certificated Note or Certificated Notes (in each case whether or not such exchange, if applicable, is made in anticipation of a subsequent transfer, and in the case of a Regulation S Global Note, so long as such Regulation S Global Note remains Outstanding and is held by or on behalf of the Common Depositary) may be only in accordance with this Section 2.8(d) and in accordance with the rules of Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable. In addition, in connection with such exchanges or transfers, the following regulations shall be applicable:
(i) A Holder of a Legended Certificated Note may exchange such Legended Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note if such Holder furnishes to the Company and to the Trustee a Regulation S Exchange Certificate. In addition, the holder of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for a Legended Certificated Note if such holder of a beneficial interest furnishes to the Company and the Trustee a Regulation S Exchange Certificate. A Holder of a Legended Certificated Note may transfer such Legended Certificated Note to a Person taking delivery in respect of such transfer of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note if such Holder furnishes to the Company and to the Trustee a Regulation S Transfer Certificate. In addition, a holder of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person taking delivery in respect of such transfer of a Legended Certificated Note if such holder of a beneficial interest furnishes to the Company and the Trustee either (x) a Regulation S Transfer Certificate or (y) an Opinion of Counsel in form satisfactory to the Company, that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable laws and such other certifications, legal opinions or other information acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable laws. Finally, a Holder of a Legended Certificated Note may transfer such Legended Certificated Note to a transferee that will hold a Legended Certificated Note subject to the transfer restrictions related to Regulation S if such Holder furnishes to the Company and the Trustee a Regulation S Transfer Certificate.
(ii) In the case of (A) a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note being exchanged for or transferred to an exchangee or a transferee, as applicable, that takes delivery in the form of, as applicable, a Certificated Note or Certificated Notes pursuant to a transaction that is not subject to Regulation S and (B) a Legended Certificated Note being exchanged for or transferred to an exchangee or a transferee, as applicable, that takes delivery in the form of, as applicable, a Certificated Note or Certificated Notes pursuant to a transaction that is not subject to Regulation S, the Registrar shall only register each such transfer if prior to transfer the transferee furnishes to the Trustee and the Company (x) if requested by the Company, an Opinion of Counsel in form satisfactory to the Company, that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable laws and (y) such other certifications, legal opinions or other information acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable laws.

 

17


 

(iii) No restrictions shall apply with respect to the transfer or registration of transfer of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note.
(iv) A Holder of a Certificated Note may exchange such Certificated Note for an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes subject to the same transfer restrictions as in the original Certificated Note in different authorized denominations without any certification.
(e) (i) Upon acceptance for exchange or transfer of a Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note as provided herein, the Trustee shall cancel such Certificated Note and shall endorse (or cause to be endorsed) on the schedule affixed to the Regulation S Global Note (or on a continuation of such schedule affixed to the Regulation S Global Note and made a part thereof) an appropriate notation evidencing the date of such exchange or transfer and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note equal to the principal amount of such Certificated Note exchanged or transferred therefor.
(ii) Upon acceptance for exchange or transfer of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note for a Certificated Note as provided herein, the Trustee shall endorse (or cause to be endorsed) on the schedule affixed to the Regulation S Global Note (or on a continuation of such schedule affixed to the Regulation S Global Note and made a part thereof) an appropriate notation evidencing the date of such exchange or transfer and a decrease in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note equal to the principal amount of such Certificated Note issued in exchange therefor or upon transfer thereof.
(f) The following provisions shall apply to the placement of the Notes Legend on any Certificated Note issued in exchange for or upon transfer of another Certificated Note or of a beneficial interest in any Regulation S Global Note and to the removal of the Notes Legend from any Legended Certificated Note.
(i) Unless determined otherwise by the Company in accordance with applicable law and notified to the Trustee in writing, a Certificated Note issued upon transfer of or exchange for a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note shall bear the Notes Legend.
(ii) Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of a Legended Certificated Note, or upon specific request of a Holder of a Legended Certificated Note for removal of the Notes Legend therefrom, the Trustee shall deliver an Unlegended Certificated Note or Unlegended Certificated Notes only if there is provided to the Company and the Trustee (at the Holder’s expense) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company (which may include an Opinion of Counsel) that neither the Notes Legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure compliance with the Securities Act.

 

18


 

(iii) Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of an Unlegended Certificated Note for a Certificated Note, the Trustee shall deliver a Legended or Unlegended Certificated Note or Notes, as the Holder may request in writing.
(iv) If the Notes Legend is removed from a Certificated Note and such Certificated Note is subsequently held by an Affiliate of the Company, and such Certificated Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Company shall cause the Notes Legend to be reinstated.
(g) Subject to the restrictions on transfer and exchange set forth in this Section 2.8, to any additional restrictions on transfer or exchange specified in the Certificated Notes, and such reasonable and customary regulations as the Company may from time to time prescribe, transfers of any Certificated Note in whole or in part must be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or its duly authorized agent or at the office of any other Transfer Agent that may be appointed by the Company by delivery of such Certificated Note with the form of transfer (substantially in the form of Exhibit C) thereon duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee or its duly authorized agent or any such other Transfer Agent, as the case may be, duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing. In exchange for any Certificated Note properly presented for transfer, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered at its Corporate Trust Office or the office of its duly authorized agent or at the office of any other Transfer Agent that may be appointed by the Company, as the case may be, to the transferee or send by mail (at the risk of the transferee) to such address as the transferee may request, a Certificated Note or Notes, registered in the name of such transferee, for the same aggregate principal amount as was transferred. Subject to the requirements of minimum denomination set forth in this Indenture and the terms of any Notes established pursuant to Section 2.3, in the case of the transfer of any Certificated Note in part, the Trustee shall also promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered at its Corporate Trust Office or at the office of its duly authorized agent or at the office of any Transfer Agent that may be appointed by the Company, as the case may be, to the transferor or send by mail (at the risk of the transferor) to such address as the transferor may request, a Certificated Note or Notes, registered in the name of the transferor, for the aggregate principal amount that was not transferred. Certificated Notes may also be exchanged for other Certificated Notes in any authorized denominations and of equal aggregate principal amount of Notes, subject to the requirements of minimum denomination set forth in this Indenture and in the terms of such Notes. Following a proper request in writing for exchange, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered at its Corporate Trust Office or at the office of its duly authorized agent or at the office of such Transfer Agent, as the case may be, to the Holder or send by first class mail (at the risk of the Holder), to such address as the Holder may request, a Certificated Note or Notes, as the case may require, for a like aggregate principal amount and in such authorized denomination or denominations as may be requested. The presentation for transfer or exchange of any Certificated Note shall not be valid unless made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or at the office of its duly authorized agent or at the office of a Transfer Agent by the registered Holder in person, or by a duly authorized attorney-in-fact. Upon any such transfer or exchange, the Trustee shall cause the Registrar to make the appropriate entries in the Register reflecting such transfer or exchange.

 

19


 

(h) Neither the Registrar nor any Transfer Agent shall register the transfer of or exchange of Certificated Notes for a period of 15 days preceding the due date for any payment of interest on the Note or during the period of 30 days ending on the due date for any payment of principal on the Note, or register the transfer of or exchange any Notes previously called for redemption.
(i) Other than as contemplated in clause (k) of this Section 2.8 and except to the extent that a transfer or exchange is contemplated in accordance with clauses (d) (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.8, the Company shall not be required to issue any Certificated Notes unless the Company shall have received notice from the Common Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Common Depositary or that Euroclear and/or Clearstream has/have informed the Company that it/they is/are no longer a clearing agency or otherwise is/are unwilling or unable to serve in such capacity and, in either case, a successor Common Depositary or clearing agency is not appointed or selected by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Common Depositary or Euroclear and/or Clearstream, in which case, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, in exchange for beneficial interests in the relevant Regulation S Global Note, Certificated Notes registered in such names as the Common Depositary may direct in writing (based on its records) in authorized denominations and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the relevant Regulation S Global Note and the Company shall give the Trustee prompt written notice thereof;
(j) Except as otherwise provided herein, transfer, registration and exchange shall be permitted as provided in this Section 2.8 without any charge to the Holder except for the expenses of delivery (if any) not made by regular mail and except, if the Company shall so require, the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp duty, tax or governmental charge or insurance charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. Registration of the transfer of a Note by the Registrar shall be deemed to be the acknowledgment of such transfer on behalf of the Company.
(k) Upon the written request of Euroclear or Clearstream after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Notes, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, in exchange for beneficial interests in such Regulation S Global Notes, Certificated Notes registered in such names as Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, may direct in writing (based on their records) in authorized denominations and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Notes.

 

20


 

(l) Insofar as interests in any Regulation S Global Note are held by the agent members of Euroclear or Clearstream (the “ Agent Members ”), the provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and the “Terms and Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Participants” of Euroclear and Clearstream, respectively, shall be applicable to such Regulation S Global Note. Members of, or participants in, Euroclear and Clearstream shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Regulation S Global Notes held on their behalf by Euroclear and Clearstream, and Euroclear and Clearstream or its nominee shall be treated by the Company and the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Regulation S Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Common Depositary or impair, as between Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and their respective agent members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by Euroclear or Clearstream or impair, as between Euroclear and Clearstream and their respective agent members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.
(m) Subject to the provisions of this Section 2.8, transfers of a Regulation S Global Note shall be limited to transfers of a Regulation S Global Note in whole, but not in part, to nominees of Euroclear and/or Clearstream or to a successor of Euroclear and/or Clearstream or such successor’s nominee.
(n) None of the Trustee, the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina or any Agent shall: (i) have any duty to monitor compliance with or with respect to any securities or tax laws (including but not limited to any United States federal or state or other securities or tax laws) or (ii) except as specifically provided herein, have to obtain documentation on any transfers or exchanges of the Notes.
SECTION 2.9. Mutilated, Defaced, Destroyed, Stolen and Lost Notes; Cancellation and Destruction of Notes; Liens . (a) The Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee Certificated Notes in such amounts and at such times as to enable the Trustee to fulfill its responsibilities under this Indenture and the Notes.
(b) The Trustee shall, in accordance with any terms and conditions set forth in the Notes, and upon provision of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee and to the Company that any Note was mutilated, defaced, destroyed, stolen or lost, together with such indemnity as the Trustee and the Company may require to hold each of them harmless, authenticate and deliver from time to time such Notes in exchange for or in lieu of such Notes that become mutilated, defaced, destroyed, stolen or lost. Each Note delivered in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry all the rights to interest (including rights to accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts) that were carried by such other Note.
(c) All Notes surrendered for payment, transfer or exchange shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee shall cancel and destroy all such Notes surrendered for payment, transfer or exchange, in accordance with its security destruction policy, and shall, upon written request, deliver a certificate of destruction to the Company.

 

21


 

(d) Upon the issuance of any substitute Note, the Holder of such Note, if so requested by the Company, will pay a sum sufficient to cover any stamp duty, tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expense (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) in connection with the preparation and issuance of the substitute Note.
(e) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange of Notes shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
(f) Each Holder shall notify the Registrar, the Co-Registrar or the Company of the creation of any Lien (as defined in the Notes) in accordance with Section 9 of the offering document related to the Program.
SECTION 2.10. Purchase and Cancellation . The Company and its Affiliates may at any time purchase or otherwise acquire any Note in the open market or otherwise at any price and may resell and dispose of such Note at any time; provided that in determining at any time whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Notes Outstanding have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Notes then known by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee to be owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not Outstanding for purposes of such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver.
ARTICLE III
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE IV
REMEDIES
SECTION 4.1. Events of Default . (a) “Event of Default”, wherever used herein, means any one of the events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body) defined as such in, in the case of the Series I Notes, Exhibit A-1 hereto and, in the case of the Series II Notes, Exhibit A-2 hereto.
(b)  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default with respect to the institution of bankruptcy or similar proceedings) occurs and is continuing, then the percentage of Holders of Notes Outstanding required in, in the case of the Series I Notes, Exhibit A-1 hereto and, in the case of the Series II Notes, Exhibit A-2 hereto may declare the principal amount of such Notes to be due and payable immediately.
(c) The right of any Holders to make a declaration of acceleration shall terminate if the Event of Default giving rise to such right shall have been cured before such right is exercised. Any such declaration shall be annulled if all amounts then due with respect to the Notes other than by acceleration have been paid and all other Events of Default with respect to the Notes are cured or waived.

 

22


 

(d) At any time after a declaration of acceleration has been made by the required percentage of Holders (according to the terms of, in the case of the Series I Notes, Exhibit A-1 hereto and, in the case of the Series II Notes, Exhibit A-2 hereto), the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Series I Notes or Series II Notes, as applicable, at that time Outstanding, taking action at an Extraordinary Meeting, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:
(i) The Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay,
(A) all overdue interest on all Outstanding Notes;
(B) all unpaid principal of any Outstanding Notes which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest on such unpaid principal at the rate borne by such Notes,
(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue interest at the rate borne by such Notes, and
(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the compensation and reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents, representatives and counsel; and
(ii) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of amounts of principal of or interest on Notes which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 4.10.
(e) No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. The foregoing conditions shall be without prejudice to the rights accorded to any individual Holder to initiate actions against the Company under Article 29 of the Negotiable Obligations Law.
SECTION 4.2. Collection of Indebtedness by Trustee . The Company covenants that (i) in case there shall be a default in the payment of any installment of interest (including Additional Amounts) on the Notes when such interest (including Additional Amounts) shall have become due and payable, and such default shall have continued for a period of fourteen Business Days or (ii) in case there shall be a default in the payment of all or any part of the principal of the Notes when the same shall have become due and payable, and such default continues for a period of seven Business Days; then upon demand by the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of any such Note the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on any such Note for principal or interest (including Additional Amounts), as the case may be (with interest to the date of such payment upon the overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law, on overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates of interest specified in any such Note); and in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including reasonable compensation to and reimbursement of the expenses of the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and any expenses and liabilities incurred by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, as provided in Section 5.6, except as a result of its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

23


 

(a) In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any action or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceedings to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or other obligor upon the Notes and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or other obligor upon such Notes, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.
(b) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture or under the Notes may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of the Notes or the production thereof on any trial or other proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or proceedings instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and compensation of the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such action was taken.
(c) In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such action was taken, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of such Notes parties to any such proceedings.
(d) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
(e) Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Indenture and amongst the other duties and responsibilities of the Trustee expressly contemplated in this Indenture, in connection with the actions contemplated by this Article IV, the Trustee will be deemed to be a representative of the Holders and will take any action contemplated by this Section 4.2 in order to protect the interests of the Holders.
SECTION 4.3. Application of Proceeds . Any moneys collected by the Trustee and/or the Argentine Paying Agent (only in the limited case set forth in Section 2.7(j) hereof and Section 4 of the form of the Notes attached hereto as Exhibits A-1 and A-2) pursuant to this Article in respect of the Notes shall be applied in the following order at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such moneys on account of principal (including Additional Amounts), upon presentation of the Notes in respect of which moneys have been collected and stamping (or otherwise noting) thereon the payment, or issuing Notes in reduced principal amounts in exchange for the presented Notes if only partially paid, or upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

24


 

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due to the Trustee and/or any predecessor Trustee (including the reasonable fees and expenses, disbursements and advances of its agents and counsel) under Section 5.6; except for any such amounts that result from the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Trustee or predecessor Trustee, as the case may be;
SECOND: To the payment of all amounts due to the Agents under Section 1.2 and the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina under Section 5.13 of this Indenture;
THIRD: In case the principal of the Notes in respect of which moneys have been collected shall not have become and be then due and payable, to the payment of overdue interest (including Additional Amounts) on such Notes in default in the order of the maturity of the installments of such interest (including Additional Amounts), with interest upon the overdue installments of interest (including Additional Amounts) at the rate or rates of interest specified in such Notes, such payments to be made ratably to the Persons entitled thereto, without discrimination or preference;
FOURTH: In case the principal of the Notes in respect of which moneys have been collected shall have become and shall be then due and payable, to the payment of the whole amount then owing and unpaid upon all such Notes for principal and interest (including Additional Amounts), with interest upon the overdue principal, and upon overdue installments of interest (including Additional Amounts), at the rate or rates of interest specified in such Notes; and in case such moneys shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due and unpaid upon such Notes, then to the payment of such principal and interest (including Additional Amounts), without preference or priority of principal over interest (including Additional Amounts), or of interest over principal, or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of such Note over any other such Note, ratably to the aggregate of such principal and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Amounts); and
FIFTH: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or any other Person lawfully entitled thereto of which the Trustee has written notice.
SECTION 4.4. Suits for Enforcement . In case an Event of Default has occurred, has not been waived and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion (but is not required to) proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.
SECTION 4.5. Restoration of Rights on Abandonment of Proceedings . In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Holders and the Trustee shall, subject to applicable law, be restored respectively to their former positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as though no such proceedings had been taken.

 

25


 

SECTION 4.6. Limitations on Suits by Noteholders . Except as provided in Section 4.7, no Holder of any Note shall have any right by virtue or by availing itself of any provision of this Indenture or of the Notes, to institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity, or under bankruptcy laws or otherwise upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official or for any other remedy hereunder, unless such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of default and of the continuance thereof, and unless also the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, then Outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action or proceedings in its own name as trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such satisfactory indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action or proceeding and no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.9; it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing itself of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holder of Notes, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders of Notes.
SECTION 4.7. Unconditional Right of Noteholders to Institute Certain Suits . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture and any provision of any Note, the right of any Holder of any Note to receive payment of the principal of and interest on such Note (including Additional Amounts) on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to institute suit, including any acción ejecutiva individual pursuant to Article 29 of the Negotiable Obligations Law, for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 4.8. Powers and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver of Default . Except as provided in Section 4.6, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Noteholder to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to Section 4.6, every power and remedy given by this Indenture or by law to the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Noteholders, subject to the terms of this Indenture and the Notes.

 

26


 

SECTION 4.9. Control by Noteholders . Subject to Section 5.2(iii) and except as otherwise set forth in the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, with respect to acceleration rights following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the of the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, at the time Outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, by this Indenture; provided that such direction shall not be otherwise than in accordance with law and the provisions of this Indenture and shall not expose the Trustee to personal liability and shall not be unduly prejudicial to the interests of Holders of the Notes not joining in the giving of said direction, it being understood that the Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearance are unduly prejudicial to such Holders.
Nothing in this Indenture shall impair the right of the Trustee in its discretion to take any action deemed proper (acting in good faith) by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction or directions by Noteholders.
SECTION 4.10. Waiver of Past Defaults . (a) At an Extraordinary Meeting or an adjourned Extraordinary Meeting duly convened at which a quorum is present as provided in Section 6.6, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, represented and voting at such meeting may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as they relate to the Series I Notes or Series II Notes, as applicable, waive any past or present default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Holder of Notes affected as provided in Section 7.2. In the case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively.
(b) Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist and be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, and not to have occurred for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
SECTION 4.11. Payments after a Default . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and the subsequent declaration by the Trustee that the principal amount of all the Notes is due and payable immediately, the Trustee may by notice in writing: (a) to the Company and any Paying Agent, require each Paying Agent to deliver all Notes and all moneys, documents and records held by it with respect to the Notes to the Trustee or as the Trustee otherwise directs in such notice; and (b) require any Paying Agent to act as agent of the Trustee under this Indenture and the Notes, and thereafter to hold all Notes and all moneys, documents and records held by it in respect to such Notes to the order of the Trustee; provided that the Trustee shall not thereby become obligated, or have any obligation, to compensate or indemnify such Paying Agent or to reimburse such Paying Agent for any expense.

 

27


 

ARTICLE V
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
SECTION 5.1. Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee . (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,
(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii) in the absence of bad faith, negligence, or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any statements, certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such statements, certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture;
(b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.
(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own bad faith, negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that
(i) this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of Subsection (a) of this Section;
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture; and
(iv) none of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend, advance or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee is subject to this Section 5.1.

 

28


 

SECTION 5.2. Certain Rights of the Trustee . Subject to Section 5.1:
(i) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, Officers’ Certificate or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
(ii) any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Order (unless other evidence in respect thereof is herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by a notary public duly licensed as such in Argentina;
(iii) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the trusts or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture unless such Noteholders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred thereby;
(iv) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;
(v) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, guarantee, note, coupon, security, or other paper or document unless requested in writing so to do by the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding; provided that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not satisfactorily assured to the Trustee, the Trustee may require from the Noteholders indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against such costs, expenses or liabilities as a condition to proceeding; the reasonable costs, expenses and liabilities of every such investigation shall be paid by the Company or, if paid by the Trustee or any predecessor trustee, shall be repaid by the Company promptly upon demand;
(vi) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
(vii) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

 

29


 

(viii) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture because of circumstance beyond its control, including but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, strikes or work stoppages for any reason, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations or the like which restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Indenture and the Notes, inability to obtain material, equipment, or communications or computer facilities, or the failure of equipment or interruption of communications or computer facilities, and other causes beyond its control whether or not of the same class or kind as specifically named above, except to the extent such failure or delay is due to its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;
(ix) The Trustee may at any time request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the specimen signatures and the names of individuals and/or title of Persons authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture on behalf of the Company, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any Authorized Person authorized to sign Officers’ Certificates, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded; and
(x) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, consequential or punitive loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
SECTION 5.3. Trustee Not Responsible for Disposition of Notes or Application of Proceeds Thereof . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture, of any offering materials or of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Notes or of the proceeds thereof.
SECTION 5.4. Trustee and Agents May Hold Notes; Collections, etc . The Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of the Notes with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or such agent and may otherwise deal with the Company and receive, collect, hold and retain collections from the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or such agent.
SECTION 5.5. Moneys Held by Trustee . Subject to the provisions of Section 9.4, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. None of the Trustee, any Agent or any agent of the Company, the Agents or the Trustee shall be under any liability for interest on or investment of any moneys received by it hereunder.

 

30


 

SECTION 5.6. Compensation and Indemnification of Trustee and Its Prior Claim . (a) The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, (i) compensation as shall be agreed by the Company and the Trustee in writing (such compensation not to be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) and (ii) reimbursement of its reasonable, documented and invoiced out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances (including the reasonable fees and expenses, disbursements and advances of its agents and counsel) incurred by it in connection with the services rendered by it hereunder. The fees of the Trustee shall be US$15,000 per year or such other amount as agreed upon in writing by the Company and the Trustee.
(b) The Company also covenants to indemnify and defend the Trustee and each of its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and to hold it harmless against, any claim, demand, damage, cost, loss, liability or expense (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or the trusts hereunder and the performance of its duties or exercise of its rights hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim of liability in the premises, except to the extent such loss, liability or expense is due to its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The obligations of the Company under this Section to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive payment of the Notes, the resignation or removal of such Trustee and/or the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. As security for the performance of the Company’s obligations under this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes.
SECTION 5.7. Right of Trustee to Rely on Officers’ Certificate, etc . Whenever in the administration of the trusts of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof shall be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warranty to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.
SECTION 5.8. Persons Eligible for Appointment as Trustee . The Trustee for the Notes hereunder shall at all times be a Person having a combined capital and surplus of at least US$500,000,000, authorized under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is doing business to exercise corporate trust powers, and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial or other governmental authority. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to the law or to the requirements of such federal, state, territorial or other governmental authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

 

31


 

SECTION 5.9. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor Trustee . (a) Subject to Section 5.9(d), the Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may at any time resign with respect to the Notes by giving 30 days’ written notice of resignation to the Company. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.8, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Section 5.9. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee or trustees with respect to the Notes by written instrument in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee or trustees. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed with respect to the Notes and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of all of the Notes may petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and as it may prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.
(b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur:
(i) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.8 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by or on behalf of the Company or by any Noteholder; or
(ii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting with respect to the Notes, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver or liquidator of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;
then, in any such case, (i) the Company may, by a resolution of the Board of Directors, remove the Trustee with respect to the Notes and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or (ii) the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee with respect to such Notes. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and as it may prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.
(c) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series I Notes and the Series II Notes (voting collectively but at separate Ordinary Meetings) at the time Outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee with respect to the Notes and appoint a successor trustee by delivering to the Trustee so removed, to the successor trustee so appointed and to the Company the evidence provided for in Section 6.1 of the action in that regard taken by such Noteholders.
(d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee with respect to any Notes and any appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 5.9 shall not become effective prior to acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 5.10.

 

32


 

SECTION 5.10. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee . (a) Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 5.9 shall execute and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee with respect to the Notes shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to the Notes of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as trustee for the Notes hereunder; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee, upon payment of its charges then unpaid, the trustee ceasing to act shall, subject to Section 9.4, pay over to the successor trustee all moneys at the time held by it hereunder and shall execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations. Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers. Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a prior lien upon all property or funds held or collected by such trustee to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.6.
(b) Upon acceptance of appointment by any successor trustee as provided in this Section 5.10, the Company shall give, at its expense, notice thereof to the Noteholders as specified in Section 12.4 and, if applicable, to the CNV, which notice shall include the name of the successor trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. If the Company fails to give such notice within ten days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be given at the expense of the Company.
(c) No successor trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article, to the extent operative.
SECTION 5.11. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of Trustee . (a) Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee (including this transaction), shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding; provided that such Person shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 5.8.
(b) In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and, in case at that time the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificate shall have the full force as provided in the Notes or in this Indenture as the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

33


 

SECTION 5.12. Notice of Events of Default . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Event of Default within 30 days, if practicable, after it occurs unless such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived. Except in the case of a default in payment on any Note (including the failure to make a mandatory redemption pursuant hereto), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.
SECTION 5.13. Trustee’s Representative in Argentina and Argentine Paying Agent . (a) As long as it is required by Argentine law or by the CNV, the Trustee will have the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina for the sole purposes set forth in this Section 5.13.
(b) The duties of the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture or as it may agree from time to time in writing with the Trustee, and the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and those agreed in writing with the Trustee. No implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina. The Trustee’s Representative in Argentina shall have only the rights and powers stated below. It is further acknowledged that the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina is not and shall not be considered as if it were a Trustee’s attorney-in-fact.
(c) The duties and rights of the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina up to the date hereof are only: (i) receive from Holders, the Company, Agents, and any governmental or regulatory authority or entity any and all letters, claims, requests, memorandums or any other document directed to the Trustee with respect to the Notes, (ii) transmit, deliver or notify the Trustee of the reception of any and all of the mentioned documents by facsimile, within 3 Business Days of such reception, and (iii) respond or answer such letters, claims, requests, memoranda or documents, following the express written instructions of the Trustee and only if such instructions are given by the Trustee.
(d) The Trustee’s Representative in Argentina shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith and within its discretion and in accordance with the terms hereof, rights or powers.

 

34


 

(e) The Company shall pay to the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina from time to time, and the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina shall be entitled to, such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and its services hereunder, as applicable and to the extent other than as noted below. The fees of the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina shall be US$3,250 per year plus any applicable value added taxes or such other amount as agreed upon in writing by the Company and the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by or on behalf of it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses may include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of Trustee’s Representative in Argentina’s agents, counsel and other persons not regularly in its employ.
(f) The Company agrees to indemnify and defend each of the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina and the Argentine Paying Agent and each of their officers, directors, employees and agents for, and to hold each entity harmless to the extent set forth in Section 5.6(b).
SECTION 5.14. Application to Agents and Trustee’s Representative in Argentina . The Company hereby agrees that the provisions of Sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6(b), 5.7, 5.11 and 5.13 shall apply to the Agents and to the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina as if the Agents and the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina were expressly named therein, provided, however , that Section 5.1 shall not apply to the Trustee’s Representative in Argentina but Section 5.13 instead.
SECTION 5.15. Application to Trustee in all Capacities . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, (i) all references in this Indenture to the Trustee shall be deemed to refer to the Trustee in its capacity as Trustee and it its capacities as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent and (ii) every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or offering protection, immunity or indemnity to the Trustee shall be deemed to apply with the same force and effect to the Trustee acting in its capacities as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent and each other Agent appointed hereunder.
ARTICLE VI
CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS
SECTION 6.1. Evidence of Action Taken by Noteholders . Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by a percentage in principal amount of the Noteholders, whether specified herein or in the Notes, as applicable, may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such specified percentage of Noteholders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments is or are delivered to the Trustee. Proof of execution of any instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Article.

 

35


 

SECTION 6.2. Proof of Execution of Instruments and of Holding of Notes; Record Date . The execution of any instrument by a Noteholder or his agent or proxy may be proved in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The holding of Notes shall be proved by the Register maintained pursuant to Section 2.8. The Company, by or pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors, may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders of Notes entitled to vote or consent to any action referred to in Section 6.1, which record date may be set at any time or from time to time by notice in writing to the Trustee, for any date or dates (in the case of any adjournment or reconsideration) not more than 60 days nor less than ten days prior to the proposed date of such vote or consent, and thereafter, notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, only Holders of Notes of record on such record date shall be entitled to so vote or give such consent or revoke such vote or consent.
SECTION 6.3. Holders to Be Treated as Owners . The Company, the Trustee, the Agents and any agent of the Company, the Trustee or the Agents may deem and treat any Person in whose name any Note shall be registered upon the Register as the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of and, subject to the provisions of this Indenture, interest on such Note (including Additional Amounts) and for all other purposes; and none of the Company, the Trustee, any Agent or any agent of the Company, the Trustee or any Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any such Person, or upon its order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effective to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Note. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Regulation S Global Note, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, the Agents or any agent of the Company, the Trustee or any Agent, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any depositary, as Holder of such Regulation S Global Note, or impair, as between such depositary and owners of beneficial interests in such Regulation S Global Note, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such depositary (or its nominee), as Holder of such Regulation S Global Note.
SECTION 6.4. Notes Owned by the Company Deemed Not Outstanding . In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes have concurred in any request, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Notes that are owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates or any other obligor on the Notes with respect to which such determination is being made shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding for the purpose of any such determination, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such request, consent or waiver, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any of its Affiliates or any other obligor upon such Notes. In case of a dispute as to such right, the advice of counsel shall be full protection in respect of any decision made by the Trustee in accordance with such advice. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officers’ Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above-described Persons, and the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officers’ Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are Outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.

 

36


 

SECTION 6.5. Right of Revocation of Action Taken . At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 6.1, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes or of the percentage of votes cast, as the case may be, specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Holder of a Note the serial number of which is shown by the evidence to be included among the serial numbers of the Notes the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice at the Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in this Article, revoke such action so far as the same concerns such Note. Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the Holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of such Note and of any Notes issued in exchange or substitution therefor, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon any such Note. Any action taken by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes or of the percentage of votes cast, as the case may be, specified in this Indenture in connection with such action shall be conclusively binding upon the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of all the Notes affected by such action.
SECTION 6.6. Noteholders’ Meetings . (a) Each of the Company (through the Board of Directors or the Statutory Auditors’ Committee of the Company) and the Trustee may at any time call a meeting of the Holders of the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, for the purpose of entering into a supplemental indenture as provided in Section 7.2 or waiving a past default as provided in Section 4.10. In addition, a meeting of the Holders of Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, may be called by the Trustee or the Company (through the Board of Directors or the Statutory Auditors’ Committee of the Company) upon the request of the Holders of at least 5% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, or by the Company (through the Board of Directors or the Statutory Auditors’ Committee of the Company) at its discretion, pursuant to the Negotiable Obligations Law. In the case of a request to call a meeting by Holders, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of such request. In the event the Board of Directors or the Statutory Auditors’ Committee of the Company shall fail to call a meeting requested by the Trustee or the Holders as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, the meeting may be called by the CNV, or whichever has authority to do so pursuant to Argentine law by the time that the meeting of Holders is called, or by a competent court. Meetings will be held simultaneously in the City of Buenos Aires and in New York City by any means of telecommunications which permits the participants to hear and speak to each other, and any such simultaneous meeting shall be deemed to constitute a single meeting for purposes of the quorum and voting percentages applicable to such meeting. If a meeting is being held pursuant to a request of Noteholders, the agenda for such meeting shall be that set forth in the request made by such Noteholders and such meeting shall be convened to be held within 40 days from the date such request is received by the Company or the Trustee. Notice of any meeting of Noteholders, setting forth the date, time and place of such meeting and the agenda therefor (which shall describe in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting and the requirement for attendance) shall be given by the Company or the Trustee, as applicable, at the expense of the Company, as applicable, as specified in Section 12.4 at least twice, the first such notice to be given not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting and, in addition, shall be published on 5 different days, not less than 10 days nor more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting, in the Official Gazette of the Republic of Argentina ( Boletín Oficial de la República Argentina ) and in another widely circulated newspaper in Argentina. To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Noteholders a Person shall be (i) a Holder of one or more Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, as of the relevant record date determined pursuant to Section 6.2 or (ii) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by such a Holder of one or more Series I Notes or Series II Notes, as applicable. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Noteholders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Company and its counsel and the Trustee and its counsel. Finally, notwithstanding the above, meetings of Holders may also be held so long as 100% of the Holders of the applicable Notes then Outstanding are present and so long as all decisions adopted at such meeting are unanimously approved. With respect to all matters not contemplated in this Indenture, meetings of Noteholders will be held in accordance with Argentine Business Companies Law.

 

37


 

(b) Meetings of Holders may be ordinary (“ Ordinary Meetings ”) or extraordinary (“ Extraordinary Meetings ”). Amendments or supplements to this Indenture or to the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, or waivers of any provision hereof or thereof approved at a meeting of Holders may only be approved at an Extraordinary Meeting (or at a second adjourned Extraordinary Meeting duly convened pursuant to the terms of this Indenture) by the affirmative vote of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, then Outstanding, as they relate to the Series I Notes or Series II Notes, as applicable. The Persons entitled to vote that represent 60% (in the case of an Extraordinary Meeting) or a majority (in the case of an Ordinary Meeting) in aggregate principal amount of the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, at the time Outstanding shall constitute a quorum at any such meeting of Holders of Series I Notes or the Series II Notes. No meeting shall be held in the absence of a quorum, unless a quorum is present when the meeting is called to order. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than one hour or more than 30 days, as determined by the chairman of the meeting who shall keep an attendance record. If notice to reconvene any adjourned meeting is not simultaneously given with the notice of the meeting, additional notice shall be given as provided above and published in the Official Gazette of the Republic of Argentina ( Boletín Oficial de la República Argentina ), and in another widely circulated newspaper in Argentina, except that such notice need be published only for three days not less than eight days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. The Persons entitled to vote the majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, at the time Outstanding (in the case of an Extraordinary Meeting) or, the Persons present at any reconvened adjourned meeting of the Holders of Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, (in the case of an Ordinary Meeting) shall constitute a quorum at any such reconvened adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the aggregate principal amount of Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, which shall constitute a quorum at said meeting.
(c) Any Noteholder who has executed an instrument in writing appointing a Person as proxy shall be deemed to be present for the purposes of determining a quorum and be deemed to have voted; provided that such Noteholder shall be considered as present or voting only with respect to the matters covered by such instrument in writing. Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Noteholders duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Noteholders whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

 

38


 

(d) The appointment of any proxy shall be proved by having the signature of the Person executing the proxy guaranteed or certified by any notary public, bank or judicially certified in the manner provided under Argentine law. The following Persons may not act as proxies: members of the Board of Directors or of the Statutory Auditors’ Committee of the Company and managers and other employees of the Company. The holding of Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, shall be proved by the Register maintained in accordance with Section 2.8; provided that the holding of a beneficial interest in an Regulation S Global Note shall be proved by a certificate or certificates of Euroclear or Clearstream, or Euroclear or Clearstream Agent Members as the case may be, or the Common Depositary therefor.
(e) A representative of the Trustee shall act as the chairman of the meeting. If the Trustee fails to designate a representative to act as chairman of the meeting, the Company shall designate a member of the Statutory Auditors’ Committee to act as chairman of the meeting. If the Company fails to designate such a person, the Chairman of the meeting shall be (i) a person elected by vote of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, represented at the meeting, (ii) or whomever has authority to act as chairman pursuant to Argentine law by the time that the relevant meeting of Holders is called, or (iii) a Person appointed by a competent court. If the meeting is called by a competent court, or by any Person that has authority to do so, the competent court, or such Person that has authority to do so, as applicable, shall designate a person to act as chairman. The secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, represented at the meeting. At any meeting of Noteholders, each Noteholder or proxy shall be entitled to cast one vote for each US dollar in principal amount of the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, held by such Holder or represented by such proxy. No vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote except as a Holder or proxy. Any meeting of Holders duly called at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.
(f) The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Noteholders shall be by written ballot on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Noteholders or proxies and on which shall be inscribed the serial number or numbers of the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, held or represented by them. The chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Noteholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was published as provided above. The record shall be signed and verified by the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

 

39


 

ARTICLE VII
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
SECTION 7.1. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Noteholders . (a) The Company, when authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto without the consent of the Noteholders, for one or more of the following purposes:
(i) adding to the covenants or obligations of the Company such further covenants, obligations, restrictions, conditions or provisions as are for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;
(ii) surrendering any right or power conferred upon the Company;
(iii) adding an Event of Default for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;
(iv) evidencing the succession of another Person to the Registrar, Co-Registrar, or any Paying Agent and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants and obligations of its predecessor in this Indenture;
(v) securing the Notes pursuant to the requirements thereof or as otherwise established;
(vi) making any minor modification which is of a technical nature or correcting or supplementing any ambiguous, inconsistent or defective provision contained in this Indenture or in the Notes;
(vii) establishing the form or terms of any new Notes as permitted by Sections 2.1 and 2.3 (including in connection with the issuance of bearer Notes, if permitted by applicable law); or
(viii) complying with any requirement of the CNV in order to effect and maintain the qualification of this Indenture.
(b) The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer, assignment, mortgage or pledge of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture that adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
(c) Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section may be executed without the consent of the Holders of the Notes at the time Outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 7.2.

 

40


 

(d) Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Company at its expense shall give notice thereof to the Holders as specified in Section 12.4 and to the CNV, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall fail to give such notice to the Holders within 15 days after the execution of such supplemental indenture and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have notice of such failure, the Trustee shall give notice to the Holders as provided in Section 12.4 at the expense of the Company.
SECTION 7.2. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders . (a) Without limiting the provisions of Section 7.1, the Company, when authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors, and the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Series I Notes, Series II Notes or any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes, as they relate to the Series I Notes or Series II Notes, as applicable, with the affirmative vote, at an Extraordinary Meeting of Holders or an adjourned Extraordinary Meeting duly convened at which a quorum is present as provided in Section 6.6, of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, then Outstanding; provided that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the unanimous consent of the Holders of the Outstanding Series I Notes or Series II Notes, (i) extend the due date for the payment of principal of or any installment of interest on any such Note, (ii) reduce the principal amount of, the portion of such principal amount which is payable upon acceleration of the maturity of, the rate of interest on or the premium payable upon redemption of any such Note, (iii) reduce the obligation of the Company to pay Additional Amounts on any such Note, (iv) change the specified currency in which or the required places at which any such Note or the premium or interest thereon is payable following its issuance, (v) reduce the percentage of aggregate principal amount of such Series I Notes or Series II Notes, as applicable, necessary to modify, amend or supplement this Indenture or such Series I Notes or Series II Notes, or for waiver of compliance with certain provisions thereof or for waiver of certain defaults, (vi) reduce the percentage of aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes required for the adoption of a resolution or the quorum required at any meeting of Holders of such Notes at which a resolution is adopted, or (vii) modify any of the provisions of this Section or Section 4.10, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Note.
(b) Upon the request of the Company and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Noteholders as aforesaid and other documents, if any, required by Section 6.1, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.
(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

 

41


 

(d) Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Company at its expense shall give notice thereof to the Holders as provided in Section 12.4, and to the CNV, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall fail to give such notice to the Holders within 15 days after the execution of such supplemental indenture and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have notice of such failure, the Trustee shall give notice to the Holders as provided in Section 12.4 at the expense of the Company. Any failure of the Company or the Trustee to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.
SECTION 7.3. Effect of Supplemental Indenture . Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof and upon receipt of any necessary approval of the CNV, this Indenture and the Notes shall be and shall be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of Notes shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and shall be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.
SECTION 7.4. Documents to Be Given to Trustee . The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article VII has been duly authorized by the Company, complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and is authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture.
SECTION 7.5. Notation on Notes in Respect of Supplemental Indentures . Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article may and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form and manner approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for by such supplemental indenture or as to any action taken at any such meeting. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Notes modified so as to conform to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared by the Company at its expense, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in exchange for the Notes then Outstanding.
SECTION 7.6. Conformity with Negotiable Obligations Law . Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Negotiable Obligations Law as then in effect.

 

42


 

ARTICLE VIII
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE IX
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE;
UNCLAIMED MONEYS
SECTION 9.1. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . If at any time (a) the Company shall have paid or caused to be paid the principal of and interest on all the Notes (including Additional Amounts) Outstanding hereunder (other than Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.9) as and when the same shall have become due and payable, or (b) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Notes theretofore authenticated (other than any Notes that shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.9) or (c) (i) all the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and (ii) the Company shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds the entire amount in cash (other than moneys repaid by the Trustee or any Paying Agent to the Company in accordance with Section 9.3 or 9.4) sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all Notes (other than any Notes that shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.9) not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and interest (including Additional Amounts) due or to become due on or prior to such date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be, and if, in any such case, the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company with respect to the Notes, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer, exchange and replacement of Notes, and the Company’s right of optional redemption, if any, (ii) replacement of mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Holders to receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon (including Additional Amounts), and remaining rights of the Holders to receive mandatory sinking fund payments, if any, (iv) the rights, protections, obligations and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (v) the rights of the Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them), and the Trustee, on written demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging such satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture; provided, that the right of the Holders of the Notes to receive payments of principal and interest with respect to their Notes shall not be delayed beyond what is permitted pursuant to any mandatory rules or policies set forth by the securities laws of any market where the Notes are listed. The Company agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) and to compensate the Trustee for any services thereafter rendered by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or the Notes. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company under Sections 1.2(f), 2.7(h), 5.6 and 5.13(e) and (f) shall survive.
SECTION 9.2. Application by Trustee of Funds Deposited for Payment of Notes . Subject to Section 9.4, all moneys deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.1 shall be held in trust and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent, to the Holders of Notes for the payment or redemption of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon as principal and interest (including Additional Amounts); but such moneys need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and the Trustee shall have no liability for interest thereon or the investment thereof.

 

43


 

SECTION 9.3. Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent . In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this Indenture with respect to the Notes shall, upon written demand of the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.
SECTION 9.4. Return of Moneys Held by Trustee and Paying Agent Unclaimed for Three Years . Any moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any Paying Agent for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note (including Additional Amounts) and not applied but remaining unclaimed for three years after the date upon which such principal or interest (including Additional Amounts) shall have become due and payable, shall, unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law, be repaid to the Company, upon written request, by the Trustee or such Paying Agent, and the Holder of such Note shall, unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property laws, thereafter look only to the Company for any payment that such Holder may be entitled to collect, and all liability of the Trustee or any Paying Agent with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.
ARTICLE X
REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF NOTES
SECTION 10.1. Notice of Redemption; Partial Redemptions . (a) Notice of redemption to the Holders of Series I Notes or the Series II Notes, as applicable, to be redeemed as a whole or in part at the option of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Notes established as contemplated by Section 2.3 shall be given to Holders as specified in Section 12.4 and to the CNV . Such notice shall specify the provision pursuant to which the redemption is being made, the principal amount of each Note held by such Holders to be redeemed, the date fixed for redemption, the redemption price, the place or places of payment, the ISIN or CINS number, if any, that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN or CINS number listed on such notice or printed on such Notes, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Notes, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption and any Additional Amounts will be paid as specified in such notice, that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue and any other matter required to be specified therein by Argentine law or regulation. In case the Notes are to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for redemption, upon surrender of the Notes, new Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.
(b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee any notice of redemption specifying the information set forth above at least 30 days prior to the date on which such notice of redemption will be mailed (and 45 days prior to such date if the notice of redemption must be published) together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the option of the Company shall be given to Holders by the Company or, at the Company’s written request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the date of redemption (unless otherwise specified pursuant to the terms of such Notes established as contemplated by Section 2.3). Such notice shall be irrevocable.

 

44


 

(c) For as long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange and the rules of the relevant stock exchange so require, the Company shall, once in each year in which there has been a partial redemption of the Notes, cause to be published in a leading newspaper of general circulation in Luxembourg, which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort , or as specified by such other stock exchange, a notice specifying the aggregate principal amount of Notes Outstanding and a list of the Notes drawn for redemption but not surrendered.
(d) On or before 10:00 AM (New York City time) one Business Day prior to the redemption date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in this Section, the Company will deposit with the Trustee an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the redemption date all the Notes so called for redemption at the appropriate redemption price, together with accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption and any Additional Amounts.
(e) In the event of a partial redemption of Notes, the Company shall redeem all the Notes in equal terms and in the same proportion and the Holders will be notified by the Company of such redemption in accordance with Section 12.4 not less than 30 days prior to such redemption date. Upon any partial redemption of Notes, the Trustee shall, in the case of Certificated Notes, to the extent required, authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by the Holder thereof, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the principal of such partially redeemed Note. In the case of Notes represented by a Regulation S Global Note, the Trustee shall make the necessary adjustments to the schedule attached to such Regulation S Global Note so as to reflect the decrease in the aggregate principal amount thereof after such redemption. Notes may be redeemed in part in multiples equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Notes or any multiple thereof. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of Notes redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Notes that have been or are to be redeemed.
SECTION 10.2. Payment of Notes Called for Redemption . (a) If notice of redemption has been given as above provided, the Notes or portions of Notes specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the date and at the place stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption and any Additional Amounts, and on and after said date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Notes at the redemption price, together with interest accrued to said date and any Additional Amounts) interest on the Notes or portions of Notes so called for redemption shall cease to accrue and, except as provided in Sections 5.5 and 9.4, such Notes shall cease from and after the date fixed for redemption to be entitled to any benefit or security under this Indenture, and the Holders thereof shall have no right in respect of such Notes except the right to receive the redemption price thereof and unpaid interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption and any Additional Amounts. On presentation and surrender, pursuant to the terms of such Notes, of such Notes at a place of payment specified in said notice, said Notes or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued thereon to the date fixed for redemption and any Additional Amounts; provided that any payment of interest becoming due on the date fixed for redemption and any Additional Amounts shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes registered as such on the relevant record date subject to the terms and provisions of Section 2.8.

 

45


 

(b) From and after the redemption date, if moneys for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been made available as provided herein for redemption on the redemption date, such Notes shall cease to bear interest, and the only right of the Holders of such Notes shall be to receive payment of the redemption price and all unpaid interest accrued to the date of redemption and any Additional Amounts.
(c) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Section 10.2, if any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal shall, until paid or duly provided for, bear interest from the date fixed for redemption at the rate specified in the Note.
(d) Upon presentation of any Note redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or on the order of the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Note so presented.
SECTION 10.3. Exclusion of Certain Notes from Eligibility for Selection for Redemption . Notes shall be excluded from eligibility for selection for redemption if they are identified by registration and certificate number in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee at least 30 days prior to the date on which notice of redemption will be given as being owned of record and beneficially by, and not pledged or hypothecated by either (a) the Company or (b) a Person specifically identified in such written statement as an Affiliate of the Company.
SECTION 10.4. Redemption at Maturity . Unless previously redeemed, or purchased and cancelled, and unless otherwise set forth in the terms of the Notes established as contemplated by Section 2.3, Notes shall be redeemed at their principal amount (or at such other redemption amount as may be specified in the terms of such Notes) in the relevant currency in which they are denominated (except as otherwise set forth in the terms of such Notes) at their Stated Maturity.
SECTION 10.5. Redemption at the Option of the Company for Taxation Reasons . The Notes may be redeemed for tax reasons as provided for in, in the case of the Series I Notes, Exhibit A-1 hereto and, in the case of the Series II Notes, Exhibit A-2 hereto.
SECTION 10.6. Repurchases . The Company may at any time, and from time to time, repurchase the Notes on the open market or in any other manner, at any price, and may resell or otherwise dispose of such Notes at any time. Any Notes so repurchased by the Company may be cancelled and/or presented to the Trustee for cancellation, as applicable. At any point while the Notes are held by or on behalf of the Company, such Notes will not be entitled to a vote at any Ordinary Meeting or Extraordinary Meeting and will not be considered to be in circulation for purposes of determining if a quorum is present at any such meetings.

 

46


 

ARTICLE XI
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 12.1. Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers and Directors of the Company Exempt from Individual Liability . No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, or in any Note, or because of any indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, as such, or against any past, present or future stockholder, officer or director, as such, of the Company or of any successor, either directly or indirectly through the Company or any successor, under any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the acceptance of the Notes by the Holders thereof and as part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
SECTION 12.2. Provisions of Indenture for the Sole Benefit of Parties and Noteholders . Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and the Holders of the Notes, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture or under any covenant or provision herein contained, all such covenants and provisions being for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and of the Holders of the Notes; provided that under Section 34 of the Negotiable Obligations Law, the Directors and members of the Statutory Auditors’ Committee shall be jointly and severally liable for damages to the Noteholders arising from any violation of the Negotiable Obligations Law.
SECTION 12.3. Successors and Assigns of the Company Bound by Indenture . All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained by or on behalf of the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
SECTION 12.4. Notices and Demands on the Company, Trustee and Noteholders . (a) Any notice or demand that by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders of Notes to or on the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if given or served by facsimile transmission or by courier (except as otherwise specifically provided herein) or by mail addressed (until another address of the Company is filed by the Company with the Trustee) to Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A., Calle Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456, 2° Piso (C1038AAJ) City of Buenos Aires, Argentina, Attention: Pedro Alberto Richards, Fax: (54-11) 4331-9183. Any notice, direction, request or demand by the Company or any Noteholder to or upon the Trustee shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon actual receipt and if given or made at the Corporate Trust Office by an internationally recognized courier or by facsimile.

 

47


 

(b) All notices regarding the Notes will be deemed to have been duly given to the Holders of the Notes (i) if sent by an internationally recognized courier to them (or, in the case of joint Holders, to the first-named in the Register) at their respective addresses as recorded in the Register, and will be deemed to have been validly given on the day on which such notice is actually received, (ii) upon publication in the City of Buenos Aires in the Bulletin of the Buenos Aires Stock Exchange ( Boletín de la Bolsa de Comercio de Buenos Aires ) and in a widely circulated newspaper in Argentina, and (iii) for so long as such Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, upon publication in a leading newspaper of general circulation in Luxembourg. It is expected that notices in Luxembourg will be published in the Luxemburger Wort and notices in the City of Buenos Aires will be published in La Nación. Any such notice will be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication or, if published more than once or on different dates, on the last date on which publication is required and made as so required. In the case of Regulation S Global Notes, notices shall be sent to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, or their nominees (or any successors), as the Holder thereof, and such clearing agency or agencies will communicate such notices to their participants in accordance with their standard procedures.
(c) In addition, the Company shall be required to cause all such other publications of such notices as may be required from time to time by applicable law of Argentina.
(d) Any aforementioned notice (i) if sent by courier to the Company as provided above shall be deemed to have been given, made or served on the day on which the courier confirms delivery to the address specified above, (ii) if given by facsimile transmission, when such facsimile is transmitted to the telephone number specified in this Section and telephone confirmation of receipt thereof is received, and (iii) if given by publication, or by mail, as provided above.
(e) Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
(f) Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Notes, the Company agrees to give the Trustee the English text of any notice that the Company is required to provide to the Noteholders pursuant hereto and to the Notes, at least two days prior to the earliest date on which such notice is required to be given.
(g) In case, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service, the temporary suspension of publication or general circulation of any newspaper or otherwise, it shall be, in the opinion of the Trustee, impracticable to mail or publish notice to the Company and Noteholders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

 

48


 

(h) In respect of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by electric transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party purporting to send such electronic transmission (so long as the Trustee so believes in good faith); and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such good faith reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information. Each other party agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of electronic methods to submit instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.
SECTION 12.5. Officers’ Certificates and Opinions of Counsel; Statements to Be Contained Therein . (a) Upon any application or demand by or on behalf of the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent have been complied with in all material respects, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
(b) Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of or representations by counsel, unless such officer knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know that the same are erroneous. Any certificate, statement or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, information with respect to which is in the possession of the Company, upon the certificate, statement or opinion of or representations by an officer or officers of the Company, unless such counsel knows that the certificate, statement or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous.
(c) Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(i) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

49


 

(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
(d) Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Company or of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to accounting matters, upon a certificate or opinion of or representations by an accountant or firm of accountants in the employ of the Company, unless such officer or counsel, as the case may be, knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the accounting matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous.
(e) Any certificate or opinion of any independent firm of public accountants filed with the Trustee shall contain a statement that such firm is independent.
(f) The Trustee shall make available to any Noteholder as soon as practicable at the Corporate Trust Office or at the office of any Paying Agent, upon written request and upon presentation by such Holder of such evidence of its ownership of its Notes as may be satisfactory to the Trustee, copies of all financial statements and certificates delivered to the Trustee by the Company pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes; provided that the Trustee shall have no liability with respect to any information contained therein or omitted therefrom.
SECTION 12.6. Payments Due on Non-Business Days . If the Stated Maturity of such Notes or the date fixed for redemption or repayment of such Notes shall not be a Business Day then payments of interest or principal in respect of such Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Stated Maturity or the date fixed for redemption or repayment, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the period after such date on account of such delay. If any date on which a payment of interest is due on such Notes shall not be a Business Day then such payment of interest in respect of such Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such date and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the period after such date on account of such delay.
SECTION 12.7. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity; Currency Indemnity . (a) This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York; provided that all matters relating to the due authorization, execution, issuance and delivery of the Notes by the Company, and matters relating to the legal requirements necessary in order for the Notes to qualify as “negotiable obligations” under Argentine law, shall be governed by the Negotiable Obligations Law, together with Argentine Business Companies Law and other applicable Argentine laws and regulations.

 

50


 

(b) The governing law provision set forth in clause (a) above with respect to the law of the State of New York shall apply without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.
(c) The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, of any Argentine court sitting in the City of Buenos Aires, the BASE’s Arbitral Tribunal and any competent court in the place of its corporate domicile for purposes of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or related to this Indenture or the Notes. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company also agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon such party and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which such party is subject by a suit upon such judgment; provided that service of process is effected upon such Person in the manner specified herein.
(d) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the activities contemplated by the provisions of this Indenture are commercial in nature rather than governmental or public and, therefore, acknowledges and agrees that it is not entitled to any right of immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise with respect to any such activities or in any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in any way relating to this Indenture. The Company, in respect of itself and its properties and revenues, expressly and irrevocably waives any such right of immunity (including any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from service of process or from any execution of judgment or from attachment prior to judgment or in aid of execution or otherwise) or claim thereto which may now or hereafter exist, and agrees not to assert any such right or claim in any such action or proceeding, whether in the United States or otherwise.
(e) The Company agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or proceeding brought in connection with the Indenture or the Notes against the Company in any court of the State of New York or any United States federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City may be made upon CT Corporation at 111 8 th Avenue, New York, New York 10011, whom the Company irrevocably appoints as its authorized agent for service of process. The Company represents and warrants that CT Corporation has agreed to act as the Company’s agent for service of process. The Company agrees that such appointment shall be irrevocable so long as the Notes remain Outstanding or until the irrevocable appointment by the Company of a successor in New York City as its authorized agent for such purpose and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. The Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and affect as aforesaid. If CT Corporation shall cease to act as the Company’s agent for service of process, the Company shall appoint without delay another such agent and provide prompt written notice to the Trustee of such appointment. With respect to any such action in any court of the State of New York or any United States federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, service of process upon CT Corporation, as the authorized agent of the Company for service of process, and written notice of such service to the Company shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company.

 

51


 

(f) If a judgment or order given or made by any court for the payment of any amount in respect of any Note is expressed in a currency (the “ judgment currency ”) other than the currency (the “ denomination currency ”) in which such Notes are denominated or in which such amount is payable, the Company will indemnify the relevant Holder against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between the date as of which the amount in the denomination currency is notionally converted into the amount in the judgment currency for the purposes of such judgment or order and the date of actual payment thereof. This indemnity will constitute a separate and independent obligation from the other obligations contained in the terms and conditions of the Notes, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted from time to time and will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due in respect of the relevant Note or under any such judgment or order.
SECTION 12.8. Counterparts . This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
SECTION 12.9. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY (BUT NO OTHER JUDICIAL REMEDIES) IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.
SECTION 12.10. Effect of Headings . The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

52


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first stated above.
                                 
    GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.        
 
                               
 
  By:   /s/ Pedro A. Richards        
                     
 
          Name:   Pedro A. Richards            
 
          Title:   Managing Director            
 
                               
    THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee,        
    Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent        
 
                               
 
  By:   /s/ William Potes        
                     
 
          Name:   William Potes            
 
          Title:   Assistant Vice President            
 
                               
    BANCO DE VALORES S.A., as Co-Registrar, Trustee’s        
    Representative in Argentina, Transfer Agent and        
    Argentine Paying Agent        
 
                               
 
  By:   /s/ Jorge I. Saez        
                     
 
          Name:   Jorge I. Saez    
 
          Title:   Attorney-in-Fact        
 
                               
    THE BANK OF NEW YORK (LUXEMBOURG) S.A., as        
    Luxembourg Paying Agent and Luxembourg Transfer Agent        
 
                               
 
  By:   /s/ William Potes        
                     
 
          Name:   William Potes        
 
          Title:   Assistant Vice President        

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A-1
FORM OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
ISIN No.: XS0432674421
Common Code No.: 043267442
Note No.: 1
Common Depositary: The Bank of New York Depository (Nominees) Limited
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.
Pursuant to Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.’s (the “Company”) Global Short-, Medium- and Long-Term Note Program (the “Program”), for a maximum outstanding amount of US$60,000,000, established pursuant to an ordinary shareholders’ meeting of the Company on March 9, 2009 and a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company on March 9, 2009 (authorized pursuant to Resolution No 16113 of April 29, 2009 of the National Securities Commission ( Comision Nacional de Valores or “CNV”)), the issuance of the Class I, Series I Note represented hereby has been resolved and approved, pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company No 346 of March 16, 2009, and subsequently, pursuant to resolution No 353 of April 24, 2009, the terms and conditions of the issuance were modified.
The Company was organized as a corporation with limited liability ( sociedad anónima ) under the laws of Argentina on September 14, 1999, and registered with the Public Registry of Commerce under No. 14.519, Book 7, on September 30, 1999, with a duration until June 30, 2100, and its registered domicile is at Calle Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456, 2° Piso (C1038AAJ) City of Buenos Aires, Argentina.
In accordance with Article 3 of the by-laws of the Company, the Company’s corporate purpose is to undertake, for its own behalf or on behalf of third parties, in Argentina or outside of Argentina, the following activities: (1) purchase, maintain and administer shareholdings and investments, (2) participate in the establishment and creation of companies, contribute capital to existing companies or to be formed for purposes of undertaking financing operations past and future, (3) purchase, sell, negotiate and subscribe for any class of securities, shares, bonds or other securities, (4) incur or make loans, (5) operate in any activity relating to capital markets or markets for goods, in or outside of Argentina and (6) subject to the appropriate shareholder approval, issue bonds or other negotiable obligations.
The authorized capital of the Company as of December 31, 2008, the date of its most recent financial statements, was $1,241,407,017 Pesos and its net shareholders’ equity was $1,845,745,511.81 Pesos.
Prior to the establishment of the Program, the Company did not issue any security that would constitute an Obligacion Negociable .

 

A1-1


 

CLASS I, SERIES I GLOBAL NOTE
representing
US$34,404,395
Non-interest bearing Class I, Series I Notes due May 30, 2010
[INSERT NOTES LEGEND]
UNLESS THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR BANK, AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM (“EUROCLEAR”) OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING CORPORATION (“CLEARSTREAM”) TO GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A., OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED AS THE COMMON DEPOSITARY FOR EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM (THE “COMMON DEPOSITARY”) OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE COMMON DEPOSITARY, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR NOMINEES OF EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE, AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW.

 

A1-2


 

CLASS : I
SERIES : I
SPECIFIED CURRENCY : US DOLLARS (“ Dollars ”)
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT : US$34,404,395
ISSUE DATE : June 4, 2009
MATURITY DATE : May 30, 2010
INTEREST : Non-interest bearing
OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS :
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A., a company duly organized and existing under the laws of Argentina (herein called the “ Company ”, which term includes any successor person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to the Common Depositary or its nominee or its registered assigns, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Series I Note, in a single payment, the amount of US$34,404,395 on May 30, 2010 (the “ Maturity Date ”). All and any amount due and unpaid in respect of the Series I Notes prior to the Maturity Date will accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to 2%. All and any amount due and unpaid under the Series I Notes, following the Maturity Date, will accrue interest at a rate per annum (plus any interest that may apply to such amounts for other reasons) equal to 2% in excess of the intrinsic interest rate of this Series I Note calculated in relation to the face value of this Series I Note and the price of issuance (the “ Default Interest ”).
No ordinary interest shall be due and payable in respect to the Series I Notes.
The principal so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Payment Date will be paid to the Person in whose name this Series I Note is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such principal, which shall be the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date (the “ Regular Record Date ”).
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Series I Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein and on the reverse hereof shall have their meanings as defined in the Indenture. The provisions of this Series I Note do not purport to be complete and are subject to and qualified in their entirety by reference to, the provisions of the Indenture.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been duly executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof, this Series I Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

A1-3


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this instrument to be executed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
                 
Dated:
  GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.
 
   
 
  By:             
             
 
      Name:        
 
      Title:   Director    
 
               
 
  By:             
             
 
      Name:        
 
      Title:   Syndic    

 

A1-4


 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Series I Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
             
    THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,    
    as Trustee    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Authorized Signatory
   

 

A1-5


 

[REVERSE OF SERIES I NOTE]
This Regulation S Global Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company designated as its non-interest bearing Class I Series I Notes due May 30, 2010 (herein called the “ Series I Note ”), issued under an indenture as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (herein called the “ Indenture ”) dated as of June 4, 2009, among (i) the Company, (ii) The Bank of New York Mellon, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York authorized to conduct a banking business, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), registrar (in such capacity, the “ Registrar ”), paying agent (in such capacity, the “ Paying Agent ,” and together with any other paying agents appointed by the Company in their respective capacities as such, the “ Paying Agents ”), and transfer agent (in such capacity, the “ Transfer Agent ,” and together with any other transfer agents appointed by the Company in their respective capacities as such, the “ Transfer Agents ”), (iii) Banco de Valores S.A., a ( sociedad anónima ) duly incorporated and existing under the laws of The Republic of Argentina authorized to conduct a banking business, as the Trustee’s representative in Argentina (in such capacity, the “ Trustee’s Representative in Argentina ”), and co-registrar (in such capacity, the “ Co-Registrar ”) and Transfer Agent and Argentine paying agent (the “ Argentine Paying Agent ”), and (iv) The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A., a corporation ( société anonyme ) organized under the laws of Luxembourg, as Luxembourg paying agent (in such capacity, the “ Luxembourg Paying Agent ”) and Luxembourg transfer agent (in such capacity, the “ Luxembourg Transfer Agent ”), to which the Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Series I Notes, and of the terms upon which the Series I Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.
Section 1. General Terms of the Series I Notes
This Series I Note is issued by the Company pursuant to the Indenture. The Series I Notes will mature on May 30, 2010. Holders of Series I Notes will be entitled to the benefits of, be bound by, and be deemed to have notice of, all of the provisions of the Indenture. Copies of the Indenture are available for inspection at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
In the event of any discrepancies between the provisions or definitions of this Series I Note and the ones in the Indenture, the provisions and definitions of this Series I Note will control.
Section 2. Transfer of Registered Series I Notes; Replacement
Series I Notes will be issued in denominations that are integral multiples of US$1. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Series I Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Co-Registrar or Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes, fees and/or charges contemplated in this Section 2. The Co-Registrar or Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Series I Notes selected for redemption (except the non-prepaid portion of any Series I Note being redeemed in part). Also, it need not register the transfer or exchange of any Series I Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Series I Notes to be redeemed is made.

 

A1-6


 

No Holder may require the exchange or transfer of a Series I Note or interests therein in a Regulation S Global Note to be registered during the 15-day period ending on any Payment Date with respect to that Series I Note.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Note, during the Restricted Period, (i) this Note shall only be held through Euroclear and/or Clearstream and (ii) this Note shall not be transferred or exchanged in any manner that would result in a violation of this limitation.
Each Series I Note will be numbered serially with an identifying number that will be recorded in a register (the “ Register ”) that will be kept by the Company at the offices of the Registrar and of the Trustee. Title to registered Series I Notes will pass by and upon registration in the Register. “ Holder ” means the person in whose name a Series I Note is registered in the Register. The Holder of any Series I Note will (except as otherwise required by law) be treated as its absolute owner for all purposes (whether or not it is overdue and regardless of any notice of ownership, trust or any interest in it, any writing on it, or its theft or loss) and no person will be liable for so treating the Holder.
The Trustee will not charge the Holders of Series I Notes for the costs and expenses associated with the exchange, transfer or registration of transfer of the Series I Notes. The Trustee may, however, charge the Holders of Series I Notes for certain delivery expenses as well as any applicable stamp duty, tax or other governmental charges associated with such exchange, transfer or registration.
If a Series I Note becomes mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may issue, and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, a substitute Series I Note. In each case, the applicant for a substitute Series I Note will be required to furnish to the Trustee, Registrar and Co-Registrar (and to any Transfer Agent at whose offices the applicant presents the Series I Note for exchange) an indemnity under which it will agree to pay the Trustee, Registrar, Co-Registrar and Transfer Agent, if applicable, the Company and any agent therefor, for any losses they may suffer relating to the Series I Note that was mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen. The Company and the Trustee may also require that the applicant present other documents or proof. The applicant will be required to pay all expenses and reasonable charges associated with the replacement of the mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Series I Note.
Section 3. Ranking
The Company’s payment obligations under the Series I Notes will, except as is or may be provided by Argentine law, at all times rank pari passu in right of payment with all of the Company’s other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Series I Notes.
Section 4. Payments
Principal on this Series I Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on the Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Series I Note is registered on the Register at the close of business on the Regular Record Date.

 

A1-7


 

Payments in respect of the principal on this Series I Note will be made by the Paying Agent in the City of New York, by the Argentine Paying Agent in the City of Buenos Aires as provided below or, subject to any fiscal or other laws and regulations applicable thereto, at the specified offices of any other Paying Agent appointed by the Company for such purpose. Payments in respect of principal on this Series I Note at the Payment Date will be made only against surrender of this Series I Note.
If any Payment Date is not a Business Day, the Trustee will make the payment on the next Business Day and no interest will accrue for such period of time.
Any payment under this Series I Note will be made by the Company by transfer of the relevant amount in Dollars from Argentina into the applicable account of the Paying Agent opened in New York City, as informed by the Trustee. In the event that the Company furnished to the Trustee evidence that the Company is unable to buy Dollars with Pesos on any Payment Date: (i) directly, by Purchasing Dollars at the foreign exchange market in Argentina and subsequently transferring them to the Paying Agent in New York, or (ii) indirectly, by purchasing with Pesos any series of Argentine Discount Bonds or Argentine Par Bonds or any other securities or public or private bonds issued in Argentina and denominated in Dollars and transferring and selling such securities outside of Argentina for Dollars, to the extent not prohibited by law, or (iii) by means of any other legal procedure existing in Argentina for the purchase of Dollars and their subsequent transfer abroad (any such mechanism established in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above hereinafter referred to as “ Purchase of Dollars ”), because of any legal or regulatory restrictions, or because the Purchase of Dollars has become impossible due to reasons beyond the Company’s control, then the Company will discharge its payment obligations under this Series I Note by transferring the amount of Pesos (or such other currency that is the legal currency of Argentina at the time) owed as principal and interest (or other amounts due hereunder), on the applicable Payment Date to the Argentine Paying Agent prior to 4:30 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time, (for credit in the banking account(s) in the City of Buenos Aires as designated by the Trustee or the Common Depositary, as applicable) for subsequent transfer by the Argentine Paying Agent to the Peso banking account of the representative of Euroclear and Clearstream (in the case of a Regulation S Global Note), as instructed by the Trustee or the Common Depositary, as applicable, for subsequent transfer by such representatives, as appropriate, to the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream or any other applicable representative. The amount of Pesos to be paid will be calculated by the Company based on the Dollar exchange rate using the Applicable Exchange Rate and will be notified to the Trustee in writing on the Business Day of the relevant Payment Date. Payments in Pesos by the Company in Argentina made in accordance with this paragraph will constitute compliance by the Company with its payment obligations on account of this Series I Note and will not constitute a default by the Company hereunder; accordingly, the Holders of the Series I Notes (including this Series I Note) will not be entitled to any additional payments or acceleration of any terms whatsoever as a result of such payment being made in Pesos. In the event that it becomes possible again to effect the Purchase of Dollars, the Company will make due payments on the basis of the terms set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph. All costs and taxes payable in connection with the procedures referred to in (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall be borne by the Company.

 

A1-8


 

Section 5. Early Redemption Due to Tax Reasons
The Company will have no right to redeem all or any portion of the Series I Notes except as provided in the paragraph below.
If as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws, executive orders, instructions, international treaties to which Argentina is party, rules and/or regulations of Argentina or any resolution or pronunciation of any political subdivision or tax authority thereof or therein, or any change in the official position or interpretation associated with application of any such laws, executive orders, instructions, international treaties, rules and/or regulations (including, among others, interpretation by a court of competent jurisdiction), occurring on or after June 4, 2009 (the “ Date of Issuance ”), the Company is obligated to pay Additional Amounts (as defined below) at a rate in excess of any Additional Amount payable as of the Date of Issuance, the Company will be entitled to redeem the Series I Notes in full or in part. Early redemption will only take place after the Company has informed the Argentine Comisión Nacional de Valores (“ CNV ”) of an occurrence of an event that authorizes early redemption of the Series I Notes, duly accompanied by an opinion from the auditors to the Company and an opinion from counsel of recognized standing which clearly shows that such an event has actually occurred. The Series I Notes will be redeemed at 100% of their then outstanding principal amount, including any Additional Amounts with respect thereto, as of the date of redemption. The Company will notify Holders of its decision to redeem the Series I Notes by written notice to Euroclear and Clearstream and publication according to Section 10 herein at least 30 calendar days before the intended date of redemption, on which date the Company will make available to the Holders the outstanding principal amount of the Series I Note, in accordance with the terms of the said notice and the procedure established herein.
Section 6. Covenants
For so long as the Series I Notes remain Outstanding:
Payment of Principal, Additional Amounts, if any, and Interest .
The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders that it shall duly and punctually pay the principal of, premium, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest, if any, on the Series I Notes in accordance with the terms of the Series I Notes and the Indenture.
Limitation on Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Conveyance of Assets .
The Company will not merge, sell or otherwise transfer all or a Significant Portion of its assets, unless:
(a) such sale or transfer is conducted in the ordinary course of business of the Company (which include, without limitation, transfers of assets to trusts or for securitization purposes);
(b) at least 80% of the proceeds of such sales or transfers of Significant Portion of Assets are fully applied to activities in the ordinary course of the Company’s business; or

 

A1-9


 

(c) immediately after giving effect to any such merger, sale or transfer of a Significant Portion of Assets:
(i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no event, act or condition has occurred, which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default; or
(ii) ( x ) the successor by merger or the acquirer of all the assets of the Company or a Significant Portion thereof, assumes the payment obligations of principal and interest and other payment obligations of the Company, including under this Series I Note and the Indenture, as if such new entity would have been the original issuer of the Series I Notes, or ( y ) if the Company is the successor by merger, it timely complies with all payment obligations under the Series I Notes.
Change of Control .
The Company shall not permit the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below).
Limitation on Liens .
Except for Permitted Liens, the Company shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien, on its present or future assets, as security for any Indebtedness, unless before or at the same time, the Company’s obligations under this Series I Note are secured equally and ratably with any such Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the above mentioned, the Company may, without any need to secure the Series I Notes, issue secured notes, provided that the aggregate amount of any and all Indebtedness of the Company secured by any Lien, including any Lien arising in connection with such issuance, does not exceed, as of the date of creation thereof, 5% of the aggregate non-consolidated assets of the Company pursuant to its most recent financial statements.
Corporate Existence .
The Company will (i) maintain its corporate existence and all the necessary registrations; (ii) take all actions as necessary to maintain the validity of all permits, rights and privileges as necessary or convenient in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, affairs and operations; and (iii) keep all of its assets in good working order, unless not doing so will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, affairs and operations or financial condition.
Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations .
The Company will comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders and directions from any governmental or regulatory authority in Argentina or any regional or local authority thereof or therein, having jurisdiction over the Company or the Company’s business, and will comply with all covenants and other obligations included in any and all agreements to which the Company is a party, except where failure to perform would not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated Company’s business, affairs and operations or financial condition.

 

A1-10


 

Insurance .
The Company will maintain insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies, in the amounts and against the risks as reasonable and prudent, taking into account all the applicable circumstances.
Notice of Default .
The Company will immediately notify, in accordance with Section 12.4 of the Indenture, the Trustee in writing about the occurrence of any Event of Default or any condition or event that, through service of notice or the passing of time or any other condition or any combination of the above, would become — unless remedied or waived — an Event of Default. Each notice served in accordance with the terms of this subsection will state that it constitutes a “notice of default” hereunder, and will be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate of the Company stating the details of the event mentioned therein, and explaining what steps the Company intends to take in that respect.
Ranking .
The Company will make sure that its obligations under the Series I Notes are at all times general, direct, unsubordinated and unconditional obligations of the Company and ranking pari passu at all times in terms of priority for payment with the other Series I Notes of the same class and/or series and with all other unsubordinated and unsecured debts of the Company whether now or hereafter outstanding, subject to any mandatory preferences under applicable law.
Listing .
The Company will use its best efforts to obtain and maintain listing of the Series I Notes on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and to trade them on the Euro MTF market of that exchange, and on the BASE and to trade them in Mercado Abierto Electronico S. A. in Argentina.
Books and Records .
The Company shall maintain accounting books and records in accordance with Argentine GAAP and the regulations applicable to the Company.

 

A1-11


 

Section 7. Additional Amounts
The Company shall pay the outstanding principal amount of this Series I Note without any deduction for or on account of, any taxes, duties, assessments, liens, withholding or transfer expenses, at any time, irrespective of the origin or cause thereof. Accordingly, in the event that as a result of legal or regulatory requirements, or due to the interpretation of any such legal or regulatory requirements, the Company is under an obligation to pay or withhold any such amounts, the Company shall make any such payments or withholdings at its expense, in such a manner that, after any and all withholdings or deductions are so made or required, the Holder of this Series I Note receives the same amount it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made (the “ Additional Amounts ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Additional Amounts shall be paid by the Company (i) to the Holder of this Series I Note if covered by the provisions of Title VI of the Argentine Income Tax Act ( Ley de Impuesto a las Ganancias ) — except for entities governed by the provisions of Act No. 21,526 of Financial Entities ( Ley No. 21,526 de Entidades Financieras ) (the “ Financial Institutions Act ”) — in connection with income tax payable by them; (ii) in connection with the tax on credits and debits into bank accounts of any nature held with entities governed by the provisions of the Financial Institutions Act; (iii) where the Company is mandated by law to make a withholding and/or deduction by reason of, or on account of, the personal assets tax ( Ley de Impuesto sobre los Bienes Personales ); (iv) with respect to any tax, duty or other governmental charges imposed or levied over successions, inheritance, estate, legacy, donation, sale, transfer or similar taxes; (v) where any such withholding and/or deduction is imposed as a result of failure by the Holder of this Series I Note, or any other Person, to comply with any information reporting requirements under applicable law — including, without limitation, laws, executive orders, resolutions, written instructions from the Argentine Federal Public Income Administration ( Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos ) and/or international treaties to which Argentina is a party— whether or not such Holder of this Series I Note or Person has the legal capacity to comply with such requirements: information, documents, statements, other certificates pursuant to the conditions required under applicable law with respect to the nationality, residence, identity, legal nature or relationship with Argentina of any such Holder of this Series I Note or Person, or other material information required or imposed by applicable laws as a condition precedent or a requirement to eliminate and/or reduce such deductions and/or withholdings due to a tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, so long as the compliance with any such requirements is commercially reasonable; (vi) when any such withholdings and/or deductions result from a connection between the Holder of this Series I Note and Argentina (or any of its political subdivisions or authorities), other than solely holding this Series I Note, the right to demand compliance or payment under this Series I Note, or demand or receipt of payments of principal, interests and/or other amounts under this Series I Note; (vii) for any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied and payable in a manner different from withholding or deduction of the payments made with respect to this Series I Note, and/or (viii) any combination of (i) to (vii) above.
If the Holders of the Series I Notes do not furnish all of, or part of, the information, documents or other forms of evidence duly required by the Company pursuant to applicable regulations, including, without limitation, laws, decrees, resolutions, written instructions from the Argentine Federal Public Income Administration and/or international treaties to which Argentina is a party, the Company shall not pay any Additional Amounts with respect to such Holder’s or Holders’, as applicable, Series I Notes and shall withhold or deduct the maximum amount required by Argentine law, provided , however , that the burden placed on the relevant Holders to comply with these requirements is commercially reasonable and that the Company has given notice to such Holders at least 30 days in advance that they must comply with these requirements.

 

A1-12


 

Section 8. Events of Default
Event of Default ”, wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(a) default in the payment of principal on the Series I Notes and continuance of such default for a period of 7 Business Days; or
(b) the acceleration of the outstanding principal amount on all of the Series II Notes at that time Outstanding; or
(c) the Company fails to perform or observe any covenant or its obligations under the Series I Notes or the Indenture, and such failure continues for a term of 60 Business Days after the Company and the Trustee receive written notice stating such default and demanding that it be remedied, from Holders of Series I Notes representing at least 5% of the outstanding principal amount of the Series I Notes at the time Outstanding; or
(d) (i) the Company files an out of court reorganization proceeding ( acuerdo preventivo extrajudicial ), or (ii) the Company files for reorganization or bankruptcy proceedings, or (iii) the Company is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent by a competent court; or (iv) the Company is dissolved, or (v) the Company acknowledges in writing that it is unable to pay its debts generally as they become due, or (vi) the validity or enforceability of any document signed in connection with the Series I Notes is contested by the Company; or
(e) the Company shall default in the payment of debts generally as they become due (except for any Indebtedness of the Company outstanding as of the Date of Issuance) in an outstanding principal amount of US$10,000,000, and such default shall continue for more than the period of grace, if any, originally applicable thereto; or
(f) any final judgment or judgments or court resolutions by competent authorities (and with appropriate judicial efficacy) for the payment of money in an aggregate amount equal to or in excess of, separately or collectively, US$10,000,000, that shall be rendered against the Company and that shall not be waived, satisfied or discharged for any period of 30 Business Days from the payment date specified in the respective final judgment;
then , (1) following the occurrence of any of the Events of Default described in clauses (a), (b), (d), (e), and (f) above and so long as such Events of Default are continuing, the Holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the Series I Notes at the time Outstanding, and (2) following the occurrence of the Event of Default described in clause (c) above and so long as such Event of Default is continuing, the Holders representing at least 1/3 of the principal amount of the Series I Notes then Outstanding, may, in each case, upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee, declare the outstanding principal amount on all of the Series I Notes at that time Outstanding to be forthwith due and payable, plus all interest accrued thereon until the date of payment. After any such acceleration, and unless all such Events of Default are remedied or waived as described above, the outstanding principal amount of the Series I Notes at the time Outstanding, will be forthwith due and payable, plus all interest accrued thereon until the date of payment, if any, together with any other amounts due and payable under the Notes, if any.
The foregoing provisions shall be without prejudice to the right accorded to any individual Holder to initiate actions against the Company under Article 29 of the Negotiable Obligations Law.

 

A1-13


 

Section 9. Paying Agent; Transfer Agents; Registrar
The Company has initially appointed The Bank of New York Mellon as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Company has initially appointed The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A. as Luxembourg Paying Agent and Luxembourg Transfer Agent and Banco de Valores S.A. as Co-Registrar, Transfer Agent and Argentine Paying Agent (acting solely in the limited capacity set forth in Section 2.7(j) of the Indenture and Section 4 hereof). The Company may at any time appoint new Paying Agents and new Transfer Agents and registrars.
Section 10. Notices
Notices to the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be given as provided in Section 12.4 of the Indenture.
Section 11. Governing Law
(a) The Negotiable Obligations Law governs the requirements for the Series I Notes to qualify as Obligaciones Negociables thereunder while such law, together with the Argentine Business Companies Law, and other applicable Argentine laws, govern the capacity and corporate authority of the Company to execute and deliver this Series I Note and the authorization of the public offering of this Series I Note by the CNV. All other matters in respect of the Series I Notes and the Indenture are governed by the laws of the State of New York, United States of America. The governing law provision set forth in the prior sentence with respect to the law of the State of New York shall apply without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.
Section 12. Consent to Service of Process; Jurisdiction
The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, any Argentine court sitting in the City of Buenos Aires, the BASE’s Arbitral Tribunal and any competent court in the place of its corporate domicile for purposes of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or related to this Series I Note. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company also agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon such party and may be enforced in any court of the jurisdiction of which such party is subject by a suit upon such judgment; provided that service of process is effected upon such Person in the manner specified herein.

 

A1-14


 

The Company acknowledges and agrees that the activities contemplated by the provisions of this Series I Note are commercial in nature rather than governmental or public and, therefore, acknowledges and agrees that it is not entitled to any right of immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise with respect to any such activities or in any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in any way relating to this Series I Note. The Company, in respect of itself and its properties and revenues, expressly and irrevocably waives any such right of immunity (including any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from service of process or from any execution of judgment or from attachment prior to judgment or in aid of execution or otherwise) or claim thereto which may now or hereafter exist, and agrees not to assert any such right or claim in any such action or proceeding, whether in the United States or otherwise.
The Company agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or proceeding brought in connection with the Series I Note against the Company in any court of the State of New York or any United States federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City may be made upon CT Corporation at 111 8 th Avenue, New York, New York 10011, whom the Company irrevocably appoints as its authorized agent for service of process. The Company represents and warrants that CT Corporation has agreed to act as the Company’s agent for service of process. The Company agrees that such appointment shall be irrevocable so long as the Notes remain Outstanding or until the irrevocable appointment by the Company of a successor in New York City as its authorized agent for such purpose and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. The Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and affect as aforesaid. If CT Corporation shall cease to act as the Company’s agent for service of process, the Company shall appoint without delay another such agent and provide prompt written notice to the Trustee of such appointment. With respect to any such action in any court of the State of New York or any United States federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, service of process upon CT Corporation, as the authorized agent of the Company for service of process, and written notice of such service to the Company shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company.
If a judgment or order given or made by any court for the payment of any amount in respect of any Note is expressed in a currency (the “ judgment currency ”) other than the currency (the “ denomination currency ”) in which such Notes are denominated or in which such amount is payable, the Company will indemnify the relevant Holder against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between the date as of which the amount in the denomination currency is notionally converted into the amount in the judgment currency for the purposes of such judgment or order and the date of actual payment thereof. This indemnity will constitute a separate and independent obligation from the other obligations contained in the terms and conditions of the Notes, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted from time to time and will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due in respect of the relevant Note or under any such judgment or order.

 

A1-15


 

Section 13. Certain Definitions
Applicable Exchange Rate ” means, as applicable, (i) the last average available as of 2:00 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time, on the applicable Payment Date, for the daily Peso/US dollar exchange rate published by EMTA (the Trade Association for the Emerging Markets) on its webpage ( https://mbrservices.net/emtatest/history.asp ) or to the extent that the currency exchange rate referred to in this clause (i) is not available, (ii) the average selling exchange rate indicated or established as of 2:00 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time, on the applicable Payment Date, by the following banks in Argentina: Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., Banco Santander Rio S.A., BBVA Banco Frances S.A., Deutsche Bank S.A. and HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. (or, to the extent that one or all of such banks no longer exists, a similar bank or banks) or, to the extent that the currency exchange rate referred to in this clause (ii) is not available, (iii) the implicit exchange rate between the listed Peso price and the listed Dollar price on the MAE, at the close of business of the Business Day immediately prior to the applicable Payment Date for the purchase of the bond with the largest trading volume on the MAE trading in Pesos and US dollars or, to the extent that the currency exchange rate referred to in this clause (iii) is not available, (iv) the implicit exchange rate resulting from the difference, as of 12:00 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time, on the applicable Payment Date, between the Peso selling price on the MAE for the bond with the most significant trading volume on the MAE and that is traded on a New York stock exchange, divided by the Dollar purchase price for the same bond on such New York stock exchange. In order to calculate the Dollar purchase price on such New York stock exchange, the average of three prices obtained from at least three internationally recognized banks shall be utilized.
Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks are open, or not authorized to close, in the City of New York and the City of Buenos Aires and the Great Duchy of Luxembourg.
Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following, the Company ceases (i) to own securities representing the majority of the capital stock of Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., and/or (ii) to have the ability to nominate, directly or indirectly a majority of the members of the board of directors of Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., and/or (iii) to have the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., directly or indirectly, whether by written agreement or otherwise, as necessary to direct decisions at Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.’s shareholders’ meetings.
Hedge Agreements ” means hedge agreements in connection with derivatives transactions, including interest rates, interest rate swaps, cap and collar agreements, interest rate futures and options, currency swap agreements, currency futures and options, and similar agreements that enable the Company to hedge financial and operating risks.

 

A1-16


 

Indebtedness ” means with respect to any Person, without duplication: (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) any amount raised by such Person pursuant to any bonds, notes, debentures or any similar instrument, (c) all indebtedness of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services, all indebtedness of conditional sales and all indebtedness under agreements with reservation of title until payment in full (excluding commercial debt and other indebtedness entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person), (d) the maximum amount available to be drawn or paid under all letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety and appeal bonds and similar obligations issued for the account of such Person and all unpaid drawings and unreimbursed payments in respect of such letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety and appeal bonds and similar obligations, (e) Liens and other contingent obligations of such Person with respect to all indebtedness of the types described in clause (a) to (d) of this definition, (f) all indebtedness of the types described in clause (a) to (e) of this definition secured by any Liens on any property owned by such Person, (g) all indebtedness due and payable under Hedge Agreements of such Person; provided, however, that the term “Indebtedness” shall not include any of the following liabilities of the Company: (1) deposits in or amounts collected by the Company (excluding amounts borrowed or obtained by the Company or its Subsidiaries under loans), (2) any check, promissory note, deposit certificate, draft, bill of exchange issued, accepted or endorsed by the Company, (3) any transaction in which the Company acts solely as agent, (4) and agreement to purchase or repurchase securities, currency or to accept loans and (5) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety and appeal bonds and similar obligations issued.
Lien ” means any mortgage, charge, pledge, guaranty assignment, trust assignment, guaranty, lien or other encumbrances, or preferential arrangement.
Permitted Liens ” means: (a) any existing Lien as of the date hereof, (b) Liens or privileges incurred or created in the ordinary course of business or under applicable laws in connection with or to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts, leases, statutory obligations, and mechanics’, materialmen’, workers’, repairsmen’ employees’ warehousemens’, carrier’s or other like Liens (except, for the avoidance of doubts, Liens created to secure Indebtedness), (c) Liens created over assets securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed to finance, totally or partially, the construction, acquisition or improvements costs of such asset, Liens created or affecting simultaneously, or within 180 days from the construction, the acquisition or improvements of such asset, (d) any Liens created in favor of the Company, (e) Liens granted with respect to: (i) special lines of credit or advancements granted to the Company by or through local or foreign government entities or (ii) any Hedge Agreements, (f) any Lien over any asset existing upon the acquisition of such asset and that was created in connection with such asset acquisition, (g) any Liens securing extensions, renewals or refinancing of Indebtedness secured by the types of Liens described in clause (a), (c), (e) or (f) above, provided that , such new Lien is limited to the asset secured by the original Lien immediately before such extension, renewal or refinancing, and provided , further , that the principal amount of the Indebtedness guaranteed by such original Lien is not increased immediately before such extension, renewal or refinancing, (h) (i) inchoate Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due (including as part of applicable extensions) or (ii) Liens arising out of the existence of judgments or awards, in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default or (iii) any Liens created as taxes or other legal Liens or other Liens arising as a matter of law, so long as such Liens are released within the 90 days following the date in which they are created or determined or (iv) any other Lien not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Series I Note, including Liens related to the issuance of secured notes under the Program, so long as on the date of the creation of Liens all Indebtedness of the Company secured by any such Lien–including the new Lien– , has an unpaid principal amount not exceeding 5% of the total assets of the Company pursuant to its latest non-consolidated financial statements.

 

A1-17


 

Person ” means any individual, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
Peso ” means the lawful currency of the Republic of Argentina or any replacing currency.
Restricted Period ” means, with respect to this Note, the period of 40 days after the distribution of the Notes, as notified to the Trustee in writing by the Company.
Significant Portion ” means those assets of the Company that represent more than 50% of the assets of the Company according to its most recent quarterly or annual consolidated financial statements.
US$ ” and “ US dollars ” means the currency of the United States of America which at the relevant time is legal tender for the payment of public or private debts.

 

A1-18


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S SERIES I
GLOBAL NOTE *
The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Global Note for an interest in a Certificated Note, or exchanges of a part of a Certificated Note for an interest in this Regulation S Global Note, have been made:
                                 
                        Principal amount        
        Amount of decrease in     Amount of increase in     of this Regulation S        
        principal amount of     principal amount of     Global Note following     Signature of authorized  
        this Regulation S     this Regulation S     such decrease     officer of Trustee or  
Date of Exchange     Global Note     Global Note     (or increase)     Common Depositary  
 
     
*   This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A1-19


 

EXHIBIT A-2
FORM OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
ISIN No.: XS0432675311
Common Code No.: 043267531
Note No.: 2
Common Depositary: The Bank of New York Depository (Nominees) Limited
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.
Pursuant to Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.’s (the “Company”) Global Short-, Medium- and Long-Term Note Program (the “Program”), for a maximum outstanding amount of US$60,000,000, established pursuant to an ordinary shareholders’ meeting of the Company on March 9, 2009 and a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company on March 9, 2009 (authorized pursuant to Resolution No 16113 of April 29, 2009 of the National Securities Commission ( Comision Nacional de Valores or “CNV”)), the issuance of the Class I, Series II Note represented hereby has been resolved and approved, pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company No 346 of March 16, 2009, and subsequently, pursuant to resolution No 353 of April 24, 2009, the terms and conditions of the issuance were modified.
The Company was organized as a corporation with limited liability ( sociedad anónima ) under the laws of Argentina on September 14, 1999, and registered with the Public Registry of Commerce under No. 14.519, Book 7, on September 30, 1999, with a duration until June 30, 2100, and its registered domicile is at Calle Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456, 2° Piso (C1038AAJ) City of Buenos Aires, Argentina.
In accordance with Article 3 of the by-laws of the Company, the Company’s corporate purpose is to undertake, for its own behalf or on behalf of third parties, in Argentina or outside of Argentina, the following activities: (1) purchase, maintain and administer shareholdings and investments, (2) participate in the establishment and creation of companies, contribute capital to existing companies or to be formed for purposes of undertaking financing operations past and future, (3) purchase, sell, negotiate and subscribe for any class of securities, shares, bonds or other securities, (4) incur or make loans, (5) operate in any activity relating to capital markets or markets for goods, in or outside of Argentina and (6) subject to the appropriate shareholder approval, issue bonds or other negotiable obligations.
The authorized capital of the Company as of December 31, 2008, the date of its most recent financial statements, was $1,241,407,017 Pesos and its net shareholders’ equity was $1,845,745,511.81 Pesos.
Prior to the establishment of the Program, the Company did not issue any security that would constitute an Obligacion Negociable .

 

A2-1


 

CLASS I, SERIES II GLOBAL NOTE
representing
US$10,595,605
12.5% Class I, Series II Notes due May 25, 2011
[INSERT NOTES LEGEND]
UNLESS THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR BANK, AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM (“EUROCLEAR”) OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING CORPORATION (“CLEARSTREAM”) TO GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A., OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED AS THE COMMON DEPOSITARY FOR EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM (THE “COMMON DEPOSITARY”) OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE COMMON DEPOSITARY, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR NOMINEES OF EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE, AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW.

 

A2-2


 

CLASS: I
SERIES : II
SPECIFIED CURRENCY : US DOLLARS (“ Dollars ”)
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT : US$10,595,605
ISSUE DATE : June 4, 2009
MATURITY DATE : May 25, 2011
INTEREST : 12.5% per annum
INTEREST PAYMENT DATES : December 1, 2009, May 30, 2010, November 26, 2010 and May 25, 2011
OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS:
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A., a company duly organized and existing under the laws of Argentina (herein called the “ Company ”, which term includes any successor person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to the Common Depositary or its nominee or its registered assigns pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Series II Note, in a single payment, the amount of US$10,595,605 (the “ Principal Amount ”), and to pay interest thereon from June 4, 2009 (the “ Date of Issuance ”) as set forth below, at a fixed interest rate of 12.5% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment. The Series II Note will mature on May 25, 2011 (the “ Maturity Date ”).
Interest on this Series II Note will be payable in four installments on December 1, 2009, May 30, 2010, November 26, 2010 and May 25, 2011 (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ” and together with the Maturity Date and any redemption date, the “ Payment Dates ”). Interest on this Series II Note shall be computed on the basis of a 365-day year and considering the actual number of days elapsed. Any amounts due, payable and unpaid in respect of this Series II Note will accrue interest at a rate per annum (in addition to any other interest that may otherwise be applicable with respect to such amounts) equal to 2% (the “ Default Interest ”).
The interest (except Default Interest) and principal so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Payment Date will be paid to the Person in whose name this Series II Note is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest and principal, which shall be November 16, 2009, May 15, 2010, November 11, 2010 or May 10, 2011 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Payment Date (the “ Regular Record Date ”).
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Series II Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein and on the reverse hereof shall have their meanings as defined in the Indenture. The provisions of this Series II Note do not purport to be complete and are subject to and qualified in their entirety by reference to, the provisions of the Indenture.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been duly executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof, this Series II Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

A2-3


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this instrument to be executed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
                 
Dated:
  GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.
 
   
 
  By:             
             
 
      Name:        
 
      Title:   Director    
 
               
 
  By:             
             
 
      Name:        
 
      Title:   Syndic    

 

A2-4


 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Series II Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
             
    THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,    
    as Trustee    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Authorized Signatory
   

 

A2-5


 

[REVERSE OF SERIES II NOTE]
This Regulation S Global Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company designated as its 12.5% Class I Series II Notes due May 25, 2011 (herein called the “ Series II Notes ”), issued under an indenture as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (herein called the “ Indenture ”) dated as of June 4, 2009, among (i) the Company, (ii) The Bank of New York Mellon, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York authorized to conduct a banking business, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), registrar (in such capacity, the “ Registrar ”), paying agent (in such capacity, the “ Paying Agent ,” and together with any other paying agents appointed by the Company in their respective capacities as such, the “ Paying Agents ”), and transfer agent (in such capacity, the “ Transfer Agent ,” and together with any other transfer agents appointed by the Company in their respective capacities as such, the “ Transfer Agents ”), (iii) Banco de Valores S.A., a ( sociedad anónima ) duly incorporated and existing under the laws of The Republic of Argentina authorized to conduct a banking business, as the Trustee’s representative in Argentina (in such capacity, the “ Trustee’s Representative in Argentina ”), and co-registrar (in such capacity, the “ Co-Registrar ”) and Transfer Agent and Argentine paying agent (the “ Argentine Paying Agent ”), and (iv) The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A., a corporation ( société anonyme ) organized under the laws of Luxembourg, as Luxembourg paying agent (in such capacity, the “ Luxembourg Paying Agent ”) and Luxembourg transfer agent (in such capacity, the “ Luxembourg Transfer Agent ”), to which the Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Series II Notes, and of the terms upon which the Series II Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.
Section 1. General Terms of the Series II Notes
This Series II Note is issued by the Company pursuant to the Indenture. The Series II Notes will mature on May 25, 2011. Holders of Series II Notes will be entitled to the benefits of, be bound by, and be deemed to have notice of, all of the provisions of the Indenture. Copies of the Indenture are available for inspection at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
In the event of any discrepancies between the provisions or definitions of this Series II Note and the ones in the Indenture, the provisions and definitions of this Series II Note will control.
Section 2. Transfer of Registered Series II Notes; Replacement
Series II Notes will be issued in denominations that are integral multiples of US$1. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Series II Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Co-Registrar or Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes, fees and/or charges contemplated in this Section 2. The Co-Registrar or Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Series II Notes selected for redemption (except the non-prepaid portion of any Series II Note being redeemed in part). Also, it need not register the transfer or exchange of any Series II Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Series II Notes to be redeemed is made.

 

A2-6


 

No Holder may require the exchange or transfer of a Series II Note or interests therein in a Regulation S Global Note to be registered during the 15-day period ending on any Payment Date with respect to that Series II Note.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Note, during the Restricted Period, (i) this Note shall only be held through Euroclear and/or Clearstream and (ii) this Note shall not be transferred or exchanged in any manner that would result in a violation of this limitation.
Each Series II Note will be numbered serially with an identifying number that will be recorded in a register (the “ Register ”) that will be kept by the Company at the offices of the Registrar and of the Trustee. Title to registered Series II Notes will pass by and upon registration in the Register. “ Holder ” means the person in whose name a Series II Note is registered in the Register. The Holder of any Series II Note will (except as otherwise required by law) be treated as its absolute owner for all purposes (whether or not it is overdue and regardless of any notice of ownership, trust or any interest in it, any writing on it, or its theft or loss) and no person will be liable for so treating the Holder.
The Trustee will not charge the Holders of Series II Notes for the costs and expenses associated with the exchange, transfer or registration of transfer of the Series II Notes. The Trustee may, however, charge the Holders of Series II Notes for certain delivery expenses as well as any applicable stamp duty, tax or other governmental charges associated with such exchange, transfer or registration.
If a Series II Note becomes mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may issue, and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, a substitute Series II Note. In each case, the applicant for a substitute Series II Note will be required to furnish to the Trustee, Registrar and Co-Registrar (and to any Transfer Agent at whose offices the applicant presents the Series II Note for exchange) an indemnity under which it will agree to pay the Trustee, Registrar, Co-Registrar and Transfer Agent, if applicable, the Company and any agent therefor, for any losses they may suffer relating to the Series II Note that was mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen. The Company and the Trustee may also require that the applicant present other documents or proof. The applicant will be required to pay all expenses and reasonable charges associated with the replacement of the mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Series II Note.
Section 3. Ranking
The Company’s payment obligations under the Series II Notes will, except as is or may be provided by Argentine law, at all times rank pari passu in right of payment with all of the Company’s other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Series II Notes.
Section 4. Payments of Principal and Interest
Interest (except Default Interest) and principal on this Series II Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Series II Note is registered on the Register at the close of business on the Regular Record Date.

 

A2-7


 

Payments in respect of the principal of and interest on this Series II Note will be made by the Paying Agent in the City of New York, by the Argentine Paying Agent in the City of Buenos Aires as provided below or, subject to any fiscal or other laws and regulations applicable thereto, at the specified offices of any other Paying Agent appointed by the Company for such purpose. Payments in respect of principal on this Series II Note at the Payment Date will be made only against surrender of this Series II Note.
If any Payment Date is not a Business Day, the Trustee will make the payment on the next Business Day and no interest will accrue for such period of time.
Any payment under this Series II Note will be made by the Company by transfer of the relevant amount in Dollars from Argentina into the applicable account of the Paying Agent opened in New York City, as informed by the Trustee. In the event that the Company furnished to the Trustee evidence that the Company is unable to buy Dollars with Pesos on any Payment Date: (i) directly, by Purchasing Dollars at the foreign exchange market in Argentina and subsequently transferring them to the Paying Agent in New York, or (ii) indirectly, by purchasing with Pesos any series of Argentine Discount Bonds or Argentine Par Bonds or any other securities or public or private bonds issued in Argentina and denominated in Dollars and transferring and selling such securities outside of Argentina for Dollars, to the extent not prohibited by law, or (iii) by means of any other legal procedure existing in Argentina for the purchase of Dollars and their subsequent transfer abroad (any such mechanism established in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above hereinafter referred to as “ Purchase of Dollars ”), because of any legal or regulatory restrictions, or because the Purchase of Dollars has become impossible due to reasons beyond the Company’s control, then the Company will discharge its payment obligations under this Series II Note by transferring the amount of Pesos (or such other currency that is the legal currency of Argentina at the time) owed as principal and interest (or other amounts due hereunder), on the applicable Payment Date to the Argentine Paying Agent prior to 4:30 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time, (for credit in the banking account(s) in the City of Buenos Aires as designated by the Trustee or the Common Depositary, as applicable) for subsequent transfer by the Argentine Paying Agent to the Peso banking account of the representative of Euroclear and Clearstream (in the case of a Regulation S Global Note), as instructed by the Trustee or the Common Depositary, as applicable, for subsequent transfer by such representatives, as appropriate, to the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream or any other applicable representative. The amount of Pesos to be paid will be calculated by the Company based on the Dollar exchange rate using the Applicable Exchange Rate and will be notified to the Trustee in writing on the Business Day of the relevant Payment Date. Payments in Pesos by the Company in Argentina made in accordance with this paragraph will constitute compliance by the Company with its payment obligations on account of this Series II Note and will not constitute a default by the Company hereunder; accordingly, the Holders of the Series II Notes (including this Series II Note) will not be entitled to any additional payments or acceleration of any terms whatsoever as a result of such payment being made in Pesos. In the event that it becomes possible again to effect the Purchase of Dollars, the Company will make due payments on the basis of the terms set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph. All costs and taxes payable in connection with the procedures referred to in (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall be borne by the Company.

 

A2-8


 

Section 5. Early Redemption Due to Tax Reasons
The Company will have no right to redeem all or any portion of the Series II Notes except as provided in the paragraph below.
If as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws, executive orders, instructions, international treaties to which Argentina is party, rules and/or regulations of Argentina or any resolution or pronunciation of any political subdivision or tax authority thereof or therein, or any change in the official position or interpretation associated with application of any such laws, executive orders, instructions, international treaties, rules and/or regulations (including, among others, interpretation by a court of competent jurisdiction), occurring on or after Date of Issuance, the Company is obligated to pay Additional Amounts (as defined below) at a rate in excess of any Additional Amount payable as of the Date of Issuance, the Company will be entitled to redeem the Series II Notes in full or in part. Early redemption will only take place after the Company has informed the Argentine Comisión Nacional de Valores (“ CNV ”) of an occurrence of an event that authorizes early redemption of the Series II Notes, duly accompanied by an opinion from the auditors to the Company and an opinion from counsel of recognized standing which clearly shows that such an event has actually occurred. The Series II Notes will be redeemed at 100% of their then outstanding principal amount, including any Additional Amounts with respect thereto, as of the date of redemption, plus interest accrued as of the date of any such redemption. The Company will notify Holders of its decision to redeem the Series II Notes by written notice to Euroclear and Clearstream and publication according to Section 10 herein at least 30 calendar days before the intended date of redemption, on which date the Company will make available to the Holders the outstanding principal amount and interest of the Series II Note, in accordance with the terms of the said notice and the procedure established herein.
Section 6. Covenants
For so long as the Series II Notes remain Outstanding:
Payment of Principal, Additional Amounts, if any, and Interest .
The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders that it shall duly and punctually pay the principal of, premium, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on the Series II Notes in accordance with the terms of the Series II Notes and the Indenture.
Limitation on Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Conveyance of Assets .
The Company will not merge, sell or otherwise transfer all or a Significant Portion of its assets, unless:
(d) such sale or transfer is conducted in the ordinary course of business of the Company (which include, without limitation, transfers of assets to trusts or for securitization purposes);

 

A2-9


 

(e) at least 80% of the proceeds of such sales or transfers of Significant Portion of Assets are fully applied to activities in the ordinary course of the Company’s business; or
(f) immediately after giving effect to any such merger, sale or transfer of a Significant Portion of Assets:
(iii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no event, act or condition has occurred, which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default; or
(iv) ( x ) the successor by merger or the acquirer of all the assets of the Company or a Significant Portion thereof, assumes the payment obligations of principal and interest and other payment obligations of the Company, including under this Series II Note and the Indenture, as if such new entity would have been the original issuer of the Series II Notes, or ( y ) if the Company is the successor by merger, it timely complies with all payment obligations under the Series II Notes.
Change of Control .
The Company shall not permit the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below).
Limitation on Liens .
Except for Permitted Liens, the Company shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien, on its present or future assets, as security for any Indebtedness, unless before or at the same time, the Company’s obligations under this Series II Note are secured equally and ratably with any such Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the above mentioned, the Company may, without any need to secure the Series II Notes, issue secured notes, provided that the aggregate amount of any and all Indebtedness of the Company secured by any Lien, including any Lien arising in connection with such issuance, does not exceed, as of the date of creation thereof, 5% of the aggregate non-consolidated assets of the Company pursuant to its most recent financial statements.
Corporate Existence .
The Company will (i) maintain its corporate existence and all the necessary registrations; (ii) take all actions as necessary to maintain the validity of all permits, rights and privileges as necessary or convenient in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, affairs and operations; and (iii) keep all of its assets in good working order, unless not doing so will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, affairs and operations or financial condition.
Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations .
The Company will comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders and directions from any governmental or regulatory authority in Argentina or any regional or local authority thereof or therein, having jurisdiction over the Company or the Company’s business, and will comply with all covenants and other obligations included in any and all agreements to which the Company is a party, except where failure to perform would not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated Company’s business, affairs and operations or financial condition.

 

A2-10


 

Insurance .
The Company will maintain insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies, in the amounts and against the risks as reasonable and prudent, taking into account all the applicable circumstances.
Notice of Default .
The Company will immediately notify, in accordance with Section 12.4 of the Indenture, the Trustee in writing about the occurrence of any Event of Default or any condition or event that, through service of notice or the passing of time or any other condition or any combination of the above, would become — unless remedied or waived — an Event of Default. Each notice served in accordance with the terms of this subsection will state that it constitutes a “notice of default” hereunder, and will be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate of the Company stating the details of the event mentioned therein, and explaining what steps the Company intends to take in that respect.
Ranking .
The Company will make sure that its obligations under the Series II Notes are at all times general, direct, unsubordinated and unconditional obligations of the Company and ranking pari passu at all times in terms of priority for payment with the other Series II Notes of the same class and/or series and with all other unsubordinated and unsecured debts of the Company whether now or hereafter outstanding, subject to any mandatory preferences under applicable law.
Listing .
The Company will use its best efforts to obtain and maintain listing of the Series II Notes on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and to trade them on the Euro MTF market of that exchange, and on the BASE and to trade them in Mercado Abierto Electronico S. A. in Argentina.
Books and Records .
The Company shall maintain accounting books and records in accordance with Argentine GAAP and the regulations applicable to the Company.

 

A2-11


 

Section 7. Additional Amounts
The Company shall pay the outstanding principal amount, and any interest with respect thereto, of this Series II Note without any deduction for or on account of, any taxes, duties, assessments, liens, withholding or transfer expenses, at any time, irrespective of the origin or cause thereof. Accordingly, in the event that as a result of legal or regulatory requirements, or due to the interpretation of any such legal or regulatory requirements, the Company is under an obligation to pay or withhold any such amounts, the Company shall make any such payments or withholdings at its expense, in such a manner that, after any and all withholdings or deductions so are made or required, the Holder of this Series II Note receives the same amount it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made (the “ Additional Amounts ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Additional Amounts shall be paid by the Company (i) to the Holder of this Series II Note if covered by the provisions of Title VI of the Argentine Income Tax Act ( Ley de Impuesto a las Ganancias ) — except for entities governed by the provisions of Act No. 21,526 of Financial Entities ( Ley No. 21,526 de Entidades Financieras ) (the “ Financial Institutions Act ”) — in connection with income tax payable by them; (ii) in connection with the tax on credits and debits into bank accounts of any nature held with entities governed by the provisions of the Financial Institutions Act; (iii) where the Company is mandated by law to make a withholding and/or deduction by reason of, or on account of, the personal assets tax ( Ley de Impuesto sobre los Bienes Personales ); (iv) with respect to any tax, duty or other governmental charges imposed or levied over successions, inheritance, estate, legacy, donation, sale, transfer or similar taxes; (v) where any such withholding and/or deduction is imposed as a result of failure by the Holder of this Series II Note, or any other Person, to comply with any information reporting requirements under applicable law — including, without limitation, laws, executive orders, resolutions, written instructions from the Argentine Federal Public Income Administration ( Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos ) and/or international treaties to which Argentina is a party— whether or not such Holder of this Series II Note or Person has the legal capacity to comply with such requirements: information, documents, statements, other certificates pursuant to the conditions required under applicable law with respect to the nationality, residence, identity, legal nature or relationship with Argentina of any such Holder of this Series II Note or Person, or other material information required or imposed by applicable laws as a condition precedent or a requirement to eliminate and/or reduce such deductions and/or withholdings due to a tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, so long as the compliance with any such requirements is commercially reasonable; (vi) when any such withholdings and/or deductions result from a connection between the Holder of this Series II Note and Argentina (or any of its political subdivisions or authorities), other than solely holding this Series II Note, the right to demand compliance or payment under this Series II Note, or demand or receipt of payments of principal, interests and/or other amounts under this Series II Note; (vii) for any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied and payable in a manner different from withholding or deduction of the payments made with respect to this Series II Note, and/or (viii) any combination of (i) to (vii) above.
If the Holders of the Series II Notes do not furnish all of, or part of, the information, documents or other forms of evidence duly required by the Company pursuant to applicable regulations, including, without limitation, laws, decrees, resolutions, written instructions from the Argentine Federal Public Income Administration and/or international treaties to which Argentina is a party, the Company shall not pay any Additional Amounts with respect to such Holder’s or Holders’, as applicable, Series II Notes and shall withhold or deduct the maximum amount required by Argentine law, provided , however , that the burden placed on the relevant Holders to comply with these requirements is commercially reasonable and that the Company has given notice to such Holders at least 30 days in advance that they must comply with these requirements.

 

A2-12


 

Section 8. Events of Default
Event of Default ”, wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(a) default in the payment of principal on the Series II Notes and continuance of such default for a period of 7 Business Days; or
(b) the acceleration of the outstanding principal amount on all of the Series I Notes at that time Outstanding; or
(c) default in the payment of any interest (or premium or Additional Amounts, if any) on any Series II Note when it becomes due and payable on any Payment Date, and continuance of such default for a period of 14 Business Days; or
(d) the Company fails to perform or observe any covenant or its obligations under the Series II Notes or the Indenture, and such failure continues for a term of 60 Business Days after the Company and the Trustee receive written notice stating such default and demanding that it be remedied, from Holders of Series II Notes representing at least 5% of the outstanding principal amount of the Series II Notes at the time Outstanding; or
(e) (i) the Company files an out of court reorganization proceeding ( acuerdo preventivo extrajudicial ), or (ii) the Company files for reorganization or bankruptcy proceedings, or (iii) the Company is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent by a competent court; or (iv) the Company is dissolved, or (v) the Company acknowledges in writing that it is unable to pay its debts generally as they become due, or (vi) the validity or enforceability of any document signed in connection with the Series II Notes is contested by the Company; or
(f) the Company shall default in the payment of debts generally as they become due (except for any Indebtedness of the Company outstanding as of the Date of Issuance) in an outstanding principal amount of US$10,000,000, and such default shall continue for more than the period of grace, if any, originally applicable thereto; or
(g) any final judgment or judgments or court resolutions by competent authorities (and with appropriate judicial efficacy) for the payment of money in an aggregate amount equal to or in excess of, separately or collectively, US$10,000,000, that shall be rendered against the Company and that shall not be waived, satisfied or discharged for any period of 30 Business Days from the payment date specified in the respective final judgment;

 

A2-13


 

then , (1) following the occurrence of any of the Events of Default described in clauses (a), (b), (c), (e), and (f) above and so long as such Events of Default are continuing, the Holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the Series II Notes at the time Outstanding, and (2) following the occurrence of the Event of Default described in clause (d) above and so long as such Event of Default is continuing, the Holders representing at least 1/3 of the principal amount of the Series II Notes then Outstanding, may, in each case, upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee, declare the outstanding principal amount on all of the Series II Notes at that time Outstanding to be forthwith due and payable, plus all interest accrued thereon until the date of payment. After any such acceleration, and unless all such Events of Default are remedied or waived as described above, the outstanding principal amount of the Series II Notes at the time Outstanding, will be forthwith due and payable, plus all interest accrued thereon until the date of payment, if any, together with any other amounts due and payable under the Notes, if any.
The foregoing provisions shall be without prejudice to the right accorded to any individual Holder to initiate actions against the Company under Article 29 of the Negotiable Obligations Law.
Section 9. Paying Agent; Transfer Agents; Registrar
The Company has initially appointed The Bank of New York Mellon as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Company has initially appointed The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A. as Luxembourg Paying Agent and Luxembourg Transfer Agent and Banco de Valores S.A. as Co-Registrar, Transfer Agent and Argentine Paying Agent (acting solely in the limited capacity set forth in Section 2.7(j) of the Indenture and Section 4 hereof). The Company may at any time appoint new Paying Agents and new Transfer Agents and registrars.
Section 10. Notices
Notices to the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be given as provided in Section 12.4 of the Indenture.
Section 11. Governing Law
(b) The Negotiable Obligations Law governs the requirements for the Series II Notes to qualify as Obligaciones Negociables thereunder while such law, together with the Argentine Business Companies Law, and other applicable Argentine laws, govern the capacity and corporate authority of the Company to execute and deliver this Series II Note and the authorization of the public offering of this Series II Note by the CNV. All other matters in respect of the Series II Notes and the Indenture are governed by the laws of the State of New York, United States of America. The governing law provision set forth in the prior sentence with respect to the law of the State of New York shall apply without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

 

A2-14


 

Section 12. Consent to Service of Process; Jurisdiction
The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, any Argentine court sitting in the City of Buenos Aires, the BASE’s Arbitral Tribunal and any competent court in the place of its corporate domicile for purposes of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or related to this Series II Note. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company also agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon such party and may be enforced in any court of the jurisdiction of which such party is subject by a suit upon such judgment; provided that service of process is effected upon such Person in the manner specified herein.
The Company acknowledges and agrees that the activities contemplated by the provisions of this Series II Note are commercial in nature rather than governmental or public and, therefore, acknowledges and agrees that it is not entitled to any right of immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise with respect to any such activities or in any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in any way relating to this Series II Note. The Company, in respect of itself and its properties and revenues, expressly and irrevocably waives any such right of immunity (including any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from service of process or from any execution of judgment or from attachment prior to judgment or in aid of execution or otherwise) or claim thereto which may now or hereafter exist, and agrees not to assert any such right or claim in any such action or proceeding, whether in the United States or otherwise.
The Company agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or proceeding brought in connection with the Series II Note against the Company in any court of the State of New York or any United States federal court, sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City may be made upon CT Corporation at 111 8 th Avenue, New York, New York 10011, whom the Company irrevocably appoints as its authorized agent for service of process. The Company represents and warrants that CT Corporation has agreed to act as the Company’s agent for service of process. The Company agrees that such appointment shall be irrevocable so long as the Notes remain Outstanding or until the irrevocable appointment by the Company of a successor in New York City as its authorized agent for such purpose and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. The Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and affect as aforesaid. If CT Corporation shall cease to act as the Company’s agent for service of process, the Company shall appoint without delay another such agent and provide prompt written notice to the Trustee of such appointment. With respect to any such action in any court of the State of New York or any United States federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, service of process upon CT Corporation, as the authorized agent of the Company for service of process, and written notice of such service to the Company shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company.
If a judgment or order given or made by any court for the payment of any amount in respect of any Note is expressed in a currency (the “ judgment currency ”) other than the currency (the “ denomination currency ”) in which such Notes are denominated or in which such amount is payable, the Company will indemnify the relevant Holder against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between the date as of which the amount in the denomination currency is notionally converted into the amount in the judgment currency for the purposes of such judgment or order and the date of actual payment thereof. This indemnity will constitute a separate and independent obligation from the other obligations contained in the terms and conditions of the Notes, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted from time to time and will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due in respect of the relevant Note or under any such judgment or order.

 

A2-15


 

Section 13. Certain Definitions
Applicable Exchange Rate ” means, as applicable, (i) the last average available as of 2:00 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time, on the applicable Payment Date, for the daily Peso/US dollar exchange rate published by EMTA (the Trade Association for the Emerging Markets) on its webpage ( https://mbrservices.net/emtatest/history.asp ) or to the extent that the currency exchange rate referred to in this clause (i) is not available, (ii) the average selling exchange rate indicated or established as of 2:00 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time, on the applicable Payment Date, by the following banks in Argentina: Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., Banco Santander Rio S.A., BBVA Banco Frances S.A., Deutsche Bank S.A. and HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. (or, to the extent that one or all of such banks no longer exists, a similar bank or banks) or, to the extent that the currency exchange rate referred to in this clause (ii) is not available, (iii) the implicit exchange rate between the listed Peso price and the listed Dollar price on the MAE, at the close of business of the Business Day immediately prior to the applicable Payment Date for the purchase of the bond with the largest trading volume on the MAE trading in Pesos and US dollars or, to the extent that the currency exchange rate referred to in this clause (iii) is not available, (iv) the implicit exchange rate resulting from the difference, as of 12:00 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time, on the applicable Payment Date, between the Peso selling price on the MAE for the bond with the most significant trading volume on the MAE and that is traded on a New York stock exchange, divided by the Dollar purchase price for the same bond on such New York stock exchange. In order to calculate the Dollar purchase price on such New York stock exchange, the average of three prices obtained from at least three internationally recognized banks shall be utilized.
Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks are open, or not authorized to close, in the City of New York and the City of Buenos Aires and the Great Duchy of Luxembourg.
Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following, the Company ceases (i) to own securities representing the majority of the capital stock of Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., and/or (ii) to have the ability to nominate, directly or indirectly a majority of the members of the board of directors of Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., and/or (iii) to have the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., directly or indirectly, whether by written agreement or otherwise, as necessary to direct decisions at Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.’s shareholders’ meetings.
Hedge Agreements ” means hedge agreements in connection with derivatives transactions, including interest rates, interest rate swaps, cap and collar agreements, interest rate futures and options, currency swap agreements, currency futures and options, and similar agreements that enable the Company to hedge financial and operating risks.

 

A2-16


 

Indebtedness ” means with respect to any Person, without duplication: (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) any amount raised by such Person pursuant to any bonds, notes, debentures or any similar instrument, (c) all indebtedness of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services, all indebtedness of conditional sales and all indebtedness under agreements with reservation of title until payment in full (excluding commercial debt and other indebtedness entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person), (d) the maximum amount available to be drawn or paid under all letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety and appeal bonds and similar obligations issued for the account of such Person and all unpaid drawings and unreimbursed payments in respect of such letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety and appeal bonds and similar obligations, (e) Liens and other contingent obligations of such Person with respect to all indebtedness of the types described in clause (a) to (d) of this definition, (f) all indebtedness of the types described in clause (a) to (e) of this definition secured by any Liens on any property owned by such Person, (g) all indebtedness due and payable under Hedge Agreements of such Person; provided, however, that the term “Indebtedness” shall not include any of the following liabilities of the Company: (1) deposits in or amounts collected by the Company (excluding amounts borrowed or obtained by the Company or its Subsidiaries under loans), (2) any check, promissory note, deposit certificate, draft, bill of exchange issued, accepted or endorsed by the Company, (3) any transaction in which the Company acts solely as agent, (4) and agreement to purchase or repurchase securities, currency or to accept loans and (5) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety and appeal bonds and similar obligations issued.
Lien ” means any mortgage, charge, pledge, guaranty assignment, trust assignment, guaranty, lien or other encumbrances, or preferential arrangement.
Permitted Liens ” means: (a) any existing Lien as of the date hereof, (b) Liens or privileges incurred or created in the ordinary course of business or under applicable laws in connection with or to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts, leases, statutory obligations, and mechanics’, materialmen’, workers’, repairsmen’ employees’ warehousemens’, carrier’s or other like Liens (except, for the avoidance of doubts, Liens created to secure Indebtedness), (c) Liens created over assets securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed to finance, totally or partially, the construction, acquisition or improvements costs of such asset, Liens created or affecting simultaneously, or within 180 days from the construction, the acquisition or improvements of such asset, (d) any Liens created in favor of the Company, (e) Liens granted with respect to: (i) special lines of credit or advancements granted to the Company by or through local or foreign government entities or (ii) any Hedge Agreements, (f) any Lien over any asset existing upon the acquisition of such asset and that was created in connection with such asset acquisition, (g) any Liens securing extensions, renewals or refinancing of Indebtedness secured by the types of Liens described in clause (a), (c), (e) or (f) above, provided that , such new Lien is limited to the asset secured by the original Lien immediately before such extension, renewal or refinancing, and provided , further , that the principal amount of the Indebtedness guaranteed by such original Lien is not increased immediately before such extension, renewal or refinancing, (h) (i) inchoate Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due (including as part of applicable extensions) or (ii) Liens arising out of the existence of judgments or awards, in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default or (iii) any Liens created as taxes or other legal Liens or other Liens arising as a matter of law, so long as such Liens are released within the 90 days following the date in which they are created or determined or (iv) any other Lien not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Series II Note, including Liens related to the issuance of secured notes under the Program, so long as on the date of the creation of Liens all Indebtedness of the Company secured by any such Lien -including the new Lien- , has an unpaid principal amount not exceeding 5% of the total assets of the Company pursuant to its latest non-consolidated financial statements.

 

A2-17


 

Person ” means any individual, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
Peso ” means the lawful currency of the Republic of Argentina or any replacing currency.
Restricted Period ” means, with respect to this Note, the period of 40 days after the distribution of the Notes, as notified to the Trustee in writing by the Company.
Significant Portion ” means those assets of the Company that represent more than 50% of the assets of the Company according to its most recent quarterly or annual consolidated financial statements.
US$ ” and “ US dollars ” means the currency of the United States of America which at the relevant time is legal tender for the payment of public or private debts.

 

A2-18


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S SERIES II
GLOBAL NOTE *
The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Global Note for an interest in a Certificated Note, or exchanges of a part of a Certificated Note for an interest in this Regulation S Global Note, have been made:
                                 
                        Principal amount        
        Amount of decrease in     Amount of increase in     of this Regulation S        
        principal amount of     principal amount of     Global Note following     Signature of authorized  
        this Regulation S     this Regulation S     such decrease     officer of Trustee or  
Date of Exchange     Global Note     Global Note     (or increase)     Common Depositary  
 
     
*   This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A2-19


 

EXHIBIT B-1
FORM OF REGULATION S TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
Calle Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456, 2° Piso (C1038AAJ)
Ciudad de Buenos Aires, Provincia de Buenos Argentina
Argentina
The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”)
         
 
  Re:   Non-Interest bearing Class I, Series I Notes due May 30, 2010 / 12.5% Class I, Series II Notes due May 25, 2011 (the “ Notes ”) of Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. (the “Company” )
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 4, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Company, the Trustee and the other parties thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. Other terms shall have the meanings given to them in Regulation S (“ Regulation S ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).
[NOTE: INSERT [A] FOR TRANSFERS OF LEGENDED CERTIFICATED NOTES TO TRANSFEREES THAT TAKE DELIVERY IN INTERESTS IN A REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE. INSERT [B] FOR TRANSFERS OF LEGENDED CERTIFICATED NOTES TO TRANSFEREES THAT TAKE DELIVERY IN CERTIFICATED NOTES. INSERT [C] FOR TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN A REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE TO TRANSFEREES THAT TAKE DELIVERY IN LEGENDED CERTIFICATED NOTES.]
[A] This letter relates to US$  _____  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of Legended Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such Legended Certificated Notes for a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note (ISIN No.  _____) to be held with [Euroclear] [Clearstream] (Common Code No.  _____) in the name of the Common Depositary.
[B] This letter relates to US$  _____  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of Legended Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such Legended Certificated Notes for Legended Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferee].
[C] This letter relates to US$  _____  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note (ISIN No.  _____) with [Euroclear] [Clearstream] registered in the name of the Common Depositary on behalf of [name of beneficial holder] (the “ Transferor ”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest for Legended Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferee].

 

 


 

[NOTE: INSERT [ D ] IN ALL CASES.]
[D] In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act, and accordingly the Transferor does hereby certify that:
(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
[(2) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States,] * /
[(3) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore Notes market and neither the Transferor nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States,] * /
(4) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable, and
(5) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Dealers named in the offering documents of the Program and the Notes distributed by the Company in connection with the sale of the Notes.
 
     
* /   Insert one of these two provisions, which come from the definition of “offshore transaction” in Regulation S.

 

2


 

You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
                         
Dated:           [Insert Name of Transferor]    
 
 
 
                   
 
                       
 
          By:        
 
              Name:  
 
   
 
              Title:  
 
   
Signature Guaranteed
     
 
Participant in a Recognized Signature
   
Guarantee Medallion Program
   
         
By:
       
 
 
 
Authorized Signatory
   

 

3


 

EXHIBIT B-2
FORM OF REGULATION S EXCHANGE CERTIFICATE
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
Calle Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456, 2° Piso (C1038AAJ)
Ciudad de Buenos Aires, Provincia de Buenos Argentina
Argentina
The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”)
         
 
  Re:   Non-Interest bearing Class I, Series I Notes due May 30, 2010 / 12.5% Class I, Series II Notes due May 25, 2011 (the “ Notes ”) of Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. (the “Company” )
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of June 4, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Company, the Trustee and the other parties thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. Other terms shall have the meanings given to them in Regulation S (“ Regulation S ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).
[NOTE: INSERT [A] FOR AN EXCHANGE OF LEGENDED CERTIFICATED NOTES FOR AN INTEREST IN A REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE. INSERT [B] FOR AN EXCHANGE OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE FOR A LEGENDED CERTIFICATED NOTE.]
[A] [This letter relates to US$  _____  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of Legended Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of Holder] (the “ Holder ”). The Holder has requested an exchange of such Legended Certificated Notes for a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note (ISIN No.  _____) to be held with [Euroclear] [Clearstream] (Common Code No.  _____) in the name of the Common Depositary.]
[B] [This letter relates to US$  _____  principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note (ISIN No.  _____) with [Euroclear] [Clearstream] registered in the name of the Common Depositary on behalf of [name of beneficial holder] (the “ Holder ”). [Insert name of beneficial owner] has requested an exchange of such beneficial interest for a Legended Certificated Note in the name of the Holder.]
In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, [the Holder] [insert name of beneficial owner] does hereby certify that it acquired such Notes in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act (or in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act). **** /
 
     
**** /   May be used only after the Restricted Period.

 

 


 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Dealers named in the offering documents of the Program and the Notes distributed by the Company in connection with the sale of the Notes.
You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
                         
Dated:           [Insert Name of Holder or Beneficial Owner]    
 
 
 
                   
 
          By:            
                     
 
              Name:
Title:
 
 
   
Signature Guaranteed
     
 
Participant in a Recognized Signature
   
Guarantee Medallion Program
   
By:
       
 
Authorized Signatory
   

 

2


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF TRANSFER

[Include the following for Notes not bearing the Notes Legend]

TRANSFER NOTICE
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned Holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
(Please print or typewrite name and address including postal code of assignee)
this Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing  _____  attorney to transfer such amount of said Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.
Date:
         
 
  Signed:    
 
       
 
      NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within instrument in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

 


 

FORM OF TRANSFER
[Include the following for Notes bearing the Notes Legend]
TRANSFER NOTICE
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned Holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
(Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)
         
Insert Taxpayer Identification No. :
       
 
 
 
this Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing  _____  attorney to transfer such amount of said Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.
In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date that is [one] year after the issue date of this Note (provided that the Company or any affiliate of the Company has not acquired this Note during such one-year period), the undersigned confirms that without utilizing any general advertising or general solicitation:
(check one)
o   This Note is being transferred pursuant to the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) provided by Regulation S under the Securities Act (“ Regulation S ”) and the address of the person in whose name this Note is to be registered upon transfer is an address outside the United States (as defined in Regulation S); or
o   This Note is being transferred to a Dealer or to the Company; or
o   This Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act other than as noted above, and documents are being furnished to the Trustee which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.
If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such registration of transfer set forth herein and in the Indenture shall have been satisfied.
Date:
         
 
  Signed:    
 
       
 
      NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within instrument in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

2


 

EXHIBIT D
FORM OF NOTES LEGEND
[PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S (“REGULATION S”) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”)), THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S) OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, A U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S).
THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE ANY PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.] [FIRST TWO PARAGRAPHS OF THIS NOTES LEGEND TO BE INCLUDED ONLY DURING THE RESTRICTED PERIOD].
THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS THE TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND ACQUIRED THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (I) (A) IN AN OFFSHORE RESALE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 905 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (II) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS AND (III) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES,” AND “U.S. PERSONS” HAVE THE RESPECTIVE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

 


 

THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNTS OF US $1 AND MULTIPLES OF US $1. IF REQUESTED BY GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A. OR BY ANY PLACEMENT AGENT SET FORTH IN THE APPLICABLE OFFERING DOCUMENTS, THE TRANSFEREE AGREES TO PROVIDE THE INFORMATION NECESSARY TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IS PERMISSIBLE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS NOTE AND RELATED DOCUMENTATION MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME TO MODIFY THE RESTRICTIONS ON AND PROCEDURES FOR RESALES AND OTHER TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE TO REFLECT ANY CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW OR REGULATION (OR THE INTERPRETATION THEREOF) OR IN PRACTICES RELATED TO THE RESALE OR TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED NOTES GENERALLY. BY THE ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, THE HOLDER HEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO ANY SUCH AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT. THE FOREGOING LEGEND MAY BE REMOVED FROM THIS NOTE ON SATISFACTION OF THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

 

Exhibit 11.1
(GALICIA LOGO)
LETTER TO GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA’S EMPLOYEES
Code of Ethics
Grupo Financiero Galicia is a financial services holding company, an organization that is at the service of the companies that are part of the economic group, the shareholders, and the communities where it does business. This first definition of our company implies to undertake a public responsibility based on standards of ethical conduct. Therefore, Grupo Financiero Galicia commits itself to carry out business activities with honesty, responsibility and transparency.
Grupo Financiero Galicia success depends on the integrity and reputation that all of its employees can build together. The Principles and Practices of Ethical Conduct are aimed at strengthening and enhancing our Company’s good name.
As employees of this Company, our obligation is to avoid those situations that may constitute a violation to this Code of Ethics. Grupo Financiero Galicia S. A. works every day to achieve a solid reputation in the market with responsibility and integrity and is confident that its employees will perform business activities in that same way.
We hereby kindly request Grupo Financiero Galicia’s employees to carefully read the Principles and Practices of Ethical Conduct. Our actions should be aimed at observing the standards set forth therein, which are based on the respect for the law, accountability for our actions, confidentiality, loyalty in communications and personal honesty.
We should never agree with or consent any action that could affect our reputation.
Sincerely,
Grupo Financiero Galicia S. A.’s Board of Directors
Grupo Galicia Etica 2007 English

 

 


 

(GALICIA LOGO)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
 
       
1. PURPOSE AND APPLICATION OF THIS CODE OF ETHICS
  Page 3
 
       
2. ETHICAL VALUES OF COMPANY’S EMPLOYEES
  Page 3
 
       
3. GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA’S PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF THE CODE OF ETHICS
  Page 3
 
       
3.1. HUMAN RIGHTS AND EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
  Page 3
 
       
3.2. SAFEGUARDING COMPANY RESOURCES
  Page 4
 
       
3.3. QUALITY OF SERVICES
  Page 4
 
       
3.4. FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS IN THE WORKPLACE
  Page 4
 
       
3.5. WORKPLACE AND WORKFORCE FREE OF DRUGS
  Page 5
 
       
3.6. ENVIRONMENT, HYGIENE AND SECURITY
  Page 5
 
       
3.7. SAFETY, GOOD TREATMENT AND NO VIOLENT ACTS
  Page 5
 
       
3.8. CONFIDENTIALITY OF PERSONNEL’S RECORDS
  Page 5
 
       
3.9. CONFIDENTIALITY OF THE COMPANY AND CUSTOMERS’ INFORMATION
  Page 5
 
       
3.10. TRANSPARENCY OF INFORMATION
  Page 6
 
       
3.11. PREVENTION OF WRONGFUL ACTS
  Page 6
 
       
3.12. OBJECTIVITY IN BUSINESS AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST
  Page 7
 
       
3.13. PREVENTION OF ASSET LAUNDERING
  Page 7
 
       
3.14. GIFTS AND DONATIONS
  Page 8
 
       
3.15. RELATIONSHIPS WITH GOVERNMENTS
  Page 8
 
       
3.16. FAIR COMPETITION
  Page 8
 
       
4. COMMUNICATION POLICY OF GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA’S CODE OF ETHICS
  Page 9
 
       
4.1. REPORT OF VIOLATIONS
  Page 9
 
       
4.2. RESPONSIBILITIES
  Page 9
Grupo Galicia Etica 2007 English

 

2


 

(GALICIA LOGO)
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF ETHICAL CONDUCT FOR
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S. A.’S EMPLOYEES
1. PURPOSE AND APLICATION OF THIS CODE OF ETHICS
   
These Principles and Practices should be applied on an equal basis for all of GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S. A.’s employees.
 
   
Compliance with these standards implies to respect the principles of business ethics, show integrity to all company’s customers and be faithful in all communications released by GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S. A.
 
   
The guidelines set forth by this Code of Ethics shall prevail over any other instruction given by hierarchical management, and are part of the standards and regulations being in force in this institution.
 
   
With the purposes of observing this policy, each manager shall ensure that all of his/her employees are fully aware of the importance to comply with these standards, and understand the procedures to be followed in order to avoid any violation of these ethical principles.
2. ETHICAL VALUES OF COMPANY’S EMPLOYEES
   
RESPONSIBILITY : Employees should perform business activities by being responsible for their fulfillment pursuant to institutional objectives.
 
   
SECURITY: Employees should, as per each employee’s possibilities, foster security and transparency conditions in any activity performed at the company.
 
   
CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION: Employees should respect and make someone else respect the confidential nature of the information handled by the company.
 
   
RESPECT FOR THE LAW: All activities carried out by Grupo Financiero Galicia should be performed pursuant to the regulations in force. Employees’ activities performed inside as well as outside this institution should respect the law.
 
   
BUSINESS INTEGRITY: Employees should act faithfully towards the Company and its business objectives, the companies that are part of the economic group and third parties associated with Grupo Financiero Galicia, as well as towards other employees and hierarchical management. There are no reasons to alter or omit any information necessary to carry out the company’s business and financial activities, provided always that such information does not affect others or is not considered confidential, in which case the omission of information could be taken into account. In other words, decision-making shall be transparent and information should be complete and concrete.
 
   
HONESTY: Employees’ conduct should be straight and honest, according to what has been mentioned above in the two previous values.
3. GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA’S PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF THE CODE OF ETHICS
Failure to comply with the Code of Ethics may be considered to be a cause to terminate employment contract, and if failure is such, it could be worth of initiating administrative sanctions and/or the respective legal or criminal actions.
3.1. HUMAN RIGHTS AND EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
   
Grupo Financiero Galicia is committed itself to give support to and value diversity of all its personnel, which it deems its most important asset.
 
   
Decision-making on selection and promotion of personnel should be made on the exclusive basis of each candidate’s personal qualifications. It is Grupo Financiero Galicia’s purpose that no candidate to any job position can be subject to any form of discrimination.
Grupo Galicia Etica 2007 English

 

3


 

(GALICIA LOGO)
   
Equal employment opportunity laws should be applied to all functions of the Human Resources area, including recruitment, hiring, layoffs, promotion, compensation, training and job positions. Grupo Financiero Galicia should treat employees and suppliers with respect and dignity.
 
   
It is Grupo Financiero Galicia’s purpose to provide its employees with an adequate workplace for the normal performance of their activities, thus encouraging their commitment to the company and their self-esteem.
 
   
Those behaviors such as offenses, personal harassment, or which in any way constitute any form of discrimination based on religion, gender or race, either inside or outside the workplace, are unacceptable.
 
   
Any conduct of discrimination or harassment shall be seriously aggravated when the person acting in such a way is in a hierarchical management position.
3.2. SAFEGUARDING COMPANY RESOURCES
   
Grupo Financiero Galicia’s employees should take all measures and procedures necessary to protect the Company’s property and assets.
 
   
The Company shall keep appropriate internal controls which can ensure that its property is safeguarded, that operations are carried out according to management decisions and recorded properly, and that accounting records are kept accurately.
 
   
It is the responsibility of each Company’s employee to guarantee the integrity and confidentiality of the Company’s assets and properties.
 
   
The Company’s assets are for the exclusive use of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s own activities. The personnel’s equipments (personal computers, faxes, phones, etc.) or workspaces should not be used for private activities or for any other activity other than those specifically associated with the Company’s business activity. Grupo Financiero Galicia reserves its right to make inspections of any of these equipments.
 
   
Throughout each working day, Grupo Financiero Galicia performs and records many accounting transactions. Accurate and complete information of all these records and accounting transactions shall be kept. Accounting practices shall be systematically applied pursuant to the applicable laws, as well as those regulations set forth by management. All transactions carried out related to Grupo Financiero Galicia shall be documented and shall be accurately informed to whoever may correspond.
3.3. QUALITY OF SERVICES
   
Grupo Financiero Galicia’s employees are expected to meet the needs of the Company’s customers, according to the area of business the Company does. In this sense, Grupo Financiero Galicia’s important objective has always been to offer high-quality products and services.
 
   
Grupo Financiero Galicia’s continuous efforts consist in improving its products and services in order to meet or outperform its customer’s expectations. The Company’s efforts also aim at observing adequate specifications and contractual agreements, and complies with all applicable regulatory and legal requirements. Every department in the Company should take measures to guarantee that its products and services are of high quality.
3.4. FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS IN THE WORKPLACE
   
In order to preserve objectivity and professionalism, the Company discourages love relationships among co-workers of the same department as well as those relationships among co-workers under a direct hierarchy relationship. In such cases, the Company’s policy requires that one employee shall be transferred to another department or area.
   
Although hiring an employee’s friend or relative is allowed, it shall be clear that such friend or relative did not receive a special treatment in detriment of other candidates for the same job position.
Grupo Galicia Etica 2007 English

 

4


 

(GALICIA LOGO)
3.5. WORKPLACE AND WORKFORCE FREE OF DRUGS
   
Each Company employee shall perform his/her activities without any stimulation or inhibition resulting from alcohol or drugs. This is essential to keep the required levels of performance, guarantee his/her security and be healthy person.
 
   
Pursuant to the laws in force, possession and consumption of illegal drugs and the improper use or abuse of drugs legally purchased are prohibited, as well as the existence of alcohol within the Company’s facilities or while in course of business.
3.6. ENVIRONMENT, HYGIENE AND SECURITY
   
Standards of hygiene, care of the work environment and security at work are extremely important for the performance of every day activities and the preservation of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s work environment.
 
   
All Company’s employees should be aware of, comply with and observe security measures. Furthermore, it is the obligation of those having people in charge to inform them about these standards.
3.7. SAFETY, GOOD TREATMENT AND NO VIOLENT ACTS
   
Grupo Financiero Galicia offers a safe place to work and its personnel is expected to do their part to ensure there exists no violent act or threat to occur any violent act.
 
   
Acts of violence in the workplace (including any threats, threatening conduct, harassment, offensive misconduct, insults or similar behaviors) are prohibited within the Company’s facilities or while in course of business.
 
   
It is the obligation of the Company’s personnel at all levels to maintain a work environment where respect and cordiality are present and be careful with the use of language, whether oral or written towards external and internal customers, suppliers and other employees.
3.8. CONFIDENTIALITY OF PERSONNEL’S RECORDS
   
In compliance with labor laws, Grupo Financiero Galicia gathers information and keeps human resources’ records of each of its employees. These records show accurate and updated data, and are relevant to each employee’s job position. They are necessary and useful information to manage and administer the Company’s business affairs.
 
   
Grupo Financiero Galicia shall protect these human resources’ records and personal information against any intrusion, misstatement, either total or partial, and improper use. Any consult to any of these records shall be duly authorized.
 
   
All personnel’s records shall be considered confidential documents and shall not be disclosed, except in the case of the employer’s legal defense or if required by law.
3.9. CONFIDENTIALITY OF THE COMPANY AND CUSTOMERS’ INFORMATION
   
No accounting information that has not been already disclosed to the public as regards Grupo Financiero Galicia or its affiliates shall be released without the prior written approval by Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Chief Financial and Accounting Officer.
 
   
No employee shall inform or use confidential information obtained while he/she works for Grupo Financiero Galicia for his/her own benefit or for third parties’ benefit, such as trading Grupo Financiero Galicia’s securities or securities of its potential commercial associates.
Grupo Galicia Etica 2007 English

 

5


 

(GALICIA LOGO)
   
Customers of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s related companies rely on the fact that their personal information was exclusively obtained with commercial purposes. Consequently, employees shall take the necessary measures to ensure confidentiality, integrity and availability of such data and information. This comprises identification of such data that has to be protected, adequate levels of protection for such data, and access to such protected data only by those people who must use them to perform their functions.
 
   
Any employee who has any information due to his/her position or activity with respect to a Company’s performance or businesses subject to a public offering of securities, which has not been disclosed to the investment community and that may affect in any way such securities’ market price, or that may affect trading transactions and negotiation of such securities, he/she shall be strictly reserved about that information (Insider Trading).
 
   
Grupo Financiero Galicia’s employees or those people hired by Grupo Financiero Galicia, such as the cases of external audit or consulting services, shall refrain from using confidential information for their own benefit or for third parties’ benefit.
 
   
Any employee shall be responsible for managing carefully access passwords, and under no circumstance he/she is allowed to inform them.
 
   
Employees shall refrain from:
   
Informing confidential information to another person who then acquires or sells Grupo Financiero Galicia’ securities, including put or call options on such securities.
 
   
Trading securities from any other Company whose value could be affected by Grupo Financiero Galicia’s decisions that have not been released to the public yet, as well as put or call options on such securities.
3.10. TRANSPARENCY OF INFORMATION
   
Grupo Financiero Galicia considers the transparency of information as the basic principle that shall govern its relationship with shareholders, thus ensuring that the information given to them, the markets where its shares are listed and to said markets’ regulatory bodies, is true and complete. Said information shall accurately reflect the company’s financial condition and results of its operations, and shall be informed within the terms specified and in compliance with the necessary requirements set forth in the applicable standards and general principles of market operations as well as those related to good corporate governance assumed by the community.
 
   
This standard of transparency and veracity in the information shall also be applied to the Company’s internal communications.
 
   
Grupo Financiero Galicia’s employees shall commit to communicate internal as well as external information in an accurate and true way. In no case, they shall disclose untrue or inaccurate information, which may be unclear for the recipient.
3.11. PREVENTION OF WRONGFUL ACTS
   
Any wrongful act against Grupo Financiero Galicia shall be investigated with no delay by authorized persons and informed to the management authorities.
   
The instructions issued by the Board of Directors must be fulfilled within this in force Code framework.
   
In the event any employee believes that a wrongful act has occurred, he/she shall inform about this situation to the supervisor or to the management authorities.
   
Evidences that an employee has performed a wrongful act against Grupo Financiero Galicia, its subsidiaries’ customers or third parties, shall result in proper disciplinary measures, and, if necessary, the Company shall request judicial intervention. Similar consequences shall have if any of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s employees prepares false or misleading accounting records with the purpose of avoiding controls, either for his/her own benefit, for third parties’ benefit or for the benefit of Grupo Financiero Galicia.
Grupo Galicia Etica 2007 English

 

6


 

(GALICIA LOGO)
   
Reproduction of, either for personal use or on behalf of Grupo Financiero Galicia, any computer software programs (other than license agreements) protected by copyrights, intellectual property or by license agreements is completely prohibited. Software programs specifically designed for Grupo Financiero Galicia are also included herein.
3.12. OBJECTIVITY IN BUSINESS AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST
   
Grupo Financiero Galicia’s employees are responsible for avoiding:
   
Acting on behalf of Grupo Financiero Galicia in situations where such employee or his/her close relative has any kind of personal interest in the Company.
 
   
Using the Company name improperly.
 
   
Accepting any kind of favors from any individual or entity with which Grupo Financiero Galicia at present has or will have a business relationship.
 
   
Taking personal advantage from any business opportunity in which Grupo Financiero Galicia was involved.
 
   
Providing any of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s competitors with any kind of assistance for the benefit of its commercial activity.
   
In the event any conflict of interest arises due to employment reasons or of any other kind, the Company’s employees shall immediately report to the Person in charge of Grupo Financiero Galicia’ Audit Committee. Company’s employees shall not perform business or professional activities at the same time than and similar to those ones carried out for Grupo Financiero Galicia, which in any way may compete with any other Company’s businesses.
   
Those Company’s employees who have any influence on Grupo Financiero Galicia’s business decisions, or any such employee’ close relative shall not have a significant financial interest; for example, as a shareholder or administrator, in any of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s suppliers, without the prior written consent by the Company’s Board of Directors.
   
In the event any employee or such employee’s close relative has any significant financial interest in any of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s competitors, such employee shall notify to the person in charge of Grupo Financiero Galicia’ Audit Committee.
   
Company’s executive officers, managers, professionals and technicians who have undertaken any activity other than the one performed at Grupo Financiero Galicia shall fully inform about said activity to the person in charge of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Audit Committee.
   
Company’s employees shall not carry out civic or political activities during business hours that may cause any conflict of interests, since this may be understood as Grupo Financiero Galicia’s participation in such activities.
3.13. PREVENTION OF ASSET LAUNDERING
   
Asset laundering should be understood as the process throughout the proceeds of any criminal activity is disguised to conceal its illegal origin. Financing of terrorism entails the act to provide terrorists or terrorist organizations with financial support in order to perform terrorism acts. Grupo Financiero Galicia’s employees are responsible for actively cooperating in fighting against this criminal activity, and for contributing when possible in accordance to their functions, with the following actions:
   
Apply the “Know your customer” policy through the registration of the customers’ identity data and information on the activities performed, address, and financial condition.
 
   
Customers Record: Identity of occasional or usual customers when performing business relations or transactions should be recorded.
 
   
Maintenance and documentation of customer’s records: The fact that this information is available ensures the “customers’ knowledge” and also enables to reconstruct the history of transactions, as well as it allows to give competent authorities an answer to their requests for information.
Grupo Galicia Etica 2007 English

 

7


 

(GALICIA LOGO)
   
Detection of suspicious transactions: To pay special attention to those transactions which, according to the customs and practice of any activity, may not be usual, with no economic or legal justification or that may entail an unexpected or unjustified complexity.
 
   
Relationship with customers: Grupo Financiero Galicia’s employees having any relationship with company’s customers must observe and comply with these policies and procedures; specially as regards the application of the “Know your customer” policy. They should ask all information required in the forms and/or systems and review that all data or information required to become a customer and/or to carry out any transaction is being filled.
3.14. GIFTS AND DONATIONS
   
Although giving and receiving gifts frequently are part of cordial business relationships, Company’s employees and their families should not exchange gifts and/or donations with customers and/or suppliers, whose value exceeds common business courtesies associated with the normal accepted commercial practices.
   
Giving and receiving gifts or donations should not influence or appear to have an influence on the result of a business decision.
   
Bribery is strictly forbidden.
   
Under no circumstances, gifts should be made to or accepted as courtesy by any government officials.
3.15. RELATIONSHIPS WITH GOVERNMENTS
   
Grupo Financiero Galicia expressly states that it is politically impartial and is committed to respectfully comply with all legal obligations to which it is subject to in any country where the Company carries out its activities.
   
Grupo Financiero Galicia’s employees should strictly observe the country’s legislation, thus avoiding to incur in any behavior that may damage Grupo Financiero Galicia’s reputation in front of the community, the government or any other governmental body; even if such behavior does not violate any law, which may result in adverse consequences for its businesses and/or image.
   
Company employees should not consciously cooperate with third parties to infringe any law, nor he/she should be part of any action whereby legitimacy might be affected.
   
Company’s employees should behave with honesty and integrity in every relationship or transaction performed with government authorities, administrations and employees, ensuring that all information and certifications that they submit, as well as any statement they declare are true, clear and complete.
3.16. FAIR COMPETITION
   
Grupo Financiero Galicia supports to promote a loyal, honest and strong competition in open markets. Therefore, any practice that illegally encourages undermining competitors is forbidden.
Grupo Galicia Etica 2007 English

 

8


 

(GALICIA LOGO)
4. COMMUNICATION POLICY OF GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA’S CODE OF ETHICS
In order to ensure that this Code of Ethics is complied, Grupo Financiero Galicia requires that all employees certify to have read and fully understood this Code, and that they will support these Principles and Practices stated therein, in the course of their normal business activities.
4.1. REPORT OF VIOLATIONS
   
Company’s employees are not only responsible for their own conduct, but also for reporting about any violation of this Code of Ethics that they may be aware of.
   
This communication standard should be applied to Grupo Financiero Galicia’s entire personnel.
   
If possible in each case, the employee who reports about any event should discuss the situation with his/her supervisor. If the situation is not resolved, the employee should contact the person who is higher in the Company’s hierarchy. If this procedure is not possible due to the characteristics of the problem or of the violation, there is also the alternative for the employees to report to the Audit Committee through the use of the Intranet. In addition, there is also the possibility to report any event throughout the Personnel Services Centre ( Centro de Servicios de Atención al Personal ) at 6329-6900 or to the following fax number 6329-6794 of the Company’s main subsidiary Banco Galicia, used exclusively for reporting any act of violation.
   
The report can be freely made by any Grupo Financiero Galicia’s employee. It should be noted that no final decision, such as a disciplinary measure, should be taken on the investigation, until de person accused of committing such violation has been properly heard. Grupo Financiero Galicia believes in the integrity of all its employees until a violation to this Code has not been evidenced.
   
Similarly, the Company shall investigate those cases where there exists any suspicion that after a violation has occurred there is a secrecy agreement between employees or any information necessary for the case is being hidden. These violations shall be considered as very serious faults due to their unfaithful nature.
   
In the event any of these faults or their reports are discovered to produce acts of revenge or direct or indirect retaliation actions, administrative actions considered as unfair shall be cancelled and the Company shall take measures against the persons committing such acts of revenge or retaliation.
4.2. RESPONSIBILITIES
   
The Company’s Financial and Accounting Department shall be responsible for the communication, administration and application of this Code of Ethics.
   
Any employee who has any doubt as regards the application or interpretation of any of these practices with respect to any particular situation, he/she can first of all make the corresponding inquiry to the Chief Accounting Officer.
Grupo Galicia Etica 2007 English

 

9


 

(GALICIA LOGO)
PERSONAL COMMITTMENT OF ADHERENCE TO GRUPO FINANCIERO
GALICIA’S CODE OF ETHICS
I do hereby state to have received and read Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Code of Ethics, and I therefore understand the resulting obligations arising out of this Code as a Company employee, and I fully adhere to this Code.
Signature:                                                                                          
Clarification:                                                                                         
Number of Employee Record:                                                                                         
This form should be filled and returned to José Luis Gentile, Chief Accounting Officer.
Grupo Galicia Etica 2007 English

 

10

Exhibit 11.2
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.’s Code of Corporate Governance Good Practices:
“The Board of Directors of Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. (hereinafter “Grupo Financiero Galicia”) complies, in every relevant respect, with the recommendations included in the Code of Corporate Governance as schedule to Resolution No. 516/07 issued by the National Securities Commission (CNV). The aforementioned is in accordance with what stems from the following detailed analysis.
As a general introduction, it should be noted that, since its beginning, Grupo Financiero Galicia has constantly shown respect for the rights of its shareholders and has provided reliable and accurate information for the transparency of its policies and decisions, only limited by confidentiality and caution as regards the disclosure of strategic business issues. Moreover, it should be said that all resolutions from the corporate bodies have been adopted pursuant to Grupo Financiero Galicia’s corporate interest, within the strict meaning provided to this concept in the definition included in Section 2 of Delegated Decree No. 677/01.
Scope of Application of the Code
1) Relationship between the Issuer and the Group of Companies. Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. (hereinafter “Grupo Financiero Galicia”), is the head of a group which main asset is the controlling interest in Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A. (hereinafter “Banco Galicia”) (approximately 94% of Banco Galicia’s capital stock). The latter, as a bank institution, is subject to certain regulatory restrictions imposed by the Argentine Central Bank (“BCRA”). In particular, Banco Galicia can only hold a maximum 12.5% interest in the capital stock of each of the companies that do not carry out activities considered supplementary by the Argentine Central Bank. Therefore, Grupo Financiero Galicia holds, either directly or indirectly, the remaining interest in several companies. Grupo Financiero Galicia also holds, indirectly, a number of equity investments in supplementary companies that belong to Banco Galicia as controlling company.
From a business point of view, this structure makes it possible for Grupo Financiero Galicia’s controlled companies, particularly Banco Galicia, to take advantage of significant synergies that guarantee them the loyalty of their customers and additional businesses. Customary market conditions are respected in every business relationship among these companies, and of course between them and Grupo Financiero Galicia, whether permanent or occasional in nature.

 

 


 

A significant characteristic that should be noted is that the main company controlled by Grupo Financiero Galicia, i.e. Banco Galicia, is also a listed company at the Buenos Aires Stock Exchange. As it is widely known, in 2000 Grupo Financiero Galicia successfully launched an exchange offer of its own shares for Banco Galicia’s shares, what made it possible for Grupo Financiero Galicia to significantly increase its holdings. Upon doing so, and with the purpose of protecting the shareholders that accepted such exchange offer, Grupo Financiero Galicia undertook the commitment that the companies directly or indirectly controlled by it would conduct business with absolute transparency. That transparency policy largely exceeds the duty to provide information in the Financial Statements and the Annual Report. Directors and senior officers of each of the controlled companies attend all the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meetings held by Grupo Financiero Galicia, provide explanations and answer all the questions on their respective corporate business the shareholders may want to ask. As regards Banco de Galicia in particular, one of its directors submits a detailed report to Grupo Financiero Galicia’s shareholders, and then the Board of Directors submits to the meeting’s vote which shall be Grupo Financiero Galicia’s vote at Banco Galicia’s Shareholders’ Meeting.
It is also worth noting that Grupo Financiero Galicia is a company which purpose is solely to conduct financial and investment activities as per Section 31 of the Law on Corporations, that is to say, it is a holding company that, apart from managing its equity investments, assets and resources, does not take part in any other activity directly. This explains its limited personnel structure, as well as the fact that many of the business organization requirements, common for big productive institutions, cannot be applied to the company.
To conclude, one should note that, even though Grupo Financiero Galicia is technically under the control of other pure holding company, EBA Holding S.A., because the latter holds the majority of votes at the Shareholders’ Meetings, EBA Holding S.A. does not have any managerial functions over Grupo Financiero Galicia. Therefore, and pursuant to the definitions provided for by specialized doctrine, Grupo Financiero Galicia has no group relationship with EBA Holding S.A. No director of EBA Holding S.A. is a director of Grupo Financiero Galicia.
2) Inclusion in the Corporate Bylaws. The need to include certain corporate governance guidelines in corporate bylaws can be understood within the framework of laws that are not as strict as Argentine laws with regard to the definition of the Board of Directors’ duties and responsibilities. In Argentina, the Law on Corporations, the Delegated Decree No. 677/01, the regulations set by the National Securities Commission and, additionally, the variety of specific regulations in other areas of law, provide for a very complete framework and, therefore, any addition to the bylaws is unnecessary.
In the specific case of Banco Galicia, the main company controlled by Grupo Financiero Galicia, such duties and responsibilities are legally increased by the regulatory framework of financial institutions.
As regards compensation for directors, to date only independent directors and one director who simultaneously acts as Managing Director receive compensation.
Finally, after a detailed analysis, the Board of Directors has come to the conclusion that, as regards prevention of conflicts of interest, the applicable regulations are so stringent (refer to Sections 271 to 273 of the Law on Corporations and Section 8 of the Delegated Decree No. 677/01) that any addition to the bylaws is as well unnecessary.

 

 


 

As regards the Board of Directors in general
3) It is responsible for the Company’s Strategy. In this item, the Board of Directors is required to undertake the company’s administration and the approval of the policies and strategies in general and, in particular, the aspects included therein, as follows:
a) The strategic or business plan, as well as the annual management and budget goals;
b) The policy on investments and financing;
c) The Corporate Governance policy;
d) The policy on corporate social responsibility;
e) Policies on risk control and management and any other policy aimed at the periodic monitoring of the internal information and control systems; and
f) The development of ongoing training programs for directors and management officers.
Grupo Financiero Galicia strictly complies with these requirements. The Board of Directors is responsible for the administration of corporate business, to the above-mentioned extent in Grupo Financiero Galicia’s capacity as a holding company. The Board of Directors performs all of the aforementioned duties, except those that, due to their nature, are carried out by the Managing Director and the Chief Accounting Officer. The former is one of the directors. Nevertheless, it is employed by the Company. In any case, the Board of Directors, as a body, approves the respective guidelines and strategies.
Regarding the required items, the following is reported in particular:
a) The Board of Directors, as a body, approves the annual budget and monitors the compliance therewith. Furthermore, in its capacity as a holding company, Grupo Financiero Galicia receives the business plans of the controlled companies and prepares a consolidated business plan taking into consideration the goals set, the business condition and the budgets submitted.
b) Policies on investments and financing are approved by the Board of Directors.
c) Grupo Financiero Galicia monitors the corporate governance policies provided for by the regulations in force through the Audit Committee and the Disclosure Committee. There also exist matrices specially designed for the monitoring of certain aspects such as internal controls, independence of directors and regulatory updating.
d) The policies on corporate social responsibility are defined and carried out by each of the operating companies.
e) The policies on risk management control, as well as any other which purpose is to monitor internal information and control systems, are defined within the framework of each of the affiliated operating companies. Nonetheless, and in addition to that, the Audit Committee and the Disclosure Committee monitor the actions taken by the main controlled companies.
f) Training of directors and managers, obviously to an extent that cannot be compared to what is required in the case of operating companies, is carried out pursuant to what the Board of Directors deems necessary.
4) Management Control. Grupo Financiero Galicia strictly complies with the verification, by the Board of Directors, of the implementation of strategies and policies, and of compliance with the budget and the operations plan. Apart from that, the Board monitors the divisions in all the aspects provided for in the regulations. This is explained in the previous item.

 

 


 

5) Information and Internal Control. Risk Management. Grupo Financiero Galicia fully complies with the requirement as regards updated policies on risk control and management, in line with the best practices.
The tasks related to risk information and internal control of each of the controlled companies are defined and carried out, rigorously, in each of them. This is particularly strict in the main controlled company, Banco Galicia, where the requirements to be complied with are extreme as it is a financial institution supervised by the Argentine Central Bank. Apart from the applicable domestic regulations, Grupo Financiero Galicia, in its capacity as a listed company at the markets of the United States of America, complies with the certification of its internal controls pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act (SOX). Corporate risk management is monitored by the Audit Committee, which as well gathers and analyzes the information submitted by the main controlled companies.
6) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee set by Delegated Decree No. 677/01 and the regulations of the National Securities Commission, mainly Resolutions No. 400, 402 and supplementary regulations issued by the CNV, is formed by three directors, all of them independent directors. The members of the Committee are appointed by the Board of Directors, upon the proposal of any of the Board’s members. It has not been common that the Chairman made a proposal to appoint a member of the Committee. Special attention has always been given to the education, knowledge, skills and experience of the candidates for members of the Committee in the areas of accounting, financial analysis, law, audit and risk management.
7) Number of Directors. Grupo Financiero Galicia complies with the appropriate standards regarding total number of directors, as well as number of independent directors. Its bylaws provide for the flexibility necessary to adapt the number of members to the possible variation of the conditions in which the company carries out its activities. Generally, there are between three and nine directors, as determined by the Shareholders’ Meeting in each opportunity. The Shareholders’ Meeting can also appoint alternate directors in the number it may decide, up to a maximum that shall be equal to the number of regular directors appointed. In order to guarantee the continuous performance of its corporate business, the Board of Directors can be renewed partially, as long as the number of candidates proposed is enough so that shareholders may exercise their cumulative voting right. The drawing-up of the corresponding bylaws has been adopted in recent years, after careful studies had been carried out for the good performance of the body.
Nowadays, the Board of Directors is made up of nine directors, three of which are independent directors. It is not deemed necessary or else convenient to propose a modification in this regard to the Shareholders’ Meeting.
As mentioned above, there are two committees the Board of Directors has decided to create: Audit Committee and Disclosure Committee. Periodically, the Committees provide the Board of Directors with information, and the Board gets to know the decisions of each Committee. What is appropriate is transcribed in the Board of Directors’ minutes book.

 

 


 

8) Integration of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is asked to analyze the convenience of a policy aimed at including former executives. Grupo Financiero Galicia complies with this policy. Some former executives of the controlled companies are members of the Board of Directors. This is an advantage for the company due to their experience, knowledge of business and availability to perform their duties in a professional manner.
9) Participation in Several Companies. The Board of Directors is asked to analyze whether it is convenient that directors and/or syndics carry out duties in other institutions, or else it is irrelevant. This issue has been analyzed by Grupo Financiero Galicia repeatedly. Due to the fact that directors do not carry out full-time duties (except for the director who at the same time is the Managing Director), and it is enriching that they be acquainted with the Board dynamics in other companies; limiting the number of institutions where they can be members of the Board of Directors is not deemed convenient. In general, even though it may be important that in Grupo Financiero Galicia’s controlled companies, and in the companies Grupo Financiero Galicia owns a stake in, the companies’ interests be represented through the participation of their own directors in the Board of Directors of the former, the policy has been that the Board of Directors of controlled companies and of companies Grupo Financiero Galicia owns a stake in be structured with their own management teams. As a special case, it is worth noting that one of the directors, the Chairman, also takes part in the Board of Directors of the main controlled company: Banco Galicia.
As regards syndics, whereas Argentine laws provide them a legality control function, Grupo Financiero Galicia considers there are no impediments for directors to take part in different companies, and if that happens in companies related by control relationships, it is a considerable advantage when analyzing businesses or activities that are common between them and their interaction in the bodies.
10) Assessment of the Board of Directors’ Performance. The Board of Directors is required to assess its performance before the Annual Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting. Pursuant to the legal structure of corporations in Argentina, the Board of Directors can only explain its performance in order that other bodies be able to assess it (for instance the Supervisory Syndics’ Committee or the Oversight Committee as bodies in charge of supervising the corporate management, or the Shareholders’ Meeting, senior body with power to decide on the issue).
This is such in Argentine law that the Law on Corporations expressly prohibits in Section 241 that directors who are shareholders take part in the voting regarding their performance and responsibility.
For that reason, Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors provides thorough explanations in its Annual Report and answers all the questions asked at the Shareholders’ Meeting, but it refrains from expressing an opinion on its performance in any form whatsoever. The assessment is conducted by shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting, taking as well into consideration the informed opinion of the Supervisory Syndics’ Committee (Grupo Financiero Galicia does not have an Oversight Committee).

 

 


 

11) Training and Development of Directors. As regards this item, the Board of Directors shall establish an ongoing training program for its members and for the management officers. Grupo Financiero Galicia, as an exclusively holding company, does not need to establish and have such a program as operating companies do. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors analyzes the specific needs on the issue.
Independence of Directors
12) Independent Directors. The Board of Directors shall decide on the need to provide enough reasons to consider a candidate for director as an independent director. Grupo Financiero Galicia believes this requirement is fulfilled through the definitions of independence of directors included in the rules and regulations issued by the National Securities Commission. As is known, the criteria for assessing the independence of a candidate to take part in a corporate body are different between the legislations of comparative law. The Board of Directors cannot depart from what is provided for by the laws in force in Argentina, by trying, at its discretion, to add or else remove requirements that may have been considered more appropriate in other countries but not in Argentina.
13) Appointment of Management Officers. Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors has assessed whether it is convenient to disclose the reasons for the appointment of management officers. After analyzing and discussing whether it is convenient to make innovations on what has been a national tradition on the issue, the Board of Directors deems it is inconvenient. The reasons for the appointment of officers, whether as a result of internal promotions or else the selection of candidates from the market, shall be kept confidential, mainly in order to prevent disturbances among staff members. This is as well grounded on the need to be reserved in relation to competitors, who may use such reasons in order to take advantage as regards obtaining human resources. However, the technical suitability and morality of candidates is always taken into account. The same criteria are applicable to controlled companies.
14) Proportion of Independent Directors. The policy on the appointment of directors, both independent and not independent, is the responsibility of the Shareholders’ Meeting. Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors does not take part in such decisions as its members have no decision-making power at the Shareholders’ Meeting. At Shareholders’ Meetings, the one who proposes the appointment of candidates for director (the same happens with syndics) tells whether candidates are for one or the other category. Nowadays, of the nine directors that form the Board of Directors, six are not independent, of which one has managerial duties and is an employee, and three are independent. The latter form the Audit Committee.
15) Meeting of Independent Directors. Due to the fact that in Grupo Financiero Galicia the Audit Committee is exclusively made up of independent directors, the chairman thereof holds the position of “ leading independent director ”. Independent directors hold meetings when they believe it is necessary to do so and, for that purpose, they are free to invite, and have all the resources necessary and the possibility to invite, whoever they consider appropriate (other directors, syndics, members of the top level staff, etc.).

 

 


 

Relationship with Shareholders
16) Information to Shareholders and 17) Answers to Shareholders’ Questions and Concerns. Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors has an Investor Relations Department. This department holds meetings and carries out conference calls with shareholders and holders of other securities, in which a director or top officer participates. This department is also at the disposal of shareholders and investors to answer questions.
It is important to point out that this department is in no case authorized to provide information that may place the person who requests such information in a privileged or advantageous position in comparison to the other shareholders or investors.
Soon, and due to the frequency and importance of the information requests received and answered, the Board of Directors shall analyze whether it may be of interest to publish a periodic summary of the issues that lead to questions or concerns.
18) Participation of Minority Shareholders at the Shareholders’ Meeting. In the particular case of Grupo Financiero Galicia, it seems it is not necessary to offer incentives aimed at promoting attendance to Shareholders’ Meeting, because during recent years attendance has been of approximately 75% of the capital stock, percentage considered a very significant participation for a public company.
19) Market for Corporate Control. The idea of “market for corporate control” that has been used widely in countries with capital markets very different to the Argentine market, both as regards magnitude and depth, does not seem to be realistic in the local markets. The Shareholders’ Meeting had to take a decision on the issue when Grupo Financiero Galicia made use of the option granted by Section 24 of Delegated Decree 677/01 and chose not to be included in the compulsory OPA system. Besides, unlike what happens in foreign legislations, the Board of Directors’ duties are only secondary as regards the relations among shareholders. Its main duty is the administration of the company and of corporate business. Therefore, the Board of Directors believes it is not necessary to have an influence, or else give advice, on Grupo Financiero Galicia’s adhering to the compulsory OPA system.
20) Policy on Dividends. Historically, before the financial system crisis unleashed at the end of 2001 and the beginning of 2002, Grupo Financiero Galicia had followed a policy for the regular distribution of dividends in cash. The consequences of the crisis still make it temporarily impossible for Grupo Financiero Galicia to make such distributions. This is mainly due to the restrictions placed on its main controlled company, Banco Galicia, by the regulations of the Argentine Central Bank, and to its liabilities refinancing agreements under foreign laws.

 

 


 

Relationship with the Community
21) Communications through the Internet. Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors has a corporate website (www.gfgsa.com) at the disposal of its shareholders. This website can be freely accessed and is permanently updated. This corporate website is in line with the regulations in force; and legal, statutory and regulatory information required is at the disposal of the public therein. Apart from that, the website has a channel for inquiries.
22) Website Requirements. As indicated in this item, Grupo Financiero Galicia assures information transmitted through electronic means is subject to the highest confidentiality and integrity standards, and the website is as well designed for the efficient conservation and safe recording of such information.
Committees
23) Independent Director as Chairman of the Committee. The Board of Directors is required to decide on whether it is convenient that the Audit Committee be presided by an independent director. Even though in the opinion of Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors (mainly in the light of the Committee’s rules and regulations) such issue is not relevant (the Chairman of the Committee does not have double vote and just has power to provide instructions) due to the fact that the Audit Committee is made up only of independent directors, its Chairman is an independent director as well.
24) Rotation of Syndics and/or External Auditors. The Board of Directors shall analyze whether such rotation is convenient or else useful.
As regards syndics, the conclusion of the analysis is that such rotation is neither useful nor convenient, mainly due to the complexity of businesses to be controlled and the lengthy period of time it would take a person acting as syndic for the fist time to start to understand such businesses.
As regards External Auditors, the Board of Directors reached the conclusion that it is not convenient to rotate the External Auditors’ firms for the same reasons explained regarding syndics. It is worth noting that the following are applicable: legal regulations in force in Argentina (Decree 677/2001 — Transparency System of Public Offering ( Régimen de Transparencia de la Oferta Pública ), Sections 12 and 13 of Chapter III on External Auditors and Audit Committee), technical regulations issued by the National Securities Commission (N.T. 2001, Book 1, Chapter III, Section III.9. on “External Auditors”), the regulations of the Argentine Central Bank (Conau-1, Section 1.1. of the “Minimum Regulations on External Audits” ( Normas Mínimas sobre Auditorías Externas ), those regulations applicable to external auditors’ firms of issuing companies registered in the United States of America (Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Section 10-A, Paragraph j. on “Audit Partner Rotation”; Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Title II, Section 203. “Audit Partner Rotation”; and the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 17, Chapter II, Section 210.2-01, paragraph (c)(6) of the Securities and Exchange Commission), and the best practices existing in the area.
In turn, the Audit Committee carries out an annual assessment of the suitability, independence and performance of the external auditor and the members of the audit team.

 

 


 

25) Dual Position as Syndic and Auditor. Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Board of Directors considers those are positions that are in the border between compatibility and incompatibility. The General Shareholders’ Meeting shares such criterion and, therefore, does not appoint the same person to perform duties as Syndic and External Auditor. In fact, no member of the Supervisory Syndics’ Committee carries out External Audit tasks or else belongs to the firm that renders external audit services to the company.
26) Compensation Systems. Grupo Financiero Galicia has no Compensation Committee, and the Board of Directors considers it is not convenient to create one due to the reduced size of the company, as was mentioned before. Grupo Financiero Galicia’s Audit Committee expresses its opinion on whether compensation proposals for Directors and top officers are reasonable, taking into consideration market standards.
Due to the fact that no Compensation Committee has been set up, there are no comments to make on the duties mentioned in this item of the Schedule.
27) Appointment and Corporate Governance Committee. Grupo Financiero Galicia understands that, within the framework of the legal structure in Argentina and market reality, it is not appropriate to create such a committee with the duties mentioned in this item. It should be noted that, unlike other legislations, under Argentine law the Shareholders’ Meeting has the exclusive power to appoint directors. Therefore, the recommendations regarding such a Committee would not be binding and could be even abstract. With regard to Corporate Governance, all aspects are dealt by the Board of Directors in general.
28) Policy on Non-discrimination regarding the Integration of the Board of Directors. As expressed in the above items, the power to appoint members of the Board of Directors is exclusive of the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting. Therefore, it is difficult that a Committee such as that under discussion could be effective for the control of possible discriminatory behaviors. The appointment is made with regard to the suitability of each candidate.”

 

 

Exhibit 12.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Antonio Garcés, certify that:
1)   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, of Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.;
2)   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3)   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4)   The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5)   The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: June 29, 2009
         
  /s/ Antonio Garces    
  Antonio Garcés   
  Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer) 
 

 

 

         
Exhibit 12.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Pedro A. Richards, certify that:
1)   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, of Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.;
2)   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3)   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4)   The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5)   The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: June 29, 2009
         
  /s/ Pedro A. Richards    
  Pedro A. Richards   
  Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer) 
 

 

 

         
Exhibit 13.1
CERTIFICATION
(pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, of Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. (the “Company”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on the date hereof (the “Report”) and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I, Antonio Garcés, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, that:
  (1)   the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
  (2)   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: June 29, 2009
         
  /s/ Antonio Garces    
  Antonio Garcés   
  Chief Executive Officer   
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and will be retained by Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and furnished to the Commission or its staff upon request.

 

 

Exhibit 13.2
CERTIFICATION
(pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, of Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. (the “Company”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on the date hereof (the “Report”) and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I, Pedro A. Richards, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, that:
  (1)   the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
  (2)   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: June 29, 2009
         
  /s/ Pedro A. Richards    
  Pedro A. Richards   
  Chief Financial Officer   
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and will be retained by Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and furnished to the Commission or its staff upon request.